Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Apollo Systems Description Volume 2 - Saturn Launch Vehicles February 1964
Apollo Systems Description Volume 2 - Saturn Launch Vehicles February 1964
1 FEBRUARY1964
APOLLOSYSTEMS
DESCRIPTION
VOLUMEII
SATURNLAUNCHVEHICLES
MARSHALL SPACE FLIGHT CENTER
APPROVED:
DIRECTOR,
PROPULSION
DIRECTOR,
RESEARCH
DIRECTOR,
AND
AND
VEHICLE
DEVELOPMENT
lABORATORY
OPERATIONS
"
INDUSTRIAL
OPERATIONS
_lassifi:__u._
_te_
(THIS
ENGINEERING
DOCUMENT
IS
NOT
._.....
_
_oL_eS
N0_--/'_-
-.
_-C-_'J....
A
SPECIFICATION)
iii
iv
-o
LIST
i through
.........
OF
EFFECTIVE
PAGES
16-1
through
16-14
1-1
through
1-4
17-1
through
17-34
2-1
through
2-6
18-1
through
18-6
3-1
through
3-12
19-1
through
19-32
4-1
through
4-12
20-1
through
20-178
5-1
through
5-24
21-1
through
21-32
6-1
through
6-100
22-1
through
22-46
7-1
through
7-30
23-1
through
23-26
8-1
through
8- 50
24-1
through
24-34
9-1
through
9-46
25-1
through
25-8
10-1
through
10-42
26-1
through
26-4
11-1
through
11-6
27-1
through
27-4
12-1
through
12-24
28-1
through
28-4
13-1
through
13-16
A-1
through
A-6
14-1
through
14-12
B-1
through
B-16
15-1
through
15-8
Distribution
List
NOTICE
side
with
of a4
the additional
containing
classified
information
are marked
Unclassified
pages appea_as
the reverse
l_L
page are marked_
notation
"This
page is not classflied".
vi
........
ew
w
ee
.
w
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
INTRODUCTION
SATURN
I LAUNCH
SATURN
IB LAUNCH
VEHICLE
CHAPTER
SATURN
V LAUNCH
VEHICLE
CHAPTER
FACILITIES
AND
VEHICLE
LOGISTICS
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
BIBLIOGRAPHY
A LP'_AB4ET.iCAla
DISTRIBUTION
INDEX
LIST
vii
"
Vlll
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
INTRODUCTION
Page
SECTION
I.
GENERAL
SECTION
II.
HISTORY
SECTION
Ill.
SATURN-APOLLO
SECTION
IV.
PROGRAM
CHAPTER
SECTION
V.
..................
1-1
OF SATURN
PROGRAM
SPACE
PLAbl
VEHICLES
2-1
.....
3-1
..............
SATURN
INTRODUC
.......
4-1
I LAUNCH
VEHICLE
TION ................
5-1
ASTRIONICS
SECTION
VII.
STRUCTURES
................
7-1
SECTION
VIII.
PROPU
................
8-1
SECTION
IX.
MECHANICAL
SECTION
X.
GROUND
SECTION
XI.
STAGE
CHAPTER
.................
LSION
6-1
SYSTEMS
SUPPORT
...........
EQUIPMENT
CONFIGURATIONS
9-1
.......
10-1
SATURN
...........
IB
11-1
LAUNCH
VEHICLE
SECTION
XII.
INTRODUC
SECTION
XIII.
ASTRIONICS
SECTION
XIV.
STRUCTURES
................
14-1
SECTION
XV.
PROPU
................
15-1
SECTION
XVI.
MECHANICAL
SECTION
XVII.
GROUND
SECTION
XV]II.
STAGE
CHAPTER
TION
...............
.................
LSION
13-1
SYSTEMS
SUPPORT
...........
EQUIPMENT
CONFIGURATIONS
SATURN
SECTION
IX.
INTRODUC
SECTION
_.
ASTRIONICS
SEC TION
XXI:
STRUCTURES
12-1
TION
16-1
........
...........
V LAUNCH
...............
.................
................
17-1
18-1
VEHICLE
19-1
20-1
21-1
ix
Page
SECTION
XXII.
SECTION
XXTTT. MECHANICAL
SECTION
XXIV.
GROUND
SECTION
XXV.
STAGE
CHAPTER
PROPULSION
................
SYSTEMS
SUPPORT
22-1
...........
EQUIPMENT
CONFIGURATIONS
FACILITIES
...............
23-1
........
24-1
...........
AND
25-1
LOGISTICS
SECTION
XXVI.
INTRODUCTION
26-1
SECTION
XXVII.
FACILITIES
.................
27-1
SECTION
XXVIII.
LOGISTICS
.................
28-1
CHAPTER
SECTION
1
I
GENERAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1-1.
DEFINITION
1-2.
METHOD
AND
OF
SCOPE
COVERAGE
Page
.................
1-3
................
1-3
I-1
1-2
9 t
.
b_
SECTION
GENERAL
1-1.
DEFINITION
The
Apollo
based
system
support
tion
stage,
volume
The
contains
Apollo
the
of the
2,
Chapter
each
is made
in turn
stage
and
of the Saturn
I, IB and
coverage
of this
to the
consists
Saturn
of which
are
earth-
lunar
explora-
vehicle
and
of an S-IC
unit.
first
The
Apollo
IB vehicles.
V launch
vehicles.
described
below:
volume,
Saturn-Apollo
the
V launch
an instrument
I and
contents
crew,
in manned
up of a Saturn
vehicle
third
an introduction
flight
and
contains
vehicle
The
a history
configuration,
plan.
I, IB and
launch
5 contains
is divided
and
the
of the Saturn
the
scope
3 and 4 contain
Saturn
for
chapters,
the
Project,
program
Chapters
an S-IVB
vehicle,
to be employed
V launch
a description
into
space
crews
vehicle
Saturn
stage,
1 describes
of the
space
on the development
is divided
Chapter
the ground
Apollo
second
volume
of the Apollo
and
spacecraft.
depends
This
one
The
an S-II
system
consists
systems
missions.
the Apollo
and
AND SCOPE.
into
respectively
V launch
vehicle
a description
vehicles.
Each
of the functional
chapter
is divided
systems
into sections,
system.
a description
two sections;
of the Saturn
one
contains
launch
vehicle
a description
facilities.
The
facilities,
the other,
of the
chapter
logistics.
1-2.
This
The
METHOD
OF COVERAGE.
document
material
is a condensed
is arranged
operation
of the
many
Coverage
of functions
Marshall
Space
Flight
version
so that
systems
and
an aerospace
that
systems
Center
of a complete
except
make
engineer
up the Saturn
is limited
for any
description
to those
related
of the
Saturn
can understand
the
systems.
functional
System.
under
areas
the
that
jurisdiction
are
necessary
of the
to
1-3
1-4
vw
i,_
wug
wt
wo
CHAPTER
SECTION
HISTORY
oo
.....
lww
OF
.....
I
II
SATURN
PROGRAM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2-I.
MANNED
2-2.
MARSHALL
2-3.
PLANNED
FLIGHT
SPACE
PROGRAM
FLIGHT
DEVELOPMENT
................
CENTER
.................
2-3
DEVELOPMENT
.....
2-4
2-4
2-I
2-2
;'"
-..;
ii:.........
--
SECTION
HISTORY
2-1.
MANNED
The
exploration
framework
PROGRAM.
of space
is the
of the
ing of age.
broad
The
recognized
need
for
the
outset
from
Group
concurrently
Space
Administration.
The
cumulative
will
establish
of manned
technology
spaceflight
engineering
Gemini
provides
the
to the
developed
descent
than
to land
manned
lunar
The
manned
July
1960.
decision
total
advances
marshalled
with
the
is just
com-
program
of the
Space
Aeronautics
space-station
flight.
The
in the
Mercury
ground-operations
was
Task
and
operations
initial
experience
Project.
crews
This
but
also
in all
made
during
the
also
the
will
Mercury
the
flights
spacecraft.
the
during
Similarly,
by guiding
longer
in which
be computed
mission.
point
allows
in space
the
the
more
It is a major
flight
capability
spacecraft
and
magnitude
in resis being
in reentry
complex
and
experiments
introductory
step
to
landing.
segment
In the
in May
technical
changes
created
Gemini
possible
and
and
Within
space-flight
National
Apollo
obtained
flight
organization
civilian
at maneuvering
at a predetermined
attitudes.
were
attempts
velocity
situation
in the
interplanetary
to flight
manned
by the
Gemini,
program.
and management.
first
of the
for
successfully
not only
pilots
of the
manned
been
of design
ponse
for
has
is important
direction
provided
of Mercury,
phases
and
was
space
program,
of human
establishment
base
in our
space-research
and
the
PROGRAM
mission
participation
with
a sound
experience
dominant
national
II
OF SATURN
FLIGHT
.......
em
of the
months
1961
since
it has
competence
it requires
to carry
lunar-landing
and
President
rapidly
of the
the
program
Kennedy
unfolded
nation,
industrial
was
into
through
and
named
made
the
a program
the
management
Project
Apollo
in
lunar
landing
timetable
which
measures
the
engineering
capabilities
and
scientific
that
must
be
it out.
2-3
2-2.
MARSHALL
The Saturn
large
launch
boosters
(ABMA)
present
Marshall
studies
a launch
able
vehicle
space
conducted
Flight
begun
after
ed between
ARPA
in August,
1958,
Command
booster
for
the
and
transfer
part
the Saturn
of ABMA's
personnel,
(NASA).
pending
Huntsville
facility
was
1960,
formal
transfer
by President
2-3.
PLANNED
A large
number
ious
of NASA
The
accomplishment
and the
of
Missile
nucleus
for
the
to the
Mrs.
booster
and
to be
nation's
the
outer
follow-
vehicle,
Ordnance
and
Missile
thrust,
clustered-engine
became
the
direction
of the
C.
announced
missions,
to the
first
in the
decisions
Aeronautics
of Saturn
was
program
from
Space
to
for
and
assumed
The
Center
It was
Space
by NASA
the Army.
Flight
Arsenal.
C. Marshall
his
and responsibility
National
Marshall
at Redstone
George
were
Discussions
Army
pound
need
1958,
of a suitable
Eisenhower
monitorship
George
the
would
program.
facilities
the
for
of Defense.
This
transfer
country
In February,
development
14-59
States
NASA
in March,
formally
in September
in
dedicated
of that
year.
organizations
throughout
of the Apollo
Department
the
objectives.
of Defense,
United
These
but also
States
include
many
are
work-
not only
universities
varand
contractors.
NASA organization
is structured
responsibilities
which
their
the
2-4
studies
Ballistic
the
if this
a 1.5-million
ceremonies
of participating
the
industrial
No.
technical
named
and
the
DEVELOPMENT.
ing toward
parts
the
program.
formal
Eisenhower
the United
Department
President
Army
The
that
responsible
the Saturn-Apollo
of 1959
1959,
with
vehicle
from
provided
projects.
(ARPA),
to develop
for
from
by the Army
development,
exploration
Order
November
Administration
under
by the
issued
vehicles
stem
later
concluded
concerning
ABMA
program,
November,
then
established
and ABMA
volume
in 1957
which
had
Agency
multi-stage
of launch
In October
any
in space
ARPA
in this
at Huntsville
ABMA
than
authorizing
described
Center.
Projects
was
DEVELOPMENT.
organization
Space
Research
CENTER
are
pioneering
effectively
program,
series
were
larger
to engage
Advanced
that
the
were
FLIGHT
vehicles
that
Agency
The
SPACE
analyses,
must
design,
to integrate
the
many
be integrated
into
the whole
development,
and
fabrication
areas
include
of effort.
flight
of launch
missions
vehicles,
Major
and
spacecraft,
ground based mission support equipment, and launch facilities, and all other direct
and indirect activities and equipment.
The Office of MannedSpaceFlight (OMSF)provides program management, planning
and coordination of the effort. The MannedSpacecraft Center (MSC)at Houston is
charged with spacecraft developmentand support of mannedspace flight missions.
The MannedSpacecraft Center also provides a training center for the Apollo flight
crews. The Launch Operation Center (LOC) is responsible for developinglaunchfacilities andfor conductingthe launch of Apollo program space vehicles. The Marshall
SpaceFlight Center
(MSFC)
the Apollo
together
The
final
logical
and
program,
and
test
equipment
expeditious
program
objectives
and
planned
techniques
already
to the
been
for providing
the
support
equipment.
associated
program
will
development
is structured
manner
have
with
of the Apollo
carefully
program
is responsible
to develop
and
flight
the
launch
in "buildup"
missions
final
lunar
Apollo
accomplished
be achieved
which
landing
in the
early
test
launch
as the
vehicles
culmination
program.
vehicle,
progress
mission.
Saturn
needed
This
spacecraft,
of a
development
ground
in a reasonable
First
launches
for
flights
and
and
in the
spacecraft
tests.
2-5
2-6
.......
:.
:':
.."
- _ .
CHAPTER 1
SECTION
SATURN-APOLLO
III
SPACE
VEHICLES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
3--i.
MISSIONS
.........................
3-2.
SATURN
LAUNCH
3-7.
APOLLO
SPACECRAFT
3-3
VEHICLE
CONFIGURATIONS
CONFIGURATION
........
3-4
...........
3-7
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
3--1.
Configurations
of Saturn-Apollo
3-2.
Launch
Vehicle
3-3.
Launch
Configuration
Axes
Space
Vehicles
.........
3-5
.....................
of Apollo
3-8
Spacecraft
...........
3-9
LIST OF TABLES
3-1.
Numbering
System
for
Saturn
Launch
Vehicles
and Stages
.....
3-6
3-1
3-2
SECTION
SATURN-APOLLO
3-1.
mission
of Apollo
orbital
flights;
return.
The
launch
vehicle
The
plans
then
earth.
The
Three
VEHICLES
lunar
techniques
I, IB and
in eccentric
earth
payload
operations
will
are
used
I flights
are
where
capability
ultravelocity
re-entry
flights
for
of each
each
based
on the
the
and
for
for
moon
landing
using
and
and
the
Saturn
progression
of
circular
lb.
Saturn
I are
development
Saturn
to place
of the
to
is
practice
the
flights
IB and
Saturn
micrometeroid
Saturn
Saturn
for
V boostsatellities
I is to place
a 22,500-
orbit.
vehicle
and
in a 105-nautical
of the Saturn-Apollo
decade,
missions;
spacecraft
earth-orbital
circumlunar
return
and permit
Saturn-Apollo
operation
safe
experience.
earth
launch
his
in this
vehicles,
the larger
capability
up vehicle
then
space
in the
extended-duration
build
earth-
lunar
on an orderly
scheduled
the
is 32,500
will
section
missions
develop
finally
be accomplished
of operational
used
mile
and
is to be accomplished
prove
a 100-nautical
V missions
ductory
which
nominal
point
missions
landing
being
that
The Saturn
Individual
in man
The
IB missions
payload
are
The
Saturn
orbits.
into
to the
Nominal
are
vehicles.
ten
will
missions
that
be extended-duration
mode.
accumulation
systems
Two of the
Saturn
the
configurations
vehicle
missions
landing,
flights
and
V launch
launch
pound
culminate
will
flights;
orbit-rendezvous
Saturn-Apollo
manned
there
exploratory
landing
a lunar
that
Saturn
ers.
lunar
by development
of flight
First,
circumlunar
and
for the
preceded
is threefold.
manned
accomplishments
The
SPACE
MISSIONS.
The
the
III.
flights
mile
through
flights
vehicles
prior
are
systems
are
circular
Command
to the
described
and
successful.
earth
Module
ultimate
in the
orbit.
(CM)
mission.
intro-
chapter.
3-3
3-2.
SATURN
LAUNCH
The systems
VEHICLE
CONFIGURATION.
a spacecraft.
a space
vehicle. The configurations of the Saturn I, Saturn IB and Saturn V launch vehicles
are shown in Figure 3-I.
graphs below.
3 and 4.
3-3.
The
SATURN
Saturn
instrument
have
are
I launch
mounted
The
flight
path.
(four
stub
S-IV
stage,
For
fins
with
engines
four
is an S-I
stage,
them
as required
stability,
larger
of two propulsion
with
1,500,000
permit
six gimballed
and
development
the various
configuration
first
vehicle
designated
stage
fins).
RL10A-3
eight
H-1
pounds.
rocket
the
space
four
the first
stage
is fitted
second
stage
of the
which
vehicle
have
and
along
a desired
fixed
vehicle
a combined
engines
control
eight
launch
which
outboard
and
with
an
engines
A guidance
to steer
engines
stages
The
to be pivoted.
The
vehicles.
and
Each
consists
(R&D)
Saturn
components
as the
without
fins
is an
thrust
of
fins,
The
other
vehicles
to be flown.
Saturn
I Block
a dummy
S-IV
six R&D
of a finned
I launch
S-I
I launch
second
vehicles
first
The
stage,
first
vehicle.
stage,
are
scheduled
for
four
of these
have
Each
a dummy
Saturn
a live
are
S-IV
I Block
stage,
consists
S-V
third
II launch
flighta
of
stage
launch
an instrument
a payload.
The numbering
system for the Saturn I launch vehicles and their individual stages is
3-4
consists
pounds.
testing
unit
which
aerodynamic
and
research
an S-I
stage
3-1,
of approximately
in gimbals
the
Figure
first
thrust
gimbals
90,000
vehicle,
unit.
a combined
system
Ten
I CONFIGURATION.
T
A PO
_:_Instrume nt Unit
LLO
Spacecraft
7 - 7if
S-IVB
A PO LLO
A POLLO
S-II
Stage
Stage
Spacecraft
Spacecraft
I
t IU'f"
S-IV
R&D
SA-
SATURN
10 Shown
S-IVB
Stage
S-I
Stage
S-IB
1
I
IU':'
SATURN
Stage
S-IC
Stage
Stage
IB
SATURN
3-2B
Figure
3-1.
Configurations
of Saturn-Apollo
Space
Vehicles
3-5
"2
od
!
_J
r_u_
c/_ cxl
!
0
0_-_ I
2;
!
0
Z_
_)
b_
Q
b_
o,-4
2;
2;
"0
P'l
_J
o
_J
_J
b_
_)
0
o
I
r_
r_
_J
b_
I---I
b_
r_
I
2:
_J
!
cO
r_
_J
r/l
l--t
!
r_
I
I
_J
Z_
rJl
r_
!
r_
2_
3-6
2:
3-4. SATURN IB
The
Saturn
IB launch
instrument
unit.
a combined
thrust
gimballed
stage
for
J-2
vehicle,
The
first
stage
directional
system
SATURN
consists
is an S-IB
Eight
pounds
with
The
H-1
Four
of the
fins
of equal
second
stage
that
stages
eight
pounds.
fixed
thrust
of two propulsion
stage,
1,600,000
stability.
of 200,000
size
engines
are
fitted
to the
are
an
which
engines
is an S-IVB
is gimballed
and
stage,
for directional
have
first
with
control.
3-5.
3-1,
control.
aerodynamic
engine
The numbering
Figure
of approximately
to provide
single
CONFIGURATION.
V CONFIGURATION.
The Saturn V launch vehicle, Figure 3-I, consists of three propulsion stages and an
instrument unit. The first stage is an S-IC stage, with five F-I engines which have
a combined
directional control. Four fixed fins of equal size are fittedto the first stage for aerodynamic
stability. The second stage is an S-II stage, with five J-2 engines which
have a combined
thrust.
The
numbering
is included
3-6.
system
in Table
LAUNCH
for
3-1.
VEHICLE
the
The
Saturn
first
V launch
Saturn
vehicles
V is No.
and
theri
individual
stages
SA-501.
AXES.
The system of body axes used to described the attitudeand motion of a launch vehicle
about its center of gravity (CG) is shown
in Figure 3-2.
As is common
3-7.
APOLLO
The
launch
complete
of the
and
4,
crew
the
CRAFT
configuration
form,
is capable
SPACE
this
payloads
Apollo
spacecraft
to earth.
are
spacecraft
is a payload
a manned
In some
CONFIGURATION.
of the
of accomplishing
in aerodynamic
lunar
Saturn-Apollo
spacecraft
which
is shown
for
the
landing
Saturn
V launch
mission,
missions,
are
in Figure
incomplete
3-3.
vehicle,
including
as described
the
In its
and
safe
in Chapters
in varying.degrees,
return
2, 3
consistent
3-7
<
L_
>
,.c:
c_
..........
Launch
Escape
System
(LES)
Comma
nd
Module
(CM)
Service
Module
(SMI
Lunar
Excursion
Module
(LEM)
Adapter
Launch
Vehicle
3-4A
Figure
3-3.
Launch
Configuration
of Apollo
Spacecraft
3-9
with
the
mission
The
spacecraft
module
the
is employed
mission,
of lifting
which
removal
pad
or during
rocket
vehicle
engines
motor
which
and
units
of flight
the
or modules
without
or ultimate
is capable
motor
spacecraft,
the
with
a thermal
shield
on land
the
CM does
purpose
The
not land
event
missions.
by jettisoning
quarters
part
and
the
that
and
provides
the
control
LES is
on the
LES contains
free
of the
second-stage
CM.
launch
are
them
protects
of the
space
vehicle
that
that
is the
crew
functions
and
parachutes
moon,
three-man
also,
it against
landing
on the
the
of the
of the
alone,
after
only part
protects
earth
LES,
capable
emergency
section
the
motor
LES.
3-3,
only
of a serious
forward
in-flight
system,
or on water.
The
shortly
the
living
CM is the
control
vehicle.
is fired
Figure
control,
a reaction
rocket
of lifting
crew-initiated
crew
escape
space
to jettison
in which
a launch
The
this
started,
contains
of a mission.
under
that
with a
exercised.
from
re-enters
is recovered
after
aerodynamic
heating
slow
only
it to a safe
landing
but remains
of the
in lunar
the
orbit
the
flight.
during
speed
for
CM during
during
lunar
operations.
SM contains
which
phase
command
be modified
to general
vehicles.
(LEM),
functional
can
each
launch
the
module
mission
for
in the
atmosphere
landing
(LES),
excursion
common
is attained
of the
system
of individual
vehicle
The
a mission;
concept
of the
the
environment.
impact
service
in-flight
the
the
crew
separated
service
equipment
the
CM prior
that
protection
and
and
capability
supplements
pro:2ulsion
access
from
propulsion
3-10
part
are
CM carries
mental
rest
early
CM provides
re-entry,
lunar
of systems
CM,
from
mission
center
earth's
The
of the
CM of the Apollo
space
the
escape
to a specfic
weight
of the
crew
the
a normal
The
is part
of the
During
The
The
the design
CM free
the
command
(SM),
peculiar
optimum
launch
capacities
units.
the
a smaller
of the
3-3).
systems
affecting
of expendable
LES,
the payload-carrying
module
(Figure
so that
substantially
The
service
adapter
In a given
and
(SC) is composed
(CM),
spacecraft
The
objectives
for
of the
for
crew
remains
the
CM.
system
of the
with
the
to re-entry
CSM (the
CM.
selected
equipment
It is unmanned,
CM during
and
lunar
is nonrecoverable.
provides
carries
does
operations.
CM and SM combination)
Its structure
all SM systems,
plus
all
a mounting
ground
and
not
require
SM provides
its reaction
surface
flight
stores
It is
The
and
and
loads,
and
control
environand
is
path of
the
Rendezvous
the
LEM
Later,
faces
a drogue
chutes
3-12
engine
after
The
are
deployed
LEM
rejoined.
crew
remaining
of the
one
SM is fired
midcourse
is deployed
to stabilize
descent
to the
For
the
and
return
and
control
the earth's
slow
landing.
Lunar-Orbit
the ascent
of the
before
system,
atmosphere.
CM and
to an earth
CM,
CSM on an earth
corrections,
the
is termed
the
by its reaction
CM re-enters
the final
technique
orbit.
to place
the
for
returns
in lunar
or more
and
This
then
CM is maneuvered
forward,
parachute
two are
The
is jettisoned,
is jettisoned.
shield
and the
(LOR).
the propulsion
tory.
CSM,
it further,
stage
of
CM to earth,
transfer
trajec-
re-entry,
the
so that
After
and
its
SM
heat
re-entry
main
para-
CHAPTER 1
SECTION
PROGRAM
IV
PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4-1.
SCHEDULES
.......................
4-2.
MANAGEMENT
4-6.
RELIABILITY
.......................
4-9
4-7.
TEST
.......................
4-10
PLAN
PLANS
4-3
...................
4-3
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
4-1.
Marshall
4-2.
Major Contractor
Responsibilities
in Saturn
Project
..........................
4-3.
Apollo
Space
Program
Flight Center
Organization
Coordination
Saturn
I,
IB
and
V Delivery
Launch
and
4-5
Vehicle
4-7
.................
LIST
4-1.
...........
4-8
OF TABLES
Launch
Schedule
........
4-4
4-1
4-2
S E C TION
IV.
PROGRAM
The
Marshall
needed
Space
for
the
To discharge
ment,
Apollo
these
checkout
4-1.
design
flight
is responsible
together
with
MSFC
the
providing
the
launch
support
functions
fabrication
and
the
associated
performs
and development,
modifications
for
and
construction
vehicles
equipment.
of project
assembly,
manage-
procurement
of facilities,
and
qualification,
testing.
SCHEDULES.
Presidential
c_lls
and
for
Congressional
a manned
stones.
The
vehicle
capable
mitting
the
lunar
Saturn
early
4-2.
MANAGEMENT
organization
The
present
to meet
be noted
that
the
now completed
To complete
established
sources
MSFC.
manufactured
vehicles
page
made
scope
of the
a schedule
This
Exploration
major
which
the prescribed
methods.
program
will
mile-
provide
time,
schedule
Program
a launch
while
also
is shown
per-
in
produced
Center
of revisions
effective
more
Manned
the
in Figure
August
dynamic,
Lunar
and
is illustrated
and
Landing
26,
more
Test
1963,
which
flexible,
Program.
Mississippi
4-1.
the
It will
also
Operations
have
buildup.
of the
the
The
a minimum
units
The
Saturn
Marshall
contractors.
instrument
Flight
Operations
of work
schedules,
is not_
as one
within
and
result
of the
resources
at MSFC.
are
mission
it stronger,
Michoud
as to require
The
to meet
Space
is the
the
of industrial
organized
Marshall
challenges
their
the
decade
Space
PLAN.
Center,
both
this
for a National
this
of components
of the
the
within
is organized
organization
streamlined
better
landing
project
testing
4-1.
The
authorization
of performing
Table
This
program,
items,
and
Center
responsibilities
engineering
of subcontracted
the
Flight
PLAN
for
first
at MSFC's
launch
Space
procurement
number
Michoud
Saturn
of the
project
Center
of the
of individual
all of the
stages
Flight
vehicle
is drawing
industrial
vehicles
operational
Saturn
(New
Orleans,
upon
by
designed
I, IB and
re-
is so
conducted
are
with
the
support
negotiations
launch
Operations
in accordance
and
V launch
Louisiana).
4-3
,"4
CXl
_e
"0
"0
U_
Cr_
I
_._
!
r_r_
,.-.4
4-4
!,
_cc
-=,
_z
Ei
ILl
t'-Z
LIJ
L.1
.-J
LC)
O
E:_o
t---
t'--
_rr
c-_
i,i
bl
o,-I
N_
I"-I-
!,
..J
I.i_
IaJ
N?
.,-.i
(/)
..J
.J
::3
.{E
_-J
o
-r
Q::
z
-p
,.....4
klJ
c:b
=E
(J
E-Z
i,i
I,I
ILl
0
O
i,i
-t
_z
L_J_I
X
LcJ
"r{:
LIJ
L
No
zL.
_o
,--t
I
t. .......
4-5
It will
be noted
or plants.
the
The
Industrial
other
responsibilities
participation
the total
budget.
ment
activities,
ville
based
The
the
research
and
to assist
Inspection
Office,
facilities
the
Center
(LOC).
This
Panel
Review
Board
supervises
The
Director
MSFC:
The
Director
and
and
The
Director
Deputy
OMSF
The
4-6
The
Deputy
consists
for
of a member
INTER-CENTER
are
MSC,
launch
panels
the
and
a review
Apollo
among
(MSC),
many
the
NASA
capability
for
and
spacecraft
and
the
the
Marshall
Space
the
Launch
Operations
Flight
by a formal
organization
as shown
of,
as an appeal
board
vehicle,
are
PRB
Director
are
the
for
Plans
serves
Center,
Director
and
(Programs).
Development
Operations.
and
and
and
Programs
Flight
Project
supports
and
the
Deputy
Operations.
Management.
as Chairman.
and
for,
as follows:
Research
Development
for
acts
Deputy
Industrial
Requirements
(Systems)
each
Director
for
for
and
and
The
Executive
Secretar-
tlhe PRB.
PANELS.
formed
and
of the
Director
from
activities
(Systems)
Mission
Assistant
Director
the
Deputy
Operations
LOC:
and
Center
members
Deputy
LOC
penetra-
at the
Office
Hunts-
BOARD.
The
panels
vehicles,
is accomplished
OMSF:
The
provide
and
of
manage-
out the
effort
NASA Audit
coordination
Spacecraft
coordination
Director
of the
launch
effective
Panels.
MSC:
4-4.
carry
technical
percent
project
the knowledge
the
the
ninety
4-2.
Center.
Manned
REVIEW
inter-Center
iat
influence
in Figure
industrial
Operations
provides
organizations,
than
at contract-
4-3.
PANEL
The
and,
produced
indicated
more
all
to NASA Headquarters,
necessitates
(MSFC),
the
Two
for
Development
and
are
are
consolidates
work
of the Saturn
Center
The
and
vehicles
accounts
Operations
monitor,
at this
interdependence
4-3.
contractors
major
development
reporting
Headquarters
in Figure
of the
Research
in,
organizations.
launch
launch
programs
Industrial
contractor
The
of the Saturn
in MSFC
while
tion-in-depth
NASA
stages
to make
their
the
responsible
available
contractors
for
spacecraft,
to the
the
technical
the solution
support
Panel
Review
facilities,
Board.
competence
of the
of OMSF,
interrelated
problems
and associated
Each
Panel
MSFC,
equipment.
has
the
authority
.w
-oB
......
_.
..
._.
-g
,...,
o..
<<, _
z
ua
_1<
,_
._
%)
,--
7
ff
e_
_>
6z
i H
lU
I b.
) i m ,._. I .<
II _1_
;_19
,,_o,:
c_
i
i .,e
_1
_o_1
rd'_ rd]
_9
M
_1 _
IM
z_l
o _1
I
[/]
,--1
_9
1,2
I_
a
Ila
%
o
k)
Z
<
Z
0
o
.....
I
ZZZ
_
ml
2-
_'-_
KG,_
_-
Z_I
D h,I
_Ki
_G"
_ Z,
_- :
<_1
I._
,
m
m_
C/
Xc_
,
,_. %q
i
<<
i
4-7
PANEL
REVIEW
B Oi\ I{ D
Executive
INTERCEN'FER
Secretariat
PANELS
Working
Level
Contacts
between
Centers
and Contractors
3-12
Figure
4-8
4-3.
Apollo
Program
Coordination
w
1
for
its
test
defined
and
Panels
area
presently
and
Operations
are
and resolve
problems
of design,
analysis,
as follows:
Systems
Integration
and
Dynamics
Flight
Evaluation
Coordination
Mission
Documentation
flight
The
present
Panel
Panel
Panel
Panel
of the working
groups
Industrial
Operations
and to validate
design,
development,
manufacture,
of stage
and
Control
GROUPS.
through
matters
and
Operations
J
WORKING
tractor
Panel
Panel
Control
purpose
Panel
Communication
Mechanics,
Safety
Panel
Panel
Flight
Crew
is to initiate
technical
the
direction
prime
to the prime
contractor
checkout,
test,
con-
activity
launch
in
preparation,
evaluation.
working
Electrical
groups
are:
Systems
Design
Integ_ration
Working
Group
Vehicle
Mechanical
Design
Integration
Working
Group
Vehicle
Instrumentation
Vehicle
Dynamics
Launch
Operations
Flight
Evaluation
Systems
Static
Working
and
Control
Working
Working
Checkout
Manufacturing
Working
Engineering
Firing
Working
Group
Working
Group
Group
Group
Group
Working
Group
Group
RELIABILITY.
The reliability
bility
action
Coordination
Instrumentation
the
initiate
Integration
Electrical
4-6.
may
constituted
Mechanical
The
operations.
Launch
4-5.
space
goals
vehicle
of all
systems
for
the
be suitable
of the
Saturn
for
launch
project
manned
vehicles
are
use.
and
consistent
MSFC
the
with
the
requirement
is responsible
associated
support
for
the
that
relia-
equipment.
4-9
The reliability effort for the Saturn systems is directed toward achieving design maturity early in the development periods, so that the reliability inherent in the design concepts for the systems can be approachedas the ultimate objectives. The reliability
goals are expressed where possible in terms of mean-times-to failure or safety margins, for given phasesof the project.
The activities that are undertakento achieve the reliability goals include mission profile examinations, design reviews, failure analyses, componentverification and system verification. Disciplines, facilities and controls for the rapid collection and dissemination of reliability data are established as a continuing effort. Reliability estimation models are developedto indicate the level of reliability that can be achieved
within the current state-of-the-art. Information is obtained both from laboratory test
results and from flight test results to determine the actual reliability that is being
achieved and to evaluate each equipment's performance in terms of over-all mission
success.
Other
areas
ment
maturity
ployed
ors
of activity
as
of the
MSFC
of the
same
in each
failure
may
occur
first
These
and
which
would
desig_q
in any
program
are
concerned
as possible.
which
most
quality
The
is produced
mature
intent
and
of this
be achieved
with
design
by MSFC
experienced
activity
if our
achieving
review
or one
system
of its
engineers
is to ensure
most
equip-
and
that
subcontractscientists
each
mature
scientists
analysis
of each
is em-
design
is
participated
activity.
activity
portion
is directed
of the
as possible.
at the
testing
detailed
program,
A concentrated
to correct
effort
is made
failure
deficiencies
to correct
that
as early
any
in
deficiency
it is detected.
reliability
achievement
TEST
PLANS.
success
that
techniques
activities
the
prehensive
4-10
by the
The
manufacturing
Mission
design
team.
proven
4-7.
program
rocket
time
ensure
in the
each
analysis
the program
the
for
in detail
detailed
The
reliability
early
to provide
a review
in the
carried
at Marshall
of the Saturn
and personnel
all launch
are
vehicle
safety
and
project
are
hardware,
out as an integral
in the plants
reliability
being
ensured
from
the
part
of each
of the design
subcontractor
to
goals.
by a test
smallest
program
part
so com-
to the largest
assembly is covered. Assurance of proper operation and adequatereliability is accomplished through implementation, in proper combination, of the conceptsdescribed
below.
Hardware criticality is determined by a failure effect analysis on each individual item.
Qualification testing and reliability demonstration testing have a mandatory dependency
on the hardware criticality. In addition, all other test planning must be cognizant of
and keyed to hardware criticality.
Design development tests are performed to establish the engineering design verification or provide design changeinformation. Where the design status is sufficiently
advanced, the test is devised to serve also as a qualification test.
As a general requirement, all flight hardware must be qualified by ground qualification
test prior to unmannedflight, andby flight qualification test prior to mannedflight.
Similarly, ground support systems hardware must be qualified prior to use with flight
hardware.
Another major objective of the testing program is the acquisition of information and
data for evaluation of hardware reliability. Hardware in the most severe criticality
categories is subjected to reliability demonstration tests.
Production hardware testing ensures acceptancefor fabrication and assembly of
hardware with satisfactory anduniform quality. This is accomplished by a production test program covering all testing phases of manufacturing, andquality control
activities from receiving tests to final acceptancetests. Tests are performed at all
hardware generation levels, from materials and piece parts to complete stages and
instrument untis. Premating checkout tests are conductedon each stage and instrument unit as they are progressively prepared for assembly into a launch vehicle,
and on the launch vehicle prior to assembly with the spacecraft.
4-11
4-12
CHAPTER
SECTION
INTRODUCTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SATURN
I LAUNCH
5-2.
SATURN
I - APOLLO
5-3.
MISSION
PROFILE
5-4.
LAUNCH
VEHICLE
5--1.
..................
VEHICLE
MISSION
5-3
OBJECTIVES
..........
........................
5-3
5-6
REQUIREMENTS
..............
5-11
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Saturn
I Launch
Saturn
I - Apollo
Vehicle
.....................
Mission
Profile
5-4
................
5-9
LIST OF TABLES
5--3.
Saturn
I, SA-10
Saturn
I - Apollo
Description
Vehicle
Data
Mission
of Saturn
...................
Objectives
Flight
I - Apollo
Vehicle
5-5
and
Data
Mission
SA-10
Phase
............
.............
............
5-7/5-8
5-10
5--4.
Saturn
I Requirements,
l>relaunch
5-13
5-5.
Saturn
I Requirements,
Launch
Phase
..............
5-15
5-6.
Saturn
I Requirements,
Ascent
Phase
..............
5-19
5-7.
Saturn
I Requirements,
Orbital
Phase
..............
5-23
5-1
5-2
SECTION
-.
....
V.
INTRODUCTION
5-1.
SATURN
I LAUNCH
VEHICLE
NOTE
The material
in this chapter
was prepared
when vehicle
SA-10 had the space
vehicle
qualification
mission
in the Saturn
I program.
This mission
no longer
exists
and at
this time a new mission
has not been defined
for the vehicle.
Since the Saturn
I vehicle has the capability
for
sion has not been deleted.
vision
of this document.
The Saturn
first
ly,
for
for
I is the
research
development
I - Block
used
dummy
Saturn
I - Block
S-IV
second
spacecraft,
in the
earlier
Redstone
load
varies
attached
from
and
SA-6
section.
listed
in Table
craft
into
Saturn
and
earth
manned
orbit
by four
I - Block
eliminate
flights
Figure
nose
SA-10.
and
payload.
of the
first
first
Jupiter
stage
of an S-I
above
the
cone
SA-5
to an Apollo
carry
payload
second
Operational
data
second
The
stage,
stage.
an
The
payload
pay-
with
of a CM,
detection
for launch
S-IV
first
consists
a micrometeroid
Saturn
as payload.
mounted
for
second-
is based
four
dummy
cone
is composed
and
design
The
stage,
nose
Intended
booster
programs.
of an S-I
The Apollo
SA-9
family.
multi-stage
Jupiter
5-1,
unit
Jupiter
I-APOLLO
mission
omplished
vehicle
an SM,
capsule
vehicle
SA-10
with-
are
5-1.
SATURN
ultimate
vehicle,
SA-8
and
and a modified
through
SM as a secondary
The
stage,
launch
much
consisted
an instrument
in the
5-2.
flown,
a modified
LES for
an adapter
third
Saturn
of a multi-engine,
Apollo
II launch
stage
of the
development
already
S-V
mission,
the decriptive
material
on this misof SA-10 objectives
will be covered
by re-
of the
I vehicles,
stage,
generation
and
on components
and
first
the original
Redefinition
MISSION
of the
for
Saturn
manned
operational
I and
schedule
of the
six
I launch
flight
Saturn
Saturn
conflicts
Saturn
OBJECTIVES
vehicle
tests.
between
I vehicles
This
I manned
I - Block
was
flights
the
mission
have
been
was
preceded
II R&D flights.
the Saturn
placing
to have
been
by a series
To reduce
I and Saturn
cancelled.
of an Apollo
The primary
ac-
of four
program
IB programs,
space-
costs
all
mission
5-3
Launch Escape
System
A )ollo
Spacecraft
Payload
Instrument
Unit
S-IV
/ehicle
Space
(188 ft. )
Stage
Launch
S-I
Vehicle
Stage
lr
SA-10 Shown
3-13
Figure
5-4
5-1.
Saturn
I Launch
Vehicle
Data
VEHICLE
Number of stages
Length - without spacecraft
Maximum diameter - without fins
- with fins
1Launch vehicle weight - at ground ignition
Payload Type
2Payload weight - at ground ignition
3Injection weight - Earth orbit
S-I STAGE
Prime contractor
Length
Maximum diameter - without fins
(across thrust structure)
- with fins
Stageweight - at ground ignition
Dry weight
Engines
Total nominal thrust (sealevel)
Propellants
Mainstage propellant weight
Mixture ratio (oxidizer to fuel)
Specific impulse (sealevel)
S-IV STAGE
Prime contractor
2
124.5 feet
22.8 feet
40.7 feet
1,165,000 pounds
Apollo Spacecraft
29,100 pounds
22,500 pounds
Chrysler Corporation
80.2 feet
22.8 feet
40.7
feet
1,016,000
pounds
103,000
pounds
Rocketdyne
H-1
1,500,000
pounds
LOX
and RP-1
880,000
pounds
2,26:1
256
seconds
Douglas
Aircraft
Length
41.4
feet
Diameter
18.3
feet
4Stage
4Dry
weight
weight
Engines
- at ground
ignition
(8)
114,000
13,000
Co.
pounds
pounds
Pratt
and Whitney
RL10A-3
(6)
5-5
Table
5-1.
Saturn
I, SA-10
Includes
two stages,
instrument
21ncludes
6600 pounds
3100-nautical
4Excludes
Note:
mile
2100
circular
pounds
Weights
"Saturn
a 1,500,000-pound
arc:
thrust
development
booster
of liquid
and LES.
weights
Launch
which
from
Memorandum
No.
Specification
Weights
Vehicle
and
13, 1963.
of the
launch
remains
hydrogen
(Cont'd)
interstage
dated May
development
Data
only.
I, IB and V
Trajectories,"
remaining
and
orbit, payload
Compatible
IB,
unit, payload
M-P&VE-V-33,
objectives
Vehicle
vehicle
virtually
- liquid
oxygen
systems
required
unchanged
in the
propulsion
for
the
for
Saturn
second
stage.
Secondary
using
Apollo
SA-9.
data
is
in Table
5-3.
The
representative
The
the
exit
mierometeriod
Saturn
environmental
experime.nts
IApollo
mission
parameters
on
SA-8
and
and
flight
objectives
5-2.
profile,
(less
5-2.
are
The
mission
placed
of the
mission
can
be
purpose
of this
unit,
into
description
a.
Prelaunch-
b.
Launch
Event
events
for
ends
Saturn
the
6 of the
launch,
phases
are
Beginning
with
stage
- . Beginning
with
slart
mile
I launch
vehicle
circular
earth
along
chosen
as
SA-5
or
and
orbital
the
following
defined
by
testing
and
ending
_" countdown
and
orbit
is
are
listed
lesser
re-
SA-9.
Apollo
The
an
most
through
profile.
ascent,
the
of the
lifts
profile
Similar
separation
mission
the
being
I vehicles.
in missions
with
prelammh,
these
is
vehicle
No.
a Saturn
occurring
SA-10
of the
hmneh
vehicle
which
a 100-nautical
mission
profile
on the
divided
into
flight
launch
instrument
through
LFM)
Saturn/Apollo
mission
from
mission
in Figure
quirements
the
and
PROFILE
spaceeraft
illustrated
and
about
in Table
vehicle
Apollo
of launch
spacecraft,
summarized
SA-10
determination
information
MISSION
R&D
arc:
boilerplatc
Detailed
5-3.
The
objectives
spacecraft
launch
vehicle
phases.
For
the
limits:
with
start
of count--
down.
ending
with
liftoff.
.b
5-6
This
page
is
not
classified
g_
,I
LAUNCll
VEHICLE
NO.
MANNED/UNMANNED
MISSION
A.
t_
QB
SA- I
1 sA:, t
MISSION
OBJECTIVES
SATURN
LAUNCH
OBJ ECTIV
ES
VEHICLE
(LV)
1.
Structures.
"2.
Propulsion
(165
K engines).
1
B.
APOLLOSPACECRAET
OBJECTIVES
C.
SPACE
VEIIICLE
O[_J EC TIVES
D.
O'lql ER
OHJECTIVES
Non(,
(SC)
I
i
I_\UNCtt
VEItiCLE
CAPACITY
PA'_
I,OAD
(LBS.)
SPACECRAFT
FLI(;IIT
None
(SV)
ORBITAL
WEIGHT
(lbs.)*
DATA
A.
FLIG[IT
AZIMU'Itt
B.
FLIGHT
PROFILE
C.
NOMINAL
ORBIT
D.
MINIMUM
STAY
AMR
LAUNCH
100
Ballistic
ALTITUDE
TIME
COMPLEX
(naut.
mi.)
IN ORBIT
NO.
34
RECOVERY
None
P
Primary
*Does
not
objective
include
F0ttm_
of SV mission;
6,600
lb.
weight
S Secondary
ol
L:tunch
Escape
objectiv
Systt
""
"!
_.t
.....
:
pg,
e_
t*_
:'.:
eo
Tal_
SA-6
SA-5
Unmanned
P
_.
L
_.
[.
SA- 9
SA-7
Structures.
Propulsion
Guidance
S-I/S-IV
sel)ar
1.
2.
3.
4.
(188 K engines).
(Passengers).
Stage
ation.
Structures.
Propulsion.
Guidance
S-I/S-IV
separation.
I.
2.
3.
-I.
(active).
Stage
None
1.
2.
environment.
SC No.
BP-15
SC No.
BP-13
SC No.
BP-16
None
1.
2.
Physical
and
compatibility
Compatibility
communications
instrumentation
SV and
(active).
Stage
Launch
and exit
LES structural
characteristics.
LES jcttison.
3.
Structures.
Propulsion.
Guidance
S-I/S-IV
separ-ttion.
flight
ol LV and
of R&D
and
between
ground
SC.
stations.
s
1.
18,500
18,600
1_,600
12,360
Micromcteroid
, Ballast
to
16,600
12,360
18,600
105
Elliptical
I o 5
Orbit
Orbit
lOO/>
105
105
Orbit
Elliptical
Orbit
255/675
10o
t Day
1 Day
"I7B
lm
cxperime
1 Day
37B
34
None
None
1 Year
37B
No
ne
i
None
of SV
mission
0ettisoned
alter
second-sLaKe
ignition).
[OI.DOUT FRAME
o.
ile
5-2.
Saturn
I-Apollo
SA-
Mission
Objectives
and
Flight
SA-
Data
10
S
LV
1.
2.
Structures.
Propulsion.
3.
Guidance
4.
S-I/S-IV
(active).
Stage
QUAI,IHCATION
I.
St ru Ctllr
2.
Propu[sion.
3.
Guidance
4.
S-L/S-IV
separation.
(_'s.
(acti_e).StaRc
sel)at'a
tiol_.
L
i
S
Alternate
(xx ith
1.
SM
SC
Mission
BP-1S)
and
Adapter
st_'uctural
integrity
2.
CSM/Adapter
3.
Crew
separation.
salet3:.
SC
QUA
L11.'I(;A-I'I()N
I.
Structures.
2.
SC
systems.
3.
SM
propulsion
4.
CM
re-entry.
5.
LES
6.
SM-CM
7.
Cre_
'_.
Recovery
9.
Guidance
r('
st:trt)
3cttison.
st't)aration.
sa[ety.
No.
ssstcm.
and
SC
BP-26
(\_
Na\igati(,n.
No.
.\ FIlM
-009
P
SV QUA
Alternate
Mission
(x_ ith
1.
CSM<
BP-
LV
1 _)
separation,
l,I I"IC,\
1.
LV-SC
conllnittbilil
"2.
LV-SC
st, paration.
_.
FI(
)N
3.
I iOll,
('()llllllUll
|'rlR'killg.
S
nt,
1.
Mierometeroid
experiment.
16,600
22,
ooo
12,360
'22.
000
105
Elliptical
72
Orbit
()rbiI
or
107)
Stll)-t)rl)it
255/675
1 Year
37B
3 t
Nonc
\\ att,r
5-7/5-8
i-
.r-.4
or-i
.r-i
,ml
0
r_
cd
I
L_
i,.-_
L"I
C'O
5-9
c.
Ascent
Beginning
with
liftoff
d.
Orbital
Beginning
with
orbit
and
ending
injection
with
and
orbit
injection.
ending
with payload
separa-
tion.
Table
Event
No. *
5-3.
Description
I-Apollo
Mission,
Approx.
Time
After
Liftoff
(Sec.)
Vehicle
SA-10
Event
Liftoff
launch
Start
Start
of Saturn
complex
I-Apollo
No. 34.
space
18
Arrest
20
Activate
control
9O
Deactivate
accelerometer
control
system.
roll
(SV correctly
vehicle
with
control
flight
azimuth).
of LV guidance
control
and
of LV guidance
and
Arrest
150
Shut
156
156.3
Ignite second-stage
second
minimum
156.4
Separate
first
stage
from second
stage.
Transfer
control
functions
from first
to second
stage.
Ignite
first- stage retromotors.
158
Start
168
Jettison
spacecraft
Launch
Escape
(SC).
176.4
Jettison
second-stage
179
Start
Refers
to Figure
time
down
path
5-2.
tilt.
inboard
second-
AMR
accelerometer
system.
(SV) from
143
*No.
5-10
of Saturn
stage
guidance
(Major
first-stage
(S-I
first-stage
sequence.
(S-IV
duration
stage)
engines.
engines.
Start
stage)
ullage
of burning).
motors
timing
(3-
engines.
System
ullage
(LES)
motors.
mode.
events
indicated
only)
from
Apollo
Approx. Time
After Liftoff
(Sec.)
Event
55O
630
10
Initiate CM re-entry.
11
12
13
14
5-4.
The
LAUNCH
SA-10
vehicle
mile
circular
load
to altitude,
vertical)
requires
that
a.
orbit.
guide
and
Launch
To accomplish
impart
following
site
to inject
it so that
information
to the
REQUIREMENTS
is required
earth
to local
is subject
VEHICLE
the final
to it a final
on vehicle
a payload
of 22,500
this,
the
flight-path
velocity
performance
pounds
launch
angle
vehicle
into
must
is 90 degrees
of 25,581
be returned
ft/sec.
a 100-nautical
boost
(with
Its R&D
to earth.
The
the payrespect
mission
vehicle
constraints:
(Cape
Kennedy)
latitude
of 28 degrees,
30 minutes
which
intro-
5-11
5-12
This
page
is
not
classified
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
0
0
.o
._
"_
,_
0,-_
tO
o .<
O_
_
_ _
,._
,,
_
.0
r.) 0
_ =
_ o
-_
'o
_o=
__
_o
_
0
_
0
5-13
r-,
L_
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
!
I
!
!
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
8.
.4
I
C.)
F_
,'_
._
_._L_
__
E
>
>,
_I o
bid
0_
>
,...,
'_
5-14
e..,
I
r_
o
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O*
r-
.,._
Or]
L_
F*
,_
r)
.o
0
0
r_
_u
F*
5-15
"0
II
o
c_
0
"o
o
0
C'q
o
c_
"0
L_
c0
o
q
_Q
0
0
F_
_
.n.
cfl
N._
"C
o
o
5-16
0
0
_._o
m
_
Cxl
_
0
r
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I_
I
I
I
I
r
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
L
....
o _o
M
_
M
el
5-17
o
v
!
o
,.q
4_
i>
e-,
r.x.1
,--i
,,,,,-i
r.
'_
5-18
.<
c_
i
L_
5-19
L_
v
g_
eO
r_
0
0
F_
o_
.,--i
__._
_._
_._
e-
5-20
__o'_.
_
"F, _.
"_. _
_- __
_._
_
o_
"_
c_
ov
cD
c_
t-,
,<
d
d
0
5-21
|,
_4
n_
!
!
0
3
_4
.<
0
_P
00
0
22
r_
._
>
._
:-d
_2
_ .oo_ =
5-22
_ ._ _ _ _ _ o
c_
.......
......
(_
>
I
L_
e.,
>
_2
8_
cD
>
5-23
5-24
......
"..
: :"
.....
CHAPTER
SECTION
VI
ASTRIONICS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
6-5
6--1.
GENERA
............................
6-2.
COMMAND
6-5.
COMMUNICATION
6-11.
INSTRUMENTATION
6-18.
CHECKOUT
6-35.
ATTITUDE
6-38.
GUIDANCE
...........................
6-54
6-51.
TRACKING
...........................
6-65
6-64.
RANGE
6-71.
ELECTRICAL
FUNCTION
.....................
FUNCTION
6-5
6-11
.................
6-18
......................
6-32
...........................
CONTROL
SAFETY
AND
STABILIZATION
6-49
.........
6-87
........................
SYSTEM
6-97
.....................
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
6--1.
Launch
Phase
Command
Configuration,
Saturn
6-2.
Ascent
Phase
Command
Configuration,
Saturn
I ........
6-3.
AM_R Submarine
6-4.
Typical
6-5.
Measuring
6-6.
Typical
6-7.
PDM/FM
6-8.
PCM/FM/FM
6-9.
SS/FM
Telemetry
6-10.
Over-aU
Test
6-11.
Quality
Assurance
S-I
Stage
Cable
Subsystem
System
Link
Telemetry
Link
for
6-10
6-21
6-22
Telemetry
Telemetry
Setup
.............
......................
PAM/FM/FM
6-8
6-16
.....................
Instrumentation
.......
Link
.............
6-26
....................
6-28
Link
6-29
.................
6-30
.....................
S-I
Laboratory
Stage
Checkout
Stage
6-34
...............
Automated
Facility
............
6-36
6-1
6-12.
Quality
Assurance
Laboratory
Stage
6-13.
Mechanical
6-14.
Computer
6-15.
Coordinate
6-16.
Vehicle
6-17.
Attitude
Assembly
Test
Complex
for
Systems,
Axes,
Saturn
I
and
Attitude
6-19.
Guidance
6-20.
Azusa
Antenna
Baselines
6-21.
ODOP
Tracking
System
6-22.
MISTRAM
6-23.
Radar
Altimeter
6-24.
Orbital
Path,
72
6-25.
Orbital
Path,
105
6-26.
Range
Safety
6-27.
Three
Coordinate
and
Unit
...........
6-39
...........
6-41
Test
.........
6-51
.................
6-52
Operation,
Saturn
I
Stabilization
...........
Implementation
Saturn
6-71
6-74
Configuration
6-76
............
........................
6-83
Azimuth
Degree
6-89
...............
6-91
.......................
of Saturn
Trajectory
6-28.
Range
Safety
Plots
6-29.
Range
Safety
Command
System
6-30.
AN/DRW-13
Command
Receiver
6-31.
Digital
6-32.
Electrical
Command
6-88
................
Azimuth
Projection
6-92
.............
6-93
.......................
System
System,
S-I
6-58
6-59
...............
....................
Degree
6-53
.......
..................
Station
Limits
6-46
.....................
Implementation,
Ground
Block
Diagram
Stabilization
6-18.
Control
Station
Instrument
Saturn
Control
Propulsion
Checkout
6-94
.................
................
6-95
6-96
....................
6-98
.....................
LIST OF TAGLES
6-2
6--1.
Communications
Stations
6-2.
Communication
Transmitters
6-3.
Typical
6-4.
Telemetry
6-5.
ST-124
Instrumentation
System
Stabilized
6-14
....................
and
Receivers
Measurements
Allocations
Platform
.........
6-19
............
6-31
.................
Characteristics
6-17
.........
6-60
.....
.-..-
LIST OF TABLES
..:"
_--
._
._
wu=
(CONT'D)
Page
6--6.
AZUSA
Data
6-7.
MISTRAM
6-8.
A N/F
6-9.
SST-102A
6-10.
Tracking
PS-
...........................
Data
16 Data
C-Band
Stations
6-70
.........................
6-77
6-80
........................
Transponder
Data
and
.................
Systems
..............
6-81
6-84
6-3
6-4
SECTION
VI.
ASTRIONICS
6-1.
GENERAL.
The
for
Astrionics
Saturn
system
I.
paragraphs,
are
a.
functions,
and
electrical
listed
below
utilizing
- Performs
events
and
the
accomplished
Command
operational
time
The
provides
and
and
described
both vehicle
management
sequences.
electronic
The
in detail
required
in the
and ground
of Saturn
issuance
functions
based
systems
following
subsystems.
by initiating
of commands
all
is dependent
on
events.
Communication
Do
systems.
This
- Transfers
intelligence
intelligence
is in four
forms:
within
voice,
and
digital,
among
the
discrete
Saturn
and
analog
signals.
C.
Instrumentation
to acquire
operational
d.
vehicle
e.
vehicle
and
Checkout
is capable
Control
gimballing
system
to maintain
in accordance
velocity
Tracking
during
h.
in the
vehicle
6-2.
The
pulsion,
assigned
guidance
and
systems
the
launch
phase
that
the
launch
mission.
and
thrust
to mission
a stable
vehicle
data.
during
Stabilization
- Obtains
Safety
of a vehicle
Electrical
cutoff
commands
to adjust
the
accomplishment.
- Provides
launch
vehicle
signals
motion
to the
and
engine
adjusts
this
commands.
records
the
launch
vehicle's
position
and private
property
are
and
- Insures
that
malfunction
System
life
during
- Supplies
the
and
ascent
distributes
and
orbital
the
not
endangered
phase.
electrical
power
required
operation.
COMMAND
Saturn
and
of launch
flight.
Range
event
i.
for
with
appraisal
steering
leading
Attitude
g.
its
- Provides
in a manner
performance
assurance
of performing
f.
motion
the
engineering
- Provides
Guidance
motion
- Monitors
FUNCTION.
I command
astrionics,
function
structures,
performs
mechanical
the
operational
and
ground
management
support
of the pro-
systems.
Because
6-5
of the quantity, priority and degree of decision involved in controlling the vehicle
operations, the command
the number
function is accomplished
requirements
This performance
includes
launch vehicle checkout, alignment and physical preparations such as the loading of
pressurized gases and propellants.
During
the launch
phase,
accomplish
this
of system
stimuli.
the
The
initiated
respecting
system
the
A number
of significant
automatic
launch
checkout
and
and
sequences
evaluated
sequence.
are
prior
causes
the
A source
vehicle
of commands
modes
of operation
cutoff.
This
to ensure
THEORY
Saturn
from
the
jettisoning
the
ascent
safety
the
systems
and
evaluated.
volume
resulting
If a
action.
launch
the
the
systems
to the
sequence
When
is
flight
ascent
requires
property.
from
Various
of the
flight
A launch
propulsion,
the
events
mode
commit
astrionics
switch
as staging,
the
of the
being
command
phase.
commands
such
switched
modes.
to flight.
the
performance
are
performance
vehicle
These
and private
during
vehicle
committed
events
mission
of life
necessary
to begin
initiate
To
of a large
for corrective
automatic
systems
being
phase.
of the
the
engine
availability
(Refer
and
systems
to various
starting
and
of a range
safety
to Paragraph
mechanical
engine
command
6-64.
OF OPERATION
command
beginning
of the
mission
the
is provided
and
phase
the
The
6-6
vehicle
aligned.
requirements.
of operation
with
generation
excites
made
the
launch
to be released
during
levels;
initiated
out and
is assimulated
are
are
The
modes
to the
systems
6-3.
commands
alignment
which
is validated,
time
rapid
stimuli
decisions
mission
checked
the
of these
data
detected,
are
requires
application
is
of each
systems
time
of performance
malfunction
operation
vehicle
in a reasonable
in the acquisition
system
the
function
of the
S-IV/IU
control,
launch
stage.
launch
initiates
phase
Launch
control
launch
until
vehicle
operational
termination
phase
manned,
command
launch
events
of the orbital
and
phase
is accomplished
control
computer,
sequences
with
with
and
the
four
..........
-..."
"::
with
levels
issue
These
stimuli
the
stimuli
are
vehicle
to the
in the
of operation,
computer
level
vehicle
systems
forms
of discrete
the
to control
launch
the
to accomplish
(on-off)
control
vehicle
computer
systems.
checkout
commands
and
level
These
and alignment.
analog
signals.
6-7
I
I
'11
,-.q
I I
r.)
fl
rj
e#3
.2
i
o
eD
r./3
r,.)
o
8
I
e,o
I
o
o
i
o
6-8
.."
During
the
vehicle
computer
issues
ascent
in the
The
flight
vehicle
phase,
form
impulses
bility
For
and
the
systems.
I missions,
Center.
the
This
signals
such
level
is tied
manned
level
and/or
as engine
control
to the
flight
start,
level
for
level
various
data
These
flight
steps
cutoff,
with
for
manned
elements
control
computer
the
levels
responsi-
and
John
of
and
command
at the
mission
sequencer.
sequencer
acquisition
is located
commands
a program
engine
is manned
and
contain
is accomplished
systems
control
stage
which
by the
performance
time.
the
to the
function
is provided
systems
variables
switches
hardware
mission
monitors
of stepping
mission
with
command
applied'to
command
The
is implemented
Saturn
Space
phase,
are
events
IMPLEMENTATION.
hardware
composed
: :
level
which
programmed
6-4.
."
on flight
of discrete
separation.
and
This
Application
stage
launch
.:"
operational
6-2.
of discrete
to initiate
the
Figure
are
:':
vehicle
dependent
operation.
During
:..
commands
sequencers
switches
"..
launch
level,
systems
are
:..
display.
F.
Kennedy
by a communication
network.
The
launch
control
are
located
in the
performance
command
The
lat[ach
control
systems
level
The
launch
personnel
the
is implemented
process
control
and
alignment.
checkout
permits
control
inputs
can be satisfied
the RCA
vehicle
Information
Ascent
phase
control
110 computer
computer
puter.
level
control
and hardware
of command
concerning
this
command
unit
is accomplished
safety
command.
The
safety
command
The
velticle
is provided
with
The
of command
manned
for
data
level
display
of the computer
vehicle
has
basis.
is implemented
may
be found
with
the
is utilized
because
Additional
their
information
20-4.
with
an ASC-15
in Paragraph
vehicle
range
system.
an automatic
systems
in Paragraph
computer
110 computer
computer
on a demand
by the
an RCA
capability
of several
is presented
level
of a range
range
site.
systems
which
for
launch
launch
interrupt
concerning
The
with
computer
operations,
to accomplish
needs
at the
the
acceptance.
launch
priority
house
is accomplished
and
During
block
and
safety
com-
6-46.
computer
is an ASC-15
digital
and the
digital
function.
availability
computer.
(Refer
to Para-
6-9
INSTRUMENTUNIT
Data
GSP-24
Guidance
Signal
Processor
ASC-15
Vehicle
Computer
Sequencer
Flight
Stage
Commands
S-IV
Flight
Sequencer
"-
ds
ds
S-I
u
Flight
Sequencer
Stag e C omman
3-304
Figure
6-10
6-2.
Ascent
Phase
Command
Configuration,
Saturn
w
-
= w
..-,..'..,..,',.'',,
graph 6-64.)
6-5.
COMMUNICATION
Successful
FUNCTION.
completion
performance
of the Saturn
of the
supporting
vehicle
functions.
flow of administrative
stations
monitoring
locations.
The
the
for
launch,
ascent
readiness
function
and
and
tional
readiness
stations
communications
and
tracking,
pating
after
the prelaunch
to the
must
be delivered
6-6.
OPERATION.
status
world-wide
from
those
exist
all
of all
known
to the
to control
earth
of the
to the
network,
the
(prelaunch,
operational
launch
control
functions.
of telemetry-reception
tracking
and
mission
phases,
supporting
to
to world-wide
between
phases
its
function
stations
and launch
be made
supplied
operation
proper
Opera-
stations
as well
as the
and
integrity
network.
launch,
reference
locations.
delivered
During
includes
the
instrumentation
a zero-time
throughout
must
on the
information
must
is active
information
in the
of data
links
functions
and
control
its flight.
information
participating
During
flow
not only
a communication
during
orbital).
count-down
coordination
operational
and
control
of all supporting
center,
of the
and
is dependent
requires
communication
operational
communication
on the
coordination
mission,
Additionally,
vehicle
but also
This
provide
I mission
and
range
ensures
In support
four
communication
the
of the
command
rapidly
safety
one
functions.
synchronization
command
levels
from
function
for
supports
At lift-off,
of mission
function,
evaluation
command
actively
level
data
events
must
next
command,
transmission
and decisions.
to the
the
at all
of
partici-
be rapidly
Decisions
in turn,
as required.
command
levels are
interconnected with each other and with all other functions by a network of hardwire and radio frequency links, including voice, teletype and data transmission
channels.
command
command
The
communication
function
supports
instrumentation
and
tracking
functions
through
6-11
transmission
where
of data
the
further
data
(e. g.,
Tracking
for
mitted
from
of the
vehicle
range
and
telemetry
of the
function
safety
vehicle
are
transmission
of the
command
function
monitoring
range
safety
with
from
into range.
tracking
network
performance
signal
and
trans-
acquisition
for
the range
purposes,
termination
transmitter,
then
as it comes
in by telephone
for
are
).
Flight
communications
stations
tied
Space
to enable
communication
the
etc.
times
antennas
through
termination
and
in order,
gain)
Other
its ascent
of flight
box to the
Saturn
I communication
The
major
Earth-Vehicle
earth
and
vehicle
mentation
in the
consist
operation
covering
facilities
those
receiver
safety
the
from
there
the
safety
communirange
to the
safety
vehicle.
decoder
are
facilities
existing
both
following
the Saturn
I,
systems
vehicle
and
earth-based
paragraphs.
communications
involved
These
from
listed
system
will
SA 8, 9,
commands,
Communications
network
in the
functions.
on the vehicles
functions
with
between
in tracking,
systems
are
instru-
described
functions.
and
of additional
Point-to-Point
of communications
frequency
and range
of on-board
communications
described
For
of radio
equipment
communication
are
is implemented
Communications.
command
developmental
function
systems
(telemetry)
sections
A digital
6-12
on the
officer.
information,
to Goddard
stations
(high
to locations
and disseminated
safety
positions
tracking
is delivered
safety
provides
6-8.
The
data
during
event
Predicted
is dependent
This
range
is transmitted
beamwidth
stations
IMPLEMENTATION.
systems.
6-9.
station
tracking
computation,
inputs,
of the
narrow
to the range
control
6-7.
each
to each
and
in real-time
computation.
data.
function
officer's
from
function
In the
cation
command
by their
launch
officer.
The
for
Goddard
display
receiving
used
trajectory
The
telemetry
is recorded,
information
Center
for
from
such
the
(Earth).
existing
at each
on the Atlantic
Missile
and
10.
as trajectory
command
in Table
be flown
as passenger
This
will
Stations
6-1.
station
Range
in the
transmission
(AMR)
and
on earth.
interconnected
Indicated
for
permit
corrections,
transmitters
or
for
table
in the
are
types
of information.
point-to-point
communications
variety
of equipment
radio,
troposeatter,
Cable.
Kennedy,
available
The
Cape
Island,
cable
band
duplex
oe
m
=e
.........
AMR
to Grand
and
cable,
for Saturn I.
high
frequency
cable,
Turk
Point
Figure
Island,
Jupiter,
with
Florida,
Mayeguana
6-3,
extends
from
communications
at Grand
and Grand
circuits
Bahama
Turk
Island,
Island.
A single
all stations.
of the
telephone
submarine
submarine
San Salvador,
links
width
including
implementation
and wire.
Florida
at the
Eleuthera
The
is used
microwave
Submarine
coaxial
A wide
Cape
submarine
circuits
cable
is 150 kc:
of 250-3100
transmission
of telemetry
data
transmission
is required,
three
cycles
up-range
it accommodates
and
a band
to Cape
channels
of 10,515
Kennedy.
of telephone
twelve
kc for
When
circuits
telemetry
up range
are
disconnected.
High
Frequency
long
range
Radio.
High-frequency,
communications
Cape
Kennedy,
Antigua
Each
link can
accomodate
transmitters
operate
Cape
Kennedy
five,
and
has
Pretoria
A low-power
communications
85,
exists
locked
The
rf
Ascension
voice,
three
These
2 to 30 mc
transmitters
between
Trinidad
Grand
bit-rate
with
an output
of this
type,
Antigua
for
interconnect
South
Africa.
The
associated
data.
range
single-sideband
to Cape
Turk
equipment
equipment
communications
systems
is used
and Pretoria,
or high
KW) high-frequency,
16 full-duplex
transmission
radio
Island,
teletype
power
has
of 45 KW.
four,
Ascension
teletype
in the
microwave
for
in the
and
provides
operates
Three
tropospheric
Island
the
area
East
scatter
Island,
channels
and
1000
spectrum
MISTRAM
mc
are
used
Grand
48-kc
provides
wideband
AN/MRCPhase3-kc
voice
channels.
at 10 kw.
at AMR:
Bahama
Rico.
of twenty-three
three
at Valkaria,
system,
Puerto
communications
links
around
transmitter
Kennedy.
A quadruple-diversity
Microwave.
data
Island,
in the
from
multiplex
channels,
water.
radio
two.
(2.5
Troposcatter.
over
single-sideband
one
for
operation
and
Florida;
one
for
inter-island
Island;
and
one
for tying
the
6-13
o
o
0
>
_o
0
O0
0
v,,_
0
r.4
r_
"H
o
,v,-4
o
0
I
0
b_
c_
F_
P..I
o
c_
o
0
6-14
Ixl lxl l_
lxl
.........
":
.."
: :,
_D
f9
O
o_"4
P--4
C9_9
(9
O
O
(9
O
9
co
_9
I
D
h_
_J
9
4.a
_9
O
_D
O
9
O
6-15
Legend:
Attended
O
Stations
Unattended Stations
Submarine Cable
Land Line
Cape
Florida
_ _
G.B.I.
--- -
R F Link
....
Troposcatter
Link
\
j
_-_
)'_ _,
Eleuthera
_jIsland
_
_
RF Links
with
Antigua,
Trinidad,
Ascension
and
Pretoria
_% -_Salvador
_"
Grand
'lurk
*o
Mayaguez
Dominican
Republic
3-305
Figure
range
The
communications
MISTRAM
a relay
6-16
station
leg.
Vertical
AFB
links,
system
at Patrick
polarization
and horizontal
into
6-3.
AMR
Ramey
extends
AFB
from
AFB.
polarization
'
Submarine
Cable
at Puerto
Valkaria,
Two carrier
is used
Mayague
in both
Rico.
Florida,
to Cape
frequencies
are
directions
on the
Patrick
on the
AFB
Kennedy,
assigned
Valkaria
- Cape
with
on each
- Patrick
Kennedy
links.
The
The
Cape
Kennedy
a.
Order
b.
Multiplex
c.
Timing
d.
24 voice
e.
Timing
wire:
carrier:
The
system
to Cape
The
Kennedy
and
at Grand
Rico
are
link
the
Puerto
AMR
Bahama
1.4
does
100-kc
and
1.6
not use
timing
mc
bursts
the
1.2-
signal;
the
and
1.4-mc
timing
4 to 16 kc band
is used
system,
between
to East
available
and
uses
frequency
diversity
with
two carrier
which
Ramey
is operated
AFB
and
by Ramey
Fort
Buchanan.
AFB,
supplies
A cable
then
5 channels
extends
these
Island.
at the
transmitters
Island
leg.
Air-Ground/Ship-Shore
craft
1.2,
transmission.
The
6-10.
following:
312 to 552 kc
bursts
on each
channels
the
100 kc
synchronization:
frequencies
to the
uses
..
60 kc
channels:
synchronization
data
link
we.
0 to4kc
carrier:
Valkaria
for
to Valkaria
Communications.
major
receivers
Communications
communications
used
are
stations
listed
using
by type
number,
to ships
HF-SSB,
and
VHF
and location
air-
and
UFH.
in Table
6-2.
Table
6-2.
Communication
Transmitters
HF/SSB
Location
Cape
Grand
No.
Kennedy
Bahama
San Salvador
Grand
Antigua
Turk
Island
Island
Island
Island
PEP
VHF
(kw)
10
2.5
and Receivers
No.
UHF
Power
(w)
No.
Power
50
12
50
2.5
50
50
2.5
50
50
2.5
50
50
10
50
50
2.5
(w)
6-17
VHF
UHF
Location
No.
Ascension
Island
Pretoria
For
ship-to-shore
for
communication
and
distribution
Kennedy,
of range
and
I instrumentation
records
or displays
this
mission.
is initially
prelaunch
checkout
of the
with
(digital
From
Since
6-18
this
No.
(w)
is separated
into three
of frequencies,
three
Power
status
control
points
areas
maintenance,
are
Cape
data
phase,
in the
during
The
for the
for
checkout
as such
with
is made
Saturn
system,
launch
major
requirements
in
as required
to aid them
vehicle.
areas;
and transmits,
available
in the
for
in carrying
prelaunch
phase
and
The
tasks
assigned
many
checkout
support,
in-flight
analysis.
forms
can
data,
specific
data
post-flight
controlled).
and
operational
checkout
instrumentation
vehicle.
system,
This
in three
recording
and
in accordance
of mission
be grouped
status
a highly
important
be performed
Instrumentation
is capable
either
link
manually
is designed
of presenting
data
in
or auto-
to be compatible
all
major
data
channels
format.
liftoff,
the
range
The
vehicle
activated
computer
the checkout
in digital
until
can
the
matically
end
and
information.
functions
in the
collection,
entire
(w)
50
assignment
operation.
role
until
Power
the
vehicle
to other
to instrumentation
the
45
information
time
active
During
collects
of launch
Instrumentation
data
2.5
including
in real
remains
No.
Ascension.
Saturn
out their
10
test
INSTRUMENTATION.
display
control,
Antigua
phase
(kw)
communication,
6-11.
each
PEP
end
when
of the
is the
all physical
mission,
only
means
connections
instrumentation
by which
between
the
provides
operational
vehicle
and
ground
the vehicle-to-ground
information
can
be obtained
are
severed,
data
from
link.
the
vehicle, a highly reliable telemetry system is required. The primary Saturn I telemetry system is the pulse amplitude modulation/frequency modulation/frequency
multiplexing system which has been proven very reliable in previous launch vehicle
programs.
Vehicle performance data falls into two categories; engineering data and operational
data. Engineering data includes parameters such as temperature, acceleration,
vibration, and stress; operational data includes vehicle computer commands and
event sequencessuch as those associated with first stage cutoff, stage separation
or second stage ignition. Examples of instrumentation measurements acquired
during a mission are listed in Table 6-3.
Table 6-3. Typical Instrumentation Measurements
Instrument Unit
Measurement
S-I
S-IV
Propulsion
Temperature
26
12
119
94
22
95
118
52
32
26
11
17
Pressure
Strain
and
Vibration
Flight
Mechanics
13
Steering
Control
4O
RF and
Telemetry
14
Discrete
Signals
38
22
Voltage,
Current
16
32
11
and
Frequency
Miscellaneous
6-12.
OPERATION.
Saturn
I instrumentation
instrumentation
essentially
ments
stations
Saturn
systems.
the
for the
Paragraph
is comprised
old Mercury
Apollo
6-63.
to the
The
network,
program.
Tracking,
Mission
I instrumentation
ground
and
Control
is stage
of ground
instrumentation
instrumentation
which
is being
A discussion
of the
a discussion
Center
oriented.
stations
The
form
expanded
ground
of the transfer
is contained
stations
the
vehicle
network,
require-
is presented
of data
in Paragraph
two stages
a global
to meet
stations
and
from
6-51,
and the
the
in
ground
Tracking.
instrument
unit
6-19
Measuring
Telemetry
Antenna
Measuring
System.
transducers,
signal
operational
parameters
the telemetry
fall
outputs
range
and excite
Into this
group
fall
These
transducers
group
contains
puts.
pick-ups.
data
is recorded
data
processing
to the Quality
automatic
card
data.
A copy
signal
the
telemetry
6-20
excited
from
which
calibrated
of these
cards
Laboratory
being
vehicle
with
for
computer
card
component
convert
The
follow
the
has
the
vehicle
transducer
conditioners
been
second
of their
gauges
and
changes
to the
plug-in
and the
checkout
out-
vibration
which
must
calibration
to facilitate
system
Laboratory
for
and
the
delivered
where
it is utilized
in an
completion
of tests
a duplicate
for data
outputs
are
indicators.
The
established
Astrionics
Upon
it is used
conditioning.
supplies.
vehicle
component
test.
dc
telemeters.
automatic
in the
0 to 5-volt
and position
strain
in the
the
associated
lab where
will
to the
system
support
in the
or resistance
applied
A card
characteristics.
or amplification
thermocouples,
to installation
its
voltage
modification
is initiated
with
system
subsystem
of
compatible
of signal
indicators
measuring
are
and
of signals
ON/OFF
require
prior
IBM card
conditioners
It senses
output
any form
of a millivoltage
on IBM cards.
of the
is composed
to signals
on their
without
the
transducers
before
to the
information
consist
transducers,
amplified
checkout
is sent
The
pressure
The
6-5,
distributor.
depending
directly
consist
vehicle.
this
of transducers
outputs
are
Figure
a measuring
groups
telemeters
of these
and
Transducers
Saturn
group
transducers
These
be modified
two main
are
Examples
system,
requirements.
first
the
and
and transforms
into
of the
measuring
conditioners,
subsystem
Transducers
The
The
reduction
launching
into
signals
modules
of static
test
site.
compatible
of standard
with
config-
....
w_w
T T
Power
ANTENNA
Divider
Assembly
PCM/III'"
Power
SUBSYSTEM
I
Power
Amplifier
(Telemeter
PCM/DDAS
P)
Amplifier
1
PA M/FM/l"bl
(Telemeter
SS/FM
F)
(Telemeter
TELEMETRY
SUBSYSTEM
i
Measuring
l)i stributor
F)
(Telemeter
T
Measuring
I)i stributor
t
Measuring
S)
Rack
k"
,)
Y
Measuring
Rack
Transducers
t
k
T
Transducers
M I:ASUIHN(.;
SU BSYSTEM
3-406B
Figure
6-4.
Typical
Stage
Instrumentation
System
6-21
I
T
-E-'
I
I
i
",-I
I
I
I
I
I
6-22
voltage
cross-talk
or other
subcarrier
oscillators.
Signals
from
has
in the
ac amplifier
The
an output
narrow-band
from
similar
transducers.
a nominal
limits
of 1000,
and
the
range
diode
result
servos
limits
from
are
the
output,
overdriving
the
amplified
of 0 to 5 volts.
by the
A zener
preventing
telemetry
carrier
diode
amplifier,
similar
to that
output.
accommodates
module
low-level
or strain
a 10-volt
gage
is adapted
signals
thermometers,
contains
part
of the
amplifier
The
signal
conditioner
bridge
(in the
thermistor
dc regulated
when
to a specific
emanating
is supplied
module.
a regulated
in applications
as those
conditioners
to accommodate
with
is used
such
signal
provided
might
resistance
and
dc amplifier
dc signals,
able
the
The
associated
being
within
A zener
millivolt
bridges,
power
required.
The
transducer
range)
and
supply
used
amplifier
has
by a signal
condition-
module.
A wide-band
varying
level
a thermistor
gain
ing plug-in
accelerometers
thermocouples,
energizing
volts.
which
dc amplifier
derived
for
at 2.5
interference
control
which
biased
The
modules
are
power
from
by adc
amplifier
has
assembled
approximately
supply
requiring
strain
gages.
power
supply
a nominal
into
20 modules.
which
amplification
provides
measuring
Each
power
of slowly
Power
which
gain
for
the
is an integral
of 1000.
racks,
each
rack
measuring
rack
for
modules
all the
is
in it.
6-23
The
measuring
measuring
distributor
subsystem.
has
the
advantage
this
component
6-14.
measuring
need
to the
of the
necessary
plexing
ground
Pulse
plexing
Pulse
The
telemetry
these
range
signals
in the
in one component
program
system
signals
four
different
amplitude
receives
azc
In order
in the
types
data
on an rf carrier
systems.
of measurements
Saturn
required
signals
only
from
frequency
to fulfill
launch
of telemetry.
modulation/frequency
duration
for
the
vehicles
These
the
trans-
requireit has
been
are:
modulation/frequency
modulation/frequency
c.
Pulse
coded
d.
Single
sideband/frequency
multi-
modulation/frequency
signal
subdivided
results
in a decrease
multi-
minus
of the
subcarrier
oscillator
from
0 to 5 volts
from
plexing
-2.5
is denoted
division
7.5
dc.
percent
The
SCO can
to +2.5
volts
by FM/FM.
submultiplexed
multiplexing,
The
on a channel
signal.
be at least
To obtain
several
subcarrier
each
about
nominal
offset
adequate
times
the
by FM/FM/FM
channel
or
frequency.
into
which
for
input
volts,
be
capacity
The
data
con-
is generated
frequency
by a
will vary
voltage
resulting
that
can
in channel
data.
variations
in an input
division
multi-
is further
frequency-
in a fixed
sequence.
FM 3.
is sampled
by a series
transmission
signal
increase
modulation/frequency
frequency
is represented
combined
SCO output
2.5
a separate
Subcarriers
frequency
Frequency
data
then
multiplexed
The
be zero
is allocated
are
(SCO).
A subcarrier
is denoted
In time-division
information
dc.
channel
the
of the
deviation
time-division.
frequency.
However,
response
by modulation
to plus
data
the rf carrier
in frequency
and
frequencies
method.
(SS/FM)
each
subcarrier
same
(PCM/FIV
frequency-division
(FM),
modulates
by the
voltage-controlled
from
used:
Several
which
further
is conveyed
are
modulation
modulation
multiplexing
frequency.
composite
range
modulation/frequency
of multiplexing
subcarrier
6-24
all
functions
to the instrumentation
instrumentation
In frequency-division
must
distribution
for
(PDM/FM/FM)
Two types
original
of all
point
(PAM/FM/FM)
b.
tent
distribution
be altered.
to employ
a.
if changes
and encodes
wide
central
collection
System.
system
mission
The
that
Telemetry
ments
is the
of discrete
of a signal,
This
the
samples
sampling
multiplexing
of the
rate
method
has
been utilized in the Model 270 andin the vibration multiplexer which will be described
later.
PAM/FM/FM
Telemetry.
is contained
in two packages,
telemetry
package
oscillators,
The
channels
Each
primary
channel
total
capability
of which
may
in the
Model
capable
of controlling
applied
to the
package
remaining
on the
subcarrier
from
standard
the
channel
oscillators
The
multiplexed
The
composite
and
amplifies
the
carrier
in the
signal
composite
225 to 260 mc
to an RF amplifier,
which
PDM/FM/FM
Telemetry.
on the
stage
of Saturn
output
of the
second
sample
to the
then
in the
numerical
used
value
to modulate
the
Saturn
in the
for
the
outputs
frequency
The
the
are
of 230
multiplexer
is
of which
signal
IB.
are
(The
for
The
pulses,
400
inputs
of the
watts
duration
a pulse
susceptible
of 0 to 5 volts
of 0 to 5 volts
subcarrier
dc.
rf trans-
a radio
frequency
of two watts
is applied
for
transmission.
system
is used
modulation,
duration
of varying
dc.
oscillators
In the
modulates
output
cps
continuous
signals
telemetry
generates
oscillators)
as it is too
input
to thirty
In pulse
The
(subcarrier
rf transmitter.
nominal
PDM/FM/FM
sample.
in a
capability
outputs
vehicle.
signal
multiplexer
resulting
The
program
by the
I and
of the
package
the
usable
range.
The
identification.
submultiplexers
+30 percent
mixes
boosts
consists
frame
frequencies.
deviation
is deviated
subcarrier
for
by 10,
oscillators
supplies
to a level
subcarrier
multiplexing,
channels.
oscillator
*_7.5 percent
amplifier
The
channels.
in the
power
oscillator
signal
mitter,
primary
6-6,
amplifier.
several
three
submultiplexers,
is not used
use
and
a total
multiplexed
subcarrier
400 cps
the
data
13 voltage-controlled
frequency
to noise
four
for
Figure
an RF transmitter.
Twenty-three
remote
an RF
time-division
providing
primary
and
subcommutated
channels.
four
contains
operating
27 are
270 package,
and four
and
utilizes
be further
system,
270 multiplexer,
amplifier,
which
telemetry
package
a Model
signal
of 270 data
subcommutated
The
of
270 multiplexer,
of 30 primary
PAM/FM/FM
a telemetry
consists
a composite
Model
located
The
only
each
proportional
duration,
are
carrier.
6-25
<
o
Q
I
6-26
w
.
t@
_w
..e
......
_w
The
PDM/FM/FM
(90 samples
volt
system,
10 times
dc range,
output
from
being
applied
PCM/FM
Each
and
the
a second}
is sampled
into
a serial
pulse
The
PCM/FM/FM
mode
which
checkout
with
assemblies,
The
into
(Pulse
data
standard
from
pulse
train.
to modulate
the
PCM/RF
on the third
form.
Model
assembly
the
during
PCM/RF
ground
station
a power
SS/FM
the
The
transmission
basic
provides
unit
can
the
Model
and to ground
270 multiplexer
Acquisition
and
converts
outputs;
output
to the
one
output
from
scanner.
The
the
DDAS
is presented
through
it
modulates
ground
data
PAM
of two
amplifier.
Data
information
to the
converted
It consists
three
input
channel
a transmission
frequency
of receiving
a digital-coded
SS/FM
in the
by 28-volt
in
a total
of six
design
makes
PCM/DDAS
train
dc.
and
with
High
transmits
it to
an output
voltage
power
is supplied
assembly.
telemetry
data
pulse
is powered
of wide-band
has
for
then
transmission
a second
digital
in the
contained
The
provides
270 multiplexers
train
on the
phase.
accepts
assembly
Telemetry.
before
carrier.
Modulation/Digital
is capable
on a carrier
supply
The
multiplexing.
are
the rf
equipment.
assembly
the
words
6-8,
assembly,
output
checkout
assembly
of 15 watts.
from
the
The
data
Model
by commands
out any
dc level
information
a PCM/radio
Coded
pulse
assembly
to read
0 to 5
data.
time-division
modulates
and
The
digital
270 multiplexers
it possible
The
The
word.
checkout
assembly
the
in the
low-level
and the
Figure
assembly
equipment
parallel
sequence
controlled
with
A 90 x 10
data
0 to 5 volt
utilizes
to in-flight
coded
and
telemetry
in turn,
both
600 kc carrier
to the
system,
a PCM/DDAS
a digital
high-level
accommodates
digital
which,
computer
accepts
is used
coded
be adapted
PCM/DDAS
System}
PCM
in a fixed
train
two multiplexers.
oscillator.
telemetry
can
uses
is amplified
The
into a binary
6-7,
accommodates
subearrier
is converted
multiplexer
multiplexer
Telemetry.
ee
Figure
a 45 x 2.5
to the
channel
oe
such
system,
Figure
as vibration
transmit
15 continuous
channels.
capability
of time-sharing
each
is used
measurements.
A vibration
channel
6-9,
between
for
The
multiplexer
two
or four
data
6-27
g_
./'j
A
. ,,,,,_
....
..)
...)
..)
k_
_J
o._
k_
_"',1
o
t
_r._ _
6-28
,-_
_D
It
r_
e_
"0
6-29
1
L
k____..J
T
I
i
t _--
I
[
_z
I
5"
m___
E:s
J_
6-30
---
..
inputs
to give
plexer
samples
once
each
seconds
The
a total
13 seconds,
each,
as during
vehicle
instrumentation
separation
data.
of real
time
6-16.
Antenna
used.
Each
The
RF coupler
isolation
between
system.
The
or more
6-17.
The
3 seconds
each,
approximately
be identical
to the
ones
in the
subsequent
prior
a tape
separate,
for
from
of an RF coupler,
in the
of the
the
a power
significant
telemeters
several
telemeters
are
device,
are
antenna
divider
between
antennas
the
the
loss
stage.
matching
The
stage,
to reduce
telemetry
matching
is blocked
first
recording
capability,
but identical
RF source.
radiation
communication
to separation
play-back
an impedance
to a single
radio
recorder
a rapid
where
divider,
when
transmission
impedance
transmitters
periods
systems
and two
and
antennas.
antennas,
and
feeding
the
is used
to connect
two
radiators
phased
slot-type
same
antenna
aft direction.
IMPLEMENTATION.
Saturn
systems.
I stages
The
and
allocation
Table
System
SS/FM
instrument
unit
are
implemented
of the
systems
is presented
6-4.
Telemetry
System
S- I
PAM/FM/FM
Telemetry
Telemetry
PCM/DDAS
Telemetry
PDM/FM/FM
(Tape
has
consists
maximum
may
rockets
uses
system
power
the
of ullage
Two
antennas
to provide
During
System.
provides
for
multi-
system.
recorder
during
The
approximately
measurements
amplifier
system
The
data
are
power
System.
firing
for
inputs.
13 seconds.
telemetry
the
as 60 data
measurements
each
and
of as many
or 2 vibration
once
transmitter
Recording
out,
capability
4 vibration
PAM/FM/FM
6-15.
!-
with
in Table
various
6-4,
telemetry
below.
Allocations
S- IV
Instrument
Unit
Telemetry
Recorder)
6-31
6-18.
CHECKOUT.
Checkout
its
is the
mission.
process
This
level
during
flight
test
involving
Saturn
I Block
The
to fully
they
process
a state
checkout
Saturn
to develop
not
but also
a pool
The
transition
will
with
each
test
equipment
automatic
will
test
description
test
that
out organization;
S-I
stage
vehicle
6-19.
CHECKOUT
(To be supplied
6-20.
The
6-32
When
STAGE
two stages
a high
the
component
a simulated
manner
the
test
backup
philosophy
equipment
at MSFC,
and
the
S-IV
will
is first
methods
stage
days,
being
automated
the
manual
for
debugging
been
established
be abandoned.
discussed;
used
check-
equipment.
automated,
has
and
it is planned
of the
primarily
of reliability
the
automated
tests
is first
to be used
degree
more
in the
at Douglas,
limi-
example,
period
in the use
a test
complexity
16 to 20 man
with
V fully
and time
For
fully
manual
in complexity
manpower
transitional
experience
of Saturn
increase
the
from
increased
vehicles
a Jupiter
when
manual
the checkout
the
in
In the
then
the
checkout
and the
checkof the
Saturn
34/37.
PHILOSOPHY.
at a later
CHECKOUT
(To be supplied
6-21.
at VLF
have
checkout
by the
to perform
as a backup
unit
at the
philosophy
automated.
this
necessary
be retained
and instrument
is fully
During
who
the
reasonable
days,
Initially,
and finally
launch
days.
vehicle.
follows,
within
in an orderly
program,
of performing
with
in checkout
As the
12 man
equipment
program.
start
phase
is necessitated
checkout
of personnel
successive
automatic
the
progress
is capable
that
prelaunch
to have
vehicles.
required
only the
the
a transition
a checkout
unless
vehicle
of tests
it is desired
out,
the
where
of a Redstone
I Block
begins
of launch
is not possible
during
in philosophy
generation
approach
tations
change
launch
vehicle.
(Ultimately,
This
Saturn
complete
the
of a series
end
II checkout
automatic.
)
and
the
that
consists
manufacturing
automated.
of the
of verifying
FLOW
at a later
date.
ORGANIZATION.
date.
CHECKOUT.
and
instrument
unit
of the
Saturn
I are
checked
out either
directly
by MSFC
or under
confined
and
to the
tests
that
are
of MSFC.
performed
....
For
on the
this
description,
composite
the
stage
after
checkout
finn
is
assembljy
inspection.
6-22.
The
the cognizance
S-I
STAGE
checkout
Chrysler
CHECKOUT.
of the
S-I
Corporation
out consists
is performed
manufacturing
of a series
of tests
ao
Electrical
b.
Measuring,
Telemetry
d.
Radio
e.
Guidance
and control
f.
Mechanical
systems
g.
Vehicle
rough
frequency
and
performed
at MSFC,
computers
and
interface
substitutes
test
stations,
of operator
(D/A)
ticular
test
from
the
checkout
also
Stage
about
and
The
major
fire
the
the
check-
categories.
detection.
Computer
the
located
adjunct
and
subsystems
supplies
or systems
Complex
or from
under
manual
control
checkout.
a modular
assembly
switching
and
and digital-to-analog
stimulation
to be associated
is accomplished
Stage
stage
circuitry,
to allow
digital
6-10.
individual
(A/D)
as
is to provide
Figure
contain
logic
stage,
purpose
of which
to this
stations,
power
general
stations,
analog-to-digital
and
propulsion
purpose
test
buffers
generators,
checkout
vehicle
of one or more
equipment
lights,
equipment,
This
use
to as satellite
and indicator
stage
launch
as a necessary
referred
stimuli
Saturn
of remotely
used
on those
station.
from
Louisiana).
following
cutoff,
of the
peripheral
are
conversion
measurements
the
arrival
systems
control
circuitry,
data
into
combustion
centers
switches
selection
divided
(Michoud,
its
systems
associated
programmed
facility
after
systems
testing
computer
by MSFC
networks
Automated
The
stage
of and
with
programmed
by the
test
a par-
control
station
operator.
The
Stage
computers
scope
Computer
in a master-slave
of computer
stations
automated
Complex
and more
system
at MSFC
employs
arrangement.
programmed
stage
PB 250 computers
to progressively
The
checkout
as slave
replace
three
Packard
ability
operations
computers)
or complement
Bell-250
to expand
(by the
allows
the
digital
number
addition
this
in an orderly
and
of test
computermanner
6-33
,,,,4
_1
_/
b_
r._
I
_3
|
mm
r_
>
]z
._, .--_ -_
_'3 I:
"r
_
I
1
I
]
I
J
c_
I
6-34
the
manual
There
out
checkout
are
six
system
The
test
and
are
b.
Networks
c.
Mechanical
d.
Vehicle
e.
RF
f.
Instrumentation
specific
When
and the
test
satellite
satellite
plex,
and
is used
to all test
stations
data
voltage
fully
equipment
in each
to the
are
buffer
within
panel,
test
control
manual
the
station
are
functionally
described
cable
automatic
control
of the
and
is tested
in
format.
which
are
analyzer.
Stage
Computer
analyzers.
of four
rack-mounted
primary
functions
station
S-I
Com-
It is also
common
system.
(a) communication
test
the
stations,
of the
tests
automatically
functional
and functional
The
are
distinct
an extension
is composed
are
three
checkout
with
in a convenient
analyzer,
the cable
station
equipment
subunits
presented
into
test
associated
support
these
and
system
cables
station,
a Flexowriter.
with
the
operation,
chassis,
of the
Stage
and
a display
satellite
Computer
(c) visual
station
Complex,
display
of test
status.
is designed
test
to automatically
and a continuity
terminals),
by four
test
analyzed
section
electrical
ground
is functionally
section
and
The
electrical
in controlling
dc leakage
loaded
Station
and vehicle
and control,
and control
test
check-
Complex.
Test
Station.
The
be divided
station
analyzer
(3000
and
equipment
results
and program
cable
automated
Station
Telemetry
Test
connected
buffer
(b) limited
total
Station
Test
and
unit.
station
and
Computer
of the
6-11.
Station
support
test
The
buffer
Test
functions
can
and control
Stage
part
Figure
Station
station
buffer
an integral
to date,
Station
Systems
instrument
tested
used
paragraphs.
stage
subunits.
are
Assembly
checkout
ground
ors
Test
Electrical
and
that
Systems
Test
following
and procedures
into the
Test
electrical
The
tied
Electrical
6-23.
The
stations
a.
in the
The
console
separate
and
test.
is controlled
data
words
perform
It is provided
by a 38-bit
from
two basic
the
satellite
with
buffer
tests,
sixty
a high50-pin
connect-
which
can
register
station
buffer.
be
Each
6-35
ch
_NEe
Computer
Tape
Paver
Complex
Ta4_
I
],
E_a_dable
To Tottl
c&
Io,
Required
Sert_
SerlN
Control
er
Console
Mamer
t_
Ac_
Se rtlLl
tu_
Bufler
:es_ing
and
....
_re_stng
i__I
*Serial
IOOKC
Vehicle
Network
Station
t
Test
TeBt
Station
Electrlcai
Mech_ical
matioo
Teat
Systems
Test
]Instr
Statk_n
As |embl
RF
add
Test
_atiun
t:_ndl_e
of
I Telemetry
Te
Statl_
Conn_et_
Flexowrlter
Direct-
PER-,
D_n-_
3-308
Figure
6-36
6-11.
Quality
Assurance
Laboratory
Automated
S-I
Stage
Checkout
32,
I[
Requlre,
d
To Total
Facility
If
data
word
requires
The
functional
measuring
panels
The
a distinct
analyzer
is designed
capabilities
in the
required
Saturn
analyzer
requires
any one
of a combination
stimuli
may
response
data,
The
electrical
Stage
as well
as initiates
are
together,
housed
satellite
moved
6-24.
Networks
Test
evaluation
accomplished
simulator
performs
over-all
written
is loaded
with
the
and
connected
The
analog
The
contents
desired
to the
response
Stage
and
to
data
Computer
records
the
buffer.
carts.
One
analyzer
cart
and
of an entire
may
housed
functional
station
analyzer
be moved
are
measurement
station
cable
to
to prog_:am-selected
evaluates,
functional
may
be connected
test
mobile
switching
capabilities
the
are
satellite
unit.
carts
may
where
in five
or the
The
response
units
sufficient
switching
analyzes,
The
analyzer
firing
pneumatic
same
with
Stage
and
for
may
be used
be used
individually
functions
for
alone
or coupled
request
is made
and the
Complex
at the
Stage
to the
switching
utilizes
station
for
Computer
master
standard
test
set
Complex.
is begun.
station
(GETS).
for
Test
computer.
vehicle
control
and
is
electrical
The
necessary
of guidance
general
evaluation
vehicle
provides
substitution.
sequence
the
networks
equipment
switching
and
to perform
GSE compatibility.
checkout
simulation
tape
monitoring
test
sources,
is used
General
ground
power
and
station
of the
networks
on magnetic
Computer
checkout
the
sequence,
tape
response
as the
and vehicle
proper
test
testing.
function
testing,
a test
networks
acceptance
stimuli
supplies,
stored
mode,
The
simulation
the
facility
and
and
automatic
each.
and
transmittal
at the
and control
Station.
acceptance
of the
ponents,
for
is contained
buffer.
by providing
and vehicle
parations
then
and over-all
systems
toring
Complex
display
and
as a group.
networks
For
cable
station
terminals
form
in two carts
the
terminals
digital
station
rack-mounted
generators
equipment.
data
and buffer
or either
the
test
station
analyzer
required
of the
In addition,
of test
measuring
switching,
generators
stimuli
response
Computer
system
satellite
and
and
to the
The
test
with
The
stimuli,
equipment.
terminals.
a combination
be present.
Complex.
the
select
converted
support
several
the
testing
stimuli
of the
of test
conditioning
is then
ground
any one
all
automatic
programmable
so that
which
to provide
for
electrical
capabilities
provided
address.
and
launch
control
monipre-
com-
procedures
are
In a fully
A slave
computer
Communication
buffer
and
the
22-bit
6-37
word. Patch-boards are built up for a particular test set-up and are plugged in
when that test set-up is required.
In the present configuration, the over-all tests can be performed by any one of
three modes: automatic, computer controlled manual, or fully manual utilizing the
manual ESE. The interface betweenthe networks test station and the manual ESE
is
illustrated
matrix,
dotted
and
site.
control
Thus,
manner
from
the
as the
system
under
or monitored.
measuring
a hard-copy
for
metry
test,
plug
is also
to optically
determine
this
digital
is used
a_d
test,
simulated
to support
and
by the
matrix
the
malfunction
control
for
in the
measured
counter.
to the
computer
approfor
continued
digital
underway
requiring
event
recorder.
can be directed
the
Assembly
align
center
Test
critical
of gravity
Station.
test,
and
control
pneumatics
over-all
test.
subsystem,
surfaces
and
The
RF subsystem,
mechanical
and centerlines,
mass
back
buffer.
distribution
cutoff
flight
either
to the
to the
power
factory
provided
Responses
recorder
the
All responses
gate
patchboard
event
are
converter
then
ESE.
matrix
are
computer.
are:
de,
via
regardless
by a frequency
station,
stage
same
above.
and
to the program
networks
and
described
the
at the
selection
analog-to-digital
the
the
station
stimulus
racks,
within
the
ac and
the
to the
through
through
is identical
performed
test
is critical
drop
used
back
and
are
monitored
buffer
equipment
vehicle,
and tele-
tests.
Mechanical
is used
timing
general
calibration
6-25.
the
sent
for which
simulated
station
are
through
are
the
relay
from
The
the patchboards
networks
events
computer
tests
sent
in the
through
which
controlling
components
6-38
sent
output
Responses
and
device
and
Over-all
are
Discrete
through
manually
both
selection
on the
in the
remains
stimuli,
signals
measurements
measurements
responses
enter
line.
through
switching
test
Frequency
comparison.
The
discrete
a relay
interface
The
stimulus
to be performed
Laboratory
ESE/automatic
converters
in the
be operated
proper
Astrionics
digital-to-analog
same
test,
the
function
would
to the
configuration.
the
to the
by the
is energized
but energizes
normally
computer
from
priate
stimuli,
stimulus
is supplied
launch
All other
the
a relay
discrete
the
which
provides
lines
of the
provide
conditioner,
relay
When
a particular
not directly
signal
This
6-12.
representing
it does
the
in Figure
moments
assembly
measure
of inertia.
test
stage
station
weight,
_w
_u
oe
me
----_
_._
_
._
--
_.._
r_
o
o
r..)
0
_._
H
r_
ffl
,.---I
4_
_d
_oo
_cOrO
Q;
b_
.o
<
H
0
(Y
o
Z_
0
.,.-I
I
r.
_.l_
_r..,._
r-;_
I
o
I
I
I
_
L__J
.*- 0
o
I
L__J
6-39
The
station
plex
or manually
choice
the
station,
puter
thrust
for the
alignment
d.
Weight
and
e.
Level
consists
of the
fuel
In the
Com-
controlled,
manual
mode,
operator.
control
of the
to generate
data
S-I
manhole
area,
Computer
is computer
and transmit
tank
vector,
stimuli,
to the
Stage
Com-
stage:
cover
sealing
and centroid
pressure
of the
flanges.
rocket
engine
The
systems
test
"
both
performs
station
data
such
as:
tests
Verifying
heater
b.
Verifying
actuation
and deactuation
operation
of the control
amplifiers,
readiness
controlled
of the
control
S-I
over
the
Complex.
for
ac heaters.
leak
hydraulic
to accomplish
Computer
all
stage
include
functions
settings
and
stimuli
mechanical
equipment
Stage
settings
operator
to perform
necessary
and thermostat
buffer,
of computer
flight
to the
supplies.
mechanical
the
of response
power
of this
and
performing
and
consists
capabilities
components
station
is used
and
electrical
operation
and
station
condition
The
tested,
transmission
station
the
items.
being
The
as major
demodulators
test
a.
pressure
of gravity.
satellite
matrices,
vehicle
to measure
1'critical
containing
converter,
tests.
maintaining
and the
vehicle
points.
and center
indicators,
and functional
stimuli,
tests,
racks
selection
Station.
designed
and pneumatic
set
of inertia
of three
response
system
generating
moments
displacement
Test
equipment
mass
analog-to-digital
matrices,
Vehicle
with predetermined
primarily
flexowriter,
mechanical
checking
all
switches.
c.
Verifying
checking
d.
6-40
computer
Stage
sensing.
multiplexer,
systems
trol
by the
measurements
thrust
Optical
station
a-26.
leak
under
station
is available.
and measuring,
quality
c.
generation
The
is used
the
chamber.
console,
the
test
operation
following
Geometric
the
through
and controlled
switching
Planer
low-level
test
6-13,
necessary
b.
When
is programmed
Complex
automatically
or single-step
Figure
a.
either
by an operator.
station
perform
The
be operated
of automatic
test
The
can
valve
all tubing
Verifying
assemblies.
and
pressure
system
components
and
connections.
operation
and
leak
checking
the
gas
generator
and
LOX con-
.
.
.J
.
....
if-
g_luaJaI4_O
c_
o
0
_o
L
joln W
_ja_ ilol_
q2
0o
<
It
(2
q2
q2
.,-.t
6-41
e.
pump
Leak
H-I
Functionally
engine
gas
system,
Leak
helium
generator,
gas
turbine,
turbine
exhaust
and turbo-
checking
the
and
h.
Pressure
checking
i.
Functionally
transition
from
GOX line
fuel
testing
the
fuel
additive
mixer
unit
and
assembly,
testing
the
Phase
II - Semi-automated
air
chamber,
containers
hydraulic
bearing
GN 2 fuel
through
hookup
and
cooling
system.
system.
to fully
is progressing
I - manual
system,
and combustion
instrument
checkout
Phase
purge
containers.
the
manual
station
leak
LOX containers
spheres
test
and
system.
system,
high-pressure
vehicle
testing
control
g.
The
the
gearcase.
f.
the
checking
automated
three
procedures,
checkout
in the
area
of the
phases:
phasing
into automated
instrumentation
readout.
gramming
capability
but continuing
changes
in conjunction
manual
Phase
built-in
RF Systems
of the
with
utilizing
the
the
automated
available
computer
instrumentation
pro-
readout,
hookup.
KI - achieve
to include
6-27.
operation
Test
significant
automation
monitoring
instrumentation
Station.
stage-checkout
and
stage
phase,
The
which
only
by implementing
and centralized
piece
is system
checked
command
receiver
vehicle
of RF
with
hookup
equipment
the
stage
design
which
points.
is a part
is the command
receiver.
In the
checkout
computer.
On the
contains
the
the
control
6-28.
used
put
signals,
telemetry
the
6-42
of the
and comparison
to stimulate
Saturn
station
RF system
Telemetry
in performing
The
(PB-250),
and the
automated
is checked
checkout
for
components,
out utilizing
the
uses
instrument
the
a PB-250
unit,
RCA-110
which
computer
as
device.
and
and compares
links.
the
and calibrate
vehicle,
Complex
test
hand,
remainder
Instrumentation
the
puter
other
the
them
I&T test
transducers
these
to the
station
or manually
central
(I&T)
computer
Test
Station.
and signal
functions,
same
can
be operated
operator.
is by means
I&T test
conditioning
the test
signals
by the
The
after
station
equipment
monitors
transmission
either
Data
through
the
word.
is
aboard
the
over
transmission
of a 22-bit
station
out-
the
Stage
Com-
between
The
Stage
Computer
determined,
stored
bution
stimuli.
of the
computer
the
results.
break
grammed
to issue
the
vides
The
test
to the
has
three
results
pneumatic
pressure
and
functions:
of the
and
distri-
the
I&T test
station,
the
a final
universal
distribution
permanent
to halt
the
the
of
computer
is proprocess
A Flexowriter
pro-
computer.
to initiate,
monitor,
measuring
adapter
system
for
automatic
or reply.
the
record
participation
data,
stimulus
a pre-
generation
operator
and
with
the
prepares
operator
operator
major
from
in'accordance
out-of-tolerance
necessary
the
......
tests
requires
or for
the
_-_
controls
and
process
program
between
and test
system,
the
is received
or displays
provides
station
computer
data
instructions
communication
calibration
the
Bi
{h_'va_ous
The
When
in the
ow
_n_l_
switches
operator
test
program.
When
scheduled
until
Cbm_]_x
activates
test
and
interpret
(UMA)
and miscellaneous
calibration
sensor
response
system.
High-pressure
lating
and
pressure
pressure
and
directing
the
of other
low-pressure
digital-to-pressure
transducers.
Twenty-two
145 closures
proper
are
pressure
transducer
types
generators
relay
provided
closures
to switch
to the
transducer
is primarily
manual
are
manifold
under
are
used
provided
for
to select
configurations
computer
the
for
control.
or mechanical,
stimu-
Stimulation
but under
computer
control.
The
telemetry
for
setting
up the
telemetry
data
also
equipment
It has
has
the
circuitry
ability
INSTRUMENT
UNIT
general
systems
are
plan
thoroughly
assembly,
testing
only to the
extent
control,
S-I
of the
stage
evaluated
in-line
are
has
combination
decoding
and
required
measuring
devices
returned
128 contact
for
to the
by the
various
deeommutated
calibrating
I&T test
closures
the
station
PAM
telemetry
for processing.
CHECKOUT.
of individual
that
computer
calibration
data
and checkout
as the
for
to drive
All measured
testing
is under
receiver-discriminator
itself.
Automated
same
which
proper
channels.
and
6-29.
substation,
Saturn
test
prior
components
equipment
and
instrument
unit
checkout.
The
to assembly
within
designs
into
the
permit
the
at MSFC
components
instrument
instrument
identification
unit
follows
and
unit.
the
subAfter
is performed
within
each
subsystem.
6-43
For systems tests and over-all tests, instrument unit checkout automatic support
equipmentperforms the following functions:
a. Over-all computer program control
b. Electrical network control andcheckout
c.
Over-all test control and checkout
d. Guidanceandcontrol checkout
e.
Instrumentation calibration
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
The main constituent of the automatic support equipmentis the RCA-110 computer
which directs the associated input/output equipment. In performing a test, the computer directs program information to the selected test station via a buffer. This
information, in messageor word form, is translated by the test station andused to
perform an operation (switching, stimuli, andmeasuring) on the instrument unit.
The results of this operation are converted to computer languageby the test station
under computer control. Test results are then evaluatedby the computer and stored
in a standard format.
A parallel monitoring system, the digital data acquisition system (DDAS}, is used to
validate the digital data approach. The DDAS/PCM ground station consists of digital
decoders which present data to the RCA-110 computer for evaluation. Consequently,
there are three methods of collecting test data during the instrument unit checkout.
a. Hardwire by the test stations andcomputer
b. Coax by the DDAS/PCM ground station andcomputer
c.
Manually by electrical support equipment.
The manual electrical support equipment operation is independentof the automatic
equipment andprovides a backup control of the instrument unit test.
After validation of the DDAS, the hardware monitoring methodof data acquisition will
be minimized.
A general block diagram of the instrument unit checkout equipment is illustrated
6-44
Qo
_J
"-"
"-
in Figure 6-14.
The
instrument
a.
test
unit
Test
test
stations
to be performed
display
guidance
and
The
computer
computer
where
c.
Test
be compared
evaluated
recording
by the
results
following
operator
features:
action,
computer,
obtained
a specific
or evaluated
component
by the
test
station
the
for
the
automatic
computer
mode.
The
automatic
support
a.
RCA-110
computer
b.
Computer
external
c.
Test
d.
Digital
e.
Guidance
f.
Analog
data
acquisition
can
be performed
coax
link
can
by hardware.
be performed
through
flight
evaluated.
subsystem
stations
system
test
monitoring
unit
control,
by commanding
a pre-determined
a motion
test
regime
with
by using
GSE.
Even
in auto-
function.
encompasses
with
equipment
both
a gradual
consists
associated
conventional
phaseover
of the
following
input/output
manual
to the
automatic
major
elements:
units
buffers
acquisition
and
discrete
b.
S-I
dynamic
c.
Air
conditioning
d.
LN 2 trailer.
are
signal
equipment
Saturn
part
subsystem/PCM
ground
station
monitor
support
above,
into the
stations
a.
complex
problems
or visually
test
can
instrument
and
an integral
test
a passive
control
mechanical
data
through
manual
GSE has
equipment
automatically
digital
guidance
exercise
responses.
A complete
mode,
the
dynamic
the
insert
are
results
control
e.
As
the
via
directly
from
to exercise
Checkout
can
A complete
simulator
The
request,
results
with
d.
matic
may
contains
console.
b.
and
operation
instrument
unit
substitute
of the
three
a.
RF systems
b.
Guidance
e.
Instrumentation
conditioning
racks.
consists
of the
following
motion
simulator
major
elements:
(SIUMS).
(SIDS).
unit.
automated
test
test
checkout
stations,
system,
which
and tied
into
the
computer
are:
station.
and control
(G&C)
and telemetry
test
station.
(I&T)
test
station.
6-45
..._ml
4=J
'_
_r_
L__
c_
_
_
_
I
ILL
l
I
I
0
C_
_gd
t----4i
_-_t[..,
uJ_.,_
0
,-M
I
#
t_
_
0
I
I
ql-----ll
CD
X_
6-46
6-30.
operation
the
by the
S-I
booster
other
PB-250
each
RF
are
b.
the
out the
in external
RCA-110
following
is designed
command
buffering
for
receivers
to match
located
it to the
command
in
RCA-
receivers
and
unit.
test
test
station
to checkout
instrument
functional
test
modes
are
in which
used:
all
important
component
performance
measured.
RF loss
functional
measurements,
with
the
test
and
A compatibility
conjunction
the
in the
An on-vehicle
c.
a change
located
A component
parameters
in checking
from
subsystem,
a.
checks,
With
it operates
RF equipment
-. :'.
............
The RF systems
computer
stages.
110 computer,
For
: - :.
Test Station.
RF Systems
test
telemetry
consisting
of system
level
tests,
phasing
antenna.
in which
system
all on-board
to check
for
RF systems
random
are
operated
triggering
and
in
intersystem
interference.
d.
unit
equipment
6-31.
The
data
to generate
guidance
stimuli,
computer
for
evaluation
b.
Controlling
all input
and
output
conditions.
the
the
test
test
be accomplished
of performing
guidance
involving
station.
and the
station
will
station
digital
data
be removed
performs
computer,
and
their
system
guidance
test
switching
and
station
and
storage.
communication
to validate
associated
system
measuring,
The
data
and
test
the
techniques
as tests
flight
is performed
testing
simulation
by hardware
is performed
It is anticipated
or in its
between
as well
test
and control
system.
in part
tests
in over-all
of guidance
either
of digital
level
and control
acquisition
two levels
tests
component
control
Monitoring
by the use
Various
and
the
by direct
computer
a.
is capable
entire
control
functions:
conditions.
the
and
perform
output
systems
control
The
and
station
all vehicle/instrument
mode.
Station.
RCA-110
in which
all input
RF
test
Test
two major
All testing
The
flight
test
Monitoring
involving
the
in the
flight
a.
test
and
simulated
control
to the
performs
through
and
Control
program
transmit
test.
and
under
station
tests
is operated
Guidance
is used
and
Over-all
that
eventually
entirety
and
all testing
guidance
and
control
(digital
data
by
will
system
acquisition
system).
of tests:
proper
operation
electronics
of the
for
stabilized
individual
and
platform,
integrated
6-47
performance.
b. Integrated test of the guidance andcontrol system and associated
networks by a program sequencethrough power transfer, lift-off, S-I andS-IV
cutoff andpayload separation.
Testing of the guidance and control system is performed in four modes:
Fully
The
b.
Single-
C.
Manual
programming
d.
Manual
electrical
fully
without
a test
manual
electrical
conventional
only
test
is used
with
the
stage
S-IV
S-IV
STAGE
shipped
directly
testing.
After
is calibrated
final
for
unit
or the
or the
computer
for
allows
controls.
(I&T)
Station.
Test
pattern
the
as the
than
and tested
by the
unit
the
manual
programming
computer
effecting
the
step
operation.
to be performed
The
checkout
instrument
to
computer
RCA-110
a test
equipment
a test
RCA-110
The
station
I&T rather
no degradation
There
assembly
After
the
Aircraft
and
two Douglas
inspection
checkout
California.
has
occurred
firing
test,
checkout,
are
a functional
at Sacramento,
another
station
allows
checkout
of the
I&T.
PB-250
S-I
The
by the
of the
stage
RCA-110
computer
which
I&T,
computer
is used
CHECKOUT.
and given
that
6-48
is simpler
to AMR.
facility
by Douglas
same
mode
fashion.
mode
support
is manufactured
test
given
into the
automatically
checkout.
stage
formed.
test
test
equipment
the
instrument
to be performed
automatic
the
by the
Telemetry
I&T follows
sequence
with
the
6-33.
The
unit
with
step
electrical
and
test
in a step-by-step
support
manual
control
single-step
entities
program
Instrumentation
the
The
to be performed
each
equipment
a complete
the program
entering
instrument
allows
in single-step
allows
6-32.
support
assistance.
advancing
manually
automatic
mode
any manual
manually
The
step
automatic
be performed
mode
automatic
and
personnel
the
is then
under
stage
the
facilities
to qualify
it for
the
is removed
to AMR.
cognizance
stage
Company
instrumental
Monica,
shipping.
shipped
Aircraft
at Santa
Here,
during
Douglas
A static
from
This
in the
California,
shipment
is given
test
of MSFC.
the
to the
a checkout
firing
the
and
test
static
is then
test
program
firing
stage
static
to verify
perstand,
is performed
6-34.
SATURN
I CHECKOUT
(To be supplied
at a later
6-35.
ATTITUDE
6-36.
REQUIREMENTS.
The
Saturn
motion
with
(through
about
axes
allowable
vehicle
The
engine
its
attitude
control
and
launch
launch
vehicle
attack
flight
large
gimbal
the
damps
phase
angular
any
this
rate
first
this
motion
function
of vehicle
bending
vehicle
in accordance
directs
the
movement
mode
vehicle
about
oscillation
stage
the
aerodynamic
pressures
exists
structure
must
Saturn
clearance.
strain
launch
Immediately
the
of the
rotational
engine
during
flight,
above
staging
vehicle
any
separation
the attitude
control
a minimum
problems.
angle-of-
aerodynamic
of the vehicle
in the
the
first
launch
forces
and
launch
facilities
of the
launch
vehicle
launch
the
bending
mode
During
S-I
of the
transients
and
for
to gain
and
several
seconds
maneuvering
launch
facilities
con-
orientation.
attitude
process.
O)ntrol
structure.
orientation
the
to a constant
separation
from
encountered
vectoring.
to maintain
complexity
the
bending
occurring
to a specific
launch
ignition,
stage
and
therefore,
loading
by thrust
it to rise
to vehicle
the
rates
damped
and related
by various
engines.
oscillations
vehicle
prior
restrain
control
is required
The size
the
S-IV
any
permitting
unstable,
of the natural
be actively
vehicle
liftoff,
constraints
structural
of the
because
flight,
high
in structural
excessive
deflections
powered
flight,
is aerodynamically
prevents
A constraint
For
ascent
adjusts
is limited
result
stage
the
and
a stable
performance
vehicle
must
system)
maintains
function
by the
after
and
function
stabilization
S-I
The
stabilization
structure.
During
stage
and
STABILIZATION.
maintains
constraints.
The
AND
limits
........
During
axes,
34/37.
gimballing
commands.
orientation
within
date.
control
the
guidance
AT VLF
CONTROL
I attitude
control
attitude
After
must
and
stabilization
orientation
S-I
stage
function
to prevent
separation
excessive
and S-IV
be damped.
stabilization
function
is required
to
6-49
accept
the
guidance-steering
requirements
6-37.
Due
commands
of these
and
direct
the launch
vehicle
motion
to meet
commands.
OPERATION.
to the
control,
various
launch
without
grammed
active
attitude
and
The launch
stabilization
during
clearance
Upon
the
termination
phase
with
of the
launch
vehicle
plane
coincides
the flight
azimuth.
stage
powered
phases;
liftoff
vehicle
stabilization
a programmed
maintaining
vehicle
rotates
with
launch
launch
launch
maneuver
S-I
a programmed
attitude
flight.
launch
The pro-
stabilization,
and
rises
terminates
after
vertically
several
to attain
a physical
facilities.
the flight
the
for
in three
begins
the
with
maneuver,
constraints,
stabilization.
time
of the
maneuvering
is used
period
launch
control
is accomplished
prestaging
which
with
and
guidance,
control
maneuvering,
seconds
vehicle
period,
roll
starts
the longitudinal
rate
of roll
Coincident
A few seconds
of the
prior
vehicle
This
maneuver
consists
such
as
until
with
a gravity-turn,
axis
launch
maneuver.
a constant
azimuth.
the
launch
of the
pitch
vehicle
to vehicle
time
initiation
time-tilt
in the
staging,
the
begins
the
its pitch
roll
maneuver.
pitch
This
plane
time-tilt
toward
maneuver
is terminated.
The prestaging-stabilization
and
ends
tains
with
the
During
launch
S-IV
a stable
S-I
stage
vehicle
stage
vehicle
phase
outboard
engine
in a fixed
flight,
motion
the
and
begins
with
cutoff.
attitude
attitude
termination
The
of the
prestaging
time-tilt
maneuver
stabilization
main-
orientation.
control
orients
this
and
stabilization
and
motion
stabilization
as directed
function
maintains
by guidance
steering
commands.
The
Saturn
I attitude
the measuring
The
measuring
The
6-50
axis
control
coordinate
system
coordinate
of the
measuring
and
system
the vehicle
(X m,
coordinate
function
Ym,
Zm)
system
utilizes
axes
coordinate
has
its origin
passes
through
two reference
system,
at the
the
systems,
Figure
launch
center
site.
of the
6-15.
Y
V
Launch
Site
Position
X
V
Center
of Earth
Z
r
3-312
Figure
earth
parallel
to the
surface
at the
launch
and
along
the
lies
Figure
site.
(X r,
Z r,
(X v,
Z v, Yv )
Coordinate
6-15.
direction
flight
of gravity
The
azimuth.
and
axis
The
Yr )
Space-fixed
coordinate
Vehicle
system
Systems,
Z m axis
coordinate
Saturn
is positive
is oriented
reference
system
outward
from
perpendicular
is orthogonal
to the
the
earth's
to the Y
other
axis
two axes,
6- 16.
6-51
Flight
Path
I
I
Yaw
Axis
\
+Yaw
Pitch
X
V
Axis
4 Pitch
Position
III
Z
V
+Roll
Vehicle
Center
of Gravity
Position
II
Position
Roll
Position
Axis
IV
3-313
Figure
6-52
6-16.
Vehicle
Axes,
Saturn
The
roll
maneuver
correspond
pletion
system
to the
of this
are
can
be sensed
The
attitude
sensing,
flight
vehicle
accelerometers.
location
and
on the
angular
Vehicle
the
detection
oscillations
vehicle
structure
Z m,
system
body
Figure
is based
and
respectively.
and
the
Upon
measuring
movement
axes
to
corncoordinate
of the
in three
6-17.
During
is sensed
in limiting
first
launch
vehicle
system
bending
is used
vehicle
any
vehicle
is accomplished
actuation,
and
of the
the
therefore,
function
information
....
X m and
coordinate
engine
acceleration
orients
coordinate
measuring
and
This
the
vehicle
and stabilization
lateral
ou
to be coincident,
against
control
ascent
coordinates
the
considered
ue_
during
measuring
maneuver,
error
in damping
wm
performed
the
bending
on vehicle
dynamic
S-I
stage
by two body
vehicle
mode.
operations;
angle
The
mounted
of attack
and
accelerometer
properties
(bending
rotation).
angular
rate
is derived
from
attitude
orientation
information.
The
attitude
Attitude,
Lateral
Acceleration,
Structural
Bending
Sensing
_V
Attitude
Change
Commands
Error
Computing
Engine
Actuating
Engine
Gimballing
Produces
Corrective
Thrust
Vectors
3-314
Figure
6-17.
Attitude
Control
and Stabilization
Operation,
Saturn
6-53
orientation
is measured
space
a few seconds
fixed
respect
to the
stable
gimbals
of the
platform.
of the platform
The
error
vehicle
attitude
errors,
element
the
and
orientation
attitude
are
command
part
platform)
orientation
of the
on the
roll,
which
vehicle
pitch
of a re$olver
chain
is
with
and
yaw
comprised
resolvers.
in the resolver
that
(stabilized
by resolvers
resolvers
with
receive
resolvers
The
is measured
These
steering
reference
liftoff.
is performed
resolvers
and guidance
an inertial
before
resolvers
detection
command
against
chain
specified
programmed
by the
attitude
commands
during
generate
corrective
S-IV
by comparing
command
resolvers.
commands
stage
during
flight.
signals
are
These
S-I
If there
which
the present
stage
are
applied
flight
attitude
to the
control
computer.
Engine
actuation
computer
receives
signals,
filtered,
the
engine
vectors
stage
signals
change
feedback
position
transducers.
the
Saturn
of the
from
flight
which
are
information
I guidance
launch
guidance
function
resolvers,
applied
to the
hydraulic
angular
position
phase
engines
These
signals
to produce
actuators.
of the
in loop stabilization
feedback
relationship
produces
rate
control
outputs.
right
of control
The
engine
in the
vehicle
generates
toward
process
a path
involves
of engine-cutoff
velocity
in relation
to its
6-39.
REQUIREMENTS.
During
S-I
mation
to be used
flight
Paragraph
stage
flight
guidance
in guidance
is supplied
6-35.
position
the
by the
that
steering
generation
6-54
computer.
a'ccelerometer
and/or
used
control
mixed
gimballing
orientation
the
receives
and
with the
the
by the
corrective
vehicle.
is generated
thrust
The
engine
by actuator
GUIDANCE.
The
The
errors
mechanical
position
generated
in amplitude
gimbal
that
6-38.
S-I
scaled
resultant
are
attitude
and during
are
The
signals
and applies
produces
upon
in the
to correct
in its
assigned
pitch
and
attainment
the
mission.
azimuth
of proper
motion
planes
vehicle
in space.
function
computations.
attitude
success
the vehicle
commands
commands
control
senses
Vehicle
and
and
accumulates
control
stabilization
during
function.
velocity
this
infor-
portion
(Refer
of
to
6-41.
Sensing.
in the
measuring
actual
velocity
on the
sensors.
This
launch
vehicle
position
The
prior
system
during
the
and
ascent
system
and
ents
launch
vehicle
the
6-43.
a.
velocity
the
obtains
the
velocity.
The
is made
The
S-IV
signal
the
which
is
coordinate
locates
as sensed
of gravity
reference
the
in the
velocity
of velocity
stage
launch
this
measuring
to yield
are
coordinate
then
compon-
integrated
system
to obtain
guidance
pitch
information
constants
with
are
and generates
steering
signals
which
corrective
a class
to direct
the
that
stored
the
the
three
major
which
are
follow
to perform
the
vehicle
position,
constants
will
optimum
applied
along
the
displacement
signals
must
to select
of precomputed
present
vehicle
vehicle
guidance
of trajectories
vehicle
steering
performs
by combining
coefficients
the
Determines
path
is accomplished
selects
function
operation
flight:
determination
state
computing
computing
issues
of gravity
To accomplish
velocity
to the
Signal
and
operation
components
plishment.
b.
system
measuring
system.
components
representing
stabilization
of the
coordinate
polynomials
class
effects
for determining
platform
computing
apparent
the optimum
This
The
to the
of vehicle
in space.
and other
jectory.
velocity
vehicle.
fixed
subtracts
Determines
mission.
due
as a basis
the orientation
launch
space
Computing.
during
apparent
is comprised
velocity,
is used
The position
a transformation
Signal
operations
the
of the
computing
position
vehicle
velocity
by a stabilized
maintains
or
coordinate
and
information
Computing.
position
o
vehicle
launch
apparent
of gravitational
is accomplished
in the reference
The
the
in space.
operation,
from
detects
system.
velocity
to launch
Position
of the
operation
components
operation
aligned
vehicle
sensing
coordinate
plus
sensing
6-42.
The
to minimize
the
the
to mission
trajectory
selected
from
approximating
lead
to the
a tra-
accom-
from
attitude
this
control
and
azimuth
path
trajectory.
referenced
vehicle
deviation
from
this
reference.
c.
Determines
pitch-path
initiates
6-56
angle
the
the
to derive
engine
cutoff
velocity
S-IV
signal
to go and evaluates
stage
at the
engine
correct
cutoff
time.
time.
it with
the
Signal
mission
computing
injection
then
gm
tlw
_.
......
6-44.
The
GUIDANCE,
guidance,
and the
mented
in the
system
is comprised
GSP-24
guidance
launch
With
are
in the
in the
The
S-I
stage
attitude
ST-124
The
control
function,
Figure
form,
ASC-15
digital
6-45.
ST-124
STABILIZED
The
ST-124
computer
platform
has
function
with
vehicle
function
with
an attitude
The
inner
gimbal
three
as
inertial
sensors
to drive
and
roll
The
stable
attached
element
accelerometers
which
computer.
for
poroprism
synchro
type
gimbal
resolvers.
platform
angles
The
and
are
stage
units
located
and
is implemented
digital
control
S-lV
with
computer,
stage.
the
GSP-24
sensors.
with
guidance
an ST-124
signal
configuration
reference.
of the
platform
systems
to orient
to the
gimbals.
mounted
relative
platform
three
inertial
digital
the
stabilized
plat-
processor.
encoder
which
attitude
provides
control
single-degree
which
the
velocity
on the
and
element
to vehicle
for
attitude
resolvers
for
are
use
include
preflight
are
yaw,
measured
electrically
pitch
by dc direct
accelerometer
assembly
fixed
gyroscopes
integrating
information
stable
in a space
platform
is provided
guidance
stabilization
of freedom
position
gimbals
the
and
is maintained
orthogonally-mounted
alignment
gimbal
the
rate
power
carries
and
mounted
servo
platform
and
ASC-15
S-I
servo
the
sensors
the
6-18,
and
actuators,
control
Figure
computer,
sensors
servo
imple-
hardware
digital
control
in both
jointly
This
ASC-15
The
located
GSP-24
element
units
preflight
System.
and
unit.
are
information
provide
Additional
pendulums
Platform
also
sensors
is implemented
and angular
utilizing
motors
control
a four-gimbal
orientation
servo
Control
platform,
actuators,
and
velocity
The
and
functions
PLATFORM.
or stable
gimbals.
are
computer,
6-19,
......
stabilization
function,
servo
IMPLEMENTATION.
instrument
control
computer,
stabilization
processor,
eu
control
actuators
platform,
signal
guidance
servo
AND STABILIZATION
stabilized
of the
vehicle
and
l@
Guidance
ST-124
exception
the
and
processors,
launch
stabilized
guidance
as the
of the
and
control
vehicle
the
_ew
CONTROL
attitude
signal
actuators.
located
mw
ATTITUDE
gyro
by the
three
digital
gas
checkout,
azimuth
drive
bearing
and
one
alignment.
by four
pancake
connected
in a
6-57
ST-124
Stabilized
Platform
Vehicle
Dynamics
Attitude
Error
Signals
Programmed
Attitude
(Roll and Pitch)
GSP-24
Guidance
Signal
Processor
Changes
ASC-15
Digital
Computer
j
_',,w
\
Operational
(Gain
Attitude
Error
Signals
Commands
Changes)
"/
Control
Computer
Flight
Sequencer
Components
Acceleration
Gimbal
Signals
Lateral
, Analog
I Actuator
!
I
I Position
Enginc
Gimbal
Actuation
meters
Vehicle
Dynamics
fs-I
Accelero_ Only
3-315
Fig_are
6-58
6-18.
Attitude
Control
and
Stabilization
Implementation
.....
Qo
.I
mo
ST-124
Stabilized
Platform
Vehicle
Resolver
Attitude
Error
Signals
Dynamics
Inputs
to
GSP-24
Guidance
qclocity
Signal
Processor
Information
--....
L-"
Digital
Computer
ASC-15
Steering Signals
Attitude
Error
Signal
to Control
Computer
Fi?,_rc
chain
with
three
command
resolver
chain
steering
commands,
During
ment
The
the
(RCA-110
circuitry
The
converts
is possible.
heating
computer)
checkout
essential
ST-124
which
the
for
stabilized
and inflight
are
Implementation,
located
reference
to the
and
operation
heaters
temperature
platform
is contained
of the
system
in the
Saturn
guidance
control
system
in an electronics
is sealed
so that
platform
system
This
referenced
computer.
alignment
platform.
processor.
to vehicle
operates
stabilized
signal
commands
flight
control
to accomplish
module
in the
guidance
applied
guidance
platform
Auxiliary
Guidance
resolvers
space
alignment,
platform
6-19.
3-316
with
in the azimuth
box which
operation
external
ground
plane.
contains
in a near
cover
equip-
provide
the
vacuum
pre-
control.
6-59
The gas bearings for platform gyroscopes and acceierometers _e supplied with
nitrogen by the gas bearing supply. This supply conditions the gas by controlling
temperature, pressure and impurities.
The ST-124 characteristics are listed in Table 6-5.
Table 6-5. ST-124 Stabilized Platform Characteristics
Item
Characteristic
Physical
Total
Size
Data
weight
147 lbs.
of platform
19-inch
ring
of platform
Number
dia.
to inner
gimbal)
Pitch
redundant
Outer
yaw
Middle
limited
Inner
resolvers
Resolver
Gimbal
torquer
Maximum
voltage
56 vdc
(quiescent
(Flt Oper.
170 oz.
DC power
+28 vdc,
5g,
Shock
15g,
acceleration
30W
20-2000
cps
15 msec
rise
10g
from
room
Temperature
limits
for
Temperature
degredation
6-60
time
3 phase,
cps,
62W (sync)
Data
Vibration
Warmup
- 8W)
- ll0W)
in.
Linear
type
of arc
AC power
Environmental
temperature
optimum
accuracy
of accuracy
(360 )
(Y) (360 )
pancake
+6 minutes
available
(Zr)
(X) (360 )
Roll
accuracy
torque
a mounting
pitch
(Z) (20 )
Four,
chain
with
Four
of gimbals
Gimbal
order
(vehicle
ref.
and programming
freedom
Gimbal
sphere
30 minutes
70 (_10) OF (ambient)
104 _10)
F (mass)
0 to 1200
F ambient
6-46.
ASC-15
DIGITAL
During
S-I stage
changes
for
steering
signals
special
which
flight
the
following
instructions
C.
Supplies
data
d.
Forms
part
of the
e.
Stores
input
data
input
the
five
section
signals.
The
and
automatically
form.
The
form,
storage
section
inertial
section,
stores
mathematical
one
number
number
binary
numbers.
this
applied
to the
command
ground
to the
data
equipment.
input,
storage
drum
any
in the
by the
storage
conversion
data
is either
resolvers
Discrete
from
the
in the
continuously
are
to the
to the
input
operation
The
and
sampled
computer
input
and
discrete
in serial
section
stored
in
in the
number
number
the
storage
defined
by the
control
to another;
subtraction
with
section
another;
inputs
to a proportional
are
or
section
storage
guidance
section
arithmetic
code
commands
timing
components;
and
of gray
converted
velocity
signals;
section,
the
section.
of one
the
control
applied
either
of one
all
section.
mathematical
comparison
inertial
applied
input
the control
addition
and
are
are
from
generate
computer.
incremental
inputs
sections
computations
of signals:
computer
data
output
registers
program
are
from
shift
guidance
types
form
and
of arithmetic
modifiers;
receives
receives
section;
digital
to serial
by another;
storage,
a magnetic
as a reference,
Attitude
operations:
control
results
inputs
performing
section
section
following
inputs
another;
binary,
section
control
section
of the
the result
from
of one
storage
by a command
and after
five
arithmetic,
accumulated.
section,
guidance
circuits
control
arithmetic
velocity
section
sections:
contains
attitude
generates
is a serial,
functional
to all timing
to the
constant
converted
and
computer
computer
and the
the
launch
arithmetic
output
the
sections
remaining
parallel
signals
to the
accepts
constants;
The
function
The
of five
of programmed
functions:
Supplies
using
the source
stabilization
flight.
output.
b.
for
to the
stage
timing
signals
The
and
Supplies
circuits,
provides
composed
and
the
Timing
The
S-IV
computer
arithmetic,
a,
launch
control
during
performs
The
the computer
attitude
purpose
control,
COMPUTER.
signal
applied
performs
of
multiplication
(vehicle
rates)
to
on command
from
the
analog
voltage
processor
or
to the
output
and
transmitted
section
directly
6-61
from the control section. The control section determines, by monitoring data from
the storage section, when a discrete command is to be issued.
6-47. GSP-24 GUIDANCESIGNAL PROCESSOR.
The guidance signal processor provides the interface betweenthe digital computer
and other guidance and control system components. The guidance signal processor
is composedof:
a. Attitude commandresolvers (including frequency sources, servos and
demodulators
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Telemetry register
Accelerometer signal shaper
Commandand GSEswitching networks
Accelerometer telemetry shaper
Power sequencingcircuitry andpower supply
6-62
one
to give
demodulator,
the roll
gives
attitude
the yaw
using
errors;
attitude
error.
the
1500
the other
A third
cps
reference,
demodulator,
demodulator,
demodulates
using
using
this
1800 cps
the 1500-cps
. ....
reference,
All
demodulates
demodulators
percentage
have
over
Another
of the
the
I launch
to the
of the
The
guidance
computer.
The
are
command
network
or while
system
shaper
accelerometer
to the
telemetry
guidance
in the processor
a small
the
outer
the
signal
next
word
time
command
from
available
one
the
in parallel
form
prelaunch.
acceleration
information
for
by the
shapers
sampling
which
square
information
digital
encoders
are
condition
The
the
telemeter
signals
90 degrees.
processes
the
accelerometer
cosine-wave
The
each
GSE during
sine-wave
from
and
displaced
the
information
outputs
shapers.
is then
and
convert
the
In
telemeter
When
data
flight,
and
to the
and
register.
applied
the
waves
contained
to
signals
are
into
applied
in these
signals
signals.
selects
the
This
provides
in a coast
to control
aecelerometer
encoder
output.
to position
telemetry
buffered
opens
The
sine-wave
which
computer.
the ground
The
computer
steering
the
signal
are
gate
into square-wave
of voltage
switching
loading
pitch
to within
module
the
the register.
shapers
signal
digital
to obtain
during
The
mounted)
waves
to the
system
optisyns
accelerometer
square
register.
with
is applied
telemeter
shift
signal
from
The
the
telemeter
received
the
the
is accurate
of the pitch
words
through
the
accelerometer
(platform
to give
which
is performed
computer
passes
enters
PCM
shaft
A command
processor,
accumulator
to the
vehicle,
words
the
resolver
output
on the
functions
processor.
desired
reaches
of another
platform.
of guidance
second
. .......
of + 15 degrees.
is mounted
Telemetry
Saturn
output
a 3-volt/degree
a range
resolver
gimbal
the
.-..:-..-
and
them
given
for
supplies
power
of loading
levels
supply
for the
between
supplies
encoders
either
the
for
while
ground
on
or
operation.
signals
dc levels,
as a source
it allows
of computer
telemetry.
specific
power
system
In addition,
receive
as discrete
processor
command
capability
modes
condition
system
and
various
shapers
are
the
condition.
telemetry
shapers
signal
GSE or the
from
The
square
added
0 and
all
the
accelerometer
wave
together
from
and
the
sent
+5 volts.
power
required
on the platform.
In addition,
6-63
all power to the computer power supply passes through the processor.
Sincethe drum of the computer utilizes 400-cps, two-phase power, it is necessary
to convert the three-phase power available from the vehicle inverter to twophase. This is done by a Scott connectedtransformer or similar device in
the processor. Approximately 70 watts of 81.5 +2.5-volt, 400-cps, two-phase
power is required by the drum. In addition, approximately 240watts of 28 + 2.0volt dc passes through the processor to the dc-to-dc converter in the computer
where the various levels necessary for computer operation are developedand
regulated
The guidance signal processor requires approximately 65 watts of ll5-volt,
400-cps, single-phase power and 215watts of 28-volt dc power.
6-48. FLIGHT CONTROLCOMPUTER.
The analogflight control computer accepts signals from the stabilized platform,
control accelerometers and actuator position feedbackpotentiometers. After
performing signal filtering, shapingand mixing, the computer provides steering
and control signals to the engine gimbal actuators. The major modules of the
flight control computer are the servo amplifiers, filtering and shapingnetworks
and the gain programmers.
The servo amplifier is a magnetic amplifier plug-in module used for signal mixing,
scaling andpolarity selection. The signal filtering and shapingnetworks provide
signal conditioning based on the dynamic qualities of the vehicle, The gain programmer is a motor driven cam which positions a potentiometer to adjust the gain
in each channel.
6-49. CONTROL SENSORS.
Two control accelerometers are used in the launch vehicle to measure lateral acceleration (perpendicular to the longitudinal axis) in the vehicle pitch and yaw planes. The
outputs of the instruments are used by the control system to reduce structural loading
and enginegimbal angle. The control accelerometer is a spring mass, fluid-damped
accelerometer with an inductive pickoff. The range of the instrument is +10 meters
per secondper second.
6-64
TRACKING
Saturn
tracking
I tracking
facilities
Some
of this
control.
information
the mission.
of the
also
and
velocity
the
techniques,
GOSS (Ground
for
operation
Support
earth-based
Saturn
decisions
contributing
Operational
with
from
in real-time
is recorded
to evaluate
tracking
equipment
information
and used
information
be used
and to improve
Apollo
position
vehicle-borne
is analyzed
most
It will
perfecting
integrates
to obtain
However
systems
function
I missions.
for
mission
post-flight
evaluation
of specific
tracking
to the ultimate
System)
of
goal
to support
the
of
lunar
mission.
The
tracking
Saturn
function
I mission.
Pulse
systems
located
tracking
these
phases.
in the
tracking.
During
launch
prior
phase
phase,
to aid
is used
personnel
in deciding
and property.
accurately
confirm
vehicle.
assignment
obtained.
determine
that
orbital
The
operational
data
The
from
one
Continuous
for
tracking
and
velocity
if the vehicle
whether
the first
position
are
to terminate
Continuous
proper
vehicle
tracking
and
second
can
be reached,
information
flight
is also
stage
is used
tracking
station
to another
tracking
is also
required
for
to eliminate
danger
during
and
future
acquisition
a short
In
safety
in transferring
so that
the ascent
by the range
cutoffs
and predict
during
and velocity.
required
engine
aid
in the period
obtained
monitored
during
is determined
is obtained
trajectory
period
infrared
altimeter
systems
information
has
on tracking
system
and
information
radar
tracking
of the
optical
acquire
a high-altitude
of all
phases
frequency,
stations
and
each
and orbital
radio
tracking
readiness
position
based
ascent
continuous-wave
transponders
conditions
future
launch,
at earth-based
to determine
presentations
him
radar,
Reference
to liftoff.
addition,
during
Vehicle-borne
by checkout.
just
is active
this
officer
to
phase
to
separations,
positions
the
of the
tracking
can
after
readily
be
injection
6-65
into orbit, to verify the orbit conditions. Thereafter, periodic tracking observations
are required to confirm and refine the predicted positions and velocities.
To satisfy these requirements, tracking stations havebeen established at selected
locations around the earth to ensure that vehicles can be tracked continuously by
at least two stations or systems from launch to orbital injection and that orbiting
vehicles will pass within line-of-sight of at least one of the stations on each
revolution. In addition, several different tracking systems are used, to provide
redundanttracking data.
For post-flight evaluation of the vehicle performance, the tracking information
is compared with theoretically calculated information. From this comparison,
and subsequentanalysis, an insight is gained into the actual functioning of the
vehicle systems in flight, and corrections may be determined for future missions.
6-52. OPERATION
6- 53.
based
Launch
Phase.
tracking
data
cabling,
Static
receivers,
matic
systems
and
testing
performed
includes
) and
subassemblies.
the
computer
are
used
Dynamic
systems,
the
The
tested
reflector
which
analog
testing,
or
target
6-66
system
from
radar
land
survey
This
sets.
assemblies
and
systems
previously
position
auto-
A static
the tracking
that
target
(hill,
data.
The
Xt, Yt"
of checking
systems.
requires
information
in the form
consists
support
is in polar-coordinate
angle).
test
program
target
oscillators,
system
with
or a test
problems,
testing,
associated
or prominent
distances
test
tapes
(transmitters,
local
of interconnected
links,
and dynamically.
assemblies
or fixed
associated
data
statically
oscillators,
earth-
are
entered
and velocity
in
analogs
computers.
(pulse)
is known
program
out both
portable
and
(computers,
out system
) with
test
vehicle-borne
systems
(master
computers
Static
to test
by the radar
elevation
test
memory.
AN/FPS-16
checking
etc.
all
checked
system
digital
with
including
are
loops,
be a complete
phase,
support
subassemblies
control
also
statically
tracking
networks)
etc.
may
and
the launch
relay
frequency
test
During
form
the
water
For
radar
information
(target
is converted
Ht)
by analog
) the
obtained
range,
to rectangular
or digital
tracking
a dynamic
on a distant
etc.
slant
complete
example,
lock
tower,
out
exact
from
the
azimuth
of
fixed-radar
location
fixed
angle,
coordinates
computer,
test
of
target
and
(with
converted
v
_
to digital
form
which
forwards
The
center
equipment
information.
analog
The
digital
converter,
and
to a horizontal
the
Xt and
and
The
wave
continuous
using
quency
Aircraft
majority
type
using
the
of the
MTI
realistically
since
the
cw systems
the
control
to recover
to analog
centers.
the
form
vertical
is applied
plotting
plotting
digital
by a digital-to-
information
horizontal
link
board
boards
plots
plots
the
the
information,
known
boards,
position
its
systems
test
of the
the control
and
set
are
presented
center
fixed
target,
personnel
support
presented
can ascertain
systems.
dynamically
to simulate
as inked
tested
a target.
by transmitting
in a similar
The
test
a simulated
set
responds
doppler-fre-
transponders
for
radar
aircraft
more
to the
accurate
systems
Target
the
similar
utilized
tracking
(land-
Indicator)
type
and
systems
sea-based)
tracking,
the
of a moving
is also
realistic
target
information
from
acquire
tracking
testing.
are
moving
characteristics
a more
on the launch
of the
aircraft
vehicle
than
for
Since
the
monopulse
can
more
can a fixed
cw tracking
the doppler
test
systems,
resulting
from
targets.
a network
tracking
and
will
tracking
tracking
(transmitters
phase,
with
vehicle
simulate
moving
that
and
interrogation
(Moving
The
When
The
to a data
of the network
converted
position
(cw) tracking
pulse
set.
moving
applied
FM carrier
board.
of the AN/FPS-16
with
simulate
the
then
carrier.
equipped
vehicle
......
rectangular-coordinate
target
plotting
transmitter
modulated
and
the
plane),
a fixed-position
to a tracking
to one
is then
plotting
boards,
on the
status
information
(earth
plane).
plotting
the operational
wi
converter,
resulting
AN/FPS-16
overlays
_-
demodulates
a vertical
the
on the
manner,
information
the
(vertical
By comparing
on map
the
Yt information
H t information
marks
._B
by an analog-to-digital
transmitter
control
-w_
are
the
initial
conditioned
the high-powered
to interrogate
MISTRAM)
support
has
pulse
responses.
lock
of the
to activate
associated
its
In the
portion
radars
completed
systems,
to passive-radiate).
track
resulting
station
on associated
final
operated
continuous-wave
vehicle-borne
and dynamic
are
minutes
trajectory,
vehicle-borne
The
systems
(transmitters
are
static
testing
conditioned
of the
to standby
of the countdown,
from
liftoff
through
to active-radiate.
in the beacon
transponders.
The
tracking
systems
transponder
the
mode
radars
In this
at reduced
lock
(AZUSA,
responses
the
systems
ascent
condition,
power
on the
ODOP,
which
also
and
result
6-67
of the phase,
launch
cameras
pad
between
photograph
located
around
information
is obtained
plume
spectrum.
color
flight
evaluation.
6-54.
Ascent
accurate
systems.
film
the
located
along
meters.
with
trackers
are
used
in obtaining
ascent
the
borne
6-55.
by photographic
to a known
the recording
I vehicles
6-68
the
radio
and vehicle-borne
relative
where
Tracking
provides
ground
tracking
frequency
transponders.
techniques,
time
base
station
are
supplemental
facilities
and
during
the
accurately
data,
are
the
primarily
not available.
50
operated
changes
in
in
Optical
pulse
vehicle
Cape
radars
during
track
the
the radiation
employed.
orbital
phase
earth-based
data
orbiting
known.
are
Vehicle-
transmissions
utilizing
to a background
above
of ground
ascent.
Tracking
in which
at the
wave
during
systems,
the
cameras
cameras
vehicle
in space,
is also
engines.
still
information.
systems
information
and
range
acquiring
continuous
information
vehicle
the narrow-beam
transmission
and
down
position
for
tracking
to pulsed
and
the
most
camera
Ballistic
monitor
to aid
elevation
frequency
tracking
Phase.
through
stations
reply
to provide
and
analysis.
the
and
second)
acceleration
stations
Infrared
Radio
and
theodolites
vehicle
in post-
of the phase,
per
of vehicle
tracking
phases.
feet
frames
Cape
the
is employed
launch
at the
flame
record
the
range
Other
Additional
monitor
down
(velocity),
azimuth
plume.
Orbital
primarily
from
at many
transponders
rf systems
located
to time
pad
mounted
wall.
photographically
for post-flight
information
proper
and orbital
of the vehicle
orbit
accurate
respect
launch
and
flame.
including
near
Cameras
the fire
information
(800-1000
mainland
near
few thousand
vehicle
theodolites
to provide
position
of the
Florida
phase
systems,
cameras
liftoff.
exhaust
that
the first
on the
vehicle
area
the
launch
by optical
mounted
Tracking
pairs
During
flame
the
engine
pad photograph
high-speed
exhaust
and
by cinespectrographs
is provided
the pad,
ignition
vehicle
All of the
Cameras
Around
the
the
Phase.
data
engine
O) is acquired
is also
vehicle's
tracking
obtained
during
position
is located
of stars
whose
A radar
altimeter
for orbital
is obtained
passes
angular
positions
aboard
over
Saturn
areas
6- 56. IMPLEMENTATION
Transponders are carried aboard the Saturn I instrument unit and interface with
earth-based radio frequency tracking systems
which provide
the position
and velocity
data
for
are
mission
control
developmental
and
or passenger
Saturn
IB and
V programs.
or will
become
operational
The
a.
AZUSA
b.
UDOP/ODOP
c.
MISTRAM
d.
Minitrack
e.
C-Band
Radar
f.
Vehicle
Radar
role
tional
of each
status,
over-all
information
through
continuous
which
usable
comparison
Island.
The
Range,
the
systems
in the
the Saturn
These
launch
components
This
provides
Mark
data
I program
systems
vehicle
are
and
also
signal
from
fixed
amount,
The
transmitter
the
include:
its
opera-
covered
to clarify
a ground
receivers
are
II at Cape
presented
The
ground
station,
retransmit
transponder
frequency
also
they
tracking
reduced
functions
to compensate
are
vehicle
signals
phase
Frequency-
transponder,
converted
are
trans-
differences
vehicle.
to the
and Mark
to a form
located
I at Grand
on the
Bahama
6-6.
transponder
accurately
to the
systems
Canaveral
function
the
range
where
unit,
These
and
of the
microwave
transmitter
in Table
AZUSA
primary
between
a slant
position
positions
transponder.
and
from
The
and
differences
cosines
real-time
trajectory
a vehicle-borne
It is a single-container
system.
system
Two AZUSA
Transponder.
program.
the
aboard
Earth-based
of phase
to ground
comparison.
AZUSA
AZUSA
of these
status
the program.
successive
transmitted
them
for phase
station.
from
are
retransmits
tracking
below.
by determining
signals
Missile
operational
throughout
during
components
of two-direction
Atlantic
operational
point
System.
received
a measure
controlled
for
Some
operation.
velocity
are
evaluation.
proposed
are
at some
having
Tracking
to and
items,
Others
is described
AZUSA
mitted
mission
Altimeter
system
system
6-57.
post-flight
the
is operational
air
of the
to ground
the
signal
in a servo
control
doppler
in the
shift,
Saturn
frequency
to the
loop
AZUSA
is to accept
signal's
frequency
for
link
transponder
reduce
on the
an rf
by a
ground
which
so that
shifts
a constant
6-69
Item
Transponder
Receiver
Transmitter
(vehicle)
Input
frequency:
5060.2 +0.75
mc
frequency:
5000 +0.75
me
signal
Power
leveh
output:
-90
2.5
dbm
to -12
dbm
watts
Ground
Transmitter
Frequency:
5060.2 _+0.75 mc
Power:
2,000
watts
Antenna
type:
parabolic
Antenna
polarization:
adjustable
vertical
to horizontal
Coverage:
hemispherical
to 2 deg elevation
Ground
Receiver
Frequency:
5000 _0.75
mc
Sensitivity:
-125 dbw for MK I, -135 dbw
for MK II
Antenna
type:
parabolic
Antenna
gain:
33 db for MK I, 35 db for MK II
Coverage
hemispherical
to 2 deg elevation
FM:
Modulation
Tracking
Rates
frequency
at the
ground
is maintained
station.
The
is 5060.
194 mc;
located
on the
pattern
is predominantly
for
receiving
AZUSA
Mark
to both
transmitted
signal
input
is 5000
mc.
unit,
the
at their
The
The
and coarse)
The
direction
from
cosine-antenna
of signals
pairs
received
to the
AZUSA
single
that
is 80 wave-lengths
radiation
unit
6-20.
is used
system
Each
a reference
a signal
at each
the
is
tracking
including
received
transponder
antenna
Fig_tre
which
signals
antenna
short-baseline
midpoints,
(fine
157 cps
and
so oriented
pairs
phases
kc,
frequency
MK I is a single-site,
antenna
baselines.
of the
between
instrument
perpendicular
by comparing
30,000
fps
0.1 cos/sec
AZUSA
two cosine
spacing
of the
I.
has
nominal
3.93
Range:
Angles:
frequency
transmitting.
line
The
output
and
two baselines
mined
the
exterior
with
common
6-70
difference
98.36kc,
arrives
baseantenna
is deter-
antenna
of a pair.
for
coarse-
the
w..
o@
.
.
.
...
X
_
o_
,-_
oo
._
.,'4
_o._
_
-_
__.
_o.
._
o.._
I
0
,,-t
x ---..._ x.
"..
,.,
>-
6-71
cosine
pair
and
cosine
data
to resolve
AZUSA
Mark
II.
The
of circuitry
design
give
more
the
antenna
pairs
with
conical
scan
the
coarse
the
other
Slant
supply
the
in
refinement
baselines
is the
the
for
at the
of the
pairs
of each
acts
which
same,
in azimuth
5-meter
spaced
but
have
baselines.
computing
scan
antenna,
the
baselines.
rate
nine
in elevation,
In turn
cosine
data.
pointing
5-meter
The
of the baselines,
and provides
5-meter
incorporates
85 degrees
50-meter
50 and
one
for the
conical
and
pairs
at 5,
baseline
system
The
intersection
baselines
are
antenna
as reference
the
precision
information
of three
pairs
antenna.
for the
is determined
shifted
60 mc
the
modulated
by the
from
mitter
portion
ponder
receiver
coherent
ground
of the
500-
The
resolves
information
the
difference
ground
modulation
station.
for
by varying
two models
frequency.
the
the
This
frequency
transmitter
to the
signal
separation
and
frequency
models
because,
output
frequency
received
frequency
of a
carrier
is
ground.
modulates
Specifi-
the trans-
mc.
in the
coherent
RF is phase
locked
at the
In
The
0.2
model,
to a multiple
can be duplicated
ground
to compensate
the trans-
60 mc.
60.2
difference
carrier
between
is about
is approximately
exists
input
transmission
the frequency-modulated
resulting
frequency
the
The
reradiated
in noncoherent
between
Since
The
from
frequencies.
and
The
separation
the
of ranging
station.
and transmitter
between
received
and demodulates
transponder.
the
energy
transponder
receives
mc difference
frequency
the
by a set
vehicle
the
models,
fine
from
transponder
transmitted
constant
data.
antennas.
carrier
the
for
located
consists
configuration,
transmitting
resolution
antenna,
C-band
of the
are
output
These
antenna
of 360 degrees
ambiguities
range
cally,
one
ambiguity
baselines
scan
In this
capability
resolve
coarse-
MK I system
of cosine-rate
6-20,
500-meter
A conical
and
baselines
meter
and
baselines.
ambiguity
to the
Transmitter
baselines.
50-meter
furnishes
allows
fine-cosine
two systems
addition
Figure
two intersecting
a tracking
the
data.
configuration,
antennas
in the
This
is modified.
in common.
receiving
pair.
is similar
between
direction-cosine
The
on both
MK H system
MK 1I and the
configuration
500 meters.
fine-cosine
ambiguities
differences
in the
realistic
of the
antenna
AZUSA
main
MK II antenna
on each
for the
phase-counting
The
operation.
The
6-72
800 wave-lengths
station
for
doppler
is held
effect,
by
....
the
frequency
difference
be measured
and
transponder
from
used,
thereby
carrier
mitter.
The
system
supplies
Computer.
The
of the
trajectory.
safety
purposes.
UDOP
and
system
on vehicles
the UDOP
is capable
received,
while
for retransmission.
mc
and
the
increased
ground
of range
error
is discussed
The
ODOP
son
techniques
ing data
The
or more
in the
the
input
- output
freare
7,
plots
doppler
6 and
replacing
7.
trans-
coordinates
for
ODOP
and
two
frequencies
890 and
two systems
are
doppler)
systems
is that
double
frequency
in ODOP
position)
(offset
(cw) frequency
are
range
as an operational
in the
received
frequency
by
non-
velocity
UDOP
difference
- output
the
to an IBM 709
as continuous
frequencies
the
form
position
the
ground
on the
the
SA 5,
with
is accomplished
to the
in digital
frequency
input
transmission
Because
and
velocity.
to derive
offsets
nominal
This
radial
a continuous-wave
UDOP
system.
station
frequencies
as a vernier
data
Primary
transponder
nominal
ground
rf carrier
transmitter
high
SA 6 and
to vehicle
that
a fixed
are
450 and
960 mc.
results
similar,
amount
900
The
in a reduction
only
the
ODOP
here.
{Offset
doppler)
to determine
is recorded
system
{ultra
on vehicles
ODOP
can
in the
frequencies
reading.
presented
on vehicles
The
ODOP
are
10.
at the
transmitted
is used
system
9 and
used
modulation
the
equations
of transmitting
the
"beating"
trajectory
SA 8,
receivers
ambiguities.
continuous
UDOP
of modulation
Several
reading
data
and
modulating
transponder
solves
transmitter
is determined
a vernier-range
computer
system
range
as to compute
tracking
is a passenger
multiple
as well
ODOP.
is an operational
same
by
range
These
of transmitted
vehicle-borne
data
v_
station
phase-counting
incremental
transponder.
to acquire
range
o_
Slant
is measured
the
ambigious
the
limiting
phase-locking
The
from
range
receiver
range.
ground
to the
of the phases
received
Incremental
6-58.
compared
comparison
between
to measure
quencies
consists
ground
for
tracking
velocity
subsequent
of a ground-based
receiving
stations
system,
Figure
and position
6-21,
of the
uses
launch
frequency
vehicle.
compariThe
track-
analysis.
transmitter,
and a central
a vehicle
recording
transponder,
station.
The
four
transmitter
6-73
3_
.,.=_
c,,1
i
I
I
I
I
II_
GQ
0
0
_,_N
"_"
"_;T
6-74
_' _
<,,
o
;_
",
<
o
I
sends
an 890 me
signal
to the
ground
which,
due
to doppler
to the
radial
velocity
shifts
the
The
additional
doppler
velocity
via
as
a data
data
a data
from
transmitter
count.
The
receiving
by the
signal
measured
signals
and the
Range
and
the
are
range
range
rates
vehicle
and
back
difference
range
differences.
at which
the
sum
four
for
from
receiver
from
from
after
total
cycle
launch
site
launch.
represented
The
vehicle
location
is at the
intersection
the data
received
from
ground
or
from
Each
are
at the remaining
of
distance
of which
from
are
to the
accumulated
of the
systems
sites
a combination
as the
the
a survey
frequency
transmission
is defined
is obtained
doppler
points
system
from
to each
and
at least
station
by the
of
three
receiving
station
measurements.
is measured
the
recording
the
and
is
focal
received
MISTRAM
to the vehicle
from
Data
range
by counting
MISTRAM
range
The
the
frequency
is determined
instrumentation
as determined
the tracking
to measure
baselines.
range
to an
to the radial
station,
recording
is determined
subjected
a difference
from
Range
and
receivers.
stations.
MISTRAM.
techniques
position
ellipsoids,
to validate
6-59.
gonal
such
sum.
to receiver
of the
counts
for
been
to the central
of the vehicle
an ellipsoid,
one
cycle
range
by other
describes
three
is used
initial
and
recording
format
the
to vehicle
and
at least
ground
and
pin-pointed
transmitter
The
The position
position
known
sum
count.
transponder
site.
is sent
central
signal,
to the ground
is proportional
receiving
890 mc
The
signal
has
frequency
proportional
transmitter.
receiver
which
the
an amount
resulting
a reference
At the
transmission
center.
initial
a position
a cycle
the
ground
signal
receives
to the
transmits
with
This
link.
respect
to the
reference
in frequency
doppler)
respect
signal.
handling
range
with
transponder
by each
trip
an output
into
a known
(return
is compared
into
and
a phase-coherent
shifted
with
signal
signal
is converted
been
detected
shift
and
vehicle
vehicle
of the
transmission
translated
The
has
of the
vehicle
received
transponder
effect,
frequency
of the
produced
to the
receivers.
frequency
stations.
The
signal
end
a central
station,
wave
and range
the
number
station.
of the
number
of wavelengths
range
Vehicle
computer
differences
The
position
is used
are
comparison
across
of wavelengths
central
of the baselines.
(cw) phase
difference
to the
differences.
and
continuous
by counting
An external
range
uses
Range
final
data
is then
to compute
varying
traveled
difference
traveled
ortho-
is
by the
available
fixed
from
by the
trajectory
to determine
velocity.
6-75
MISTRAM
carried
Airborne
as
passenger
It receives
from
the
two
retransmitted
and
velocity
continuous
by
wave
antenna.
to the
data.
ground
The
transponder.
MISTRAM
Earth
Stations.
6-22,
arranged
Airborne
Saturn
I vehicles
X-band
signals
{range
These
signals
are
where
they
are
signals
MISTRAM
in an
MISTRAM
aboard
retransmitted
the
are
The
equipment
ground-based
and
received
Transponder.
L-configuration.
I central
The
SA 10.
calibration
channels)
and
frequency
in obtaining
phase-locked
and
to the
remote
installation,
located
FT .
(ryp)
__
Figure
6-76
6-22.
MISTRAM
Ground
Station
position
signals
stations,
REMOTE
STATIONS
3-318
shifted
vehicle
REMOTE
STATIONS
I0'000
is
SA 5 through
amplified,
used
are
Transponder
CENTRAL
STATION
Config_aration
Figure
at
Valkaria,
.
--"
Florida,
consists
stations
spaced
tances.
The
diameter
along
towers
lines.
v
L
oo
the
i0,000-ft,
ge
the
located
MISTRAM
data
o,_
station
baselines
stations
waveguides
not have
antenna
--_W
MISTRAM
but does
of a central
circular
missions.
at the
of the
are
and the
10,000-ft.
at the
are
Table
with
the
the
Both
16.5
lbs.
5.3
Amps
Consumption
Frequencies
Transmitted
Coherence
x 8.9
trans-
as MISTRAM
systems
have
of the
microwave
long
inches
max.
at 25.2
milliwatts
per
- 32.2
System
base-
VDC
channel
(nominal)
Range Channel
- 8148 me
Calibration
Channel
- 7884
to 7592
mc
(Swept)
Range Channel
- 8216 mc
Calibration
Channel
- 7952
to 7960
mc
(Swept)
Dynamic
I,
Data
x 12.1
200 - 500
Output
Received
Phase
same
by 3-in.
(RT612/DRS-3)
Weight
Operating
dis-
station
by airlink
two extremities
MISTRAM
5.4
Power
100,000-ft.
6-7.
Size
RF
remote
Data
Transponder
Power
four
central
is essentially
Item
Vehicle-borne
the
stations
and
L and
and
100,000-ft.
in Table
6-7.
of the
L at 10,000-ft.
stations.
vertex
listed
vertex
connected
II, Eleuthera,
two
oe
Range
Minus
30 to minus
frequencies
105 dbm
Coverage
Azimuth
360 deg
Elevation
5 to 85 deg
0 to 85 deg
(The full
elevation
full accuracy
decreased
accuracy
accuracy
coverage
is limited
angle from any one antenna.
Range
Range
Velocity
0 to 50,000
Range
Acceleration
0 to 750 fps 2
by the
)
accuracy
fps
6-77
Item
3
Rate
of Change
Acceleration
Range
of Range
Difference
Azimuth
Rate
and
0 to 50 fps
0 to 3,000
Velocity
Elevation
0 to 45 deg/sec
Tracking
0 to 250 deg/sec
Azimuth
and Elevation
Acceleration
System
Maximum
Accuracy
6-60.
Minitrack.
determines
Minitrack
angular
that
at least
are
listed
Range
Difference
Range
Rate
- 0.02
Range
Rate
Difference
radio
ft
fps
- 0. 002 fps
system
which
It consists
of stations
on each
Alaska
Lima,
Goldstone,
California
Antofagasta,
San Diego,
California
Santiago,
East
Forks,
Grand
Minn.
arranged
The
orbit.
such
stations
Point,
Maryland
St.
Rosman,
North
Carolina
Winkfield,
Myers,
Florida
beacon,
for
Minitrack
carried
A direction
aboard
with
telemetry
station
Chile
Island,
Johns,
British
has
cosine
the
an output
Saturn
power
West
Indies
Newfoundland
England
Woomera,
be modulated
Chile
Johannesburg,
Ecuador
Minitrack
Peru
Antigua
Blossom
AZUSA).
- 0.03
techniques.
network
of the vehicle
ft
frequency
by interferometer
by a world-wide
is in line-of-sight
- 0.40
Fairbanks,
frequency
6-7_
station
tracked
vehicle
Range
below.
Quito,
Each
beacon,
one
Fort
The
to the
Error:
is a continuous-wave
direction
of a vehicle-borne
fps
South
Africa
Australia
I instrument
unit,
of 20 milliwatts.
radiates
The
beacon
at a
may
purposes.
an antenna
with
pattern
respect
on crossed
to each
baseline
baselines
(similar
is computed
from
to
measure-
along
respect
the
to its
is computed
6-61.
C-Band
based
Each
space-fixed
orbit
on Saturn
baseline.
antenna
from
angle
Radar
vehicles
baselines,
Tracking.
radar
sets
two
made
The
transponder
cosines,
of time.
(SST-102A)
tracking
with
The
vehicle
of ground
transponder
accurate
at separated
direction
at a series
SST-102A
to provide
energy
as a function
A C-band
10.
frequency
computes
measurements
SA 5 through
AN/FPS-16
station
radio
stations.
is operational
functions
data
with
on the vehicle
earthtra-
jectory.
The
AN/FPS-16
is a high-precision,
specifically
for
information
from
in lobing-type
long-range
each
nating
radar
the
pulses
power
to the
uncertainty
monopulse
instead
tracking
radar
of using
mc
the
radar
derives
designed
target
position
several
pulses
as is necessary
beacon)
provides
transmission
produces
tracking
close-in
feedhorn
array
beam.
The
pulse
develops
is applied
feeds
horns
tracked.
sensitivity
and
from
are
the
summed,
tracking
return
single
pairs
error
beam
signals.
centerline.
deriving
section
These
where
70 dbm.
may
in
Output
pulse
transmitter
be reduced
is radiated
for
narrow
skin
track
is received
which,
signal.
it is converted
or
by the
by addition
(horizontal
error
for
by a foura very
In addition,
a reference
is a
operating
magnetron
rf energy
of feedhorns
by elimi-
transponder
supply
to produce
to an rf comparator
selected
elevation
be either
a point-source
accuracy
power
energy
reflector
Target
applied
from
to a separate
may
track.
and
(This
or double)
(peak).
a fixed-frequency
transmitted
ensures
is minus
of 500 watts
(single
The
and power
a parabolic
signal
beacon
received
feed
tracking
being
receiver
The
transmitted
displacement
all four
increasing
which
azimuth
Its use
on vehicle
Its
targets.)
array
energy
thus
or coded
radar.
is a minimum
power
for
four-feedhorn
set,
On the AN/FPS-16,
a peak
to uncoded
receiver-transmitter
range.
Radar.
radar
earth-based
of point
of the transponder
C-Band
(or
in response
radar
single-package
5400-5900
target
signal,
from
energy
compact
coded
The
The transponder
interrogations
of return
the
returned
Transponder.
of high-energy
the
tracking.
monopulse
radars.
C-Band
pulse
C-band,
and vertical),
signals
the
of
represent
outputs
Each
from
signal
to a 30 mc
IF
6-79
signal, amplified, andcompared with the reference signal. The phase relationship represents the error direction and the amplitude represents the error
magnitude. The resulting error direction and magnitude signals are detected
and commutated, and in turn, used to control the antennapositioning servos.
Onereference signal is applied to the range tracking section where it is used
in generating the ranging voltages. The ranging voltages are ultimately used
to gate the receiver channels so that they are receptive only to targets being
tracked. The range section provides the slant range analogs for the digital
section andthe video presentation console.
The outputs from the AN/FPS-16 (polar coordinates) are in gray-code serialbinary form.
The data for the AN/FPS-16 radar system and the SST-102Atransponder are
listed in Tables 6-8 and 6-9, respectively.
Table
Item
Transmitter
6-8.
AN/FPS-16
Data
Data
Frequency
Fixed - 5480 +30 mc
Tunable
- 5400 to 5900
mc
Peak Power
Fixed frequency
- 0.7 to 1.3 Mw
Tunable
frequency
- 0.2 to 0.4 Mw
Pulse
Width0.25,
0.5,
1.0usec
Pulse
Rate71, 80, 142, 160, 285, 320,
366, 640 (for XN-I delete
80 add 233)
Receiver
Frequency
- 5400 to 5900
Noise figure
- 11 db.
Ant enn a
6-80
mc
341,
Table
6-8.
AN/FPS-16
Data
(Cont'd)
Data
Item
AzimuthElevation
Coverage
360
- minus
i0 to 190
Range - 1000 nm
Accuracy
- +5 yards
range
+0.2 milliradian
angle
Tracking
rates
accelerations
Azimuth
and
Elevation
Range
Table
6-9.
SST-102A
- 750 mil/se%
550 mil/sec"
- 400 mil/seco
350 mil/sec"
- 8000
2000
C-Band
yd/sec
yd/sec
Transponder
Data
Data
Item
Frequency
Range
5400
to 5900
Frequency
Stability
+2.0
mc.
IF Frequency
60 mc.
Receiver
-70
Sensitivity
dbm
mc.
over
entire
frequency
range
Receiver
Transmitter
Amplitude)
Pulse
Pulse
Rise
Pulse
Delay
Peak
Power
Supply
Operating
Width
(50%
0.25
0.75
Interrogation
Supply
10 mc.
Bandwidth
0 to 4000
Rate
Time
(10% to 90%)
O. 10
2.0
Output
Voltage
Range
Current
+0.05
TO. 05
pps.
see.
28 v. d. c.
1.9
max.
+0.1
500 watts,
5395
(selectable)
sec.
min.
nominal
to 5905
mc.
amps.
6-81
6-62.
Radar
developed
Altimeter.
for
onboard
not completely
ocean).
ment
range
link to ground
The
heat
of the
receiving
rate
radar
and
"off.
number
of timing
The
"
gates
The
both
transmitting
The
altimeter
is passenger
for
9, and
work
Tracking
from
and
coverage
the
tracking
of the
to vehicle
of 1610
mc.
functions
return
of
measure-
echo.
controls
This
telemetry
the
circuit.
radar
pulse
Transmission
return
pulse
_md its
return
gates
the
represents
altitude.
A single
and
stretches
function.
counting
pulse
long
the vehicle
which
the
each
is analogous
flight
tracking
land-based
stations.
Tracking
antenna
is mounted
(Model
on the
502)
exterior
of
infrared
are
listed
Kennedy,
The
I vehicles
the
east
I tracking
and
SA 5,
Atlantic
This
tracking
and tracking
ships
network
systems.
the
earth
between
control
fill
the
with
and locations
by a network
facilities.
The
net-
35 degree
providing
includes
which
types
Range
network,
is implemented
The
is controlled
Missile
around
of 72 to 105 degrees,
The
function
located
latitude.
stations,
Bermuda
(off the
stations
azimuths
in Table
Saturn
network
South
tracking
along
for Saturn
10.
Stations.
and
Located
equipment
tracking
land-based
6-82
oscillator
between
the
been
trajectories
by accurate
through
crystal
for
and
has
vehicle
over
to earth
pulse
r_on;" reception
which
Mercury
35 degree
for
Island
vehicle
of the
of counts
Network.
encompasses
latitude
(e. g.
from
for
6-23,
unit.
SA 8,
developed
stations
support
and receiving
instrument
6-63.
tracking
and transmitted
at a frequency
the
tional
data
intervals
the counter
intervals
operates
serves
timing
number
altimeter
for
is a stable
supplies
pulse
counter
encoded
Figure
tracking
its transmitted
stations
altimeter
altimeter,
to supply
range
between
is digitally
of the
repetition
determines
interval
information
high-altitude
by earth-based
altimeter
time
Saturn
instrumentation
covered
The
of the
The
North
integrated
centers,
fixed
between
the
gaps
radio
frequency,
of the
tracking
optical
.uystems
6-10.
72-degree
Island,
coast
azimuth
Grand
launch
Canary
of Tanganyika,
orbit
Island,
Africa).
are
Kano
tracking
stations
(Nigeria),
To obtain
and
a continuous
at Cape
Zanzibar
track,
J
Receiver
Digital
Form to Telemetering
Transmitter
Radar
energy
traveling
2.99 x 108 meters
per
at
second
Transmitted
Pulse
Ocean
3-319
Figure
6-23.
Radar
Altimeter
6-83
L)
L)
_,
r.)
"<
oa
_o
i
I
r_2
Z
.<
Z
.<
:n
c_
.<
b_
0
c_
F_
c_
I
0o
!
c_
F_
I
.<
c_
c_
0,-_
o
o
..z
_
0
c_
g_
o_-i
_,,-i
'_
c_
.o
i
6-84
L_
I
_
i
L""
I
<:_
I
<_
I
_
I
..
..
...
.......
......
.i
we
.....
"<
,,"'4
I
A
r..)
v
<
.="4
<
.<
.<
.<
.<
"0
0
"0
0
-_
t_
L_-
I:::l
,
_1
r_
b_
I
D
1"1
I
6-85
c)
g
0
r_
I
v
I
v
r/l
r_
0o
r_
r/l
I
0
.,'-4
_.4
,_
_
,+--4
I
L_
t.o
I
r3j
_+
<_
<_
ro
v
r,.)
"cJ
O
r/J
,.Q
I
i
v
+I+
"c+
r./J
o
_
d
p_.,
<:D
. ,,,,_
1-,+
O
m
,o _I
m +l
<D r,-+
r.< ,+..t
<_ ,m ml
O
.,-i
m
8
6-86
;-i
I
v
b_
r.-i
,o
o
>,
r.+
>
,"'-4
a tracking
ship
is stationed
Down
in the
range
Island,
from
are
stations
orbit,
degree
launches.
to the
western
United
States
The
coast
additional
are
and
Island
of Africa;
used
station
Canary
Ships
- ARIS)
Grand
Turk
Island,
are
the
for
the
tracking
at Grand
Bahama
Island
of
Leeward
Pretoria,
in tracking
provides
located
in the
and
tracking
longitude,
the
Kennedy.
and
Point
Eglin,
network
mainland,
Africa.
105-degree
ascent
all
Islands;
South
The
azimuth
phase
whenever
and
this
the
Arguello,
flight
of the
vehicle
72is with-
part
coverages
of the
Island;
Mexico;
of three
illustrated
area
tracking
Canton
Guaymas,
Tracking
Pacific
network,
Australia;
are
the
southern
of the
California;
azimuths
through
the
portion
Woomera,
Florida.
105-degree
extends
and across
For
at Muchea
Hawaii;
and
States
Cape
located
Texas;
Corpus
orbits
in Figures
6-24
for
and
respectively.
RANGE
SAFETY.
safety
against
function
ensures
malfunction
function
on attainment
commanded
"safe.
operational
readiness
during
as a function
of orbital
'_ Thus,
of the
launched
importance
(or criticality)
until,
safety
of vehicles
is of extreme
in importance
range)
East
to
Island,
72-degree
areas
west
Island
Antigua
primarily
Each
stations
San Salvador
provide
United
are
Christi,
range
Grand
of coverage.
90-degree
6-25,
and
Instrumentation
tracking
Islands;
are
and
From
Kauai
Island,
off the
launch
stations
Kennedy,
Island
in its area
The
Cape
Bahama
downrange
Range
Island
Ocean.
in the
Ascension
Bermuda
(Advanced
Indian
Eleuthera
which
6-64.
ships
between
the
range
on the
range.
the
early
of flight
conditions,
function
is determined
launch
is used
the
part
time
range
of the
of the
and
safety
the
function
adjacent
flight,
(or distance
only during
by checkout
(AMR)
diminishing
traveled
function
down
can
ascent
phase,
during
the
be
although
prelaunch
phase.
When
applied,
by an additional
damage
upon
the
range
safety
command,
impact
of the
function
dispersion
results
in termination
of propellants
to preclude
of power
explosion
(thrust)
and,
and fii_e
vehicle.
6-87
\
\
4-a
...4
5%1
.r..4
6-88
gg
mg
,.c:l
_.,,=1
%
%
I
qo
c_
i
c_
6-89
6-65. OPERATION.
Range safety is accomplished by integrating related functions, including tracking,
instrumentation, command, communications, and range surveillance. The range
safety officer has control of switches which, through radio transmission, command
(1) vehicle engine cutoff and (2) initiation of ordnance elements aboardthe vehicle to
release propellants, after fuel flow to the engineshas been cutoff. He initiates the
first, and, if necessary, the second of these commands whenever, in his opinion,
further flight of the vehicle constitutes a danger to life or property on or adjacent
to the range. A time delay in vehicle-borne equipment delays arming of ordnanceinitiation circuits for a short time after receipt of the enginecutoff command.
To aid the range safety officer in making his decision, presentations of information
from the tracking, instrumentation and range surveillance functions are displayed
on his control console. This information includes: Traces of vehicle present
position in three coordinate planes; a trace showingballistic impact point if thrust
were terminated at that instant; selected telemetry data of vehicle performance; a
manual plot showing locations of air and ship traffic in the range area; and a television presentation of the vehicle while in visual range.
6-66.
from
the
Present
tracking
vehicle
charts
The
for
information,
trajectory
of many
points
lines
areas,
and
plane)
limit
are
flight
parallels
of a nominal
6-67.
mation,
point),
6-90
safety
curves
Limit
is resolved
plotting
safety
an established
on the
a computation
if thrust
were
vehicle
coordinate
as obtained
planes.
mechanically
nominal,
plane
are
which
were
to ensure
termination
Impact
the
plane
if thrust
established
trajectory
plotted
of the
on these
or expected
Charts
of
planes.
trajectory
The
and
a family,
curves.
in each
line
position
into three
are
show
an adjacent
Ballistic
Present
projection
of range
range
each
Displays.
trajectory
or families
for
Position
and
that
safety
is made
of ballistic
at that
the
on the
From
present
does
instant,
6-27
three
planes.
This
to impact
6-26.
(in a given
is a representation
position
(or
on
on inhabited
trajectory
Figure
point
a direction
Figure
not impact
vehicle
vehicle
impact
instant.
the vehicle
at that
curve.
Point.
by determining
permit
a vehicle
when
its projections
terminated
would
terminated
is indicated
range
developed
and velocity
instantaneous
information
inforimpact
is presented
1
Arbitrary
Flight
Termination
Normal
Flight
Path
---7
Point_
_/:<
___-
Impact
Point-
_i ....
Figure
continuously,
taneous
as a trace
impact
boundary
of this
termination
6-68.
are
plotted
for
the nearby
pass.
6-28
Data.
is derived
sea
area,
Safety
shows
flight
Position
from
air
of all
visual
surface
surveillance
that
through
vehicle
is the
of the
ships
board
and
the
continued
plots
plotting
from
that
were
illustrates
Limits
the corridor
An indication
on a plexiglass
data
Range
which
if powered
Figure
Surveillance
Plotted
at Cape
6-69.
corridor
manually
on a chart
must
decision.
Range
officer.
and,
points
6-26.
and
can
type
which
the
would
violate
basis
for
instanthe
a flight
used.
aircraft
be seen
surveillance
by observers
in the
range
by the
radar
range
area
safety
information
in the
lighthouse
Kennedy.
Television
Presentation.
During
the
early
moments
of the
vehicle
flight,
it
6-91
Y-H
Plane
X-H Plane
/__A/_tualTrajectory
ll
l[
X-Y
,*Y
Plane
X
3-323
Fi_tre
6-27.
Three
is tracked
by television
presented
on a closed-circuit
6-70.
transmitters,
Grand
Turk
engine
cutoff
one
of the
into
television
and Ascension
and propellant
by,
operating
visual
of Saturn
information
monitor
Trajectory
of vehicle
available
to the
Grand
Bahama
action
range
is
safety
officer.
ensure
at Cape
Kennedy,
Island
transmit
the
coded
Island,
signals
dispersion.
Two transmitters
at each
reliability
of communications.
In the
transmitter,
automatic
equipment
switches
the
San
which
Salvador,
initiate
site,
one
event
of failure
standby
operating
transmitter
service.
vehicle
of command
receive
is transferred
vehicle.
and
receivers
decode
through
Each
command
on the periphery
the transmitter.
to further
6-92
This
located
Island,
standing
Two pairs
apart
cameras.
Projection
IMPLEMENTATION.
Command
and
Coordinate
enhance
the
transmitted
command
destruct
receiver
of the
The
and decoders
stage
two antenna
reliability
The
controllers
to ensure
of reception.
aboard
commands.
is served
pairs
located
each
required
to other
by two antennas,
that
on each
Figure
one
stage
6-29
of the
action
equipment
located
is always
are
stage
located
illustrates
aboard
i80
in line
the
degrees
of sight
90 degrees
the
order
typical
of
apart,
X-Y
X-H
Plot
Plot
is similar)
Plot
(Y-H
X and Y -- horizontal
coordinates
H = vertical
coordinate
3-324
A = projection
of nominal
trajectory
B = permissible
trajectory
C = nonpermissible
trajectory;
as soon as the projection
of the trajectory
parallels
neighboring
range
safety
lines
(at D), flight termination
action
is taken.
Figure
mechanization
of the
Operational
vehicles
are
range
carrier
received
and
The
signal
demodulated
range
the
into
transmitted
safety
operation
Range
function
command
the AN/DRW-I3
by frequency
execute
safety
to the vehicle
mitter's
sorted
safety
includes
transmitted
range
6-28.
equipment,
through
by the
command,
which
frequency
For
to energize
of the
tones.
The
employed
on Saturn
the AN/DRW-13,
modulation
receiver.
channels
is detailed
is normally
of audio
command
Figure
stage.
receiver.
combinations
the proper
Plots
on a vehicle
command
by coded
Safety
command
The
carrier
recovered
transsignal
audio
a combination
commands
tones
of relays
is
are
and
6-30.
in the
following
paragraphs
which
describe
a
6-93
_o
f,,_
r-I
0
r..)
l-,I
N?
d
I
,,--1
_3
__t_
_t_
@
0
o
@
6-94
'k
oo
I
:_
- . :..
:'"
.....
" " . ..
Channels
2k
f
I
N1
NL
NI
_,L'
"7
4k
II'_LL
I
1
61
10
J
A
Video
---__
Lst
2nd
I.F.
_'-:.F
Selector
___.J
Relay
Contacts
(N)
wired
prior
to flight
to give:
1. Engine
Cutoff
2. Destruct
Output
J
I
Detector
1-
\
Multiplier
Range
Safety
Commands:
1. Engine
Cutoff
2. Destruct
1
Audio
Tone
Coder
AMR
INS TALLA
TION
FRW-2
Transmitter
3-325
Figure
6-30.
AN/DRW-13
Command
Receiver
6-95
to the
command
destruct
controller.
Command
Functions
Command
Transmitter
FRW-2
h._[
M.
Digital
Receiver
Decoder
I
Modulator
Address
Coding
Device
Digital
Encoder
3-326
Figure B-31.
6-96
Digital
Command
System
.....
The
"engine
cutoff"
of propellants
signal
to the
also
starts
"destruct"
unit
6-71.
set
through
two
power
The
stages
of the
dc) for
the
the
stage
to initiate
systems.
The
desired
time
controller
ordnance
vehicle
a complete
system
and the
the
T'engine
delay,
cutoff
cutoff"
relays
to trigger
(described
and the
electrical
The
launch
relay
active
the
an EBW
in Paragraph
instrument
system
unit
which
firing
9-26).
are
electrically
supplies
all
interruption
of relays.
contacts,
are
power
at the
of its
from
ground
the
explosive
that
Ground
Conuntil
at which
generator
the
to
connected
the power
occur
time
source
switches,
lock
could
(28-volt
is maintained
35 seconds)
to permanently
interruptions
Automatic
power
During
power
T minus
At launch,
fired
phases.
primary
of primary
(approximately
mission
phase,
located
source
without
all
launch
by generators
phase
preventing
throughout
of the
generator
by a network
the
are
majority
is switched
thus
in
transfer
due to relay
failure
bounce.
Throughout
the
mission,
is supplied
the
by stage
ac power
115 volt
electrical
(three
distributors
phase
and
400 cps)
for
each
electrical
networks.
OPERATION.
operation
of each
is described.
28-volt
The
a slave
Batteries.
battery
cells
as electrolyte.
are
electrical
batteries,
sequencer,
which
the
destruct
I launch
is supplied
of the
with
or contact
The
Saturn
(AGCS).
batteries
functions
6-73.
after
dispersion
systems
systems
power
parallel
two
vehicle
which,
command
contains
phase
end
primary
stage
the
I electrical
Station
near
The
timer,
other
" ".. ; -
controller
requirements.
prelaunch
6-72.
through
in the
SYSTEM.
Each
Saturn
trol
up switching
independent.
the
engines
ELECTRICAL
The
sets
a delay
input
and
signal
used
S-I
system
stage
dc power
unit,
and
Inflight
are
Each
several
constructed
to adjust
the
electrical
supplies,
power
is rated
is similar.
types
for the
system,
a dc-to-ac
output
stage
inverter,
is supplied
oxide
ampere-minutes
voltage
Figure
only that
6-32,
of the
is comprised
distributors,
S-I
of
a flight
of J-boxes.
of zinc-silver
at 1650
Therefore,
to 28-volt
by two 28-volt
using
potassium
and
is provided
dc (nominal)
under
batteries.
hydroxide
with
taps
load.
6-97
_1_
p,
I-
i_
,--t
.,.-i
e_
_JL
P
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
<
I
6-98
......
._
6-74.
Inverter.
battery
6-75.
"..
2..
to li5-volt,
various
Measuring
Voltage
is a solid-state
dc-to-dc
converter.
outputs
(one
voltage
for
6-76.
all
capacity),
limiting
electrical
into groups
or
similar
of identical
a distributor
distributor
is furnished
are
switching
each
0.25
28-volt
voltage
is used
output
percent.
The
and
They
contain
and
distribution
buses,
power
dc
reference
functions
(measuring,
5-volt
by this
unit.
centers
for
distribution
relays,
A brief
into
supply
is supplied
switching
group.
voltage
dc inputs
conditioners
the
functions
for
to convert
measuring
28-volt
signal
stage.
The
master
to within
and
is used
and
are
current
assembled
distribution,
description
etc.)
of each
type
of
follows:
Power
Distributor.
is supplied
transfer
from
the
Prior
to the
and
output
power
during
28 volt
buses,
to primary
distributor
vehicle
batteries.
one for
The
steady
power
to the
bus
supplies
power
to relays,
Main
supplied
Distributor.
sequencer
by the
are
power
Propulsion
from
the
engine
Flight
the
distributed
and
for varying
inverter,
other
serves
all
functions
that
unit.
are
The
the
initiated
main
the
to the
distributor
The
the
varying
dc
load
A third
bus
by the
flight
loads.
or controlled
distributor
power
steady-load
equipment.
ac power
power
After
loads.
control
primary
two separate
components;
and
stage
is supplied
contains
system
valves,
by this
power
one
the
generators.
distributor
measurement
Vehicle
dc power
is supplied
distributor.
System
Distributor.
power
distributor
functions.
Thrust
operation
in this
from
power
transfer,
ground
primary
loads,
supplies
power
from
flight,
bus
system,
6-77.
stage
_t
system.
It converts
in the
The
power.
The
distributors
circuits
components.
phase
Supply.
transducers
The
w@
inverter
measuring
controlled
measurement
Distributors.
of the
and
amp
three
in the
Master
solid-state
400 cps,
components
; . ............
A 450 volt-ampere
power
to power
:_.
of fuel
and
LOX
This
and distributes
OK pressure
fill
and
component
receives
it to the
28-volt
dc power
circuits
that
control
relays
used
for
the
switches
and
the
drain,
and
replenishing
valves
are
The
flight
sequencer,
a relay
device,
contained
unit.
Sequencer
and
Slave
Unit.
dis-
6-99
tributes 28-volt dc power to stage relays andcontrol devices. The capacity of the
basic unit is a 10-step program. Each step in the program is expandablein multiples
of 10 steps by the addition of slave units. The timing pulses for driving the flight
sequenceroriginate in the guidancecomputer (part of the guidance and control system}.
6-78. J-Box.
may be soldered together to form junction points, or used to connect simple circuit
elements into the circuits of the distributors. The J-box functions as a small remote
distributor and signal conditioner.
6-79. IMPLEMENTATION.
(To be supplied at a later date. )
6-100
l_t
oe
_B
CHAPTER
SECTION
.....
2
VII
STRUCTURES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
7--1.
STRUCTURAL
REQUIREMENTS
7-11.
STRUCTURAL
DESIGN
7-15.
S-I STRUCTURAL
7-23.
S-IV
7-32.
INSTRUMENT
.................
......................
7-7
CONFIGURATION
STRUCTURAL
CONFIGURATION
UNIT
7-3
STRUCTURAL
..............
7-10
..............
7-24
CONFIGURATION
.....
7-29
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
7--1.
Saturn
I Loads
7-2.
S-I
7-3.
Saturn
7-4.
Container,
7-5.
Thrust
Structure,
7-6.
Flame
and
7-7.
Center
LOX
7-8.
Outboard
7-9.
Fuel
7-10.
Second
Stage
7-11.
Spider
Beam,
7-12.
S-IV
7-13.
Instrument
Thrust
.........................
............................
I Drag
7-6
...........................
Engine,
Holdown
S-I
Heat
Protection,
S-I
(F-l),
.................
....................
(0-3),
S-I
S-I
....................
.......................
Structure
Unit,
S-I
.......................
Saturn
...........
7-8
7-12
S-I .....................
Adapter,
S-I
Schematic,
S-I
Container
Container
7-6
.......................
Container,
LOX
Stage
7-4
....................
7-15
7-17
...............
7-18
7-20
7-22
7-23
7-25
7-30
7-1
7-2
SECTION
VII.
STRUCTURES
7-1.
STRUCTURAL
The
Saturn
expected
The
for
I launch
to occur
structure
the
that
will
vehicle
contains
not impose
any
vehicle,
(attached
flight
wind
month
from
the wind
in defining
7-4.
or
are
the worst
holddown
and
rebound.
from
The
inertia
rebound
the vehicle.
reverses
and
erection
operations.
design
analysis
be
requirements
of the
conditions
so that
loads
imposed
do not exceed
on the
flight
loads
structure
and thus
do
penalty.
or unpressurized
is structurally
capable
percent
probability
The
bending
moments
with
the
and
free-standing
of withstanding
of occurrence
(Figure
longitudinal
loading
structure
The
but before
wind
(bending
(aft axial
condition
Axial
the
The
can
due
result-
the
strongest
during
7-1)
force
loads
and
shears
to the
resulting
weight
of the
vehicle
condition.
CONDITIONS.
vehicle
result
designed
a 99.9
prelaunch
the
ignition,
and flight
stages.
a careful
are
pressurized
only)
combined
At launch
vehicle
equipment
of the year.
engine
after
that
CONDITIONS.
fueled,
having
LAUNCH
the
launch
loads
operations.
performance
launcher
winds
for
all
CONDITIONS.
empty
to the
ing from
all
to withstand
prelaunch,
determined
transportation,
PRELAUNCH
The
handling,
during
and
fabrication,
7-3.
are
HANDLING
procedures
is designed
the propellant
structure
GROUND
during
ground
be encountered
Handling
structure
during
also
vehicle
7-2.
REQUIREMENTS.
direction
is capable
holddown
the
load)
occurs
loads
result
of the
condition
launcher
moments
and
and
the
from
loads
is imposed
from
on the
two conditions,
structure
releases
the vehicle.
The
shears),
engine
(forward
vibration
when
load
of withstanding
transients
engines
deceleration
at the holddown
are
thrust
due
holddown
to initial
off before
the
of the
vehicle
which
Combined
loads
axial
engine
cut
points.
after
load),
combustion.
launcher
releases
suddenly
with
the
axial
7-3
24
r-
Prelaunch
(99.9%
wind)
sec.
g
12
t
Prelaunch
(99.9_
wind)
Max
q (t=65
-4
16
I
Max
g (t=141
see.)
t_
A
v
8
o
Max
q (t=65
sec.)_
[
<
t
3-529
I.U.--_
500
Vehicle
I_
S-IV
..........
_
Figure
7-4
1000
1500
Station
(inches)
........................
7-1.
Saturn
S-I
I Loads
..
loads
are
wind
loads
(bending
moments
and
!]"
shears)
and
!':
vibration
transients
and
dynamic,
resulting
7-5.
FLIGHT
During
CONDITIONS.
flight
dynamic,
7-6.
the
structure
inertia
Engine
and propellant
Thrust
as the vehicle
liftoff,
and then
stant,
on the
bending
second
stage
thrust
prior
stage
heat,
impose
The
The
thrust
(Figure
at approximately
to first
vehicle.
vehicle.
first
a maximum
engines
of the
on the
The
reaches
slightly
remainder
moments
Loads.
altitude,
decreases
the
to engine
aero-
loads.
and Heat
gains
separation,
is subjected
stage
engine
thrust
loads,
thrust
produces
moments
and
7-2)
110 seconds
cutoff.
which
are
After
are
axial
shears
increases
first
relatively
loads,
after
stage
con-
shears
a result
of the
and
engines'
gimballing.
The
first
stage
and
circulation
impose
7-7.
engines
of the
a heat
load
Dynamic
at engine
ignition
begins
with
vehicle
liftoff
and
liftoff).
The
short
Propellant
occur
dynamic
the
another
caused
by gust
control
system
in the
his page is
loads,
and
the
control
(gimballing
vehicle
type
oi ssim d
radiation
engines
and
mechanical
engine
The
increases
in magnitude
and
and
stage
loading,
modes
and vehicle
of the
loads
the
CONFIDENTIAL
at
after
is
pressure.
only
Mach
for
1, region
separation.
fluid
from
mass
modes.
produces
structure
acoustical
and
present
liftoff,
results
bending
begins
58 seconds
velocity
vehicle
aero-
It is maximum
1 (approximately
ignition,
and
source
cutoff.
ignition.
vehicle
internal
acoustical
high
of dynamic
Since
external
dynamic
of gravity
structure.
stage
at maximum
cutoff,
to gust
through
1 and
center
engines)
The
until
as the
engine
engine
second
- mechanical,
Mach
relatively
during
pressure,
container
after
begins
vehicle
from
at engine
at Mach
are
result
constant
generated
source
the
environment.
negligible
which
of time,
sloshing,
field
transition
vibrations,
of maximum
deflection
becomes
loads
relatively
sound
during
periods
between
the
aerodynamic
influential
Transient
remains
of the
stage.
of excitation
vibration
base
separation
second
dynamic
sources
vehicle
on the
After
of the
Vehicle
and
load
gases.
base
main
the
source
most
on the
Three
produce
a heat
exhaust
Loads.
disturbances.
dynamic
impose
a relative
and
and
is generally
Reaction
considerable
propellant
motion
of the
bending
are
not
7-5
CONFIDENTIAL
1.8
--
,O
1.6
1.4
Figure
3-530
S-I
7-2.
Thrust
30
15
40
Flight
3-531
integral
is not damped,
the
control
7-8.
65 seconds
before
first
after
stage
and when
combined
When
vehicle
by the
Loads.
:Figure
sloshing
the
results.
resulting
Aerodynamic
Aerodynamic
mately
7-6
(sec.)
together,
for
120
160
7-3.
Saturn
If the propellant
perturbations
must
I Drag
sloshing
be provided
by
system.
gusts.
the
Time
compensation
Aerodynamic
and wind
mized
Burning
8O
liftoff
burnout.
with
control
drag
(Figure
(max
q condition)
Aerodynamic
an angle
is in the
system
loading
region
which
of attack
7-3)
drag
reduces
increases
imposes
the
decreases
an axial
in bending
structural
vehicle
CONFIDENTIAL
of drag,
angle
to a maximum
and then
results
of high drag,
is a result
angle
approxi-
to nearly
zero
on the
structure
load
moments
bending
of attack
and
moments
of attack.
shears.
are
mini-
.....
.....
Aerodynamic
through
heating
the
Vehicle
the
temperature
7-9.
Inertia
increase
cutoff
in the
(max
during
......
......
of friction
until
flight.
result
from
during
flight.
by the
vehicle
stage
burnout
and
to the
vehicle
the vehicle
Peak
reaches
acceleration
then
have
due to an
is at first
at separation
the peak
moving
centerline
acceleration
decreases
but never
caused
first
not parallel
acceleration
burning,
during
ratio
The
UO
are
loads
thrust/weight
stage
eO
---
increases
which
Inertia
w-
is a result
increase
g condition).
second
heating
surfaces
Loads.
we
vehicle
The
decreases.
Wwm
on the
atmosphere.
greatest
and
achieved
then
at first
stage
increases
stage
cutoff.
7-10.
Propellant
due
to a combination
hydrostatic
height
altitude
7-11.
and
ment
unit
craft.
Critical
times.
The
wind),
launch
the S-IV
flight
(at any
location
minus
conditions
and
head
The
of the
is limited
the
The
ullage
valves.
pressure
container}
to the
fluid,
by relief
ambient
in the
is equal
installed
forces
to the
container
tainer
because
of the
second
for
on the
rebound)
and
the
ullage
maximum
pressure
in the
dampen
walls.
low density
S-I
the
Slosh
S-I
wind)
are
combined
flight
design
fuel
and
sloshing
baffles
of the
and
with
support
plus
during
(max
g}.
(max
q).
the
space-
occur
at different
prelaunch
q and max
flight
An instru-
for
of the vehicle
structure
(max
during
by an interstage.
the
portions
unit
structural
joined
provides
flight
(ground
loads
the
stage
various
occur
external
baffles
of two stages
instrument
to obtain
are
wall
and
The
pressure.
prelaunch
and on the
baffles
consists
of the
during
hydrostatic
ambient
conditions
(holddown
critical
container.
vehicle
loading
containers,
Slosh
the
system
container
density
are
DESIGN.
critical
separation),
the
pressures.
of the vehicle.
flight,
forward
structure
acceleration
during
during
by the propellant
ambient
of the
increases
across
I launch
mounted
is a function
the
structure
and
vehicle
STRUCTURAL
Saturn
and ullage
pressurization
time
head
on the
by the
differential
The
head
in the container
of the
hydrostatic
imposed
flight,
At any
pressure
loads
during
is supplied
decreases.
the
varying
of the fluid
the
The
of hydrostatic
head,
pressure
As
Loads.
For
the internal
They
g and
the
gas
(ground
occur
on
after
propellant
pressure
and
loads.
LOX containers
propellant
are
and
not required
and in the
transfer
S-IV
absorbed
in the S-IV
LOX
slosh
LH 2 con-
LH 2.
7-7
Legend:
0
F
E
H
3-523
LOX Container
Fuel Container
Engine
Holddown Point
H-5
Figure 7-4. Container, Engine, HolddownSchematic, S-I
7-8
max
g (engine
moments
and
hot engine
Eight
gases
on the
fins
loading
of the prelaunch
outboard
prelaunch
critical
load
In addition
must
to the
of a forward
spider
the
altitude
where
tial
on the
cylindrical
level
the
loads,
from
the
shield.
The
in each
critical
bending
is protected
flight.
loading
and
and unpressurized)
the
are
maximum
loading
fin is a holddown
condition
critical
loading
on the
critically
q.
loads
carried
by the
LOX
internal
joined
container
ambient
fitting
fins
is
ambient
is a result
q conditions.
q.
The
during
occur
during
skirts
for
max
containers,
For
all
the
Each
container
by a cylindrical
section.
The
maximum
pressure
is zero.
The
aft bulkheads
pressure
occurs
while
the
maximum
varies
decrease
when
during
the
the
consists
pres-
vehicle
pressure
flight
The
containers
loads.
bulkheads
the
q condition.
pressurization
forward
and
max
loaded
at max
skirts
conditions
and
occurs
and
container
and max
beam
sections
and
and flame
and unpressurized)
aft bulkhead
on the
structure
LOX container
containers
propellant
differential
propellant
full
empty
external
and
axial
Incorporated
A local
containers,
fuel
on the
withstand
sure
fuel
LOX and
maximum
during
q.
center
(container
(containers
outboard
shield
condition.
on the
LOX and
of the thrust
at max
launcher.
by the rebound
the
in stabilization
occurs
to the
critical
aft end
aid
produce
by the heat
fins
attachment
The
The
aerodynamic
produced
conditions
shears.
exhaust
condition
for
thrust)
reaches
differen-
because
acceleration
the
of the
vehicle
increases.
7-13.
The
S-IV
S-IV
STAGE.
structure
structure,
a base
To reduce
the
lants
are
length
the
loads
first
skirt
stage
of the
which
on the
an integral
vehicle
vehicle
propellant
and thus
external
Located
the fuel
the
container,
reduce
container.
separates
an aft skirt,
(LH2)
LOX which
weighs
and
loading,
within
from
the
a forward
(LOX).
times
skirt.
the propel-
container
the oxidizer
five
a thrust
as much
is the
To
as the
aft.
aft interstage,
forward
shield,
of an aft interstage,
in an integral
bulkhead
LH 2 is located
The
heat
contained
common
reduce
is an assembly
aft
withstand
burnout.
skirt,
the
cylindrical
loads
Following
section
encountered
stage
separation
of the propellant
during
and
all
until
vehicle
container,
operations
spacecraft
and
through
separation,
7-9
the thrust structure, LOX container aft bulkhead, cylindrical section of the LH2
container, and forward skirt resist all loads encountered as a result of S-IV
engine operation.
The criticaldesign condition for the aft interstage and aft skirt occurs at max g.
This condition produces the largest compressive
For
the cylindrical section of the LH 2 container, the prelaunch condition (container full
and unpressurized) is most critical. Maximum
at max
max
g condition is more
heating the
critical.
Engine thrust, the principal load during S-IV engine operation, produces a critical
loading condition only in the thrust structure.
attached to the thrust structure, is designed to protect the aft end of the S-IV from
engine heat.
In addition
to the
container
must
of a forward
head.
the
ambient
and
tions
The
operations
flight
at max
largest
The
S-I
S-I
diameter
7-10
unit
payload
structure
the
the
loads.
on the
the
vehicle
common
ambient
container
and
consists
a common
forward
bulk-
bulkhead
is zero.
and
acceleration
is greatest
is designed
critical
the propellant
pressure
section
bulkhead
The
The
container
cylindrical
conditions
for
are
occurs
The
and
is
the
both bursting
based
on combina-
and temperatures.
resists
the
separation.
loads
The
a combination
of bending
buckling
on the
STRUCTURAL
across
The
structure
q when
stage
time
section,
UNIT.
compressive
7-15.
on the
LOX pressures
through
cylindrical
an aft bulkhead
where
conditions.
INSTRUMENT
instrument
altitude
At this
pressure
of LH 2 and
7-14.
the
is zero.
section,
differential
differential
pressure
by the
and pressurization
pressure
cutoff.
collapsing
carried
a cylindrical
reaches
pressure
stage
loads
propellant
maximum
vehicle
maximum
at first
resist
bulkhead,
The
when
external
load
encountered
critical
design
moment
and
during
all vehicle
condition
axial
occurs
force
during
produces
the
structure.
CONFIGURATION.
is 962 inches
containers,
(80.2
274 inches
feet)
(22.8
long,
feet)
257
inches
in diameter
(21.4
across
feet)
the
in
thrust
structure,
nine
and
propellant
and
four
7-16.
tail
LOX
joined
together
are
attached
stub)
TAIL
The
the
tail
(five
LOX and
to make
(40.7
feet)
across
four
fuel)
and
up the
tail
stage.
the
fins.
a second
Eight
A tail
stage
section,
adapter
aerodynamic
fins
are
(four
large
to the
five
section.
H-1
In addition,
the
tail
and associated
loads
structure,
are
shrouds
engines
heat
transmits
section
supports
installations
from
transmitted
and
and
to the
shielding
tail
are
thrust
the
four
loads
fuel
containers
aerodynamic
loads
section
through
the
structurally
joined
and
and
engine
fins.
to make
up the
section.
loads
thrust
structure
64-inch
are
vehicle
(Figure
the
are
Thrust
loads
barrel
assembly
Lateral
loads
mitted
to the
canted
from
the
barrel
aft ring.
inboard
In turn
the
outriggers.
longerons
The
propellant
The
forward
ring
Part
of the
thrust
aft and
the
the barrel
through
of the
load
the
from
the
and
engine
structure
equally
from
spaced
on a 190-inch
axial
75 inches
loads
mounting
actuators
longerons
to the
and the
four
to the
barrel
between
skin
are
support
four
aft
the
aft ring.
fin support
outriggers
assembly.
located
trans-
inside
by the
thrust-support
long.
The
which
to tapered
skin
are
pads.
is attached
link
in the
on a
to the thrust-structure
canted)
ring
Cutouts
are
and approximately
of the
The
the
forward
aft and
provided
for
forrouting
assembly.
assembly
the
centerline.
rings
barrel
barrel
vehicle
and
skin.
3 degrees
mounted
outriggers
An internal
canted
are
fixed
loads
spaced
engines
transmitted
forward
box section.
supports
supports
aluminum-alloy
equally
and
being
beam
the
gimbal
through
the axial
are
transmitted
A cross
are
and
in diameter
engines
fin-support
by the
lines
loads
transmit
four
is a built-up
rings
structure
Axial
the
are
aft ring
box section.
This
supported
the
engines,
engines
from
engines
through
position
outboard
6 degrees
from
inboard
outboard
The
assembly
engines.
four
is 105 inches
(resulting
is a built-up
of the
four
inboard
which
containers
in a fixed
engines.
are
LOX
The
mounted
The
inboard
and
to the
7-5).
centerline.
diameter
ring
transmitted
diameter,
between
ward
inches
eight
engines
Thrust
ring
w v
the
Holddown
thrust
of 488
to the
supports
containers.
heating.
SECTION.
section
protects
are
a span
containers
structurally
the
has
four
is attached
inboard
engines
to the
center
is transmitted
LOX
container.
to the
center
7-11
Center
LOX
Container
jj
Upper
Ring
Segment
Lower
Ring
Segment
Fwd
Fin
Support
Outrigger
Inboard
Engine
Mounting
(4
Pad
Places)
Actuator
Attachment
Point
(4
Places)
Aft
Cross
Ring
Beam
Assembly
3-502
i,'ig_a r e 7-5.
7-12
Thrust
Structure,
S-I
Barrel
Assembly
....
container.
The
remainder
_w
of the
thrust
19
Do
load
.--
-_
is transmitted
to the
four
fin-support
outriggers.
The
fin-support
The
four
and
fin-support
assembly.
The
mounting
which
and
four
points
are
on each
points
are
capable
outrigger
diameter.
Thrust
loads
The
engine
mounting
assembly
ments
thrust
pads.
Attached
with
to the
forward
propellant
The
a door
and
is stiffened
with
for access
at the
aft ends
of the outriggers
barrier
(engine)
The
by the
aft shroud
inches
in diameter
to the
Two
containers
for
the outriggers
a fuel
to the
load.)
All
out-
support
transmitted
the
the
and
the outrigger
shroud
panels
ends
shroud
support
the
and
the
thrust
outboard
to a beam
lower
ring
seg-
of the outriggers.
plates
are
compartment
aerodynamic
members.
through
attached
and
outboard
longitudinal
vertical
backup
are
Upper
protect
from
and
engines
outriggers.
join
and
to the plates
plates
the outboard
support
horizontal
eight
between
pressure
and
circumferential
the
thermal
loads.
members
and
thrust
structure
lower
forward
ring
are
firewall
segments.
(propellant
The
container)
panels
attached
firewall
panels
compartment
and
to the
form
the
a
aft
compartment.
aft compartment
internal
engines.
point
thrust
barrel
compartment.
and
the
with
between
for
internal
between
are
engines
to the
Located
fire
the
from
the
propellant
a support
do not carry
stiffened
of 135 inches
panels.
from
the outboard
has
assembly.
loads.
located
segments
containers
panel
are
thrust
a radius
shroud
transmitted
engines
Actuators
on the
ring
are
of two plates
beams
load
the outboard
outrigger
containers
to the barrel
thrust
support
support
lateral
the outboard
mounted
each
Each
of carrying
from
beams.
fuel
attached
engine
Each
loads
(The
consists
inboard
outriggers
Thrust
are
outriggers
of the
on a 187-inch
LOX containers.
receive
thrust-support
a LOX container.
Each
outriggers
outriggers
board
has
thrust-support
rings.
engine
is protected
which
and
The
is attached
60 inches
corrugated
compartment
from
aerodynamic
to the
long,
skin
permitting
lower
pressure
ring
is a continuous
exposes
maximum
the
segments.
thermal
The
corrugation
maximum
heat
and
amount
shroud,
supported
of surface
loads
270
by
area
dissipation.
7-13
The lower endof the aft compartment is closed by the heat shield (Figure 7-6)
which provides protection from engineheat. Constructed of stainl'ess steel
stiffened panels, the heat shield is covered on the aft face with an ablative insulation. The panels are supported by a complex of cross beams which are attached
to the aft endof the aft shroud. Cutouts are provided in the shield for gimballing
the outboard engines. These cutouts and the cutouts for the inboard engines are
sealedwith flexible curtains that are attached to the engines and heat shield. The
curtains are constructed of fiberglass cloth andrefrasil.
ment is provided by eight doors in the heat shield.
The flame shield is supported from the heat shield by the conical frustum access
chute. At the forward end, the access chute is attached to the heat shield star
assembly (center portion of the heat shield ). The flame shield is located between
the four inboard enginesat the thrust chamber outlets. It is constructed of stainless
steel and is attachedto the inboard enginethrust chambers with steel bands insulated
with fiberglass cloth.
The four engine skirts attachedto the heat shield protect the enginesfrom aerodynamic forces that would produce excessive loads on the control actuators. The
engineskirts are conical segments32 inches long. The inside surface of the skirts
below the heat shield is protected from engineheat by a layer of ablative insulation.
7-17. FINS.
Four large fins and four stub fins, attachedto the tail section, aid in maintaining
vehicle aerodynamic stability. The fins are also the holddownandlaunch pad
support points for the vehicle. Holddownand support loads are transmitted to the
thrust structure outriggers. The support points are located on the aft face of the
fins and are on a 344-inch diameter.
The stub fins are located at the outboard enginepositions and the large fins are
equally spaced between. Both types of fins have trapezoidal planforms. The large
fins have an area of 128square feet; the stub fins havean area of 52 square feet.
The leading edges which are steel, are swept back 20 degrees. The remainder
of the fin structure is aluminum alloy with an ablative insulation on the exterior
surface.
7-14
Heat Sh
Star
Aft
Ld
Assy
Shroud
Heat Shield
Panel
Assy
Heat
Support
Inboard
Flame
Shield
Structure
Engine
Curtain
(4)
/'
ecess
Outboard
Engine
Flame
Curtain
(4)
Chute
Flame
Shield
Figure
7-6.
3-532
Flame
and Heat
Protection,
S-I
7-15
Pressure
Manifold
Outlet
(4)
Bulkhead
Pressure
Diffuser
!
Fwd
Slosh Baffles
Insulation Panel
GOX Line
Y
Bulkhead
Fuel
LOX
Manifold
Manifold
Outlet
(4)
Sump
3-501A
Fig_ire
7-7.
Center
LOX
Container,
S-I
7-17
Fwd
LOX Manifold
Slosh
Baffles
Line
Outlet
(2)
3-504A
Figure
Each
support
point
and
lateral
The
cylindrical
Recessed
fabricated
7-18
7-8.
consists
Outboard
LOX Container
of an adjustable
mounting
(0-3),
stud
S-I
which
transmits
axial
loads.
into
section,
the
of 5086
fabricated
forward
aluminum
and
of 5486
aft ends
alloy.
The
aluminum
of the
alloy,
cylinder
bulkheads
are
are
is 746 inches
hemispherical
joined
to the
long.
bulkheads
cylinder
by
circumferential welds. The aft bulkheadhas a sump with three outlets, two for the
enginelines and anothc_ for the LOX manifold {interconnect line). Container 0-3
has an additional outlet that is used for fill and drain. The forward bulkhead has an
outlet for a pressure manifold connection.
In the area above and below the container {forward and aft container skirts}, there
are longitudinal stringers attached to the cylindrical skin. The stringers distribute
the concentrated loads received at the two container support points. The skin above
and below the container has cutouts for the lines connectingto the various outlets.
Circular rings welded to the interior of the cylindrical section support the slosh
baffles which are arranged in six vertical rows equally spaced around the cylinder
periphery.
7-20. FUEL CONTAINERS.
Approximately 25 percent of the fuel for the S-I stage is containedin eachof the
four fuel containers. The containers {Figure 7-9) are cylinders with hemispherical
aft bulkheads and torispherical forward bulkheads. The containers have a diameter
of 70 inches and a length of 652inches. The containers are designed to carry flight
pressurization andpropellant loads due to acceleration. The containers are
supported at the aft endby the thrust structure outriggers and at the forward end
by the spider beam in the secondstage adapter. Onthe outriggers there are two
diametrically opposedsupport points for each container. Each support point
transfers axial and lateral loads. On the adapter spider beam there are also two
diametrically opposedsupport points for each container. Each support point consists of a sliding pin joint. The pin joint resists lateral loading but allows for
differential expansion betweenthe fuel and LOX containers in the longitudinal
direction.
The cylindrical section, fabricated of 5486 aluminum alloy, is 743 inches long.
Recessedinto the forward and aft endsof the cylinder are bulkheads fabricated
of 5086 aluminum alloy. The bulkheadsare joined to the cylinder by circumferential welds. The aft bulkhead has three outlets, two for enginelines and
another for the fuel manifold. Container F-1 has an additional outlet for fill and
drain.
The
forward
bulkhead
has
an outlet
for
the
pressure
manifold.
7-19
Bulkhead
Systems Tunnel \
/
Fwd
Bulkhead
Slosh
Fuel Manifold
Outlet
Fill
and
Drain
(Container
F-1
Outlet
Only)
Su mp
Engine
Line
Fuel
Container
Outlet
(2)
3-500A
Figure
7-20
7-9.
(F-l),
S-I
Baffles
_=- : :- : --- :-
In the area above and below the container (forward and aft container skirts), longitudinal stringers are attached to the cylindrical skin. The stringers distribute the
concentrated loads received at the two container support points. The skin above and
below the container
has cutouts
for the lines
connecting
to the various
outlets.
Above
containers
F-1
cular
rings
which
are
Loads
are
STAGE
composed
beam
is composed
from
the points
loads,
ring
the
The
Mounted
of honeycomb
for
access
is attached
Attached
fairing
and
and
are
joined
equipment.
support
around
the
the
propellant
Cir-
slosh
cylinder
baffles
periphery.
eight
radial
beams
deep
beam
seal
and
to the
is a cylindrical
from
spider
the
gussets.
panels.
plate
aerodynamic
points.
962.
These
may
radial
The
loads.
panels
be removed
shroud
of the
fairing.
The
station
45-degree
ends
inward
vertical
support
seal
spider
plate
To absorb
plate
The
propellant
extend
at MSFC
of the
assembly
which
with
points
area.
plates
the
container
are
(Figure
shroud
alloy,
I-sections.
Sections
area
on the
center
at eight
shroud
container
mounted
aluminum
at the
adapter
supports
7075
stage
seal
stage
from
container
of the
7-11)
propellant
spider
second
a 45 degree
at the
construction.
forward
panels,
20-inch
of the
end of the
are
and
S-IV
the
(Figure
ring
are
to the
forward
the
plate
beam
stiffened
sandwich
retromotors
assembly
beams.
shroud
and
Helium
spheres
beam.
MISCELLANEOUS.
A systems
tunnel
are
side
lower
spaced
through
Fabricated
beams
to the periphery
protect
7-22.
radial
forward
to the
seal
spider
end.
is bolted
to the
electronic
section
equally
stage
beam,
The
beams
on the
are
second
of the octagon
beam
cylindrical
rows
of an octagonal
radial
spider
to the
forward
and
mounting
ADAPTER.
fairing.
at the
for
of the
vertical
of a spider
a cylindrical
octagonal
compartments
interior
in six
transmitted
containers
are
to the
arranged
SECOND
and
F-2
welded
7-21.
7-10)
and
tunnel
joins
the tail
electrical
sections
is attached
cables;
to
section
the
permit
other
easy
A conical
shaped
fairing
tainers.
It fairs
the
area
externally
and
second
is for
removal
extends
between
to each
stage
routing
for
adapter.
tubing.
The
maintenance
forward
the
of the
from
containers
and
the
four
containers.
Three
of the
tunnels
tunnels
are
constructed
Each
shield
in
repair.
aft ends
ard
fuel
of the
the 270-inch
propellant
diameter
conforward
7-21
Hydrogen Vent
Line (3)
Camera Capsule (8)
Spider Beam
Fuel Pressurization IV
Manifold
III
/
T.
b_
V.
Helium
Camera
Spheres
Retromotor
(4)
Seal
Plate
Shroud
Cylindrical
Fairing
Note:
LOX/SOX
Disposal
Omitted
for Clarity
System
3-533
Figure
7-22
7-10.
Second
Stage
Adapter,
S-I
B.
.....
Fuel Pressurization
Manifold
Access
III
Outboard
LOX
Container
Mount
(8)
\
Fwd
Octagonal
Ring
Radial
Beam
Center
\
LOX
Container
\
Fuel
Container
Mount (8)
tor
Mount
(4)
S-IV
Mount
(8)
Center LOX
Container
Mount
/
II
(8)
Fuel Container
/
[
J
\
I
\
\
\
\
Outboard
LOX Container
\
---/
\
\
\
\
3-534
Figure
7-11.
Spider
Beam,
S-I
7-23
S-IV
The
S-IV
long
and
STRUCTURAL
stage
structure,
220 inches
structure,
a base
Figure
(18.3
heat
joined
7-24.
AFT
INTERSTAGE.
Loads
from
the
constructed
The
The
aluminum
alloy
Loads
introduced
are
stage
faces
which
distribute
the
Between
the
covered
with
mounted
loads
blowout
within
the
on the
SKIRT.
Loads
from
the
skirt
cylindrical
comb
5052
7-24
S-I
sandwich
aluminum
construction
aluminum
alloy
a thrust
skirt
are
points
loads
into
the
to the
aft skirt.
panels.
Three
transmitted
48 inches
hydrogen
to the
long
and
by longitudinal
consisting
alloy
The
skirt
are
of 7075
and
forward
are
long,
is
of 7075
by tapered
panels.
vent
LH 2 container
of eight
The panels
alloy
are
The
vent
faces
attached
panels
ports
servicing
lines
through
is constructed
splices.
with
to permit
chill-down
aft interstage
(S-I/
splice
triangular
remow_ble
aluminum
aft
by longitudinal
a field
sandwich
structure,
The panels
the
consisting
through
concentrated
through
core.
carried
construction
core.
a forward
joined
sandwich
are
joined
feet)
skirt,
184 inches
panels
loads
are
panels
segment
The
structure.
stage
stage
approximately
at eight
of the
is approximately
segment
962.
structure.
exterior
AFT
interstage
at the
an aft
and
to the S-IV
a cylinder
to a 5052
uniformly
fabric
7-25.
The
the
longerons,
of equipment
transmitted
station
(41.4
stage.
of honeycomb
to the
shear
containers,
cylindrical
bonded
at MSFC
longerons
are
497 inches
An aft interstage,
two propellant
interstage,
are
is approximately
in diameter.
45-degree
panels
7-12,
up the
stage
of eight
splices.
the S-I
to make
first
interstage.
feet)
shield,
structurally
S-IV)
CONFIGURATION.
are
the
aft skirt.
45-degree
are
of honey-
bonded
to a
by explosive
"
2-.'.-
: ..............
oQ
0
bl)
L)
_o
,--4
I
b-
7-25
bolts. Whenfired, the bolts allow the S-IV stage to separate from the first stage.
(The separation occurs at MSFC station 1147.) The skirt is welded to the LH2 container at the tangentpoint of the aft bulkhead.
Four ullage motors and fairings are mountedon the exterior of the aft skirt. Cutouts are provided in the aft skirt for the umbilical plate, propellant fill and topping
lines, oxygenvent line and ground air conditioning line.
7-26. THRUSTSTRUCTURE.
The thrust structure transmits engine thrust loads to the LOX container. The 7075
aluminum-alloy structure is a conical frustum with the following approximate
dimensions: an aft diameter of 98 inche s, a forward diameter of 170 inches and a
length of 60 inches. The skin slope is tangent to the LOX container aft bulkhead at
the interface. The six engines, mountedon a 92-inch diameter, are canted 6 degrees
from the vehicle centerline. Two control actuators for each engineare also supported
by the thrust structure. Lateral loads (resulting from enginegimballing and cant
angle) and axial loads are transmitted from the gimbal bearing joints to tt,e LOX
container aft bulkhead through the thrust structure thrust beams, skin andstringers.
The skin and stringers are supported by an aft ring, two internal intermediate rings,
and a forward ring.
Lateral
loads are sheared
by the aft ring into the thrust
structure
beams
ward
skin.
and
ring
external
The
heat
from
BASE
base
shield
sandwich
panel.
7-28.
The
7-26
engines
and
LIQUID
LOX for
the
transmitted
hat
section
land
ring
from
stringers
on the
are
the
aft ring
to the
to the
the
forward
LOX container
distributed
through
thrust
ring.
The
aft bulkhead.
LOX container
for-
Loads
aft bulkhead.
SHIELD.
protects
is located
from
the
forward
shield
supported
are
to a milled
the
HEAT
heat
loads
longitudinal
is attached
transmitted
7-27.
Axial
the
forward
approximately
thrust
heat
the S-IV
The
in the panel,
shield,
OXYGEN
48 inches
structure.
Cutouts
provide
propulsion
heat
sealed
clearance
area
aft of the
shield
with
from
engine
gimbal
is an insulated
flexible
for the
engine
curtains
engine
heat.
plane
The
and
honeycomb
attached
gimballing
to
action.
CONTAINER.
stage
is contained
in a 2014
aluminum-alloy
container.
Two
is
_w
bulkheads,
an aft and
tainer.
The
aft bulkhead,
constructed
of six gores
to support
The
flight
other
minum
insulating
are
faces
land
structure.
and
the
LOX.
to the
baffles
aft bulkhead
of the
bulkhead
screen
in the
during
draining.
7-29.
LIQUID
The
LH 2 for
long.
The
cylindrical
bulkhead;
joint.
line
has
alu-
sufficient
ground-hold
bulkhead.
These
for
the
land,
engine
to the
thrust
aft bulkhead,
section.
container
to prevent
conical
frustum
A manhole
in the
fittings
lines
outlets
in the
sloshing
which
is attached
center
sump
and for
two vent
retards
formation
of
of the
at the
aft
bottom
lines.
of vortices
CONTAINER.
is contained
and
bulkhead
in a 2014
of a cylindrical
closed
and
at the
aft
LOX container
aluminum-alloy
section
container
closed
end by the
at the forward
LOX container
aft bulkhead
257 inches
are
end
by
(discussed
welded
to the
section.
to support
of six gores
bulkhead
in the
Outlet
engine
the
of 2014
fasteners.
surface
through
LOX engine
the
is composed
forward
mechanical
by a sheetmetal
six
over
stage
bulkhead,
installed
of the
the
of 110 inches.
a 12-hour
periphery
cylindrical
container.
for
bulkhead
and
to both
radius
The
during
is
acceleration.
consisting
a mounting
bulkhead
to the
HYDROGEN
container
The
common
provided
the S-IV
are
from
construction
to the
con-
It is designed
a spherical
freezing
transmitted
together.
common
the
of 110 inches,
it is common
with
by welds
supported
aft bulkhead
a hemispherical
Designed
are
access
are
welded
LH 2 container
alloy
at the
provides
above).
the
of aluminum
The
bulkhead
into
because
LOX from
are
resulting
core.
provides
loads
loads
segment
aft bulkhead
thrust
welded
bulkhead
to form
radius
piece
sandwich
are
aft bulkhead
carried
baffles
the
two rings
a spherical
propellant
a common
rings
through
center
to a fiberglass
to the
on the
then
and
to prevent
Engine
are
Ring
bonded
attached
A milled
a circular
is a spherical
Two compression
rings
with
is of honeycomb
properties
period.
a hemisphere
termed
bulkhead
alloy
attached
and
LH 2 containers,
common
are
pressurization
bulkhead,
LOX and
The
a common,
and
has
one
flight
a circular
a spherical
for
container
pressurization
center
radius
access
piece
oLll0
and
loads,
welded
inches.
the
forward
together
Three
bulkhead
to form
openings
vent
is constructed
a hemisphere.
are
provided
The
in the
lines.
7-27
7-28
tu
toQ
ouo
_Q
ml_o
w_
7-31.
The
SYSTEMS
systems
on the
ings
S-IV
are
7-32.
stage
body
designed
instrument
the payload.
The
and
long.
34 inches
Axial
load
stringers
to the
aft ring
tudinal
and
to the
by the S-IV
axial
pressure
ring
to the
is located
forward
thermal
skirt.
externally
The
fair-
loads.
loads
by internal
skin.
load
payload
and
aft and
the
feet)
and
station
support
stage
to
in diameter
hat-section
forward
rings
are
at MSFC
stringers
provide
S-IV
Loads
splice
at MSFC
rings,
(12.83
structures.
a field
to the
from
longitudinal
The
adjacent
through
skin
and
is 154 inches
to the
to the
to the
transmits
by the
stage
tubing,
CONFIGURATION.
carried
and shear
and
structure
attachment
instrument
in the
vents.
provide
the
cables
structure
is carried
attached
--
station
skin.
Loads
1494.
Internal
for
trans-
the
1460.
are
longi-
equipment
plates.
provided
unit,
7-13,
load
for
FA_IN_.
STRUCTURAL
are
forward
stringers,
Access
from
moment
shear
by the
mounting
extends
aluminum-alloy
transmits
to accommodate
Figure
faces
tB
o.
aerodynamic
UNIT
aft ring
transmitted
and
the
mating
mitted
and
bending
and
provide
The
and
_
wmw
AND EXTERNAL
to carry
unit,
_w
designed
INSTRUMENT
The
u.w
TUNNEL
tunnel,
Four
skin
for
unit
the umbilical
equally
a common
spacecraft
is through
spaced
plate,
vents,
environment
the S-IV
located
for
the
stage
stabilized
at the
S-IV
forward
platform
forward
forward
skirt,
skirt.
Cutouts
are
window,
antennas,
end of the
instrument
the
instrument
unit,
adapter.
7-29
1-4
I
7-30
_.
.
CHAPTER
SECTION
2
VIII
PROPULSION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
8--1.
REQUIREMENTS
8-2.
OPERATION
8-3.
S-I
8-39.
S-IV
........................
8-3
..........................
PROPULSION
STAGE
8-4
SYSTEM
..................
PROPULSION
8-4
SYSTEM
.............
8-35
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
8--1.
Engine
Location
and
Gimbal
8-2.
Engine
Gimbal
8-3.
H- 1 Engine
8-4.
H-1
Engine
Schematic
8-5.
H-1
Engine
Ignition
8-6.
H-1
Engine
Cutoff
8-7.
Fuel
8-8.
Oxidizer
8-9.
Fuel
8-10.
Oxidizer
8-11.
Control
8-12.
Water
8-13.
RL10A-3
Engine
8-14.
RL10A-3
Engine
Schematic
8-15.
RL10A-3
Engine
Operating
8-16.
Propellant
Pattern
and
Pattern,
Cant
S-I
...........
Angles,
S-IV
8-6
........
...........................
Storage
and
Feed
and
Container
Sequence
Sequence
Pressure
System,
System,
S-I
S-I
S-I
System,
S-I
8-20
..............
System,
Pressurization
System,
8-17
..................
System,
Storage
8-12
.................
Pressurization
Container
Quench
8- 9
....................
Feed
8-22
............
S-I
System,
8-24
..........
S-I
.................
........
8-28
8-30
8-32
...................
8-34
........................
S-IV
8-7
8-37
..................
Sequence
...................
8-44
.............
8-45
8-48
8-1
LIST OF TABLES
Page
8-2
8--1.
Saturn
I Propulsion
8-2.
H-1
Engine
Performance
8-3.
H-1
Engine
Physical
8-4.
RL10A-3
Engine
Sequence
Parameters
Characteristics
Performance
8-5
.................
Parameters
.............
8-8
.............
8-8
..........
8-36
v
w
SEC TION
VIII.
PROPULSION
8-1.
The
REQUIREMENTS.
Saturn
Apollo
other
I propulsion
spacecraft
launch
is required
pellant
into
to function
A two-stage
vehicle
at an altitude
miles
per
hour.
miles
at a velocity
Second
the
system
are
lants
in the
storage
aft end
pump
the
and
to aid
of the
phase
feed
system
propellants
(LH 2 and
lines
filling
before
storage
and
feed
storing
the propellants
are
first
stage
a rapid
due
LOX).
system.
to the
delivering
First
altitude
hour.
Thrust
control
as defined
by
bending
mode
operation.
to ensure
ullage
successful
a sufficient
(Refer
staging.
the
suction
purging
are
phase
of the
required
the
as required
the
head
system
to the
of the
second
propel-
to prevent
9-13.
is required
properties
Both
the
settles
to Paragraph
capability
volatile
them
vector
of the first
also
ascent
cutoff
6000
rates
thrust
for
Pro-
of 100 nautical
angular
amplitude
system
system.
stage
The
operations
the
propulsion
to accelerate
highly
draining
mission.
thrust
and drain
Provisions
During
and
fill
of the
and ullage
start.
or to perform
of approximately
and
the
stage
insuring
at engine
per
orientation
required
containers
or after
miles
orbit
The
the
a velocity
pound
envelope.
phases
impulse.
17,000
first
earth
constitute
at a nominal
separation.
cavitation
launch
and
a 22,500
energy
ascent
necessary
to damp
during
the
and
insert
circular
occurs
attitude
of impulses
necessary
propellant
During
structure
series
launch
miles
in addition,
and
an equivalent
the
cutoff
vehicle
mile
(engines)
provides
to decelerate
stage
the
devices
stage
and,
of the
retrothrust
both
of approximately
to maintain
An additional
with
of 38-nautical
is required
oscillations
missions
during
to launch
100-nautical
and propulsion
launch
control
is required
a nominal
and insertion
systems
occurs
system
of the
propellant
cryogenic
containers
as part
must
and
feed
of the propellant
be capable
af
engines.
8-3
8-2.
OPERATION.
After
the propellant
down),
the
eight
S-I
sequence
a few
provided
at liftoff
overall
containers
seconds
engines
prior
resulting
propulsion
As a result
stage
have
been
are
loaded
started.
to liftoff.
A total
of decreasing
is presented
ambient
pressure
at an altitude
decreases
to 1,687,000
pounds
prior
by the
commands
from
depletion
signal
outboard
engines.
Prior
down
plished
The
Several
pounds.
seconds
later
the
Engine
cutoff
computer
ment
is applied
engines
subsequent
of zero
8-3.
S-I
Two
stages,
8-4
as a result
in response
at thrust
thrust
control
of the
termination.
reach
Cooldown
lines
with
control
cutoff
This
such
signal
that
the
results
results
the
separation
thrust
only
of 90,000
four
The
impulse
engines,
from
attainment
the
vehicle
delivered
in a velocity-to-go
in the
command.
to commands
signal
computer.
total
are
is accom-
in response
of an electrical
the vehicle
stage
the
and pumps.
rated
termination
from
and later
of the S-IV
a total
vector
first,
by gimballing
to cutoff
to the
feed
to
a propellant
is provided
to a signal
prior
the
up.
in coincidence
engines
to provide
Roll
signal
par ameter
(Figure
gimbal
system.
occurs
sequencer
six RL10A-3
start
of proper
by
requireorbital
s.
PROPULSION
5-1).
the
The
S-I
SYSTEM.
and
S-IV,
instrument
and an instrument
unit
provides
initiation
unit
comprise
and control
thrust
control
in response
from
lines
stage
expansion
and attitude
engines
feed
S-I
to under
8-1)
results
engine
is initiated
The
the
and due
vector
fixed,
through
is
of 1.25:1.00.
(Figure
cutoff
at engine
overboard
command
control
S-IV
propellants
engines
and
cavitation
start
8-2.
the
pump
Thrust
pounds
ascends,
miles
engines
Engine
pumps
engine
Figure
stage
system.
cutting
to prevent
All
the
control
gimballed
the propellant
by venting
S-IV
from
the
outboard
(level),
to staging,
cooled
four
count-
in apre-determined
of 1,500,000
vehicle
of 13.5
to cutoff.
occurs
the
8-1.
as the
pounds
(during
in excess
in Table
to 1,705,000
provided
thrust
ratio
increases
are
The starting
in a thrust-weight
sequence
and pressurized
the
launch
commands
vehicle
for the
Table
8-1.
Saturn
Event
Sequence
Launch
Propellant
Ascent
Loading
Pressurant
Start
I Propulsion
Loading
Sequencer,
S-I
Engines
5 & 7
Inbd.,
Engines
6 & 8 Inbd.,
S-I
Engines
2 & 40tbd.,
S-I
Engines
1 & 30tbd.,
S-I
Separation
Command
S-I
Liftoff
Arm
S-I
S-I
Propellant
Propellant
IECO,
Level
Level
S-I
Separation
Command
Separation
Devices
Ullage
Motors
Retromotor
Actuating
Firing,
Firing,
S-IV
LOX
Prestart,
S-IV
Start
Command,
Engine
Firing,
Cutoff,
S-IV
Orbital
S-IV
S-I
LH 2 Prestart,
Legend:
Actuates
S-I
OECO,
Attain
Sensor
Sensors
S-IV
S-IV
Parameters
Event
Operation
A
----
8-5
__ Vehicle
3 Cant
Position
Inboard
Engines
6 Cant
Position
(Fixed)
L
v
Engine
Outboard
Engines
(Gimballed)
III
-p
-P
Roll
IV
II
8 Square
Gimbal
Pattern
Linear
Type
Hydraulic
(Z Per
Actuators
Outboard
Engines)
View
Looking
Location
and
Forward
3-10Z
Figure
8-6
8-1.
Engine
Gimbal
Pattern,
S-I
I
I
I
o
I
I
r_
o
o
!
I
I
b_
oo
f-i
d2
f,,1
!
8-7
Parameter
188,000+ 3 percent pounds
256.2 seconds
2.23
505.5 poundsper second
226.7 poundsper second
35.0 feet
35.0 feet
8-8
pa
I
I
oO
q_
p_
I
8-9
The
four
inboard
engines
from
the vehicle
3 degrees
degrees
engine
from
the
8-1}.
on the
engine
pitch
and yaw
prior
pump
pressure.
nozzle
which
at burnout
second.
for
control
out-board
8-10
the
chamber
are
mounted
canted
6 degrees
This
variation
on perpendicular
minimizes
or total
loss
of an
The
prescribed
pattern
to ensure
21 rings
of propellant
component.
and
propellant
A brief
description
generator,
of each
thrust
propellants
expelled
average
chamber
body,
and under
with
consists
bleed
valve,
LOX to ring
impulse.
is nominally
equipped
turbo-
a supersonic
specific
level
flow rate
ar
under
through
at sea
chambers
distributes
the
thrust
expanded
732.2
pounds
aspirators
(22)
of a LOX
and drain
orifices
and
dome,
plugs.
provides
nozzles;
are
impingement.
Thrust
the
meters
combustion.
outer
angled
Th6
chamber
gimbal
stage
thrust
ring
is a universal
and
joint
slides.
injector
efficient
to the
The
alignment
propellant
orifices
chamber
movement.
thrust
Injector.
LOX-on-LOX)
gas
receives
expanded
chamber
pivotal
Propellant
and
chamber,
gimbal.
chamber
The
(23)
time-weighted
The
secures
mounted
nozzles.
thrust
burned
thrust
gases.
engine
thrust
fuel
the
is over
LOX dome
gimbal
then
which
thrust
permits
bearing
thrust
outboard
null position
actuators.
subsystem.
a high
engine
exhaust
The
The
are
chamber
are
thrust
injector,
Gimbal.
thrust
a nozzle
LOX Dome.
engine
to provide
The
for
from
45
8-4).
propellants
of turbine
mounting
result
canted
oriented
actuators
engines
of the two
and ignition
The
with
propellant
These
are
Each
frown the
by two hydraulic
null position
of the
is designed
The
are
diameter.
pattern
apart.
and
engines
on a 190-inch
a +8-degree
may
valves,
The
altitude.
per
at the
Chamber.
is achieved
located
outboard
is accomplished
that
to Figure
Thrust
and
four
diameter
separation.
propellant
8-5.
gimbal,
axis
on a 64-inch
The
90 degrees
disturbances
(refer
axis.
control
roll
spaced
to permit
subassemblies
turbopump,
This
mounted
to stage
primary
follows
roll
circumference
the vehicle
engine
equally
engines
Gimbal
from
The
inner
is gimbal
(Figure
are
ring
The
and
to produce
injector
combustion
the propellants
alternate
injector
inner
a like-on-like
is also
the
pressure
into
incorporates
rings
are
(fuel-on-fuel
primary
acts
thruston the
face
of the
injector,
bearing
which
assembly,
Thrust
transmits
and
Chamber
The
(convergent-divergent)
unit
of 8:1.
The
tubes
joined
by silver
tension
are
bands.
shaped
method
Bleed
and
8-6.
drain
Gas
of 17 pounds
The
gas
excessive
tion
used
preheating.
valve,
jacket
during
engine
turbine
in parallel
hot gas
for
the
filling
chamber
walls,
injector
and
RP-I
for
fuel
the
driving
bootstrap
mixture
turbine.
produces
draining.
ratio
The
gas
turbine
ignited
spinner
to provide
redundancy
for
igniting
the
at the
of 4.7
second
by thc
generator
turbine
turbine
(14).
assembly
and a gas
The
at the
to prevent
generator
solid-propellant
per
the
is used
igniters,
pounds
hot gases
flow
starting.
rate
This
on the fuel
generator
two auto
starting
located
operation
A fuel-rich
assembly,
and
and
contour.
through
wet-start
gas
on LOX and
valve
rings
draining.
rated
the gas
nickel
cross-section
chamber
and
A bleed
and an expansion
stiffening
rectangular
fuel
venturi
of longitudinal
of fuel
fuel
throat
by external
thrust
the gimbal
is a cylindrical
inch
circulation
during
within
to the
to supply
retained
fuel-jacket
operatcs
During
power
are
Plugs.
second
of a control
supplies
which
per
body
is constructed
longitudinal
chamber.
wall
cooling
provide
temperature
consists
structure.
A liquid-propellant
generator
spinner
vehicle
of a variable
permits
venting
Generator.
rate
turbine
to the
Drain
plugs
to the
chamber
and
are
thrust-chamber
manifold,provides
Four
tubes
to conform
Valve
LOX dome,
a 205.5-square
body
brazing
of construction
providing
to the
thrust
with
chamber
The
thrust
subsequently
Body.
ratio
the
combus-
spinner
contains
(15)
two initiators
solid-propellant
charge
for approximately
one
second.
The
control
valve
pressure,
age
controls
line,
board.
assembly
from
The
if not ignited
the
the flow
8-7.
Turbopump.
at the
required
actuated
igniters
gases
propellants
assembly,
are
from
into
vents
injector-manifold
the
gas
opening-port
of the
the solid-propellant
gas
generator
assembly
rates
supplies
to maintain
LOX and
engine
fuel
generator.
fuel
ignition
and flow
used
chamber
to ensure
A turbopump
pressure
by thrust
of bootstrap
control-valve
two auto
by hot
(19),
leakage
bootstrap
fuel
operation
A leakoverpropellants
charge.
to the
thrust
at rated
chamber
thrust.
8-11
oo
o:_
I
oo
oo
I
cq
8-12
: ::.
w
:"
_
1
2
Orifice
Conax
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Fuel Discharge
Orifice
Oxidizer
Discharge
Orifice
Fuel and LOX Turbopump
Drain
Plug
Drain
Plug
Check
Valve
Filter
Fuel Additive
Blender
Unit
Drain
Plug
Coupling
Half
Coupling
Half
Turbine
Turbine
Spinner
Orifice
Gas Generator
18
19
20
Auto Ignitors
Control
Valve
Check Valve
turbopump
turbopump
blender,
also
A two-stage
turbopump
through
efficiency
at 1200
with
leakage
The
nominal
with
Drain
Plug
Aspirator
Thrust
Chamber
Orifice
25
26
27
28
29
Heat Exchanger
Coupling
Half
Orifice
Combustion
Chamber
Orifice
30
31
32
Hypergol
Container
Ignition
Monitor
Valve
Main Fuel Valve
33
34
35
36
Three-way
Needle
Thrust
OK Pressure
Drain
Plug
Orifice
37
38
39
40
Sequence
Valve
Main LOX Valve
Orifice
Main LOX Valve
the
a gearbox,
F; and
Valve
Switch
Control
(Cont'd)
required
propellants.
two propellant
and
lube
(a lube
drain,
overboard
The
The
pumps,
a common
draining
and
a LOX-seal
engine
centrifugal
requires
side
shaft
trip.
exhaust
propellant
and
bhp and
is
is pressurized
at high
a lube-seal
contains
altitude.
drain)
pass
plane.
pumps
of the gearbox,
1480
gearbox
vaporization
drain,
also
Lubrication
The
rpm.
4.9:1)
The gearbox
mixture.
lube
at 31,900
(approximately
shaft.
the
at 66-percent
horsepower
over-speed
262)
(14) drives
operates
reduction
(Oronite
at the
turbine
turbine
3800
gear-train
on either
pump
the
develops
a turbopump
additive
impulse
train;
from
rapid
fuel
compound
gear
pumps
and
back-to-back
rpm.
21
22
23
24
Schematic
generator
containing
pad
Pumps.
mounted
bhp for
lines
lubricant
Propellant
6540
drive
by a fuel
drain
Engine
of a turbine,
degrees
GN 2 to prevent
Three
gas
a reduction
both propellant
an accessory
the
H-1
pressure
A gearbox
provided
exchanger.
Turbine.
drives
8-4.
consists
a heat
Gearbox.
Assembly
supplies
assembly
and
_o
Valve
Figure
The
ew
(fuel
and
the
and
operate
LOX pump
LOX)
(5) are
nominally
requires
at
1970
operation.
8-13
Blender.
A fuel-additive
additive
(Oronite
blender
unit,
feeder
percent
from
the
Heat
Exchanger.
and
storage
the
pump
with:
and
Oronite)
utilizes
by fuel
is provided
orifices
fuel
The
engines
gases
and
through
fuel
a main
LOX
valve,
valve.
The
function
Valve.
main
loaded
drain
LOX
main
LOX
valve
is initially
line.
Two
LOX-leakage
closing
Sequencer
cam
located
the
and
flow
a drain
position.
and
cooling.
The
through
the
used
a fuel
additive,
of additive
plug
(2.75
+0.75
to drain
additive
drain
lines,
Valve.
on the
the fuel
the
main
The
main
and
is initially
body
drains
and
an
in
chamber.
and
is spring
by turbopump
and the
fuel
ignition
monitor.
the actuator,
LOX valve
as the
fuel
transfer
discharge
freezing
from
valve
the
fuel
valve
is equipped
extreme
overboard
drain
line
is provided
actuator
cylinder.
to and
operated
actuator
shaft,
controls
and
LOX
through
with
low temperature.
body
attached
The
The
valve
(37),
main
valve.
acting
to the
in
LOX dome.
pressure
LOX
due
(38) is installed
and the
main
on the main
LOX-valve
LOX-valve
gate
line
LOX pump
type
A fuel
sequencer
the thrust
two from
main
the
from
valve,
overboard.
closed
basic
and
propellants:
(32) is installed
opened
fuel
shield
engines.
the
butterfly
ignition
tail
below.
valve
pump
unbalanced
one
LOX overboard.
fuel
duct,
in-flight
vehicle
a Conax
main
cylinder
seals
valve,
closed
valve
the
control
is discussed
by turbopump
to prevent
through
which
exhaust
LOX container
on the outboard
valves
between
actuation
of the
is ducted
of each
normally
same
in the turbine
the valve
which
located
a sequencer
through
is of the
port
five
The
from
opened
vent
(25),
a 4.25-inch
The
The
blanket
to store
aspirators
between
LOX line
valve
heater
the
has
to a manifold
high-pressure
actuator,
line
one
Valve.
are
normally
acting
lines,
fuel
control
8-14
closed
pressure
leakage
the
valve
to the
Three
Main
fuel
fuel
discharge
There
The
high-pressure
The
used
cylinder
to control
the
main
the
acting
exhaust
Valves.
Fuel
pressure
to convert
Propellant
Main
discharge
exchanger
8-8.
monitor
and
used
Heat-exchanger
valve,
of fuel
lubrication
to the gearbox,
heat
hot exhaust
on inboard
a mixture
gearbox
a storage
injectors
provides
cylinder.
pressurization.
ignition
(10) unit
for turbopump
operated
line,
metering
262)
blender
one
ignition
from
the
from
by a
fuel
flow
..
Qig
sequencing
valve
during
seal
Valve.
The
port
of the
membrane
spring
to allow
to drain
overboard.
Subsystem.
main
It contains
burst
approximately
taneously
ENGINE
stcuctural
valve
is equipped
line
from
LOX
LOX valve
with
the sequence
with
Conax
control
line
normally
closed
a piston
to flow
pressure
H-1
leads
consists
fuel
the
which
vaive
moves
equalizing
normally
closed
the
igniter
engine
to the
cut-
closing
of two redundant
control
which
to the
valves.
bursts
closing
a
port
and permitting
ignition
hypergol
fuel
injector
pressure
line
leads
subsystem
container
they
reach
lines
the
when
fluid
monitor
during
from
the
consists
thrust
primary
the
fuel
igniter
ignition.
hypergol
The
valve
line
aluminum)
fuel
monitor
assembly
a hypergolic
chamber.
sequence
(31) is
the main
ignition
of the
the
(triethyl
valve
to energize
(30) contains
between
rupture
hypergolic
ignition
line
drain
which
and
line
for
fluid
hypergol
and thrust
pressure,
which
which
con-
chamber.
reaches
ignites
spon-
LOX.
OPERATION.
considerations
7; inboard
The
the
fuel
igniter
diaphragms
contact
the main
LOX valve
control
charges
from
when
fuel
300 psig,
upon
the main
when
drain
main
two-way
leakage
The
propellants
in the
when
tension.
The
ducting.
the
actuated,
pressure
valve
the
leakage
The
The
A fuel
fuel
closes
actuator.
allows
Valve.
opens
is located
3.
under
actuator.
ignition
opens
sequence
in a fuel
actuator,
valve
tainer
and
and
by 28 psig
Ignition
5 and
is located
LOX valve
Monitor
valve
The
(2) closes
or both pyrotechnic
The
valve
and
A fuel
valve
LOX valve
of either
operated
.....
sequence
closed.
Firing
to close
open,
pyrotechnic
valve
el
The
self-contained,
Ignition
For
valve
main
main
freezing.
A Conax
of the
_-
overboard.
Conax
metallic
8-10.
fuel
80 percent
heater
drains
i
iP
start.
20 percent
off.
ignites
engine
to prevent
u_
i_
is approximately
Conax
and
.oo
is approximately
valve
8-9.
engine
engines
starting
the
6 and
H-1
engines
8; outboard
and cutoff
are
engines
sequences
started
in pairs:
2 and 4,
are
described
inboard
and outboard
engines
engines
below.
8-15
8-11.
Engine
Figure
8-5.
Starting
During
a.
The
initiators
b.
ignition,
turbine
ignite
forced
Sequence.
the
Hot,
The
the
spinner
the
following
solid-propellant
gas
for
an engine
is shown
in
an electrical
start
signal
and two
charge.
gases
turbine
sequence
occurs:
(15) receives
high-pressure
through
ignition
formed
(14) which,
by the
in turn,
burning
of solid
drives
the
propellant
fuel
(7) and
are
LOX (6)
pumps.
c.
side
Fuel
of the
directed
closed
to a fuel
charge
control
The
main
(3)
The
Conax
(4)
The
fuel-additive
(5)
A bleed
and the
The
the
main
a check
pressurizes
the
of the
unit
discharge
from
the
line
to the
inlet
line
is also
discharge
(37}.
by way
of an orifice.
(10).
is forced
leading
normally
closed
line
to the
through
and the
produces
is applied
control
fuel
an orifice
pump
suction
into the
main
LOX valve
container
pump
line,
valve
A mechanical
and the
supply
and
build-up
normally
four
when
valve
and
line
line.
LOX dis-
(38).
A bleed
suction
line
(some
closed
LOX injector
through
a four
orifices.
The
control
sequence
control
line
to open,
allowing
nozzles
into the
coil
fuel
valve
Spring-closing
the
begins
in the
heat
vaporized
(37)
pres-
fuel
pressure
LOX to flow
thrust
exchanger
chamber.
installation
LOX from
the
heat
(25)
exchanger
LOX containers.
linkage
80 percent
container
to the
is overcome
LOX dome,
the
pressure
control
230 psig,
vehicle
is approximately
hypergol
(40)
an orifice
volute
pressure
from
containing
f.
valve
blender
acceleration
LOX valve
supply
flows
sequence
LOX discharge
approximately
LOX also
Fuel
into:
control
the
(2).
pump
side
(12}.
branches
containing
LOX valve
main
the
valve
through
occurs).
increasing
in the
through
opens
open,
(30) and
the
and
the
inlet
sequence
allows
valve
control
port
of the
when
line
fuel
normally
the
main
pressure
closed
LOX valve
to flow
into
ignition
monitor
line
pressure
(31).
g.
increases
8-i6
the
Turbopump
and to the
valve
line,
inlet
between
e.
LOX valve
valve
is forced
fuel
which
(2)
LOX recirculation
the
line
normally-closed
LOX from
reaches
main
The
exists
sure
volute
(1)
line
line.
the pump
normally
d.
line
from
Hypergol
container
to approximately
burst
300 psig.
diaphragms
This
allows
rupture
as control
hypergolic
fluid,
fuel
followed
by igniter
,_
"-4
_4
oo
oo
z
o=
o
o
Ii
hi3
hi)
_d
I
O()
,--I
_2
8-17
fuel,
to flow through
the
thrust
tact
with
During
chamber.
The
the previously
reaches
The
pressure
The
main
chamber
fuel
fuel
then
combines
lant
ignition
and
calibrated
into
occurs.
valve.
valve
(32)
opens
and
propellant
d.
Fuel
pressure
gas
(1)
Bootstrap
gas
igniters,
ignition
gas
hot
located
system
for
the
gas
bootstrap
fuel
line,
The
igniter
fuel,
and main
propel-
main
following:
the
fuel
into the
from
containing
gas
the
generator
main
orifices,
(I,OX
LOX
and
leads
the
into
fuel
turbine
area,
to ensure
the
to open
valve.
flows
combustion
buildup.
sufficient
from
valve
pressure.
pressure
fuel
detonation.
fuel
manifold
line,
to prevent
propellants
on the
flows
LOX valve.
generator
thrust
chamber.
becomes
by the
the
thrust
of the
ignited
pressure
to overcome
to flow through
bootstrap
LOX bootstrap
are
con-
into the
pressure
pressure
propellants
pressure
manifold
(19) allowing
turbopump
generator
in the
assembly
assembly
by way
upon
into
spinner
provide
continuous
hot gases.
a secondary
operation
of the
turbine.
f.
The
gas
gasses
for
approximately
pellant
gas
bootstrap
manifold
valve
generator
line
chamber
control
the
injector
injector
the
LOX under
gas
fuel
in thrust
turbopump
and
ignition.
located
through
of the
through
into the
Auto
under
and
to monito_
valve
nozzles
ignite
fuel
LOX and
injector
mixture
fuel
switch,
results
control
manifold
Bootstrap
valve
manifold
pressure
in the fuel
fuel
allows
ignited
ig_lition
(17) by way
The
injector
is used
generator
injector
the
fuel
the
igniter
fuel
valve
Main
on the
fuel
fuel
spray
occur:
when
allows
fuel
in primary
main
A thrust-OK
by a hand
igniter
events
opens
the previously
c.
e.
following
and
ignition
resulting
valve
the
with
and
in the
fuel
jacket
(2)
the
28 psig
injector
fluid
LOX,
ignition-monitor
spring-closing
port
hypergolic
period,
approximately
b.
(29) to the
injected
the transition
a.
the
an orifice
spent,
turbine
8 -18
then
for
the
turbine
ceases
remainder
operates
on combined
200 milliseconds.
operation,
of the
and
engine
turbine
The
the
gas
turbine
generator
operation.
spilmer
and gas
generator
spinner,
its solid
pro-
continues
to power
the
8-12.
Engine
Cutoff
pyrotechnically
prior
energized
during
vehicle
a.
Engine
cutoff
and
or
by
(i)
may
8-6).
valve
flight.
automatic
equipment
(Figure
Conax
to or
controls
fire
Sequence.
(2),
which
During
be
by
controls
cutoff
may
cutoff,
initiated
vehicle
Engine
the
be
is
actuated
following
means
accomplished
by
events
of automatic
which
actuate
various
the
means
occur:
or
Conax
by
manual
valves
ground
in case
of
initiate
an
malfunctions.
Any
thrust-OK
actuation
after
(2)
pressure
signal
ignition
During
a single
to cutoff
until
the
switch
launch
period
engine
all
a failing
engines
engine
from
may
approximately
3.3
seconds
commit.
from
cutoff
on
launch
commit
may
be
initiated
be
cut
off by
until
by
I0
the
seconds
after
thrust-OK
liftoff
pressure
switch.
(3)
Any
failing
(4)
After
engine
inboard
remaining
(5)
b.
one
the
five
actuation
flow
c.
An
explosive
d.
The
main
to the
engine
fuel
fuel
gas
valve
thrust
cutoff
cutoff
engine
by
an
signal
cutoff
any
electrical
switches.
of the
would
The
propellants
chamber
and
is
predictable
signal
is received,
engine
thrust
(the
shutting
(A fuel
cutoff
engine
decays
gas
switch.
will
time
cutoff
cutoff
cut
off
after
signal
all
depleted
to
the
ignites,
actuating
liffoff.
from
switches
rich
gas
cutoff
impulse.)
cutoff
to less
main
fuel
and
operations
i0
fuel
drops
Within
than
and
As
any
actuate
cutoff
and
switch
control
to the
and
pressure
valve
thrust
valve.
ceases
ignition
to
is
to decay.
overcomes
200
chamber
combustion
also
the
LOX
a result,
discharge
excessive
turbine
and
to approximately
supply
prevents
generator
pressure
generator.
pressure
off the
valve
spring
speed,
in the
fuel
Conax
under
turbopump
pressure
the
the
closes
thrust,
closes,
damage
within
valve
pressure
generator.
small,
the
signal
is initiated
one
charge
Spring-closing
decreasing
which
when
LOX
causing
e.
the
cutoff
may
container
valves
a thrust-OK
pressure
engines.
system
engine
a thrust-OK
level.
terminated,
main
cutoff,
outboard
propellant
Conax
engine
command
Normal
of the
signal
The
may
results
150
milliseconds
after
are
completed.
Within
the
psig).
The
and
to
temperatures
in a relatively
the
400
engine
cutoff
milliseconds,
percent.
8-19
co
-z
a._
c_o
11
pa
I
I
QO
_
z
=_
P_
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
o
z_
o
_
_3
co
I
8-20
wV
f.
cut
Under
off,
normal
followed
8-13.
by cutoff
PROPELLANT
The propellant
conditions,
of the
four
system
consists
b.
Oxidizer
c.
NPSH
d.
Control
e.
Propellant
Conditioning
f.
Propellant
Loading
g.
Purging
Storage
and
inboard
engines
engines
upon
are
simultaneously
LOX depletion.
following
systems:
Feed
Storage
and
Feed
Pressurization
Pressurization
STORAGE
system
four
outboard
of the
Fuel
FUEL
the
SYSTEM.
a.
8-14.
This
cutoff
AND
includes
four
FEED
fuel
SYSTEM
containers,
(FIGURE
upper
and
8-7).
lower
manifolds,
and suction
lines.
8-15.
Fuel
Containers.
containers
and
around
for
container.
above
sensors
located
off when
the
entrance
prior
during
at 19 psig
firing,
line
cutoff
The
manifold,
relief
the
valve
the
fuel
and
level.
engines.
upper
manifold
connects
at 23 psig
pressurized
F-4
level
between
tops
by a 750 psig
valves
If either
to release
through
should
of the
the
three
vent
fuel
cut-
vent
fuel
fails,
When
GN 2 pressurization
in
deplete
fuel
control
valves
pressure.
engine
four
Two
the
level
is located
of the
vent
sloshing.
Fuel
switch
nitrogen
also
fuel
flow.
containers.
is
of the
inboard
cutoff
the
volume
to prevent
the
LOX
inboard
capacity
initiate
engine
outboard
The
fuel
outer
one
An ullage
actual
A liquid
outboard
operated
feet.
straighten
and
with
supplies
containers
of the
occurs.
are
the
F-2
to indicate
and draining.
opens
cubic
in the
of container
pressure
filling
containers
filter
alternately
container
reducing
equalization
if overpressurization
safety
of 1419
constructed
bottom
pressure
container
a capacity
sump
mounted
Each
a predetermined
Manifold.
in the
are
suction
and maintains
contained
are
reaches
to the
Upper
tainers
ciated
the
are
pressurization
container
near
fuel
and
baffles
the
containers
LOX container.
and has
to LOX depletion
8-16.
open
engine
Internal
fuel
central
expansion
Screens
the
the
one outboard
provided
The
con-
valves
line,
containers
an assothe
engines
inlets.
8-21
b_
L_
I
_0
. ,.,.i
<
1 Quick-Disconnect
Coupling
2 Vent Valve (2)
3 Quick-Disconnect
Couplings
4 Safety
Relief
Valve
5 Pressure
Switch
6 Quick-Disconnect
Coupling
7 Fuel Quick-Disconnect
Coupling
Nozzle
8 Fuel Fill and Drain Valve
9
10
11
12
Figure
8-17.
Lower
sumps
to maintain
engines.
A normally
rate
Suction
of 227
lines
are
outboard
pounds
following
a.
The
The
GN 2 ground
c.
through
the
fill
Switch
Control
Valve (8)
Prevalve
(8)
Fuel Level Sensor
(2)
Quick-Disconnect
Coupling
Quick-Disconnect
Coupling
Quick-Disconnect
Coupling
Upper Manifold
Lower
Manifold
23
24
Manifold
Ring Line
Suction
Line (8)
fill
level
most
and
System,
S-I
(Cont'd)
the
four
drain
in the
of the
containers.
dead
valve,
fuel
In the
engine
and
container
fuel
event
to the
other
associated
line
provides
diameter
from
fuel
except
containers
suction
the containers
lines
supply
fuel
at a nominal
to the
engine
pumps.
Two
pump,
one to an inboard
engine
line
one
closed
prevalves,
near
the
pressure.
in case
are
located
The
from
such
the
launch
to an
top of each
fuel
are
opened
prior
failure
or
prevalves
of emergency,
loaded
and
suction
as engine
complex
storage
containers
manner:
normally
closed
control
normally
control
Fuel
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
interconnects
fuel
by GN 2 control
open
by GN 2 ground
b.
second
Normally
fuel
Pressure
Valve
manifold.
actuated
The
Feed
manifold
distributes
fuel
to each
and remain
line.
opened
per
and
uniform
Eight-inch
line.
are
Storage
lower
manifold
Lines.
line,
broken
The
closed
connected
to fueling
Fuel
in the
engine
suction
in the
the
connection
8-18.
8-7.
approximate
failure,
Fuel-Step
Calibration
Coupling
Manifold.
of engine
a filling
(8)
13
14
valves
in the
upper
manifold
are
and drain
valve
is pneumatically
from
the ground
pneumatically
pressure.
closed
fuel
fill
opened
by
pressure.
is pumped
and
vent
drain
under
valve.
pressure
The
lower
manifold
storage
distributes
containers
fuel
to the
four
containers.
In the
event
to the
filling
of a cancelled
launch,
the
containers
are
drained
in a manner
similar
operation.
8-23
I""
O0
l
0"
5)
C'4
-4
e5
e4
cxl
Ii
r-4
,.0
-_
I
o'r,4
8-24
po0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Figure
8-19.
8-8.
OXIDIZER
This
14
15
16
17
18
Relief
Valve No. 1
Relief
Valve No. 2
Vent Valve
Prevalve
(8)
Prevalve
Control
Valve (8)
Quick-Disconnect
Coupling
Orifice
(8)
Quick-Disconnect
Coupling
Level Sensor
Quick-Disconnect
Coupling
LOX Fill and Drain Valve
LOX Quick-Disconnect
Coupling
LOX Step Differential
Pressure
system
Oxidizer
STORAGE
includes
the
19
20
21
22
23
Coupling
Valve
Coupling
Line)
Coupling
(LOX
Nozzle
Switch
Storage
AND
Calibration
Valve
LOX Replenishing
Quick-Disconnect
LOX Replenishing
Quick-Disconnect
Pressure
Monitoring
Quick-Disconnect
Lower
Manifold
Upper Manifold
Manifold
Ring Line
Suction
Line (8)
and
FEED
Feed
SYSTEM
LOX containers,
upper
System,
S-I
(FIGURE
8-8).
and
lower
(Cont'd)
manifolds,
and
suction
lines.
8-20.
LOX Container.
diameter
container
O-1,
alternately
between
outboard
and that
not
O-2,
0-3,
the
engine.
of the
0-4
are
level
determined
and
sensors
used
which
Near
Upper
containers
vent
to provide
valve,
filling
Manifold.
operated
and draining.
whenever
container
sure
relief
one
of these
valves
valves
The
The
valve
pressure
which
located
is also
opened
the
and
65 psig.
The
between
by a command
are
and
feet
installed
in the
four
0-2
and
a preslosh
LOX vent
measurswitch
O-C.
the
tops
manifold
57 and
the
of the
contains
opens
emergency
from
cubic
of containers
0-2
valve
by the
inboard
LOX reaches
manifold
The
mounted
temperature,
are
An emergency
The
opened
open
baffles
interconnects
pressure.
is 1459
bottom
when
one
at ambient
in container
manifold
exceeds
the
O-C
equalization.
mechanically
is also
near
pressure.
are
by GN 2 control
(volume
mounted
of container
upper
pressure
feet
containers
are
supplies
container
105-inch
diameter
LOX containers
outboard
cutoff
of a central
70-inch
container
of radial
differential
switch
each
cubic
engine
bottom
to indicate
outboard
Located
initiate
the
a LOX pressurization
8-21.
rows
out impurities.
level.
ing probes
of each
consists
by four
four
and
is 3244
Vertical
to screen
The
capacity
container
system
surrounded
containers
The
center
O-C)
0-4}.
fuel
LOX temperature).
containers
LOX container
(designated
(designated
one
The
vent
62 psig.
emergency
LOX
a normally
during
also
five
closed
container
switch
contains
For
vent
assembly
two pres-
redundancy,
switch
8-25
Lower
connected
Manifold.
from
the
tainers.
This
tainers.
In the
engine
LOX to the
8-23.
Suction
flow
the
rate
The
sump
of the
maintains
event
of an engine
other
failure
or broken
storage
containers
container
failure,
of four
to the
an approximate
Eight-inch
the
per
diameter
second.
interconnecting
lines
of the
outboard
con-
LOX level
in the
sumps
uniform
mmlifold
of the
suction
line.
The
suction
Pneumatically
lines
are
distributes
in the following
lines
most
supply
operated
normally
LOX containers
con-
of the
dead
open,
are
LOX at a nominal
prevalves
except
loaded
from
located
in case
the
near
of engine
launch
complex
manner:
The
normally
closed
vent
b.
The
normally
closed
LOX fill
Co
Liquid
ao
consists
engines.
of 505 pounds
end
manifold
center
manifold
Lines.
container
lower
valve
and relief
and
drain
valves
valve
are
opened,
on container
0-3
is
opened.
manifold
8-24.
This
into the
NPSH
system
positive
8-25.
oxygen
pressure
the
head
two nitrogen
pressure
vent
filters,
foot
high-pressure
fuel
is consumed
propellant
containers
orifices
during
tainer
pressure
exceeds
is controlled
tape
removes
launch
+70 seconds.
the
17 psig
the
lower
switch
Any over
This
flight.
The
pressurizing
system
control
ducting
the pressure
switch
senses
pressurizing
control
valves
spheres
the
control
three
cause
pressur'ization
valve
valves,
the
net
close.
is norm_dly
are:
switch,
two
20-cubic
source.
in the
to open.
When
controlled
con-
the
con-
acceleration
valves.
at launch
As
fuel
control
each
The
drop
Vehicle
varying
system
a ground
the
a constant
a pressure
S-9).
from
valves
pressurizing
of one
of the
(Figure
psi
control
maintains
components
to 3000
the
to maintain
turbopumps.
pressurized
high-pressure
by sequencing
pressure
of the
and associated
flight,
and signals
in the
through
required
System.
three
are
pressure
flow
inlet
during
spheres,
spheres
decay
at the
pressurization
Pressurization
tainer
pressure
flows
SYSTEM.
(NPSH)
Container
fuel
O-3
containers.
provides
in the
valves,
into container
PRESSURIZATION
suction
Fuel
other
pumped
+39,
and
The
A programmed
launch
by the
_54 and
fuel
vent
valves
which
pressure
open
Oxidizer
zation
of the
manifold.
Container
engine
the
through
GOX then
container
the
normally
main
manifold
is prevented
by the
valves
open
system
of the
whenever
the
are
a.
Two
high-pressure
b.
A filter
C.
A pressure
regulator
A manifold
to supply
helium
bypass
valve
mounted
in the
through
solenoid
gas
turbine
is diverted
of
and
duct.
pressure.
vent
start
A portion
exhaust
and
upper
from
valve.
engine
relief
the
helium
LOX container
LOX container
pressuri-
by transforming
source
of each
to maintain
Figure
to the
for
8-11,
stores
pneumatically
LOX pump
The
Over
valves.
GN 2 at 3000
actuated
gearbox
psig.
valves
It
in the
pressurization.
Major
as follows:
spheres,
to keel)
source
Preflight
SYSTEM.
command
system
8-10).
is maintained
oxidizer
system,
and nitrogen
(Figure
and by ground
closed
PRESSURIZATION
upon
pressure
exchangers
exchanger
pressurization
components
sMety
by ground
upper
pressure
propulsion
container
is supplied
the
heat
the
CONTROL
supplies
fuel
System
heat
through
enters
The control
engine
the
pressurization
8-27.
Pressurization
start,
by opening
LOX passing
passed
The
LOX container
motion
_.e
23 psig.
After
to first
_e
at 19 psig.
exceeds
8-26.
.e
1.5
impurities
from
to reduce
cubic
the
feet
control
and
1.0
cubic
feet.
system.
container
pressure
from
3000
psig
to
750 psig.
d.
A relief
e.
in event
of regulator
f.
A pressure
g.
Electrically
command,
(i. e.,
The
open
relief
8-28.
valve
PROPELLANT
propellant
systems
to protect
switch
manifold
to monitor
actuated
control
to permit
prevalves,
etc.
CONDITIONING
conditioning
described
GN 2 to the
various
and valves
control
against
valves.
over
pressurization
failure.
(or close)
valves,
750 psig
system
manifold
valves,
passage
) in the
pressure
which
for
upon
of GN 2 to the
propulsion
gTound
receipt
proper
control.
of an electrical
pneumatic
valve
system.
SYSTEM.
is composed
of the
fuel
and
LOX conditioning
below.
S-27
(v
m
o
oO
0
i
0
0
o
,m4
oo
,r-4
_)
1
oo
c_
y8-28
o
!
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Pressure OK Switch
Calibration Valve
Nitrogen Pressure Sphere (2)
Check Valve
Filter
Quick-Disconnect Coupling
Filter
Figure 8-9.
8-29.
Fuel
ground
source
Conditioning
Fuel
bubbling
A filter
impurities
(The
system
check
8-30.
and
also
a suitable
from
ground
the
through
the
ground
loading.
service
8-32.
Purging
and
The
lines
valves
which
near
pressure
are
the
(22),
vent
nitrogen
to enter
8-8).
LOX
passes
until
the
into the
during
suction
into the
ring
a homogeneous
fuel
entering
of
A manifold
in the
container
fuel
the
fuel
container.
fuel
con-
suction
nitrogen
To create
inlets
a flow
maintaining
from
pump
down.
valves
back
provides
lines.
line.
LOX circulation
final
countdown,
lines.
The
and
helium
helium,
LOX containers
and
disis vented
valves.
SYSTEM.
bottom
ground
taps
count
and continues
flowing
the
final
nitrogen
(Figure
into
system
of the
containers,
computer
used
check
valves
contain
supply
to monitor
which
information
and control
provide
sealing
to the
propellant
after
the
disconnected.
SYSTEMS.
of propulsion
flight.
relief
equipment
PURGING
during
line
LOADING
located
from
This
the fuel
open
the
at the
is bubbled
PROPELLANT
support
fuel
System
ring
LOX vent
taps,
during
gaseous
permit
prevent
source
by a manifold
Pressure
valves
temperature
tributed
8-31.
lines
through
in the
Conditioning
maintain
8-7).
to LOX loading
GN 2 is vented
check
valves
Oxidizer
suction
prior
The
prevents
(Figure
pressurization.
tainer
fuel
is initiated
System
GN 2 to the
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
The
permit
components
purging
the
is required
systems
passage
consist
of GN 2 to the
at various
of tubing,
component
times
restricting
being
prior
to launch
orifices
and
and check
purged.
8-29
_D
.,..4
L)
_q
.r-4
i
oO
B-30
i
2
3
4
Relief
Valve
Relief
Valve
Vent Valve
Emergency
LOX Vent Switch
Assembly
LOX Pressurizing
and Relief
Switch Assembly
Calibration
Valve
5
6
Figure
8-33.
8-10.
Oxidizer
commence
filling)
Pump
with
and
continue
to ambient
temperature.
nitrogen
oxidizer
pump.
detection
drain
by venting
Ground
the
the
this
purge
tamination
of the
8-35.
Generator
Gas
vapor
solid
arrival
from
of an aborted
following
drain
Purge.
This
to branch
dome,
turbine
by combustion
The
purge
up in the
launch,
removal
this
spinner
purge
of the
flight.
turbopumps
return
pressurization
spheres.
leakage
in the
the
into the
seal
seal
of lubrication
LOX
and allows
it out the
desired
cavity
lubricant
pressure
in the
oxidizer
engine.
and
out the
at engine
dome
The
contaminants.
nitrogen
passes
thrust
chamber.
When
cutoff
to prevent
con-
by-products.
Purge.
and prevents
from
at the
firing
due to oxidizer
spinner.
and
immediately
The
This
purge
by-products
contaminating
is required
turbine
and
line.
each
Manifold
is initiated
manifold
drain
required
manifold
the
removes
for
the
by forcing
maintains
purge
lines
is also
LOX injector
seal
out the
oxidizer
system
the quality
pump
line
Oxidizer-Injector
in the
build
fuel
nitrogen
operation
of oxidizer.
by pressure
again
the
the
through
to propellant
starting,
control
lubricant
passing
improves
past
duct,
LOX
propellant
from
in the
GN 2 flows
by the
LOX and
excess
LOX discharge
aborting,
fuel
valve
Dome
source
isolates
until
two operations
prior
engine
is required
is furnished
These
(occurs
launch,
Orifice
(Cont'd)
Pressurization.
for
purging
pressurization
A check
Oxidizer
purge
System
pressurization
preparation
purging
leakage
Pressurization
system
contaminants
of any fuel
gearbox
into
seal
gearbox
line.
8-34.
this
Ground
LOX Pressurizing
GOX Flow Control
Valve
Check Valve
Quick-Disconnect
Coupling
Heat Exchanger
(8)
Check Valve
(8)
Bypass
Solenoid
Valve
and Gearbox
continuous
gearbox
The
Purge
pressure
for
pump
and prevents
Container
throughout
is aborted,
The
Seal
control
If a launch
Gaseous
Oxidizer
7
8
9
10
1i
12
13
the
fuel
from
manifold
command
removes
any
the
prior
burning
to
and is terminated
ignition.
following
GN 2 is received
In the
engine
from
event
cutoff
the
and
ground
8-31
4-m
r._
,,-,4
,4
I
oo
8-32
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Quick-Disconnect Coupling
Filter
Check Valve
High-Pressure Sphere
High-Pressure Sphere
Control Pressure Filter
Pressure Regulator
Pressure Switch
Calibration Valve
Relief Valve
Control Valve
Control Valve
Figure
8-11.
Control
13
Control
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Control
Valve (8)
Orifice
(8)
Orifice
(10)
Calorimeter
(10)
Manifold
Hand Valve
Solenoid
Valve
Bottle
Fill and Vent Valve
Calibration
Valve
High-Pressure
Switch
Pressure
System
Valve
(Contfd)
source.
8-36.
Thrust
tamination
rich
the
Chamber
of the
fuel
combustion
fuel
Injector
injector
and
in the
fuel
nitrogen
is vented
manifold
Purge.
and the
Gaseous
manifold
build-up
Manifold
manifold
byproducts.
injector
pressure
Fuel
This
purge
jacket
from
the
ground
from
out of the
thrust
chamber.
a check
valve,
thereby
closes
prevents
blow
back
source
conof oxidizer
passes
After
through
engine
terminating
start,
the
purge.
8-37.
Deluge
abort.
Gaseous
ment
area
deluge
Purge
A deluge
nitrogen
from
the
at a maximum
flow
rate
purge
included
System.
system
in the
utilizes
purge
the
system
prior
a pressure
of 1.5
psig.
During
is supplied
to the
engine
compartment
detection
and
water
partment.
The
ment
consists
area,
inboard
with
The
and
water
water
minute
per
prela,
System.
quench
water
quench
one
outboard
supply
lines
system,
under
the
pipe
Four
deluge
operations
event
8-12,
quench
preheated
The
couplings
at a flow
static
system.
Also
GN 2, that
per
minute
source
testing,
in the
in the
each
on the
at
air
protecting
tail
of 2000
a fire
engine
engine
disconnect
rate
The
system.
of a fire
arrangements,
compart-
pressure.
ground
purge
and
of a launch
engine
is 140 pounds
mounted
located
pressure
water
conditioned
couplings
launcher.
100 psig
rate
the
at 3 psig
utilizing
the
in the
Figure
independent
of the
flow
in event
into
minute
checkout,
launch
is used
engine.
from
mch
During
per
purge,
The
through
system
of four
is pumped
to liftoff.
is used
is ducted
plumbing
is a prelaunch
minutes
Quench
source
onboard
five
Water
ground
system
of 420 pounds
commences
8-38.
purge
shroud
com-
compartone
engage
at liftoff.
gallons
per
line.
8-33
Barrel
Location
As sembl'
View
Firewall
Piping
Assembly
(3)
Flange
'j
Tail
Section
Assembly
Shroud
Valve
Assembly
tteat
3-I16A
Figure
8-34
8-12.
Water
Quench
System,
S-I
Shield
8-39.
S-IV
After
S-I
earth
orbit.
STAGE
PROPULSION
staging,
the
S-IV
SYSTEM
stage
Functionally,
the
propulsion
system
propulsion
system
injects
the
space
is composed
vehicle
into
of a cluster
of six
RL10A-3
8-40.
liquid-rocket
and
a propellant
system.
ENGINE.
The
S-IV
which
stage
is powered
is illustrated
cooled
thrust
by the
fuel
that
propellant
absolute
thrust
The
Each
engines,
thrust
angles
are
Engines
rating)
vector
shown
1,
2,
provides
engines
one
of
a regeneratively
system.
power
pressure
has
for
Heat
absorbed
a hydrogen
are
on Figure
The
turbine
firing
gimbal
control.
All six
engines
control.
The
The
are
of 15,000
of 427 seconds
duration
of each
engine
The
is
RL10A-3
8-4.
mounted
engine
used
engine
pounds
and
290 pounds.
in Table
are
(5:1 nominal
thrust
of approximately
pattern,
roll
second
impulse
summarized
attitude
8-2.
3 and 4 provide
weight
per
a nominal
specific
of 300 psia.
a dry
vehicle
pounds
to develop
at a nominal
in a circular
for
of 35.2
engine
parameters
arranged
degree
rate
each
engine
performance
incorporates
propellant
chamber
rocket
pumps.
chamber
seconds.
engine
a turbopump-fed
enables
altitude
liquid-propellant
The
consumption
ratio)
(200,000-foot
RL10A-3
8-13.
the thrust
propellant
LOX-to-fuel
engine
and
in cooling
the
by six
in Figure
chamber
drives
A nominal
470
engines
for
to provide
gimbal
a +4
pattern
pitch
and
and cant
yaw control.
subassemblies
are
described
below.
8-41.
35.2
Thrust
pounds
thrust
Chamber.
of propellant
of 15,000
chamber
The
pounds
per
thrust
second
(at an altitude
chamber
provides
and exhaust
of the
of 200,000
consists
of a thrust-chamber
body,
Thrust-Chamber
Body.
thrust-chamber
injection
feet)
and combustion
burned
gases.
A nominal
is achieved.
a propellant
The
injector,
of
thrust
and a spark
igniter.
consisting
or rear
of an inlet
manifold,
The
manifold,
180 full-length
fold,
and
external
stiffeners.
from
the
hydrogen
exit
manifold
180 short
body
single-tapered
double-tapered
.The full-length
and
is a brazed
for the
tubes,
tubes,
tubes
assembly
lead
full periphery
exit
turnaround
or front
axially
of the
mani-
rearward
combustion
8-35
Parameter
15,000 pounds
+300pounds
427 seconds
470 seconds
2 seconds
17,250 pounds
5.0:1 +2 percent
1300 poundsper second
+250poundsper second
48.5 psia at 163.5R
33 psia at 38.5R
8-36
Injector.
and promotes
for
ignition
The
propellant
mixing
injector,
of the
and efficient
LH 2 and
combustion.
located
on the
thrust
LOX to provide
The
propellant
the
chamber,
correct
injector
-u
vv
..........
.....
_ii :_ =_ii
"]-121
Figure
8-13.
RL10A-3
Engine
5-37
consists
of 216 elements
Each
the
element
is composed
exception
produce
of those
efficient
fuel
chamber
steel
cooling
is accomplished
mesh
flow.
Spark
Igniter.
The
igniter
ignites
the
sparks
per
spark
8-42.
second.
keeps
to the
Turbopump
hydrogen
the
spark
gear
containers
to the
Turbine.
The
shrouded
to minimize
inlet
blade
which
driveshaft
Gearbox
to the
and
LH 2 coolant
provides
gas
are
type
at a rate
spark.
per-
that
of 20
to form
Because
a
of the
of the propellant
blade
from
95 percent
R.
LOX pump
flow from
LH 2 coolant
flowing
tip leakage.
turbopump
oxidizer
consists
of a two-stage
and single-stage
pressurized
mounted
of 331 degrees
The
assembly
partial-admission,
of 312 degrees
Gearbox.
or 10.4
air-gap
face
This
LOX pump.
propellants
from
the
The
vehicle
chamber.
stages
(approximately
conditions
the
face.
second
the proximity
pump
pumps
592 horsepower
conditions
fuel
hydrogen
Both
second
turbopump
two-stage
two-stage,
by expanding
develops
The
thrust
venturi.
rpm
conditions,
per
annulus.
of porous
injector
injector
near
the
is critical.
unit
engine
fuel
discharge
in the
to
feeds
electrode,
capacitor
mixture
vacuum
pounds
swirlers
a conical
is formed
of the
With
fed from
chamber
center
is recessed
are
annulus.
use
that
cooling
circles.
fuel
chamber
flow of 0.56
combustible
box,
is an integral
driven
igniter
Assembly.
turbine,
combustion
a fuel
concentric
all nozzles
LOX nozzles
is a recessed
in the
turbopump
8-38
The
rows,
fuel
by a high-voltage
concentration
mixture
outer
The
spaced
and a concentric
transpiration
with
fuel
that
the
to provide
propellants
and
is a conical
facing
equally
nozzle
mixing.
of the total
chamber
inner
which
wall
welded
cent
in the
within
in eight
of a LOX
propellant
LOX chamber,
The
arranged
shaft
the
bleed
impulse-type
from
jacket
and
through
on a single
rotor
and
are
A rated
a hydrogen
and
is
the
turbine
flow
of the total
R.
turbine
rated
649 psia
total
fully
speed
of 28,400
rate
of 5.56
pounds
flow)
working
pressure,
per
between
and exit
gearbox
shaft
transmits
through
cooling
flow
a 2.5-to-1
is provided
first-stage
from
pump
the
power
from
reduction
by a 0.01
volute.
second-stage
the
The
main
turbine
geartrain.
pound-per-second
main
fuel
drive
pump
shaft
inlet
to
Pump.
The
minimize
the
axial
turbine.
fuel
thrust.
The
to drive
and
a flow
rate
The
first-stage
which
operates
degree
exit
angle
impeller
drives
fuel
back-to-back
pumps
collecting
volute
for
pounds
is preceded
speed
speed
as the
backswept
blade
design
axial
aluminum-alloy
low-flow
flow
rpm
inducer
impeller.
is incorporated
a suitable
of 28,400
second).
by a three-bladed
same
equal
of 509 horsepower
operating
per
from
nozzle
requirement
at a rated
to
directly
and a straight-tangential
pump
to provide
mounted
the
A power
(5.85
pump
stages
velocity
recover.
of 602 gpm
at the
shaft
distribution,
the fuel
fuel
of two
a constant
velocity-head
is necessary
shrouded
has
pressure
for
consists
A common
pump
circumferential
diffuser
pump
A 50-
into the
allowable
back-
stress
character-
istic.
The
second-stage
porates
fuel
a back-shrouded
LOX Pump.
The
the
and
fuel
within
pump
the
inducer
is driven
pressure
steel
distribution
and
pad,
a mounting
for
oxidizer
discharge
pump
of 1847
pressures
2.5-to-1
a 90-degree
above
centrifugal
and
exit
turbopump
gearbox
reduction
geartrain
flow fully-shrouded
pressure
volute
are
within
on the
main
incorangle.
beside
located
stainless
the
vehicle
supply
pump
has
a single-stage
steel
pressure
fully
of 48.5
psia
per
and
circumferential
the
nozzle
oxidizer
oxidizer
diffuser
pump
housing.
pump
shaft,
for
An
pro-
pump.
at a nominal
pounds
equal
discharge
hydraulic
(29..3
for
tangential
employed
located
the
designed
a straight
operates
gpm
on the
the
The
with
alloy
impeller.
collecting
recovery
of aluminum
design
axial
inlet
cavitation.
drive
flow rate
through
velocity
accessory
blade
is mounted
impeller
stainless
velocity-head
is also
A three-bladed
impeller
A constant
The
LOX pump
increases
shrouded
impeller
radial
gearbox.
to prevent
vides
pump
speed
second)
464 psia,
of 11,350
when
rpm
operating
respectively.
with
a nominal
at inlet
and
A pump
8-39
Propellant
valves
control
pumps.
type
and
Valves.
flow
of the
propellant
valves
valves.
open
Shutoff
the
Both
are
Inlet
The
spring
are
valves
closed.
open
Solenoid
Valves.
helium
pressure
from
valves.
The
inlet
shutoff
pump
control
from
and
to the
shutoff
valve
from
engine
closed
moves
in approxi-
from
open
piston
to fully
to closed
fully
ball-
actuator
from
open
shutoff
rotating
helium
moves
fully
moves
inlet
two-position
valve
inlet
pump
containers
closed,
and moves
and
start
solenoid
solenoids
In this
manner
Prestart
Solenoid
opens
valves
prestart
remain
Start
which
initiates
of the
interstage
The
start
after
the
prestart
ation
and
holds
when
the
engine
the
and
solenoid
open
closed
to closed
to
in
start
start
main
downstream
The
valve
off.
solenoid
fuel
pump
and
by a start
solenoid
in the
as long
open
valves
shutoff
control
controls
the
inlet
shutoff
valve,
signal,
which
The
The
propellant
the
helium
The
prestart
remains
energized.
shutdown.
valve
valves.
position.
to the
valves.
at engine
energized
operation
poppet.
solenoid
bleed
remains
of
is controlled.
as the
by a spring
cooldown
is opened
signal.
is cut
The
inlet
in design,
pressure)
solenoid
the flow
propellant-control
a two-way
flow
pump
position
identical
helium
actuator
control
system
operate
prestart
closed
of the
valve,
the
and oxidizer
Valve.
opening
helium
valves
engine
are
energized
fuel
are
to the
(450 + 50 psia
the
in the
solenoid
valves
The
valves
Solenoid
when
flow
start
tank
Valves.
the
solenoid
and
storage
valves.
which
prcstart
stage
the
8-46.
8 -40
pump
the
controls
solenoid
vehicle
normally
17 milliseconds,
The
in turn,
pressure
the
and oxidizer
by a 450 + 50 psia
oxidizer
The
prestart
and construction.
8-45.
The
pump
158 milliseconds.
8-44.
control
are
30 milliseconds
in approximately
approximately
poppet,
fuel
fuel
form
and
opened
The
389 milliseconds.
fully
The
are
in approximately
mately
similar
The
occurs
helium
and the
41.6
throughout
valve
pressure
is closed
closing
seconds
engine
oper-
by a spring
8-47.
Fuel
and bleed
during
Pump
valves
engine
Cooldown_
provide
prestart.
The
transient
valves
pressure-boosted,
open
to vent
sure
from
The
fuel
the
cooldown
bleed
valve
opened
in approximately
helium
pressure
during
engine
shutdown).
8-48.
Thrust
Control
position
within
turbine
the
line
between
ates
the
lever
speed
the
motor
regulating
the
psia.
the
thrust
Bypassed
difference
resisting
spring
valve.
sleeve
valve
begins
correcting
the
8-49.
Main
Shutoff
the
exit
flow
chamber
control
opening
discharge
the
thrust
Fuel
servo
pressure
Valve.
within
fuel-manifold.
pressure
or closing
pressure
The
the
discharge
working
an annular
keeps
the
cooldown
against
valve
shutoff
bullet
period,
a shutoff
spring.
housing
area
about
valve
open
during
rated
valve
engine
which
controls
inlet
of the
valve
cone.
bypass
is achieved.
(tapered
It controls
on the
spring,
shutoff
shutoff
672
flow-regulating
of the
upstream
exit
pressure
pressure
feedback
fuel
the
supply
bypass
valve
the
a servo-
a force
pressure
just
oper-
reference
The
motion
main
lines
in a bypass
The
turbine
shaped
in turn,
operates
exerts
chamber
closed
This,
pressure
line.
so that
a new
the
is approximately
by a low-rate
chamber.
the
in the
carriage
normally
turbine
exhaust
is designed
before
line
pressure
motion
bypassing
is located
port.
discharge
The
During
from
valve
to the valve
to the thrust
is located
corrective
piston
variable-
of fuel
in turn,
are
pressure.
to a vacuum
supply
combustion
valves
by trapped
(300 psia).
and
which,
turbine
booster
combustion
to a spring
to the
valves.
bleed
system
valve
chamber
servo-pressure
and
control
is transmitted
of fuel
cones)
pressure
control
exchanger
and
amount
pres-
operates
boosted
pressure
a carriage
heat
and bleed
a servo-operated,
the
thrust
Thrust
is returned
to produce
sleeve
exit.
of the
chamber
servo
The
combustion
actuates
area
hydrogen
between
chamber
The
Helium
clohing
fuel
stages
acceleration
periods.
to an opening
high
pump
spring-loaded
cooldown
valve,
by regulating
is referenced
bellows
vent
control
thrust
and
which
(routed
The
valves,
compression
alleviates
thrust
turbopump.
inlet
bellows
The
of GH 2 from
of thrust
turbine
pressure
The
engine
of the
by spring
fuel
is shutdown.
cooldown
The
cooldown
pump
engine
a partial
valve.
procedure
Valve.
controls
motor
bellows.
This
the
the
so that
and bleed
both
cooldown
closes
designed
fuel-discharge
as a function
controls
cooldown
and
The
during
sleeve-type
partially
are
bleed
when
non-running
valve
Valves.
to cooldown
fuel
relief
15 milliseconds
and
valve,
during
valves
the
allows
three-position,
solenoid
sleeve
also
Relief
of fuel
and pressure
overboard
and
Pressure
venting
valve
stability
start
and
overboard
to provide
are
Bleed,
the
and
thrust
prevents
fuel
the
flow
by
Turbine
operation.
8-41
delay in main fuel shutoff valve closing occurs during engine shut-downuntil after
the bleed valves are opened. The delay allows fuel to flow out through the thrust
chamber heat exchanger andprevents fuel pump housing rupture that would result
from increased pressure of overheatedtrapped fuel.
8-50.
the
Oxidizer
Flow
LOX pump
it performs
and
Maintains
b.
Controls
vehicle
containers
d.
orifices
by the
resultant
provide
loaded
pump
sure
differential
psi.
The
which
pressure
across
oxidizer
flow
by the
vehicle
controls
the
hardware
valve
regulates
thrust
from
8-42
supplied
provides
Igniter
the
flow
supply
control
in
valve;
cooldown.
the
start
period
residual
senses
oxidizer
flow
inlet
during
within
the rich
propellants
in the
gaseous
the
pounds
control
valve
valve
has
within
Supply
Control
An igniter
inlet
prevents
of nominal
mixture
ratio
oxidizer
the
spark
valve
prestart
igniter
igniter
the
the
LOX
size
cycle)
piston
pres-
109.3
motor
+ 16
that
controls
the
piston
at burn-
forming
Various
is
the
on board
ice from
cooldown.
flow to the
when
propellants
during
The
motor
the
and
start
In turn,
assembly
Valve.
of the
a drive
orifice.
purge
face,
approximately
The
for
controls
when
to mount
residual
atmosphere
trim
reaches
Both
a spring-
back
piston
second
system.
operated
second
contains
portion
per
a discharge
per
on its
inlet
are
LOX pressure.
valve
initial
provisions
propellant-utilization
oxygen
pump
This
area,
pounds
pressure
of 29.3
oxidizer
ground
2.2
face.
(closed
piston
and inlet
flow control
LOX pump
control
a variable
pressure
on its upstream
orifice
has
of approximately
adjustment
for
chamber.
of which
spring
nitrogen
Oxidizer
oxidizer
is located
ratio.
of LOX to minimize
utilization
8-51.
the
consumption
A vehicle
propellant
engine
during
mixture
one
The
the
of a variable-area
the
valve,
a nominal
position
out.
valve
oxidizer
of LOX to minimize
of the
conditions.
to allow
controlled
control
ignition.
of reference
LOX inlet
opens
trim
LOX cooldown
discharge
which
igniter
during
ratio
proper
control
force
piston
of an annular
LOX flow
consumption
in the
of inlet
inlet
for
ground
uniform
range
flow
at burnout.
Permits
Three
of the
oxidizer-to-fuel
the
oxidizer
functions:
limits
Controls
The
upstream
a constant
the
blowout
Valve.
line
following
a.
c.
full
discharge
the
lean
Control
on
adjustment
setting.
oxidizer
supply
control
to insure
ignition
within
poppet
is opened
valve
is actuated.
by LOX pressure
The
poppet
controls
the
LOX,
which
tion
chamber
8-52.
Fuel
of a fuel
spark
the
utw
supply
_g
Bo
lines
tip during
Pressurizing
The
the
......
to the
injector
engine
fuel
Valve.
engine
pressurizing
box pressure
the
igniter
from
valve.
between
entering
starting.
The
the combuspoppet
is closed
pressure.
bleed
to gear
from
Container
pressurizing
a seal
discharge
means
erenced
is bled
at the
by LOX pump
sensing
container
The
to the
valve
is a single
fuel
and
LH 2 container
injector
injector
the
is pressurized
container
position
manifold
combustion
through
poppet
valve
pressure.
chamber
by
a sealed
ref-
It provides
when
the
engine
is
not operating.
8- 53.
Engine
for
LH 2 system
the
signals
from
permits
inlet
Operation.
the
two pump
signal,
and
valve
pump
inlet
control
valve.
ing through
the
propellant
lant
have
cooled
pumps
pump
acceleration.
8-54.
l>restart
sequence
engines
has
are
been
then
At the
in unison
end
a minimum
of the
must
cooldown
prestart
will
pass
solenoid
oxidizer
discharg-
sequence,
the propel-
cavitation
through
during
a prestart
characteristics
of their
of 41.6
after
seconds
the
LOX pump
prevent
which
pump
valves.
of the
the
fuel
through
prestart
actuator
through
which
six engines
low temperature
to the
valve
of the
flows
oxidizer
one
by electrical
solenoid
actuator
the
the
flows
to a temperature
The
of the
started
oxygen
initiated
hydrogen
through
energizes
sequences,
prestart
the
Liquid
(455 + 25 psi)
injector.
Sequence.
because
valve.
are
fuel
to pressurize
later
Liquid
down
the
overboard
helium
or cooling
LOX system,
energizes
shutoff
32 seconds
admits
shutoff
the
prestart,
the
first
is discharged
approximately
which
for
(445 + 25 psia)
opening
and
independent
other
The
helium
stages
valve
the
vehicle.
control
shutoff
Two
cooldown
propellants.
The
the pre-start
signal
initiated.
8-55.
Start
sequence
must
also
Sequence.
An electrical
by energizing
exist
energizes
between
the
the
the
first
ignition
start
solenoid
prestart
system.
signal
signal
from
valve.
and
Pressurized
the
vehicle
An interval
the
start
helium
initiates
of at least
signal.
The
flowing
through
the
start
20 seconds
start
signal
the
8-43
.,-t
.<
I
o(3
8-44
lull
PIISIAIT
FUEL
IIIIESTAIIT
fUL
INLET
LOX
LOX
PIISlAIT
LOX
+NLIT
P|ESTA|[
StARt
$1Al!
HELIUM
INT[ISTAGE
& PIESSUIE
MA_N
13
IGNJTEIOXlDIZEI
_4
......
P|SSUII
VALV!
VAIV!
PaESSUlE
$I+UrOEE
MIXTURI
UllLIZATION
....
VALVl
$WlVCI+
ItD
COOLOOWN
IELIEE
VALVE
13
VALVl
COOtDOWt++
liElf
VALV!
FUEL
PIIIISSUIIE
HILIUM
$OLINOID
VALVl
$OtltlOI0
SHUTOFF
_00ISCHAIGE
PlESSUIE
II
HELIUM
SHUTOFF
SOLIklOID
|LEIO
VALVE
IATIO
PROPLLANE
ONTIOL
VALVI
IGNIT+ON
SUPPLT
VALVS
IXr+TI!
I_
IGNI1EI
_6
rHIV$_
17
H,
TAt+_
PIESSUlIZAT+ON
ILEE0
CHECK
VALVE
II
GEA|OX
CONTIOt
VALVE
PRISSUIIZAIION
VALVt
100-99
+430-4;9
_i,
01
II
020304050603010910
coN_,_+
1213
IIMI
14
15
1617
111141
SlOP
_I021
02O
040
OAO
- SIC
LEGII,*D
;"ll'Ir'IPl!
P_
,.,c_-r-_+-]0.,o+._o,.,
Ub_
,
3-
,rlS
+ ,ml_+.tto
i|llmml,l
i +OmllOtLl+
_l.*Im
(lu.l
+Ill
128
energized
start
partially
closes
the
discharge
pump
providing
Figure
8-15.
solenoid
valve
opens
the
pump
cooldown
fuel
to flow
the
energy
for
pump
assembly
and
start
down
bleed
fuel
i+
_,ou.
pump
controls
developed
and the
and pressure
transient
engine
the
thrust
accelerates
fuel
thrust
pump
chamber
rotation.
the
The
valve
acts
as a bleed
In the
start
position,
of inlet
chamber,
to rated
the
thrust.
The
inlet
tubes,
static
fuel
absorbed
heat
of the
fuel
oxidizer
cooldown
turbocool-
to provide
flow
control
a combustible
by the
from
pump
acceleration
ignited
and
fuel
closed
during
pump
valve
permits
friction
partially
When
are
shutoff
This
the
pressure.
propellants
Sequence
valve.
to overcome
turbopump
as a function
main
Operating
and bleed
the
turbine
relief
Engine
the
through
stability.
LOX flow
in the
RLI0A-3
valve
mixture
spark
bleed
is
igniters
and pressure
8-45
relief valve closes as the fuel pump discharge pressure increases. The oxidizer
flow control valve opens as a function of LOX pump pressure rise to provide the
proper mixture ratio for engine acceleration.
8-56.
area
Steady-State
in the
Thrust
Operation.
oxidizer
flow
is controlled
as a function
8-57.
sequence_
by the
initiates
shutting
The
fuel
pump
the
system
off the
the
system
closes,
stopping
the
LOX flow
valve
closes
8-58.
Cooldown
combustible
fuel
pad
seal
not vented
control
is vented
into the
valve
lant
container
the
LOX flow
8-46
vent
rate
bypass
flow
line
which
also
on the
fuel
collector
shutoff
manifold
to the
simultaneous
the
vent.
because
the
Capacitor-type
propellant
depletion
fuel
from
pump
the
pump
shutoff
valve
in the
pump
is employed
discharges
cooldown
LOX pump
at the
inlet
The
discharge
back
fuel
oxidizer
which
valve
manifold
connection
System.
information
causes
fuel
of the
fuel
stopping
pump
system
from
actuators.
inlet
system.
manifold
collects
side
by the
interface
the
A collection
flow
thus
chamber.
closed
main
remaining
stage
draining
the
oxidizer
The
the
all valve
open,
the turbine
entering
to a vent
from
valves
The
from
normally
by closing
thrust
from
Venting.
main
to their
relief
engine.
bleed
Utilization
supply
the
fuel
be affected
vehicle
Propellant
orifice
control.
turbine
signal
helium
caused
and
and the
electrical
and venting
into the
cooldown
a vent
would
to the
injector
a vent
vent
metering
utilization
regulates
return
to rest.
into
is directed
Fuel
vent,
which
flow through
to come
Leakage
fuel
through
valve
sory
8-59.
and
overboard.
check
the
preventing
waste
is directed
the
solenoids
buildup
stops
causing
shutoff
valve
and pressure
a pressure
rotation
through
the
for propellant
of the
supply
bleed
This
vents
control
The
helium
cooldown,
engine
is varied
Termination
shutdown.
valve.
operation
pressure.
to prevent
shutoff
steady-state
valve
thrust
Sequence.
position
inlet
control
of chamber
Shutdown
During
and
from
seal,
The
the
the
thrust
performance
pressure.
collector
sensors
utilization
whereby
the
waste
bleed
valve
gearbox
gearbox
control
of the
The
thrust
accesvalve
is
thrust
control
manifold.
located
system
of both propellants.
in each
which
propel-
by varying
8-60.
PROPELLANT
The propellm-lt
The
consists
Storage
and Feed
Fuel
b.
Oxidizer
c.
NPSH
d.
Propellant
e.
Control
f.
Chill-Down
8-16.
six
system
a.
fuel
Storage
Purge
oxidizer
The propellant
feed
during
ullage.
system
may
the
fuel
initiated
has
installed
container
any
Figure
pressure
or all
to the
of the
is approximately
S-I/S-IV
of the
opens
stage
the
line
and
LH 2 inlet
the
engine
OXIDIZER
engines
I00,000
in
pounds
LOX container
The
around
the
which
allow
has
Liquid
oxygen
valve.
The
of the
sufficient
signal
occurs
inlet
valve.
FEED
side
The
inlet
valve.)
LOX container.
Each
for engine
cold
side
of the
mass
psig
line
is installed
consumption
of S-IV
separate
suction
signal
stage
occurs
cooldown).
turbopump
flow
rate
2 mixture
is
through
of LH 2 to
ratio
of 5:1.
feet,
suction
line
including
lines
includes
4-percent
equally
spaced
flexible
bellows
LOX inlet
shutoff
gimballing.
by a signal
separation.
of the
turbopump
through
rate
3000
The
of 1262 cubic
S-I/S-IV
flow
store
valve.
LOX-to-LH
during
mass
4-percent
hydrogen
The
LOX from
is initiated
including
SYSTEM.
volume
supplied
freedom
consumption
to the
shutoff
are
shutoff
at a nominal
an approximate
six engines
bottom
AND
Liquid
feet,
LH 2 suction
(initiation
to the
shutoff
second
STORAGE
inlet
sequence
LH 2 suction
per
A separate
fuel
and
cubic
LH 2 container
engines.
separation
is 585 pounds
the
of 4274
pressurization.
to each
which
within
LH 2 container
inlet
systems,
LOX under
from
volume
the
container
feed
SYSTEM.
from
ullage.
LH 2 and
capacity
an approximate
LOX container
by a signal
the
FEED
LH 2 flows
The
by separate
be isolated
container
AND
spheres,
for the
8-62.
delivered
furnishes
but
propellant
STORAGE
Helium
helium
(The
are
propellants.
LH 2 container
during
(LOX)
operation,
The
FUEL
from
and Feed
Pressurization
an emergency.
The
systems:
Sensing
and
of usable
of the following
Pressurization
(LH2)
engines
8-61.
SYSTEM.
which
opens
the
LOX flows
a LOX
of LOX to each
suction
engine
from
line
is 29.3
the
and
LOX
the
pounds
LOX
per
8-47
NOT
E:
Typical
System
Six
LH 2
Feed
All
Engines
Container
Antivortex
Screen
Antivortex
Screen
LOX
Container
[-$-I
Z Feed
LOX
Feed
RLI0
A-3
Line
Engine
3-124B
Figure
8-48
8-16.
Propellant
System,
S-IV
(6)
Line
second
at a nominal
8-63.
NPSH
This
8-64.
head
Fuel
surized
the
tainer
The
provides
the
(NPSH)
at the
2.0
has
been
GH 2 (31 psia)
8-65.
Oxidizer
from
pressurized
After
ized
of 46.5
to a value
the
S-I
boost
the
container
cold
helium
the
phase
ullage
the
LOX container
pressure
to the
prior
combustion
the
LH 2 con-
a service
line.
in a sphere
stage
mounted
to a value
of 31.0
is maintained
foot
spheres
at 46.5
located
After
a helium
are
that
stage
drops
below
cold
helium
exhausted
line.
helium
45.5
+ 0.5
valve
psia,
and permits
to maintain
stage-stored
the
LH 2 and
through
and
If during
LH 2 container
ignition
burns
to filling
and
it is pre-pressur-
service
cold
is purged
prior
fill
in the
The
S-IV
heater
heater
bottle
primary
+ 1.5 psia.
psig.
line
and replenished,
pressure
the
LOX container
a service
helium
ullage
3.5
helium
pres-
replenishing.
to launch,
pressurization
The
filled
by a cold
opens
the
S-I
and
from
(contained
ignited,
is blanket
to filling
helium
of the
GN 2 from
switch
from
helium
been
LOX container
through
cold
System.
has
is 3000
positive
lines.
psig
container
cubic
prior
but prior
with
are
pressure
to liftoff
gases
bleed
+ 0.5
pressure
LOX container
engines
+ 1.5 psig
the
from
4.0
line
operation
Pressurization
with
replenishing.
during
a net
LH 2 container
and replenished,
by ambient
engine
Container
The
a service
1.5 psig
maintains
LH 2 pumps.
System.
filled
stage
which
LOX and
GH 2 from
S-IV
of 5.'1.
pressurization
of the
structure)
the
ratio
SYSTEM.
to 36.0
thrust
After
2 mixture
is maintained
with
blanket
inlet
+ 1.5 psig
pressurization
vehicle
Pressurization
container
+ 1.0 psig.
_
_
propellant
is pre-pressurized
on the
the
ww
LOX-to-LH
Container
with
After
PRESSURIZATION
system
suction
helium
LOX.
the
is routed
The
vehicle
heat
shield.
8-66.
The
PROPELLANT
capacitor
type
system
also
is used
to monitor
8-67.
supply
CONTROL
A high-pressure
SENSING
sensors
SYSTEM
which
supply
information
to the
and control
propellant
PRESSURIZATION
helium
sphere,
(PROPELLANT
information
ground
support
LOADING)
to the
propellant
equipment.
This
utilization
information
loading.
SYSTEM.
located
in the
engine
section,
provides
ambient
8-49
8-50
CHAPTER
SECTION
IX
MECHANICAL
SY STEMS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
9--1.
9-2.
9-7.
9-14.
9-18
9-33.
GENERAL
" , , . . , , , ,
ENVIRONMENTAL
ENGINE
CONTROL
GIMBALLING
SEPARATION
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
ORDNANCE
9-2.
GAS-BEARING
.................
9-10
9-14
9-23
SUPPLY
SYSTEM
.........
Environmental
Control
System,
Saturn
Environmental
Control
System,
Air/GN
2 Requirements
Interstage
9-4.
Engine-Gimbal
9-5.
Engine
9-6.
Retromotor
9-7.
LOX-SOX
Disposal
System
9-8.
LOX-SOX
Disposal
System
9-9.
Solid-Propellant
Compartment
Environmental
Hydraulic
Gimballing
System
System
Installation
S-I/S-IV
9-12
......................
9-20
....................
Schematic
9-21
..............
Gas
Generator
..................
9-11.
Solid-Propellant
Gas
Generator
9-12.
Liquid-Propellant
Gas
Generator
9-13.
Liquid-Propellant
Gas
Generator
9-14.
Main
9-15.
Retromotor
9-16.
Electronic
Closing
System
Wire
Firing
Initiator
Initiator
Control
9-7
9-9
.............
Solid-Propellant
Bridge
.....
9-11
Components
and
Ignition
9-4
.................
Generator
Valve
..............
Control,
Gas
LOX
9-43
OF ILLUSTRATIONS
9-3.
9-10.
9-3
.......................
LIST
9--1.
.............
......................
SYSTEMS
PLATFORM
SYSTEM
9-3
9-22
Assembly
.....
9-26
9-27
.............
9-28
Igniter
.............
9-28
Igniter
Installation
Valve
(Conax
....................
Unit
................
Valve)
......
9-29
......
9-30
_-32
9-33
9-1
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONSICONT'D)
9-17.
9-18.
9-19.
9-20.
Safety
and
Arming
(S&A) Device
Safety
and Arming
(S&A) Device
9-21.
9-22.
9-23.
Frangible
I>rimacord
Ullage
Ullage
Platform
and
Motor
FLSC
Ignition
Nut and
Motor
Gas-Bearing
Installation
Installation,
System,
Explosive
Jettison
.................
S-I
S-IV
9-35
...........
9-36
..............
9-38
...............
Charge
Assembly
System,
S-IV
...............
Supply
System
9-39
.........
9-40
9-42
..............
9-44
LIST OF TABLES
9-2
....................
Performance
2 KS-36,250
Parameters,
Retromotor
9-17
......
9-31
v_
SECTION
The
_"
-_
--
"
IX.
MECHANICAL
9-1.
SYSTEMS
GENERAL.
mechanical
control,
systems
engine
of the
gimballing,
Saturn
I launch
separation,
vehicle
ordnance,
include
and
environmental
platform
gas-bearing
supply.
9-2.
The
ENVIRONMENTAL
Saturn
control
system
of the
vehicle
and Apollo
and
and
provides
the
system
The
an inert
provisions
heat
power
disconnected
for
system
vehicle
the
the
payload.
thermal
vehicle
in certain
system
allows
the
use
of "off
could
protects
controls
compartments.
equipment.
otherwise
The
extremes,
based
which
environment
the
humidity,
Operation
of
not be used
without
com-
elaborate
dissipation.
conditioning
to the
launch
at liftoff.
component
insulation
begins
vehicle
During
the
maintain
during
and
prelaunch
ends
remainder
when
the
of the
temperatures
within
environmental
control
upon
vehicle
mission
the
the
umbilicals
thermal
design
application
inertia
of
are
and
ranges.
OPERATION.
various
launch
ment
control
controls
from
by ground
launch
for
electrical
The
atmosphere
environmental
9-3.
equipment
is controlled
on the
Active
launch
mechanical
environmental
ponents
SYSTEM.
I environmental
compartments
electrical
CONTROL
operations
control
used
different
center
to control
facilities
a.
Converter
b.
Remote
of the
and
and
(Figure
the
automatic
supply
the
conditioning
control
mediums
are
station.
controlled
The
is located
ground
within
from
the
equipsix
9-1):
compressor
fresh-air
ground
system
intake
facility
facility
(GN2)
(air)
9-3
Tower
Facility
Cooling
Tower
Facility
Remote
Fresh
Air
Intake
Facility
Converter
Compressor
Pa
Facility
load
(GN 2 )
t
Instrument
1
Environmental
S-IV
Fwd
b,.-'-"
Compartment
Conditioning
Unit Module
#I
Automatic
Environmental
Control
Conditioning
Unit
Module
Station
Roof
_2
Facility
Compartment
S-IV
Engine
Environmental
I
_
S-I
Conditioning
Unit Module
Fuel
_3
Container
Compartment
Enviromnental-S-I
System
Engine
Controls
Compartment
Launch
Control
CellteF
Data
Flow
from
Launch
Center
3-227
Figure
9-4
9-1.
Environmental
Control
System,
Saturn
......
Cooling
C.
The
tower
Automatic
ground
e.
Umbilical
tower
f.
Launch
S-I
stage
engine
b.
S-I
stage
fuel
c.
S-IV
stage
engine
d.
S-IV
stage
forward
e.
Instrument
f.
Apollo
provide
filtered
vehicle
umbilical
module
or orifices,
the
gas
and
LOX
part
supply
temperature
area
in the S-I
before
The
within
stage.
S-I
Air
LH 2 loading
stage,
air
design
the
S-IV
to prevent
the
S-I
cool
before
LOX in the
constant
supplies
of the
stage
from
vehicle
warm
supercooling
engine
is supplied
air
during
to the
two fuel
forward
in the
S-IV
two engine
located
control
prelaunch,
container
compartment,
located
compartments
S-IV
S-IV
in this
heated
compartments
receive
stage.
to the
located
receives
of the
components
The
of equipment
to the
in the
checkout
is delivered
compartment
each
ground
electrical
loading
of
Strategically
to the
limits.
of LH2
from
F.
provide
stage
the
temperature
start
air
the S-IV
maintains
stage,
begins
dry
gas
of 48 inches
rates.
equipment
cool
the
of conditioned
plumbing,
information
facility,
through
35 to 250 degrees
gas-flow
electrical
system
unit.
compartment
of the
tower
simultaneously,
at a pressure
be controlled
with
15 minutes
reason,
areas:
umbilical
flow rate
(maximum)
conditioned
compartments
to loading
minutes
are
control
until
same
can
in the
or both
maximum
minute
vehicle
cool
the
per
located
or GN 2,
The
of the launch
compartments
engine
air
control.
in these
Prior
payload
compartments
modules,
temperature
instrument
air
and
compartment
vehicle.
which
environmental
the
vehicle
compartment
temperature
probes
instrument
following
instrument
conditioned
being
start
container
to the
Nozzles
At the
the
conditioning
The
for
facility
station
payload
water.
stations
compartment
is 300 pounds
temperature
roof
unit
and
compartments
o-
center
conditions
environmental
each
control
a.
Three
.o
facility
control
equipment
:':
facility
d.
ground
.'..
air
stage
area.
For
prior
until
to loading
15
stage.
9-5
The environmental control system medium is changedfrom air to GN2 for all
compartments a minimum of 15minutes before the start of LH2 loading in the S-IV
stage. This prevents possible fire or explosion by maintaining the 02 content below
the level which will support combustion and by preventing any significant accumulation of GH2. The flow rates and temperatures remain unchanged, Figure 9-2.
The Apollo payload is also conditioned by the environmental control system. The
medium, flow rate, temperature, anddelivery schedulesare determined by MSC.
9-4. S-I STAGE IMPLEMENTATION.
The S-I stage environmental control system maintains a predetermined temperature and humidity level in the enginecompartment and in the two instrument compartments located in the forward end of the fuel containers F-1 and F-2. The engine
compartment, located between the heat shield and the firewall, and the area under
the center LOX container are serviced through the same piping that is used for the
water quenchsystem. The piping consists of four independentassemblies each of
which is connectedthrough quick-disconnect couplings to a separate line from the
environmental control system ground facilities. The vehicle plumbing is disconnectedfrom the ground lines at liftoff. Oneof the four pipe assemblies is shown
in Figure 8-12. Warm air (110to 150degrees F) at a flow rate of approximately 147
poundsper minute and at 20 to 30 inches water pressure, is delivered to the engine
compartment before LOX is loaded in the S-I stage. A minimum of 15minutes
prior to the start of LH2 loading in the S-IV stage, the air is replaced with GN2
at the same temperature andflow rate. The temperature within the compartment
is monitored by two probes which supply temperature data to the environmental
system ground control stations.
The two instrument compartments located in the forward portion of fuel containers
F-1 and F-2 are serviced from the ground system through a commonumbilical duct
connectedto a manif61d. The manifold distributes the conditioning medium to each
compartment. During prelaunch checkout, cool, dry air (50 to 70 degrees F) at a
flow rate of 45 poundsper minute and a pressure of 12inches of water is supplied
as soon as compartment electrical equipmentoperation begins. GaBeousnitrogen
at the same temperature and flow rate replaces the air 15minutes before loading
LH2 in the S-IV stage. The temperature of the inlet air or GN2, sensedby a thermistor probe, is monitored by the ground system.
9-6
w
....
....
ggo_w_w_
w
Q
_
w
ow
_ -"
..
,--i
r_
z_
2:
v
pa
c_
hi?
E_ _o
2;
_,
.,-q
M
ra
_ _-_
_._
r/1
M
,.--I
L)
_._
0
,,.-0
%
r/l
I
"
of
?:
oo
I
c._o
_v
9-?
9-5.
S-IV STAGE
IMPLEMENTATION.
components
and in
is
between the LH 2 container wall and the skirt structure with a flexiblemembrane
located forward of the separation plane.
of the membrane,
the conditioning
is directed into the area between the engine thrust structure and the pro-
pellant container through nozzles fed by ducts connected to the manifold, Figure
9-3.
Warm,
dry air (130 to 150 degrees F) at a flow rate of 204 to 240 pounds per
in the compartment
by the environmental
The
forward
from
the
of the
Dry
the
vehicle
vent
air
from
when
is replaced
15 minutes
The
before
instrument
compartment
flow
rate
conditioning
9-8
stage
The
receives
located
probe
F) at a flow rate
the
instrument
The
in the
that
same
air
air
senses
the
or
unit
exhaust
per
minute
electrical
equipment
temperature
and
GN 2 that
or GN 2 is vented
instrument
of 59 pounds
unit
GN 2 at the
conditoned
compartment.
holes
a thermistor
UNIT
skin.
One
temperature.
is supplied
checkout
flow rate
to
begins.
a minimum
of
IMPLEMENTATION.
electrical
environmental
of water
LH 2 loading.
unit
(50 to 80 degrees
unit
two vent
with
INSTRUMENT
vehicle
inches
instrument
(73 to 80 degrees
air
9-6.
the
contains
compartment
The
of the S-IV
through
holes
temperature
compartment
is exhausted
is measured
of 15 minutes before LH 2
equipment
control
system.
F) at a flow
flows
is first
replaces
medium
to the
rate
During
of 59 pounds
instrument
energized.
the air
is prevented
Gaseous
approximately
is delivered
unit
from
from
prelaunch
per
when
minute
the
at the
15 minutes
before
ground
checkout
and
system
cool,
by the
dry
air
a pressure
of 29
equipment
in the
electrical
nitrogen
the
overheating
same
temperature
LH 2 loading.
through
and
The
an umbilical
duct.
_:. !- .
"..
..
wo
LH 2 Container
S-IV
Conditioned
Z
Air/GN 2
from
GSE
Interstage
Seal
Plate
S-I
3-226A
Figure
9-3.
Interstage
Compartment
Environmental
Control,
S-I/S-IV
9-9
It is exhausted
into the
vent
valves
flow
of one of the
for
in the
temperature
9-7.
Saturn
stage
instrument
valves
supplies
gimballing
the
thrust
these
functions,
the
gimballing
control
and
stabilization
engine
gimballing
engine
thrust
during
the
flight.
) As
pressure
thrust
ascent
(35,000
are
viding
vectors
thrust
vehicle
to the
overboard
located
ground
through
in the
control
exhaust
stations
steers
for
counteracted
it may
The
minimize
and
roll.
S-I
encounter
forces
stage
vehicle
In performing
initiated
and
is active
S-IV
stage
on the
structural
powered
aerodynamic
disturbances
engines
by the
by providing
system
of high
other
active
6-30).
The
produced
the
of the
its trajectory
to the region
by gimballing
which
along
(throughout
in addition
control.
to Paragraph
vehicle
yaw
engines
by commands
(Refer
the
mission
winds.
vehicle
is controlled
of pitch,
feet),
the gimballed
such
vehicle
as
by such
of the
active
stage
loading
and
maintain
prothe
on trajectory.
OPERATION.
The
gimballed
engines
electro-hydraulic
four
engines
yaw
a +4-degree
pattern,
3 and 4 are
STAGE
The
typical
and
manifold
two servo
The
9-10
of the
utilized
which
S-I
the
All
Figure
for
8-2,
roll
are
stage
engine
control.
I stages
are
similar
positioned
in operation.
is gimballed.
The
in a +8-degree
square
stage
to provide
by independent,
pitch
and
Each
associated
pattern
servo
(Figure
engines
yaw
of the
are
loop
8-1)
gimballed
control.
in
Engines
1,
control.
IMPLEMENTATION.
hydraulic
actuation
assembly,
actuators.
location
in Figure
or roll
two Saturn
loops,
of gimballing
for pitch,
9-9.
of the
servo
outboard
is capable
2,
positions
function.
ascends,
and
probe
data
required
control
to 50,000
misalignments
then
or GN 2.
system
of the
the vehicle
disturbances
9-8.
for
phase
air
vectors
system
vectors
A thermistor
system
to provide
The
skin.
and
SYSTEM.
stage
attitude
compartment
temperature
of the
GIMBALLING
I engine
forward
unit
regulation
ENGINE
The
S-IV
a main
These
of components
9-5.
system,
hydraulic
components
on the
four
Figure
9-4,
pump
are
outboard
and
described
is composed
associated
in the
H-1 engines
of an accumulator
lines
and valves,
following
of the S-I
and
paragraphs.
stage
is shown
_mm
_..t r-.l _-t
oP't
._
_,,t
'_
.I
cO
e_
o,-i
i_
9-11
A c tuator
A c cumulato
Reservoir
Auxiliary
and
Main
Hydraulic
Pump
Motor
Pump
3-202
Figure
9-10.
Accumulator
a manifold
The
accumulator
functions
actuator
functions
Fluid
the
located
9-12
Manifold
System
Components
Assembly.
accumulator,
as
demand
as
This
assembly
a low-pressure
the
the
hydraulic
reservoir
a secondary
flow
source
in excess
a pressure
accumulator
stores
inside
Gimballing
is
piston-type
composed
reservoir,
assembly.
accumulator
reservoir
and
piston-type
instantaneous
within
Engine
Reservoir
of a high-pressure
and
9-5.
surge
is maintained
fluid
compensates
for
of fluid
of pump
suppressor
capacity.
and
at a pressure
the
system.
for
fluid
power
3200
ripple
psig
A low-pressure
expansion
supplies
In addition,
pump
of
and
caused
the
eliminator
nominal.
piston
by
The
unit
tempera-
.m
wwt
ture
variations.
return
line
at 53.3
to being
a charging
through
a quick
hydraulic
accumulator
and prevent
the
valve
pumped
reservoir
components
are
a.
pump
inlet
accumulator
cavitation
is charged
with
(11).
9-4.
system
Figure
high-pressure
into
the
and
manifold
to maintain
Reservoir
fluid
is
The
nipple
system
GN 2 from
a ground
is filled
(8) and
then
with
purged
source
hydraulic
fluid
and bled.
flows
through
the
filter
element
assembly
(10).
The
functions
of the
indicates
the
pressure
drop
All
as follows:
a differential
filter
to the
accumulator
disconnect
fluid
is bootstrapped
psig.
filled,
through
the
reservoir
pressurization
pressurized
Prior
The
pressure
indicator
across
element,
b.
a thermal
predetermined
switch
(16) transmits
a signal
if fluid
temperature
exceeds
level,
c.
a pressure
transducer
(15) monitors
fluid
pressure
in the high-pressure
ae cumulator,
d.
a potentiometer
continuously
monitors
e.
a high-pressure
relief
(12) protects
system
by allowing
excessive
valve
pressure
the
to vent
fluid
the
into
level
in the
reservoir,
high-pressure
side
of the
the
low-pressure
side
of the
the
low-pressure
side
of the
system,
f.
a low pressure
relief
valve
(14) protects
system.
A quick
may
disconnect
also
After
be drained
the
system
nitrogen
pressure
released
through
(1) hydraulic
high-
and
from
the
entering
9-11.
ment
the
low-pressure
by removing
is drained
the
auxiliary
type,
filter
provided
low-pressure
Main
the
GN 2 charging
are
sides
pump
(13) is used
plugs
located
with
of the
is filtered
can
reservoir
valve
seepage
by the
Both
plugs
are
case
the
The
auxiliary
(2).
Bleed
Gaseous
(10) can
(3) and
valves
on both
filter
(19).
cleaning.
assembly
the
system
housings
for
manifold
contained
drain
system.
servoactuator
be removed
and
(11).
system
to drain
in the
element
in the accumulator
pump
the
nipple
the
for
pumps.
element
be
main
the
Fluid
(5) before
accumulator.
Hydraulic
is driven
low-pressure
Pump.
by the
reservoir,
The
H-1
main
engine
is pumped
hydraulic
pump
turbopump.
through
(1), a variable
Hydraulic
the
check
valve
fluid,
displacedrawn
(6) and
the
from
filter
9-13
element (9)
servo
the
into
the
actuators
high-pressure
(19) through
high-pressure
9-12.
Servo
servo
side
actuators
from
the
high-pressure
A feedback
Hydraulic
fluid
manually
operated
to provide
signal
from
the
Auxiliary
Pump.
nine
supplies
hydraulic
pressure
fluid
operation,
by the
the
check
pump
indicated
by a thermal
9-14. SEPARATION
of the
following
description
stage/instrument
injected
into
unit
pump
driven
servo
valve
the
actuator
arms
on each
actuator
which
indicating
actuator
low pressure
two sides
The
by a command
The
directs
(17).
transmits
position.
reservoir.
of the
(3) is a single
actuator
ground
ignition,
fluid.
electric
fixed
motor
A
cylinder
Excessive
pump
auxiliary
high pressure
valve
motor
The
During
from
a check
angle,
(4).
operation.
(1) is protected
engine
on the
stage,
by an electric
for
pump
high-pressure
of the
S-I
unit
earth
engine.
(7) protects
the
temperature
is
motor.
SYSTEM.
function
separation
auxiliary
After
switch
the
actuator.
hydraulic
(6).
the
gimbal
unit.
moving
on
electro-hydraulic
is controlled
to the
interconnects
acting,
engine
computer
to the system
main
(3) from
control
is returned
cylinder
valve
auxiliary
The primary
piston
two
psig.
double
instrument
is mounted
of the
The
delivery,
area,
to the
Flu i d pressure
3200
actuator
in the
to the
movement
it is distributed
actuator.
on each
actuator
valve
variable
pump
apart
actuators
bypass
manual
equal
(potentiometer)
feedback
each
(18) on each
the
where
is approximately
located
against
transducer
an electrical
9-13.
valve
computer
fluid
pump
90 degrees
servo
control
within
Two linear,
located
electro-hydraulic
a filter
of the
Actuators.
accumulator
Saturn
I separation
stage
from
does
not include
from
orbit.
the S-IV
the Apollo
stage
system
during
an explanation
payload
is to provide
vehicle
of the
occurring
positive
flight.
(The
separation
after
the
of the S-IV
payload
is
weight.
than one
During
9-14
:! :!:!i: i!!i!i
9-15.
OPERATION.
In separating
functions
the two
Purging
prestart
Saturn
I launch
vehicle,
the
following
principal
and
ventilating
of the
S-IV
stage
engine
compartment
during
chilldown.
b.
Cutoff
c.
Acceleration
d.
Physical
e.
Deceleration
f.
Ignition
Prior
of engines
engines,
of the
chilldown
the
the
engine
flows
out through
of the
area
engine
beneath
thrust
each
compartment,
separation
low-level
propellants
near
vehicle
initiate
attitude
deviations
as opposed
propellant
sequence
and
of the
which
depletion.
S-IV
uncontrolled
stage
flight.
vented
engines
during
occur
from
occurs
cutoff
engine
ignition
In terminating
engines
four
and thrust
the S-I
venting
of the
liftoff
indicates
that
stop
burning
as a result
between
when
thrust,
the
the
vehicle
inboard
Burnout,
the
S-I
the
to prevent
burnout.
during
the
booster
because
buildup
within
when
is necessary
seconds,
stage
Purging
after
termination
is important
of approximately
and
circuits
unsymmetrical
when
the oxidizer
atmosphere.
control
thrust
(LOX)
interstage.
containers
occurs
propellants
Prestart
overboard;
the
stage
oxidizer
148 seconds
propellant
this
starting.
chilldown
an inert
so that
and the
into
approximately
stage
A controlled
is a period
is then
S-IV
system
engine
(LH2)
A controlled
cutoff,
feed
fuel
to maintain
When
could
vehicle.
cryogenic-propellant
during
the
engine,
S-I
cutoff.
to controlled
there
stage
depletion.
engine
lines
of the
is initiated
in one
are
the
fuel
chamber
is required
the
the propellant
The
S-IV
operation
sensor
starting
or feed
system.
from
engines.
down
pump
stage
by circulating
feed
the
S-I
stage.
and
to cool
the
stage.
stage
stages
within
stage.
of the
of the S-IV
is accomplished
through
S-IV
of the S-I
it is necessary
do not vaporize
of the S-I
separation
to separating
cutoff
of the
occur:
a.
The
stages
of
separation
stage
engine
coasts
engines
in
are
cut
off first.
Following
the
the
motors
ullage
acceleration
for
reliable
controlled
are
provides
starting.
cutoff
ignited
sufficient
The
of the
inboard
to provide
acceleration
propellant
propellant
engines,
pressure
pressure
at the
and then
of the
at the
pump
S-IV
inlet
inlet
the
outboard
stage.
The
of each
engine
is maintained
engines,
pump
above
9-15
9-16
o
r.._
o
u_
0
0,._
_9 _o_
_'_
-_--_ _
o
g]
_
d
0
:o:o
c_
o
o
%
d
o
o_
_._o
_.,_
m_t_
%
0
o
o
n_
_N
o
o
o
o_
[I]
_0
o
,-_
rf_
F_
d
o
00
I
._'-4
X
o
o
o
co
I
o
[/)
L_
co
!
I
O_
,.Q
o
rJl
o
O
o_,,_
_.._
b_
O
N
O_
,,,,,-i
r_
.8
4--1
r_
o
o_,,-t
o
0
o_
0_-,i
g
I
_r_
,--i
or-t
r._
hi?
9-17
oo_
._
g_
._
c_
_'_
_._
r_
0
0
"0
i,
_)
g2_0
_o
c_
o
L_
o
o
o
.r-4
F_
4_
:S
o
I
LQ
00
o
I
o
g3
t'--
ct_
o
ffl
<
F_
0
.,-.i
'_
.,-t
0
o
o
_>_'N
o
C
md
0
o
c_
o,_.
C
o
m
,---_
o_
9-18
o
o
0
0
,.el
_
mm.=
_J
0J
o
_J
_J
t_
0.)
_0
_J
"2
0
<
I
I
t_
0
_J
0
0
_J
_J
_J
0
OJ
_J
>
_J
o
_J
o'J
0
Z
9-19
Spider
Beam
A s sembly
78 54'
MSFC
Station
[A
Centerline
-_
A
962-,
Retromotor
Retromotor
Flight
Assembly
Fin
Retromotor
Fin
III
IV
Fin
View
II
A-A
Retromotor
Retromotor
4
Fin
3-209
Figure
9-20
9-6.
Retromotor
Installation
_is
: : :J:ii:iiil i;!
.............
Dispersal
Manifold
Rings
(6)
Plenu m
Chaml)er
Line
Assembly
(6)
3-229
Figure
9-7.
I,OX-SOX
Disposal
System
9-21
"a
cd
q_
CP o_
v
I
L:_O
,.:I
,.-.-I
o:l
\\
"L_
9-22
/ /
The
eight
blowout
interstage.
Each
beginning
of the
stage.
The
Four
separation
stage
are
panel
covers
panels
broken
stage
are
of two
occurs
positioning
and
motor
is mounted
ullage
stage
at two points
apart
around
to minimize
motor
the
After
the
frangible
nuts.
signal
used
to accelerate
average
occurs
canted
thrust
nut.
35 degrees
fcom
vehicle
for
to the
The
frangible
nuts
the
fairings
are
located
after
ullage
to position
during
S-IV
S-I/S-IV
by breaking
the
90
centerline
Each
jettisoned
20 seconds
of the S-IV
vehicle
at 70F
starting.
aft skirt
the
providing
engine
hardware.
pounds
stage
motors,
ignition
approximately
S-I
Physical
pressure
is bolted
of 3460
four
to the
the S-IV
9-22.
on the
inter-
fractured.
inlet
which
the
stage
explosive
each
are
Figure
gases
engine
within
turbopump
are
expended,
This
are
the
at the
of equipment.
the S-IV
staging
S-I/S-IV
LOX from
maintenance
nuts
nuts,
of exhaust
are
the
in a fairing
skirt,
RL10A-3
motors
after
of the
is opened
to vent
join
S-I/S-IV
end
which
and
charges
sufficient
a nominal
for
assemblies
frangible
the
effect
provides
propellants
using
bolt
motors
port
cooldown
servicing
explosive
the aft
vent
for
During
ullage
Each
degrees
nut and
stages
around
a triangular
1147).
solid-propellant
propellant
spaced
removable
station
of the
evenly
engine-prestart
frangible
by means
separation
staging.
the
separation
is initiated.
(Retromotors
and
are
S-IV
(at MSFC
Four
panels
are
instrument
with
unit
a capability
)
9-18.
ORDNANCE
short
by the
providing
During
provide
the
pellants
used
high
payload.
for
separation
However,
of two TX-280
the
of the
vehicle
solid-propellant
stage
to continue
throughout
engines
for
during
concentrated
components.
components
required
performed
energy,
system
the S-I
forces
Apollo
operations
ordnance
launch,
the
stage
S-IV
stage
is designed
retromotors
on the
SYSTEMS.
time,
redundant
on the S-IV
inclusion
of the mechanical
reliable,
vided
from
for
stage.
Many
not required
initial
the operation.
are
a Saturn
forces.
High
the
I mission
These
reliability
require
forces
are
is achieved
by
pro-
system.
started
turbopump
At lift-off,
by ordnance
operation
the
components
and
ignition
which
of pro-
ground-to-vehicle
9-23
Launch
Phase.
During
of a solid-propellant
initial
and
acceleration
provides
ignition
gas
ions
between
9-21.
near
depletion,
components
panels
play
to open
RL10A-3
cutoff
provide
the
turbopump
decelerate
the S-I
during
valve
engines
acceleration
inlet
stage
launch
pressure
providing
for
S-IV
rapid
and
turbopump
LPGG
its
internal
produces
at the
engine
the
stage
complete
the
that
four
engines
a low-level
propellants
cuts
beginning
interstage
for
outboard
positioning
blowout
of the
area.
the
ignition.
An
controlled
engines.
and
physical
supply
Ordnance
cord
provides
connect-
power
when
Detonating
then
permanent
is initiated
propellant
for
the
(LPGG).
The
and
indicates
LOX from
and
generator
vehicle,
interstage
H-1
for
LOX-fuel
igniters.
and
separation.
on each
gas
the
positive
sequence
to vent
by ignition
turbine.
containers
S-I/S-IV
produces
gas
system
of the
is initiated
drives
to provide
separation
sequence
inboard
vehicle
sufficient
9-24
four
fired
propellant
in the
Conax
which
high-speed
ascent
role
prestart
SPGG
by LPGG
electrical
S-I/S-IV
ports
actuated
of first
motors
the
vent
are
stage
a major
engine
explosively
S-I
turbine
of the
During
of the
starting
The
is supplied
vehicle
Phase.
in one
(SPGG).
LPGG
switches
engine
of the liquid-propellant
operation
the launch
Ascent
sensor
are
of the
explosive
H-I
high-speed
ignition
for continued
At liftoff,
generator
of the
primary
Secondary
the
gas
launch
Ullage
to ensure
Retromotors
separation
of the
s geso Physical
by breaking
the
within
each
nut are
attach
the ullage
jettison
the
Throughout
the
flight
nuts
ignited
motor
the
which
fairings
ascent
by means
is actuated
the
ignited
to cut
open
the propellant
S-IV)
has
and
9-22.
S-I
Ordnance
power
and engine
9-23.
used
for
is switched
in parallel
contact
stages.
nuts
The
nuts
are
also
are
broken
charges
used
to
to
burning.
range
safety
officer
dispersion
are
Explosive
shut
system.
down
To attain
can terminate
and
high
When
detonating
the
cord
reliability
is
each
stage
system.
components
cutoff,
ground
used
Approximately
power
permanent
during
power
are
35 seconds
to internal
of relays.
contacts
possible
retromotors
for
transfer
stage
of
separation,
and
dispersion.
Switches.
relay
used
power.
At launch,
fired
and
the
of power
switches
positive
caused
liftoff
Transfer
explosive
to form
interruptions
before
connected
permanent
by relay
failure
are
both
circuits
or relay
chatter.
9-24.
H-1
cutting
off the
propellant
Engine
gas
Ordnance.
H-1
gas
components
Ordnance
engines.
generator,
liquid-propellant
The
the
engines
includes
propellant
from
the
eliminate
mission
containers.
by a network
with
aft skirt.
finished
dispersion
the
Frangible
have
stage
and
Liftoff
is accomplished
which
stage
starting
Explosive
vehicle
nuts.
S-IV
is accomplished
IMPLEMENTATION.
on the S-I
components
active
a separate
STAGE
....
to join
of the propellant
system
(S-I
they
of the
used
the
to the
after
phase
time
are
to fracture
motors
at any
frangible
ullage
..
are
For
Gas
mounted
engine
starting
SPGG,
approximately
drives
the
LOX-fuel
The
as illustrated
Figure
for
gas
used
in starting
is equipped
generator
valve
with
a solid-
initiators,
initiates
and
and
engine
two
cutoff.
below.
which
second
engine
A Conax
Generator.
cartridge
the
each
igniters.
described
Solid-Propellant
disposable
starting,
two solid-propellant
generator
on each
components
cannot
9-10,
1.0
turbopump.
solid-propellant
in Figure
be reloaded
produces
second
The
gas
9-9,
gas
at a rate
solid-propellant
(SPGG),
is a solid-propellant
or reused.
to accelerate
generator
During
of 4.8
a high-speed
grain
engine
pounds
turbine
continues
per
which
to burn
9-25
Nut
(ii)
Washer
Location
(11)
View
Gasket
\
\
Gas
pellant
Generator
\
Flight
Gas
Generator
-\
Assembly
Gasket(3)
Initiator
(2)
Plug
3-204A
Figure
9-26
9-9.
Solid-Propellant
Gas
Generator
100 to 200
the
mil'liseconds
liquid-propellant
LPGG
_fiel
gas
generator
gntee
(LPGG)
th_ cb_nbustion
providing
primary
chamber
ignition
of
of the
propellants.
Igniter
Pellets
35
L6X'_d'eI
Burst
Diaphragm
Grams
in Poly
Bag
Ce'nter
Grain
Orifice
!
Initiators
(2)
Aluminum
3-Z03
Cup
Cartridge
Figure
Solid
the
The
Propellant
solid
technic
are
and
Generator
Initiators
SPGG
pyrotechnic
a moisture
(minimum)
to glow,
Solid-Propellant
in the
"match-head
]. 5 amps
wire
propellants
initiators
receptacle
Gas
9-10.
igniting
sealed
closes
the
the
circuit
pyrotechnic
engine
consisting
cartridge
Generator
(Figure
of each
devices
Gas
9-11).
is started
An electrical
initiator
burning
of
by two initiators.
of a two-pin
assembly
in the
The
electrical
containing
impulse
causing
a pyro-
of 500-volt
ac,
a nichrome
material.
9-27
__HIIIIIMIIIIIIIII_
_-
Insulator
I- Body
3-205A
Figx_re
9-11.
Licluid-Propellant
Gas
igniters,
on
technic
installed
devices
that
Solid-Propellant
Generator
the
engine
provide
Gas
Igniters
as
secondary
Generator
(Figure
illustrated
9-12).
in
ignition
Initiator
Figure
of the
The
auto-ignition
9-13,
are
LOX-fuel
mixture
Gasket
First
Fire
Link
Pyrotechnic
Material
Wire
Sleeve
Pyrotechnic
Material
3-206
Figure
9-28
9-12.
Liquid-Propellant
Gas
Generator
pyro-
Igniter
in
.,-q
\
\
\
0
I
<
I
9-29
the
LPGG
combustion
an electrical
housed
the
receptacle
in a tube
main
the
impact,
Main
wire
device
are
LOX Valve
with
is open,
fuel
of the
main
opened
housed
has
from
LOX
when
and
The
the
pump
valve
sleeve
a first-fire
are
(Conax
Valve).
Each
(Figure
outlet
flows
through
the
ignites
to heat
and
by the SPGG.
valve
signal
A two-amp
in indicating
sensitive
Conax
engine
containing
charge.
is used
of
is
assemblies
assembly
which
consists
cartridge
pyrotechnic
produced
Valve
engine)
The
closed
initiating
an electrical
two inner
igniters,
Control
(two per
assembly.
cartridge
by hot gases
normally
igniter
a cartridge
in the
fired.
Closing
one
Each
utilizing
charge
ignited
equipped
and
assembly
pyrotechnic
fuseable-link
that
chanlber.
shutdown.
the
H-1
9-14).
valve
The
explosive
When
to the
Conax
charge
Electrical
engine
is
the valve
closing
valve
in one
port
is
or both
Connecto
Valve
Body
Valve
Plug
Position
Indi,
Trigger
Assembly
Trigger
A s sembly
Valve
Metal
let
Diaphragm
Port
Inlet
Port
3-Z08
Figure
9-30
9-14.
Main
LOX Valve
Closing
Control
Valve
Body
(Conax
Valve)
Q
w
diaphragms
trigger
9-25.
within
assembly
Four
deceleration
to the
retromotors
are
S-I
degrees,
charge
exhaust
radially
gases
produced
gage
or noL the
adjacent
to each
Table
9-6.
by the
The
gage.
motor
thrust
ignition
electronic
igniter
base
The
to prevent
spider
beam
vectors
wire
ignite
the
performance
for
calibration
located
at the
directed
Performance
Parameters,
is
units
furnish
the electric
When
solid
valves
are
parameters
for
2KS-36,
64.28
propellant.
tube
indicates
installed
the
retromotors
inches
500 pounds
Total
weight
(nominal)
481 pounds
weight
Time
of burning
Thrust
(average
(nominal)
327 pounds
2.15
(t b at 60 F)
during
t b at 250,000
impulse
disignation
temperature
feet)
seconds
37,000
pounds
74,500
pounds
ANP-512DS
(adiabatic)
Ignition
Theoretical
the
250 Retromotor
(maximum)
Experimental
fired
by a pressure
weight
Flame
11
Parameter
(over-all)
Propellant
aft and
retromotor
Total
Total
forward
9-2.
9-2.
Propellant
The
each
retromotor
Item
Length
interaction.
igniter.
retromotor
provide
stage
are
firing
motor
Pressure
each
in the
of each
opposite
is open.
system
bridge
mounted
is firing.
pressure
on the
indicator
valve
staging
The
motor
at the
Aerojet
apart
inward.
position
or not the
S-I/S-IV
initiators
motor
in Table
dUring
Two
connected
whether
given
9-15.
A valve
whether
90 degrees
to two EBW
A pressure
are
stage
Figure
in Figure
body.
solid-propellant
mounted
6 minutes
illustrated
firing
S-I
stage,
valve
indicates
Retromotors.
end of the
the
specific
impulse
impulse
Mod.
second
3
4600 F
Exploding
specific
per
bridgewire
224 seconds
232 seconds
9-31
III
_i
IV _
Flight
Location
ure
Calibration
View
Valve
@
@
@
Electronic
Firing
Unit
Bridge
Wire
(Z}
Igniter
Assembly
3-210A
Figure
9-32
9-15.
Retromotor
Ignition
System
9-26.
Propellant
during
flight,
propellant
bridge
two
EBW
shaped
range
safety
dispersion
wire
-_'y
Disper'si'on
the
firing
detonators
charges.
officer
system.
units,
The
a safety
and
When
wt
_@
can terminate
the
system
ordnance
and arming
system
an_:
" becomes
flight
consists
_S&A) device
two Primacordinitiators,
the
_..
by means
of the
of two electronic
into which
Primacord
is activated,
a hazard
are
trains,
shutdown
of the
and
active
assembled
linear
stage
engines
is initiated.
Electronic
consist
Bridge
Wire
Firing
of a high-voltage
by means
ignition
of a trigger
of an EBW
from
the
destruct
volts
dc,
discharges,
Two
firing
units
Units
supply,
circuit.
system
are
used
unit
When
controller
firing
the
9-16}.
The
and
an arc-gap
a capacitor,
The
detonator.
(Figure
EBW
to increase
furnishes
the
the
switch
is closed
the
capacitor,
detonator
the
firing
to which
EBW
switch
high-voltage
to 2300
the unit
of the
closed
power
by a trigger
charged
reliability
units
for
signal
+ 100
is connected.
system.
E BW Detonator
J
Switch
Trigger
Signal
2300Capacitor
_+ 100 vdc
I(
1
High Voltage
Supply
7-
I
I
r
I
I
I
"1
Stage
Battery
28 vdo
I
I
3-211
Fig_are
9-16.
Electronic
Bridge
Wire
Firing
Unit
9-33
EBW
Detonators.
which
The
rapidly
and
S&A device.
posts
The pins
are
bridge
with
for
When
release
of chemical
of a large
A gap
out if power
is accidentally
two-pin
assembly
inside
to the
lead-wire
firing
unit
applied
in the
from
to the
contacts
which
cable
serve
The wire
ignites
circuit
than
The
detonator
electronic
a high-energy
which
other
as
of the
bridgewire.
bridgewire
detonator.
of the
the detonator
of energy
a source
devices
in the rotor
is triggered,
to the
amount
activated
leads
with
dc is applied
explosives.
burning
the
electrically
explosive
is fitted
externally
unit.
are
the
the bridgewire
+ 100 volts
the rapid
from
detonator
firing
of 2300
detonators
initiate
connected
wire
pulse
reliably
Each
mounting
EBW
a train
prevents
the
firing
explodes
the wire
unit
capacitor
is hermetically
sealed.
Safety
and Arming
safety
for personnel
Device
during
an electromechanical
explosive
used
unit
includes
leads.
Two
EBW
on opposite
sides
two explosive
which
is mounted
leads
are
and
position.
train.
Firing
ferred
through
indicator
from
the
Primacord.
tion
along
second.
the
linear
The
the
and
EBW
rotor
monitoring
position.
S&A device
desired
Primacord
shaped
leads
solenoid
the
rotor
are
explosive
leads
switches
indicate
housing
to the
trains
charges.
initiators
the
explosive
that
the
EBW
initiators
detonators
by a signal
90 degrees
with
a shock
the
wave
which
device
with
transfer
to the
explosive
initiators.
the
is pressurized
are
such
is energized
whether
containing
rotor,
from
in line
the
the
is turned
then
is
position,
to Primacord
is transA visual
is in the
GN 2.
the firing
charge
Primacord.
is an explosive
path
safe
provides
device
a rotor
two Primacord
isolated
the
The
and
is positioned
produces
Two Primacord
Primacord
any
In the
detonators
The
Initiators.
device.
to liftoff,
S&A device
or interrupt
solenoid
and
shaft,
explosive
of the
or armed
l>rimacord
prior
to connect
detonators
When
The
of EBW detonators.
therefore
initiators.
9-18).
a rotary
of the
to and
the blockhouse
and
as a switch
solenoid
perpendicular
armed
safe
on the
the Primacord
from
9-34
The
9-17
installation
unit
train.
installed
(Figures
at a speed
carry
the
cord
capable
of propagating
of approximately
firing
The Primacord
21,000
charge
from
trains
consist
the
feet
a detonaper
S&A device
to
of two lengths
of
o_
.v_
--
-w
wu
tu
Clutch
Electric
Solenoid
Housing
Explosive
Lead
Assembly
(Z)
& Clutch
Sprin
Rotor
I%s s embb
Section/%-A
Switch
(4)
3 -ZIZ
Figure
9-17.
Safety
and
Arming
(S&A)
Device
9-35
Electronic
Firing
Bridge
Unit
Wire
(2)
i
_Fin
Line
EBW
Safety
and
II
Detonator
(2)
Arming
Device
_oit,4_
J
60
_
\Y/
Grains/Foot_
Primacord
Ass:_bly
\
Forward
Access
_-Primacord
Doo
Initiators
3-213A
Figure
9-36
9-18.
Safety
and
Arming
(S&A)
Device
Installation
(2)
.....
50 grains
per
two lengths
with
other
on the
circuit.
Firing
lead-sheathed
on the
of the
containers
for
LOX container,
to the
9-27.
S-IV
Ordnance
ullage
components
9-28.
are
the
aft skirt
skirt
nominal
S-IV
and blowout
GFE
for
staging.
stage
and
time
at 70F
are
from
a closed
train.
a cutting
are
action
installed
of the
per
to a silicon
on the
eight
outboard
end of the
center
spliced
and
two EBW
initiators
each
ullage
Figure
9-20.
A pressure
ullage
Nuts.
motor
detects
Frangible
ullage
engine
vehicle
nuts,
ignition
are
develops
7-14).
electronic
a motor
transducer
motors
and to aid
around
Each
bridge
has
thrust
of
wire
firing
provide
connected
the
motor
average
on
the
to minimize
igniter
in
in fairings
intervals
a nominal
Two
Figure
9-23),
and
rocket
mounted
centerline
(Figure
motor
separation,
TX-280
at 90-degree
and
to Paragraph
system.
motors
conditions.
(refer
during
Thiokol
hardware
seconds
vacuum
the
with
motor,
under
located
in conjunction
Frangible
connected
by primacord
switches
used
The ullage
on thevehicle
of 3.87
liftoff
RL10A-3
units
9-29.
is ignited
Primacord.
entire
bonded
forward
dispersion
pounds
of each
the
to the
foot
to provide
length
end
of 100 grains
(FLSC)
They
The
to make
the
and
9-19.
are
consisting
full
from
panels
3460
igniter
the
solid-propellant
at 35 degrees
gases
burning
ignite
attached.
explosive
propellants
S-L/S-IV
canted
of exhaust
per
leads
force
FLSC
the propellant
Four
of the S-IV
and are
effect
nuts
Motors.
during
will
charges
along
The
50 grains
charges,
are
at one
S&A device
units
of 20 feet
includes
with
to position
separation
the
explosive
charges
Figure
connected
to the
shaped
the
9-19.
stage
associated
used
linear
long,
footPrimacord
explosive
a distance
frangible
Ullage
5 feet
long,
IMPLEMENTATION.
S-IV
motors,
firing
30-feet
train.
STAGE
on the
or both
containers
Figure
primacord
per
opposite
the
propellant
and
Primacord
stage
The
to which
2 ."
connected
concentrate
surface
outside
of the
flexible
insulation,
.-
two 50 grains
Charges.
: :_r
foot Primacord.are
ends
of either
Shaped
rubber
other
side
toot
per
of the
together
foot
the
ends
_-:
-.
approximately'34-feetancl
per
of 60 grains
S&A device
Linear
:..
primacord,
of 60 grains
two pieces
The
foot
.--
ignition
by tubing
from
of
the
firing.
9-21,
are
used
to join
the
S-IV
9-37
50
Grains/Foot
A
II
Primacord
/.
50 Grains/Foot
Primacord
i
IIl
IV
f-g
/
i
,+
I
Grains/Foot
/
FLSC
3 -214
Figure
9-38
9-19.
Primacord
and
FLSC
Installation,
S-I
w
v
eu
v
._
_.w
o
....
w
v
-.
Igniter-
Initiators
Pressure
--
(2)
Transducer
Electronic
Firing
Bridge
Unit
Wire
(2)
3 -215A
Figure
9-20.
Ullage
Motor
Ignition
System,
S-IV
9-39
(D
_D
<
(D
b_
(D
;>
.,.4
0
_9
I
(D
....4
z
9
9-40
,q
q
C'q
!
0
stage
to the
skirt.
Each
fracture
Four
stage,
are
stage
detonators
from
the
The
control
ultimate
separation
mounted
in a fairing
by frangible
Upon
wire
detonator
firing
S-I
the
located
between
jettison
each
Figure
9-22
the
The
of the
aft
ignited,
nuts
fairings
apply
firing
20 seconds
the
charges
in each
fairing
and
the
frangible
the
motor/fairing
vehicle
unit.
are
S-IV
stage/instrument
with
a capability
the
the
jettison
from
inclusion
motors
the
is
command
electronic
in the
which
spring
required
thrust
is illustrated
on the
the
are
harness
the
S-IV
stage
the payload,
of two
motor
installed
system
bolts
separation
MDF
provides
one
at two points
A compression
not required
unit
for
nut.
skin
The
ullage
sequencer
to the
by a
provides
stage
dc to detonators
charge
to the
ullage
S-IV
after
EBW
triggered
motors
Each
spent
flight
to two
spring-loaded
ullage
of the
Each
to a detonator
when
the
stage
frangible
connected
stage.
the
S-IV
charges.
is similar
S-IV
skirt
the
train
system
contain
from
units
fractured,
aft
the
connected
the MDF
the S-IV
nuts
of a signal
0VIDF) train
and the
that
to join
explosive
are
to the
used
in
for
the
However,
TX-280
to
the
solid-
retromotors.
Blowout
end of the
Panels.
S-I/S-IV
which
prestart
S-IV
when
installed
ignition
from
Retromotors
is designed
9-31.
stage
distributes
Retromotors.
propellant
which
staging,
ignite
retromotors
block
each
ullage
the
frangible
receipt
explosive
separation
the
S-I/S-IV
wire
block
is bolted
four
units
block.
ignites
9-30.
of the
by breaking
is initiated.
bridge
) After
The
fuse
(The
9-22.
S-I
are
During
bridge
computer.
which
assemblies
detonating
detonator
of the
nuts.
jettisoned
charges
two internally
electronic
in the
thrust
bolt
1147.
of the
by a mild
in Figure
retract.
ports
station
by means
installed
illustrated
fa:lr_igs:_
two explosive
nut and
Two independent
signal
theuifag_'mdto'r
contains
at MSFC
is detonated
block.
stage
nut
frangible
broken
charge
to attach
nut.
separation
S-I
and
frangible
the
to the
nuts
S-I
are
sequence
servicing
and
process,
a five
Eight
interstage,
opened
for
to vent
the
maintenance
grain
mild
blowout
panels
are
evenly
spaced
around
Figure
11-2.
The
panels
cover
triangular
LOX
RL10A-3
from
engines.
of equipment.
detonating
the
interstage
The
Upon
fuse
(MDF)
panels
initiation
area
are
at the
vent
of the
for
prestart
cutting
aft
beginning
removable
of the
is detonated
the
chilldown
the
fabric
9-41
Fin
Line
#i
J
'
Skirt
As sembly 7
glble
Electronic
Firing
To
Rocket
Bridge
Unit
Nut
[2)
Wire
(Z)
#2
Frangible
Nut
(
Detonator
Block
Fin
Line
#1
?o
Mild
Detonating
Fuse
(MDF)
To
Rocket
System,
S-IV
3-216A
Figure
9-42
9-22.
Ullage
Motor
Jettison
#3
Rocket
#?
panels
to open
EBW
detonators
trigger
the
volt
located
a safety
a I00
and
the
per
the
The
The
Saturn
stabilized
platform.
The
per
foot
Apollo
firing
IAC
the
units
S-I
stage
installed
outside
of the
lead
by cutting
which
firing
and
are
foot Primacord
LSC
wire
Primacordlead,
on the
foot
along
bridge
(Refer
LH 2
extending
out a portion
is interconnected
of
to the
foot Primacord,
SUPPLY
supply
and
prelaunch
used
) A 28-
dispersion
foot
The
is ruptured
until
payload
SYSTEM.
system
flow
GN 2 is supplied
the
gas-bearing
supply
and
until
until
launch
payload
launch
and
9-35.
system
liftoff.
separation
launch
minimum
operation,
The
from
to those
container
per
per
units
system.
propellant
(J.,SC).
per
firing
9-16.
the
to two
rate
furnishes
to the
to the
gas
stabilized
separation
during
filtered
of the
bearings
of the
platform
from
S-IV
the orbital
GN 2 at a
stage
phase
ST-124-M
the
and
of the
mission.
OPERATION.
launch
the
unit
during
charge
longitudinally
per
gas-bearing
The
The
of 100 grains
100 grains
temperature,
of checkout
instrument
LOX
for
of two electronic
similar
GAS-BEARING
I platform
pressure,
9-34.
The
wire
in Figure
power
by a 60 grains
LSC by 60 grains
regulated
start
are
bridge
a 60 grains
shaped
is ignited
with
PLATFORM
consists
on center,
LSC
supplies
device,
Two strands
bulkhead
LH 2 container
9-33.
linear
is illustrated
Ordnance.
stage
S&A device
stage,
(S&A)
foot
unit
System
arming
1/2-inch
container.
S-IV
_r
Two electronic
firing
the S-IV
9-26).
approximately
from
in the
for
and
to Paragraph
block.
Dispersion
grains
detonators,
"_Tl_'d_t_n_t_ng'fus;e
(/t basic
ordnance
units,
pS_[s
in a detonator
Propellant
system
and
vent
system.
battery,
9-32.
the
a high-pressure
supplies
required
a pressure
receives
During
GN 2 to the
for
safe
switch
operation
actuates
GN 2 from
the
ascent
sphere
orbital
which
system.
If the
of the
to shut
a ground
and
the
during
phase
supply
during
pressure
platform
stabilized
pre-
of the mission
is charged
ST-124-M
down
source
pre-
falls
during
below
standby
platform.
IMPLEMENTATION.
gas-bearing
storage
sphere,
supply
system,
a regulator
Figure
and heater
9-23,
assembly
is composed
(containing
of a high-pressure
a solenoid
valve,
9-43
Quick-Disconnect
High
Pressure
Coupling
Sphere
r
_
alibration
Valve
t--
_/
Check
ST-124
Stabilized
Platform---,
Valve
_Low
High
Filte
Pressure
Pressure
Switch
Thermistor
witc
'-Regulator
and
Heater
'lter
k.__
Manifold
Assembly
3 -Z17
Figure
a bypass
orifice,
associated
The
on the
GN 2 is
stored
supplied
until
pressure,
9-44
from
pressure
and
filter
heated
source
and
pressure
the
sphere
from
assembly,
to the
at
check
valve
to the
the
ST-124-M
Figure
(high-and
are
used
operating
it is reduced
temperature.
switches,
storage
and
stabilized
11-3.
3000
psig
to a high-pressure
switches
valve,
System
pressure
approximately
high-pressure
where
required
valve,
structure,
is within
the
Supply
adjacent
unit
to a calibration
within
heater
mounted
instrument
Two
GN 2 flows
and
is
a check
a ground
needed.
connected
High=pressure
regulator
of the
Gas-Bearing
filters),
system
coupling,
pneumatically
supply
and
The
inside
quick-disconnect
it is
Platform
a heater
tubing.
platform
9-23.
through
sphere
where
low-pressure),
in indicating
when
the
range.
sphere
from
3000
(The
regulator
through
psig
to operating
and
heater
am
g
-assembly
contains
GN 2 then
flows
manifold
assembly
a tilter-,"
through
.
a solenoi_l
a manifold
contains
w@
.......
; -
;h_'toftvarvd
assembly
a filter
.......
and
ano
to the
_ _rpass
stabilized
orifice.
platform.
The
The
a thermistor
which
monitors
the
gas
decreases
below
1200
during
initiates
the
temperature.
If GN 2 pressure
by operation,
electrical
from
The
the
the
power
solenoid
GN 2 then
reduced
within
rate
the
storage
low-pressure
to the
to allow
switch
stabilized
shutoff
bypasses
sphere
valve
the
safe
actuates
platform.
located
shutoff
bearing
In addition,
within
valve
runout
and
and
the
the regulator
flows
as the
speeds
removal
switch
and
through
psig
the
of the
of
removes
heater
bypass
platform
stand-
power
assembly.
orifice
gyros
at a
decay.
9-45
9-46
.....
:..:-:.-".::"
oo
CHAPTER
SECTION
GROUND
.:i
SUPPORT
EQUIPMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
10-1.
GEN __A. L
.........................
10-3
10-2.
GROUND
SUPPORT
EQUIPMENT,
S-I
10-3.
GROUND
SUPPORT
EQUIPMENT,
S-1_ STAGE
STAGE
........
10-3
........
10-7
........
10-15
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
10-1.
Test,
Checkout,
and Monitoring
10-2.
Transportation,
Protection,
10-3.
Stage
Test
10-4.
Instrumentation
10-5.
Propellant
Subsystem
Gas
S-IV
Handling
Equipment,
and
Equipment,
Equipment,
and
Equipment,
S-IV
S-IV
Servicing
S-IV
............
10-33
...............
Equipment,
10-29
10-37
S-IV
.........
10-41
LIST OF TABLES
10-1.
Test,
Checkout,
and Monitoring
10-2.
Servicing
10-3.
Handling
10-4.
Transportation
10-5.
Test,
10-6.
Transportation,
Protection
10-7.
Stage
Test
10-8.
Instrumentation
10-9.
Propellant
Equipment,
S-I
Equipment,
Subsystem
........
10-3
..................
S-I
10-5
Gas
10-6
................
and Monitoring
Equipment,
and
Handling
Equipment,
S-IV
Equipment,
and
S-I
S-I ...................
Equipment,
Checkout,
Equipment,
Servicing
S-IV
10-6
S-IV
.......
Equipment,
S-IV
............
10-24
10-28
...............
Equipment,
10-7
10-35
S-IV
........
10-36
I0-I
10-2
SECTION
GROUND
10-1.
SUPPORT
EQUIPMENT
GENERAL
The
Saturn
required
I ground
support
to support
launch
operations
GSE in this
related
and
excludes
unit
stages.
location
where
Instead,
the
10-2.
used,
GROUND
In general,
involved
the
and
functions
of each
stage
Safety Monitor
Equipment
of the
various
and
and
primary
S-I
is not contained
Control
system,
employed
as
vehicle
depending
in this
on the
document.
described.
STAGE.
as test,
checkout
and
Tables
through
10-4
the
list
10-1.
Test,
Checkout,
and
Monitoring
monitoring;
equipment
Equipment,
servicing;
and
S-I
Function
Equipment
and Action
Consists
of pressure
gages
and panels
for transducer
checkout
and calibration.
a. Used when the S-I stage
tests and during
prelaunch
b.
Provides
shutdown
event that a dangerous
Central
I.
ground
of the
vary
The
in Volume
are
may
and
unit.
functional
is classified
10-1
testing,
is described
development
functions
equipment
instrument
into
configuration
description
static
configurations
research
of each
ground
classification.
Equipment
Instrumentation
GSE
stage
GSE is formed
in the
and
all
GSE which
EQUIPMENT,
transportation.
Table
S-IV
The
an operational
SUPPORT
handling;
the
operation
is listed
includes
transportation,
launch-peculiar
operations,
GSE
the S-I
stage,
configurations.
Since
major
(GSE)
checkout,
to the S-I
at all locations
its
equipment
fabrication,
the above
subsystem,
required
the
section
In supporting
and
X.
Equipment
used
is undergoing
operations.
capability
condition
Provides
a central
control
console
during checkout
and launch
having
of directing
the program
to start,
hold
any system
test sequence.
in the
develops.
for use
a capability
stop,
or
10-3
Table
10-1.
Test,
Checkout,
and
Monitoring
Equipment,
Equipment
(Cont'd)
Function
Stage Propulsion
Equipment
Used
to energize,
control,
monitor
and test
the electrical
components
associated
with the
stage
electrical
power
supplies,
pneumatic
systems,
and pyrotechnics,
and the electromechanical
components
associated
with the
propellant
Ground
S-I
Power
System
containers
a.
Supplies
l15/208-volt,
equipment.
b.
Used
and
electrical
400 cps)
to
control
rocket
engines.
power
(28-volt
dc,
to ground
support
and
monitor
the
electri-
cal power
that
is applied
from
other
power
sources
to S-I stage
components
and test
site
systems
during
test,
checkout
and static
firing.
Ground
Set
Equipment
Test
Used
of electrical
(GETS)
Ground Support
Testing
Equipment
Ground
Telemetry
Station
a.
Used
system.
b. Used to check the operation of various
transducers
in the instrumentation
system.
Upper
Stage
Simulator
a.
Presents
circuitry
an
upper
the proper
which
normally
impedances
terminates
a. Used
ment.
in
stage.
b.
Contains
equipment
with test
facilities
for use in troubleshooting
insertion
of stimuli.
S-I Stage Simulator
to
to checkout
ground
point
and
support
for
equip-
b. Presents
the proper
impedances
and
sufficient typical stage outputs to establish
confidence in the ground support equipment.
10-4
_ .
Table
10-1.
Test,
--
......
Checkout,
--
.---
a'n'd
o}'ing"
Equipment
(Cont'd)
Function
e.
Contains
equipment
with test
facilities
for use in trQubleshooting
for insertion
of stimuli.
Fuel
Fuel
Tanking
Density
Simulator
Simulator
Liquid Oxygen
Simulator
Engine
Supplies
Supplies
density
Tanking
calibration
a.
calibration
signals
monitor
panel.
Simulates
engine
ground
10-2.
Servicing
Equipment
Fuel
electrical
network
the electrical
during
stage
liquid
of the
of the
responses
testing.
Equipment,
S-I
Function
Controls
storage
Filling
the transfer
of RP-1
tanks to the S-I stage
Provides
the control
for adjusting
fuel weight
to the S-I stage.
Replenishing
Liquid
Oxygen
Filling
Controls
the transfer
tanks to the S-I stage
Liquid
Oxygen
Replenishing
Provides
the
for boiloff.
Pneumatic
fuel
Provides
a central
source
of equipment
and power
to calibrate,
troubleshoot,
and
repair
RF equipment
of the S-I stage and
ground
support
equipment.
(RF)
Table
Fuel
to the
and verifies
operation
support
equipment.
b. Simulates
of an engine
RP-1
signals.
Supplies
calibration
signals
to the
oxygen
tanking
control
panel.
Simulator
Radio
Frequency
Test Bench
point
and
Control
System
and
loading
storage
LOX replenishing
to compensate
Supplies
GN9 and helium
from the storage
facility
to s_age.
The GN 2 and helium
are
used for stage
pressurization
and purging,
LOX
10-5
Function
and fuel bubbling, and fuel container prepressurization. In addition, the gases are
used to support the operation of the launcher
and tower equipment, and pneumatically controlled devices in the stage and test complex.
con-
Servicer
Supplies
the S-I stage with hydraulic
fluid
used for cleaning
and checkout
operations
the engine
gimbal
system.
System
Table
10-3.
Handling
Equipment
Stage
Handling
Engine
Equipment
Transportation
Equipment,
S-I
Function
Transporter
10-6
Equipment
Table
Transporter
S-I
Function
Equipment
Handling
Equipment,
of
Dolly
Composed
of a frame
and running
gear assembly, towbar,
steering
and braking
system,
and
operator
controls.
(A fore and aft transporter
dolly connected
by a structural
frame
forms
a
complete
transporter.
)
o..
Table
10-4.
oa,
Transportation'Equipment,S-I:(Cont'd)
Equipment
Transportation
Kit
Function
a.
Provides
the equipment
required
to prepare
the stage for transportation,
protect
small parts
during
transportation,
"and to tie down,
block,
and shore
the stage transporter
on the barge.
Accessories
b. Includes
environmental
control
equipment
which controls
the temperature
and humidity
of environmental
sensitive
items
(such as
those of instrumentation),
during
extended
barge
transportation.
10-3.
The
GROUND
S-IV
stage
protection
and gas
each
SUPPORT
GSE
is classified
and handling;
servicing.
EQUIPMENT,
Tables
stage
subsystem
10-5
STAGE.
checkout
testing;
through
10-9
Checkout,
and
list
and
monitoring;
transportation,
instrumentation;
the
equipment
and propellant
and functions
of
classification.
Table
10-5.
Test,
Figure
Monitoring
Equipment
10-1
(Sheet
as test,
S-IV
1)
Ground
Support
Test Set
Equipment,
S-IV
Function
Equipment
a.
Electrically
simulates
components
and circuits
of the S-IV
stage
to verify
proper
operation
of the GSE.
b. Allows
operation
of the GSE
and the stage
functions
without
the
stage being present.
10-1
(Sheet 1)
S-IV
Stage
a. Simulates
components
and
circuits
of the stage in order
that
associate
contractors
can check
Substitute
out adjacent
stages
when
stage is not available.
i0-i
(Sheet I)
Stage Power
Control
Monitor
Panel
and
the
S-IV
a.
Provides
remote
control
facilities
for transferring
ground
power
between
the generator
room
and the stage,
and between
the
generator
room and the ground
equipment.
10-7
Table
Figure
10-5.
Test,
Checkout,
and
Monitoring
Equipment
Equipment,
S-IV
(Cont'd)
Function
Instrumentation
Power
Control
and Monitor
Panel
a.
Provides
remote
control
facilities
for transferring
ground
power
from the utility
room to
the facilities
equipment.
b. Used to monitor
the external
28-volt
dc bus, and ground
5volt dc bus
10-1
(Sheet
2)
10-1
(Sheet
Used to control
control
helium
and monitor
the
pressure;
monitor
Stage Power
Control
Monitor
Chassis
2)
Propulsion
Preparation
3)
Hydraulic
Monitor
10-1
(Sheet
System
and Control
2)
10-1
(Sheet
Propulsion
Preparation
Panel
and
System
and Control
Control
Panel
and
Used to control
external
electrical power
distribution
to the S-IV
stage.
Chassis
terminal
electrithe propulsion
and control
a.
Provides
control
for the
stage
electric
auxiliary
pump
motors
and accumulator
valves.
b. Used to monitor
hydraulic
fluid levels,
accumulator
pressures,
and fluid temperatures.
10-1
(Sheet
3)
10-1
(Sheet
3)
10-8
Hydraulic
Chassis
Gimbal
System
Control
Provides
the
control
circuit
that controls
the stage hydraulic
system,
and monitoring
functions
for the control
circuitry.
Control
Panel
a.
for
Provides
the slewing
controls
single
or multiple
engines.
v=
......
Table
10-5.
Figure
Test,
Checkout,
and
Monitoring
Equipment
Equipment,
S-IV
(Cont'd)
Function
b.
Displays
6n panel-mounted
meters)
the slew command
and
direction
for the yaw, pitch,
and roll planes.
10-1
(Sheet
3)
Gimbal
10-1
(Sheet
3)
(Sheet
Sequence
Provides
Control
3)
Flight Sequence
Control
Nos. 1 and 2 (Typical)
4)
Propellant
and Control
10-1
(Sheet
Panel
the
indicators
4)
for
Utilization
Panel
Panel
Tests
the propulsion
system
logic circuits
by controlling
inputs
supplied
to the logic
circuits
from an external
programmer,
and monitoring
outputs of the propulsion
system
logic circuits.
Chassis
Contain
the logic circuits
used
with the flight sequence
control
panel for monitoring
inputs
from the S-IV stage propulsion
system
logic circuits,
command
circuit
(S-IV stage prestart),
and
talkbacks
from the stages.
Checkout
a.
Provides
the controls
and indicators
used for partial
checkout
of the S-IV stage closed
loop
propellant
utilization
system.
b.
Contains
the control
dicators
used to monitor
of mixture-ratio
valves,
operation
of the propellant
tion sequence
switch.
10-1
(Sheet
used
monitoring
hydraulic
valve excitation unbalance,
and for monitoring each engine position
during
testing.
Flight
10-1
Monitor
Pneumatic
Panel
System
Control
panel inpositions
and the
utiliza-
a.
Provides
facilities
for manual
and remote
control
of the stage
cold helium
loading,
propellant
container
pressurization,
engine
section
purge,
and nozzle
purge.
b.
Contains
remote
temperature
and pressure
indicators,
and the
controls
used to check out pneumatic
consoles
A and B and the
helium
precool
heat exchanger.
10-9
10-1
Equipment
Function
Propulsion
System
Launch
Complex
Test
Set,
Used in monitoring
and testing
the S-IV stage propulsion
system and pneumatic
consoles
A
and B.
Test
Set,
(Sheet
4)
Propulsion
Hangar
System
10-1
(Sheet
5)
Flight Sequence
Chassis
10-1
(Sheet
Recorder
Chassis
Isolation
5)
10-1
(Sheet
Recorder
System
5)
Provides
Recorder
the hard-wire
recorder
used to record
engine
sequence
and other pertinent
flight sequence
events.
Amplifier
Test
Panel
Amplifies
low-level
electrical
signals
that originate
in the
instrumentation
isolation
circuits.
a.
Used
recorder
to test
chassis
isolation
amplifier
the flight
and the
sequence
recorder
chassis.
b. Supplies
signals
to other
GSE
items
that indicate
when specific
channels
are activated.
10-1
(Sheet
5)
Propellant
and Monitor
10-1
(Sheet
6)
Propellant
Loading
Control
Panel
10-1
Fuel
(Sheet
6)
10-1
(Sheet
6)
Loading
Panel
Loading
Fuel Loading
Relay
Chassis
Control
Used to
control
fill and
loading
stage.
Computer
Used to control
the fuel and oxidizer loading
computer,
and the propellant
loading
computers.
Computer
Computer
Chassis
control
solenoid-actuated
valves
in the LOX and LH_
topping
control
systems
foZr
propellants
into the S-IV
Controls
the propellant
valves
used
for attaining
and maintaining
the
fuel at a predetermined
mass level.
a.
for
Contains
computer
the circuitry
checkout.
used
for
10-10
Table 10-5.
Test,
Figure
:..
Checkout,
:':
..-
..-
and
Monitoring
Equipment,
S-IV
(Cont'd)
Function
LOX Loading
Chassis
Computer
6)
LOX Loading
Chassis
Computer
7)
10-1
(Sheet
"..
Equipment
10-1
(Sheet
:_.
Controls
the propellant
valves
used for attaining
and maintaining
the oxidizer
at a predetermined
mass
level.
Relay
a.
for
Contains
computer
the circuitry
checkout.
used
10-1
(Sheet 7)
10-1
Test Conductor
Panel
Hangar
Monitor
Umbilicals
Uses lamps
to indicate
the readiness of the S-IV stage for specific
use of the test conductor.
Junction
a.
Contains
relays
and contactors for operation
of solenoids,
valves,
and relays
in the stage,
and for disconnecting
all electrical connections
between
the stage
and the GSE.
(Sheet 7)
b. Provides
a convenient
point
for troubleshooting
the umbilicals
and the GSE.
10-1
(Sheet
8)
10-1
(Sheet
Stage
System
Status
A-
8)
Operational
Checkout
Used to supply
the S-IV stage propulsion
system
with helium
gas at
the pneumatic
pressures
required
for loading,
unloading,
and purging.
Used to control
and monitor
automated
countdown
from
100 seconds
until launch.
Panel
8)
10-1
(Sheet
Operational
and Test Stand
Checkout
Pneumatic
Console
Checkout
Accessories
the
T minus
Figure
10-1
(Sheet
Function
Equipment
8)
Stage Checkout
Area
Pneumatic
Console
- Checkout
Accessories
10-1
(Sheet
Monitor
Panel
Ordnance
Chassis
Monitor-
9)
I0-1
EBW
Firing
Unit
Contains
the logic circuits
required
for the operation
of the ordnance
monitor
panel.
Control
Test
system.
Used to monitor
the voltage
across
the S-IV stage electronic
bridge
wire (EBW) firing
unit capacitor
and the response
of the EBW firing
unit to the trigger
unit firing
pulse.
9)
10-1
(Sheet
Ordnance
propulsion
a.
Contains
the circuitry
required
to test tile firing unit prior
to its
installation
in the S-IV stage.
Set
(Sheet 9)
b. Used to perform
quantitative
checks
on firing units when the
units are initially
received
by the
Douglas
Aircraft
Company.
EBW
i0-i
Initiator
Test
a.
Used to determine
if the electrical characteristics
of the initiator
are within tolerance.
Set
(Sheet 9)
b.
Used to perform
quantitative
checks
on initiators
when they are
initially
received
by the Douglas
Aircraft
Company,
and prior
to
their
installation
in the S-IV stage.
10-1
(Sheet
EBW
System
Test
9)
Pressure
Plug
EBW System
Power
Supply
10-12
Pulse
Kit
Checkout
Set
Contains
the circuits
used during
system
tests
to determine
the
energy
level output of the firing
unit.
Contains
forming
checks.
the plugs
propellant
used
line
Supplies
28-volt
dc power
EBW pulse
sensor
during
stage
checkout.
in perleak
to the
S-IV
- - -:"
.'"
2 i--
; ---
--
_e
Table
10-5.
Test,
Checkout,
and
Monitoring
EBW System
Recorder
S-IV
(Cont'd)
Function
Equipment
Figure
Equipment,
Checkout
Records
EBW
results
during
checkout.
system
test
S-IV stage
EBW System
Checkout
Molded
Junction
Box
Used as a junction
between
the EBW system
power
supply
and the eight EBW pulse sensors.
Flight Sequence
Monitor
Chassis
Nos. 2, 3, 4
Contains
the circuitry
used in
monitoring
the condition
of the
S-IV stage sequencer
and related
systems.
EBW System
Checkout
Recorder
Power
Distribution
a. Supplies
controls
for
system
checkout
recorder.
Propulsion
Maintenance
the
EBW
b. Monitors
output from the
system
checkout
pulse sensor.
EBW
Contains
installation
System
Tool
propulsion
Checkout
Hangar
Junction
S-IV
Test
Equipment
Circuit
Box
Explosive
Kit
Checkout
System
Console
in the
of the
system.
Contains
the propulsion
equipment
used in the
of the S-IV stage.
section
checkout
Protection
Provides
overload
protection
for electrical
circuits
of the
cable assembly.
Initiator
(To be supplied
Accessories
Signal
Kit
Kit
Conditioning
at a later
date.
Contains
the quick-disconnect
fittings,
flexible
hoses,
filters,
fluid line fittings,
thermocouple vacuum
gages,
and flowmeters
used by the vehicle
checkout area pneumatic
console
in
performing
leak and functional
checkout
of the S-IV stage propulsion
systems
and components.
Conditions
signals
from the
S-IV stage
instrumentation
for
transmittal
to the remote
sequence
recorders,
panel
lights,
and amplifiers
for monitoring
meters.
10-13
Function
Equipment
StandCircuit Protection
Junction Box
Provides
overload
protection
for electrical
circuits
of the
cable
assembly.
Provides
the circuits
for use in
controlling
and monitoring
of
miscellaneous
facility
items.
Monitors
each engine
position
in response
to manual
or programmed
signal inputs
during
S-IV stage
checkout.
a.
Contains
facilities
for interconnecting
the electrical
GSE.
b. Provides
GSE and the
equipment.
the interface
between
AMR blockhouse
c.
Provides
an interface
the GSE and the automatic
control
station
equipment.
10-14
between
ground
SystemSignal Conditioning
Console
Accepts
and conditions
instrumentation
signals
from the
S-IV stage for remote
monitoring
meters,
sequence
recorders,
and panel
lights.
Used
Launcher Umbilical
Distribution Box
Contains
facilities
used for
troubleshooting
and revising
umbilical
wiring.
Hangar Umbilicals
Junction Box
Used
stage
panel
Simulates
EBW initiators
testing
S-IV stage
systems.
Pneumatic
Chassis
Provides
circuits
system
System
Control
to interconnect
the
to interconnect
the
umbilicals
and the
during
checkout.
GSE.
of
S-IV
patch
terminal
switching
for the pneumatic
control
panel.
for
Ground
Support
Equipment
slA_vs
Test
,lip_:,e T
Set
sArrtly
&ll
I
ll
I
@@
I
1 ._..f
I]
I ."_
IJ
_m
S-IV
Stage
Substitute
Stage
Power
STAG!
POWER
CONTROL
Control
and
MOf_lTOli
Monitor
Panel
3-804
Figure
10-1.
Test,
Checkout,
and
Monitoring
Equipment,
S-IV
(1 of 9)
10-15
mm
_m_
@
s
Instrumentation
and
Monitor
Power
Control
Stage Power
Control
Monitor
Chassis
Panel
and
oR
Propulsion
and Control
System
Panel
Preparation
Propulsion
and Control
System
Chassis
Preparation
3-805
Figure
10-16
10-1.
Test,
Checkout,
and
Monitoring
Equipment,
S-IV
(2 of 9)
iv A_utPq_l_v
_e
,#
Hydraulic
Chassis
[ HVI_AULIC
Hydraulic
SYSrlEM
CO_TI_CX
Control
Gimbal
and
Monitor
Panel
__
Control
Panel
_ o o o o o o o
I_
_'m I
Gimbal
II m._ li II1nl_li
II _ II II'l'_'ll
II _
II I1"_= II
U=_l'il
Ill"
il
li "l" il
Monitor
Panel
__
__
__
_
h-..-,1IIII
,.., II'l'_'liliN
..I,..-,I
_'1
_,-..-,
Ii._,1I1:_',1
__ ',I
__ IIItiiql
____ I
I_11.-'--:i
"-'._!
_.-4
!!_!lli'.---'ql
I1_1
Control
.a4_qO W_q_lTOI]
__
System
No.
1
"_
.0
Flight
._ I ,_,
s_,,c, co,,,,,_,a_eI#.
Sequence
Control
_I_
Panel
Flight
Nos.
Sequence
Control
1 and 2 (Typical)
Chassis
3-806
Figure
10-1.
Test,
Checkout,
and
Monitoring
Equipment,
S-IV
(3 of 9)
10-17
'
,, ]il,o,I_r,o:
I_,"r
' i_!iil_l,+,l_t
_
: I"lilPl_
I I'1"1
a _
I ': PPNII_
--_--
'
,,,
r./)
/
b_
.,.._
t//
.,.-i
o
u
,-,,.I
_i__
i{
o
=I
0
t
!_ ,I@'I
r_
10-18
ww
Flight
Sequence
Recorder
Chassis
w.
Recorder
Isolation
Amplifier
Chassis
fm
O
O
v
-o
_L
II
][
f__--_. ._ .
o
v
m
_ecoamelSVSTEM
_ST]
Recorder
System
Test
Panel
I _-E_u_LO_SCO_n_C_,,_O,
Propellant
and Monitor
Loading
Panel
Cdntrol
3-808
Figure
10-1.
Test,
Checkout,
and
Monitorin'g
Equipment,
S-IV
(5 of 9)
10-19
r/l
.e,4
,r-4
CD
O0
at
at
0
0
.el
'U
at
0
\
at
0
r._
N?
0
0
o
,__
o
o
D
f_
0
l,,oll'O
,4
I
0
.,--4
Q_
b_
,_
at
-_ at
at
oo
|,0
,-_
at
0
0
10-20
LOX
Relay
Test
Loading
Computer
Chassis
Conductor
Monitor
Panel
Hangar
Umbilicals
Junction
Box
3-810
Figure
10-1.
Test,
Checkout,
and
Monitoring
Equipment,
S-IV
(7 of 9)
10-21
;llEIll.'mslll
".1"Ill %w Ih_i_lh T
-IT-IIl'_ltl"'lll"-llla',l,l!lll
ill Ir ill ms II
lit
@
I s,_,
_
Operational
and Test Stand
Checkout
Pneumatic
Console
-Checkout
Operational
Pneumatic
Stage
Systems
_A_ I
Status
Panel
-Accessories
Checkout
Stage Checkout
Area
Pneumatic
Console
- Checkout
Accessories
3-811
Figure
10-22
10-1.
Test,
Checkout,
and
Monitoring
Equipment,
S-IV
(8 of 9)
c_
sY
hi?
o
,_
o
_J
@
I
r._
@
10-23
Table
10-6.
Figure
Transportation,
Protection
Equipment
10-2
S-IV
Hydraulic
(Sheet
Helium
Servicer
(Sheet
Heat
Exchanger
Fill
and
Control
1)
Topping
1)
10-2
(Sheet
Precool
LOX Main
System
10-2
Transporter
(Sheet 2)
10-2
10-24
Handling
Transport
Tiedown
Protective
Kit
Forward
Protective
Interstage
Cover
Kit
2)
10-2
(Sheet
Transport
2)
the transfer
of LH 2
precool
heat exchanger.
Provides
support,
mobility,
and
shock isolation
for the S-IV stage
except
when the stage
is in a test
stand.
Assembly
(Sheet 2)
10-2
(Sheet
S-IV
Supplies
hydraulic
fluid to the
stage
engine hydraulic
systems
for filling,
flushing,
cleaning,
leak checking,
air purging,
and
checking
the operation
of subsystem
components.
1)
10-2
Equipment,
Function
(Sheet 1)
10-2
and Handling
and
End
ut
Table
10-6.
Transportation,
10-2
3)
10-2
(Sheet
and
Handling
Section
Access
Kit
3)
10-2
Aft Interstage
Access
Container
Interior
Umbilical
Checkout
Access
Kit
(Sheet 3)
10-2
4)
Stand
Supports
maintains
the checkout
lines
their attachment
during
Provides
the special
for maintaining
and
the S-IV stage.
Stage
Used
tally
Support
Fixture
Liquid Hydrogen
Vent Line
Separation
and Retraction
Kit
10-2
GH 2 Vent
4)
10-2
(Sheet
4)
Line
Service
Line
Installation
Installation
Umbilical
and
to the
checkout.
tools required
handling
to support
the stage
horizonduring
hangar
storage.
a.
Provides
facilities
used for
transferring
boil-off
gaseous
hydrogen
from the S-IV stage to
the test stand vent stack.
b. Provides
and retracting
(Sheet
maintenance.
stage
(Sheet
during
Provides
access
and protection
to the aft interstage
during
maintenance.
Kit
3)
10-2
(Cont'd)
Provides
access
and protection
to the forward
section
of the
stage
(Sheet
S-IV
Forward
Equipment,
Function
Equipment
Figure
(Sheet
Protection
Used
stage
a.
facilities
for separating
the vent line.
in transferring
to hydrogen
10-25
Table
10-6.
Transportation,
Figure
and Handling
Equipment
Engine
I0-2
Protection
Fill
S-IV
(Cont'd)
Function
Alignment
Nitrogen
Equipment,
Contains
the equipment
aligning
the S-IV
stage
the required
outboard
Kit
a.
Truck
Used
used
for
engines
at
cant
angles.
to pressurize
the
matic
side
of each
of the
hydraulic
accumulators.
pneu12
stage
Pumping
a.
Unit
Used
to evacuate
the
annuluses
of vacuum-jacketed
transfer
lines,
propellant
engine
feed lines,
LH 2 supply
line
helium
precool
and gas generator
lines.
(connected
to the
heat
exchanger),
helium
heater
Valve
Alignment
Fixture
Service
Positioning
Line Umbilical
Kit
Used to mechanically
align the
propellant valve in the S-IV stage
for electrical null check.
a.
Contains
Propellant
Lines Kit
10-26
and Pneumatic
b.
Provides
for
the
ing
the
Contains
brackets,
transfer
the GSE
kit.
the lines,
fittings,
and hardware
used
to
propellants
and gases
from
to the service
line umbilical
Table
10-6.
Transportation,
Figure
Protection
and
Handling
Equipment
Equipment,
S-IV
Function
Ullage
Rocket
Fairing
Handling
and Storage
Container
Fixture
Protects
fairing
storage.
Retrorocket
and
Rocket
Handling
Supports
the ullage
retrorockets
during
and installations.
Weight
and
Hangar
Cable
Cable
Liquid
Vehicle
Kit
Liquid
Ullage
Sling Kit
Balance
Kit
Network
Network
Kit
Line
Alignment
Hydrogen
Main
Fill
Weight
and
Torque
Balance
Kit
rockets
removal
and
used for
GSE to
terminal
Contains
the equipment
used in
transferring
gaseous
hydrogen
from the S-IV stage
to the
umbilical
tower
vent stack.
Contains
the alignment
in aligning
the aft skirt
interstage.
pins used
to the aft
a.
Used in controlling
the transfer of LH2 from the ground
storage
facilities
into the LH 2
container
in the S-IV stage until
filled and topped
to the desired
mass
load during
countdown.
b.
Controls
to the helium
Turbine
Adapter
and
and
Contains
the cables
used for
connecting
electrical
GSE to
the S-IV stage
for checkout.
Contains
the cables
connecting
electrical
contractor-furnished
distributors.
Vent
Mounting
the ullage
rocket
kit during
handling
Used to determine
of the S-IV stage
interstage.
Kit
Hydrogen
Engine
Wrench
(Cont'd)
the transfer
of LH 2
pre-cool
heat-exchanger.
torque
wrench
gear box for
torque.
to
Contains
the equipment
used to
mechanically
weigh the S-IV stage
and aft interstage
to determine
the center
of gravity.
10-27
Table 10-6.
Figure
Equipment
Vehicle
Table
Figure
Function
Mounting
10-7.
Stage
Contains
the equipment
used in
aligning
the aft skirt
with the
aft interstage
and the S-IV stage
the test stand.
Alignment
Subsystem
Test
Equipment,
Equipment
10-3
(Sheet 1)
Valve
10-3
(Sheet 1)
S-IV Battery
Charger
10-3
(Sheet 2)
S-IV
Test
(Sheet
Actuator
Test
Test
Sequencer
Set
Inverter
Test
Set and
Subsystem
Inverter
Ground
Set
Used
stage
to detail
troubleshoot
sequencer.
Supply
2)
Propellant
Electronics
S-IV
Set
2)
10-3
(Sheet
Utilization
System
Test
Set
Supplies
28-volt
and 32-volt
dc
power
to the S-IV stage
static
inverter.
a. Used to check out the
lant utilization
electronics
propelassembly.
b. Used to perform
operational
checks
on the stage valve positioner assembly
while the stage is in
the assembly
area.
10-28
with
Function
b.
the
10-3
S-IV (Cont'd)
!ooW 1
S-IV
Hydraulic
LOX
Main
Control
Helium
Servicer
Fill and
Topping
System
Precool
Heat
Exchanger
LH Z Main
Fill and
Control
System
Topping
Handling
S-IV
3-800
Figure
10-2.
Transportation,
Protection,
and
Equipment,
(1 of 4)
10-29
II
/
Transporter
Assembly
Transport
Handling
Kit
V-I
I
l.... I
J
/-
Transport
Tiedown
Protective
and
Forward
Cover
Nit
Interstage
(Tentative)
End
Protective
3-801
Figure
10-30
10-2.
Transportation,
Protection,
and
Handling
Equipment,
S-IV
(2 of 4)
!*
Horizontal
Engine
Handling
Fixture
Forward
(INSTALL
F(_
I
Aft Section
Access
Section
Access
Kit
ATIOII
Pql,o TECTIVE
TUSt
_
Pt Atl'oglm
Kit
Container
Interior
Access
Kit
3-802
Figure
10-2.
Transportation,
Protection,
and Handling
Equipment,
S-IV
(3 of 4)
10-31
GH 2 Vent
Service
Line
Umbilical
Line
Installation
Installation
Nitrogen
Fill Truck
3-803
Figure
10-32
10-2.
Transportation,
Protection
and
Handling
Equipment,
S-IV
(4 of 4)
.....
Valve
Actuator
Test
we
wQ
Set
S-IV Battery
Test
Set and Charger
3-813
Figure
10-3.
Stage
Subsystem
Test
Equipment,
S-IV
(1 of 2)
10-33
Inverter
Ground
Power
Supply
10-3.
Stage
Subsystem
Test
Equipment,
S-IV
(2 of 2)
......
Table
Figure
10-8.
v-u
w
_
t.
qv
Instrumentation
Equipment,
Equipment
10-4
(Sheet
r_
1)
S-IV
Function
PDM/FM/FM
Checkout
Monitor Consoles
a.
Used to checkout
instrumentation.
the
stage
b.
Contains
the circuits
used
to monitor
and check out the composite
10-4
(Sheet
1)
Stage System
Status
Relay
Assemblies
Nos. 1, 2 and
(Typical)
stage
telemetry
signal.
a.
Provide
the automatic
logic
circuitry
from initiation
of
terminal
countdown
to launch.
b.
Provide
logic circuits
for
instrumentation,
calibrating,
LOX
and LH^ loading,
stage readiness
z
monitoring,
and for the transfer
of
all stage power
to internal
power.
10-4
(Sheet 2)
10-4
PDM/FM/FM
Test Console
Signal
Component
Conditioning
Console
(Sheet 2)
Receives
signals
from
instrumentation
the
S-IV
stage.
b.
Conditions
the signals
to the
proper
level and format
for transmittal
to remote
sequence
recorders,
panel lights,
and amplifiers.
10-4
(Sheet 3)
10-4
(Sheet
3)
10-4
(Sheet
3)
Command
Component
Destruct
Receiver
Test Set
Command
Simulator
Destruct
S-IV
Destruct
Panel
Receiver
a. Used to remote
monitor
the stage
functions.
b.
Used
EBW firing
system.
to control
unit
control
receiver
the
prior
and
destruct
monitoring
10-35
Table
Figure
Instrumentation
Equipment,
Equipment
10-4
(Sheet
10-8.
Aft
Interface
S-IV
(Cont'd)
Function
Junction
Provides
a convenient
and
flexible
means
of performing
the following
interconnections:
Box
3)
a.
GSE to the
S-IV
aft interface
b.
GSE to the
GSE test
c.
S-I stage
substitute
S-IV stage
aft interface
Telemetry
Power
Table
Figure
10-5
10-5
10-36
10-9.
Test
e.
S-I
to the
substitute
power
telemetry
to the
GSE
GSE
to the
Used in performing
qualitative
and analytical
tests on the helium
heater
and engine
exciter.
Evaluation
and
Gas
Servicing
Equipment,
S-IV
Function
Equipment
Propellant
Calibration
Test Set
stage
substitute
Engine
Propellant
Remote
Propellant
Relay Assembly
stage
to the
Heater
and
Test Set
Telemetry
Consoles
S-IV
Supplies
external
instrumentation
systems.
Supply
Stage Instrumentation
Simulator
Helium
Exciter
d.
set
Loading
Utilization
and Checkout
Provides
the
remote
Used
in calibrating
controls
loading
the
used
and
LOX
PDM/FM/FM
Monitor
Checkout
Consoles
Stage
Nos.
3-815
Figure
10-4.
System
Status
Relay
1, 2, 3 (Typical)
Instrumentation,
S-IV
Assemblies
(1 of 3)
i0-37
0
0
0
,r4
C)
I
r_
0
,_
(x)
!
c_
10-38
_m
....
---
o.
_i
le
. _
_
0
(2
o
v
r_
4
I
0
%4
I
10-39
Table
Figure
10-9.
Propellant
and
Equipment
Gas
Servicing
Equipment,
S-IV
(Cont'd)
Function
b. Used in checking
of the valve controller
Propellant
Utilization
System
Test Set
10-40
the output
amplifiers.
.....
Remote
..iiii
Propellant
ii
Loading
Relay
Assembly
Propellant
Utilization
Calibration
and Checkout
Test Set
3-818
Figure
10-5.
Propellant
and
Gas
Servicing
Equipment,
S-IV
10-41
10-42
......
* --
w_
CHAPTER
SECTION
STAGE
.....
2
XI
CONFIGURATIONS,
SATURN
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
S-I
S-IV
Inboard
Inboard
Profile
Profile
.................
11-3/11-4
.................
11-5
ii-i
11-2
Retromotor
LOX
Vent
Pressurant
Distributor
Command
Antenna
Outboard
Fuel
Container
Systems
Hydrogen
(4)
Tunnel
(4)
Chill-Down
Duet
(3
GOX Line
Pressurant
Fuel
Instrument
Diffuser
Pressurization
Sta.
941. 304
Sta.
96Z. 304
3-524A
Outbd
Shroud,
Slosh
Baffl
LOX
Cont:
Compartment
Spider
Beam
Center
LOX
Container
GOX Line
Slosh
Baffles,
LOX
Propellant
Center
Fill
Container
and
Container
Drain
Fairing
/
es,
Outbd
_iner
(4)
Container
Fuel
Fill
and
Drain
I
Sta.
187.25
r
St,
10
G_
P]
Launcher
Fin (4)
Stub Fin (4)
Engine Fairing (4)
Aft Shroud
Turbine Exhaust Duct, Inbd Engine
H-1 Engine, Inbd (4)
Forward Shroud
Inbd LOX Suction Line
Manifold
Outbd LOX Suction Line
Outbd Fuel Suction Line
Exchanger
H-1 Engine, Outbd (4)
GOX Line
Barrel
Assembly
Engine
Actuators
Heat
Shield
Water
Quench
Inbd
_
Fuel
System
Suction
Line
Firewall
I
Sta.
a.
.96
D. O0 Sta.
Imbal 51.75
iane
Figure
11-1.
S-I
Inboard
Profile
11-3/11-4
C,
,--i
,-_
00000
oo_o_
I
r_
b/?
o,,_
.q
u'O
I
O_
11-5
11-6
........
:':
.."
. " : :
CHAPTER
SECTION
3
XII
INTRODUCTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
12-I.
SATURN
m I__UNCH
VEHICLE
12-2.
SATURN
IB-APOLLO
MISSION
12-3.
MISSION
PROFILE
12-4.
LAUNCH
VEHICLE
...............
12-3
OBJECTIVES
.........
12-3
.....................
12-6
REQUIREMENTS
.............
12-11
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Saturn
IB Launch
Typical
Saturn
Vehicle
..................
IB-Apollo
Mission
12-4
Profile
...........
12-8
LIST OF TABLES
12-1.
Saturn
IB Operational
12-2.
Saturn
IB-Apollo
12-3.
Description
12-4.
Saturn
IB Requirements,
Prelaunch
12-5.
Saturn
IB Requirements,
Launch
Phase
............
12-15
12-6.
. Saturn
IB Requirements,
Ascent
Phase
............
12-18
12-7.
Saturn
IB Requirements,
Orbital
Phase
Data
Mission
of Typical
.................
Objectives
Saturn
12-5
and
IB-Apollo
Phase
Flight
Data
Mission
..........
...........
........
......
12-7
12-9
12-13
12-22
12-1
12-2
.w
SECTION
....
XII.
INTRODUCTION
12-1.
The
SATURN
Saturn
second
data
IB launch
stage
and
the
vehicle
for
12-2.
IB LAUNCH
principal
Apollo
utilizing
vehicles,
SA-211
objective
The
third
of the
(The
Saturn
duration
earth
through
orbital
the launch
vehicle
information
is summarized
(SA-201
in Table
the
Saturn
Flight
testing
of the
launch
is used
flights
are
launch
through
of both the
be given
as manned
primary
mission
secondary
objective.
supports
IB and
launch
also
Saturn
V. }
will
be used
as
vehicle
and
some
flights
mission
vehicle
SA-206)
to manning
mission
of the unmanned
in both Saturn
(SA-203
planned
as the
Apollo
the primary
stage
are
about
SA-202)
S-IVB
SA-210
is a secondary
and
are
will
is manned
Two additional
vehicle
flights.
Operational
program
IB--
space
early
an S-IVB
as spares.
in qualification
operation
Saturn
of the
stage
Consideration
stage,
stage.
vehicle
SA-210.
vehicle.
IB flights
resulting
of successful
SA-207
launch
of the
first
second
Ten
through
flights
S-IVB
the
space
orbit.
designated
testing
testing
sixth
flights,
Vehicles
data
are
above
IB - Apollo
SA-201
IB - Apollo
flight
though
event
Detailed
SA-212,
of an S-IB
OBJECTIVES.
earth
vehicles
testing
spacecraft.
in the
with
and
consists
12-1.
Saturn
in extended
V project.
man-rating
Apollo
of the
launch
The
Saturn
mounted
MISSION
and compatibility
the
unit
]]3 - APOLLO
is flight
objectives.
12-1,
in Table
two Saturn
spacecraft
Figure
listed
operations
planned,
first
are
objective
flight
In the
vehicle,
an instrument
SATURN
The
VEHICLE.
of these
with
the
flights
extended
Operational
experience
objective.
IB - Apollo
mission
objectives
and
flight
12-2.
12-3
Ii
iI
Field Splice
Separation
Spacecraft
I
I
I
i
5\__.[ -
154"
! I
lilt-_,
Ik2
I
Instrument
Unit
\
I
S-IVB
Launch
Vehicle
S-IB
3-2300
Figure
12-4
Sta.
100 (Gimbal)
Sm.
12-1.
Saturn
IB Launch
Vehicle
Data
VEHICLE
Number of stages
Length - Without spacecraft
Maximum diameter - without fins
- with fins
1Launchvehicle weight - at ground ignition
Payload type
2payload weight - at ground ignition
3Injection weight - Earth orbit
S-IB STAGE
Prime contractor
Length
Maximum diameter - without fins
(across thrust structure)
- with fins
Stageweight - at ground ignition
Dry weight
Engines
2
141.6 feet
22.8 feet
40.7 feet
1,294,000 pounds
Apollo Spacecraft
40,600 pounds
34,000 pounds
Chrysler Corporation
80.2 feet
22.8 feet
40.7 feet
1,003,000 pounds
91,000 pounds
RocketdyneH-1 (8)
1,600,000 pounds
LOX and RP-1
882,000 pounds
2.26:1
256 seconds
S-IVB STAGE
Prime contractor
Length
Diameter
4Stageweight - at ground ignition
4Dry weight
Engine
Total nominal thrust (vacuum)
Propellants
DouglasAircraft Co.
59.1 feet
21.7 feet
243,000 pounds
20,000 pounds
Rocketdyne J-2 (1)
200,000 pounds
LOX and LH2
12-5
Data
2]9,000pounds
5:1
426 seconds
5Mainstagepropellant weight
Mixture ratio (oxidizer to fuel)
Specific impulse (vacuum)
INSTRUMENTUNIT
Prime contractor
MSFC
3.0 feet
21.7 feet
Length
Diameter
5Weight - at ground ignition
2,600 pounds
In all ten planned Saturn IB - Apollo flights, the Apollo spacecraft configuration
includes a CM, an SM, an adapter and an LES that is jettisoned after second-stage
ignition.
Vehicles SA-203through SA-210will also have the ascent stage of a LEM.
12-3.
MISSION
A typical
vehicle
Saturn
lifts
the
turns
12-6
burn,
LEM
in Figure
injects
while
around
IB - Apollo
a manned
is illustrated
stage
PROFILE.
the
and
the
profile,
R&D spacecraft
12-2.
payload
remainder
docks,
mission
nose
The
into
launch
into the
of the
to nose,
through
which
a 105-nautical
vehicle,
circular
spacecraft
with the
a Saturn
mile
by means
orbit.
(CM and
LEM.
The
IB launch
circular
of first
S-IVB
earth
stage
stage
SM) separates
At this
point
and second
then
from
the
orbit,
stabilizes
the
spacecraft
LEM,
--~
Table
12-2.
--
Saturn
(To
o,,$
IB-Apollo
be supplied
q_m
Y,
Mission
.....
Objectives
at a later
date.
and
Flight
Data
12-7
_9
O
O
0
<
I
at
c,i
I
Cq
.<
I
12-8
separates
the
from
crew.
and the
Upon
S-IVB/IU
completion
CM re-enters
of mission
Table
*Event
No.
the
events
the
refer
12-3.
and the
of the
earth
to Table
Description
planned
mission
mission
are
the
and
SM are
For
a detailed
exercises,
atmosphere
and
LEM
is recovered.
performed
by
jettisoned
listing
12-3.
of Typical
Saturn
IB - Apollo
Approx.
Time
After
Liftoff
(Sec.)
exercies
Mission
Event
Liftoff of Saturn
IB - Apollo space
vehicle
AMR launch
complex
No. 37A or 37B.
Start
Start
Arrest
Activate
control
roll
(SV correctly
accelerometer
system.
Deactivate
and control
Arrest
control
accelerometer
system.
time
with
flight
azimuth).
of LV guidance
control
and
of LV guidance
tilt.
144.8
Shut down
150.8
(SV) from
inboard
first-stage
second-stage
(S-IVB
(S-IB
stage)
engines,
for stage
stage)
engines.
beginning
separation
ullage
motors.
Separate
first
stage
from second
stage.
Transfer
control
functions
from first
to second
stage.
Ignite
first- stage retromotors.
Start
second-stage
Jettison
Launch
craft
(SC).
Jettison
Start
*No.
Refers
to Figure
12-2.
engine,
Escape
second-stage
Path
Guidance
(Major
events
ending
System
ullage
staging
from
Apollo
period.
space-
motors.
Mode.
indicated
only)
12-9
Table
*Event
No.
12-3
Description
of Typical
Saturn
IB - Apollo
Approx.
Time
After
Liftoff
(Sec.)
620.8
SC into 105-naut.
orbit.
Shut down
Continue
mission
Check
out crew
Jettison
of CSM.
Dock
and
spacecraft
unit and
spacecraft
Adapter
unit
LEM
crew
initiate
turnaround
second
stage,
LEM
12
Jettison
SM from
13
Orient
CM in re-entry
14
Initiate
CM re-entry.
15
Re-enter
16
Deploy
17
Jettison
chutes.
drogue
18
Alight
on surface
ascent
earth's
drogue
(Major
equipment.
ending
ascent
Perform
to CM.
Jettison
12-10
and
crew and
exercises.
11
12-2.
and
two members
of SC crew to LEM
(Third
man remains
in CM. )
to Figure
scheduled
CSM to LEM/IU/S-IVB.
Transfer
stage.
Refers
circular
engine.
equipment.
Jettison
instrument
LV mission.
Return
mi. (194-km)
second-stage
orbital
coast of SC.
Perform
exercises.
For example:
Separate
instrument
*No.
(Cont'd)
Event
Inject
earth
10
Mission
stage
from
CSM.
CM.
attitude
(heat
shield
and deploy
main
forward).
atmosphere.
parachute.
parachute
of earth
events
(on land).
indicated
only)
para-
The
mission
craft
from
mission
of the
the
can
number
are
start
of countdown
c.
Ascent
- From
liftoff
to orbit
injection.
d.
Orbital
- From
orbit
injection
to final
Saturn
IB launch
launch
vehicle
must
After
injection
LEM
during
coast
mission
vehicle
orbit,
to the
site
(Cape
a minimum
launch
vehicle
orbital
phases.
For
this
limits:
payload
of countdown.
separation.
an Apollo
earth
to local
spacecraft
orbit.
to altitude,
the
guide
vertical)
facility,
c.
Vehicle
visibility
from
life
time
following
payload
To accomplish
it so that
and
impart
of
this,
the final
to it a final
37,
is required
maneuver.
of 4.5
hours
latitude
inclination
VLF
to stabilize
Performance
for
the
the
of the
S-IVB/IU
of 28 degrees,
of the
requires
for tracking
limits
vehicle
orbital
systems.
constraints:
Kennedy)
70 degrees
safety
launch
and docking
orbital
Launch
Range
respect
a total
b.
d.
The
to liftoff.
circular
payload
CSM turnaround
requires
to a sector
space-
ft/sec.
Launch
introduces
the
into circular
the
and
to start
to inject
mile
(with
is subject
a.
is required
boost
is 90 degrees
of 25,563
testing
Apollo
REQUIREMENTS.
into a 105-nautical
vehicle
path
of stage
following
of the
profile.
ascent
- From
VEHICLE
start
by the
separation
mission
launch,
defined
- From
final
9 of the
into prelaunch,
phases
the
Launch
velocity
path
event
with
b.
The
ends
Prelaunch
LAUNCH
flight
vehicle
S-IVB/IU,
these
a.
12-4.
the
launch
be divided
description
The
same
30 minutes
which
degree.
a launch
azimuth
and telemetry
of 90 degrees.
networks
restricts
azimuth
to ll0 degrees.
flight
azimuth
to a sector
from
45 degrees
to 110
degrees.
The
primary
chapter
vehicle
requirements
as astrionics,
structures,
equipment.
systems
indicated
phasing
Tables
for
the four
in the
of the
table
12-4
through
phases
are
propulsion,
12-7
of the
is not to scale
requirements.
accomplished
list
launch
the
by systems
mechanical,
basic
vehicle
the table
and ground
requirements
mission.
as it is intended
Although
described
to indicate
is primarily
support
of each
The
time
only
a listing
in this
of these
function
relative
of system
12-11
12-12
ii
r.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(.J
r_
ii
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
r_
,,,-i
>
_J
o <
[.-.,
/
._
e
r_
z
"_ _
._
0_
__
"_
_._
r_
12-13
{D
i
I
I
I
i
i
I
I
I
I
i
I
i
i
I
I
i
i
I
I
I
I
i
i
i
I
I
l
I
I
i
I
l
I
i
i
I
I
l
I
l
i
I
I
I
U
I
I
i
i
.E:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
.,-q
E
0
>
0
;2
=
>
E_
__
=
12-14
_ o_o
o o _ _
._
_._
._
,..,
"_
(3
om
oe
12-15
I
4
e-
II _
_Z
q_
_q
0
0
_q
ffl
DO
ffl
I
q_
o_
=o
r_
._
:!I_
ml
<1
12-_6
.o _o
__o
Gr_
ll
Inu
I
I
I
I
_M
I
_0
_0_
_._ _ .o _
"-_
_
_
[-7-1
o_
0
0
0
;.2
_
o_._. o
_oo
M
__
M
m
_
>
'_.
>
_._
>
.,-i
0
b_
0
12-17
I
c_
_P
c_
c_
t_
t_
_P
o
I
c_
_
0
o _
0
c_
c_
c_
_o
t_
.o
_
12-18
0
0
L_
C_
.....
-._
mw
wG
o
I
<
I'
.8
,,,,-i
I
._o_
ffl
r_
0
_ _ _ _
_o_
_"_
r_ __
_ _ _ _ _,
__'s'_._
>
_
2<
>o_ _ >_.
__
r..)
12-i_
q_
=
0
rq
<
_P
_P
0
_q
_q
c_
Z
I
o_
,.Q
c_
>
_ o
_ _
_'_
_ 0_
-_ o_o
=._ _
_
:_
_
o_
.,._
".2,
o._
o
L_
Z
_'.
r._l
12 -20
_ _
_ _
--
.v_
mJ
tl
...
-.
0
I
<
I
I
C_
I
C_
*I
c_
-,q
12-21
|
e'J
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
b_
c_
0
0
0
0
.-C
c_
.2
o
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
,,.._
0
0
>
oK
.,...i
0
0
c_
=
_
E_
0
Z
_
D_
E_
12 -22
'
2
;>
gw
. .....
e_
.2
I
v-q
e_
_o
o
._
12-23
L)
03
c_
!
!
C_
_2
_2
>
',"-4
P2
_Z
>
c_
12-24
.....
o_
eg
CHAPTER
SECTION
3
Xlll
ASTRIONICS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
13-3
13-1.
GENERAL
13-2.
COMMAND
13-3.
C OMMU
13-4.
INSTRUMENTATION
13-7.
CHECKOUT
13-8.
ATTITUDE
13-9.
GUIDANCE
............................
13-6
13-10.
TRACKING
............................
13-6
13-20.
CREW
RANGE
.............................
13-4
............................
NI CA TIONS
13-4
........................
13-4
.......................
13-6
............................
CONTROL
SAFETY
STABILIZATION
(VEHICLE
SAFETY
ELECTRICAL
AND
EMERGENCY
DETECTION
SYS TEM
.....
13-11
13-15
.........................
SYSTEM
13-6
..........
13-15
.....................
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
13-1.
AROD
Onboard
13-2.
AROD
Transponder
13-3.
Vehicle
Equipment
Ground
Emergency
13-9
.....................
Station
Detection
................
System
...............
13-10
13-13
LIST OF TABLES
Measuring
Characteristics
Program
of the
for
SA-202
AROD
..................
System
...............
13-5
13-11
13-1
13-2
.....
o''
o" : :--
_t
wo
SEC TION
XIH.
ASTRIONICS
13-1.
GENERAL.
The
for
Astrionics
Saturn
graphs,
IB.
are
a.
The
provides
accomplished
events
the
functions,
Command
6perational
time
system
listed
and
below
utilizing
- Performs
a_d
electrical
both
and
described
vehicle
The
functions
in the
and ground
management
sequences.
electronic
of Saturn
issuance
required
following
based
para-
subsystems.
systems
by initiating
of commands
all
is dependent
on
and events.
Communication
b.
systems.
This
- Transfers
intelligence
intelligence
is in four
forms:
within
voice,
and
digital,
among
the
discrete,
Saturn
and
analog
signals.
Instrumentation
C.
to acquire
operational
d.
vehicle
e.
the
Guidance
motion
f.
gimballing
motion
velocity
j.
for
Stabilization
system
to maintain
vehicle
with
and
guidance
- Obtains
vehicle
systems
launch
phase
that
the
launch
mission.
to mission
a stable
the
and thrust
Control
in the
event
steering
Attitude
cutoff
to adjust
accomplishment.
- Provides
launch
commands
vehicle
signals
motion
to the
and
engine
adjusts
this
commands.
and records
the
launch
vehicle's
position
and
event
of a mal-
are
not endangered
flight.
Crew
i.
assigned
leading
during
function
its
of launch
data.
during
in a manner
Tracking
h.
appraisal
assurance
- Provides
in accordance
g.
in the
- Provides
of performing
vehicle
the performance
and engineering
Checkout
is capable
- Monitors
Safety
- Ensures
Saturn/Apollo
Range
Safety
of a vehicle
Electrical
of the
astronauts
in the
vehicle.
- Ensures
malfunction
System
safety
that
life
during
- Supplies
and
and private
the
ascent
distributes
property
and
the
orbital
electrical
phase.
power
required
operation.
13-3
13-2.
The
COMMAND.
Saturn
graph
IB command
20-2.
13-3.
function
to that
of Saturn
V.
(Refer
to Para-
COMMUNICATIONS.
The
Saturn
IB communication
Paragraph
20-11.
Additionally,
earth
the
and
the
Saturn
CM.
IB/Apollo
(Stations
column
13-4.
INSTRUMENTATION.
Saturn
IB instrumentation
vehicle
and
them
makes
Instrumentation
active
be grouped
and
data
the
launch
vehicle
systems
From
this
tional
13-4
status
part
end
of Saturn
the
link.
the
of the
phase,
V.
(Refer
to
format
The
Since
is the
this
instrumentation
Engineering
data
data
of the
in the
from
"capsule
the
launch
Saturn
system
prelaunch
phase
assigned
support,
to
and
to instrumentation
in-flight
data
in checking
is performed
Instrumentation
collection,
only
must
into
includes
out
the
complete
utilizing
automatic
supplies
all
with
that
of the
checkout
between
the
vehicle
and
instrumentation
is recorded
falls
in the
data
tasks
is used
checkout
connections
mission,
performance
many
is compatible
end of the
mission
checkout
checkout
computers.
all physical
listed
between
analysis.
The
which
communications
mission.
instrumentation
stages.
are
functions
during
areas:
voice
and operational
in the
of mission.
major
requires
to other
activated
by digital
when
data.
collects
out their
its
liftoff,
portion
Vehicle
and
in the
information,
6-1. )
for post-flight
data
data
to that
capability
of Table
available
prelaunch
until
this
data
in three
controlled
severed,
ground
until
recording
During
is similar
mission
having
is initially
can
vehicle
this
in carrying
remains
function
communications"
aid
is similar
provides
significant
systems.
ground
are
the vehicle-to-
means
of obtaining
vehicle
operational
be highly
reliable.
All data
received
for post-flight
two categories;
parameters
during
analysis.
engineering
such
data
as temperature,
and operaacceleration,
vibration,
event
and
stress;
sequences
or second
The
tentative
as those
SA-202
ments
are
data
includes
associated
with
vehicle
first
computer
stage
cutoff,
commands
stage
and
separation
ignition.
parameters
of the
operational
such
stage
launch
and
number
vehicle
expected
are
listed
to decrease
Table
of measurements
in Table
on subsequent
13-1.
Measuring
13-I.
Requirements
for
for
each
for
S-IB
measure-
SA-202
S-IVB
Instrument
Unit
Temperature
76
104
60
Pressure
73
54
15
118
48
29
Vibration
Strain
and
Flight
Mechanics
70
19
Discrete
Signals
31
26
Voltage,
Current
10
30
19
32
34
12
65
55
of measuring,
telemetry,
and
Frequeny
Miscellaneous
Guidance
and
RF and
13-5.
The
Control
Telemetry
OPERATION
Saturn
IB instrumentation
ground
recording
Saturn
I Block
13-6.
IMPLEMENTATION
The
Saturn
depending
missions
is comprised
systems.
The
II vehicle.
IB stages
instrumentation
flights
stage
flights.
Program
Parameters
to be obtained
on the
requires
(Refer
(S-IB
systems.
objective
a large
of the program.
operation
and
The
to Paragraph
S-IVB)
number
mission.
instrument
and number
Complexity
of measurements,
requirements
systems
is similar
and
to that
of the
6-12).
and the
configuration
of the
The
of these
antenna,
decrease
unit
contain
of system
of the
launch
particularly
on later
independent
components
vehicle
in the
vary
and
its
early
flights.
13-5
The Saturn IB launch vehicle utilizes the following types of telemetry systems.
a. PCM/FM/FM
b.
PAM/FM/FM
c.
SS/FM
13-7.
CHECKOUT.
The Saturn
graph
20-28.
13-8.
The
V.
IB checkout
Saturn
CONTROL
IB attitude
(Refer
feedback
Paragraph
in the
engine
IB control
13-9.
GUIDANCE.
Saturn
and
stabilization
20-35.)
The
gimballing
V.
(Refer
to Para-
function
Saturn
system.
IB,
This
is similar
S-IB
stage
requires
to that
utilizes
a minor
of Saturn
electrical
change
in the
computer.
IB guidance
function
is similar
to that
of Saturn
(Refer
V.
to Paragraph
TRACKING.
tracking
function
IB missions.
obtains
function
contributes
Operational
Support
System
13-11.
The
used
13-12.
Radio
of the
to Paragraph
for
and orbit
based
position
of the
development
toward
(GOSS)
and
the goal
to support
velocity
information
from
program
of Saturn
I, the
of perfecting
the
the ultimate
manned
is similar
to that
Apollo
lunar
Saturn
Saturn
Ground
mission.
OPERATION.
operation
(Refer
vehicle
As an extension
IB tracking
13-6
of Saturn
13-10.
The
to that
AND STABILIZATION.
control
to
Saturn
20-41.
is similar
ATTITUDE
The
function
tracking
Saturn
6-51.
equipment
the Saturn
determination
for
IB tracking
The
tracking
IB vehicles.
(AROD)
Saturn
function
system,
systems
used
in the
An additional
system,
is implemented
with
of Saturn
Saturn
the
I.
I missions
airborne
airborne
and
are
range
earth-
IB tracking.
IMPLEMENTATION.
frequency
equipment
carried
aboard
the
Saturn
IB instrument
unit
is integrated
uw
with
earth-based
control
terns
equipment
and post-flight
evaluation
_u
the position
and
of the
mission.
The
are
operational
for
The
systems
velocity
radio
data
for
frequency
mission
tracking
sys-
include:
a.
AZUSA
b.
ODOP
c.
MISTRAM
d.
Minitr
e.
C-Band
f.
Radar
g.
AROD
All of these
AROD
ac k
Radar
Altimeter
systems
system
13-13.
6-52.
This
ODOP.
Saturn
I program.
operational
I) is given
13-16.
Minitrack.
signal
at a frequency
The
missile
IB.
The
for
Saturn
are
The
IB program.
described
Saturn
C-Band
(ODOP)
system
became
is presented
I.
below.
(Refer
to Para-
trajectory
measurement
description
of MISTRAM
beacon
is carried
aboard
stations
IB instrument
and velocity
in Paragraph
inc.
of time
through
on crossed
of the
The
unit
comparison
baselines.
Minitrack
system
is
equipment
on
information
with
on the
for
the Saturn
IB instrument
a continuous-wave
determine
of phases
direction
of the
Refer
to Paragraph
radar
transponder
beacon
6-55
to
signals
for
system.
SST-102A
functions
6-55
the
6-54.
Earth-based
Radar.
6-53.
(passenger
of 139.65
description
during
(MISTRAM)
radiating
pairs
operational
in Paragraph
transmitter
as a function
detailed
described
as used
the
is a self-contained
at antenna
position
same
of ODOP
A Minitrack
beacon
vehicle
doppler
in Paragraph
The
Saturn
is the
A description
unit.
13-17.
offset
on Saturn
Saturn
more
system.
system
The
MISTRAM.
received
AROD
13-14.
13-15.
except
is a developmental
AZUSA.
graph
the
to provide
C-band
earth-based
Saturn
the Saturn
I,
radar
aboard
installations
IB vehicles.
C-Band
is applicable
to the
the
to provide
tracking,
Saturn
IB.
13-7
13-18.
Saturn
for
Vehicle
Radar
I missions,
is also
a description
13-19.
The
developed
tracking
of establishing
orbiting
airborne
over
and orbital
IB program.
expanses
ground
mitter
is carried
on the Saturn
ground
stations.
The
signal,
modulated
to provide
resolution
ponders
located
on the ground
receive
re-transmit
transmitted
Refer
provide
used
on
to Paragraph
(AROD)
6-56
system
to solve
the
a more
economical
greater
and
ground
station
is determined
to at least
of vehicle
three
is
problems
tracking
ground
Figures
stations
13-1
at ground
of
means
coverage
of
passes
the system
station
on-board
Outputs
of the
the
signal,
of the
by the
doppler
shift
and
velocity
requires
on-board
range
Trans-
it in frequency
measures
the
between
with respect
received
phase
a
to the
signal.
simultaneous
equipment
at
frequency
offset
vehicle
in the
trans-
measurement.
to determine
velocity
the
located
radio
equipment
signals
The
transponders
in range
transmitted
that
measurements
is capable
of tracking
illustrate
the
AROD
components
on board
the vehicle
and
respectively.
stations
over.
station
on-board
by telemetry
vehicle
ground
location
transmits
tracking
can be used
on the
Each
to select
AROD
of ambiguity
Radial
stations.
transmitter
transponder
transmitted
13-2
transponder
command
with
sense
simultaneously.
stations,
Unmanned
vehicle
and
vehicle.
in the
a continuous-wave
Vehicle-borne
position
ground
is inverted
unit,
radiates
and received
station
Computation
the
but
IB instrument
transmitter
ground
13-8
and
to provide
to ODOP,
it to the vehicle.
between
VHF
altimeter,
vehicles.
in principle
four
IB.
It is expected
stations
is similar
delay
radar
determination
of water
AROD
and
altitude
on the Saturn
range
long
additional
high
altimeter.
on the Saturn
vehicles
The
operational
of the radar
AROD.
being
Altimeter.
station
data
at a frequency
for
turns
the AROD
ground
transmits
stored
tracking
stations
system.
on and
an identification
in the vehicle
matching
one
off as the
code,
computer.
of the
enabling
Each
four
channels
may
be either
of the
receiver.
AROD
system
to ground
are
stations
in digital
for
form.
trajectory
They
computation
or delivered
TRACKING
RECEIVING
ANTENNA
TRACKING
TRANSMITTING
ANTENNA
COMMAND
CONTROL
TRANSMITTING
ANTENNA
\7
TRACKING
TRANSMITTER
FOURCHANNEL
TRACKING
RECEIVER
OSCILLATOR
AND
FREQUENCY
SYNTHESIZER
COMMAND
CONTROL
TRANSMITTER
,1
VELOCITY
READOUT
(FOUR
CHANNELS)
READOUT
CLOCK
(FOUR
CHANNELS
RANGE
MEASURING
TIME
STATtON
LOGIC
STORAGE
AND
CONTROL
PROGRAM
d
COMPUTER
i
TO
TELEMETRY
(WHEN
COMPUTER
IS NOT USED)
TO
TO
TELEMETRY
TELEMETRY
AND
GUIDANCE
(WHEN
COMPUTER
IS NOT USED)
NOTE:
CONTROL
PROGRAM
FOR COMMAND
LOGIC INCLUDES
(I) PREFERRED
STATION
ROUTINE
AND (2'1 TIME
PROGRAMMED
COORDINATE
TRANSFORMATION
PARAMETERS
3-327
Figure
13-1.
AROD
Onboard
Equipment
13-9
COMMAND-CONTROL
DIRECTIONFINDING
ANTENNA
TRACKINGRECEIVING
ANTENNA
TRACKINGTRANSMITTING
ANTENNA
/
COMMAND
RECEIVER
AND
DIRECTION
FINDING
SYSTEM
l
STATION
CONTROL
LOGIC
ANTENNA
PHASE
CONTROL
ANTENNA
PHASE
CONTROL
I I
TRACKING
RECEIVER
"_I
TRACKING
TRANSMITTER
OFFSET
FREQUENCY
t
POWER
SOURCE
3-328
Figure
13-10
13-2.
AROD
Transponder
Ground
Station
to the
the
vehicle
AROD
guidance
systems
computer
are
listed
Table
_w
for navigational
in Table
13-2.
use.
Nominal
characteristics
13-2.
Characteristics
of the
AROD
System
Characteristic
Item
Vehicle
Equipment
Transmitter
Power
Ground
Station
The
crew
function
0.2
of the
emergency
escape
ies
Velocity
safety
SAFETY
(VEHICLE
function
Saturn
of the
launch
ensures
IB launch
function
vehicle.
detection
sequence
system
EMERGENCY
safety
DETECTION
of the
spacecraft
ft/sec
SYSTEM)
crew
in event
of mal-
vehicle.
are
(Refer
generally
to
provides
the
same
Paragraph
signals
as for
20-94.)
for
crew
The
automatically
safety
Saturn
initiating
on the
IB vehicle
the
for:
Structural
failure
b.
Excessive
turning
C.
Loss
ao
mc
100 watts
Output
10 ft
Requirements
Saturn
2214
Frequency
Range
CREW
mc
20 watts
Output
Power
13-20.
2276
Frequency
Transponder
Accurac
of
of thrust
rate
in roll,
of two or more
pitch
engines
or yaw
on S-IB
stage
13-11
Performance
manual
parameters
initiation
status
b.
Staging
sequence
c.
Status
d.
Angle-of-attack
e.
Three-axis
Excessive
g.
Spacecraft
h.
Engine
turning
attitude
cut-off
crew
decision
for
and data
of the
adapter
spacecraft
in roll,
pitch
or yaw.
error
for
range
safety
purposes
IB crew
safety
operational
philosophy
is similar
to that
of Saturn
V.
20-95.)
IMPLEMENTATION.
The
Saturn
The
VEDS
IB-vehicle
instrument
of sensors
unit
in the
parameters
13-23.
which
CM.
sensed
Structural
monitored
geographical
cal path
causes
13-24.
Excessive
sensed
by a rate
which
automatic
wire"
the
an abort
gyro
Loss
of power
signal
output
of a predetermined
limit,
Actuation
of any
two of the
put
VEDS
distributor.
it actuates
an over-rate
Vehicle
a rate
The
VEDS
turning
instrument
plane.
three
Three
the
unit.
are
installed
in roll,
pitch
The package
an individual
gyro
switch
is closed,
actuating
with
VEDS
distributor
transfers
panel.
an axis
the
in
CM.
and
yaw
contains
senses
signal
are
three
a rate
in
a relay.
provides
a signal
The
is
When
on the display
from
circuits
associated
vehicle
paths
distributor
rates
to the
sequence.
IB launch
circuits
relays
light
escape
geographical
in the
in each
stages.
in relation
of the
in
to display
is described
Saturn
13-3.
and a distributor
information
of the
in three
in Figure
unit
initiations
integrity
and S-IB
Rate.
instrument
system
manual
S-IVB
rates
to the
and
is illustrated
performance
of the
installed
package
and
vehicle
circuits
Turning
system
stages
Structural
path.
sense
in the
Implementation
for
unit down
detection
transfers
Failure.
by "hot
instrument
excess
emergency
consists
equipment
13-12
rate
for
stage
computer
rates
displayed
are:
on active
digital
angular
to Paragraph
13-22.
where
sequence
and
OPERATION.
(Refer
gyros
sensed
of engines
of vehicle
f.
are
escape
Thrust
The Saturn
each
of the
a.
13-21.
the
which
an outto the
also
CM,
initiates
an
b
w
.....
[...
!l
il
_/I
e_
_'_
E-
o _
k.,
E
s_P.1S
i e u1-1! _
._
Ie_L_!S
1._oqv
lsru
_LL
r_
L_
1.
_4
I
<
,.=
e_
_'----'
L___
_.
t_
.J
I._ _"
I
_
I-I
L--_T--J
Ig_!S
IjOln_)
[E_!S
)snaLLL
o
I
13-13
automatic,
abort
Disabling
single
if the
excessive
of the automatic
switch
in the
abort
(yaw
Disabling
times
After
automatic
abort
abort
procedures.
for
manua!
A thrust
engine
of S-IB
in the
to the
CM for
output
if thrust
through
event
sequencing
planning
Engine
status
for
13-25.
in the
puter
signal
basis
13-27.
craft
13-14
(both
of the
Digital
to the
for crew
Angle
automatic
are
thrust
roll
computer.
a parameter
is installed
to the
on each
VEDS
information
distri-
is sent
to a logic
circuit
which
has
The
circuit
output
is delivered
logic
can
of the
feature
by the
is also
computer,
an
LES during
be disabled
automatic
digital
becomes
routed
activation
feature
of this
for
by rules
established
Failure
the
escape
stages
will
unit
adapter
the
crew
by a
accomplished
at a time
established
by
in
be indicated
Data
is delivered
The
the
separation
VEDS
improperly.
the
Angle-of-attack
for manual
Status.
to the
to trigger
to initiate
of Attack.
abort.
for
by the S-IB
Adapter
operating
module
decision
of S-IB/S-IVB
manual
manual
individual
mission.
is a basis
for
crew
sequence.
and
are
command
as information
a parameter
is governed
Computer
instrument
data
engines.
for
digital
of thrust,
distributor,the
vehicle
is also
Sequence.
to initiate
and
stages)
of thrust
Staging
Separation
of the
rate
on loss
and
through
separately
vehicle
excessive
lights
crew
is disabled.
mission.
detectors
automatic
Disabling
by the
by the
the
feature
mission.
loss
decision
status
CM for
This
command
of the
of the thrust
to the
spacecraft.
for
signal
the
automatic
controlled
sequencing
by two or more
of flight.
is also
a discrete
From
the
be controlled
is disabled,
by engine
distributor
in the
event
feature
unit.
is lost
can
in planning
Outputs
display
moments
switch
through
generating
stage,
before
Disabling
established
instrument
the
early
13-26.
are
detector,
butor
abort
combined)
occurs
feature
spacecraft.
and pitch
the
rate
abort
a light
abort
stage
engine
A signal
distributor
The
indicating
status
from
when
distributor
the
the
lights.
data
adapter
digital
delivers
this
malfunction,
in analog
form
coma
a
procedure.
is displayed
decision.
in the
space-
13-28.
axes
Spacecraft
are
presented
decision
for
13-29.
manual
flight
will
of spacecraft
CM flight
director
attitude
Error.
Errors
angular
indicator
rates
about
as an aid
three
to
Attitude
director
attitude
indicator.
with
the
in spacecraft
During
vehicle
tilt
S-IB
program
attitude
stage
for
will
be displayed
the
attitude
information
and
flight,
crew
dis-
on abort.
13-30.
Engine
commanded
butor
Cutoff
transfers
the
the
initiates
command
RANGE
Saturn
signal
(unless
thrust
Whenever
a signal
on S-IVB
stage.
CM to warn
after
the
causes
range
abort
engine
is delivered
to the
ordnance
manually
Purposes.
purposes,
cutoff
of engine
Safety
receivers
dispersion
abort
loss
Range
safety
engine
of propellant
13-31.
for
for range
from
when
Analogs
abort.
be compared
decision
The
on the
Spacecraft
on the
play
Angular Rates.
The
the
to the
second
safety
command
time
automatically.
VEDS
distributor,
crew
three
cutoff
distri-
in turn,
of possible
delay.
occurs
is
initiation
The
during
crew
the
time
SAFETY.
IB range
(Refer
to Paragraph
Saturn
I range
safety
function
6-58.
safety
are
requirements
The primary
are
differences
in implementation.
These
similar
to those
between
the
differences
of Saturn
Saturn
are
I.
IB and
described
below.
The
command
vehicle
The
receivers
emergency
signal
detection
is used
for
In addition,
an ordnance
ensure
that
initiation
to the
other,
for
a description
13-32.
The
crew
safety
of propellant
of the
and
system
interface
increasing
ELECTRICAL
two stages
of the S-IVB
the
supply
distributor
which
an engine
if flight
between
dispersion
ordnance
of the
dispersion
system.
ordnance.
cutoff
signal
termination
is not implemented
is provided
reliability
propellant
stage
on Saturn
stages
of one
(Refer
is commanded.
I.
of the Saturn
stage
to the
IB to
is transmitted
to Paragraph
16-23
SYSTEM.
instrument
unit
of the
Saturn
IB have
independent
electrical
systems.
13-15
The Saturn IB stages do not havea central source of 400 cps ac power.
Sequencingfunctions for the Saturn IB are performed by a switch selector
13-16
CHAPTER
SECTION
3
XIV
STRUCTURES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
14.1.
STRUCTURAL
REQUIREMENTS
14-11.
S TRUCTURAL
DESIGN
14-15.
S-IB
14-16.
S-IVB
14-17.
INSTRUMENT
STRUCTURAL
.....................
14-7
CONFIGURATION
STRUCTURAL
CONFIGURATION
UNIT
14-3
................
CONFIGURATION
............
14-10
............
14-10
.............
14-12
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Saturn
IB
S-IVB
Stage
Loads
.........................
Structure,
Saturn
14-4
IB
................
14-11
14-1
14-2
.
" .....
:.
: ".
: : _
SECTION
XIV.
STRUCTURES
14-1.
STRUCTURAL
The
Saturn
IB launch
expected
The
for
to occur
structure
the
that
14-2.
not impose
14-3.
any
vehicle,
flight
only)
having
a 99.9
percent
year.
The
bending
14-4.
LAUNCH
holddown
and
rebound.
from
vehicle
inertia
operations.
design
analysis
requirements
of the
conditions
are
designed
and
erection
so that
loads
imposed
do not exceed
flight
on the
loads
structure
and
thus
do
penalty.
pressurized
or unpressurized
and
free-standing
capable
of withstanding
loads
probability
of occurrence
during
strongest
(Figure
force
due
14-1}
to the
and
shears
weight
the
resulting
of the
vehicle
(attached
resulting
from
winds
wind
month
of the
from
the wind
in defining
are
com-
the worst
CONDITIONS.
vehicle
result
a careful
can be
condition.
the
ignition
The
is structurally
moments
At launch
engine
stages.
flight
that
CONDITIONS.
equipment
longitudinal
loading
after
the
and
loads
all operations.
or fueled,
launcher
prelaunch
for
launch
all
CONDITIONS.
to the
the
during
to withstand
prelaunch,
determined
performance
empty
with
handling,
transportation,
PRELAUNCH
bined
are
and
fabrication,
is designed
the propellant
HANDLING
procedures
during
ground
structure
GROUND
structure
contains
be encountered
Handling
The
vehicle
during
also
vehicle
will
REQUIREMENTS.
structure
but before
wind
(bending
(aft axial
The
the
is capable
holddown
condition
launcher
releases
moments
load)
of withstanding
and
shears),
and vibration
loads
is imposed
the
transients
on the
vehicle.
engine
from
thrust
The
two conditions,
structure
after
holddown
loads
(forward
due to initial
axial
engine
load),
com-
bustion.
14-3
60
M'dch
1.05
g
30
2O
Prelaunch
.-ff
(99.9(:i_
Wind),
10
t_'-[ .....
_h-I
. o._(t
65 see.
-10
18
Max
g (t
138
sec.)
o
;4
A
Mach
1.05
(t
65
<
l
1200
1800
600
Vehicle
I.U.
S-IVB
Station
(inches)
S-IB
3-535
Fig_Jrc
I4-4
14-1.
Saturn
IB
Loads
see.)
(t
65 scc.)
oe.
_e
The
rebound
condition
occurs
vehicle.
Axial
releases
the
suddenly
reverses
the
loads
axial
from
engine
are
FLIGHT
During
flight
the
structure
and
Engine
Thrust
vehicle
gains
altitude,
then
decreases
separation,
the
remainder
of the
moments
engines
result
of the
loads
eu
are
from
load
(bending
cut
off before
deceleration
at the
launcher
of the vehicle
holddown
moments)
the
points.
and
vibration
thrust
and
which
Combined
transients
with
resulting
CONDITIONS.
inertia
and
the
loads
direction
wind
14-6.
off,
when
mw
cutoff.
14-5.
dynamic,
the
is subjected
propellant
and
Heat
vehicle.
on the
Loads.
The
a maximum
slightly
stage
prior
first
stage
thrust
at approximately
to first
engines
The
stage
impose
engine
relatively
thrust
produces
The
moments
and
impose
a heat
vehicle.
heat,
dynamic,
aero-
loads.
reaches
second
to engine
as the
106 seconds
after
cutoff.
constant
axial
shears
increases
loads,
are
After
stage
thrust
shears
a result
loads
and
of the
lift-
on the
bending
engines
gimballing.
The
first
tion
and
impose
14-7.
stage
engines
circulation
a heat
load
Dynamic
at engine
main
the
ignition
base
vehicle
begins
with
vehicle
liftoff
and
the
becomes
second
field
loads
result
the
through
second
generated
after
from
external
- mechanical,
constant
negligible
vehicle
radia-
stage
engines
stage.
environment.
relatively
of the
separation
of excitation
vibration
sound
on the base
After
dynamic
sources
and remains
source
gases.
of the
Vehicle
Three
produce
exhaust
on the
Loads.
disturbances.
dynamic
of the
load
The
until
at engine
Mach
and
internal
acoustical
mechanical
engine
source
cutoff.
ignition.
and
The
aero-
begins
acoustical
It is maximum
1 (approximately
64 seconds
at
after
liftoff).
The
tial
aerodynamic
during
vibrations,
loading
transition
which
of time,
occur
dynamic
pressure,
begins
at Mach
are
during
as the
1 and
relatively
engine
engine
velocity
at maximum
high
ignition,
cutoff,
vehicle
and
dynamic
in magnitude
vehicle
stage
increases
and
liftoff,
and is most
pressure.
present
Mach
only
1,
region
influen-
Transient
for
short
periods
of maximum
separation.
14-5
Aerodynamic
attack
and
wind
Loads.
gusts.
76 seconds
after
first
stage
burnout.
when
combined
critical
bending
(max
max
moments
q condition)
an angle
result
loading
drag
Aerodynamic
with
and
Aerodynamic
liftoff
conditions
seconds)
Aerodynamic
of attack
from
increases
and
drag
When
the
are
minimized
vehicle
decreases
imposes
results
load
in bending
loading,
by the control
zero
before
on the structure
1.05
of high
system
of
approximately
moments
Mach
region
angle
to nearly
an axial
is in the
of drag,
to a maximum
then
aerodynamic
q.
is a result
which
and
and
shears.
Two
(approximately
drag,
66
structural
reduces
the
vehicle
angle of attack.
Aerodynamic
moving
through
and
then
line
have
14-9.
stage
greatest
Inertia
Loads.
in the
cutoff
separation
the peak
14-10.
vehicle
achieved
is a result
The heating
Vehicle
the
stage
on the
the atmosphere.
decreases.
an increase
first
heating
surfaces
temperature
Inertia
increase
loads
thrust/weight
(max
and
which
result
ratio
then
at first
Propellant Loads.
increases
stage
increases
caused
until
are
not parallel
during
flight.
from
during
g condition).
of friction
the
flight.
The
acceleration
during
second
vehicle
Peak
vehicle
stage
burnout
first
to the
vehicle
acceleration
burning,
to
is at
at first
but
center-
due
acceleration
decreases
stage
by the
and
never
second
reaches
cutoff.
are due to a combination of hydrostatic head, and ullage and ambient pressures.
The hydrostatic head, varying during flight,is a function of the density of the fluid,
height of the fluid in the container and the acceleration of the vehicle. The ullage
pressure is supplied by the pressurization system and is limited by relief valves.
14 -6
As the
altitude
At any
time
of the
vehicle
during
flight
differential
across
the
static
minus
head
14-11.
The
unit
spacecraft.
prelaunch
max
(ground
unit
during
are
combined
Slosh
baffles
LOX
container.
S-IB
four
RP-1)
aft end
tail
in diameter.
out.
carry
the
The
axial
forward
(holddown
and
the
gas
the
critical
g,
and
pressure
plus
the
by an interstage.
provides
on the
rebound)
hydro-
S-IB
flight
and
during
1.05,
during
critical
hydrostatic
instrument
external
head
max
prelaunch
and on the
containers,
the
occur
(Mach
occur
separation)
for
vehicle
structure
and
An
support
of the
conditions
propellant
the
portions
after
pressure
baffles
RP-1
dampen
the
walls.
Slosh
and
LOX containers
sloshing
is as assembly
supported
inches
the
maximum
pressure
joined
various
occur
in the S-IB
container
structure
the
resist
for
max
For
installed
at the
section.
LOX container
second
decreases.
loads
to obtain
the
propellant
baffles
of the
are
and
in the
and transfer
not required
S-IVB
absorbed
in the
S-IVB
LH 2.
STAGE.
around
The
q,
internal
because
by the
diameter
pressure
loads.
to the
S-IB
The
q).
the
The
LH 2 container
the
ullage
stage
conditions
structure
(max
stages
second
conditions
launch
flight
(max
are
forces
to the
of two
of the
critical
On the S-IVB
design
14-12.
loading
wind),
with
ambient
container)
is equal
consists
forward
(ground
flight
structural
slosh
mounted
and
in the
the
pressure.
vehicle
The
wind)
flight,
DESIGN.
times.
g).
wall
ambient
Critical
at different
during
location
container
the
IB launch
instrument
and
(at any
STRUCTURAL
Saturn
increases
center
loads
LOX
forward
Eight
The
are
fins
encountered
containers
load
only
end
by a sliding
four
in the
all
axial
five
vehicle
load
connection
stage
to the
four
RP-1
containers
RP-1
section.
at the
A 105-inch
spaced
each
of one
and
the
relative
is 70
another.
tail
section
first
stage
RP-1
containers
through
containers
permits
and
containers;
operations
which
adapter
independent
LOX
LOX and
Alternately
in both directions;
The
(five
tail
centerline.
structurally
aft direction.
pin
second
stage
beam),
during
containers
attached
LOX and
are
(spider
carry
are
on the
containers
adapter
propellant
end by the
is located
container
stage
of nine
are
supported
burn-
at
movement
14 -7
between
the
spider
containers
as the
Several
on the
shears.
The
gases
by the heat
Eight
aerodynamic
aft end
critical
condition
produced
loads
and
container
critical
load
In addition
the
on the
to the
must
withstand
sists
of a forward
pressure
reaches
the
and
on the
cylindrical
level
increases.
14-13.
S-IVB
S-IVB
critical
occur
and
flight.
and
max
moments
g
and
exhaust
The
maximum
in each
loading
fin is a
conditions
on the
For
1.05
carried
by the
LOX
container
are
ambient
and
pressure
is zero.
aft bulkheads
decrease
while
LOX
For
the
occurs
containers
The
when
The
The
container
section.
maximum
varies
during
the
acceleration
pre-
RP-1
critical.
Each
and
during
the
all
con-
1.05
occurs
most
loads.
q produce
at Mach
containers,
bulkheads
pressure
sections
the
max
outboard
1.05.
by a cylindrical
forward
the
containers
pressurization
joined
and
occur
at Mach
loads
internal
condition
RP-1
and
at Mach
of the prelaunch
conditions
q.
ambient
q and
critical
skirts.
at max
the
during
This
loading
loading
aft bulkhead
where
rebound
bending
is a result
occurs
on the
maximum
max
Incorporated
beam
and
altitude
vehicle
structure,
external
LOX
condition.
unpressurized)
that
the
from
Local
LOX container
and
spider
1.05.
LOX container
critical
propellant
the propellant
rebound
the
loads
differential
differential
14-8
skirts
The
holddown,
loads,
vehicle
at Mach
and unpressurized).
empty
skirts,
the
empty
The
axial
is protected
center
container
by the
assembly
to the launcher.
center
of the
shield.
occurs
by the
on the
(containers
structure
on the
q respectively.
launch
fins
contraction
structure.
produced
barrel
in stabilizing
attachment
(container
tainers
aid
are
the maximum
flame
to the
on the thrust
structure
thrust
and
on the
loading
critical
max
shield
due
filled.
loads
produce
fins
are
being
thrust
of the
for
structure
outriggers
the
conditions
fitting
on the fins
The
structure
condition
holddown
the
critical
For
thrust)
The
produce
thrust
(engine
thrust
are
q conditions.
loading
and
containers
conditions
loads
max
beam
con-
maximum
the
vehicle
pressure
flight
because
of the
STAGE.
structure
an integral
is an assembly
propellant
of an aft interstage,
container,
and a forward
an aft skirt,
skirt.
a thrust
To reduce
the
length of the vehicle and thus reduce external loading, the propellants are contained
in an integral container. Located within the container is the commonbulkhead which
separates the LH2 from the LOX. To reduce the loads on the vehicle, the LOX which
weighs five times as much as the LH2 is located aft.
The aft interstage, aft skirt, cylindrical section of the propellant container, and
forward skirt withstand the loads encountered during all vehicle operations through
first stage burnout. Following stage separation anduntil spacecraft separation, the
thrust structure, LOX container aft bulkhead, cylindrical section of the LH2 container, and forward skirt resist all loads encountered as a result of S-IVB engine
operation.
The critical design condition for the aft interstage and forward skirt is max q. For
the aft skirt the critical loads are produced by the max g condition. Critical loading on the cylindrical section of the LH2 container occurs during prelaunch (container full andunpressurized). Engine thrust, the principal load during S-IVB
engine operation, produces a critical loading condition only in the thrust structure.
In addition to the external loads carried by the cylindrical section, the propellant
container must resist propellant and pressurization loads. The container consists
of a forward bulkhead, a cylindrical section, an aft bulkhead anda commonbulkhead. The maximum pressure differential on the container forward bulkhead
occurs when the vehicle reaches the altitude where the ambient pressure is zero.
The maximum pressure differential on the cylindrical section and the aft bulkhead
is at first stage cutoff. At this time the vehicle acceleration is greatest and the
ambient pressure is zero. The common bulkhead is designed to resist both bursting and collapsing pressure conditions. The critical conditions are basedon combinations of LH2 and LOX pressures and temperatures.
14-14. INSTRUMENTUNIT.
The instrument unit structure resists the loads encounteredduring all vehicle
operations through payload separation. The critical design condition occurs during
flight at max q which results in a combination of bending moment and axial force
producing the largest compressive buckling load on the structure.
14-9
14-15.
S-IB STRUCTURAL
CONFIGURATION
The S-IB stage structure is 962 inches (80.2 feet) long, 257 inches (21.4 feet) in
diameter across the containers, 274 inches (22.8 feet) in diameter across the thrust
structure, and has a span of 488 inches (40.7 feet) across the fins. A tailsection,
nine propellant containers (five LOX
to the tailsection.
There
are
and the
only
S-I
the eight
fins),
stage
of the
fins
area
equally
25 degrees
fins
are
Section
S-IB
of the
spaced
the
respectively.
The
S-I
disposal
second
54 square
(the
second
around
between
VII).
stage
LOX-SOX
from
constructed
an ablative
on the
retromotors
redesign
are
differences
I (see
of the
of approximately
45 and
the
fins
elimination
aft interstage,
The
configuration
for Saturn
equal-size
the
moving
minor
system
With
of aluminum
The
the
four
large
(spider
less
tail
of the
exterior
for
Saturn
IB
differences
hydrogen
and
vent
beam)
are:
four
stub
lines,
the
to the
S-IVB
weight.
section.
and trailing
exception
The
and
and
leading
alloy.
has
of the
stage
significant
adapter
adapter,
the periphery
feet.
most
stage
stage
stage
the S-IB
Each
edges
leading
of the
are
edge
fins
fin has
swept
which
an
back
is steel,
is coated
with
insulation.
The second stage adapter is similar to that for the S-I stage except for the deletion
of the 45-degree
More
specific
conditions
14-16.
payload
on the S-IB
structure
skirts
with
and
thrust
S-IVB
and
stage
the principal
mission
definition
has
resulted
than
on the S-I
stage.
The
reductions
being
in the
spider
in less
result
beam,
radial members.
severe
is a lighter
propellant
desigh
loading
weight
container
structure.
STRUCTURAL
CONFIGURATION
The S-IVB stage structure (Figure 14-2) is 260 inches (21.7 feet)in diameter and
709 inches (59.1 feet) long. An aft interstage, an aft skirt, a thrust structure, two
propellant containers and a forward skirt are structurally joined to make
stage.
The thrust structure and propellant containers are identicalto those of the
up the
>
I
o
1
r_
0
o
0
c_
!
14-11
pletely
The
different
loads
design.
from
the
first
stage
are
(S-IB/S-IVB)
interstage.
The
of 260 inches
and
of 224.5
carry
the
a length
axial
load
and
interstage
skin
and
ate rings,
and a forward
providedby
the
aft and
by a field
splice
to the
interstage
aft ring,
bolt circle,
transmits
load
into the
ers.
Loads
motors
skin.
are
are
S-IB
stage
14-17.
The
(refer
wich
The
Saturn
first
is uniformly
places
the
962).
long
ring
ring.
plane.
skirt
are
is attached
shear
by the
Four
Attached
which
The
diameter
longerons
forward
forward
separation
27 inch
aft skirt
station
The
The
intermedi-
on a 220-inch
to the
through
and
aft interstage
longerons.
distributed
diameter,
stage
stringers
load.
internal
(at MSFC
at eight
aft of the
is a 260 inch
first
The
to eight
aft skirt
interstage
the
vehicle
stage
loads
to the
on the
the
string-
retroto the
shrouds
the
beam.
IB structure
to Section
load
transmitted
INSTRUMENT
XXI).
UNIT
CONFIGURATION
for
the
instrument
The
major
difference
unit
is similar
is the
to that
location
of the Saturn
of cutouts
in the
V
sand-
panels.
instrument
at MSFC
14-12
The
interstage
spider
to the
for
aft
a diameter
section
shear
seven
the
with
hat
the
by an aft ring,
launch
through
is a cylinder
carries
respectively.
of the
stage
longitudinal
skin
surfaces
rings,
concentrated
mounted
supported
stage
attached
and the
Mating
forward
External
moment
ring.
S-IVB
interstage
inches.
are
first
to the
aluminum-alloy
bending
stringers
transmitted
stations
unitis
1663
attached
and
1699,
to the S-IVB
respectively.
stage
and payload
in field
splices
located
CHAPTER
SECTION
3
XV
PROPULSION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
15-1.
REQUIREMENTS
15-2.
OPERATION
........................
15-3
15-4
...........................
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
15-1.
Auxiliary
Propulsion
Module,
S-IVB/Saturn
IB
........
15-8
LIST OF TABLES
15-1.
Saturn
IB
Propulsion
Sequence
................
15-5
15-1
15-2
SECTION
XV.
PROPULSION
15-1.
The
REQUIREMENTS.
Saturn
Apollo
vide
IB propulsion
spacecraft
attitude
is required
a nominal
105-nautical
stabilization
to function
storage
into
system
during
and
the
feed
during
launch,
systems
mile
the first
ascent,
to launch
4.5
and
and propulsion
a 34,000
earth
of orbit.
phases
devices
insert
circular
hours
orbital
and
The
of the
(engines)
orbit
pound
and to pro-
system
is required
mission.
constitute
Propellant
the
propulsion
system.
A two-stage
launch
at an altitude
stage
cutoff
mately
provides
of 35.6-nautical
miles
occurs
15,100
orientation
damp
first
vehicle
knots.
and
the
angular
the
sary
separation.
to aid
of the
containers
tation
at engine
the
feed
first
stage
miles
is required
by the
bending
mode
insuring
start.
control
stage
occurs
3600knots.
to maintain
oscillations
cutoff
Second
at a velocity
system
systems
are
pellant
storage
must
be capable
LOX).
required
and
thrust
a sufficient
of the
of approxi-
vehicle
and,
to the
Provisions
before
feed
of storing
fill
also
highly
for the
filling
settles
suction
and
attitude
in addition,
structure
to
during
During
the
propellants,
head
the
Both
retrothrust
second
stage
the propellants
to prevent
are
in the
propellant
to
neces-
aft end
pump
cavi-
16-18.)
drain
capability
volatile
purging
or after
system.
staging.
to accelerate
to Paragraph
a rapid
due
successful
thrust
ullage
(Refer
feed
to ensure
and ullage
The
phase,
(LH 2 and
lines
control
First
of approximately
of 105-nautical
as defined
is required
launch
and
lants
velocity
altitude
first
impulse.
operation.
of impulses
storage
necessary
anda
vector
rates
of the
decelerate
During
Thrust
amplitude
stage
A series
at a nominal
the
the
properties
of the
draining
ascent
and
is required
of the
propellant
operations
and
delivering
of the
orbital
them
propellant
cryogenic
containers
as part
phases
the
as required
propeland
of the
pro-
system
to the
engines.
15-3
15-2.
The
OPERATION.
propulsion
system
of the orbital
phase.
15-3.
LAUNCH
During
the
countdown,
the
commanded
ends
pressure
in the
lists
the
launch
major
phase
events
purged
and
eight
S-IB
stage
by a start
containers
storage
are
are
spheres
conditioned
are
prior
engines
sequence
and
ends
after
4.5
of the propulsion
hours
sequence.
are
initiated
purged,
loaded,
purged
and charged;
to being
started
pressurized
started.
and the
A few seconds
in a predetermined
by a ground
main
prior
sequence
command.
The
launch
as
phase
at liftoff.
15-4.
ASCENT
PHASE.
A total
nominal
thrust
decreasing
ambient
to 1,786,000
expansion
of 1,600,000
pressure
pounds
decreases
is ascending,
gimballed
trol
15-1
the propellant
the
engines
to liftoff,
Table
begins
PHASE.
and conditioned;
stage
operation
system.
off the
Prior
to staging,
to 1,754,000
pounds
prior
and
attitude
to Figure
results
stage
and
to engine
are
As a result
thrust
cutoff.
provided
by the
to commands
from
a propellant
depletion
seconds
down
of the
single
through
the
is completed
after
a nominal
thrust
before
S-IVB
pumps
the
and
feed
separation
and
of 200,000
pounds,
vehicle
outboard
the
con-
signal,
engines.
is accomplished
lines.
prior
four
(level)
engine
the
from
outboard
stage
of under
While
in response
of
increases
as a result
8-1),
a few
of propellants
the
miles
control
engines
a cool
at liftoff.
ascends,
nautical
cutoff
chambers
vehicle
of 16.3
inboard
the circulation
is provided
at an altitude
(Refer
Engine
cutting
the thrust
as the
thrust-vector
engines
pounds
The
by
chilldown
to ignition
of
of the
engine.
The
engine,
providing
start
command
vided
by gimballing
engines
of the
electrical
15-4
from
of the
control
the
the
instrument
main
engine;
auxiliary
propulsion
system.
Engine
signal
from
the
cutoff
instrument
unit.
roll
Thrust-vector
control
system.
occur
as the
unit.
The
control
is provided
Both
occurs
is ignited
result
signal
for
by firing
in response
in response
the
the
to the
of the termination
is terminated
stage
such
to a
is pro-
roll
control
commands
of an
that
the
ii
I
n
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4_--4--
: I
I
I
I
i I
o
U
'q
4.
@_4_
i
I
_q
r-
I
_
b.O
0
0
0
__
_o__
1,5-5
total impulse delivered by the engine subsequentto the signal results in a velocity to
go requirement of zero at thrust termination. The ascent phase endswith the attainment of proper orbital parameters.
15-5.
ORBITAL
During
the
zation
the
orbital
phase,
by firing
control
15-6.
are
S-IB
S-IB
at sea
the
staging
Eight
H-1
storage
propulsion
which
the
system,
the
stage
(refer
S-IVB
STAGE
stage
main
After
system
is provided
15-8.
MAIN
similar
system.
15-9.
AUXILIARY
auxiliary
attitude
attitude
stabili-
to commands
the propulsion
orbit
the
pounds
from
system
of thrust
to a sufficient
inject
RP-1
the
supplied
propulsion
velocity
spacecraft
(nominal
such
into
earth
by the propellant
system
of the
S-IB
that
orbit.
feed
stage
and
is similar
8-3).
to that
a main
propulsion
separation,
injects
the
the
for
Ullage
by three
Thiokol
system
and
200,000-pound
space
roll
coast.
vehicle
control
thrust
TX-280
thrust
orbit.
powered
flight
S-IB/S-IVB
rocket
propul-
of the
into earth
during
for
an auxiliary
S-IVB
The
auxiliary
and attitude
separation
and
J-2
motors.
SYSTEM.
exception
described
PROPULSION
propulsion
stabilization
1,600,000
subsequently
The
thrust
PROPULSION
in this
The
phase,
vehicle
to Paragraph
stage
supplies
start
with
space
stage.
system
engine
basically
in response
orbital
the
on LOX and
with
S-IB
during
system,
can
is provided
stabilization
This
of the
provides
IMPLEMENTATION.
propulsion
propulsion
stage
power
15-7.
stage
engines
provides
the
operating
S-I
system.
system
S-IVB
of the
sion
hours
accelerates
to that
S-IVB
4.5
control
system
IMPLEMENTATION.
engines,
The
roll
propulsion
complete.
stage
after
auxiliary
and
After
STAGE
level)
the
attitude
system.
operations
The
PHASE.
system
during
orbital
of the
restart
fuel
in Paragraph
pressurization
22-51.
The
helium
bottles
are
bottle,
is
not provided
SYSTEM.
provides
coast.
roll
control
(During
during
powered
powered
flight,
flight
pitch
and
and
yaw
J
15-6
This
page
is not
classified
control
tem
are
modules
golic
module,
provided
are
engines,
design
of the
S-IVB
stage
mounted
15-1.
module
(refer
by gimballing
propellant
Figure
the
180 degrees
and pressurant
Each
is similar
to Paragraph
module
uw
e.
main
engine.
apart
on the
aft skirt.
containers
has
to the
a propellant
auxiliary
Two auxiliary
and
valves
capacity
propulsion
Three
are
propulsion
TAPCO
mounted
of 60 pounds.
module
of the
syshyperin each
The
Saturn
basic
V,
22-58).
15-7
__"
'
d
,-.-I
'_
u_
r..-i
\
\
\
\
15-8
CHAPTER
SECTION
XVI
MECHANICAL
SYSTEMS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
16-1.
GENERAL
............................
16-2.
ENVIRONMENTAL
16-6.
ENGINE
16-9.
SEPARATION
16-13.
ORDNANCE
SYSTEMS
16-24.
PLATFORM
GAS-BEARING
16-3
CONTROL
GIMBALING
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
............
16-3
................
16-5
.....................
16-6
......................
SUPPLY
16-1]
SYSTEM
........
16-14
LIST OF TABLES
16-1.
S-IB/S-IVB
Staging
Sequence
...................
16-8
16-1
16-2
-- --
SECTION
mechanical
systems
control,
engine
supply.
All
of the
Saturn
16-2.
Saturn
gimballing,
of the
of the
Saturn
--
for
cooling
and platform
degree
gas-bearing
to the
respective
systems
SYSTEM
system
thermal
vehicle
control
on board
provision
the
environmental
vehicles.
and Apollo
from
include
controls
the
payload.
environment
The
extremes,
system
controls
compartments.
in certain
protects
humidity
Operation
of the
of "off the
shelf"
com-
electrical
and
system
provides
an
is controlled
equipment.
environmental
ponents
in some
V launch
vehicle
vehicle
ordnance,
similar
control
equipment
for
IB launch
CONTROL
launch
atmosphere
Saturn
are
IB environmental
by ground-based
the
SYSTEMS
separation,
systems
I and the
mechanical
inert
The
of the
ENVIRONMENTAL
partments
and
GENERAL.
The
The
XVI.
MECHANICAL
16-1.
the
heat
system
vehicle
allows
which
dissipation.
otherwise
The
of instrumentation
the use
could
system
located
not be used
includes
in the
electrical
com-
without
elaborate
a thermoconditioning
unit
instrument
unit
and
in the S-IVB
for
forward
compartment.
Environmental
conditioning
electrical
power
ment
when
ends
conditioning
instrument
orbital
phases
unit
16-3.
The
to the launch
during
vehicle.
the
umbilicals
are
continues
to provide
thermal
unit
of the
is separated
from
and
the
S-IVB
mission.
the Apollo
prelaunch
Active
the vehicle
unit
in the
begins
forward
phase
conditioning
disconnected
Thermoconditioning
The
to instrumentation
throughout
ends
the application
of the vehicle
at lift off.
protection
stage
upon
when
the ascent,
the
of
compartthermomounted
and
the
earth
S-IVB/instrument
payload.
OPERATION
following
vehicle
and
payload
areas
are
conditioned
by filtered
and
thermally
16-3
controlled
dry
air
or
GN 2 supplied
al
S-IB
stage
engine
b.
S-IB
stage
fuel
C.
S-IVB
d.
Instrument
stage
by ground
equipment.
compartment
container
engine
unit
instrument
compartments
compartment
including
S-IVB
stage
forward
compartment
in these compartments
modules
continues
The
environmental
partments
and
LH 2 loading
taining
any
until
the
02
significant
30 minutes
system
instrument
the
stage.
below
accumulations
the
of LH 2 loading
is changed
a minimum
This
which
of GH 2.
from
possible
will
The
stage, warm
in the
air
of 30 minutes
prevents
level
in the S-IVB
start
medium
containers
S-IVB
content
before
fire
support
flow rates
to GN 2 for
before
the
or explosion
combustion
and
S-IVB
all
com-
start
of
by main-
and
temperature
The
vehicle
thermoconditioning
mentation
mounted
Operation
of the
cal
checkout
16-4
in the
unit
instrument
thermoconditioning
during
prelaunch
provides
unit
unit
and
additional
and
in the
begins
continues
until
thermal
S-IVB
at the
start
separation
stage
air
stage.
by preventing
remain
air is
control
in the
interstage. Warm
limits. When
unchanged.
The media,
by MSC.
conditioning
forward
of the launch
of the Apollo
for
instru-
compartment.
vehicle
payload.
electri-
16-4.
S-IB
STAGE
The
environmental
ture
and
control
levels
for
devices
in the
stage
system
is similar
(Refer
to Paragraph
16-5.
S-IVB
The
environmental
9-4.
STAGE
is similar
instrument
unit
of the
located
16-6.
Saturn
active
forming
by the
The
engine
gimballing
thrust
system
control
vectors
is active
stage
powered
dynamic
pressure
as thrust
such
misalignments
disturbances
providing
vehicle
thrust
necessary
electrical
launch
of the
components
phase
Saturn
tempera-
of the
I launch
and
mission.
vehicle.
the
the
used
vehicle.
S-IVB
which
equipment
the
stage
and the
stage
to Paragraphs
unit
and
S-IVB
on the
(Refer
sensitive
system
thrust
gimballing
and
stabilization
system
and
and the
23-6
provides
and
23-7.
additional
instrumentation
instrument
unit.
(except
phase
of the
to 50,000
and
function.
and
vehicle
winds.
are
counteracted
vectors
which
feet),
for
vehicle
control.
its
initiated
during
control.
S-IB
stage,
region
other
structural
The
and
of high
S-IVB
aero-
disturbances
produced
engines
by providing
roll
to the
encounter
forces
13-8.
trajectory
the S-IVB)
the
In per-
to Par.agraph
in addition
by gimballing
of the
by commands
mission
external
engines
vehicle
along
it may
minimize
for
(Refer
ascends,
The
gimballed
is controlled
the vehicle
yaw
the ascent
the
required
system
steers
the
positions
vectors
the
As
for
SYSTEM.
gimballing
(35,000
the
IMPLEMENTATION.
systems
compartment
for pitch,
flight.
for the
temperature
during
stage
a thermoconditioning
forward
function,
S-I
UNIT
V launch
GIMBALLING
attitude
engine
such
on the vehicle
of the active
loading
and
by
stage
maintain
the
on trajectory.
16-7.
servo
S-IVB
maintains
and
implementation
to that
for
to provide
this
the prelaunch
on the
system
Saturn
IB engine
stage
used
contains
control
ENGINE
The
The
unit
in the
during
stage
of instruments,
AND INSTRUMENT
unit
temperature
the S-IB
control
instrument
for
the protection
to that
instrument
The
system
humidity
ordnance
The
IMPLEMENTATION
OPERATION.
gimballed
actuator
gimballed
engines
systems.
through
a +8-degree
of the
square
IB stages
four
outboard
pattern
for
are
H-1
pitch,
positioned
engines
yaw
and
by means
of the
S-IB
roll
control.
of similar
stage
are
The
16-5
single J-2 engine of the S-IVB stage is gimballed to provide pitch and yaw control of
the vehicle. Roll control during S-IVB
stage powered
flightis accomplished
by means
16-8.
STAGE
IMPLEMENTATION.
16-9.
The
SEPARATION
description
ment
unit from
orbit.
of the Saturn
stage
does
the
weight.
The
design
required
for
the Apollo
provides
16-10.
9-9. )
payload
program
as a stage
thrust
for
during
of the
occurring
it is desirable
to use
vehicle
payload
flight.
positive
(The
of more
it is discarded
earth
of minimum
the payload
than
one
During
the
and
into
vehicle
of lifting
technology.
stage/instru-
is injected
a launch
separ-
following
of the S-IVB
capable
the use
is expended
continued
vehicle
the payload
vehicle
space
is to provide
separation
after
necessitates
to present
system
the next
propulsion
flight
of a
stage
forward
boost.
OPERATION.
functions
a.
the
two stages
Cutoff
of engines
Acceleration
C.
Physical
d.
Deceleration
e.
Ignition
separation
propellants
initiate
of the
Saturn
IB launch
vehicle,
the following
principal
occur:
b.
low-level
16-6
stage
of a minimum-weight
vehicle,
the
the S-IVB
into orbit,
restricted
In separating
The
payload
IB separation
an explanation
Apollo
a given
multistage
from
not include
To lift
when
(Refer to Paragraph
SYSTEM.
function
of the S-IB
stage
primary
ation
of the
separation
of the
of the
operation
sensor
are
engine
of the
in one
near
cutoff.
S-IVB
S-IB
S-IVB
stage.
of the
S-IB
S-IB
stage
from
the
vehicle.
stage.
stage.
is initiated
of the
stage.
S-IB
depletion.
A controlled
approximately
stage
When
this
thrust
propellant
occurs,
termination
145 seconds
containers
control
after
liftoff
indicates
circuits
is necessary
within
when
that
the
to prevent
the
vehicle
attitude
deviations
which
could
to controlled
cutoff,
A controlled
cutoff
engine
ignition
and
thrust
the S-IB
Following
the controlled
the ullage
motors
NPSH
(Net
Adequate
stage
clearance
mild
is concurrent
with
plane
located
1187.
The
retromotor
plete
physical
S-IB
stage
final
function
tabulated
16-11.
Four
S-IB
The
motors
separation
16-12.
The S-IVB
mild
stage
detonating
then
the
flight.
outboard
S-IVB
of the
stage
In
stage.
engine
engines,
The
pump
above
accelera-
for reliable
the
design
decelerates
the
be achieved
The
the
signal
S-IB
retromotors.
S-IVB
S-IB
The
prior
that
stage
activates
from
Separation
aft interstage
stage
vehicle
occurs
in a
rapid
interstage
the
the
at MSFC
providing
S-IB/S-IVB
to S-IVB
station
and
com-
remains
with
separation,
system
the
vehicle
the S-IVB
is to jettison
weight.
stage
the
The
engine
is started.
burned-out
complete
ullage
staging
The
motors
sequence
from
is
16-1.
IMPLEMENTATION.
retromotors
thrust
provide
S-IVB
of the
physical
separation
STAGE
of the
and
must
severs
the
stages.
and S-IVB
first.
is maintained
interactions.
end
of the
minimizing
The
stages
ignites
forward
thrust
solid-propellant
interstage.
that
cutoff
is a
separation.
of the
in Table
which
are
inlet
there
in uncontrolled
of the
inlet
cutoff
depletion.
cavitation.
separating
physically
of the
stage
to prevent
(MDF)
signal
engines,
pump
stage
engine
as opposed
of propellant
sequence
coasts
acceleration
to minimize
at the
after
completion
S-IVB
the
separation
Upon
the
between
the
single
the
Head)
stage
at the
Burnout,
as a result
engines
inboard
at the
Suction
fuse
inboard
burnout.
separation
vehicle
pressure
pressure
the
S-IB
the
to provide
propellant
ignition
detonating
of the
ignited
propellant
between
the
burning
during
when
thrust,
booster
stop
because
cutoff
are
Positive
engine
engines
buildup,
stage
sufficient
The
unsymmetrical
4 seconds,
terminating
starting.
when
is important
of approximately
provides
from
occurs
period
tion
occur
vectors
are
of the
deceleration
S-IB
STAGE
stage
from
motors
stage
are
90 degrees
apart
directed
aft and
to aid
in the
on the
complete
S-IB/S-IVB
radially
inward.
and expeditious
the vehicle.
IMPLEMENTATION.
separation
fuse
of the
mounted
system
components
include
three
ullage
motors
and a
(MDF).
16-7
o,1
!
o
o
0
"0
''_
0
o
o
_4
4
,...-I
LO
0
0
g_
r/l
_
o
0
"0
r/l
o
o
o
m
r,-I
%
o
0
00
+.a
0
rll
o
0
%
c_
o o _,-_
o
_>
o
r/l
_'_
ozo g
o
o
_x_._
.,-q
!
_o
t--t
o
F_
o
"_
00:>
_0
_'"
O0
.q
0
0,--_
o
rll
o
0
0,--_
o_
_ ___,
,
_
,_
0
.,._
,.-4
16-8
!
r_
_"I
r_
r_
r._
c_
"'_ _
o
o
o_o
0
_
o
o
,.Q'
0..,) _
_
o
_.o
_.,-_
o
-_._
b/?
I--I
0
0
o
.n,-g
rJ1
o
r_
o
r/l
o,1
-I-
GO
rJl
o_1
o
o
r/l
,g
0
o
o_,,4
u,-q
c_
o
o
0
o
0
o
o'r
o
0
"0
0
I
0
0
o
o_,,_
_._
c_
_._ ""_
0
o
r_
r_
16-9
4n
o
_-_
F_
6
0
"0
0
o
o
m
o
o
o
_..4
o,1
b_
d
0
I
0_
o_
0o
.,-I
I
.D
o
o
o
o._
o
["4
C
0
n_
o
b_
o'_
o
o
o
O_
C
C_
o'_
0
_o
o-_
_._
N
C
C
._ o
....I
r_
0
16-10
w_
Three
the
solid-propellant
S-IVB
ullage
aft skirt
are
_u
motors
used
w_
tl
radially
to accelerate
mounted
the
S-IVB
at 120 degree
stage
during
intervals
on
S-IB/S-IVB
stage
separation.
An MDF
is used
to physically
sever
the
S-IB
stage
from
the
S-IVB
stage
during
separation.
Retromotors
tion
are
from
not required
the
Apollo
for
inclusion
capability
on the S-IVB
payload.
However,
stage
the
of two TX-280
for
Saturn
S-IVB/instrument
IB vehicle
solid-propellant
unit
is designed
retromotors
separa-
with
on the S-IVB
stage.
16-13.
Many
ORDNANCE
of the
reliable,
mechanical
short
During
components
provide
the
pellants
used
cal power
the
structural
connections
operations
are
safety,
vehicle
propellants.
16-14.
OPERATION.
launch
the
devices
and
ascent
explosive
circuits
ordnance
used
phases
initiators
of the ordnance
crew
are
motors
are
clear
Saturn
of the
of the
operation
are
launch
forces
require
are
provided
by providing
fired
used
are
devices
terminated
motors
of the
to terminate
of pro-
are
Because
of the
are
not installed,
until
propulsion,
are
During
vehicle
jettisoned.
These
systems.
For
thrust
and disperse
operational
during
potential
all
electri-
in symmetrical
ordnance
engine
vehicle
not completed
ignition
which
components.
auxiliary
ullage
IB launch
and
by ordnance
to provide
spent
components
the ground-to-vehicle
thrusts
mission.
of ordnance
These
is achieved
At lift-off,
and
are
IB mission
by ordnance
turbopump
by components
devices
system
reliability
and permanent
severed,
on the
forces.
started
engine
accomplished
ordnance
are
initial
individual
are
also
engines
positive
a Saturn
system.
the operation.
the
and retro
High
the
for
is made
staging,
Ordnance
stage
during
concentrated
throughout
to continue
ullage
energy,
required
transfer
performed
components.
S-IB
forces
S-IB/S-IVB
range
high
system
launch,
unison,
operations
time,
by the ordnance
redundant
SYSTEMS.
and
personnel
hazard
the
the
involved,
electrical
except
the
pad.
16-11
16-15.
Launch
Phase.
During
gas
generator
a solid-propellant
acceleration
provides
primary
ignition
for
of the
of the
At liftoff
ignition
explosive
the launch
16-16.
Ascent
role
engine
provides
positioning
S-IVB
stage
vehicle
ullage
motor
are
ignited,
the
spent
at the
fairings
after
ullage
Throughout
separation
at any
phase
time
by means
the
active
ignited
to cut open
the
propellant
16-17.
S-IB
Ordnance
cal power,
These
vehicle.
16-12
has
STAGE
devices
engine
components
(Refer
its
internal
initial
turbopump
and
S-IB
when
that
the
gas
valve
pressure
separation
and
detonating
Frangible
fuse
nuts
Explosive
are
charges
to fracture
the
engine
complete
which
from
the
severs
to attach
within
nuts
then
stage
stage
used
H-1
propellant
for S-I_}B
of the S-IB
play
and
for
rapid
near
on each
engines
acceleration
providing
sensor
devices
inboard
stage
a low-level
Ordnance
the
inlet
supply.
are
Conax
four
connections
propellants
actuated
of a mild
stages,
mission
a separate
the
of the propellant
stage
the
each
in order
the
nut
to jettison
engines
containers.
dispersion
are
range
safety
officer
dispersion
shut
system.
down
To attain
can
and
terminate
When
detonating
high
reliability
used
for
the
cord
each
is
stage
system.
IMPLEMENTATION.
on the
S-IB
starting
are
and
similar
to Paragraph
stage
include
cutoff,
to those
9-22.)
of
Secondary
produces
power
vehicle
vehicle
aft skirt.
of the
is actuated
and S-IVB)
the
motors.
system
(S-IB
provide
plane.
of the
for
(LPGG).
LPGG
is initiated.
of first
by means
separation
by ignition
and permanent
indicates
Physical
to the S-IVB
the ascent
flight
stages.
is accomplished
structure
and
turbopump
the
generator
of the launch
cutoff
motors
gas
LOX fuel
positive
sequence
sufficient
of the
the
The
to provide
An explosively
Ullage
produces
gas
containers
decelerate
separation
drives
system
controlled
to ensure
SPGG
is initiated
turbine.
ascent
separation.
Retromotors
physical
fired
separation
engines.
starting
igniters.
high-speed
propellant
for the
and
ignition.
the
during
outboard
by LPGG
During
stage
The
which
electrical
Phase.
engine
liquid-propellant
are
the S-IB/S-IVB
a major
four
of the
vehicle
of the S-IB
depletion,
of the
switches
between
in one
turbine
is supplied
operation
H-1
(SPGG).
high-speed
LPGG
continued
launch,
and
used
components
propellant
on the S-I
dispersion
stage
transfer
system
of the
Saturn
of electriordnance.
I launch
the
Ullage
Motors.
an acceleration
ignition
to aid
around
to minimize
Each
motor
thrust
a 2300
motor.
the
effect
for
volt
ullage
16-20.
same
unit
from
for
the
stage.
S-IVB
16-21.
Mild
stage
from
MDF
used
(Refer
16-22.
Frangible
explosive
during
S-IB/S-IVB
as the
ullage
fairings
charges
by tubing
vehicle
bridge
from
wire
in the
the
center-
(Figure
a nominal
installed
S-IVB.
solid
The
interstage.
Ignition
motors
on the
7-14).
average
firing
igniter
vacuum
units
igniter
supply
of each
of each
S-IVB
However,
(MDF).
Installation
the S-H
to Paragraph
Nuts.
to the S-IVB
in order
23-31.
aft skirt.
to jettison
of each
nuts,
the
ullage
motor
S-IVB
The
the
nuts
spent
9-21,
are
ullage
is accomplished
of the
are
fractured
motors
with
sever
the
on the
are
S-IVB/instrustructural
retromotors
to physically
stage
to
at 90 degree
is designed
details
used
16-19.
solid-propellant
is used
Figure
motor
for separation
TX-280
are
mounted
in paragraph
and operational
from
are
the vehicle
An MDF
stage
Frangible
stage
retromotors
motors
described
of two ThiokoI
Fuse
propellant
separation.
payload.
inclusion
to separate
vehicle.
motor
stage
Detonating
the
initiators
TE-29-1B
not required
the
electronic
are
at 120 degree
hardware
and develops
Two
connected
Four,
the Apollo
capability
F.
the
engine
motors
located
from
vehicle
ullage
provide
firing.
the
are
(minimum)
to two EBW
trat_sducer
manner
Retromotors
seconds
on the
are
motors
for J-2
The
and
at 35 degrees
gases
at 70 degrees
motor
around
of exhaust
stage
rocket
propellants
staging.
S-IVB
canted
TX-280
to position
S-IB/S-IVB
of the
are
Thiokol
stage
during
and
dc pulse
the S-IB
intervals
S-IVB
aft skirt
3.0
Retromotors.
decelerate
ment
skirt
A pressure
detects
in the
the
pounds
+ 100-
-g to the
on the
burns
of 3390
solid-propellant
in separation
in fairings
intervals
line
of 0.01
and
mounted
Three
used
same
Saturn
to attach
by means
after
the
the
on
S-IB
as for
the
V launch
ullage
of two
separation
of
16-13
the S-IB stage andthe S-IVB stage. The frangible nuts are the same as those used on
the S-IV stage of the Saturn I launch vehicle. (Refer to Paragraph 9-29. )
16-23.
Propellant
ordnance
for
Dispersion
the S-IVB
EBW detonators,
charges.
The
vehicle.
(Refer
16-24.
The
from
during
launch
The
is similar
vehicle.
(Refer
flow rate
GN 2 is supplied
during
to the
until
separation
the orbital
platform
to Paragraphs
dispersion
wire
firing
cord
and
detonating
on the
S-IVB
stage
system
units,
linear
of the Saturn
two
shaped
V launch
supply
and
prelaunch
payload
used
SUPPLY
gas-bearing
temperature,
propellant
bridge
(S&A) device,
to that
23-32.
The
of two electronic
arming
GAS-BEARING
IB platform
the Apollo
system
and
to Paragraph
Ordnance.
consists
is similar
platform.
of checkout
16-14
system
pressure,
stabilized
The
a safety
PLATFORM
Saturn
lated
stage
System
SYSTEM.
system
to the
gas
phase
filtered
bearings
stabilized
of the S-IVB
gas-bearing
9-33
furnishes
to the
GN 2 at a regu-
of the
ST-124-M
platform
from
stage
instrument
and
the start
unit
of the mission.
supply
and 9-34.)
system
used
on the
Saturn
.o
CHAPTER
SECTION
GROUND
XVII
SUPPORT
EQUIPMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
17-1.
GENERAL
17-2.
ELECTRICAL
17-3.
GROUND
SUPPORT
EQUIPMENT,
S-IB
17-4.
GROUND
SUPPORT
EQUIPMENT,
S-IVB
...........................
17-3
SUPPORT
EQUIPMENT,
SATURN
STAGE
STAGE
IB
....
17-3
.......
17-5
......
17-9
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Test,
Checkout,
Transportation,
and
Monitoring
Protection,
Equipment,
and
Handling
S-IVB
.....
17-17
Equipment,
S-IVB
17-23
Servicing
Equipment,
S-IV
.................
17-32
Auxiliary
Equipment,
S-IV
.................
17-33
LIST OF TABLES
17-1.
Electrical
17-2.
Test,
17-3.
Transportation,
Support
Checkout
17-4.
Servicing
17 -5.
Test,
17-6.
Transportation,
Equipment,
and
Monitoring
Protection,
Equipment,
Checkout,
Saturn
S-IB
IB
Equipment,
and
Handling
..........
S-IB
17-4
......
Equipment,
S-IB
17-5
....
.................
Monitoring
Equipment,
Protection,
and
Handling
17-7
17-8
S-IVB
.......
Equipment,
S-IVB
17-9
....
17-21
Servicing
Equipment,
S-IVB
.................
17-27
Auxiliary
Equipment,
S-IVB
.................
17-28
17-1
17-2
._
v.
w_
oo
SEC TION
GROUND
17-1.
XVII.
SUPPORT
EQUIPMENT
GENERAL.
The
Saturn
required
static
IB ground
to support
testing,
instrument
into
The
are
development
vary
tained
system,
section
document.
and
location
at all
stages.
Instead,
the
S-IVB
the
stage
and
is
GSE is formed
in the
operation
an operational
GSE is listed
handling,
The
involved
the
equipment
GSE which
configurations.
Since
major
stage,
locations
used,
ground
servicing,
operations,
and unit
where
of the
launch-peculiar
the above
its
all
S-IB
excludes
as required
on the
to the
subsystem,
of the vehicle
includes
transportation,
related
In supporting
employed
depending
in this
operations
III.
(GSE)
checkout,
GSE in this
ground
configurations
equipment
fabrication,
launch
in Volume
functional
may
support
the
and
unit.
described
and
various
research
of each
configuration
description
and primary
is not confunctions
described.
17-2.
The
ELECTRICAL
Saturn
vehicle.
IB ESE is used
The
out Station
With
majority
(AGCS).
of this
This
ESE
Monitoring
b.
System
c.
Networks,
Distribution
d.
Simulation
Equipment
e.
Ground
f.
Recording
g.
Peripheral
h.
Overall
Test
i.
Systems
Integration
the
Group
the
SATURN
checkout,
equipment
static
is located
is classified
IB.
testing,
at the
and
Automatic
launch
of the
Ground
Check-
as follows.
Equipment
Equipment
Equipment
and
Test
Control
Equipment
Sets
Equipment
Equipment
Equipment
of the
is responsible
MSFC
functions
Control
Integration
exception
MSFC
cations,
and
EQUIPMENT,
during
a.
ment,
ESE
SUPPORT
has
partial
is given
(OAT)
Sets
monitoring
for
fabrication
fabrication
in Table
and
control
of all
responsibility.
equipment
and
recording
of the above.
A summary
For
these
of the
group
two
Saturn
equipclassifiIB
17-1.
17-3
Function
a. Provides monitoring and contro} of systems under test by means of panel meters,
switches, light banks, and displays.
b Control and display equipment is provided
for the following systems: emergencydetection,
mechanical, propellant loading, ordnance,
measuring and RF, navigation, propulsion,
networks, and computer display.
SystemsIntegration Equipment
a. Provides proper distribution and sequencing of the control signals and power to the
particular stage under test.
b. Contains switches for relay control and
meters on the front panels.
Peripheral Equipment
a.
The countdown
clock provides
the time
base for all functions
during
countdown.
The
clock,
syncronized
with WWV, converts
the
output to real time readout
and supplies
real
time commands
to the instrument
unit guidance
programmer
from the RCA-110
computer.
b. The signal conditioning equipment reduces
the inputs from 28-volt dc to standard 5-volt
dc acceptable to the computer.
Simulates
functions
which
performed
by the systems
of the resulting
hazardous
17-4
cannot be actually
under
test because
conditions.
17-3. GROUND
SUPP6R'r'EQ Ib iINI','S-IS 'AGE.
In general,
the
S-IB
transportation,
list
the
stage
protection
equipment
Table
and
17-2.
and
functions
Test,
as test,
GSE is classified
handling;
of each
Checkout
and
servicing.
and
Tables
monitoring;
17-2
through
17-4
classification.
and
Monitoring
Equipment,
Equipment
S-IB
Function
Instrumentation
Safety
checkout,
Equipment
Monitor
Equipment
Supplies
ditioners
switching
signals
to the various
conused in the instrumentation
system.
a.
Used when the S-IB stage
is undergoing
tests
and during
prelaunch
operations.
b. Provides
necessary
with the stage when less
complex
is attached.
interface
requirements
than a complete
test
c.
Provides
shutdown
capability
in the
that a dangerous
condition
develops.
Central
Control
Equipment
Provides
a central
control
console
during
checkout
and launch having
of directing
the program
to start,
modify,
or rerun
any system
test
Stage
Propulsion
Equipment
Ground
Power
Ground
Station
Equipment
(GETS)
Tower
Test
System
Monitor
event
for use
a capability
stop,
hold,
sequence.
Provides
capability
of energizing,
controlling,
monitoring,
and testing
the electrical
components associated
with the stage electrical
power
supplies,
pneumatic
systems,
pyrotechnics,
and the electromechanical
components
associated
with the propellant
containers
and
rocket
engines.
Provides
electrical
power
(28-volt
dc, 115/208volt, 400 cps ac) to the applicable
GSE, and
controls,
monitors,
and relays
electrical
power
to the S-IB stage
components
and other
test site
systems
during
test,
checkout,
static
fire and
launch countdown
operations.
Test
Verifies
GSE prior
GSE.
System
and
validates
to the
mating
the
electrical
of the
S-IB
circuits
stage
of
and
Simulates
those functions
in the stage and its
support
mechanism
which cannot feasibly
be
performed
during
a sequential
final checkout
or compatibility
test of the S-IB stage and GSE.
17-5
Function
GroundSupport Equipment
Testing
Accomplishes
vehicle
component
and subsystem
verification
testing
of engine heaters,
the
hydraulic
control
system,
propellant
system
heaters,
instrument
canisters,
the cooling
system,
stage destruct
firing
circuits,
and the engine
Conax valve firing
circuits.
Checks the proper operation of various transducers in the instrumentation system and tests
the stage FM/FM
telemetry system.
Checks
the proper
operation
ducers
in the instrumentation
the stage SS/FM
telemetry
Upper StageSimulator
a.
Provides
proper
normally
terminates
loading
of circuitry
in an upper
stage.
b.
Contains
equipment
for use in troubleshooting
stimulus
if required.
S-IB StageSimulator
a.
Designed
b.
Presents
typical
stage
GSE.
of various
transsystem
and tests
system.
which
to checkout
GSE.
the proper
impedances
and sufficient
outputs
to establish
confidence
in
e.
Contains
equipment
for use in troubleshooting
stimulus
if required.
Fuel
Supplies
monitor
Density
Simulator
Liquid
Oxygen
Engine
Simulator
Tanking
Simulator
calibration
panel.
signals
to the
the electrical
the operation
density
tanking
network
of the
of the GSE.
b. Used during
stage testing
when
responses
of an engine are required
actual
engine
has not been installed.
17-6
fuel
engine
the electrical
but the
Table 17-2.
Tesi,
C_aoc'l_ot]['and
tori
Equipment,
Equipment
Command
Destruct
S-IB
(Cont'd)
Function
System
Test
Set
a.
Verifies
proper
command
destruct
subsystem.
operation
(propellant
of the stage
dispersion)
b.
Generates
coded RF signals,
and monitors
the command
destruct
subsystem
ability
to
receive,
decode,
and generate
an appropriate
response
to the input stimuli.
Radio Frequency
Test Bench
Exploding
Wire
Bridge
Test
Provides
a central
source
of equipment
and
necessary
power
to calibrate,
troubleshoot,
and repair
radio frequency
equipment
of the
S-IB stage
and GSE.
Set
a.
Provides
bridge
wire
stimuli
unit and
exploding
Table
17-3.
Transportation,
Equipment
Protection,
and
Handling
Equipment,
S-IB
Function
Consists
of a set of slings
that are used for
handling
and loading
the S-IB stage,
assemblies,
components,
and certain
items
of GSE.
Fin Sling
Engine
Handling
Transporter
Equipment
Provided
in support
of the S-IB stage for installation,
removal,
servicing,
and maintaining
the
H-1 engine.
Used in the horizontal
support
and transportation
of the assembled
S-IB stage during
all phases
mobility,
in factory
and field operations.
of
17-7
Table 17-3.
Equipment
Transporter
Function
Consists
of a frame
and running
gear assembly
and provides
a towbar,
steering
system,
braking
system,
and operator
controls.
(A fore and aft
transporter
dolly connected
by a structural
frame
provides
a complete
transporter.
)
Dolly
Transportation
Accessories
Table
Equipment
RP-1
Fuel
Fuel
S-IB (Cont'd)
Kit
17-4.
Provides
the necessary
equipment
to prepare
the stage
for transportation,
protection
of
small
parts
during
transportation,
and to tiedown,
block,
and shore
the stage
transporter
on the barge.
Servicing
Equipment,
S-IB
_nction
Filling
Provides
the necessary
control
for adjusting
fuel weight
to the S-IB stage requirements
and holding
for a minimum
pad standby
time
of 12 hours.
Replenishing
Liquid
Oxygen
Filling
Liquid
Oxygen
Replenishing
Provides
the necessary
compensate
for boiloff
time of 12 hours.
Pneumatic
17-8
Control
System
LOX replenishing
to
for a minimum
holding
Supplies
GN 2 and helium
from the high pressure
GN 2 storage
facility
for stage pressurization,
purges,
operation
of launcher
and tower
equipment,
LOX bubbling,
LOX container
prepressurization,
and operation
of pneumatically
controlled
devices
in the stage
and launch
complex.
T_bie
-17-4:"
g-_vrci'ng'Equ_pment,
Equipment
S-IB
(Cont'd)
Function
Environmental
Control
System
a.
Provides
air
and temperature
or GN 2 at the required
to the
S-IB stage and
b. Satisfies
all S-IB stage
air
quirements,
and provides
inert
stage
compartments.
Swing
Arm
Holddown
17-4.
Arm
S-IVB
protection
the
17-5.
and
Test,
S-IVB
as test,
servicing;
functions
Figure
EBW
that link
systems.
and
of each
Checkout,
checkout,
auxiliary.
and
Tables
the S-IB
Initiator
monitoring;
17-5
transportation,
through
17-8
and
Monitoring
Equipment,
S-IVB
Function
Test
Set
1)
a.
Performs
qualitative
checks
of the
initiator
in an explosion-proof
container.
quantitative
checks
c. Determines
if the electrical
istics
of the initiator
are within
1)
EBW Firing
Unit
Component
Test Set
17-1
1)
Destruct
System
ponent
Test Set
Com-
on
charactertolerance.
a.
Provides
the circuitry
required
test the firing unit as a component.
b.
Performs
firing units.
(Sheet
list
classification.
b. Performs
initiators.
17-1
(Sheet
refor
STAGE.
Equipment
17-1
(Sheet
EQUIPMENT_
GSE is classified
and handling;
equipment
Table
SUPPORT
stage
lines
supply
conditioning
gas purging
Secures
the stage to the launcher
until all
engines
reach
satisfactory
operating
conditions
and all hydraulic
systems
reach
operational
pressures.
System
GROUND
The
Supports
the service
stage
to the ground
System
humidity
launcher.
the quantitative
checks
to
on
Table 17-5.
Figure
17-1
(Sheet
Equipment
EBW
Pulse
Checker
(Sheet 2)
Battery
ponent
Charger
Test Set
17(Sheet 2)
Battery
ponent
Discharger
Test Set
17-1
(Sheet
2)
Printed
Circuit
Test Set
(Cont'd)
Function
Determines
if electronic
bridge
units deliver
sufficient
current
an initiator
simulator
to retain
or NO-GO decision.
1)
17-1
S-IVB
Com-
Com-
Card
Used
rates
wire
through
a GO
to charge
silver-zinc
batteries
up to 10 amperes
per minute.
at
Used to discharge
silver-zinc
batteries,
check the batteries,
and check the heater
blanket
circuitry
and heater
blanket
thermostat.
a.
Checks
the
as a component
GSE.
b. Accomplishes
a particular
part
printed
circuit
cards
used
or module
of the S-IVB
fault isolation
down
or group of parts.
to
Digital
Unit
Magnetic
Tape
a.
the
Records
computer.
responses
and
decisions
b. Recompiles
computer
programs
updates
stage-peculiar
data in the
computer.
co
17-1
(Sheet 3)
Checkout
Computer
Records
test
of
and
results.
a.
Used to execute
stored
program
instructions
to control
the automatic
complex
and to control
the input/output
equipment
associated
with the computer
and the operator
displays.
b. Evaluates
S-IVB
and makes
decisions
stage responses
where
required.
c.
Performs
self-test
routines
and
tests on computer
controlled
equipment.
17-1
(Sheet 3)
t7-10
a.
Provides
a convenient
means
of interconnecting,
the various
units of GSE.
and flexible
by patch
cords,
..'"
o'" : :'
Equipment
Function
b. Provides an interface between
GSE and facilityitems.
17-1
(Sheet 3)
Telemetry
17-1
(Sheet 4)
Signal
Tape
Unit
Distribution
Unit
the
an end distribution
GSE and the stage.
point
Destruct System
Test Set
4)
17-1
Automatic
Typewriter
(Sheet 4)
17-1
Portable
a.
provides
personnel
at remote
locations
with access
to information
from the checkout computer.
Display
(Sheet 4)
b. Displays
numerical,
of a selected
four digits,
representing
parameter.
alphabetical
or
the value or state
Propellant
Utilization
System
Test Set
Sequencer
Test
Set
17-ii
Table
Figure
17-5.
Test,
Checkout,
and Monitoring
Equipment
/_qulpmel_t,
Used
PCM/FM
Test Set
a.
Used
evaluate
telemetry
Telemetry
for
testing
Component
the
stage
the complete
system
inputs
to output data.
SS/FM
Telemetry
Test Set
a Used
checking
assembly.
for calibrating,
out the single
b.
Conducts
tests
when assembled.
Set
on the
c.
Provides
ages,
input
Tape
Recorder
entire
down
system
to the
a.
Used to checkthe
FM transmitters
proper
operation,
both dynamic
and
b. Isolates
malfunctions
or group of parts.
Magnetic
when assembled
fault isolation
card level.
adjusting,
and
sideband
translator
inverter.
to adjust,
calibrate,
and
all components
of the PCM
system.
b. Used to test
from multiplexer
FM Transmitter
(Cont'd)
Function
Power
Systems
Electrical
Component
Test Set
PAM/FM/FM
Test Set
S-IVB
a.
Used
down
for
static.
to a part
the necessary
operating
voltstimuli,
and output monitoring.
to check
the
stage
tape
recorder.
b. Provides
the operating
voltages,
input
stimuli,
and output monitoring
facilities
required
to isolate
faults.
c.
Tests
accuracy.
i7-12
the
recorder
for
data
transfer
_T
Table 17-5.
Figure
-'Tes_;-checl_t,;
o-
a_d_io'n_to:ri_g
Equipment
Ectui-pment,
S-IVB
(Cont'd)
Function
i
Propellant
Utilization
System
Calibration
Unit
Simulates
propellant
Input/Output
a.
Provides
the necessary
indicators,
projection
displays,
and switches
to
operate
the computer.
Console
percent.
b. Provides
a continuous
display
of
computer
events
and permits
independent computer
operation.
Computer
Interface
Unit
a.
Performs
conversion
of waveforms
and information
formats
required
for
communication
between
the computer
and end items
such as the test station
console,
stimuli
and response
conditioners,
etc.
b. Accepts
or generates
parallel
information
for intercommunication
with the
checkout
computer.
c. Accepts
and generates
control
signals
as required.
Display
Buffer
a.
Provides
temporary
storage
digital
quantities
and conversion
analog
voltages
for display.
b. Selects
PCM data
accordance
Special
Console
Purpose
special
Display
of
to
appropriate
words
from the
train
or computer
output in
with operator
display
controls.
c.
Provides
to displays
operators.
routing
of analog
voltages
as determined
by display
a.
Provides
signals
for
b. Provides
analog display
that is processed
in digital
e.
Provides
a recorded
results
in analog
form
reference.
of analog
of information
form.
output of test
for future
17-13
Equipment
System Status Display
Console
Function
a. Used to display the parameters of
of any part of the system on a televisiontype display unit.
b. Presents symbolic and alphabetical
or numerical information displayed as
an overlay on a slide-supplied background.
Frequency Calibration
Unit
PAM/FM/FM Telemetry
GroundStation
PCM/FM Telemetry
GroundStation
a. Receives PCM data from a stage telemetry system and demodulatesthe data
for individual channelanalysis.
b. Regenerates incoming data and sends
it to external areas for computer storage
and analysis.
c. Converts PCM data to analogfor transfer to external display units.
SS/FM Telemetry
Ground Station
a. Acts as a receiving station for SS-multiplexed signals from the stage SS/FM telemetry transmission subsystem.
b Demultiplexes and demodulates the
incoming data into individual channels.
17-14
:-
Table 17-5.
Figure
.
.
_Ch'ecl_out_
'l'es_
Equipment
..
: :
and'Monitoring
....
Equipment,
Time
(Cont'd)
Function
c.
Displays
individual
a monitor
and routes
for further
processing.
Range
S-IVB
Generator
Leak Detection
Equipment
channels
locally
on
them to external
areas
Provides
a reference
time
stage
checkout
at Huntington
Sacramento,
California.
a.
Detects
leakage
mounting
boxes.
in stage
component
b. Isolates
and determines
quantities
by gas types,
and provides
analog
voltage
signals
indicative
of the quantity
of a
particular
gas type.
Stimuli
Signal
Conditioner
a.
Generates
stage hardware.
hardline
stimuli
to test
b. Simulates
signals
normally
received
from the stage
instrument
package.
c. Supplies
control
signals
to test
standard
facilities
units to effect
automatic test of the stage
system.
Response
Conditioner
Signal
a.
Provides
the signal
isolation
buffering
necessary
to condition
and facility
signals.
b. Digitizes
conditioned
signals
automatic
control
and response
during
the test.
and
stage
for
evaluation
c. Selects
the appropriate
analog
signal
or group of signals
as requested
by the
stage checkout
computer
buffer.
Ground
Support
Equipment (GSE) Test Set
a.
Used for
system
when
overall
checks
of the GSE
the stage is not connected.
b. Verifies
the satisfactory
operation
of that portion
of the GSE not checked
or
verified
by the self-test
programs
and
routines
of the automatic
system.
17 -15
Table 17-5.
Figure
Test, Checkout,
(Cont'd)
Function
Equipment
Stage
Racks
S-IVB
External
Power
a.
for
Provides
the ground
stage systems.
b Used as a simulated
power
source.
power
source
stage
internal
c.
Contains
an emergency
power
chassis
to sense
the dc level of the power
source
and switches
the output to an emergency
battery
if necessary.
Safety
Item
Monitor
a.
Provides
isolation
and buffering
between
the stage and computer
portion
of the GSE system
b.
Provides
safety
items
level detection
of analog
and memory
elements.
c.
Provides
independent
high-speed
scan
of elements
and generation
of a computer
interrupt
when a failure
is indicated.
d.
Provides
that indicated
Cable
17-16
Network
identification
a malfunction.
of the
element
Provides
electrical
interconnection
between
the (_SE and the stage or unit
under
test.
. .
et
:.
._
g
f
Test
Set,
EBW
nitiator
EBW
Test
Firing
Set
Unit
Component
EBW
Destruct
System
Component
Test
Pulse
Checker
Set
3-a25
Figure
17-1.
Test,
Checkout,
and
Monitoring
Equipment,
S-IVB
(1 of 4)
17-17
Battery
Charger
Test Set
Printed
Component
Circuit
Card
Battery
Discharger
Test Set
Test
Component
Set
3-826
Figure
17-18
17-1.
Test,
Checkout,
and
Monitoring
Equipml_nt,
S-IVB
(2 ol" 4)
IU
:f
Digital Magnetic
Tape
Unit
Checkout
Computer
Patch
Figure
Panel
17-1.
Distribution
Test,
Box
Checkout,
and
Monitoring
Telemetry
Tape
Equipment,
S-IVB
Unit
(3 of 4)
17-19
rv
(D
q)
D_
>.
>,
_9
"2
_>
I
[12
cD
b_
O
.-4
m
o
oo
c'q
oo
I
17-20
Table 17-6.
.- :--
Tr_,spormtf6n,'_>r_ot_ec_[:n:':nd
Figure
Handling
Equipment
17-2
(Sheet
1)
Equipment,
S-IVB
Function
Transportation
Cradles,
Dollies,
and Handling
Kits
a.
Provides
support
for
during
all phases
of land
portation.
the S-IVB
and water
stage
trans-
b. Provides
overland
mobility
for the
S-IVB stage between
manufacturing,
dock
facilities,
static
test,
and launch
sites.
c.
Provides
rings
for mounting
and
hoisting
the S-IVB stage
so that the
induced
loads are transmitted
safely
to the stage
structure.
17-2
(Sheet
1)
Transport
Kit,
and Tiedown
2)
Container
Kit
17-2
(Sheet
Interior
Protective
Access
Provides
all phases
a.
the
environmental
of transport.
Provides
vertical
access
position.
while
b Facilitates
interior
checkout
operations,
c.
Provides
container.
17-2
(Sheet
Hoist
17-2
(Sheet
Kit
3)
interior
Provides
hardware
stage to and from
and water
carriers,
and staging.
2)
Shipping
and Handling
Equipment,
Flared
Aft
Interstage
a.
Provides
and handling
sections.
protection
17-2
3)
Forward
Access
3)
Small
Cover
4)
Weight
and Balance
Kit,
Stage and Aft Interstage
17-2
(Sheet
17-2
(Sheet
Section
Kit
Arms
Vertical
Protective
stage
maintenance
lighting
is in
and
in the
for lifting
the S-IVB
the dollies
to all ground
and vertical
assembly
hardware
for transporting
the aft interstage
in two
b. Maintains
the interstage
and environmentally
protects
during
transportation.
(Sheet
the
during
section
shape
the interstage
Provides
access
to the forward
the stage for maintenance
while
is in the vertical
position.
section
of
the stage
Provides
protection
for the S-IVB stage
from
small arms
fire during
barge
transportation.
Used to determine
the weight and center
of gravity
of the S-IVB stage
and aft interstage
(at Huntington
Beach,
California).
17-21
Equipment
Function
(Sheet 4)
Aft Section
Vertical
Access
Kit
Provides
access
to the aft section
of
the stage for maintenance
while the
stage is in the vertical
position.
17-2
(Sheet
Forward
Protective
Skirt End
Cover
Provides
protection
to the forward
area of the S-IVB stage from rain and
other
elements
while the stage
is in
the test stand.
Handling
Kit,
Retromotor
Provides
assembling,
Kit,
Provides
hardware
for supporting
pressurized
gas lines,
attaching
the umbilical
connections
to the S-IVB stage,
and
separating
the umbilical
carrier
from
the stage.
(Sacramento,
California.)
4)
Aft Umbilical
Test Stand
Forward
Umbilical
Static Test Stand
Kit,
Forward
Checkout
Kit,
Umbilical
Stand
Provides
hardware
for
supporting
lifting,
retromotors.
electri-
cal cables,
pneumatic
lines and a GH 2
vent line,
attaching
the umbilical
connection
to the S-IVB
stage,
and separating
the
umbilical
carrier
from the stage.
Provides
har_lware
for supporting
electrical cables
and pressure
lines while
maintaining
their
attachment
to the S-IVB
stage.
(Huntington
Beach,
California.)
Aft Umbilical
Kit,
Checkout
Stand
Provides
means
of supporting
electrical
cables
and the air conditioning
duct,
and
of maintaining
their
attachment
to the
S-IVB
stage.
(Huntington
Beach,
California.)
Fixture,
Actuator
Provides
hardware
for removal
and replacement of the engine
actuator
without
changing
the length
setting
of the removed
actuator.
Engine
Adjustment
Alignment
Mounting
Kit,
Vehicle
Provides
hardware
for aligning
ling the stage
in the test stand.
mento,
California.
)
and instal(Sacra-
Alignment
Kit,
Engine
Provides
hardware
for aligning
engine with the S-IVB stage.
the J-2
Special
17-22
Static
hardware
for storing,
and installing
and
Tool
Kit
.o
.o
vB
ml
--
w,B
f
/
Transportation
and
Handling
Cradles,
Dollies,
Kits
t
J
J
.J
I
_J
.f
/J
/.i"
/fjJ
Transport
.-"
Kit,
_"
f-"
Protective
and
Tiedowr_
3-820
Figure
17-2.
Transportation,
Protection,
and
Handling
Equipment,S-IVB
(1 of 4)
17-23
17-24
w
w
_i
e_
Q
gt
Shipping
Flared
and
Handling
Equipment,
Aft Interstage
Small
Arms
Forward
Access
Protective
Section
Vertical
Kit
Cover
3-822
Figure
17-2.
Transportation,
Protection,
and Handling
Equipment,S-IVB
(3 of 4)
17-25
Aft
Section
Vertical
Access
Kit
3-823
Figure
17-26
Forward
17-2.
Transportation,
Protection,
and
Handling
Skirt End
Equipment
Protective
S-IVB
Cover
(4 of 4)
,j
,i
I
17-3
Function
Equipment
Liquid Hydrogen
Control Complex
Valve
Controls
the
transfer
of the
LOX from
the ground
storage
facilities
into the
stage until the stage
LOX container
is
filled and topped.
a. Controls the transfer of LH 2 from the
ground storage facilitiesto the stage until
the stage LH 2 container is filledand topped.
17-3
Gas
17-3
Vacuum
17-3
Auxiliary
Propulsion
System
Mobile Servicer
Transports
nitrogen
tetroxide
from
the facility
storage
area,
transfers
it to the S-IVB stage
propulsion
modules.
17-3
Automatic
Stage Servicing
Pneumatic
Console
A
(DSV-4B-319)
17-3
Automatic
Stage Servicing
Pneumatic
Console
B
_DSV-4B-320)
Provides
ambient
gaseous
hydrogen,
nitrogen,
and helium
to meet the S-IVB
stage propulsion
system
requirements
during
checkout
operations
and for propellant loading,
unloading,
purging,
etc.,
during
countdown.
Provides
ambient
and cold gaseous
hydrogen and helium
for the S-IVB stage
propulsion
system
requirements
during
checkout, and for pressurization
and propellantloading
operations
during
countdown.
17-3
Stage Checkout
Console
(DSV-4B-321)
Heat
Automatic
Accessories
Exchanger
Pumping
Pneumatic
Checkout
Kit
Provides
ambient
GN_ and helium
to meet
the S-IVB
stage propu_lsion
system
requirements for leak and functional
checkouts.
Provides
the necessary
flexible
hoses,
fittings,
disconnects,
etc.,
to make the
connections
between
the S-IVB stage
instrumentation
taps and the stage
servicing
and checkout
pneumatic
consoles
for automatic
leak and functional
checkout
of the
propulsion
system.
17 -27
Equipment
Function
Hydraulic Servicer
a.
Used to pressurize
the
side of the stage hydraulic
pneumatic
accumulator.
Used
mine
prior
b. Provides
a temperature-controlled
environment
in the aft interstage
proper
operating
temperatures.
Table
Figure
17-8.
Equipment,
skirt
Equipas cold
S-IVB
Function
Equipment
Propulsion
Preparation
System
Panel
Hydraulic
and
Control
Panel
17-28
Auxiliary
Supplies
coolant
to the forward
area for environment
control.
ment mounting
panels
are used
plates
for heat transfer.
at
Gimbal
Controls
and monitors
tainer
pre-pressurization,
and line purges,
and
propellant
concontainer
engine chilldown.
_.
Table
Figure
17-8.
_w
Auxiliary
wQ
....
Equipment,
S-IVB
Equipment
"
(Cont'd)
Function
b. Monitors
system
fluid temperatures.
c.
the
pressures
and
Provides
slewing
control
and displays
slew command
and direction
on
meters
for
the
yaw
and
pitch
planes.
Pneumatic
Consoles
Control
Panel
Provides
manually
operated
electrical
control
for regulation
and monitoring
of temperatures
and pressures
of the
pneumatic
systems
checkout
consoles
and the helium
precool
heat exchanger.
Propellant
Checkout
Panel
Provides
the controls
and indicators
used for partial
checkout
of the closed
loop propellant
utilization
system.
Utilization
and Control
Controls
PropellantLoading
Control
Panel
PropellantComputer
Control
Switching
Bottles
Provides
Provides
the
ON-OFF
electrical
cations
for filling
pneumatic
bottles.
Rack
a.
b.
Provides
solenoid-
Box
control
for
a.
the
the
controls
the
a convenient
an interface
facilities,
and chassis.
Provides
battleship
battleship
and
and
S-IVB
of interconnecting
support
equipment.
Provides
J-box,
panels
Junction
the
the
loading
computer
and the other
controls
required
for checkout
and operation
of
the propellant-loading
computer
and its
associated
circuitry.
means
ground
Umbilical
monitors
actuated
valves
in the loading
systems
for LOX and LH 2 during
tests at
Sacramento,
or switches
to the electronic
computer
for automatic
loading.
Loading
Control
Panel
Stage Pneumatic
Control
Panel
and
and
b. Provides
control
relays
required
to reduce
voltage
current
circuits.
flexible
the
electrical
for
the
control
a transition
firing-stand
stage.
indi-
stage
umbilical
and
monitor
point between
equipment
and
and
drop
contactors
in high
17-29
Equipment
Function
StageSystems Power
Panel
Engine-Firing Control
Panel
17-30
Cable Network
Provides for the interconnection of electrical and electronic end items at the battleship test stand and the connectionof the
stand to contractor furnished terminal
distributors.
TaUle
Figure
17L8.
"Lkuxiliary
Equipment,
Equipment
External
Power
.a
--
S-IVB
(Cont'd)
Function
Rack
a.
Provides
regulated
28-volt
dc to the
sequencer,
solenoid-operated
valves,
and certain
stage systems
during
test
stand checkout
and firing.
b.
Provides
circuitry
matically
to emergency
of malfunction.
17-4
Pneumatic
Console A
Console B
Provides
ambient
GN2, ambient
helium
and cold helium
at the proper
pressures
to meet the S-IVB stage
battleship
container
propulsion
system
requirements
during
checkout
and countdown
at Sacramento.
(DSV-4B-327)
17-4
Pneumatic
(DSV-4B-333)
17-4
Pneumatic
to switch
autopower
in case
Console
a.
Provides
ambient
and cold gaseous
hydrogen
and helium
at the proper
pressures
to meet the S-IVB stage battleship container
propulsion
system
require_aents
during
checkout
and countdown
at
cramento.
(DSV-4B-328)
b. Receives
GN 2 for pneumatic
actuation
within the console.
Aft Interstage
mental
Control
Battleship
EnvironSystem
valve
a.
Purges
the aft interstage
area to
minimize
fire and explosion
hazards
when propellants
are being loaded
or
stored
and during
test firings.
b. Used to perform the environmental
control test utilizinga dummy
aft interstage.
17-31
0
t_
.r-i
"_ x_
_
--' ial
17-32
_ v
w
.
ou
B!
.....
,.-t
c
o
t _
>
d_
....
I1.'_.=.
>
_ _ <_
'
<__ _
o'_,
o_
_._
"_ =
o,-i
<
o
C
o
_u
17-33
17-34
uB
w_
..o
---
i_
CHAPTER
SECTION
STAGE
XVIII
CONFIGURATIONS,
SATURN
IB
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
ease
S-IB
S-IVB
Inboard
Inboard
Profile
Profile,
.................
Saturn
18-3/18-4
IB
...........
18-5/18-6
18-1
18-2
#ee
oe
eeo
_o
_ee
4" LOX
Vent
Pressurant
Distributor
Pressurant
Diffuser
Assy
GOX Line
Spider
Beam
Fuel
Pressurization
Manifold
I
I
,
I
I
I
I
",k
",l-[
i
,
I
i
Sta
962.
Center
LOX
Container
304
An_
Instrument
Access
3-2301
Door
Compartment
F-2
7"
LOX
Vent
Outboa
Command
Antenna
(2)
Contail
Lox FilJ
Forward Shroud
Systems Tunnel (4)
Slosh Baffles
Container Fairing
Access Door
l
Fuel
Baffleosh
i
:ennaPanel
cd LOX
aer (4)
Outboard
Fuel
Suction
Line
Fill
Inboard
Suction
& Drain
Fuel
Line
-----(
58.00
Sta 21.50
Fin
(8)
Sta
. 965
Inboard
Turbine
Exhaust
& Drain
Engine
Duct
(4)
54.00
Air
Scoops
Aft Shroud
Engine
Fairing
(4)
H-1 Engine
Outboard
(4)
H-1 Engine
Inboard
(4)
Gox
Manifold
Flame
Shield
Heat
Exchanger
Heat
Shield
Water
uction
& Tail
Heater
Firewall
Line
Inboard
Suction
Quench
LOX
Line
Holddown
Figure
18-1.
S-IB
Inboard
Fitting
(8)
Profile
18-3/18-4
Liquid
Ox
Container
Liquid Hydrogen
Container
Forward
Skirt
Common
Bulkhead
Maintenance
Platform
Forward
Bulkhead
Manhole
Cover
LH 2 Vent
Systems
Sta
3-2302A
1662.
859
Tunnel
Helium
Sphere
(8)
_ _t _
eee
Aft
ee
Aft
Module
eee
Skirt
Auxiliary
Propulsion
ee
Bulkhead
(2)
/_Interstage
Ullage
Motor
(3)
Sta
1186.
804
Separation
Umbilical
Connection
Access
Door
Figure
/ L OX Transfer
_. Thrust
Structure
J-2
Engine
Retro
Motor
(4)
Sta
18-2.
S-IVB
Inboard
962. 304
Profile,
Saturn
18-5/18-6
IB
CHAPTER
SECTION
4
XIX
INTRODUCTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
19-1.
SATURN
V LAUNCH
19-2.
SATURN
V - APOLLO
19-3.
MISSION
PROFILE
19-4.
LAUNCH
VEHICLE
VEHICLE
................
MISSION
19-3
OBJECTIVES
.........
19-3
.....................
19-7
REQUIREMENTS
.............
19-14
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Saturn
V Launch
Vehicle
...................
Typical
Saturn
V - Apollo
Mission
19-4
Profile
...........
19-9
LIST OF TABLES
19-1.
Saturn
V Operational
19-2.
Saturn
V-Apollo
19-3.
Description
19-4.
Saturn
V Requirements,
Prelaunch
19-5.
Saturn
V Requirements,
Launch
Phase
............
19-19
19-6.
Saturn
V Requirements,
Ascent
Phase
............
19-22
19-7.
Saturn
V Requirements,
Orbital
Phase
............
19-27
19-8.
Saturn
V Requirements,
Translanar
Data
Mission
of Typical
..................
19-5
Objectives
Saturn
and
V- Apollo
Flight
Data
Mission
Phase
...........
Phase
..........
........
......
19-8
19-10
19-16
19-30
19-1
19-2
SECTION
XIX.
INTRODUCTION
19-1.
The
SATURN
Saturn
V LAUNCH
V launch
second
stage,
stage.
Operational
19-2.
The
ultimate
within
the
vehicle,
an S-IVB
SATURN
VEHICLE
third
data
for
Figure
19-1,
stage,
and
the
V - APOLLO
objective
present
Saturn
of an S-IC
an instrument
unit
are
MISSION
of the
decade.
vehicle
consists
listed
mounted
in Table
stage,
an S-II
above
the
third
19-1.
OBJECTIVES
V - Apollo
Fifteen
first
space
program
vehicles
is manned
are
planned
lunar
landing
for
attaining
the
mission
this
objective.
In the
arc
first
flight
testing
re-entry
The
V - Apollo
the
velocity
objective
space
The
two Saturn
launch
flights,
vehicle
and
SA-501
testing
and SA-502,
of the
CM heat
shield
objectives
under
lunar
conditions.
of SA-503,
through
SA-506
flights
is qualification
or man-rating
of the
vehicle.
seventh
Saturn
manned
flight
Mission
objectives
defined
later
for
initial
the
V - Apollo
with
a potential
for the
in the
flights
Circular
b.
Circumlunar
c.
Lunar
to distances
a minimum
shall
eighth
follow
earth
orbit
orbit
be landed
of approximately
of 80 pounds
and
subsequent
with
manned
moon
one-half
of scientific
similar
validation
- two astronauts
on the
Saturn
for
achievement
V - Apollo
it is anticipated
a sequence
with
is targeted
of
mission.
However,
will
landing
(SA-507)
of a lunar
program.
a.
equipment
Vehicle
to the
of orbital
observation
and
for
payload
checkout
shall
landing
be returned
"
mission
be
objectives
procedures.
lunar
of 215 pounds
of exploration
the
will
following:
a minimum
from
the
of potential
purposes
mile
that
flights
of the
site.
The
to earth
landing
areas.
of scientific
lunar
_urface
astronauts
"and
and safely
re-
19-3
Stations
Field
in Inches
Splice
Separation
I
III
Instrument
Unit I
396"
Dia
S-If
....
4" ....
-_360'
v
1760
1664
1564
1541
(Gimbal)
,::2_t21:,.
\,
S-IC
p
/
/
I00 (Gimbal)
F"
....
3-516
Figure
19-4
19-1.
Saturn
V Launch
Vehicle
116
Table
19-I.
Saturn
V Operational
Data
Item
Data
VEHICLE
Number
of stages
Length
- without
Maximum
spacecraft
diameter
- without
- with
1Launch
vehicle
Payload
weight
fins
- at ground
3Injeetion
- at ground
weight
- lunar
63.0
feet
ignition
ignilion
transfer
orbit
6,102,000
pounds
Apollo
Spacecraft
96,600
pounds
90,000
pounds
Boeing
Aircraft
STAGE
Prime
contractor
Length
Diameter
- without
- with
Stage
Dry
weight
fins
fins
- at ground
ignition
weight
Total
138.1
feet
33.0
feet
63.0
feet
4,711,000
pounds
Rocketdyne
nominal
thrust
{sea
level)
Propellants
Mainstage
propellant
Mixture
ratio
Specific
impulse
weight
{oxidizer
(sea
to fuel)
level)
F-I
7,500,000
LOX
Co.
pounds
287,000
Engines
S-II
feet
fins
type
2payload
S-IC
weight
281.2
(5)
pounds
and
RP-1
4,245,000
pounds
2.25:1
265 seconds
STAGE
Prime
contractor
North American
Aviation,
Inc.
Length
81.5
feet
Diameter
33.0
feet
4Stage
4Dry
weight
- at ground
ignition
weight
75,000
Engines
Total
1,002,000
pounds
pounds
Rocketdyne
nominal
thrust
{vacuum)
1,000,000
J-2
(5)
pounds
19-5
Data
LOX and LH2
913,000pounds
5:1
426 seconds
DouglasAircraft Co.
59.3 feet
21.7 feet
262,000 pounds
22,000 pounds
RocketdyneJ-2 (1)
200,000 pounds
LOX and LH2
230,000 pounds
5:1
426 seconds
Length
Diameter
MSFC
3.0 feet
21.7 feet
3500pounds
1
Includes three stages, instrument unit, payload and LES.
2
Includes 6600poundsfor the LES.
372hour lunar transfer orbit, payload only.
4Excludes 13,800 poundsfor S-IC/S-II interstage andullage motors.
5Excludes 7400 poundsfor S-II/S-IVB interstage andretromotors.
6Includes orbital launch window propellants andflight performance reserve
propellants.
Note: Weights in this table are specification weights from Memorandum No,
M-P&VE-V-33, "Saturn I, IB and V Launch Vehicle Specification,
Weights and Compatible Trajectories, datedMay 13, 1963.
19-6
MISSION
Saturn
V - Apollo
Figure
19-2.
In this
mode,
of the
PROFILE
The
the
S-IVB
stage
second
burn
of the
engine
cutoff,
SM combination)
At
this
point,
of the
three
decends
the
moon.
on a trajectory
has
into
the
shield
refer
to Table
craft
from
The
launch
from
corrections
lunar
injection
to the
LEM
third
crew
exploration,
the
earth
the
The
with
LEM
parachute
two
is slowed
members
CSM
with
(CM
the
the
SM provides
CSM and
CSM orbiting
the
in the
LEM
Before
landing
listing
Two
for
re-entry
with
speed
LEM
crew
propulsion
CM reoriented
LEM.
the
orbit.
ascend
After
trajectory.
parking
in the
vehicle,
the SM provides
remains
a detailed
burn
into
the
form
to a safe
For
while
corrections.
and the
first
transfer
CSM.
The
space
separates
the orbiting
mode.
LEM)
to nose,
and
crew
midcourse
deployment.
nose
which
SM is jettisoned
CM module
LEM
into a lunar
is jettisoned.
including
of the
member
the
and
a lunar
S-IVB/IU
and
SM and
into
docks,
the
and
rendezvous
CM,
and
boost,
of crew
attitude
(LOR)
in
the
heat
by aero-
of mission
events
19-3.
the
launch
vehicle
S-IVB/IU,
vehicle
Prelaunch
Ascent
separates
of the
and
of the
and translunar
Launch
around
forward.
braking
mission
turns
atmosphere
pointed
The
separates,
permits
vicinity
checkout
the
S-II
of a CM,
spacecraft
is illustrated
rendezvous
boost,
(consisting
the
mission
lunar-orbit
After
transfer
landing
of S-IC
maintains
The
lunar
by the
the S-IVB
to the
earth's
dynamic
injects
surface.
that
to the
stage
After
transferred
return
orbit.
members
lunar
the
spacecraft
spacecraft
crew
for
by means
parking
midcourse
to the
aroung
the
S-IVB
the
for
vehicle,
earth
and
profile
is achieved
propel
mile
propulsion
mission
launch
100-nautical
After
mission
event
mission
ends
number
is divided
trajectory
phases.
- From
start
- From
start
- From
liftoff
with
15 of the
These
phases
testing
of countdown
orbit
separation
mission
into prelaunch,
of stage
to earth
the final
are
to start
of the Apollo
space-
profile.
launch,
defined
ascent,
by the
earth
following
orbital
limits:
of countdown.
to liftoff
injection.
19-7
19-8
o
o
._..4
.e-4
b.O_
<
o
_>
_:_
o
r.o
o
F_
,_-,I
d
o
_ _o
_'_
o
_o_
<
o_
i
0
i
19-9
Table
19-3.
Description
of Typical
SATURN
V-APOLLO
Approx.
Time
After
Liftoff
(See.)
* E vent
No.
1
Mission
E vent
Liftoff of SATURN
V-APOLLO
Space
(SV) from AMR Launch
Complex
No.
Vehicle
39.
Start
roll to align SV pitch plane with flight
azimuth.
Start time tilt.
(By launch
vehicle
(LV) systems.
)
Arrest
roll
azimuth).
(SV correctly
aligned
Activate
accelerometer
and control
system.
Deactivate
guidance
Arrest
Shut
control
with
of LV guidance
accelerometer
control
and control
system.
time
down
flight
of LV
tilt.
center
first-stage
(S-IC
Stage)
second-stage
(S-II
Stage)
engine.
for
ullage
stage
motors.
Separate
firs_ stage
from second
stage.
Transfer
control
functions
from first to second
stage.
Ignite first-stage
retromotors.
3
Start second-stage
period.
Jettison
S-II
s econd-stage
Jettison
Spacecraft
Start
*No.
19-10
Refers
to Figure
19-2.
Path
engines,
aft interstage
thrust.
Launch Escape
(SC).
Guidance
ending
staging
at approximately
System
from
full
APOLLO
Mode.
engines,
timing
for
Ignite
ullage
motors
(Major
third-stage
events
indicated
(S-IVB
only)
Stage)
stage
Approx. Time
After Liftoff
Event
(Sec.)
third-stage
Resume
8
Inject
Earth
Path
engine,
Guidance
SC into
parking
Receive
Control
parking
ending
staging
period.
Mode.
100-naut.
mi. (185-km)
circular
orbit.
Shut down third-stage
engine.
confirmation
from Integrated
Mission
Center
(IMCC) regarding
acceptability
orbit.
Check out SC systems.
of
Compute
initial
conditions
for achieving
lunar
transfer
orbit from Earth
parking
orbit
(by both
SC guidance
system
computer
and ground-based
support
system).
Ignite third-stage
for brief burn.
hydrogen
venting
ullage
(Repeat
at intervals).
Check
and
out crew
Receive
mission.
command
Correct
attitude
tem) for injection
trajectory.
Ignite
motors
equipment.
generated
by IMCC
for
continuing
of SC (by LV attitude
control
of SC into lunar
transfer
third-stage
ullage
sys-
motors.
i0
Ignite third-stage
engine to inject SC into lunar
transfer
trajectory.
Control
powered
flight by LV
or spacecraft
Command
Module
(CM) guidance
system.
11
Shut down
system).
third-stage
Receive
confirmation
acceptability
of lunar
*No.
Refers
to Figure
19-2.
(Major
events
indicated
engine
(by LV or
CM guidance
only)
19-11
Approx. Time
After Liftoff
(Sec.)
Event
Checkout crew and equipment.
12
Jettison
forward
section
of spacecraft
Adapter.
Separate
spacecraft
Command
and Service
Modules
(CM/SM)
from spacecraft
Lunar
Excursion
Module,
LV Instrument
Unit and third stage
(LEM/IU/S-IVB).
13
Initiate
14
Dock
15
Jettison
aft section
of spacecraft
Instrument
Unit and third stage,
mission.
16
Execute
trajectory.
17
Ignite SM engine
imately
circular
orbit.
18
Coast
ment.
19
Transfer
two members
of crew
(Third
man remains
in CM. )
2O
21
Separate
attitude
22
Ignite
23
Continue
24
25
Re-start
orbit.
25A
*No.
19-12
Refers
to Figure
19-2.
(Major
turnaround
CM/SM
of CM/SM
to LEM/IU/S-IVB.
midcourse
(Repeat
in lunar
correction
of lunar
as necessary).
orbit.
Check
crew
landing
CM/SM
LEM
events
transfer
for transfer
of SC into
80-naut.
mi. (148-km)
CM/SM.
to lunar
stage
from
brake
only)
approxlunar
and
equip-
CM to LEM.
Reconnoiter
Correct
surface.
engine;
lunar-orbital
engine;
indicated
out crew
and equipment.
LEM from
for descent
LEM
Adapter,
ending
LV
initiate
LEM
descent.
coast.
in elliptical
LEM
orbit
out of elliptical
Table
19-3.
Description
of Typical
SATURN
V-APOLLO
Approx.
Time
After
Liftoff
(Sec.)
*Event
No.
Mission
Event
26
Land LEM
translation
27
Explore
Collect
28
Launch
manned
ascent
stage
of LEM remains
stage
of LEM.
on Moon. )
29
Lift LEM
ellipse.
into Hohmann
3O
31
Re-start
to Correct
32
Execute
Lunar-Orbit
LEM ascent
stage
on lunar
surface,
maneuvers.
lunar
surface.
specimens.
ascent
stage
engine.
Coast
(If lunar
landing
was
with CM/SM
as their
33
Return
LEM
34
_lettison
leaving
LEM ascent
stage
it in lunar orbit.
35
Check
36
Correct
37
Ignite SM engine;
transfer
trajectory.
38
Execute
out crew
trajectory.
CM/SM
inject
Orient
CM in re-entry
forward).
41
Re-enter
This
page
is not
classified
(Major
events
indicated
transfer
trans-
as required
rendezvous
intersect.)
lunar
specimens
from
LEM
to CM.
CM/SM,
CM/SM
into Earth
Cut off SM engine.
of Earth
transfer
as necessary.)
40
19-2
engine
correction
Jettison
to Figure
(Landing
attitude.
39
Refers
experiments.
and equipment.
(Repeat
Earth's
and
in Hohmann
omitted,
orbits
and
midcourse
SM from
hover
Rendezvous
between
orbiting
CM/SM.
and
crew
after
Perform
32A
*No.
(Cont'd)
CM.
attitude
(heat
shield
atmosphere.
only)
19-13
*Event
No.
Event
42
Jettison
43
Deploy
44
Jettison
drogue
parachute
parachutes
(at 15,000-ft.
45
Deploy
reefed
main
46
Deploy
main
parachutes
47
Alight
*No.
Refers
to Figure
Earth
orbital
For
Apollo
lunar
earth
S-II
landing
this,
parking
stage
orbit
and
spacecraft,
orbit
propulsion
a:
19-14
S-IVB
the
the
of 90,000
launch
vehicle
by means
a first
the
to inject
vehicle
this
injection
shield
parachute
on surface
(at 25,000-ft.
and deploy
altitude).
altitude).
pilot
fully.
of Earth
to S-IVB
altitude).
parachutes.
indicated
S-IVB
(at 50,000-ft.
(on land).
only)
restart.
restart
to final
payload
separation.
vehicle
is required
REQUIREMENTS
mission,
payload
drogue
events
- From
VEHICLE
spacecraft
accomplish
orbit
Trajectory
LAUNCH
the
(Major
- From
Translunar
19-4.
19-2
CM heat
burn
Saturn
pounds
first
into a 72 hour
injects
of successive
of the S-IVB
stage
V launch
engine
burns
stage.
into
the
translunar
occurs
with
the
following
payload
and
After
is re-ignited
payload
the
a final
To
into a 100-nautical
mile
of the
checkout
proper
trajectory.
Final
position
cutoff
S-IC
stage,
of the
Apollo
in the parking
of the
parameters:
b.
C.
Angle between
d.
e.
an
trajectory.
separation
at the
nominal
translunar
to inject
launch
After
injection
into
LEM
while
CSM separates,
the
maneuver
and
the S-IVB/IU
propelling
injection
The
itself
mission
turns
completes
into
the
its
a total
life
to the
a.
Launch
site
Kennedy)
a minimum
by a "dogleg"
b.
Launch
c.
Tracking,
an azimuth
path
d.
to weight
chapter
ment.
systems
cated
ratio
of 1.25:1
requirements
as astrionics,
structures,
19-4
for
in the
the
five
table
requirements.
phases
Although
major
events
Detailed
information
of each
are
on the
stage
same
spacecraft
of the
translunar
the S-IVB/IU
systems.
30 minutes
degree.
a launch
This
azimuth
which
constraint
can
crew
restrict
on the
to a sector
increase
of 90 degrees.
networks
depending
the
network
safety,
vehicle
to
used.
of 45 degrees
to 110 degrees.
a minimum
illustrate
the
launch
vehicle
is primarily
included
to show
systems
basic
vehicle
requirements
The
to indicate
a listing
their
in section
described
and ground
mission.
is presented
included
by systems
mechanical
as it is intended
table
are
accomplished
propulsion,
of the
the
of this
trajectory.
azimuths
are
19-8
is not to scale
specific
profiles
through
for
the
the
liftoff
is specified.
vehicle
Tables
of the
requires
and
conclusion
from
of 28 degrees,
communication
flight
performance
hours
to stabilize
constraints:
latitude
39,
At the
Performance
to 105 degrees,
limits
docks.
of 6.5
in the
and
of 72 degrees
vehicle
primary
VLF
is required
by separating
following
inclination
telemetry
safety
time
maneuver
facility,
Range
To optimize
thrust
orbital
and
trajectory.
is subject
(Cape
vehicle
mission
a separation
requires
launch
around
vehicle
be overcome
board
orbit,
launch
introduces
The
translunar
only
in sections
support
of each
time
to the
equip-
of these
function
relative
of system
relationship
in this
indi-
phasing
of
requirements,
requirements.
XX through
XXIV.
In-
XXV.
19-15
or-,.
_:_
I_
_.
F_
U"
<
I
<
C_
t_
_-+
e_
c_
Go
_J
t_
II
II
!l
19-16
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
_J
;:r
e_
E
0
o
L_
v
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
"_
;:>
o
o
o
0
)
I
(/3
_
_>
o_
o
0
(D
o
_
_
__
o
0
_ - _
o
0
o,._
_ _ o _
_-,
m_
o_
o
H)-_7
o
(.9
o_
_9
_D
!
c
D
_D
c_
O9
>
C
t
>
4
I
O9
&Y
c
>
C_
19-18
.3
I -
_O
r.-
i: i
_<
hi)
'_
&
0
:>
o_
,.._
_._
r..)
.._
<
_:
,-.1
_:
u
_-_
_ g
_o
"_,
_o
c_
F_
19-19
0
v
I
0
I
I
<D
;::>
8_
:.,3
h
0
[.-,
0
b_O
0
,....i
r/l
_o_
0
19-20
_o
I
I
I
I
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
o
I
I
I
I
.,..-t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
0
0
,.,-i
.>
;2
>
c_
fl
r._
e_
o
"s ._ ._ z_ z_
..Q
>
[,,1
o,-.i
_
,.-i
0
:>
_O_oO
r,.)
Z
_n
,'_
_.
_,.
;_
_.
~~
N
c_
0
0
e_
"_
_ o
.,-i
o
r_
19-21
c_
19-22
e-
i.
C_
..o
c_
I
/
/"
I
J
I
I
I
I
,.el
0
r_
_ _
_,-_
._
_ __.__
-_
""
'_
<
I=I
":
__ }_
_'_
Zo
_ .io
19-23
111
0
_D
v
9f
D
<
>
I-i
r._
_D
"
19-24
_ _ _-_
_ o_"o r_o
N N
"13
ov
0
r
Go
0
09
<
_J
>
I
O_
19-25
_ i_
19-26
I
i
I
l
I
I
I
n
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
g
I
I
I
19-27
o
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
F_
,..-i
a
_
19-28
_
m
+_ _
@
v
,.Q
il
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
o
>
>
>
.",1
19-29
09
C
:>
t_
c_
r_
_1
>
g
:_
19-30
r_
"a
,_
r.D
.__
0
(_)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
,--"4
,,-i
o
o
c_
t,,,-n
e_
"-_
"d
t_
c_
o
o
o
_.__
_
,_
_._
>
o_
o.
,_
F_
o,--i
o'_
%
o_
o_
ooo
19-31
D
I
>,
I
I
::>
"_
oo _
19-32
_._
.a
.
B_
-.
.....
CHAPTER
SECTION
4
XX
ASTRIONICS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
20-5
20-1.
GENERAL
20-2.
COMMAND
20-11.
COMMUNICATIONS
20-16.
INSTRUMENTATION
20-29.
CHECKOUT
20-35.
ATTITUDE
20-41.
GUIDANCE
....................
20-61
20-83.
TRACKING
.....................
20-158
20-94.
CREW
RANGE
.....................
FUNCTION
20-5
................
FUNCTION
20-19
............
................
20-21
20-48
....................
CONTROL
SAFETY
(VEHICLE
SAFETY
ELECTRICAL
AND STABILIZATION
......
EMERGENCY
20-53
DETECTION
SYSTEM)
20-173
..................
SYSTEM
20-167
20-174
...............
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
20-1.
Switch
Selectors,
20-2.
Switch
Selector
20-3.
Communications
20-4.
DSIF
20-5.
Instrumentation
20-6.
Measurement
20-7.
Remote
20-8.
Stage
20-9.
Typical
Block
Sequence
and
Network,
Communications
System,
Saturn
Timing
Saturn
Network
System,
Automatic
Chart,
Saturn
Telemetry
Saturn
20-26
..........
20-27
...........
Saturn
20-18
20-23
20-30
20-32
V ...........
System,
V .
20-22
V ..........
20-15
......
...........
Saturn
Saturn
Calibration
System
(RACS)
Block Diagram
.......
Instrumentation,
Stage
Diagram,
......
20-35
20-1
LIST
20-10.
SS/FM
20-11.
Typical
20-12.
PCM/DDAS
20-13.
Vehicle/Ground
20-14.
Saturn
V Vehicle
20-15.
Thrust
Vector
20-16.
Saturn
V Astrionics
Polarity
20-17.
S-IVB/IU
Control
Switching
20-18.
Rotational
Command
20-19.
Variable-Inclination
20-20.
Coordinate
20-21.
Guidance
System
20-22.
Guidance
Computer
Data
20-23.
Alternate
Steering
Method
20-24.
Saturn
20-25.
Angle
20-26.
Pulse-Width-Modulated
Telemetry
Stage
System,
FM/FM
Television
Control
Guidance
Computer
20-30.
MPY-DIV
Timing
20-31.
Self-Correcting
20-35.
ST-124
20-36.
Single
20-37.
Pendulous
20-38.
Gas
20-39.
Two-Speed
.......
Saturn
for
20-40
.....
20-42
20-45
20-50
S-IC
and
S-II
Stages
20-55
Chart
...........
20-57
System
...........
20-58
Mode
............
Plane
20-62
.........
20-64
20-66
Signal
Generation
.......
20-68
Flow
20-69
...............
Modes
20-71
................
20-72
20-78
Power
Flow,
Timing
Chart
Erection
Resolver
Outputs
.....
Diagram,
Saturn
V
.......
Block
Gyro
Schematic
20-91
20-95
Memory
System
.....
20-112
Simplex
Memory
.....
20-113
Diagram
20-115
20-118
..............
Accelerometer
......
20-117
.............
Pendulum
20-100
...............
Gyro
20-103
Connection
for
Computer
Configuration
20-96
............
Computer
Configuration
Integrating
Block
Block
Diagram
.................
Interconnection
Integrating
Module
Signal
Charts
Duplex-Toroid
Circuit
Supply
Voter
Data
M Gimbal
Bearing
Saturn
....
..................
System
Axis
.............
System
Steering
Detection
Four-Gimbal
System,
Redundancy
20-29.
20-34.
Saturn
Diagram,
Control
Computer
Guidance
20-39
....................
Modular
20-33.
...........
System,
Earth-Orbital
Digitizer
Error
Diagram
Systems
Guidance
20-32.
Block
Flow
[CONT'D)
Saturn
Telemetry
Assembly,
V Guidance
Triple
20-2
OF ILLUSTRATIONS
20-119
........
20-121
.............
20-124
.............
20-126
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
20-40.
Gas
20-41.
Automatic
Azimuth
20-42.
Prelaunch
Test
20-43.
Control
Computer,
20-44.
Typicai
Gain
20-45.
Control
Computer,
20-46.
S-IVB
20-47.
Control
20-48.
Spatial
20-49.
Composite
Deadband,
20-50.
Redundant
Rate
20-51.
Demodulator
20-52.
Deep
20-53.
Abort
20-54.
Vehicle
20-55.
Power
20-56.
On Pad
Pendulum
Erection
Loop
Alignment
Configuration
Engine
Control
Program
Auxiliary
Propulsion
System
Auxiliary
Block
Grounding,
20-133
20-134
.......
Block
....
20-144
.........
20-148
.........
Propulsion
Control
....
Saturn
20-153
20-155
........
20-166
.........
20-169
Saturn
Detection
System,
Saturn
and Sequencing
V
20-149
.........
(Electronics)
Network,
20-140
20-143
..........
Diagram
Saturn
Diagram
...........
Diagram
Constraints,
Distribution
...........
Package
Tracking
Emergency
20-131
Propulsion
Auxiliary
Gyro
Procedure
...........
20-136
Amplifier
Block
20-130
Channels
Power
Amplifier,
...........
.................
Computer,
Space
Servo
(CONT'O)
20-171
V ......
20-176
...........
20-177
..............
LIST OF TAGLES
20-1.
RCA-110
20-2.
Measuring
20-3.
Typical
20-4.
Saturn
20-5.
Standard
20-6.
Saturn
20-7.
Data
20-8.
Def{nition
Computer
Data
Program
Estimates
Transducers
V Telemetry
................
and
Adapter
Data
of Use
20-9.
Definition
20-10.
Word
20-11.
Saturn
V Computer
20-12.
Digital
Computer
of Tag
Locations
.............
20-24
Measurements
Systems
Vehicle
.........
20-24
..............
]:RIG FM Subcarrier
V Launch
20-12
20-33
Bands
Television
..........
Data
20-34
........
20-46
....................
20-75
of Address
Line Bits to the
for Process
Input-Output
Code
to be Used
with
Data Adapter
Operations
Telemetry
.....
20-81
20-82
...................
20-89
Data
20-93
Data
.................
and
Instruction
Word
Format
....
20-97
20-3
20-13.
20-14.
20-15.
20-16.
20-17.
20-18.
20-19.
20-20.
20-4
Operation
AB-5K8
Stabilizing
AMAB-3K8
Gas
Gyroscope
Pendulous
Bearing
Erection
Pendulum
Chain
Data
Resolver
Data
.....................
Minitrack
Accelerometer
Stations
Data ............
Integrating
Resolver
Control
20-101
Bearing
..................
Data
and
Accelerometer
Data
20-120
Data
.......
20-122
20-123
20-125
20-125
...............
Locations
.............
20-156
20-165
_o
4O
SECTION
.....
XX.
ASTRIONICS
20-1.
GENERAL.
The
Astrionics
Saturn
are
V.
system
The
functions,
accomplished
a.
provides
operational
listed
utilizing
Command
events
the
below
and
both vehicle
- Performs
and
electrical
and electronic
described
sequences.
in the
and ground
management
The
based
required
following
for
paragraphs,
subsystems.
of Saturn
issuance
functions
systems
by initiating
of commands
all
is dependent
on time
and events.
Communication
b.
systems.
This
- Transfers
intelligence
intelligence
is in four
forms:
within
voice,
and
digital,
among
the
discrete,
Saturn
and analog
signals.
Instrumentation
C.
to acquire
operational
d.
that
the
e.
the
f.
Tracking
the
its
thrust
in a manner
leading
a stable
prelaunch
assigned
cutoff
systems
and
launch
phases
mission.
and
engine
to mission
- Provides
launch
vehicle
restart
commands
accomplishment.
signals
to the
vehicle
motion
and
launch
vehicle
position
engine
adjusts
this
motion
commands.
- Obtains
and records
the
and
velocity
flight.
h.
function
Crew
in the
i.
Safety
event
Safety
of a vehicle
Electrical
for vehicle
- Ensures
Saturn/Apollo
Range
j.
The
during
Stabilization
of launch
data.
of performing
and
guidance
appraisal
steering,
to maintain
with
g.
2O-2.
Control
system
in accordance
is capable
motion
performance
assurance
- Provides
vehicle
Attitude
gimballing
in the
vehicle
the
engineering
- Provides
Guidance
to adjust
during
and
Checkout
launch
- Monitors
safety
astronauts
in the
event
of a mal-
vehicle.
- Ensures
that
malfunction
System
of the
life
during
- Supplies
and private
the
ascent
and distributes
property
and
the
are
orbital
not
endangered
phase.
electrical
power
required
operation.
COMMAND.
Saturn
V command
function
performs
the
operational
management
of astrionics,
20-5
propulsion,
structure,
systems
have
priorities.
mechanical
an inherent
requirement
The command
satisfy
the
priorities
During
the
mission,
and
the
number
level
the
mission
phases.
launch
phase
system,
and
meter.
This
vehicle
operation
preparation
such
as the
of stimuli
tion resulting
action.
tained
for
by the
astronaut's
critical
situation
the
the
critical
system
the
launch
internal
and
stage
succeeding
A range
may
safety
pattern.
initiate
property.
20-6
would
countdown
checkout
and
are
initiate
modes
such
as engine
the
cutoff,
and the
stimuli
phase
causes
are
command
should
the
separation
opera-
required
evaluated.
to initiate
is main-
a situation
develop
An example
whereof a
In this
case
of hazardous
of launch
to the
vehicle
flight
vehicle
mode
flight
then
sysand
is initiated
release.
ascent
command
perfor-
and
capability
switching
The
vehicle,
system
the progression
holddown
for
launch
is assimilated
of operation
causes
the
para-
and physical
launch
which
and evaluated.
supplies
to
support
time
of a LOX container.
to limit
commands
relative
operating
launch
is jeopardized.
venting
alignment
source
and
vehicle
including
which
priority.
peculiar
alignment,
commands
exists
events,
operational
This
data
and
action
monitored
to
and the
mission
system
of these
capability
improper
command
vehicle
events
be the
a single
ground
to accomplish
decision
launch
of command
requirements
the
support
decisions
This
of various
cryogenics.
application
critical
or the
might
commit
source.
of the
flight
safety
and
These
stimuli
function
checkout,
of performance
occurs,
within
to meet
generated
The
commands
spacecraft,
operating
be rapidly
phase.
performance
by a launch
The
launch
Final
from
ground
A manned
command
conditions.
tems
of fuel
time.
malfunction
corrective
loading
a chain
command
vehicle
systems.
of command
the command
coordinated
launch
support
with
in the
of the Apollo
in the generation
If a systems
many
to satisfy
includes
must
in a reasonable
the
varies
are
of the
a number
of levels
performances
launch
operating
is accomplished
to generate
of each
The
for
function
responsibility
individual
and ground
phase
stimuli
are
supplied
to control
of an expended
the
stage
by an
vehicle
and
actuation
stage.
commm_d
This
propellant
is available
command
dispersion
should
capability
if the
the
can
vehicle
vehicle
cutoff
deviate
the launch
becomes
from
vehicle
a hazard
the planned
engines
to private
and
life
and
_r
]?he astronauts
v
from
the
can'6or_anct'launch"
- -
proximity
of the
veMcle
vehicle
in the
"
engine
event
w_._
cutoff
to"permit
of a malfunction
their
escape
necessitating
mission
abort.
During
uate
the
the
tion.
orbital
operation
This
the
The
S-IVB/instrument
is aligned
Apollo
assurance
are
using
celestial
is compared
nauts
returned
an alternate
can
be initiated
permits
the
situation
cannot
and
internal
selection
reliability
command
of a system
and provides
measures
velocity.
this
time
parameters
as
by ground
taken
the
guidance
system
evaluations
mission
objective
deter-
means.
to give
indicate
and the
is aborted
mission
and the
cannot
alleviate
S-IVB/IU
events
ground.
This
to fit the
particular
an
the
astro-
problem
be accomplished.
flexibility
from
these
evalinjec-
correct
Apollo
guidance
are
The
if corrective
The
Saturn
measures
selected.
the
determined
Should
corrective
mission
mission
maximum
is proper.
then
to earth,
the
its
During
orbital
with those
with
with
system.
and
to translunar
accomplish
period.
and the
compared
operation
can
evaluation
to checkout
prior
trajectory
references,
system
condition
vehicle
by ground
guidance
or an alternate
To provide
confirmed
are
continued
launch
is a significant
stimuli
(S-IVB/IU)
in a translunar
orbit
guidance
provides
unit
the
system
out-of-tolerance
or
function
Apollo
that
are
that
spacecraft
phase
of the
by the
command
assurance
orbital
parameters
mined
of the
Apollo
mission
system
the
provides
of placing
The
phase
a certain
the
or from
mode
the
of operation
amount
of redundancy
in the
and
sequences
capability
source
orbital
of system
stimuli.
Prior
to translunar
aligned
utilizing
Alignment
permits
Stored
of the
a more
guidance
re-ignition
constants
meters
at the
results
and
other
injection
the
ground
command.
Saturn
guidance
accurate
constants
most
injection
for
the
opportune
in an optimum
state
guidance
and
system
control
into the
Saturn
time
reference
translunar
system
for
translunar
of the
the
are
mission.
trajectory
Saturn
vehicle
during
the
can
orbital
be
phase
orbit.
updated
The
to permit
updating
considering
the
S-IVB
of the
guidance
orbital
para-
conditions.
20-7
During the translunar phase an internal source provides command stimuli to initiate
the events and sequenceswithin the S-IVB/IU stage. This command is active in the
mission until the final jettison of the S-IVB/IU stage.
20-3. OPERATION.
Saturn V launch phase command is accomplished in five levels, Integrated Mission
Control Center (IMCC), Launch Control Center (LCC) manned, Launch Control
Center computer, LaunchUmbilical Tower (LUT) andvehicle levels. The IMCC
maintains overall mission responsibilities and coordinates the operation of the
ground operating support systems, payload and launch vehicle. This level imposes
a ready-to-launch time requirement on the launch vehicle andthe payload. If for
any reason during the launch phase a hold is required, then the IMCC imposes a
newtime to launch requirement on the various portions of the Apollo system. The
decisions madeby IMCC have a mission level priority.
The LCC mannedlevel of command assures that the launch phase performance of
the launch complex, payload, and launch vehicle meets the time requirements
imposed by IMCC. This performance includes the physical preparation of the
payload andlaunch vehicle and the checkout and alignment of both the payload and
launch vehicle. The LCC mannedlevel has the highest level of responsibility in
the launch area. This level controls the LCC computer andvarious launch complex
subordinate levels of command. The LCC mannedlevel is responsible for critical
decisions. A critical decision is onethat involves the astronaut's safety andthe
integrity of launch vehicle operation. Data monitored by the LCC mannedlevel
has beenpreviously filtered so that only the highest priority data is presented.
This filtering of data prior to presentation to the mannedlevel permits secure control of operation and does not impose an overwhelming monitoring on this level.
The LCC computer level of command is the first or highest level of automated
data monitoring and decision selection. This level performs the management
for lower levels of automatedcommand. The LCC computer level scans previously
filtered data and selects non-critical decisions for the lower levels, andthen filters
data scannedanddisplays the critical data for LCC manneddecision. The LCC
computer level is the first level of command capable of generating a volume of
stimuli in a limited time. These stimili select the mode of operation for lower levels
20-8
of command
and
ca_-ex_ibe-s_n_e-_l_i_l_
of responsibility
includes
the
launch
complex,
LUT
command
level
is an automated
The
LUT
command
level
monitors
and
applies
presents
high priority
Systems
operation
by interaction
tions
the
level
stimuli
The
terms,
ship
with
number
of the
mode
of sets
system
puter
which
then
of operation
and
direct
a fast
LUT
level
realm
vehicle.
control
scan
of the
rate,
command
launch
selects
level
vehicle.
decisions
filters
data
and
level.
by higher
command
and the
and the
switching
modes.
The
levels
launch
forms
is performed
vehicle.
of vehicle
These
systems
digital
opera-
from
of commands
guidance
are
digital
defines
angles
tions.
A predetermined
selection
results
and,
the
issued
encoded
by
commands
thrust
and
type
equations
during
stage
first
cutoff
used
where
sequence
initiation
from
one
until
inputs
ultimately
necessary
of events
completed
is accomplished
of three
actions:
the
The
set
from
the
one
com-
of a mode
control
continuously
and computes
other
thrust
vector.
discrete
opera-
the particular
mode
mode
is selected.
of several
successful
selection"
in the
system
engine
when
another
(1) the
"mode
attitude
the
initiates
through
is
systems
to control
or until
the computer
interlaced
vehicle
is initiated
An example
Here
and
or portions
of instructions
launch.
relation-
represent
term
operation.
with
whole
instructions
of instructions.
of system
their
a predetermined
at any time
of a particular
on transducer
it continues
occur
and
operation.
contains
The
operations
to explain
induces
manner.
set
time
initiated,
which
systems
systems
at this
of guidance
are
of vehicle
memory
when
a certain
which
computes
and
computer
particular
solving
based
defined
of operations
that
mode
to accomplish
in a particular
commands
equations
the
sequences
or commanding
is the
sequencing
mode
computer
with
level
controls
sequence,
The
It also
new
flight
discrete
correct
with
selecting
Mode
are
sequence
to work
is chosen,
to the
to operate
the
the
alignment,
and launch
computer
selected
LUT
The
command
of instructions
means
solves
mode
and
system.
predetermined
and
LCC
of command
in the
the
directed
to the
--
24hJ23CU
requiring
vehicle.
LUT
_e
stimuli.
vehicle
issues
data
the
level
level
to the
the
of operation
command
and analog
The
within
checkout
modes
LUT
data
between
include
launch
directly
sys'ter_s:.
The
stimili
sources.
completion
A
of a
20-9
previous mode or (2) computer switching to a new r_odebased on real time, or (3)
an event occurrence. In addition to the normal internal mode selections which the
system makes, mode switching is accomplished by commands from the LCC computer
(prelaunch), the instrument unit command
system,
or the Apollo
spacecraft.
There
is a built-in
flicting
safeguard
commands
The hardware
in the
ment,
is required
modes
of the
gives
that
which
following
as functional
that
or commands
interfaces
cribed
prior
feature
the
would
paragraphs.
the
The
check
system.
This
includes
operation
of all system
the
capability
be detrimental
implement
to completely
system
mode
of refusing
to vehicle
and
sequence
computer,
ms ground
out the
Astrionics
system
simulated
launch
parameters
safety.
control
LCC
con-
are
des-
checkout
equip-
by exercising
and orbit
programs
to ensure
satisfactory
of system
operation
all
as well
operation
to launch.
The
LCC
a coded
computer
command
In here,
the
selected
in the
The
commands
digital
action
to the
mode
computer
computer
stage,
the
stage
currently
the
coded
command,
switch
selector
trolled
according
given
The
set
separation,
LCC
system
used
20-10
to real
time
from
any
switch
the
operations
are
discussed
after
out telemetry
launch.
The
transducer
mode
that
are
of the
and
functions
selected
all
directly
applicable
inputs,
that
automatic
telemetry
the correct
stage
are
con-
for
in combination.
calibration,
program.
stage
An additional
stage
functions
from
the
LCC
controlled
computer.
instrument
calibration
is controlled
to
to execute
of equations
computer
to the
command
is given
solution
are
111 different
coded
in each
digital
that
to control
verifies
command.
computer.
an 8-bit
cutoff,
remote
program
command
is
or initiating
LCC
computer
wherein
commanded
here
in that
of the
in the
mode
mode
decoded
internally,
The
engine
functions
by the
signal
adapter
include
or program
a "read"
command.
computer.
of instructions
through
r_ (return)
by sending
digital
either
digital
Before
data
by a special
modes
the
or as a result
additional
selector
with
accomplished
the
to be performed
computer
to check
allows
an 'recho-check
is provided
the
instructions
control.
received
set
is defined
operation
being
under
has
and
capability
the
system
this
the
it into the
accomplishing,
selector
of conditions
functions
through
the
reads
and
which
begins
system,
switch
in each
which
memory,
in the
A stage-located
adapter,
mode
is decoded,
then
to integrate
events
data
command
elsewhere
required
a particular
from
unit
The
command
system
the
ground
(RACS),
support
equipmentprior
upon
from
the
so that
digital
be ready
the
special
be calibrated
then
performs
tasks.
to be able
over
the
control
the
vehicle
S-IVB/IU
to the
during
to the
the
system
digital
so that
by the
spacecraft
Astrionics
command.
The
changes
as commanded
when
data
guidance
computer.
operational
phases
the
to allow
control
modes
certain
and decodes
sequencing
necessary
of operation
system
command
processes
attitude,
is returned
S-IVB/IU
into the
mode
to select
a mode
necessary
directly
of the
the
issues
the
of making
the
them
computer,
to feed
Control
from
digital
follow
to assume
for
the
has
the
spacecraft,
completed
by issuance
of
spacecraft.
IMPLEMENTATION.
launch
RCA-110
phase
vehicle
vehicle
arc
RCA-110
monitoring
described
of the
data
are
Input/Output
computer
readers,
computer
launch
complex
with
the
consoles.
common
and
the
for
all
switch
flight
phases,
selectors.
20-45
and
is a general-purpose
This
computer
computer
are
presented
Section.
by means
to be performed,
in the
consists
The
20-64
data
of the
adapter
data
and vehicle
, respectively.
COMPUTER.
and control.
computer
is implemented
in Paragraphs
Computer
sections
20-6.
manned
computer
RCA-I10
major
and
function
implementation,
computer
20-5.
command
computer
adapter,
tape
the
may
of controlling
spacecraft
with
capability
a method
be exercised
the
spacecraft
the
command
20-4.
The
the
system
and
The
along
has
Astrionics
can
To do this,
from
have
as it is necessary
computer
computer
astronauts
control
which,
signals
The
the
spacecraft
mission.
adapter
mode
that
spacecraft
of the
The
command.
It is essential
The
C 'ter m t 'y
"read"
or by other
by a paper-tape
computer
is comprised
of five
control,
in Table
input,
into
peripheral
punch,
is transferred
devices.
the
output,
capable
major
storage
of automatic
sections.
and
The
arithmetic.
20-1.
Information
of input/output
are
digital
machine
equipment.
a magnetic-tape
Data
into,
and
to be processed,
by paper
tape,
Information
recorder,
out of,
the
or programs
or by magneticis returned
typewriter,
from
the
or other
20-11
type
of visual
and
control
20-7.
the
Control
operations
and
Section.
d,e
to
The
machine
sequence
sisting
Within
information
in the
the
and
display.
conlpute_"
and
control
such
registers,
the
section
The
such
is the
rcgis*_crs
command
unit.
sense,
select,
It governs
arithmetic
section
program
that
equipment.
transfers,
control
as the
scverat
input/output
as information
of instructions.
of several
from
arc
may
performance,
be a complete
computer,
the
all
unit
instruction
conregister,
the timer.
20-8.
Arithmetic
operations:
Section.
addition,
"logical"
operations.
and
accumulators,
right
20-9.
Storage
(in machine
term,
This
subtraction,
The
memory,
mation
is retained
outside
the
until
is usually
in units
computer
section
adder,
The
of a computer
multiplication,
arithmetic
the
Section.
language)
section
storage,
referred
such
contain
for
use
unit
is used
during
to as the
storage
as a coincident
core
is generally
on paper
or magnetic
Table
RCA-110
Computer
20-1.
such
It also
units
performs
as the
left
counter.
or memory
it is required
mathematical
and division.
will
and the
performs
to store
program
within
the
information
execution.
computer.
or a magnetic
drum.
The
InforStorage
tape.
Data
Item
Data
General.
Type
of logic
Internal
Word
clock
Serial
rate
size
936 kc
24 bits
Arithmetic
Fixed
point
Instructions
Single
address
Index
7 (stored
registers
Accumulators
Left
Priority
4 levels
Basic
in memory)
right
(2 programs
Timing.
Word
20-12
interrupt
and
time
28.85
(72)
usec
per
level)
......
.--,oo
....
.Ju
Table
20-i.
: :-:--_
RCA-110
"
Computer
Data
(Cont'd)
Item
Data
Add/subtract
57.7
Multiply
799 usec
Divide
865 usec
Data
and
Instruction
Memory
access
Number
of words
Bulk
(HSM)
3.5
time
- magnetic
speed
3600
time
8.2
size
Main
Number
Buffer
capacity
4096
of tracks
parity
msec
(avg.)
msec
(max.)
plus
parity
to 32,768
words
1 to 10 stations
(15,000
characters/sec.
stations
reader
60 characters/sec.
Paper-tape
punch
60 characters/sec.
typewriter
Input/output
buffer
I/O
sense
I/O
address
Saturn
trol
of mode
lto8
registers
lines
24 lines/set
(1 to 8 sets)
24 lines/set
(1 to 8 sets)
SELECTOR.
V system
and
10 characters/sec.
lines
SWITCH
The
each)
Capabilities.
Paper-tape
20-10.
bit
up to 16
Magnetic-tape
Monitor
bit
rps
tracks
Input/Output
plus
24 bits,
storage
usec
drum
17.0
Word
10.25
24 bits,
storage
Access
and
512 to 4096
(storage)
size
Drum
usec
Storage.
High-speed
coincidencecurrent
core memory
Word
utilizes
sequence
the
digital
of functions
computer
in all
stages.
in the
The
instrument
switch
unit
selector
for
con-
provides
20-13
the communications link betweenthe con_qmtcr-&ataadagtt,Lant, _hecontrol distributor in the instrument unit and each stage.
lledundancyis usedto increase reliability within the equipment. The reset, stage
select, andread command relays are redundant, offering improved reliability in
relay coil operation and its associated contacts. The register is protected from
failure by the fact that either the code or its complement will operate a specific
driver.
The switch selector is an individual stage device and has control of the
computer on a particular stage. There are five switch selectors in Saturn V, one
in eachof the launch vehicle stages, one in the instrument unit, and one spare.
All lines to the switch selectors except the stage select lines are paralleled to all
stages; thus, the five devices require 32 input lines from the data adapter and one
from 28-volt dc instrument unit power (refer to Figure 20-1). A list later in this
section indicates individual line usage and will substantiate the required lines
when stage select is multiplied by the number of switch selectors used.
The switch selector is divided into two sections; the input or register section,
composedof latch relays, which are poweredfrom the data adapter; the output
relay drivers, which are powered from stage supplies and maintain stage isolation.
The input andoutput are coupled together,through a diode matrix which decodesthe
8-bit input code and furnishes an output from oneof the relay driver outputs. The
output of the switch selector is composedof 114possible relay drivers but, since
zeros andones are used for test purposes there are 112possible functional outputs.
The zero indication line, (00000000) consisting of eight zeros, is carried to the
ESEthrough the umbilical so that it may be interlocked with firing command. The
eight one's line (illl
The input code of the switch selector is positive logic; the "one's" are 28 volts dc
andthe "zero's" are 0 volts dc or open. The outputs are also positive logic,
giving a positive output voltage pulse upon read command. This output pulse is
a square
than
wave,
two volts
100 ma
20-14
duration
below
at 26 volts
the
de.
not less
stage
than
input
25 milliseconds,
voltage.
Loading
and the
current
voltage
must
not less
not exceed
_1
>
_9
z_
u
b_
c_
ot_
II
i
i
i
I Z:l
C_
C,J
i
i
i
i
i
I
I
I
i
I
i
J
i
!
!.
i_l-G
I.
iri
:}'11
il L
j_
......................
i'
.....................
"'-"
L_.......
___. ......I
LJ
I
20-15
The bit-coded signal address to the switch selector and the stage select
bit is 28-volt dc and should be not less than 20 milliseconds duration. The signal
address lines should be back to 0 volts dc before the read command
b.
is given.
The minimum
is 112 milliseconds.
There
between
are
ment
24 lines
code
comes
following
from
Complement
e.
d.
Read command
e.
f.
g.
28-volt dc line
and its
select
presence
switch
properly
reset
switch
adapter.
dc power.
The
These
comple-
lines
serve
the
or its
lines
stage
select
from
is made
set
into the
of the
via
the
data
detection,
to all zeros,
and then
complement
around
to operate
the
only.
and
computer
transmits
an inoperative
the
The
complement
relay
relay
the
driver
in the
the
eight
reset
and
code
the
were
addresses
line.
complement
The
lines
is checked.
line,
resetting
Using
the
selector
relays
select
code.
gives
lines
computer
stage
at
to operating
select
The
register.
switch
return
stage
adapter.
appears
Prior
transmitted
pulses
the
same
with
data
to a specific
code
all
the
adapter
register.
is desired
adapter
data
operation.
register
the
line
that
selector
from
by the
complement
indicates
an output
proper
set
a particular
switch
which
selectors
is a specific
to operate
previous
switch
output
computer
to work
to all
a particular
a check
of an error
registers
for
The
on the
is then
to the
(one redundant)
parallel
code
selector
code
event
are
selector,
of 28-volt
theability
data
is necessary
absence
return
the
28-volt
switch
20-16
unit
b.
selector.
code
instrument
and
each
the
selector
an 8-bit
8-bit
switch
al
Therefore,
the
functions:
any
the
the
of
switch
With
the
In
all
either
the
selector
complement
.....
-_.o-::
......
w
check
passed,
the
selectors
at the
selectors
that
in switch
selector
The
events
The
desired
have
register
to timing
also
reset
reset
of the
command.
remains
to the
return
lines,
up and
drop
out times
the
time
eonsiderably
o)
used
as a manual
interrupt
total
in the
with
Register
after
the
reset
of any
read
command
used
selector,
dc (logic
1) is not found,
latched
because
lines.
If this
check
remains
latched
auto
reset,
manual
reset
the
The
signal
return
proper
relay
code
code
for
bias
coded
read
for
on it,
brought
to the
command
de-energized
lines
set
the
relay,
at the
read
thru
end
involved.
check
is required,
and
forces
execution
relay
that
relay
resistor
applies
read
stage
de) the
is given,
code
in the
code
and the
relay
_o
is
of the
results
in the register
relay
on the
complement
but the
an output
complement
the complement
to condenser
pulse
to turn
of the
are
used
works
through
drivers
except
the
has
normal
off
K0 is energized
on the
to unlatch
K9 provides
proper
of all relay
for
to turn
voltage
in an effort
select
verified
base
chosen
command
K9
the
now established
driver
select
If an incorrect
is again
no
a stage
complement
sends
that
28 volts
dc to the
to set
and
complement
necessary
28-volts
the
of the
the
Stage
action.
This
command
of the
of
switched
that
of contacts
pulsed
line
code
have
pulsed.
returns
reset
28-volt
a 7.5K
also
then
relay
The
off (with
the
are
selector.
The
sequence
be assumed
K10 is pulsed
to furnish
for proper
switch
(Refer
not be executed.
is made
proves
a set
contacts
pulses
an output.
closes
K1-K8
checks
is then
necessary
of K1-K8
to bias
ground
line
and
recording.
but when
near
select
one
computer
telemetry
matrix
and
code
which
the
original
one
the
Another
received,
a diode
register
The
computer
only
for
driver
lines.
_-e_ister.
the
stage
command.
positive
action
it can
it would
code
proper
the
a register
a check
complement
K9.
Addresses
an output.
reset
but this
read
lengths
must
to unlatch
the
through
when
or
output.
giving
to show
register
dc to the
after
after
selector,
reset.
switch
remained
to zero
it is possible
selector
is also
automatic
and if 28-volt
relay
switch
addressed
and pulse
to all
switch
the
is intended
and
the
without
checks,
operation
select
20-2
line
three
is automatic
latched
Prior
stage
pick
command
Normal
(Figure
reset
reset
command
allows
to drive
automatically
the
v.
orLrea_
command
select,
over
is normally
an undesirable
a stage
are
20-2.
read
_g,:nal
involves
to shorten
Register
given
of relay
process
This
be reset
Figure
in terms
results
been
may
t_'_ 't_)c44T
time.
registers
chart
total
_ofn_te/'-_ix_,s
..
the
and the
driver.
"C"
energy
base
K0,
Then
in the
is
the
K0 is
condenser
20-17
KO
READ
COMMAND
KI-8
REGISTER
K9
STAGE
KIO
RESET
RELAYS
SELECT
(LATCH
RELAY
TYPE)
(LATCH
TYPE)
PULSE POWER
DROP OUT TIME
PULSE
POWER
AND RELAY
DROP OUT TIME
21MS
EACH CHK APPROX.
_ZSOMS
CHK COMPLEMENT
RETURN LINES
RESET
IF CHK
INDICATES
NEED
eMS =)2MSIZMs
Izl 7MS I
I sMs I
_
_2
SELECT
B
BIT
CODE
CHK COMPLEMENT
RETURN
LINES
NOTE I
14----
APPROX 25OMS
RESET IF CHK
INDICATES NEED
STAGE
12
SELECT
6
4MS
I
APPROX 25OMS
I '_P"-7
8
4
8
STAGE
PICK-UP
BIT
5 2
CODE
CHK COMPLIMENT
RETURN
I,_--.--7
LINE
APPROX 250 MS
21
4
V////.i
READ COMMAND
25
OUTPUT
B
AUTO
RESET
NOTE
3-330
STAGE
Figure
20-18
20-2.
I. CODE
SELECT
Switch
LINES
IS
ARE
UP
Selector
ON
BUT
THUS
Sequence
REGISTER
PROVIDING
and
CAN
NOT
SIGNAL
Timing
Chart,
REACT
UNTIL
RETURN
PATH.
Saturn
is apl)lied
output
to the
on the
A telemetry
put,
one
perly
zero
indicate,
output
called
output,
selector
instrument
Present
0000
unit
planning
than
a.
Code
and complement
b.
Stage
select
c.
Reset
d.
Read
e.
All
f.
Confidence
20-11.
an
only
is provided
occurs
one
which
from
output
total
will
tile switch
in response
monitors
the
action
following
to be monitored:
in(licate
selector.
to each
of the
if no outA pro-
read
switch
command.
selectors.
code
zeros
range
between
lines
safety
points
basically
for
the
function
actively
and crew
safety
participating
Requirements
same
as for the
peculiar
earth-vehicle
communications
20-12.
in the
supports
to the
the
functions
command,
through
transfer
to support
the
tracking,
instrumen-
of information
mission.
a communications
requirement,
function
Saturn
I.
Saturn
(Refer
to Paragraph
V/Apollo
link to deep
Saturn
mission,
6-5.)
is the
need
V missions
are
An additional
to extend
the
space.
OPEI_TION.
To coordinate
the
various
command
levels
and
wired
radio
frequency
and
data.
links
The
which
tracking
stations
network
also
support
giving
COMMUNICATIONS,
tation,
telemetry
and
command
communications
through
the
line
output
produces
for
relay
0000.
one
telemetry
calls
rest"lTt-ing-the
a confidence
or more
operating
The
The
r_et'56ilgbf'[l_e'r_l_.3_'r_st'er,
other
support
(RF)
space
connect
links,
are
communications
relays
Saturn
channels
with
systems
stations
this
on earth.
the
information
earth-based
by a network
of voice,
The
spacecraft
and
of
teletype
communications
with command
between
control
V mission,
interconnected
include
is integrated
reception
network
in the
which
vehicle-borne
voice
'['his
involved
functions
vehicle
and telemetry
provides
personnel.
operations
and
network
transmitter
sites,
communications
crew
operational
and ground
orders
20- 19
between
the
space
vehicle
and
earth-based
installations
aurmg
all
phases
of the
mission.
Tracking
and
instrumentation
It transmits
and
tracking
evaluation
information
vehicle
acquisition.
The
crew
ground
function
data,
delivered
operational
20-13.
the
also
provides
Their
spacecraft
crew
and
for
stations
to the
with
to data
and
to the
of vehicle
com-
vehicle.
Tracking
network,
evaluation
data.
safety
communications.
communications
for
telemetry
of range
and
tra-
stations
and
transmitters
recording
predicted
tracking
tracking
transmission
through
by voice
by communications.
evaluation
Center
to command
the
provided
receiving
function
supported
through
the
Flight
safety
officer
personnel.
to the
from
Space
is also
is also
computation
range
safety
safety
relayed
The
range
data
Goddard
function
the
support
real-time
provides
from
telemetry
is
for
communications
mands
telemetry
from
Communications
The
and
centers
jectory
function
are
and
monitored
conditions
and
by
crew
safety
transmission.
IMPLEMENTATION.
communications
function is implemented
links.
20-14.
Earth
the Saturn
-to-Vehicle
V launch
instrumentation
provided
board
between
(Goldstone,
voice
safety functions.
functions.
V instrument
systems.
California;
Each
The vehicle
systems
systems
and a guidance
Space
used
in tracking,
mission
system
control
Woomera,
in the
command
Instrumentation
South Africa;
earth and
are included
radio frequency
between
on
and the
Facility stations
Australia)have
communi-
6-1.
guidance
digital decoder.
These
In addition,
Johannesburg,
20-20
those
Communications
the Saturn
vehicle control
vehicle
and range
sections describing
Communications.
command
system
Digitally-encoded
consists
commands
of an MCR-503
transmitted
from
receiver
command
and a
transmitters
......
..
--
.--
: :--
--
on earth
are
recei_-d
provide
inputs
20-15.
Point-to-Point
the
Saturn
derived
to the
the
track
network,
under
operational
in Figure
on Figure
Aircraft
difference
Deep
between
Space
Saturn
20-16.
to form
6-10,
which
facilities;
the
Instrumentation
Space
at Goldstone,
for
participate
Saturn
in the
in the
V and Saturn
sub-networks
and the
Range
Laboratory's
California;
were
Mini-
Facilities,
Flight
V-Apollo
Operations
Johannesburg,
missions
communications
network.
Instrumentation
faces
Center
correction.
in Table
Space
or
The
links
Minitrack
is illustrated
to relay
network
can
data
also
backup.
network
other
Deep
events
interconnected
listed
Missile
the
network
stations
communications
with
those
(Stations
may
to land-based
of the
and
trajectory
Stations
Atlantic
on-board
Australia).
as a communications
Addition
for
include
Propulsion
California.
whi'cl_ c'ontrol
(Earth).
and
communications
20-3.
_i'gnals
computer
20-3;
of Jet
and Woomera,
ships
be used
Network
control
generalized
from
guidance
network
Mercury
shown
Africa;
i_o
Communications.
at Pasadena,
South
The
vehicle
V communications
from
Facility
_-n'd ti'hffsl_t_d"
is shown
Integrated
Facility
stations
I communications.
in Figure
of Saturn
Mission
(DSIF)
20-4.
Note
V-Apollo
Control
The
that
through
is the
projected
this
major
DSIF
network
inter-
Space
Flight
Goddard
Center.
INSTRUMENTATION.
Saturn
V instrumentation
vehicle
for
use
of a measuring
onboard
the
Optical
system
vehicle,
systems
Instrumentation
ao
by the
collects
other
status
functions.
to gather
and
the
and
The
data
a telemetry
system
to provide
performance
data
is required
to supply
preflight
checkout
b.
Monitoring
of vehicle
C.
Monitoring
and checkout
d.
Verification
e.
Preflight
physical
are
information
of the
the
this
quantities
the
data
launch
is composed
and
signals
to ground
included
in this
for the
following:
stations.
description.
vehicle.
during
vehicle
received
from
to accomplish
data
of the
telemetry
data
to transmit
performance
of commands
and Inflight
system
on the
used
Automatic
operational
powered
during
in the
flight.
orbital
vehicle
from
flight.
ground
stations.
calibrations.
20-21
b_
o
,._
o
_(
Z
r/l
o
o
,--t
----C)
._g_
_ _
_4
_
_
2
2
_
_._
o,-_
rsu
,-.-i
.(
o_
o_(
o
(
o
20-22
_
,.-4
._
_
_
u
_
__
.._
ol
oo
_
,-Q
---
--
o
0_
o
o
oNoo_
_ __
c_
o
r..)
r_
o
I
0
__
0
20-23
Ddring
data
the
link
prelaunch
between
is provided
the
through
facility
by coaxial
During
the
data
and
command
The
complexity
the
from
required
The
digital
each
data
by the
range
equipment.
acquisition
safety
systems,
needed
to direct
the
vehicle
and
its
missions
program
estimates
at this
20-2.
Measuring
Program
Estimates
the
information
to the
checkout
the vehicle
per-
checkout
mission.
a large
time
are
number
listed
of
in
Measurements
875
S-II
93O
S-IVB
350
Unit
35O
Total
large
number
of transducers.
obtained
of system
A typical
is provided
list
in Table
Table 20-3.
parameter
2555
measurements
of transducers
Vibration
pressure
balance
gyro
TaehometeJ's
is obtained
employed
by several
types
of measurement
20-3.
Typical Transducers
and Measurements
Transducers
20-24
(DDAS)
and the
require
S-IC
Instrument
Rate
systems
provides
and crew
Stage
Force
to provide
20-2.
Table
This
The
system
instrumentation
information
measuring
is activated
stage.
mission,
launch
system
checkout
of the
verification
of the
instrumentation
and the
vehicle
phases
measurements.
the
vehicle
cable
flight
formance
Table
phase,
Measurements
transducer
accelerometer
Engine
combustion
Lateral
acceleration
Angular
velocity
RPM
of turbopumps
chamber
pressure
(pitch
and yaw
of the vehicle
,axes)
Table
Z(I-3:"
_w
Oo :.-
"Fy_)lchI'T)a_s'duc_s
: :-
_]n_l Measurements
Transducers
Rate
thermometer
of propellant
Cryogenic
Thermal
Thermocouple
Temperature
'accelerometer
Acoustic
in the
the
launch
mentation
required
vehicle
convert
etc.)
20-i8.
Measuring
System.
conditioners,
and
ponents
of the
measuring
system
is for
the
The
unit
measurements
quantities
sueh
transdueers
used
flight
for
similar
into eleetrieal
monitoring
events
be measured
signals
suitable
(voltages,
the performanee
(e. g. , stage
exist
signals
in analog
separation,
and
digital
to
modulated
on
typical
of the
first
vibrations
for
transmission.
com-
measuring
stages
group,
are
and the
equipment
The
and
others).
physical
transformed
and frequeneies)
and
signal
stage.
and
cutoff,
signals
transducers,
other
S-IC
In the
of onboard
telemetry
illustrates
in the
currents,
engine
includes
description
to the
modified
stations.
20-6
systems
temperature,
to the
are
following
are
the
system
pressure,
signals
transducer
signals
system.
(e.g.
inl)uts
both
instru-
the
conditioned
Figure
The
flow through
as
ground
as pressure,
are
telemetry
located
_m independent
transducer
system,
measuring
are
to be measured
the
Measuring
divided
signal
suitable
distributors.
stage.
are
of measurements
telemetry
system.
S-IC
are
voltages
elements
has
These
feeds
The
measuring
the
signals.
to the
stage
quantities
distributor
and transmitted
instrument
illustrates
into
In the
system
Each
physical
deviees
system.
RF carriers
20-5
the
measuring
telemetry
ground.
into electrical
by signal-conditioning
The
instrumentation
on the
Figure
transducers
system.
data,
and
system.
temperature,
the
energy
OPERATION.
To retrieve
The
flux
Vibration
Microphone
20-17.
flow
measurements
Calorimeter
Piezoelectric
(Cont'd)
Measurements
Flowmeter
Resistance
: :
by
second
which
the
group
are
sequence
The
signals
of
to
form.
20-25
VEHICLE
MEASURING
SYSTEM
____ co.o,.,o.,.
.,o.._ I_-. LI
TRANSDUCERS
MEASURING
DISTRIBUTOR
,.E.so_,._
..c_s,
T
VEHICLE
TELEMETRY
SYSTEM
I
TELEMETRY
SYSTEMS
PCM/FM
SS/FM
FM/FM
RF
TRANSMITTER
Z
VEHICLE
DOAS
(COAX
GROUND
OUTPUT
CABLE)
TELEMETRY
GROUND
STATION
VEHICLE
CHECKOUT
FACILITY
3-333
Figure
Transducers.
instruments
and
performance
variety.of
provide
of the
system.
flexibility
put signals
which
System,
precision
devices
monitoring
quantities
are
the
transducers
and
the
vehicle.
measuring
for
accuracy,
Evaluation
measurement
of vehicle
of a large
Therefore,
many
different
used.
Signal-conditioning
The
designed
environment.
requires
onboard
Saturn
electro-mechanical
carefully
to unfavorable
in-flight
Conditioning.
telemetry
20-26
and
are
sensing
resistance
physical
outputs
hlstrumentation
transducers
of transducers
Signal
the
The
containing
reiiability,
types
20-5.
to the
modules
ease
modules
electrical
are
mounted
of maintenance.
do not require
signal
input
are
employed
to adapt
requirements
of the
in measuring
Certain
conditioning.
racks
transducers
These
signals
which
have
are
out-
o_
_nr"
zR
Z)--
w__
]_
W_
nrW
iT w@
,_
121
_[
i_.
12313.
1"1"13..
:>
W
c_
r_
__j
bJ O
_
_
o
_I
T-
T--
iu<%
m_
7--"
o
IZ
IJ
,,_Z
:.'0
c_
_J_IJZ
_:
_j.-_
_r
z:
1131
<%1
IL_
o
c_
o
ol
rYi
uJi
Ow
U
i
wO
o_
Qj
(/}
Iz;
J
O.
I.--m
O
O
W
1"
I-
>_- _
,_
co
I
20 -27
fed directly
The
to the
power
lated
module
power
printed
measuring
input
supplies
circuit
board
purposes.
the
There
which
supply
Carrier
amplifier
c.
Narrow
band
d.
Wide
band
with
which
different
are
types
The
for
used
modules.
at the
wide-band
Hz.
The
standard
is a waveform
center
to several
printed
calibration
in addition
These
to
are:
dc amplifier
of 10 Hz to 3100
at the
of the plug-in
circuits
modules
regu-
dc amplifier
is compatible
volts
design
isolated
of measurements.
and non-standard
is a relatively
applied
range
standard
b.
voltage,
in the
contain
The
adaptation
are
four
modules
excitation.
transducer-simulating
AC amplifier
signal
Most
includes
power
ac amplifier
dc.
amplifier
changes
a.
response
put
also
regulated
The
enables
and
board
is 28 volts
for transducer
of measurements,
circuit
distributor.
that
amplifier
of the
frequency.
input
sensing
is linear
output
ac amplifier
The
devices
output
impedance
peak
provides
signal
a frequency
is 10,000
in common
0 to 5 volts,
amplifier,
with
use.
to peak.
a zero
is then
applied
ohms,
The
out-
A bias
offset
of 2.5
to the
0-to-5
are
conna_ted
in series
and
may
vary
1 to 240.
The carrier amplifier is primarily used to amplify signals from s_rain gages
and similar pick-offs such as rate gyros.
as for the ac
amplifier.
The
narrow-band
(in the
millivolt
thermometers,
devices
20-28
are
ac
amplifier
range)
which
thermistor
used
is primarily
to solve
may
bridges,
the
drift
used
be derived
or similar
and
to amplify
from
low-level
thermocouples,
transducers.
low reliability
problems
signals
resistance
Solid-state
normally
(Nominal gain
All
Distributor.
The
measuring
distributor
measurements
in the
measuring
system
distributor
and
provides
being
made
by physically
changes
A remote
remote
of the
maintaining
savings
Each
signal-conditioning
circuitry
and the
lower
transducer
LCC
run).
through
be selected
in a random
This
system
(RACS)
readiness
launch
in the
within
cable
changes
the
measuring
changes
(Figure
20-7)
system
and
and
allows
enables
equipment
of the vehicle,
thus
relays
necessary
Control
module
in the
only
for
in the
Center
vehicle
by sending
and the
as well
range
module
Launch
energized
two
transducer
calibrated
is accomplished
the
distributor
affording
preparations.
contains
the
to the
the umbilical
and
to launch.
functional
of the
extensive
to the
The
with
wires
instrumentation
to simulate
measurement
assignments,
jumper
to a junction
connected
channel.
prior
module
(lo) end
panel
flight
during
is connected
A control
desired
the
in time
required
just
calibration
calibration
great
channel
eliminates
to be made
are
pre-assigned
re-arranging
versatility
automatic
for
to their
in changing
This
channel
and
directed
versatility
distributor.
used
are
is similar
the
run
(LCC)
and
the
as the
to the
vehicle.
in any
of the
three
end
The
mode.
allows
selection
calibration
Any number
modes,
(hi)
measurement.
a binary-coded
cable
upper
either
of the
mode
signal
(hi,
from
of channels
individually,
lo,
the
can
or
sequence.
20-29
GROUND
RACK
1-27
CHANNEL
o
8
MODE
;l
COMPUTER
I
1-20
Dill
o LO
o8 _
I
I
o RUN
+ 28V
I
I
I
I
L
AUXILIARY
CONTROL
(ANY
PANELS
NUMBER)
(3
I DISPLAY
15
WIRES
MAX.)
PANELS
SPACE
VEHICLE
+ 28V
(OPTIONAL)
__.._IMEASUREMENTI
u,
AND
T-_l
"---_--
GATES
Ir
ILO
SELECTOR
RACK
ASSEMBLY
IN
MODULE
MO_O_E_ LEVE._____LS
_
--
I. RACK
DECODE
2. CHANNELMODE
CODE
ONE/STAGE
(0-
14-2BY)
_20
CEHAAcNHN
ELS
.,D---WIRES:
4 CHAN
2 MODE
I RACK
I COMM
B WIRES
/RACK
IE---.
__.
RACK
3-335
(27
Figure
Each
the
system
Data
20-30
20-7.
of
the
module
RACKS
Remote
readout
Automatic
Calil)ration
signal-conditioning
for
is
I
MAXIMUM)
manual
operated
and
amplifiers
operation
from
display
System
the
of
LCC
equipment
the
has
provided
Block
push-buttons
calibration
computer,
is
(RACS)
on
inside
or
the
the
vehicle.
other
programming
in
LCC.
the
Diagram
front
of
The
device.
20-19.
Telemery'_ystein.""
measuring
between
and
Data
system
separate
has
system
(Figure
antenna
access
to telemetry
telemetry
system,
radio
frequency
carriers.
wide
require
narrow
quency
and
types
systems
for
The
Some
while
other
coaxial
both
the
Digital
data
unit
signals
measurements
which
when
can be most
Table
20-4
and
change
on
measurements)
very
slowly
according
to fre-
transmitted
the
stage.
modulated
grouped
lists
instrument
S-IVB
vibration
effectively
radiated
in the
are
(e.g.,
are
by employing
Saturn
telemetry
stage.
b.
FM/FM-
c.
SS/FM
d.
PCM/FM
standard
Pulse
Amplitude
Modulation/Frequency
Modulation/
Frequency
- Single
Modulation/Frequency
Sideband/Frequency
- Pulse
inter-range
Code
Modulation
Modulation
Modulation/Frequency
instrumentation
group
Modulation
(]:RIG) telemetry
channels
are
listed
20-5.
20-20.
Types
multiplexing
of Multiplexing.
techniques
a.
FM/FM,
b.
SS/FM;
c.
PCM/FM.
The
number
of R-F
data
Each
on multiple
with
PAM
and
stage
data
system
Triple
FM as
auxiliary
utilizing
each
technique
transmission
capability
for the
variety
of data
typical
stage
quency
response
telemetry
requirements
equipment
arrangement,
which
requires
from
associated
may
utilizes
three
telemetry
RF carriers:
carriers
block"
the
Modulation
in Table
The
through
instrument
signals
techniques.
stage-
adapter
measurements,
requirements,
each
data
measuring
lines
from
telemetry
The
an independent
of measuring
facility
the
stage.
has
cables
checkout
measuring
The
PAM/FM/FM-
Frequency
from
interfacing
flight,
conditioned
of modulation
each
During
data
bandwidths.
accuracy
to the
on each
the
bandwidths
different
a.
(DDAS).
lhuhc_h vehicle
little
launch,
data
systems
In the
require
Before
digital
System
o'f the
with very
20-8).
supply
Acquisition
from
unit
telemetry
stages
telemetry
l_a'cl_stag'e
techniques;
is chosen
types
to provide
originating
very
low to 3000
with
a Saturn
be connected
Hz per
V stage
in numerous
a balanced-
on the
varying
stage.
in fre-
channel.
consists
of a "building-
combinations
to satisfy
20-31
INSTRUMENT
UNIT
DATA
COMPUTER
DIGITAL
ADAPTER
/-DATA
40
TRANSDUCERS
AND
SIGNAL
CONDITIONING
tSYN
C _REA[ 1,sIr
TELEMETRY
TELEMETRY
SYSTEM
REQUEST
_e IOATA
_
COMPUTER
INTERFACE
!
..
DDAS
OUTPUT
TO
ESE
ANTENNA
A N T ENNA
S-13ZB
_J
STAGE
TRANSDUCERS
AND
SIGNAL
CONDITIONING
SYSTEM
TELEMETRY
OUTPUT
TO ESE
ANTENNA
S-If
_J
STAGE
TRANSDUCERS
AND
SIGNAL
I
CONDITIONING
SYSTEM
TELEMETRY
OUTPUT
TO
ESE
ANTENNA
S-lC
STAGE
TRANSDUCERS
AND
SIGNAL
CONDITIONING
SYSTEM
TELEMETRY
3-336
Figure
20-32
20-8.
Stage
Instrumentation,
Saturn
OUTPUT
TO ESE
Stage
Telemetry
System
IU
No. of
RF Links
Channels
Available
Transmitter
Frequency
Transmitter
Power,
Watts
PAM/FM/FM
225-260
MHz
FM/FM
SS/FM
5OO
2O
PCM/FM
S-IVB
FM/FM
225-260
MHz
SS/FM
1000
2O
PCM/FM
S-H
PAM/FM/FM
225-260
MHz
SS/FM
1000
2O
PCM/FM
S-IC
1)AM/FM/FM
225-260
MHz
1000
SS/FM
2O
PCM/FM
specific
requirements.
A typical
diagram
form
20-9.
From
one
source
single
into
to six
located
provides
in Figure
time-division
in the
an output
serial
a digital
equipment.
wavetrain.
format
This
data
individual
transmitted
system
analog
is illustrated
synchronized
Each
assembly
is transmitted
is also
are
assembly.
PCM/DDAS
The
which
telemetry
multiplexers
PCM/DDAS
to the
stage
from
time-division
which
are
via
coaxial
cable
via
a PCM/FM
a central
timing
multiplexer
combines
samples
in block
the
outputs
digitized
to the
carrier
and
ground
for
into
combined
checkout
in-flight
monitoring.
20-33
Table
20-5.
Standard
Frequency
IRIG
FM
Subcarrier
Bands
Maximum
(Hz)
Intelligence
Frequency
(Hz)
Lower
Limit
Center
370
400
430
518
560
602
675
730
785
11
888
960
1032
14
1202
1300
1398
20
1572
1700
1828
25
2127
2300
2473
35
2775
3000
3225
45
4607
3900
4193
59
10
4995
5400
5805
81
11
6795
7350
7901
110
12
9712
10,500
11,288
160
13
13 ,412
14,500
15,588
220
14
20 ,350
22,000
23,650
330
15
27 ,750
30,000
32,250
45O
16
37 ,000
40,000
43,000
600
17
46 ,560
52,000
56,440
790
18
64 ,750
70,000
75,250
1050
Band
Each
of the
to the
PAM
time-division
output
provided
multiplexers
to the
transmission.
These
oscillator
(VCO)
redundant
transmission
Upper
Limit
Freq.
has
PCM/DDAS
outputs
in FM/FM
of some
assembly
may
telemeter
a second
8.4
data
output
except
modulate
that
a 70-KHz
assemblies.
multiplexer
This
outputs
which
it is
identical
conditioned
for
voltage-controlled
arrangement
using
is
both
provides
PAM
and
PCM
techniques.
Data
with
medium
to VCO's
of the
modulated
onto
20-34
frequency
FM/FM
higher
response
assemblies.
frequency
VCO's
characteristics
(50
In some
lower
cases,
to increase
the
to
number
1000
Hz)
frequency
are
applied
VCO's
of available
are
VCO
-..
z7o
/
/
m_
....
I 1 !
ASSEMBLY
MODEL
MUX
glr
ASSEMBLY
27o
_
MODEL
MUX
_:
ANALOG
DATA
INPUTS
ANALOG
DATA
270
MODEL
MUX
IN PUTS
:_
2 70
MODEL
MUX
FM/FM
PARALLEL
CONNECTION
TO ALL
CONTINUOUS
CHANNELS
THROUGH
DDAS-TRANSFER
IN MEASURING
DISTRIBUTOR
ASSE MBLY
,t
SYNC
TO
ALL
MULTIPLEXERS
PCM/DDAS
ASSEMBLY
REMOTEIA
DIGITAL
F-_| I
[,
COAX
TO
RECEIVING
DATA
DIGITAL
INPUTS
SUB-MUXI
")
DDAS
FACILITY
COMMANDS
FROM
PROGRAMMER
" SIGNALS
"g-_CALIBR'ATS_
TO, ALLT__
I ASSEMBLY'L._
TELr-_r-/r-r(:_
I
VIBRATION
DATA
INPUTS
3-337
data
Figure
channels.
Vibration
assembly.
ASSEMBLY
x I
SS/FM
This
and acoustic
These
number
of SS/FM
through
a slow
20-9.
Typical
technique
data
SS/FM
ASSEMBLY
# 2
Stage
VIBRATION
DATA
INPUTS
Telemetry
is referred
are
channels
transmit
a data
channels
available
is expanded
multiplexer
System,
to as triple
channels
time-division
COMMANDS
FROM
ESE
typically
(three
from
to channels
of the
30 to 3000
by time-sharing
or six
FM (FM3).
applied
spectrum
Saturn
seconds
Hz.
specific
per
SS/FM
The
channels
contact).
20-35
Datathat originates in digital form is inserted into the PCM/FM and DDASoutputs of the telemetry system. Typical sources of data in this category are the
guidancesystem, the horizon sensor system, the command system, and discrete
(off-on) measurements. These data channelsare programmed into seleated time
slots of the digital format in the PCM/DDAS assembly. The number of digital
input channelsavailable in the PCM/DDAS assembly is expandableby adding
remotely located digital submultiplexers.
The central calibrator assembly provides calibration commands andcalibration
reference signals to all assemblies. The reference signals are derived from the
stage measuring supply. Calibration sequencesare of two types: preflight,
initiated from ESE; and in-flight, which may be initiated either from ESEor the
vehicle programmer.
20-21.
Telemetry
functions
during
During
these
and
Computer
launch,
earth
phases,
periodic
or operating
status.
This
telemetered
information
change
in Figure
During
orbital
computer
a real-time
unit
Upon
receipt
seeks
40,
12,
it puts
signal.
the
is initiated
in the
of the
vehicle's
computer,
the
the
S-IVB/IU
mission.
performance
specific
S-IVB/IU
and
until
segments
of the
necessary
inter-
system
operates
second.
When
branches
output
the
to the
the
digital
computer
of the
total
as
data
which
adapter.
being
value
required
by the
a data-request
unit
The
telemetry
then
provides
to transfer
Synchronization
signal.
scans
obtains
then
instru-
telemetry
at a rate
system
operates
measurements
provides
transmitted
register,
requires
computer
instrument
telemetry
digital
The
is obtained.
being
an output
to a sub-routine
register
the
supplies
comparison
per
into
also
request,
or 4 times
word,
to the
measurement
is normally
a 10-bit
part
signal
system.
computer
data
a correct
are
telemetry
specific
The
address
receiver,
which
stage
the
by a command
command
which
It then
of the
(To accomplish
and
data
telemetry
20 -36
computer.
unit
system.
of the
data,
phases
by inserting
required
the
required
telemetry
which
identifying
addresses
the
are
of measurements,
telemetry
stored
system
lunar-injection
is accomplished
instrument
address
ment
its
the
by the
a 15-bit
telemetry
20-8.)
value
telemetered
The
and
checks
between
checkout,
via
orbit,
into the
of information
shown
Interface.
of either
the
correct
120,
data,
a "data-ready"
the
between
data
from
the tele-
metry
system
time
the
and
the
telemetry
signal,
cycle
as well
as a signal
first
resets
data
adapter.
address
with
a valid
register
has
been
During
the
information
during
periods
command
to the
particular
mation
Specific
40-bit
data
times
per
data
PCM
outputs.
adapter
identifies
to the
to the
The
ground.
data
with
the
of the
valid
flight
preflight
to one
or more
available
interfaced
display
that
the
by
a new
telemetry
there
are
at the
ground
station.
given
through
the
output
times
when
Also,
instrument
unit
be necessary
to transmit
to ground
the
by the
computer.
Since
infor-
digital
on particular
missions
telemetry
system
channels
are
assigned
valid
ground
data
and has
the
a random
to accommodate
assigned
channels
by the
are
for
presence
these
to accommodate
sampled
outthe
at a rate
of a validity
but is transmitted
computer
at least
4.5
as part
automatically
the validity
Data
Acquisition
associated
During
for
data
Digital
and
requested
of 240
of the
determines
bit in a data
milliseconds
word.
data
the
The
to ensure
bit which
telemetered
existence
validity
at least
has
of
bit is present
one transmission
data.
is a function
flight
from
phases,
in the
telemetry,
by recognizing
valid
20-22.
the data
telemetry
address.
be made
The
the
ensures
data
being
data-seeking
second.
no significance
valid
is dependent
will
until
are
it will
telemetry
adapter
computer
is desired
commands
of a new
seeking
Each
by a valid
recognition,
to the previous
to processing
provision
puts.
The
prior
this
manner.
followed
initiation
begins
digital
adapter
and lunar-injection
computer,
to be telemetered
characteristic,
Upon
computer
specific
command
data
in response
by the
digital
as the
and
orbital,
data
input
earth
in'the-following
the
and then
adapter
received
when
from
in the
register
data
processed
g,m
this
to read
read
launch,
ww
an address
data
The
is aceomplishe(l
it recognizes
output
adapter
receives
its
data
data-request
the
Saturn
The
V PCM
digital
telemetry
data
and
acquisition
system
is utilized
(DDAS)
in both pre-
phases.
checkout,
locations
to digital
with
with
System.
the
the
remote
computers
computers.
of selected
channels
telemetry
from
in real
The
system
the
time
vehicle.
through
data-receiving
in either
digital
presents
These
a special
facility
or analog
data
over
coaxial
measurements
data-receiving
also
form
provides
for
visually
cables
are
facility
outputs
deter-
20-37
mining the status and readiness of Vehicle subsystems and tape records the DDAS
inputs for analysis at a later time. During flight, the DDASfunction is performed
betweenthe telemetry system, data adapter, anddigital computer. Upon request,
data in digital form is made available to the digital computer during flight and is
used by the digital computer to perform vehicle checkout.
20-23.
Figure
SS/FM
and
20-10,
vibration
each
is designed
data
having
mately
FM/FM
from
the
of the
455-KHz
filter
15 data
The
(455 to 458
frequency.
from
the
standard
which
The
bandpass
filter
each
identical
for
The
frequency
and
a 75.83-KHz
bandwidth
used.
This
band
frequency.
to regenerate
mitted
and
allow
for
the
sufficient
is convenient
KHz.
The
It is used
the
basic
75.83-KHz
pilot
channel
units,
proper
filter
base-
supplied
which
are
mechanical
are
mixed
and
FM transmitter.
for
the
tone
in the
KHz.
it is also
just
ground
Since
modulator
a 3-KHz
spacing
synthesizer
falls
used
second
To provide
a channel
in the
pilot
and 4.74
of the
and the
units
equipment.
as a reference
with
bandpass
output
to the
15-channel
to generate
is regulated,
The
modulators
guardband,
75.83-KHz
455 KHz
and heterodyned
by the carrier
15 carriers
ground
of approxi-
sideband.
the
the
bandwidth
is fed to a mechanical
of the
of
15 channels,
modulator
up the
to modulate
volume
bandwidth.
is determined
outputs
large
system,
transmit
it is translated
make
generates
tone
of 1.74
RF carrier
level
pilot
spacing
data
where
position
The
synthesizer
mation
guardband
data
all channels.
proper
a total
the upper
modulator
synthesizer.
to the
for
modulator
passes
frequency
amplified
can
telemetry
telemetry
of the
system
Hz,
of the
baseband
SS/FM
This
is fed to a balanced
balanced
for
vehicle.
output
KHz)
is fed to a second
band
the
The
for transmission
of 30 to 3000
inputs
carrier.
Systems.
specifically
Saturn
a response
45 KHz within
Each
Modulation
and
above
of 4.74
allows
the
demodulation
the
as
amplitude
an automatic
inforKHz
is
adequate
highest
base-
equipment
of the
gain
transcontrol
(AGC).
The
SS/FM
handling
The
20-38
is used
capability
FM/FM
system
in conjunction
by time-sharing
config_aration
with
a vibration
specific
for
each
multiplexer
data
channels.
vehicle
stage
to expand
is selected
its data-
to accommodate
.....
"'"
lw
w _w
.....
SYNCHRONIZING
TONE
45,_KHz
_526
1___1
.I
T5
83
KHZ
IOKHz
455-458KHz
'rl
MODULATOR
I
I
464,48KH2
455KHz
Y
J.ALANCED
J
.o:000,2J.-c.o
I-.-.
cwoo1o,-4....
I
30-
3000
DATA
BALANCED
3-338
the
Figure
particular
modulation
power
types
system.
70-KHz
must
eliminated
specific
signal
source
link,
applied
flow
of 3600
deviated
on
this
[RIG
any
through
receives
signals
rate
when
FM/FM
is typically
capacity
the
a signal
are
unsuitable
30 per
IRIG
from
the
for
when
required.
per
I3.
essentially
input
to
the
applied
is
FM/FM
to specific
modulation
modulated
above
onto
30
KHz
is not
utilized
on
Triple
FM
modulation
used.
FM/FM
mixer,
system.
channels
system.
basic
stage
amplitude
and
same
The
each
are
PAM
are
the
measurement
for
Pulse
IRIG
KHI
FM/FM
second
4.74
oscillators,
same
When
above
direct
to a stage.
All
18
is
unique
techniques
2 through
channel
system
FM
is used.
channels
Saturn
stage
triple
cent.
1.74-
System,
the
Saturn
samples
technique
MODULATOR
(subcarrier
essentially
and
channel
VCO
used
a typical
(PAM)
a pulse
wideband
be
channel
at
are
illustrates
modulation
is
components
transmitter)
to expand
used,
of measurements
principal
20-I1
amplitude
when
The
and
Telemetry
16.48-9,48KN,
i-ol
455-458KHz
SS/FM
amounts
and
Figure
subcarriers
20-10.
and
scheme
amplifier,
Pulse
MODULATOR
CHIA
_
J MODULAI"OR
i MECHANICAL
Hz
455-458KHz
for
When
each
channel.
the
measurement
telemetry,
signal-
The
20-39
50XI20
CHANNELS
SAMPLED
_ i_
MULTIPLEXERS
.=1
FW'l
MULTIPLEXER
CHANNELS
, /---
I0 X 12 SUB'MULTIPLEXERSI
ON SELECTED
MAIN
LO PASS
70
KHz
FILTER
-_ 3OO/oL=j___.
SUBCARRIER
--I
22 KHz_"
CHANNEL
7"5%
14
v I SUE)CARRIER
MIXER
AMP
"=
SUBCARRIER
560
Hz 7.5%
CHANNEL
2
3-339
Figure
conditioning
devices
subcarrier
fier
20-24.
the
the
launch
FM/FM
VHF
vehicle
for
band
the
b.
Monitoring
of data
c.
Monitoring
of analog
transmission
sampled
data
Redundant
PAM
transmission
techniques.
modulates
a voltage-controlled
FM transmitter.
The
level.
The
Saturn
RF power
frequency
ampliof
telemetry
techniques
are
utilized
on
functions:
that
required
originate
for
data
real
sources
analog
originating
signal
Digital
sources
Primary
System,
to a 20-watt
is from
with
Telemetry
the
signal
following
data
FM/FM
input
System.
Monitoring
e.
The
output
a.
d.
Stage
modulates
Telemetry
not compatible
20-40
used.
which
in the
Digital
Typical
are
oscillator
amplifies
transmission
20-11.
data
time
requiring
telemetry
(without
in digital
form
evaluation
accuracy,
but which
are
techniques
back-up)
of up to 20 per
cent
of the
on a stage
of sampled
data
which
is also
transmitted
by
....
Some
of the
horizon
level
sensor,
da_'sohc'6
a radar
sensors,
sources
for
digitdr
a fire
of discrete
determination
carrier
provides
of vehicle
readiness
C.
the
into
Accepts
data
output
NRZ
The
and
Analog-to-digital
c.
Digital
d.
Clock
e.
DDAS voltage
f.
Power
signal
There
In-flight
system,
system,
required
for
in digital
a
liquid
and numerous
real-time
form
monitoring
on a 600-KHz
cable.
assembly,
wavetrains
the
(Figure
20-12),
multiplexers
in a programmed
into a single
PAM
FM modulated
for
the
samples
PAM
in the
it into
wavetrain
wavetrain
selected
time
slots
in
the
and
(PCM/RF)
DDAS
output
and
an
assembly;
necessary
six
functional
pt'_):_'aJ,_
to synchronize
multi-
subsystems
listed
below:
patc:_)
(ADC)
formating
and programming
controlled
as the
submultiplexers.
converter
multiplexing
carrier
outputs
digital
contains
timing
PAM
and programs
synchronization
The
central
In each
source
channels.
link
form
output
telemetry.
calibration,
telemetry
command
tracking
coaxial
form
(an associa_c_i
Calibration.
calibrator
data
computer,
logic
logic
oscillator
(VCO)
calibrator
is used
supplies.
preflight
The
_" digital
format
assembly
b.
reference
The
of several
digital
and remote
PAi_i: scanner
PCM/FM
AROD
these
in digital
the
a.
20-25.
10-bit
modulating
PCM/DDAS
unit
PCM/DDAS
wavetrains
a 600-KHz
plexers
the
via
the
serial
Provides
eo
..
is provided
vehicle
and combines
Provides
d.
the
PAM
Encodes
the
functions:
sequence
bo
.....
system,
assembly,
Scans
ao
detection
following
mm
an instrument
functions.
telemetry
the
altimeter,
from
mm
(off-on)
transmitted
A central
are
for
calibrator
five
steps
provides
(de voltage
up to six outputs
appropriate
calibration
it functions
up to six telemetry
this
provides
at the
stage,
in conjunction
as calibration
units.
input
levels)
to energize
In addition
calibrations
applied
the
FM/FM
control
and
to in-flight
for
to each
calibrate
with
all
a
and
continuous
telemetry
relays
link.
in each
time.
is initiated
by command
from
a program
device
or the
20-41
a:::o
,.,..
o
_o
-IX
I'-
o_
_:E
z,,,_m
Z
._1 Z,,_r
i__
(lgOQ.
_Iz
_ N
0
_-
i
o0
_Z
0
20 -42
O-bd
computer.
Upon
telemetry
link which,
bration
bus;
which
the
command,
in turn,
calibrator
the
on the
calibration
transfers
the
process
is repeated.
assumes
a quiescent
console
After
in the
to a preflight
mode;
equipment
to a preflight
mode.
switched
applied
to the
to all telemetry
calibration
may
bus
that
be a continuous
flight
output
may
In the
bus
step
25,
be selected
the
calibration
the calibrator
is received.
also
sets
sets
mode,
the
all
FM/FM
the
inputs
central
telemetry
of all units
appearing
on this
calibrator
supplies
a signal
75,
of these
from
is completed,
signal
50,
sequence
to a cali-
and the
center,
preflight
so any
link
or
100 per
levels.
control
to a
sequence,
calibrated,
control
The
be a 0,
been
switching
inputs
step-sequence
command
launch
channels.
may
the
signal
a five-step
to another
have
next
this
calibration
begins
signal
the
a control
measurement
When
links
until
switching,
its
bus.
all
state
supplies
calibrator
control
calibrator
are
calibrator
transfers
simultaneously,
appears
Control
the
cent
The
console
bus
to the
level,
or it
calibrator
in the
is
pre-
launch
control
center.
20-26.
in the
Airborne
launch
covered
station
tape
vehicle
vehicles
by ground
ground
The
flight.
For
without
the
Optical
system
consisting
vide
action
real-time
like
be visually
tape
stage
the
for
RF
recorder
Systems.
during
periods
data
critical
of airborne
tape
of flight
is transmitted
recorders
which
upon
firing
signal
of data
events
modulation
when
data
resulting
transmission.
playback
is used
during
are
not
command
when
occurring
during
the
be paralleled
flame
attentuation
At a later
convenient
to modulate
retro
may
fire
into
may
time
an RF transmitter
periods
is accomplished
attenuation.
picture
to the
film
a permanent
separation,
environmental
R-F
In addition
of motion
and
stored
retromotor
of RF flame
data
use
storage
pertinent
transmission
effects
20-27.
used
example,
affecting
delayed
data
primary
is available.
during
the
The
The
is also
recorder
flight,
the
is for
coverage
be significantly
and
Recorder.
stations.
recorder
the tape
during
Tape
retromotor
and
record
conventional
television
of vehicle
firing,
measuring
cameras
systems
and propellant
system,
is used
to pro-
operation
where
motion
can
best
observed.
20-43
Film Camera
System.
Recoverable
The cameras
film cameras
Two cameras
container
mounted
aft, view first and second plane separation between the S-IC and S-II
stages.
The
advantages
(in color
or black
studies
can
Some
of the
and
cannot
be viewed
speeds),
vehicle
and recovered
contains
a radio
provides
location
slow
film
by ship
beacon
high picture
(high-speed
system
photography)
time,
are:
filming
capsules
is limited
must
or paradiver.
which
resolution
of performance.
camera
camera
arc:
motion
analysis
in real
and the
system
and
for
of the
(at high
camera
white)
be performed
disadvantages
Action
film
is active
be ejected
The
during
to a few seconds
from
camera
the
the
assembly
recovery
phase
and
vectoring.
a system
Television
Systems.
The
used
to provide
both
ance
of certain
vehicle
A block
diagram
20-13.
Table
may
be used
different
with
the
a single
rate
or the
unit
provides
vide J amplification
meters
maximum
the
lens
away
from
outside
system)
and ground
television
sequence
data
system
is
on the perform-
from
the
control
diameter
signals
unit.
of seven
of 35 centimeters.
The
switched.
cameras
cameras
centimeters
From
one
selects
is used
to the camera
The
are
the
a length
out-
also
the
camera
provides
be placed
small,
to sevcn
at
to change
The
and
may
and
cameras
observations
switcher
being
in Figure
Up to four
programmcr
of cameras
camera.
is shown
to make
sequence
A separate
number
<luipment
characteristics.
The
all scanning
the
television
visual
switcher
in the vehicle.
cameras.
of switching
vehicle
and permanent
vehicle
lists
locations
V launch
functions.
control
20 -44
real-time
of the
20-6
Saturn
having
up to 30
a
(excluding
cameras,
with
.......
SWITCHER
CONTROL
._1
JUNCTION
BOX
SUPPLY
J POWER
TRANSMITTER
VEHICLE
EQUIPMENT
GROUND
I PARAMETRIC
AMPLIFIER
STATION
SIGNAL
PROCESSOR
DISTRIBUTOR
BROADBAND
RECEIVER
VDC
AND
30
DECODER
SEQUENCE
MACHINE
VIDEO
TAPE
']!'
3-341
DISPLAY
MONITOR
Figure
20-13.
MONITOR
DISPLAY
Vehicle/Ground
KINESCOPE
RECORDER
FRAMES/SEC
MONITOR
Television
1
System,
1
DISPLAY
MONITOR
Saturn
20-45
Table 20-6.
Item
Data
Transmitter
Video
bandwidth
8MHz
Modulation
FM
Deviation
16 MHz
Output
2.5
power
Unmodulated
frequency
Video resolution
(horizontal)
of received
picture
Closed
Circuit
Camera
Video
Camera
light
watts
1700
composite
min.
MHz
e 0.20
600 lines
System
sensitivity
bandwidth
Frame
(for
1.0
foot
candle
8 MHz
rate
30 per
2:1
Scanning
sec.
interlace
Specifications
of Television
Ground
Station for Support
of Saturn
Television
System
Parametric
Amplifier:
Gain
Noise
20db
figure
1.35 db
Frequency
range
Frequency
range
1700
Receiver
Gain
Noise
20-46
90db
figures
12 db
to 1720
MHz
video)
.........
Table
_e
20-6.
Saturn
ol
V Launch
Vehicle
Television
Data
Item
Data
Signal
Processing
Amplifier
Video
Sequence
and
8 MHz
4
of outputs
Decoder
Video
bandwidth
Number
Recorder
Video
bandwidth
1 to 16
selectable
speed
Recording
Kin escope
0.1
usec
5.5
MHz
15 in.
time
per
sec.
96 min.
recorder
Camera
frame
rate
Kine-monitor
Film
Viewing
8 MHz
output
time
Tape
Tape
each
of outputs
Switching
Video
Distributing
bandwidth
Number
(Cont'd)
30 per
tube
see.
White
capacity
face,
i200
type
P-4
phosphor
R.
monitor
Video
bandwidth
Video
resolution
control
units,
transmitted
A frequency
is decoded
are
signal
channel
to provide
The
tape
the
system
separate
signal
has
with
modulated
A storage
received
used
stations
in use.
frame
provides
600 lines
(horizontal)
to ground
into
The
8MHz
tube
with
is also
transmitter.
by frequency
from
signals
continuous
code
a single
recorded
numbering,
automatic
to the
representing
viewing
selection
signals
are
modulation.
the vehicle
continuous
Television
the
readout
number
is used
or conventional
on video
tape
and when
and
ground
used
storage
station
receiver
of onboard
for
each
cameras
camera
monitoring.
for post-flight
with
the
analysis.
storage
of any one
frame
tube,
of
any camera.
20-47
(30 pictures
single-frame
The
ground
20-28.
enlargements
monitoring
Parametric
b.
Wide-band
c.
Signal
d.
Sequence
e.
A continuous
Video
g.
Kinescope
h.
Storage
second}.
These
for
purposes.
study
recording
station
pictures
consists
are
of the
used
to
following:
amplifier
superheterodyne
processing
receiver;
and distributing
amplifier;
decoder;
readout
tape
storage
tube;
recorder;
recorder;
tube
for
automatic
frame
selection
from
any
camera.
IMPLEMENTATION.
20-29.
CHECKOUT
Checkout
is the
its mission.
during
flight
test
In this
Checkout
level.
process
involving
after
final
the
checkout
on the
complete
facilities
throughout
the
with
equipment
and
test
facility.
This
performance
assembly
checkout
levels,
of tests
is capable
that
start
phase
to the
tests
that
of performing
at the
with
component
a simulated
qualification,
of the
into
stages
and
philosophy
a launch
checkouts
it is the
procedures
will
are
intent
which
make
subsystems
performed
on the
and
site
prelaunch,
on an individual
country
are
inspection.
is performed
These
many
vehicle
the prelaunch
and
S/V.
test
of the
during
is confined
on three
during
launch
of a series
assembly
checkout
the
vehicle.
checkout
checkout
that
end
complete
is performed
Qualification
consists
and
the
the
stage
date.
of verifying
manufacturing
description
composite
at a later
process
This
level
20-48
and
a.
(To be supplied
of the
per
are
that
similar
systems
prelaunch
vehicle,
performed
it possible
and
stage,
they
launch
and launch
at various
shall
from
site
NASA
be performed
facility
to assemble
comprising
to
a history
the
vehicle
..
..
.......
and
on the
for
a successful
20-30.
basis
of this
history
mission
prior
CHECKOUT
Each
stage
qualified
static
The three
instrument
flight
firing
through
and
a post
stages
and
the
(VAB)
consists
of two major
stages
The
S-IC
stage
is erected
area
and
mated
the
properly
the
configuration,
of the
stage
S-II
launch
checkout
flow
20-31.
IMPLEMENTATION.
The
checkout
vehicle
of the
systems.
controls
a number
separate
category
ao
b.
Measuring,
C.
Telemetry
d.
Radio
e.
Guidance
f.
Mechanical
g.
Vehicle
Merritt
Island
Launch
Area.
low bay.
in Figure
Saturn
V will
These
systems
been
on the
using
the
in the
system
the
area.
(ILCCS).
for connection
stages.
completed,
stages
the
unit
is then
placed
LUT.
System
tests
The
Saturn
ILCCS.
VAB
high-bay
out as separate
instrument
vehicle
The
low-bay
(LUT)
area
assembly
at VAB,
in the
checkout
high-bay
have
arrival
checks
checked
The
Upon
tower
control
performed
The
to
When
are
on the
of the
V
20-14.
be performed
consist
of substations;
Electrical
checkout,
vertical
mechanical
stages
launch
The
a prestatic
to the
both
stage.
then
of tests.
be individually
shipped
to the
are
S-IVB
are
and
taken
they
is illustrated
checkout
probability
then
and
launch
a complete
complete
will
of:
launcher-umbilical
and
S-IC
vehicle
consisting
are
bay,
visual
and
on the
to form
unit
integrated
In this
launch
39 at the
on the
is assembled
positioned
S-IVB
of the
checkout.
- high
undergo
unit
checkouts
static
areas
and S-IVB
of the
of tests
complex
S-II
ILCCS.
prediction
launching.
instrument
of launch
with
unit
a series
test
building
instrument
to the
an accurate
FLOW.
and the
for
to make
using
in general
each
substation
major
categories
computer
controlled
of a digital
is designed
of tests
computer
to accomplish
automatic
which
a
are:
networks
rough
frequency
and
combustion
cutoff,
and fire
detection
systems
control
systems
systems
systems
20-49
hJ
i'_ _
w
t
20-50
....
e_
significant
prelaunch,
tests
and
20-32.
performed
launch
pad)
Qualification.
is the
first
qualify
the
checkout
of an assembled
stage
flight.
for
a.
Prestatic
b.
Static
c.
Poststatic
S-IC
Stage.
their
Michoud
this
MSFC
For
for
S-IC
the
supplied
at a later
a later
20-33.
stages
are
of the
and
Boeing
be checked
Company
poststatic
test
be performed
of
at
developed
there.
out at Michoud.
and
at
(A
objectives
will
be
at a later
unit will
be manufactured
there.
The
configuration
stages
and
plus
of a complete
will
all
will
a series
mission
of the vehicle.
objectives
and
program
subsystems,
in a simulation
the propulsion
at MSFC
qualification
of individual
culminating
for
date.
(A detailed
be supplied
at
is inspected
integrated
unit
is to
date.)
and calibration
checkout
to AMR.
area
checkout
and
steps:
equipment
configuration
at a later
be performed
shipped
bay
stages
will
tests
502) will
checkout
will
checkout
instrument
Checkout
stage
stage
by the
and the
(501 and
using
The
Prelaunch
S-IC
the
date.
substitutes
date.
The
instrument
Laboratory
fii_4ht tests
description
of this
in three
checkout
two vehicles
of the
tests
stage
(qualification,
on individual
purpose
be manufactured
prestatie
(To be supplied
detailed
using
first
Unit.
of simulated
The
levels
paragraphs.
is performed
is performed
will
(To be supplied
Stage.
include
stage
vehicles
description
qualification
checkout
following
checkout
stage.
The
Quality
detailed
Instrument
three
in the
Qualification
facility.
in the
S-IVB
at the
test
The
Stage.
checkout
succeeding
S-H
......
checkout
firing
stage
ww
described
Qualification
ww
on a stage
are
..w
g
The
we
with
is assembled
at VAB.
Upon
for
the
arrival
shipping
launch
and taken
After
qualification
at AMR
the
for
stages
flight,
are
the
taken
damage
and
erected
in the
checkout
and
control
subsystem.
to the
high-bay
area
for
LUT
connection
individual
to the
in the
VAB.
high-
The
to the
20-51
S-IC and launch vehicle checkout computer system. In this configuration, the S-IC
and instrument unit are checked out both as separate stages and as integrated
parts of the launch vehicle. Whenthe checks of the S-If and S-IVB stages have
been completed, these stages are properly positioned on the S-IC stage and the
instrument unit is then placed on the S-IVB
vehicle on the LUT.
The
ILCCS
Launch
The
is composed
Control
LCC
soles
(LCC)
the
overall
The LUT
system
Center
contains
and
of two main
and the
central
operation
equipment
other
checkout
of the
groups,
in the
computer
ILCCS
complex
and all
from
complex,
vehicle communications
located
in the
LUT.
is controlled
one group
the
control
con-
here.
computer-launch
(ESE), equipment to
After
all
upon
the
launch
vehicle
instrument
to verify
that
After
system
all
mobile
pad
by the
20-34.
the
units,
launch
vehicle
After
20-52
tower
Pad
three
final
the
VAB
the
spacecraft
system
tests
is mounted
are
performed
launch.
performed,
launch
servicing
and
Checkout.
data
is then
at the
subjected
new
interfaces
from
the
VAB.
connections
Upon
links
the
final
for
completed,
satisfactorily
of the
for
and the
is ready
been
been
pads
vehicle
the
servicing
is also
LUT
is moved
launch
complex
39.
to the
same
transported
by a
crawler-transporter.
service
vehicle
have
have
VAB,
vehicle
to one
arming
tests
in the
space
tests
Launch
to verify
system
unit
crawler-transporter
The
and
and
and tests,
arrival
pad
are
at the
connected
launch
pad,
to the
LUT
to a pre-countdown
verification
to reaffirm
integrity
the
mobile
system
arming
tower
the
utilities,
system.
of its
after
subsystems
transfer
is withdrawn
The
of the
by the
w
_
crawier-transporter,
The
entire
and other
in the
ATTITUDE
Saturn
motion
and
adjusts
this
20-36.
REQUIREMENTS
During
its
the
axes,
phase,
maintains
limits,
and
and
the
damps
for
fueling
by the
remote
LUT
computer
the
stabilization
and
launch
LCC
countdown.
computer
complex
function
in accordance
spacecraft
ascent
complex
in the
same
AND STABILIZATION
motion
or Apollo
t_
VAB.
control
guidance
is ready
using
CONTROL
V attitude
_!
is controlled
equipment,
as is used
20-35.
the vehicle
countdown
associated
manner
The
and
launch
ww
with
maintains
a stable
programmed
attitude
vehicle
change,
commands.
the
function
angular
any first
directs
rate
and
the
of vehicle
second
vehicle
motion
bending
attitude
about
orientation
its axes
mode
oscillations
and stabilization
function
about
within
of the
allowable
vehicle
structure.
The
ascent
various
The
performance
and
of a specific
complexity
launch
orientation
the
launch
the
high
launch
the
restrains
depleted
stage
and
seconds
after
and
facility
vehicle
is limited
room.
encountered
by
During
launch
angle
of attack.
of the
natural
bending
of the
and
second
bending
mode
vehicle
the
to a constant
rates
during
the
ignition
of the
succeeding
attitude
it to rise
the
by the
the constraint
to maintain
permitting
limit
staging,
the
imposes
is required
liftoff,
system
to vehicle
the
rotational
Saturn
maneuvering
control
of first
prior
vehicle
The
pressures
because
damping
excessive
several
to gain
that
Immediately
function
for
aerodynamic
exists
sitating
of the
orientation.
facilities
requirement
straint
attitude
constraints.
size
launch
of the
S-IC
stage
vehicle
vehicle
this
above
flight,
results
A further
structure,
in the
con-
neces-
oscillations.
control
attitude
separation.
and
orientation
Following
stage,
separation
stabilization
to prevent
separation
of the
transients
must
be damped.
For
S-II
and
S-IVB
stage
powered
flight,
the
attitude
control
and
stabilization
20-53
phase
includes
earth
perJ;o,:_,_m)ec
maintaining
or the
Apollo
Prior
to re-ignition
lunar
injection
vehicle
During
the
of the
stabilization
attitude
the
combination
final
stage
accepts
steering
constant
function
in respect
to the
to programmed
commands
to the
trans-
in response
to
commands
After
the
from
and
performs
attitude
either
termination
maintains
unit
LEM,
phase,
the
Saturn
of powered
a stable
LEM
control
while
the
a turn-around
flight,
orientation
for
remaining
Apollo
maneuver,
and
LEM.
system
flight
translunar
function
Apollo
from
trajectory
control
is oriented
is accomplished
spacecraft.
the
of the
for the
total
the
utilizing
time
S-IVB
the
Saturn
of all stages
a maximum
auxiliary
V vehicle
and during
of 6.5
stage/IU,
the
propulsion
is required
the coast
S-IVB/IU
phase
is
system.
to operate
of the
S-IVB/IU
hours.
OPERATION
Due to the
various
launch
without
active
control
is accomplished
guidance,
prestaging
stabilization.
nates
after
several
attain
a physical
Upon
termination
of the
of the
vehicle
with
constraints,
a programmed
is used
for S-IC
stage
in three
periods;
launch
The
clearance
phase
launch
vehicle
seconds
maneuvering
20-54
of the
from
to the
powered
20-37.
accordingly.
commands.
stage/instrument
to a different
for
motion
stabilization
in obeyance
orientation
stabilization
S-IVB
separation
attitude
during
and
the vehicle
portion
Apollo
and
separates
propelled
The
or the
control
stage,
spacecraft
function
reconnects
After
vehicle
orientation
changes
This
flight
function
the
then
the
control
attitude
S-IVB
or Apollo
powered
spacecraft
attitude
attitude
orientation.
guidance
guidance
directs
spacecraft.
Saturn
and
oi the
the vehicle
or producing
and
launch
during
with
launch
launch
stabilization
a programmed
maintaining
time
begins
the
vehicle
a constant
control,
programmed
attitude
maneuvering,
with
rises
liftoff
and
and termi-
vertically
to
facilities.
period,
roll
The
stabilization,
stabilization
which
the
flight.
attitude
the
maneuver.
rate
of roll
launch
This
until
vehicle
begins
maneuver
consists
such
as its
time
the
-_-
pitch
the
plane
roll
coincides
with
maneuver,
This
maneuver
plane
toward
time-tilt
the
rotates
the
flight
maneuver
stabilization
separation.
During
orientation.
Control
of the
thrust
The
desired
digital
Present
measurements
to-digital
to the
axis
......
Several
seconds
of the
A few seconds
is accomplished
period,
the
launch
prior
for
after
initiation
time-tilt
vehicle
maneuver.
in the
to vehicle
of
pitch
staging,
the
vehicle
by gimbaling
shows
S-IC
the
stage
seconds
prior
is restrained
to stage
to a constant
the outboard
basic
equipment
flight
is programmed
engines
for
configuration.
in the
of time.
by the
is transmitted
computer.
the
several
launch
20-15
is measured
in the
for
is achieved
attitude
conversion
ACTUATORS
S-IC
longitudinal
as a function
and
digital
__
a gravity-turn,
Figure
vehicle
attitude
=_
starts
vehicle
control.
computer
vehicle
launch
azimuth.
this
launch
vector
is terminated.
Prestaging
attitude
,;
the
the
..........
flight azimuth.
platform
to the data
data
In the
inertial
adapter,
digital
the
computer
in the
form
adapter
in analog
angular
measurements
the
RATE
GYROS
angles
are
of three
form.
angular
After
are
compared
analog-
available
with
the
PLATFORM
S
T._24--M
INERTIAL
ill
S_
ACTUATORS
CONTROL
COMPUTER
DATA
ADAPTER
DIGITAL
COMPUTER
CONTROL
ACCELEROMETERS
3-343
Figure
20-15.
Thrust
Vector
Control
System
for
S-IC
and
S-II
Stages
20-55
desired
attitude
frame.
These
conversion
error
rate
analog
where
rate
trol.
gyros
Rate
phase.
The
modes
utilizing
In addition
first
actuator
no electrical
gimbaling
in the
The
of the
coordinate
digital-to-analog
control
S-IC
loop has
stage
all
and
to the control
angular
pitch
stage
filters
transmitted
with
the
S-IC
rate
and
burn
are
input
yaw
axes.
utilized
to ensure
phase
and
filtering,
the
the proper
engine
actuators
a set
control
accel-
angle-of-attack
S-IC
to remove
stability
utilizing
from
Lateral
during
sloshing.
computer
from
to provide
voltages
propellant
siglmls
signals
modes
mixing
to drive
the
engine
actuators
to the
magnetic
for
of the
during
are
four
attitude
S-IC
F-1
The
angular
unit.
control
flight.
not required
pressures.
instrument
where
fixed
powered
local
of the
con-
effects
vehicle
Stabilization
flight
in the
is accom-
stabilization
and
in higher
torque
use
control
motors
for
in the
system
during
control
and
the
feedback,
thus
20-16
shows
Figure
engines
contains
gimbaling
which
mechanical
amplifier.
computer
S-IC
stage,
and
con-
servo
requiring
the
four
J-2
engines
stage.
operation
control
signal
arrangement
operation
vehicle
stabilization.
feedback
S-II
adapter
acceleration
requirements
amplifiers
valves.
the
in the
to select
magnetic
mixed
along
two bending
required
are
mounted
bending
to doing
logic
data
into the
portion
adapter
two lateral
phase
gain
digital
are
computer
of structural
in the
data
during
and
go to the
with
mounted
gain
plished
The
required
control
provide
presence
are
resolved
second.
signals
along
that
are
the
error
gyros,
erometers
tains
then
are
This
from
angular
accelerometers
the
signals
errors
of 25 to 50 per
outputs
the
of three
and
and the
is accomplished.
recurrent
The
angles
Desired
The
because
rate
lateral
the
accelerometers
vehicle
information
vehicle
S-H flight
is through
is provided
attitude
for
angles
the
angle
area
by rate
are
is similar
of attack
of high
gyros
calculated
to
dynamic
in the
by the
guidance
system.
Attitude
shows
During
20-56
control
the
data
S-IVB
for
the
S-IVB
flow
and
switching
first
burn,
flight
switches
has
for
S-1
several
different
controlling
and
S-2
these
are
modes.
Figure
20-17
position
and
modes.
in the
powered
the
- :.-_,
89
!9
" "
iio,
e
_i,.-.,-_ aaa
"
o.
_,-..,,-.,ala.
n,.. i.-o
_1_1
-I,i
_.
I.-4
I--
....1
,q
iw
r..)
I "
'41,,.,
0
rJl
I=1
"
.
0
._-,#
=!{41 r
r#l
!8q'l
"
'_
>
uu
I_
r_
+
.
,,
"
.z
_._
I
'7
z
N
i{=._L
z
I,,--
_ _,_
o
0
-t-
2-
I+
20 -57
r._
N_
I
i
I
I
r_
I
I
,=.,I
nr
o,5
aa
-7-[-
.J
I-4
I
tl
I
3"IOU
MV,k
HOlld
....
/
_
.....
?,
."IT
I._
Io
,_o.o_
I
I"
_%o,.,,,_
I
_O.'sl_
_VA
20-58
0 a
o_,o =oi=
CO
I
. _
pitch
and
computer
stage
yaw
signals
and
result
operation.
propulsion
unit.
the
Roll
Figure
20-16
six nozzles
computer
to the
and
During
the
position
results
S-IVB
all attitude
nozzles
are
six
and
yaw.
Control
the
Apollo
spacecraft.
of the
operation,
which
introducing
degrees
per
of angular
second
attitude
horizon
are
derived
Each
the
platform
orientation.
The
switches
S-1
when
attitude
When
the
and
gyros
This
S-2
control
position.
to hold
the
is taken
attitude
sensor
as inputs
configuration
fixed
control
relative
is as shown
position.
coast,
inertial
control
to the
This
is provided
astronaut,
the
is released
to the
inertial
mode
by the
Astrionics
astronaut,
reference,
any
control
space-fixed
rate
with
the
unless
feed-
the
of operation
Astrionics
system
are
inertial
for
20-17,
basic
the
vectoring
computer
in Figure
amount
platform
to the
holds
1.1
paragraphs.
inertial
thrust
which
totally
or
or the
following
of the
control
unit
by
and
platform
relative
is the
by the
and pitch
is used,
attitudes
roll
cycle
configuration
in the
for
as by limiting
in the
as
a limit
a certain
angles
way
three-axis
used
by the
same
four
operation,
the
gimbal
commands
gives
are
from
unit.
is accomplished
for yaw
is discussed
in the
computer
during
When
either
coast
instrument
has
as well
cycle
in the
other
the
This
system
The
in the coast
control,
vehicle
horizon
computer
This
mode.
control
Control.
digital
rate
of limit
data
control
propulsion
system
second
of the
are
of the
degree,
per
of command
Platform
Thus,
in this
type
digital
of_+l
Because
commands
modes.
back
roll.
this
to the
attitude.
for
control
the
of
nozzles.
auxiliary
by either
Four
from
section
and S-2
propellants.
degrees
When
Inertial
available
to 0.3
S-1
propulsion
signal
of roll
combinations
the
deadband
occurs.
sensor.
20-38.
error
pair
be provided
to conserve
attitude
by the
and
is intended
rates
drift
pitch
of operation
attitude
proper
main
configuration.
propulsion
switches
mode
an attitude
maximum
actual
unit
auxiliary
is performed
can
roll
to S-H
S-IVB
auxiliary
nozzle
The
control
similar
single
stage
propulsion
phase,
vehicle
by the
by the
of the
two for
in a manner
be provided
in the
control
engine
control.
(coast)
used;
instrument
roll
in operation
and
S-IVB
auxiliary
channel
orbital
All
In the
for
roll
the
cannot
the
used
.......
be accomplished
shows
are
goes
control
and must
: - -
2at_. aff,_titc,_'coot'r(_l
in gimbaling
engine
adapter
Sro__th_
monitors
system
directed
system.
the
is ready
to the
mode.
20-59
20-39.
Horizon
available
during
Sensol
Co,}_r_l.
coast
phases
which
keeps
the vehicle
earth
center
to the vehicle,
Angles
measured
adapter
for
digital
The
rate
stability.
inputs
angle
horizon
longitudinal
additional
angle.
reference
about
compassing
platform
to provide
Apollo
Spacecraft
control
system
characteristics
can
be selected
originate
S-3,
in the
S-4,
computer.
control
and
become
0. i degree.
axis
in the
(S-8)
of two
When
coast
to prevent
degree
are
other
phase
mode
interference
in this
data
mode
adapter.
to enhance
the
limits
that
fixing
the
to earth
For
angle
of the
center,
does
three-axis
by using
missions
the
of the
vehicle
not keep
stabilization,
the
inertial
inertial
spacecraft
an
platform
data
deadband
This
in
from
the
time.
This
in pitch
gyros
are
is rate
minimum
rotational
in the
command
deadband
to
used,
motion
about
control
type
command
1.1
instrument
impulse
signals
position
attitude
yaw and
of the
sys-
by switches
spacecraft
system
and
command
sources,
degrees
unit
operations
the
control
is effected
to the
inputs
of control,
of the
when
change
signal
control
rate
mode
or +_5 degrees,
the control
degree
with
the
data
by the
not exceed
transferred
causes
the
through
derived
does
spacecraft
rotational
0.3
are
by the
which
attitude
system.
at any given
rates
sensors.
command
vector
The
being
impulse,
is commanded
this
20-7,
horizon
can
In the Apollo
+0.5
from
reference.
guidance
Use
maximum
During
either
Figure
minimum
third
vector
computer
Apollo
change.
spacecraft
control
one
this
loop,
digital
is obtained
for
levelin_
signals
signals
computer
vector.
axis
Control.
for
and S-7,
yaw
four
made
the
be noted
radius
been
radius
to digital
computer
control
vector
however,
20-40.
tem
the
mode;
is used
the
from
Error
control
to the radius
about
to the
converted
orientation,
It should
rotating
are
has
An automatic
inputs
computer.
radius
respect
stage.
by using
by the
level
to the
with
from
used
ef _)leeration
perpendicular
to the
also
to the
scan
axis,
vehicle
a gyro
are
relative
sensor
digital
transmitted
In addition
any fixed
the
and
axis
sensors
by the
mcd_'
S-IVB/IU
is obtained
horizon
processing
gyro
of the
longitudinal
by the
computer
: 2mo:ker
where-
in roll.
are
during
only
switched
off
navigational
sightings.
In the
rotational
attitude
rate
voltage.
the
control
obtained,
20-60
command
control
by positioning
This
signal
turns
computer.
through
a hand
signals
mode,
the
control,
nozzles
fed
back
are
by the
controls
which
produces
stage
attitude
on the S-IVB/IU
The
astronaut
turned
rate
off when
gyros
a rate
control
the proper
to the
control
the
vehicle's
proportional
nozzles
attitude
computer.
through
rate
is
During
"
the
time
the
hand
con_r_liikcom.
reference
system
can
capability
is instrumented
an error
signal
When
astronaut
the
the
computer
gimbal
to set
The
signal
Command
is resolved
this
command
attitude.
Figure
this
rotational
command
control
The
minimum
impulse
manually
During
tem
introduces
can
second
the
by switches
S-5,
is received
by the
during
injection
is used
around
and
(The
attitude
20-41.
the
The
during
control
function.
mentation.
The
docks.
to that
guidance
to stabilize
the
S-7,
and
gimbal
with
orientation,
angles.
he can
resolver
to the
are
differenced.
then
to the
and
use
desired
control
This
computer
limit-cycles
about
flow,
when
in
control
number,
spacecraft
occurs
into
launch
change
of the
control
astronaut
system.
vehicle
a spacecraft
introducing
the
the control
The mode
when
for
correction,
or the
system.
scheme
guidance
sys-
is accomplished
mode
system
control
command
is identical
to
burn.
trajectory
(S-IVB
S-IVB/IU/LEM
operation
of the
second
while
control
cutoff)
the
system
the
attitude
control
CSM separates,
during
this
turns
period
is
orbit.
and stabilization
Refer
actual
motor
information
an attitude
Operation
the
earth
servo
stabilizes
position
desired
control
first
unit
given
single-axis
To effect
data adapter.
S-IVB
and
system
shows
"attitude-follow"
mode.
into translunar
system
similar
20-18
either
and
angles
attitude
This
and
command
gimbal
control
Uab spacecraft
attitude
coordinates,
in the
attitude
S-6,
Unit
actual
attitude.
burn
commanded
is an attitude
pulses,
command
operation
mode
display
a particular
Display
The
in vehicle
S-IVB
After
signal.
attitude.
command
the
into vehicle
error
changes
the
and
as an attitude
small
vehicle
to maintain
commanded
!: i:
present
by differencing
the
i:!
the
wishes
":'i
_.a.nd_,_
by driving
formed
value.
error
follow
-'--'"
to Paragraph
function
20-44
shares
hardware
for a description
systems
of the
with
joint
the
imple-
GUIDANCE.
SaturJL
motion
V guidance
of the
launch
function
vehicle
generates
toward
and
a path
applies
that
steering
produces
commands
success
in its
to correct
assigned
mission.
20-61
'1
I
APOLLO
RESOLVED
STABILIZED
INERTIAL
I_
ERROR
P L ATFOR M
IGIMBAL
ERROR
ANGLES
I
I
I
ATTITUDE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
I
I
I
HAND
COMMAND
f-
;/%
.....
HAND
CONTROL
/
I
ROTATION
ATTITUDE
HOLD --
CONTROL_
I
!
COMPUTER
I
I
DEMOD
I
I
I
I
SPACECRAFT
I
MODE
L
COMMAND
....
I-_S-I=-RU-O-_ENT UN IT
J
1
I
I
ST-
124-M
I
I
1
O
"_
DATA
ADAPTER
_1
D ATA
DIGITAL
PROCESSOR
I
I
S-TV'B / I U STAGE]
I
I
I
A T TITUDE
CONTROL
NOZZLES
CONTROL
RATE
COMPUTER
GYROS
I
I
I
I
J
3-346
Figure
20-42.
The
function,
steers
signals
in space.
20-62
Rotational
Command
Control
Mode
REQUIREMENTS.
phases,
cutoff
20-18.
active
the
when
during
vehicle
the
the
ascent,
in the
vehicle
pitch
attains
translunar
and
azimuth
the proper
injection
planes
velocity
and translunar
and
generates
in relation
flight
engine
to its position
During
S-IC
stage
flight
:actiVe
related
the
control
region
utilizing
vehicle
an autopilot
type
this
along
imposed
aerodynamic
recognize
vehicle
of high
time
_.lid_r_:e'i_,no_-u_.il]zed:d_e
.......
constraints
at staging
must
''
oo
unknown
location
while
of the
results
and
it is passing
flight
in the
The
S-H
stage
actuation
insertion
through
is accomplished
exact
event.
to accomplish
structural
.....
to the
and after
trajectory
stage
which
prior
vehicle
This
control
to the
launch
pressure.
being
an optimum
oQ
on the
attitude
staging
position
guidance
function
must
into the
of the
steer
the
parking
orbit.
For
the
S-II
stages.
rates
ascent
phase,
An engine
to vary
guidance
over
consumption
The
launch
earth
orbital
orbital
(Figure
guidance
function
orbit
insertion
the
center
and
moon
and
mass
flow
exists,
the
flight,
in the
Saturn
along
V is minimum
however,
time.
orbital
and the
the
a yaw
stage
This
plane
is determined
location
of this
vehicle
an optimum
or by performing
S-IVB
at this
orientation
fuel
S-IC
time.
earth
of steering
by selecting
and
is 90 +18 degrees,
of time
of the
and
for
perturbations
factor
flight
defined
of the
is capable
is accomplished
After
the
Regardless
This
orbital
not been
as a function
earth,
20-19.
S-II
or a variable-inclination
changing
of the
has
thrust
these
optimization
mission
out capability
vehicle
Though
powered
an Apollo
plane
plane
constantly
center
for
the
during
The
shortest
an engine
causes
the vehicle,
or the
has
range.
trajectory.
azimuth
of the
vehicle
out situation
steers
optimized
fuel
Saturn
a considerable
function
constantly
tation
the
plane
into
azimuth
maneuver
the
the
plane
with
orien-
is a single
an orientation
by the
location
of the
launch
at launch
of the
site.
time,
the
proper
earth
orbit.
for vehicle
ascent
and
to place
the vehicle
direct
into the
plane.
the
orbital
vehicle
because
length
volume
into
the
plane
the
precise
of this
launch
of trajectories
contains
the
calculus
of variations
problem
as defined
particular
vehicle's
trajectory
is defined,
orbital
plane
time
of launch
window
will
a volume
during
cannot
by the
mission
launch
window.
and represents
Each
The
an optimum
exists,
that
magnitude
of probability
trajectory
to insert
window
It is estimated
degree
trajectory
calculated
A launch
3 hours.
desired
trajectory.
criteria,
are
be predicted.
by the
inflight
techniques
the
be approximately
is determined
actual
of trajectories
the
of the
that
is optimized
solution
boundary
it
using
to the guidance
conditions
and
variations.
20-63
Moon's
on Earth
Projection
_unch
Site
/
/
/
Launch
Site
Latitude
l/
//_
Center
Equator
"_
//
J
/"
b /
Jl
:al
Plane
3-347
Figure
The
the
ground
Apollo
in the
20-64
operational
mission
network,
20-19.
Variable-Inclination
support
system
communications.
a constraint
is imposed
(GOSS)
Due
on
to the
the
Earth-Orbital
is used
fixed
trajectory
for
Plane
tracking
location
of the
and
performing
of some
GOSS
Saturn
launch
stations
vehicle.
During
earth
orbit,
the
g_idaace
"
tations
are
to accomplish
also
used
to synchronize
and translunar
vent
to occur
sequence
starts
engine
The
system
duration
insertion
of the
vehicle
stage/instrument
20-43.
synchronizing
of the
reignition
575 seconds
before
to one vent
mission
for
from
the
the
forces
the
a
re-ignition
buildup
of the
J-2
cycle.
three
lifetime
of 6.5
S-IVB
orbits.
trajectory
Apollo
during
The
thrust
combination
a translunar
venting
process
operational
the
computations
sequence.
hours.
stage/instrument
The
and
spacecraft
elapsed
time
separation
of the
is approximately
hour
V guidance
function
utilizes
three
coordinate
reference
coordinate
one
hour.
is provided.
OPERATION.
in which
the
stage
launch
site
at the
measuring
reference
oriented
system
system
to those
t
of the
of the
moon
moon's
system
(X")
always
remain
guidance
(t),
which
are
velocity
coordinate
the
has
axes
its
(v),
displacement
X,
system.
earth
Y).
at the
earth.
mission
itself,
at the
polynomials
angles
taken
Thus,
they
launch.
i.e.,
(ti's)
the
of
by the
at the
coordinate
and whose
(X's),
successively
define
are
axes
system.
time
parameter
about
vehicle
polynomial
of engine
as functions
a performance
steering
before
coordinate
center
polynomials
(r) and
is
beginning
earth-centered
coordinate
system
Its origin
spacecraft)
earth's
(Figure
axes
This
and to the
measuring
A typical
whose
system
T_c
origin
re-ignition
eulerian
system
by the
as steering
engine
coordinate
measured.
of the
spacecraft.
and
(Z,
center
to the
of the
expressed
the three
axes
respect
as that
10 minutes
coordinate
be defined
with
to the
(tc'S),
and X Y are
fixed coordinate
reference
with
system
equations
vehicle
X z, X x,
(both
parallel
polynomials
is at the
measuring
system
are
coordinate
the
coordinate
at approximately
measuring
and will
encounter
is that
fixed
Its origin
centered
outputs
(X) is that
of the
systems;
(X') is defined
sensor)
it is inertially
coordinate
earth
system
(guidance
is inertially-fixed
location
time
and
window,
and the
coordinate
platform
parallel
launch
in the
The
These
to prevent
of one
The
body
cycles
approximately
into
engine.
lifetime
20-20).
time
phase.
stage
system
coordinate,
cutoff
or
unit
guidance
Saturn
The
venting
flight
compu-
oo
S-IVB
equal
of orbital
I'e
S-IVB
a minimum
hours
An additional
the
has
of the
to start
of a period
is 4.5
S-IVB
The
prior
and Apollo
from
The
the
injection
just
and consist
A maximum
o.w
at approximately
guidance
unit
..
re-ignition
reignition
cycle
"
of
(F/M).
the three
orientation
(desired
direction
20-65
Platform Orientation
At t : t 0
y_
At
(Roll)
o
I
\\
\\\
_ X
(Yaw)
\
Z
X-
(Pitch)
: Reference
Flight
Plane
X : Reference
coordinate
system
(X,
centered,
parallel
to platform
orientation
X' : Measuring
coordinate
inertially-fixed[(_,_],
system
_ )]at
X" : Earth-centered
parallel
to X T
coordinate
Y,
at
Z) : inertially-fixed,
t : t .
0
tL
: Platform
20-66
20-20.
(X" , Y",
Coordinate
orientation--
10 minutes
3-348
Figure
earth-
Systems
Z")
inertially-fixed,
tL
ou
of the
thrust
vector)
i_ _f :he
.
X=
ao
al0
y2
+ aiX
+ a2 Y
+ ...
+ a
(F/m)
......
.....
_.u
+ a4X
+ a54/ + a6Z
)2 + al7XY
IF/m
+ a
-v
+ a3Z
+al6
43
._orn_:
em
(F/m)
2 a7t
+ al8 XZ
+ selected
+ a8(F/m}
+ al9X:K
3rd
order
+ a9X2
+ a20X/
+...
+
Zt
+ a42
terms,
44
where
the
a.
's
are
stored
constants
and
probably
will
differ
for
each
stage.
While
steering
this
(X_),
form
the
of
polynomial
possibility
of
minimum)
_f yaw
steering
(X)
are in the reference
coordinate
Z,
and
from
becomes
the accelerometer
directions
_'he
ti me
earth-orbit)
same
variables.
The
guidance
data
adapter
follows:
The
representing
sample
adapter.
integration
implemented
velocity
obtain
velocities
adapter
gives
the
three
the
time
of
trajectory
depending
inertial
velocities.
on
data
the
box,
These
the
of velocities
are
the
times.
analog
reference
correcting
coordinate,
for
digital
by
gravitational
Figure
con-
second,
the
in the
digital
com-
velocities
system.
effects.
the
Each
located
incremental
coordinate
are
computer.
also
differenced
per
as
signals
signals
once
clock,
The
accomplished
_upply
Approximately
by
and
are
platform,
from
position
and
translunar
stages
a sample
by
stage)
platform,
inertial
adapter.
into
polynomial,
a stabilized
9 , and
respectively.
/dt)
S-IVB
onboard
transformed
inertial
(d_
steering
on the
velocities
obtained
the
computer
the_,
directions,
the
by
in the
where
into
pitch
delta-
Z'
of the
in all
sampled
values
the
as
20-21.
thrust
are
incremental
are
with
data
/dt)
to the
Figure
in the
and
cutoff
located
accompanied
and
(d_
determination
numbers
is
Y'
injection
form
vehicle
data
andS_),
,
each
computer,
studied.
where
R
for
(such
is determined
initiate
is
Successive
accumulated
inertial
(to
accelerometers,
in the
to
(for
used
form
(8_,8?,
be
simpler
X'
similar
incremental
velocities
F/m
the
of
digital
and
Z.
/dt)
stage
are
to binary
velocity
to
polynomials
S-IVB
and
position
then
:J(d_
function
Vehicle
puter
Flm
of the
from
verted
parallel
surely
is being
system,
outputs
are
of cutoff
reignition
data
)(,_z, and
will
using
are
The
A subsequent
20-22.
20-67
INERTIAL
PLATFORM
DATA
ST - 124- M
BOX
g
w
,_
.ucn
,_tu
OD -J
o
UJ
<I
STEERING
SIGNALS
DIGITAL
DATA
COMPUTER
ADAPTER
TO
CONTROL
COMPUTER
3-349
Figure
Desired
vehicle
pared
with
errors
are
attitude
measured
steering
the
manner.
same
The
the
approach
adaptive
form"
signals.
mode
steering
equations
generation
has
which
in the
also
be determined
when
Both
The
and
result
of the
as those
all of the
approaches
sent
calculus
the
in about
platform.
to the
control
times
are
to produce
has
been
the
to
"closed
The
The
resulting
in the
method
on the
overall
used
requirements
impact
in
according
and utilized
same
computer
an "iterative"
of variations.
described.
angular
computed
intent
study
is com-
The
operate
and computational
result
and
which
variables
previously
Generation
equations
stable
reignition
with
same
variations
the
and
of this
on the
Signal
guidance
equations
studied
based
functions
manner
axes
cutoff
been
the
from
of steering
is also
are
same
( )
Engine
expressions.
guidance
considered.
attitude
Steering
from
into vehicle-body
principle
steering
system
vehicle
to the
System
(X) is calculated
transformed
as analog
Guidance
20-21.
have
will
been
hardware
involved.
An alternate
hardware
launch
vehicle
Saturn
I vehicles
20-68
steering
hardware.
and has
This
been
scheme
using
method
is similar
a development
a resoiver
to the
"backup"
chain
is included
approach
to the
used
scheme
in the
on the
previously
..
uu
vu
Be
_e
....
.....
F_ _- a.
c_
n-
c_
>
(.9
0
L_
"0
L_
4J
GI,
(9
__
I
_
I
_._
I
4"
"1"
:10::
E
4(
C_
Lr_
C_
I
C_
20-69
20-70
og
tg
ql,
___
INERTIAL
DATA
BOX
, ]
NJ k
U
<_,
i
'IF
DIGITAL
STEERING
D ATA
SIGNALS
TO
COMPUTER
ADAPTER
CONTROL
COMPUTER
3-351
test
without
Before
at
the
the
actual
launch
form
is
The
saturation
vehicle
erected
of the
steering
can
Prior
and
torqued
rolls
orbital
plane.
During
the
vehicle
performs
time
to align
its
it is
lie
guidance
the
launch
aligned
window
with
in azimuth,
the
during
azimuth
after
of the
launch
azimuth
is
roll
will
maneuver
in that
direction
have
(to
achieve
which
desired
be
the
the
rotated
so
desired
with
the
the
computer.
after
launch
the
that
within
ground
so that,
platsystem.
is oriented
by
coincides
stable
window,
launch)
the
performed
coordinate
launch
made
been
must
begins,
the
to this
platform
Method
operations
itself
the
initial
will
that
Steerin_
sig_nals.
certain
continually
window,
motion
error
so that
Computation
launch
Alternate
occur,
to the
is rotated
(which
vehicle's
20-23.
launch
site.
platform
Vigure
desired
the
azimuth)
the
platform
orientation.
Approximately
one
released
and
computer
is
During
(so
the
that
stage
becomes
also
flight
burning
less)
before
inertially-fixed.
of the
with
program,
the
(or
released
it coincides
a time-tilt
minute
guidance
Xp
at
the
The
this
S-IC
platform
system
time
real-time
of launch,
clock
the
in the
platform
vehicle
is
digital
time.
stage,
(tL),
expected
without
the
vehicle
orientation
an
continuously
is
rolled
to the
in azimuth).
attendant
yaw
calculates
maneuver.
vehicle
correct
azimuth
It is then
pitched
During
velocity
by
S-IC
and
position
20-71
Steering
Signal
Generation
Attitude
Control
PRIME MODE
and
Signal
Generation
Velocity
Sensing
Control
Actuation
Steering
Signa[
Generation
Acceleration
Sensing
Attitude
Detection
and Error
Generation
ALTERNATE
MODE
Control
Vehicle
Signal
Generation
Dynamics
I
I
I
Control
Actuation
3-352
Figure
20-72
20-24.
Saturn
V Guidance
Modes
by integration
of the
20-22.
This
the
adaptive
path
During
S-II
velocity
earth
and position
information
during
S-II
burn
first
S-IVB
stage
and
will have
the
proper
velocity
provides
and
continually.
The time
the latter
portion
of the
earth
orbit,
insertion
conditions
solution
to account
In order
to do this,
The
digital
and
reference
S-IVB
burn,
and
Figure
information
for
flight.
the
steering
polynomials
of first S-IVB
stage
third stage
of flight.
altitude
and
of injection
(Xp and
for
injection
determinations
are
guidance
equations
be
time,
into a circular
sequence
meets
for
guidance
equations
S-IVB
three
phase,
of the
is provided
while
around,
S-IVB
and
re-ignites,
auxiliary
20-44.
interference
also
Likewise,
computed
for
The
effects
each
orbit
injection
spacecraft
into
requirements.
of performing
are
to eliminate
time.
and
with
a free-
It is necessary
injection
guidance
injection
into the
translunar
trajectory
on
begins.
docks
combination
with
stage/instrument
stage
changes.
orbits.
stage
During
this
stabilization
capability
velocity
link
are
S-IVB/IU
orbit.
due to venting
command
"aimpoint"
the
determination.
appropriate
spacecraft
the
orbital
at the
the
to readjust
during
to prevent
S-IVB/IU
to place
to have
cycle
the
orbit
to measure
for the
is initiated
designed
via
upon
cycles
in velocity
in ground
times
are
is used
noted
be updated
Re-ignition
which
As the
to aid
may
by vending
a vent
Changes
stations
trajectory
one of the
of forcing
based
It is necessary
introduced
opportunity.
return
the
of motion.
monitoring
is capable
errors.
countdown
equations
accelerometer
displacement
the
and velocity
perturbations
to ground
velocity
the
for
injection
telemetered
and
the position
computer
a possible
The
orbit.
During
any
used
stage
vehicle
guidance
command
LEM.
After
unit
combination
propulsion
system
this
module/service
decking
operation
is disengaged
is used
module
to propel
has
from
separates,
been
the
Attitude
module
completed,
LEM,
it to a different
turns
and
the
the
S-IVB
trajectory.
IMPLEMENTATION.
guidance,
mented
in the
and
launch
the
attitude
vehicle
control
as the
and
guidance
stabilization
and control
functions
system.
are
jointly
This
imple-
hardware
20-73
system is comprised
platform system,
accelerometers)
control computer,
control sensors
SF_I!_4-M stabilized
paragraphs.
20-45.
The
DATA
data
adapter
computer.
is the
Control
computer
from
adapter
such
in the
during
computer
to the
Transform
unit
be broken
flow;
addresses
the
b.
can
data
and data
scanner
data
input-output
Its function
a.
metry
ADAPTER.
data
down
as the
accompanies
into three
storage
the
main
registers;
the
orbital
checkout;
and the
control
compatible
Saturn
V digital
categories:
of telemetry
buffer
analog
into
that
data
temporary
from
the
storage
of tele-
transmission
of guidance
computer.
format;
such
as digital-to-analog,
communications
launch computer
to
Perform
Communication
serial
with
the
transmission.
of either
single
input
26-bit
lator
The
or output
word
is carried
process
input-output
operations,
is transferred
out through
and
512-kilobit-per-second
instruction
addresses
the
to the computer
permits
device
the
specification
to be affected.
accumulator
or from
the
A
accumu-
or memory.
The
data
adapter
connection
are
boards
used,
leadless
employs
are
or where
ponents
packaged
case
A complete
20-74
logic
high power
leadless
are
supplies,
listing
of data
circuit
mounted
dissipation
devices
in encapsulated
of power
device
interconnections.
semiconductors
where
needed,
unit
for circuit
applications
the
computer
ladder
adapter
modules
Where
low-power
on unit
logic
is required,
are
modules
where
not available,
are
networks,
characteristics
and
used.
This
multilayer
logic
intercircuits
devices.
For
precision
components
standard
discrete
applies
particularly
and cross-over
is presented
detectors.
in Table
20-7.
those
comin
Item
Data
512-KHz
Power Supplies
6 pairs
Switch Selector
8-bit
15-bit
serial
of duplexed
supplies
switch-selector
switch-selector
input
output
Discretes
13 discrete
32 discrete
outputs
inputs
Buffer Register
Tag Register
Mode Register
26 -bit
8-bit
6-bit
Provides
Digital-to-Analog Converter
Analog-to-Digital
18 resolver
inputs,
equivalent
from
a 2-speed
resolver
Converter
Platform
Horizon
4,
Scanner
Spares
Delay
the launch
computer,
metry
transmitter,
computer
interface
2-speed
gimbal
4 single-speed
6 resolver
Lines
communication
angle
resolver
with
teleand the
unit.
of 16 bits
resolver
inputs
inputs
inputs
3, 4-channel
delay lines for normal
put-output
operations
1, 4-channel
delay line for telemetry
operations
in-
Telemetry
Command
Data
Receiver
Transmitter
DDAS Computer
Interface
Unit
Launch
Reliability
Computer
13 bits for
and mode,
38 data
validity
input data,
3 bits
2 bits for priority
for sync
interrupt
and identification
bits
bit and parity
bit
i5 bits address
plus
put data,
I0 bits for
plus
validity
bit for
input data
out-
probability
of success
for
250 hrs;
20-75
20-46.
Angle
angles
Measurement.
in digital form
This requires
ments
an analog-to-digital
are generated
and frequency
the variable
e r
The
sum
waves
These
er
= (E
by
a standard
er
= E
an
sinusoid
sin
cos
by
to
2 Tr
relative
stator
in
binary
that two
The
signals
resultant count,
form.
by the cosine
sin
_t)
sin
the sum
of the constant
O.
form
+ E
sin
(cot + _-
) cos
by
the
resolver
and
out
to the
resolver
sine
of the
causes
within
and
their
the
ratio
of the
gives
a 2. 048
MHz
resolution
of a single
cosine
to 0 plus
amount
for
phase-shifted
the
shifting
counter
20-25.
The
of the
network
in phase
by
output
shift
to the
which
rotation
input
rotor
connected
90
is
by
to
degrees.
a sinusoid,
can
be
calibrated
of the
resolver
angles.
and
is
due
circuitry
rotation
resultant
shift
of the
input
angular
differ
the
associated
in Figure
a constant
of phase
measure
of the
to
and
its
shown
A phase
outputs
network
a direct
clock
as
resolver.
proportional
Assuming
20-76
modulated
+ (E
by the
amount
the
a manner
is _sed.
- {}).
signal
plaee
Thus,
measurement
on and off.
to a useful trigonometric
carried
windings
an
sin
(_t
are
takes
angle
measure-
identity,
to the
rotor
Addition
shifted
cos
_t}
is multiplied
two
out.
_t)
excitation
respect
the
accomplish
Thus
operations
feeding
in such
counter
shaft
This is:
can be modified
of 90 deg.
where,
with
sin
To
sine wave
of interest.
= (E
represents
of operation
of 11 bits.
a resolver
of measuring
a time-duration
a high-frequency
cycle,
basic principle
amplitude
the
to switch
a measurement
The
conversion
by connecting
i_ capable
of approximately
is accomplished
after
data adapter
to an accuracy
and conversion
This
The
a 1016
Hz
reference
supply,
the
of
: ." ".
. _1316 X 3gO
=;_)_._
2. 048 X i0 _.
System
This
requirements
is achieved
Coarse
and
The
inputs
wave
the
of the
two
Figure
that
data
adapter
input-output
for
angles,
every
in the
fine
which
replaces
fine
up the
resolution
speed
effect
Execution
of arc.
ratio
of 32:1.
The
combined
of 11 bits.
degrees
double
per
stop
the
the
outputs
the
two
which
ll-bit
resolver)
counters.
is under
the
reads
Thus,
in this
con-
counter
then
binary
angles
program
with
the
inputs
the
coarse
for the
coarse
of the
manner
of electrical
detect
discrete
phase
a failure
register
derived
from
resolver
the
is used
gimbal
is
in the
case
in the
should
control
in
which
is used
In the
1 degree
internal
way
the
shift
fact
resolver.
having
in the
as shown
a phase
This
of each
But if the
resolver
angles
to
has
bit.
with
the
double
have
a resolution
horizon
sensors
RC network,
detect
normally
fine
used
of a resolver
RC network.
as resolvers
per
therefore
the
"speed"
on a bit
The
for
the
rotation.
of the
always
resolvers
and
detectors.
of two multiplexers,
detectors
adapter
turn
degrees
are
by 38 cross-over
to each
to start
a single
i.e.,
of shaft
angles
of the
data
resolver.
resolvers
gimbal
double
inputs
resolvers
an output
cross-over
resolver.
of 0. 0893
0. 0446
to a resolution
across
with
it can
the
back
fine
that
20-25,
resolver,
coarse
the
a coarse-to-fine
(and ultimately
placed
the
degree
appropriate
single
are
in Figure
the
of one minute
ir_struction.
a configuration
gimbal
has
detector
to effectively
illustrated
The
with
the
detectors
it is shown
for
from
(COD)
RC networks
twice
shift
measured
--
accuracies
resolvers
accepted
cross-over
20-25,
coarse
are
cross-over
of a process
When
each
detector
select
Selection
trol
measurement
two-speed
are
inputs
cross-over
in turn
angle
: .....
c_/Siffary:b_t.
is 16 bits.
sine
Each
by using
fine
resolution
for
dictate
"
i_
the
RC network.
of 0. 00279
have
resolution
The
32:1 resolvers
degrees/bit.
The
a ratio
of 4:1,
but
including
provided
by the
counter
is
bit.
of the process
cross-over
detector-counter
instruction
first
transfers
input-output
the
instructions
to read
hardware
involves
two important
contents
of both
counters
any
to the
angle
steps.
through
the
A single
accumulator
of
20-77
REFERENCE
EXCITATION
I 1016
PRECISION
HZ
T_
COD
S TA RT
'
? IW\
I,
COUNTER
STOP
COD = CROSS-OVER
DETECTOR
,_=
3-353
Figure
tile computer
and
the counters
for
the
seconds
before
in order
to ensure
cross-over
ware
issuing
special
selects
automatically
the
angles.
Digital
to Analog
generated
registers
for
against
which
analog
signals
each
from
signals
of a minor
cross-over
to start
of 2 milli-
cross-over
detectors
for
loop
always
the
last
interrupt,
detectors
after
for the
the
transfers
and stop
a minimum
its cycle
2 milliseconds
digital
five
cyclically
for
information
pair
of
the
hard-
fine
interrupt,
resolvers
the
a counter
derived
output
circuit
One
from
the
by the
first
reading
process
for
the
in turn
its particular
by reloading
the
two are
compared.
is made
signal
ladder
and
as a reference
serves
sharing
output
circuits
registers
Time
the
signals
placed
and
holds
the
of ladder
circuits
analog
analog
is simultaneously
of the
other
are
ladder
channels.
direct
commands
by means
information
purposes.
which
This
Attitude
Digital
is implemented
40 milliseconds
20-78
case
wait
to the
completed
Conversion.
redundancy
of the
circuit.
renewed
must
input-output
detectors
circuits.
multiplexers,
hold
Hence,
detectors
program
has
the
sample-and-hold
the
The
counter
Digitizer"
of cross-over
process
to the cross-over
are
with
the
Angle
resolver.
20-47.
which
pair
reading.
another
that
yaw gimbal
line
next
the
For
input-output
yaw
selects
detectors.
always
of the
then
20-25.
to the
signal
channel.
registers
The
Conversion
their
use
the
to
shared
by means
sample-and-
of a capacitor
signal
from
is time
possible
appropriate
by means
in three
to each
computer
for
output
with
is
the
of
same or anewout
rd;
. . . . : :
Comparator circuits monitor the output signals andcompare them with the reference
signal. Shouldthe comparison show an out-of-tolerance condition, a signal is sent
to the error monitor register. The computer can then changethe ladder networks
by means of a signal from the internal control discrete register to the channel
selector.
20-48.
Digital
digital
data
Special
input
bility
for
pulses
gathering.
telemetry
bit generators,
interface
delay
line
process
if,
only
lost
buffer
if,
process
5:bits
of real
there
time
both
cross-over
detector
to the
hardware
is left
empty,
digital
determine
applies
delay
monitoring
per
second.
to temporarily
the
buffering
capa-
by synchronizing
channel
line
which
of information
to be read
channel
along
to the
Data
7-bits
of tag
and ladder
of information.
with
counter
when
at the
outputs,
whether
switch
3 bits
both
the
adapter
delay
is assembled
with
the parity
telemetry-com-
and
address
(word
register,
data
automatically
selects
Phase
channel
contains
reading.
For
one
filled;
to a 'tfulW
of the
monitored
correct
signals
register
analog
in the
interface
and the
the case
of the
where
one
of
line
register
contains
the
to indicate
of the
phases
process
cycle.
of the
to external
discrete
delay
is reserved
by a programmed
processing
sent
For
ladder
bit
with
reads
situation
condition
at the
were
case
is
time,
identification).
phase
are
"A"
of
registers
information
during
always
this
adapter
The
a single
"B"
as a by-product
line.
hardware
channel,
Phase
are
selector
on the
various
identification;
bit is forced
data
from
of ladder
phases
conclusion
by the computer
to and
channel
an empty
count
this
to the
the
registers,
40-bits
adapter
is stepped
in the
for
of 240 words
provides
selects
and tag
operation
filled.
and
kinds
along
input-output
which
automatically
is an empty
are
information
For
is loaded
detector
contains
information
present
input-output
cross-over
Serial
input-output
if all channels
each
milliseconds
line
used
unit.
normal
and
counter
mode
rate
delay
4.17
buffer,
system
in the data
channel
A sequence
in the
telemetry
is provided
A four
every
PCM
at an asynchronous
logic
system.
form
The
words
data.
telemetry
validity
The
output
data
in parallel
puter
40-bit
and control
and
from
into the
Monitoring.
accepts
buffering
store
and
Data
output
data
adapter
equipment.
register.
to
This
In addition
20-79
to loading these registers, '_heco,npu;e) must wa,t 't su.tab_etim( i,lterval for
the signals to stabilize and issue a special process input-output to load the delay
line storage with the output data at the interface; the input and output data are
stored with separate tags and therefore in separate delay line channels. The
internal control discrete register is monitored similar to the discrete output
register exceptthat a single process input-output loads, in a single channel of
the delay line, both the input and output data of the register.
All discrete inputs are monitored by the delay line when the appropriate process
input-output is given by the computer. Besides the discrete inputs this group
also contains data from the accelerometers, telemetry, scanning, ground computer, command receiver, error monitor register, switch selector feedback and
the interrupt register (for other than timed interrupts).
The computer can also load the buffer, mode andtag registers independentlyof
the delay line. Whenthis happens, any word in the delay line is prevented from
entering the register until the word has been successfully acceptedby either the
telemetry or the ground computer. An internal control discrete is set by the
program to inhibit advancingthe sequencecounter for the delay line or transferring data from any of the channels.
A special circuit monitors the constant-amplitude, phase-shifted input to the
cross-over detectors. If, due to a malfunction, the signal level exceedsestablished limits in the positive or negative direction, the output of this circuit is a
logical "1. '* There ar _ presently
I9 pairs
of cross-over
detectors
that must be
monitored
one
by these
telemetry
provide
stored
done
20-8
20-80
The
function
in the
once
data
during
output
means
the
and clears
between
present
an additional
of these
major
loop,
details
circuits
As
i.e.,
monitoring
process
outputs
must
of controlling
multiplexer.
individual
20-9
best
outputs
in the
and
and their
is to provide
the parallel
capability
occurs
word.
this
serialize
circuits,
circuits,
input-output
on process
the
data
process
or twice
This
output
are
read
a second.
input-output
computer
this
There
so if an intermittent
samples,
address
by the
consideration,
to
and
is no storage
malfunction
bit coding.
by
to
is probably
it is not detecte_l.
and tag
is done
multiplexer
input-output
so they
a program
once
be telemetered.
Tables
ww
w@
.....
Tabl_
20_
:Def_.i_i_n:o_Jds_of_Oar@s
Data Adapter
for Process
Input-Output
Group
A2
A8
See
A1
Input
Input
Below
3
Input
Below
to data
to
Output
data
CTR
using
Group
Group
Group
(computer
(load
delay
adapter
lines)
(computer
operations)
from
(register
Output
adapter
and
telemetry
adapter
operations)
registers
See
to data
telemetry
See
to the
Function
Below
2
_[_ir_ -Bits
Operations
data
and
from
adapter
delay
data
READ
read)
adapter
and
address
line
set
up
(COD
new
COD
lines)
Group
Group
A3
Address
Address
Address
Address
Address
A4
Address
Address
Address
Address
Address
A5
Address
Address
Address
Address
Address
A6
Address
Address
Address
Address
Address
A7
Address
Address
Address
Address
Address
A8
See
Below
See
Below
See
Below
A9
See
Below
See
Below
See
Below
A8
0
A9
A8
A9
A8
Not
Bit
A9
0 ACC
0 M MEM
0 ACC
l ACC
1 ACC
1 ACC
0 M "MEM
0 M MEM
0 M
1 R MEM
1 R MEM
1 RES
MEM
64 ACC
32 RES
32 MAIN
MEM
MEM
64
ACC
32
RES
32 MAIN
MEM
MEM
96
ACC
32
RES
32 MAIN
0
Not
Used
A8
recognize
is used
COD
Used
to
group.
MEM
MEM
MEM
20-81
0
A
"0
"0
c_
.,--_
.r'_
Lf_
.,--I
,----I
,-..
n_
0
_D
0_
0_
0
0
"0
"0
_D
r_
O0
0_
_1_
-_0
(1)
c_
C)
c_
0
0
"0
.,--_
o_
"0
0
0
o4
I
0-1
oO
rq
0_
(1)
_D
,--'-I
r_
r_
20-82
20-49.
the
Analog Dat_M,_pit(_rini.
analog
input
to the
a.
Unfiltered
b.
Filtered
28-volt
c.
6 volts
dc from
d.
12,
e.
Attitude
f.
Spare
g.
Computer
h.
Data
i.
Resolver
For
a.
with
the
face
circuits
Each
channels
full
selects
f.
thermistor
the
are
to be compatible
inputs.
into the
telemetry
In addition,
the
data
No intersystem.
all computer
adapter.
and
special
circuit
designs
is
paragraphs.
and
data
selected
Tag
Register.
words.
adapter
along
loaded
by the
computer
with
by a process
the
valve
contains
controls.
input-output
up a relay
selector
stages
computer
wishes
The
which
are
the
lines
register
to give
register
The
has
is distributed
input-output
from
The
the eomputec.
the
register
commands
outputs
is
to specific
a 15-bit
are
data.
by the operand
controls
15 bits
register
the computer
determined
of the vehicle.
instruction.
code
data
and tag
operations,
input-output
switch
the
generator
or receives
the correct
The
whenever
address
input-output
the process
within
as fuel
During
and
Register.
selectors'ioeated
The
which
register
word
make
to telemetry.
adapter
cases
system
outputs
assemblies
in the
bits
thermistor
data
instruction
such
in most
_im telemetry
of the
Generator
Selector
dc for
down
through
switch
two selectors
scaled
to telemetry
of five
Five
routed
following
the computer
switch
A and
are
lines
instruction
b.
signals
two output
of the
five
outputs
provides
bits
the
adapter
output
the
Eight
data
to connect
of the
a.
A and
required
is loaded
following.
B and C
are
address
and
A,
of 0 to 5-vo_
devices
the
de
thermistor
above,
The
vehicle
include
by
adapter
I and
range
Switch
the
supplies
scale
in the
data
These
is monitored
excitation
a register
20-51.
from
_d_'_pter
system.
to the
dc output
outputs
adapter
Address
decodes
dc input
power
d_a!i_'th_d_'_a
telemetry
and-20-volt
description
presented
PCM
commands
circuits
A functional
20-50.
-3,
ladder
thermistor
thermistor
28-volt
20,
through
_irta:i_
storage
used
in parallel
capacity
as follows:
to each
of
selectors
bits
may
determine
be addressed
which
switch
at one
time.
selector
wilI
be activated
(No more
than
20-83
c.
Onebit commands thv:a,_sig_e,I9witch s,_lector to activate the device
selected by the relay code
d. Onebit resets all switch selector relays which were turned on by the
previously described bits.
20-52.
Discrete
those
controlled
output
register.
the
Output
by the
adapter.
The
of these
discrete
inputs
8-bit
output
word.
address.
necessary
switch
Discrete
data
one
Register.
selector
inputs
data
are
Each
word
The
computer
program
treated
as words
is read
by the
reads
Examples
from
the control
b.
A signal
from
the
To ease
programming
others,
the
If certain
"set"
discrete
output
are
another
register
in the
latches
in the
register.
"ones"
in the
corresponding
The
the
When
the
switch
selectors
are
lines
are
tested
to assure
that
lines
from
which
used
as other
discrete
inputs
comparing
20-84
set
to set
do not require
manner
20-53.
while
a separate
word
Interrupt
the
so that
the
32 of these
within
inputs.
- one
Groups
26-bit
word
and
by a process
periodically
input-
and performs
the
are:
indicating
vehicle
a command
specific
is not
in the
the
stage
to start
separation;
the thrust
Conversely,
the
desired
in the
register
of the
data
unchanged
bit positions
operated
as previously
the
was
code
code
and
the
word
word
used
As
on the
relays.
are
to "set"
a means
the
to be
or "reset"
side
of all
changed
by the
data
These
lines
are
inputs
by the
data
adapter
relay
the
is separated
easily
in the
relay
contain
more
by placing
to the
"zeros"
relays
be processed
registers.
are
described,
word
other
discretes
code
feedback
affecting
up to address
transferred
have
not
as the
is set
are
word
while
way
opposite
properly
addressed
This
may
set
same
ff certain
selects
bits
discretes
input-output
input-output
inputs.
Register.
loaded
a process
register.
of contacts
storage
discrete
it with
discretes
discrete
storage
as requested
for changing
bit locations
from
data
by a 13-bit
computer
comp,_ter
indicating
to be activated,
process
computer,
by the
excluding
stage.
of all latches
deactivated,
spacecraft
vehicle,
do not require
to handle
distributor
the
controlled
of discretes
requirements
discretes
side
the
within
are
which
is designed
steps.
S-IVB
signals
adapter
A signal
of the
functions
register,
are
a.
sequence
the
Certain
register
data
word.
tree
feedback
adapter.
Eight
complement
to the
data
in the
from
of
adapter
same
the
other
in the computer
code.
of notifying
the
computer
that
immediate
when
the
_o
attention
be given
adapter
to the
13 different
are
computer.
there
OR'ed
using
the
are
priority
register.
While
interrupts.
The
input-output
addressed
interrupt.
interrupts
another
such
The
as relays
discrete
must
outputs
computer
gram,
which
these
latter
The
that
during
duration
capable
precaution.
of inhibiting
Examples
caused
a.
An interrupt
which
b.
An interrupt
from
the
immediate
return
being
bypass
which
require
the
signal
line.
function
inputs
by
interrupt
as commanded
of the
devices
activated
delay
the
before
this
highest
by the
pro-
of the
subroutine
inhibit
control;
priority
of
are:
is timed
the
bit causing
Each
in the
interrupt,
further
slow-acting
subroutine.
of the
is a process
and
are
whenever
a tew
by functions
of interrupts
they
is
to an interrupt
further
prevents
testing
contents
particular
disappear
storage
instructions
However,
are
while
to assure
the
to prevent
This
made,
the
subroutine
must
register
not recognize
to reset
After
signal
branches
does
interrupt
is then
stores
and
delay
interrupt
one interrupt
interrupt
source.
the
than
signals
is required.
the
analysis
data
them.
The
computer
the
of accepting
upon
signals.
computer
source
interrupts
input-output
inputs
attention.
a time
from
occur
84 usec
process
this
provides
regenerating
is also
with
warrants
are
from
register
acted
to read
computer
from
is capable
has
counter
interrupt
source.
is honored
be at least
The
same
the
of the
i_ wired
line)
to the
more
instruction
the
interrupt
line
testing,
(delay
eight
in case
instruction
hardware
the
interrupt
this
to the
A computer
subroutine,
to last
.....
to a subroutine
and the
in this
computer
interrupt
first
During
next
from
one
i_t_rru_)t:][ind
the
only
operation.
register
subroutine.
the
for
bit positions
address
until
branches
input-output
in the
memory
only
register
them
requirements
computer
a process
stored
interrupt
storing
so that
the
highest
The
and
together
an interrupt,
wg
td :_n -o___e___y_a_
_p&_ti,o_?,
signals
Presently,
to ensure
regular
interface
unit
DDAS
processing
indicating
of guidance
that
requested
data
data
available.
20-54.
Buffer
Register.
and is loaded
data
adapter
transferring
by process
telemetry
data
stores
addresses
during
orbital
systems
to the
The
input-output
operations.
telemetry
to be compared
or ground
simultaneously.
buffer
checkout.
These
register
operations
It provides
transmitter
in the
read
storage
or the
data
part
of the
and/or
the
telemetry
It provides
systems
provides
scanner
parallel
data
from
for
output
interface
LCC
this
word
multiplexer
for
required
computer.
address
outputs
a 26-bit
for
It also
comparator
to all of these
register
external
asynchronously
20-85
Mode
other
Register.
one-word
computer
with
registers
word
the
puter.
LCC
which
defines
telemetry
bits
data
the
data
data
Bit Generator.
the
data
adapter
asynchronously
for
telemetry
However,
data
checkout,
Therefore,
of the
invalid
any
being
word.
time
loaded.
address
validity
are
communicating
by the
launch
when
com-
transmitting
for these
multiplexer
timing,
changed
system
as telemetry
outputs
in the telemetry
word
the
tag
buffer
it is possible
Also,
performs
input-output
since
the
from
the
which
during
data
function.
contains
adapter.
indicates
the
Data
and buffer
register
buffer
parameters
this
register
addresses
by process
invalid.
telemetry
register,
when
are
register
orbital
are
checkout
information.
Generator.
various
parameters
which
are
obtains
one
inputs
by sending
of these
register.
This
parator.
When
which
is read
data
Since
the
face,
15-bit
are
"ready"
buffer
register
as well
ready
bit
monitored
address
data
orbital
by the
occurs,
the
scanner
in the
telemetry
telemetry
Another
line
the computer
telemetry
a telemetry
is compared
adapter.
checkout,
word
examines
system.
The
computer
address
to the
buffer
scanner
is stored
interrupts
the
address
com-
in a 10-bit
computer
register
to notify
it
available.
it is necessary
are
During
comparison
by the
comparator,
20-86
a 5-bit
is substituted
data
being
bit generator
mode
invalid
are
time
invalid
Ready-Bit
data
for
and
While
outputs
data
to computer
of other
20-57.
that
of these
telemetry
they
at this
are
computer
It is also
in parallel
information
the
be included
The
the
read
data
must
read
register
storage
of operation.
three
respect
while
addresses
these
a signal
validity
with
to be read
to store
are
reads
buffer
It provides
mode
outputs
Since
words
is used
orbital
five
to the
is transmitted.
Validity
register
computer
but real-time
20-56.
operations.
is similar
computer.
multiplexer
words,
adapter
register
by the
these
telemetry
computer
mode
loaded
computer,
The
when
The
for
is turned
is continuously
as the telemetry
to indicate
to the
comparison.
on after
This
the
15-bit
connected
data
multiplexer
address
is the
to the
telemetry
and
comparator
function
address
of the
is loaded
the
scanner
launch
when
ready
into the
the
address
computer
buffer
register
bit generator.
buffer
inter-
register,
The
Parity
link
in each
The
Generator.
to ground
40
send
data
word
is formed
that,
excluding
parity
bit,
checked
for
Internal
adapter
must
discrete
from
validity
bit,
bit for
and
a resultant
Control
Discrete
be controlled
register,
discretes
are:
a.
Control
switching
of duplex
b.
Selection
of the
c.
Selection
of coarse
Process
computer,
Since
computer
of inputs
selected
which
input
can
read
by the
converts
the
only
parallel
serializer
is applied
output
multiplexer
provides
The
easiest
way
each
to the
the
bit
The
is used.
total
parity
within
register,
these
This
plus
parity
bits
are
the
very
data
similar
controls.
Some
to
of the
channels
channels
to be used
of fine
Serializer.
inputs
one group
of inputs
input-output
request
(one
input
switching
word)
serial
data
for
in parallel
at a time,
bit rate.
the
The
The
the
form.
to a single
bus.
the
Excluding
occur
is switched
512-KHz
accumulator
resolvers
and
accelerometer
to the
bit.
subwords,
three
functions
Multiplexer
necessary
RF tele-
is generated.
A 13-bit
as backup
inputs
three
The
Certain
line
a validity
to generate
subword.
parity
output
except
process
of this
in the
Digital.Input
the
bit is included
Odd parity
"ones"
delay
analog
words
check.
to provide
resolvers
Input-OutPut
all digital
the
duplex
plus
the
computer.
is included
out over
a parity
subwords
Register.
by the
sent
error,
parity
all
parity
parity
data
adapter.
three
in the
of these
2.0-60.
izer
total
output
functions
included
an individual
20-59.
the
the
computer
without
is to generate
then
is not
that
is received
word
bit however,
means
the
equipment
bit data
telemetry
validity
To ensure
group
serial-
output
process
input-
input
word
selected
the
same
address.
by
the computer.
Data
from
If the
and
the
LCC
computer
computer
provides
allowing
LCC
inputs
and
is connected
a control
to come
gate
from
the command
to the
to inhibit
the
LCC
receiver
system,
inputs
from
computer.
have
a discrete
the
The
input
command
converse
indicates
receiver
of this
this
while
is true
if
20-87
Triple
in a triple
Modular
modular
Redundancy
redundancy
savings
and resultant
several
latch
into th5
sy_ter.i.
Delay
Line.
configuration
has
reliability
improvements
that
otherwise
registers
would
The
use
of glass
effected
in the
delay
sig_dficant
data
component
adapter.
be required
lines
They
for the
replace
functions
being
implemented.
This
triple
timing
modular
such
that
puter
operation
ated
electronics
the
it contains
remains
circulation
time
The
total
to the
corresponding
clock
times
total
information
is equal
times
delay
delay
cycle.
microseconds
the
redundancy
into which
line
among
of twelve
14-bit
line
at 2. 048 MHz
are
three
each
four
presented
in Table
20-I0.
In performing
a process
a phase
in the
data
during
The
output
phase
velocity
optisyns,
the
tains
which
arranged
Y2'
X 2.
When
processed
in phase
"B"
and
20-88
in the
X I and
the
delay
in such
optisyns,
the
lines
or any
and
output
are
the
a manner
another
the
real
delay
the
time
delay
accumulates
Y1 and
of other
are
processed
optisyn
could
optisyns
optisyns
on the
separately
fail
without
assigned
to the
computer
accelerometer
line.
One
still
line
another
conproit
accelerometer
accelerometer
system.
matching
accumulation,
selected
in the computer
the
to
information
redundancy,
velocity
same
for
latch.
Z 2, while
on the
failing
been
of the
redundancy
the
channels
available
outputs
out or looks
has
serializer
a given
four
of real-time
is made
four
by operating
time
modular
of one of the
the
sends
duplex
for
word
to time-share
to the
use
the
of 82.03
Hence,
line
computer
processed
calls
associ-
14-bit
is used
as to provide
computer
and its
Furthermore,
Real
and
com-
information.
"C."
to facilitate
with the
time
into three
relative
the
register
triple
output
two values
operation,
However,
accumulations,
receives
the
locations
multiplexer
Z 1 and
The
the
outputs
cesses
via
serial
computer
line
cycle
is divided
in a single
"B"
delay
times.
be stored
is done
multiplexer.
"B"
are
duplexed
This
of the
phase
word
around
synchronized
is divided
of 512-KHz
phase-times
time.
organized
instruction
bit time
input-output
during
been
line
computer
can
second.
only
delay
channels
words
has
computer
computer
per
information
basic
The
to the
line
such
during
that
any
phase
one of
: : :-
oc
ons: -
Phase Times
Channel
W Clock
PhaseA
Phase B
Phase C
Spare
Spare
Interrupt
Storage
(Read)
X Clock
Switch
Selector
Interrupt
Countdown
Spare
(Write)
Interrupt
Limiting
Minor
Y Clock
(Write)
Millisecond
Countdown
Loop
Interrupt
Countdown
Interrupt
Inhibit
Z Clock
(Read)
Real
Time
Accumulation
Velocity
Accumulation
Velocity
Accumulation
X1 (YI'
Y2 (Z2'
No initialization
voted
upon
in all
three
two
The
will
does
not allow
readings
will
meters
per
in the
approximately
is generated
while
downs
the
bits
occur
an interrupt
least
voters
The
Real
The
during
every
operation
real-time
of the
that
is accumulated
bit
in the
accumulation
circulation,
is no guarantee
time
significant
line.
duplex
so there
bits
are
written
adapter/computer
millisecond
so the
is
values
accelerometer
the
absolute
value
in 246. i microsecond
velocity
measurement
interrupt
at the
rate
the
duration
interrupt
inhibit
of one
count
count
passes
at Y time,
system.
for
12 circulations
computer
for
when
delay
X2)
has
a weight
second.
data
next
voting,
agree.
by counting
the
agree.
in which
one
for this
redundancy
always
the
channel,
functions
go until
modular
while
delay
provided
lines
increments,
of 0.05
been
in triple
processors
of the
has
Zl)
are
In phase
use
of the
for
the
stored
every
through
is used
in the
during
"A,"
a time
resolver
delay
minor
to time
line.
loop
0. 4922
millisecond,
zero.
The
In phase
"C."
length
delay
frequency
function
phase
three
"B,"
of
source
time-to-
is counted
down,
These
two count-
and they
of the
count
generate
is deter-
20-89
from
being
disappeared.
signal
The
is that
it lasts
to inhibit
certain
of channel
"Y."
channel;
exist
when
in the
In Table
"X."
for
The
the
"W"
may
in the
opposite
manner.
20-62.
Power
Supplies.
are
contained
duplexed
load
for
supply
The
lines
Saturn
handle
able
the
can
large
power
current
adapter.
of the
data
thus,
power
adapter
of the
the
interrupt
computer
bits
writing
wish
in phase
in the
any corresponding
words
by the
"C"
storage
bits
that
may
"W"
and
data
this
power
where
adapter
require
five
of these
supplies
to furnish
from
dc output
voltages
six highly
the
vehicle
are
The
determined
power
supplies
full current
and power
voltages.
(6-volt
To
dc) with
avail-
by two independent
converter
reliable
28-volt
the
dc supply
of 12 power
of modules,
operation.
and is furnished
consists
and com-
composed
required,
computer
subsystem
two channels
adapter
of supplying
channel
is split
data
"X"
of the
of these
supplies,
is capable
channel
as three
the
single
load
computer.
while
either
serve
is provided
of one
in channels
As many
which
supply
left
computer,
to use
These
each
are
computer.
supplies
is isolated
and the
spare
the
to permit
arranged
The
bits
read
requirements
supply
inhibit
sequencing
components,
subsystem
converter.
20-90
data
and
interrupt
corresponding
or prevent
if it is desired
power
computer
len_th
Should
erase
three
The
Voltage
amplifiers
static
that
into from
be switched
digital
The
24 feedback
The
voltage.
high-quality
sources.
in the
on the
previous
effective.
be conveniently
for reliability;
that
the
be sacrificed
the
microseconds.
do not
become
written
until
do so by writing
erases
be seen
may
82.03
bits
bit position
therefore,
it can
inhibit
it can
14 bits
are
at least
channel
be conveniently
puter
constraint,
computer
storage
20-i0,
normal
only
in this
interrupts,
Channel
may
recognized
modules
power
fuel
cell
by the
contain
and
sources.
supply
circuit
relays
by a dc-to-dc
requirements
which
circuits
The
to verify
efficiency
efficiency
of the
30 percent.
power
supplies,
power
module
The
ensure
power
the
convert
a function
signal
ground
square
of the
rate
wave
the
are
system
efficiency,
diagram
......
operating.
is approximately
power
resulting
to the
supply
from
absence
of any
60 percent.
use
The
is estimated
to be
of pulse-width-modulated
linear
elements
of the pulse-width-modulated
in series
power
with
supply
20-26.
an unregulated
isolation.
control
determines
stage
better
eo
series-regulator
provides
switching
this
dual
in Figure
oo
dc power
A block
oscillator
functions
is due primarily
is shown
mines
complete
The
source.
timing
all redundant
of a comparable
about
the
that
It also
of the
provides
power
from
degree
the
Integrators
drive
to the
signal
de feedback
of modulation.
is transformer-coupled
power
for
the
driver
a square-wave
inverter.
into a triangular
input
dc voltage
The
inverter
output
in the
whose
to
deter-
predriver
The
output
to main
which
average
amplifier.
shaped
stages
stage
dc value
biased
from
ground
the
is
triangular
driver
isolation.
4. 28 VOC
i
3V INPUT
I
TIMING
OSCILLATOR
AND
UNREG. P,S.
TIMING
ISOLATED
-I
iC
POWER
"-11
CONTROL
PRE-
_-
DRIVER
DRIVER
_..
POWER
INVERTER
Block
Diagram
"1
REF.
REGULATED
OC
OUTPUT
L-C
FILTER
F, W.
RECT.
3-354
Fi?alre
20-26.
Pulse-Width-Modulated
Power
Supply
Module
20-91
The push-pull power invertcrs gw[tch the 28-volt ,lc source to tt,e-primary of the
power transformer. The full-wave rectified output of the transformer constitutes a
unipolar pulse train whose on-off ratio is proportional to the circuit losses and
inversely proportional to the 28-volt dc line voltage variations. The single section
LC filter smooths the modulated pulses into a low-ripple, regulated dc voltage. Any
variation in the average value of the output voltage is sensed by the feedbackamplifier,
andthe error signal is used to control the power inverter pulse width.
20-63.
are
Special
identical
Circuit
to those
accommodate
the
discussed
of 4 volts
volts
is used.
used
The
Either
filtering,
and
The
26-volt
harmonic
with
the
pulses.
This
A variable
the
to a 26-volt
is maintained
frequency
source
is duplexed
resolver
input
serve
inputs
parameter
adapter
are
needed
to
designs
signals
to 6-volt
circuitry.
Since
rejection
are
ground
an input
of at least
redundancy
as a backup
is used
20-64
DIGITAL
COMPUTER.
V digital
in such
for
computer
for
the
is obtained
level
with
the
7 or
techniques
techniques
a manner
i.e.,
each
each
excitation
is a serial
fine
by the
other
(under
same
the
counter
Hz square
detector-
is obtained
to drive
the
The
by incor-
circuitry.
source
and coarse
source.
proper
by
resolvers.
circuit.
is accomplished
amplifier
that
wave
feedback
in the
in a sense,
1016
by level-sensing
is adequate
filtering
down
ring
of the
square
sensitive
This
a three-stage
is set
of the
which
by counting
amplitude
level
is not supplied
redundancy
20-92
data
circuit
modulator
resolvers
controls
by filtering.
duplex
Saturn
the
by an amplitude
resolver
The
noise
or triple
component
feedback
inputs
input
clipping
fundamental
selective
coarse
logic
is accomplished
The
frequency
any
special
input
adapter
with
clipper
counter.
The
level
to drive
porating
for
in the
circuits
Two
digital
data
redundant
is reduced
tation
28-volt
an inverter
is amplified
of the
special
equipment.
the
content
for half
Some
used
paragraphs.
needed
from
circuitry.
circuits
reliability.
by a latch.
amplifier
digital
computer.
component
timing
obtained
of the
to external
is expected,
computer
wave
in the
to convert
Hz frequency
followed
Most
compatible
to obtain
1016
from
is used
signals,
noise
are
following
circuit
reference
used
interfaces
in the
buffer
Desi_.
The
supplies
power
resolver
Since
exci-
fine
and
program
control),
access
magnetic
sour ce.
machine
using
a random
core
It u_e_
....
memory.
micromi:nia"
......
_l
Ii
ql, o
Advanced
puter,
are
Saturn
and
used
counter.
The
Technology
multiple
for
The
computer
the
duplex
serial
program),
memory
arithmetic
characteristics
provides
modules
registers
of the
general
Table
triple
20-11.
computer
purpose
Saturn
.......
_ g:t'ecl_n_Iue_
"
-
t_ " 2:a_k_gi
modular
for
high
and
for
are
redundancy
Clock
of Computer
the
V Computer
Storage
Capacity
modules
simplex,
pair
duplex)
(4 memory
or two
the
of the
central
delay
comlines
instruction
20-11.
characterized
by high
Data
Data
program,
binary
Add-subtract
neously:
Add Time,
Accuracy
Multiply
Time,
Accuracy
Divide
Time,
Accuracy
Glass
in Table
capability
512 kilobits
Speed
storage
summarized
computing
Stored
point,
rate
under
in the
reliability.
Item
Type
_eveloped
......
82 usec,
328 usec,
656 usec,
general
per
second,
and
purpose,
2048
serial
MHz
multiply-divide
clock
simulta-
26 bits
24 bits
24 bits
16,384
words
(each 26 bits) plus two parity bits expandable
in 4096-word
modules
to 32,768
words
total (simplex).
The
memory
modules
may be used in simplex
or duplex operation.
Memory
can be divided between
program
and data as desired,
typically:
2000 data words
(25 bits and sign)
28,768
instructions
(each 13 bits)
Input-
Output
Component
4 memory
Count (including
modules)
External
- computer
output control
programmed
input-
40,800
silicon
semiconductors
and
resistors;
458,752
ferrite
cores
temperature,
temperature
cermet
Temperature
60 F inlet coolant
maximum
junction
100 C
allowable
Reliability
0. 990 probability
of success
for 250-hour
mission
using triple
modular
redundacy
logic and multiple
duples
memory
modules.
Packaging
78 electronic
page assemblies,
four
word (28 plane)
memory
assemblies.
tegral
liquid cooling.
4096In-
20-93
arithmetic
operate
concurrently
Memory
words
arranged
The
are
the
may
be used
in the
reliability
words,
The
from
and
each
circuit.
Thus,
will
signal
logic
and
Figure
20-27
flow
data
and
arithmetic
A random
20-94
data
the
division
portion
access
three
one
may
use
modules
for different
in duplex
the
planes
memory
size
is
memory
core
to eight
be used
memory
28-bit
magnetic
using
2 bits
of this
magnetic
circuits
inputs
fashion
of 32,768
for
instruction
fixed
point,
from
cycle
have
been
These
The
signal
20-28.
but,
are
described
capability
program,
general
arithmetic.
required
developed
numbers.
and
using
are
treated
on.
The
computer.
The
in this
diagram
timing
section
under
portions.
purpose
machine
complement
sign
plus
for
is done
separately
arithmagnitude
multipli4 bits
at a
in the
section.
core
memory
is used
as the
computer
mod-
voter
block
logic.
implemented
Multiplication
algorithms
of the
Two's
when
next
voted
simplified
level
to the
to the
are
modu'les
register
to another
redundancy
module
This
outputs
inputs
output
modular
subdivided
logic
is sent
of the
the
each
input-output
complement
modules.
the
of triple
other
stored
computer
is incorrect,
associated
complement
at a time.
before
simplex
to the majority
signals
not shown,
computer
two's
functional
in Figure
and
algorithms
of two's
seven
identical
is an example
and
are
three
is equal
recomplementation
Special
division
paths
section
is a serial,
uses
go to any of the
flow
computer
time
assumes
into
is illustrated
The
and
report
of 13 output
may
sequencing
cation
which
The
occupy
in memory
may
circuit
of the
instruction
arithmetic.
bits).
one
modules
in voter
if one
the
obviates
upon
of the voter
input-output
metic
This
channel
voted
An average
major
processes
From
flexibility
system
each
are
data
which
(4096
circuits.
missions.
redundancy
outputs
the
words)
memory
even
computer
depicts
64 by 128
Independent
be correct.
circuit
two parity
may
sensing
units
unit.
two instructions
providing
output
outputs.
voter
control
multiplier
modules.
channel
The
or
and
(including
fourteen
subdivides
module.
adder
program
computer,
modular
channels
word
and
on long
or four
triple
data
drive
both
in length,
uses
missions.
high
The
one
required
Saturn
a single
28 bits
memory
plus
employs
with
so that
word.
ule
structure
The
storage
unit.
A!
M4
A 2 M4
A3 M 4
A2M
3-355
Fig_are
serial
with
includes
one
Storage
reliability
isters
and
which
would
a serial
parity
of a 4-bit
--
parallel-by-bit
memory
area
Delay
for
code
and
is maintained
The
is achieved
lines
are
the
various
a 9-bit
parallel
This
the best
choice
registers
Each
operand
glass
Outputs
the
allows
read-write
memory
the
memory
work
length
of 14 bits
shift
register
area.
operations.
predominantly
by using
Signal
by operating
mode.
of the memory
is located
and Addressing.
Voter
operating
checMng
be required
Redundancy
second
bit to allow
in this
operation
per
unit.
to the
Format
Modular
arithmetic
counters.
Word
Triple
by byte,
external
20-65.
A3M
of 512 kilobits
in a serial
to work
High
20-27.
data rate
units
A3M3
in the
delay
when
lines
the
for
arithmetic
number
reg-
of transistors
is considered.
computer
instruction
address.
The
9-bit
word
address
is comprised
allows
512
20-95
o
o
tr)
I
20-96
locations
words,
and
a location
contains
of 256 words.
selected
operand
sector
address
specified
by the
are
addressed
from
instruction
sector
register.
change
the
bit
sector
The
(data
9-bit
sector
(R) is a binary0,
register.
into
sectors
address
latches)
then
If R is a 1 the
of 256
specifies
or in the
the
data
data
comes
comes
from
memory.
Instructions
a 4-bit
instructions
enough
which
so that
words
used
in the memory
Table
20-12.
20-12.
of the
which
selection
sector
is augmented
is changed
register.
Sector
by
by special
size
is large
operation.
data
words
wvrd.
or syllable
to provide
counter
memory
Instruction
per
one
iLlstruction
Sector
contents
of 26 bits.
in syllable
to Table
an 8-bit
is not a frequent
two instructions
stored
(Refer
this
consist
in memory
are
memory
previously
If the
section
residual
being
the
memory.
the
Data
a residual
in either
residual
from
to be dir'c_tl_i
consist
Hence,
instructions
two of a memory
parity
checking
of 13 bits
for
word.
each
and
are
stored
are
described
as
Two
additional
bits
of the
two syllables.
Digital
Computer
Data
and
Instruction
Word
Format
Memory
Syllable
13
14
Plane
Syllable
15
16
27
28
Data
Syllable
2- 1
2_12
Word
Syllable
2 -13
2 -14
2 -25
Instruction
Syllable
1 or
A8
A7
Word
............
A8,
A7,
............
OP1,
p
Sign
etc
OP2,
............
.......
etc
.....
- A1 R OP4
OP30P2
OP1
Position
Operand
Address
Residual
Bit
Operation
Parity
Codes
Bit
20-97
The computer is programmed by mea_,sof single-a2dress instrt, c_ioas. Each instruction specifies an operation and an operand address. Instructions are addressed sequentially from memory under control of the instruction counter. Each time the instruction counter is used, it is incremented by one to develop the address of the next
instruction. After the instruction is read from memory and parity checked, the operation code is sent from the _ansfer register to the operation coderegister, a static
register which stores the operation codefor the duration of the execution cycle.
The operand address portion of the instruction is transferred in parallel (9 bits)
from the transfer register to the memory address register. The transfer register
is then cleared.
If the operation code requires reading the memory, the contents of the operand address are read 14 bits at a time (including parity) from the;memory into the buffers
register where a parity cheek is made. Data bits are then sent in parallel to the
transfer register. This information is then serially transfered to the arithmetic
section of the computer. If the operation code is a store (STO),the contents of the
accumulator are transferred serially into the transfer register and stored in two
14-bit
bytes.
Upon
completion
are
The
word
is read
register
and
ory
directly
goes
as directed
arithmetic
and
storage
der.
other.
20-98
from
the
section
quotient,
The
sector
Therefore,
the
and
they
one
computer
by the
section
is then
counter
is then
been
transferred)
cleared
and
transinto
the next
cycle.
specified
sector
of the
instruction
information
previously
register
address
of the
This
has
an add-subtract
operands.
multiplicand,
add-subtract
contents
by the memory
register.
computer
Data
where
from
address
the
mem-
it is operated
on
code.
contains
for
the
transfer
specified
byte.
register.
memory
arithmetic
operation
registers
The
the
each
address
completing
from
to the
by the
The
product,
thus
transfer
operand
register.
is read,
data
as the
for
operation,
into the
(just
address
instruction
arithmetic
serially
in parallel
memory
bit is generated
of the
transferred
ferred
the
A parity
can
Registers
multiplier,
the
multiply-divide
be programmed
element,
are
positive
elements
to operate
a multiply-divide
required
remainder
operate
concurrently
element,
for
the
accumulator,
and
negative
independently
if desired;
remainof each
i. e.,
Di_era_o_.
:s while the multiply-divide
element can do several short operations while the multiply-divide element is in operation.
No dividend register is shown in Figure
remainder.
The
divisor
is read
can be regenerated
from
multiply
and
require
ations.
A special
to stop
the
assigned
The
divide
an address
and
remains
time
is used
when
the
during
on subsequent
execution
to keep
track
The
is addressable
it is considered
accumulator
for
completed.
in the
because
two remainders
more
counter
operation
answer
the
from
2-28
the
rest
the
product-quotient
of the
computer
oper-
progress
are
illustrated
and
has
of any
another
and
both
address
until
time
indicated,
(PQ} register
operand
register
cycle
first
As
multiply-divide
product-quotient
from
first
cycles.
than
of the
the
to be the
been
instruction.
multiply-divide
is
initiated.
20-66.
Timing.
Basically,
clock
the
The
computer
phase
PA'
Phase
A (PA)
up the
data
20-67.
makes
and
pulses)
resulting
a four
is 1.95
in a phase
PC are
required
up the
instruction
the
pulse
system.
of 27.3
to perform
frequency
Fourteen
phases
of each
is 512
oc-
Three-phase
computer
B and
20-29.
bit times
microseconds.
a complete
and
The width
repetition
microseconds.
time
cycle
clock
in Figure
operation
C (PB and
cycle.
PC} make
Control.
An instruction
list
for
computer
operation
is presented
20-13.
All operations
seconds)
except
for
ly with
around
microseconds
clock
timing
cycle.
Computer
in Table
(four
and
of computer
is organized
time,
PB'
levels
0.4
bit time
in one
times,
any
MPY,
execution.
of the
ecuted
between
ilarly,
seven
More
three
is approximately
KHz.
cur
The
The
other
the
on the
instructions
addressed
if maximum
is stopped
automatically
illustrates
the
timing
MPY
instructions
start
one-word-time
MPH
can
efficiency
and
of the
and
be executed
instructions
can
MPY
MPH).
the
and
must
Three
time
when
between
the
be inserted
is not required
the result
operational
DIV instructions
(except
MPY
one
retained
sil:ce
until
be executed
instructions
the product
start
before
cycle
and
the
concurrentcan
be ex-
is available;
finish
product
multiplication
addressed.
(82 micro-
sim-
of DIV.
or quotient
is
or division
Figure
20-30
DIV operations.
20-99
_-_
CLOCK
TiME
CLOCK
CLOCK
'_
CLOCK
z I
"3"_-_ 9"SEC
w I
x I v
I z
I w I
x I Y I z
w I
F-i
F-L_
_-'_,.,
,c_. ___
I-1
t
o. _12
F
_"
SEC
!
BiT
TIME
o.612
y. SEC
tO
il
i2
13
I4
%...---
f
I
p-
tl II
v"
_r
'
_r
G6
e7
r
f
lilt
__./"
--..%
j-
WXYZ
ZT.3FSEC
PHASE
TiME
"
,,,_J
Po
3-357
Figure
20-100
20-29.
Guidance
Computer
Timing
Charts
o_g
Table
20-13.
Operation
Code
Code
Map
Operation
HOP
(82 usec)
0000
The contents
of the memory
address
specified
by the operand
address
specify
the next instruction
address
and data sector.
Four bits identify
the next instruction
sector,
8 bits are
transferred
to the instruction
address
counter,
1 bit conditions
the syllable
control,
4 bits identify
the next data sector,
3 bits
identify
the next memory
module,
1 bit defines
either
simplex
or
duplex
memory
operation,
and 1 bit resets
the memory
error
latch
when specifying
a new memory
module.
TRA
(82 usec)
1000
to the instruction
is used to specify
register
remains
counter.
the
TMI
(82 usec)
1100
A transfer
occurs
on the minus
accumulator
is positive
(zero is considered
positive),
the
sequence
is chosen
(no branch);
if the sign is
operand
address
become
the next instruction
and a TRA operation
is executed.
TNZ
(82 usec)
0100
A transfer
occurs
when the accumulator
contains
a nonzero
number.
If the accumulator
is zero,
the next instruction
in sequence
is chosen;
if the accumulator
is not zero (either
negative
or positive),
the
8 bits of the operand
address
become
the next instruction
address,
and a TRA operation
is executed.
SHF
(82 usec)
1110
shifts
the accumulator
contents
right
as specified
by the operand
address.
A1 Right
A2 Right
AND
(82 usec)
0110
C LA
(82 usec)
1111
ADD
(82 usec)
0111
SUB
(82 usec)
0010
sign.
If the sign
next instruction
in
negative,
the 8 bits of
address
(perform
branch),
Shift
Shift
1
2
A5 Left Shift
A6 Left Shift
or left
1
2
The contents
of the memory
location
specified
by the
are logically
AND'ed,
bit-by-bit,
with the accumulator
The result
is retained
in the accumulator.
operand
address
contents.
The contents
transferred
of the location
specified
to the accumulator.
address
The contents
added to the
accumulator.
of the location
specified
accumulator
contents.
by the
operand
are
by the operand
address
are
The result
is retained
in the
The contents
of the location
specified
by the operand
address
are
subtracted
from the accumulator
contents.
The result
is retained
in the accumulator.
20-101
Operation
STO
(82 usec)
1011
DIV
(656usec)
0011
MPY
(328usec)
0001
MPH
(410usec)
0101
XOR
(82 usec)
1101
PIO
(82 usec)
1010
The MPH instruction inhibits further access to memory until completed, and cannot
be operated concurrently with other operations.
A limited program interrupt feature is provided to aid the input-output processing.
An external signal can interrupt the computer program and causea transfer to a
subprogram. Interrupt occurs when the instr_,ction in progress is completed. The
instruction counter, sector and module registers, and syllable latch are stored automatically in a reserved residual memory location (octal address 777). A HOP
constant is retrieved from a secondreserved residual memory location (octal address
706). The HOP constant designates the start of the subprogram. Automatic storage
of the accumulator andproduct-quotient registers is not provided. This must be accomplished by the subprogram. Protection against multiple interrupts and interrupts
20-102
_--
I,
o,l,
PHASE
PA
TIMES
P B
PC
A B
BC
A BC
12
1201
16
TS IN PARTIAL
IF a,
MPY
BC
BC
A B
BC
PRODUCT
241
BITS
IN QUOTIENT
61
DIV
{10
12
{'61
14
QUOTIENT
ADDRESSABLE
PRODUCT
ADDRESSABLE
328_SEC
82 # SEC
656/_
SEC
3-358
Figure
during
The
MPY
and
interrupt
generated
terrupt
signal
main
word
may
is controlled
summed.
The
DIV operations
signal
tinually
20-30.
can
a HOP
Certain
discrete
causing
the
the
summed
is generated.
777 with
by a timed
by changing
the
Timing
Chart
is provided.
be generated
When
program
MPY-DIV
This
magnitude
number
source.
of a number
reaches
is accomplished
be resumed
The
at which
which
the
data
con-
value,
adapter
contents
it is
is being
a predetermined
in the
by addressing
rate
the
in-
equipment.
of residual
memory
instruction.
input
signals
input-output
are
allowed
subprogram
to cause
to give
interrupt.
immediate
These
attention
are
useful
to an input
in
or out-
put operation.
The
digital
cluding
MPY
the
This
computer
add,
subtract,
requires
that
multiplication
procedure
plication
uses
multiply,
and
one-word-time
process
speeds
and one-word
of up to 40 percent
a conventional
over
divide.
operations
because
up the
complement
the
a conventional
operation
Trial
multiply
sequential
in the
counter
advances
by permitting
programming
instructions
instructions
be performed
instruction
computer
operations.
Two
of arithmetic
has
are
adder
unit
each
simultaneous
shown
a speed
in-
included.
during
word-time.
multiincrease
computer.
20-103
When
the program
is multiply-hmited,
and a sufficientnumber
of useful one-word
instruction is used.
program
permits the increased speed of concurrent operation without sacrifice in the number
of program
of instructions required.
Instructions,
TRA,
transfers
and
in branch
in easy
masking
The
return
from
stant
causes
routine
is used
a subroutine,
a return
the
to the
prior
piler
is used
to generate
the
The
The
inputs,
by causing
erated
feature
a transfer
input-output
track
20-104
of time
obtained
unconditional
of the
accumulator,
in the accumulator
data
through
expired
must
since
in the
routine
and
place
used.
to subroutines.
is a HOP.
Since
subroutine.
each
The
use
in the flow
An automatic
to permit
into data-word
To
HOP
con-
of a subdiagram,
the
program
com-
the rapid
inputs.
with
checking
Discrete
of changes
output
words
an AND instruction
and
position.
(by Octal
facilitates
may
entering
the timing
subprogram.
be set
be handled.
last
and
being
775) with
the
operations
XOR.
computer
and
currently
constants.
selected
to an input-output
quantity
the
can be addressed
AND
adapter
diagram
sequence.
is provided
the
sector
flow
into
in the
of the
to a different
HOP
grouped
register
STO,
program
correct
are
output
SUB,
in the
are
of the
in return
by masking
product-quotient
interrupt
in programming
of the contents
outside
instruction
XOR,
which
discrete
ADD,
which
to entering
OR operation,
be generated
CLA,
transfer
portion
last
results
is loaded
the
flexibility
transfers
original
constant
adding
inputs,
for
HOP
may
through
to another
in the program
in discrete
provide
an AND instruction.
jumping
An exclusive
TNZ,
of discrete
instruction
permits
and
instructions,
handling
with
HOP
HOP
TMI,
The
to interrupt
This
the
method
of input-output
interrupt
at thc highest
avoids
input-output
the
signal
rate
necessity
subprogram.
operations
is genat which
of keeping
any
"
The
automatic
to cause
interrupt
interrupt.
mand
that
the
ions
between
.v
also
Allowing
program
the
makes
discrete
give
and
the
to permit
inputs
attention
computer
qmdm
it possible
to interrupt
to an important
vehicle
certain
discrete
makes
discrete
inputs
it possible
input.
to de-
Communicat-
telemetry
monitoring
system
are
thus
by an address
code
from
the
computer.
The
is given
over
the
output
to
facilitated.
The
vehicle
definition
the
monitor
of the
data
and
parameter,
program
to read
The
data
sector
referred
in each
sector,
planes.
parameter
of the
waiting
data
with
polynomial
polynomials
guidance
each
separate
in different
application
address
evaluation
of the
in the sector
instructions
since
Sets
register
and
data
sector
sectors.
register,
which
polynomial.
and
sector
it accomplishes
the
same
of indexing.
Hardware
the
end
and
or
and
data
sector
readily
re-
usable
for
of each
data
and
instructions
conserves
parts
memory
core
of the program
of constants
for
is set
the
coefficients
are
feature
stored
necessary
the
The
instruction
residual
size
instructions
result
to the
small
both
sets
Thus,
register
sector
registers.
of coefficients
memory
residual
more
separate
The
and
of the
in addressing
equations.
of data
changing
word
between
handling
the
than
com-
parameter.
data
The
sub-
permits
the
in the
made
the
input-output
By confining
rather
or data
useful
once.
of the data
in the
is set
stored
stored
by use
coefficients
indexing,
injection
are
are
number
is also
located
of the instruction
instruction
register
in the
lines
acquired
scheme
flexibility
sectors.
instructions
to move
This
is then
in many
has
computer
to acquire
are
sector
monitor
system
sectors,
stored
is free
the
register.
residual
size
changing
data
of memory
The
the
causing
monitor
sector
by concentrating
sector
retrieved
data
the
as an input.
whether
nember
reduces
The
the
When
considerable
indicate
to by the
frequently
nomials
for
permits
The programmer
without
chief
value
to by instructions
achieved
register.
is generated
a limited
sector,
The
in a buffer
can be minimized.
data
to be monitored
an interrupt
register
referred
and
gister
stored
while
sector
is selected
parameter
Instructions
register
the
the
to continue
constants.
the
vehicle
adapter
desired
puting
system
many
different
location
poly-
can
a given
of the
be readily
set
of
polynomial
selected.
eliminates
in polynomial
bits
to compute
coefficients
to select
for use
are
the
need
evaluation,
saved
for
the
by omitting
indexing.
20-105
Upper and lower limits for orbital checkoutparameters are stored in the two halves
of a data word. Addressing of the parameter through the monitoring system is related to the storage location of the limits in memory. A simple, regular sequence
of addresses makes programming easy by the use of address modification techniques.
20-68. Computer Arithmetic
The Saturn
element
are
and
by the
each
the
accumulator
delay
of the
line
and
and
arithmetic
the
may
DIV.
independently,
can
Also
operations
accumulator
perform
any one
each
line
of
program
circulated
delay
they
concurrently.
during
are
syne
add-subtract
be operated
element
MPH,
the
operate
and
add-substraet
simple
through
both
circuits
MPY,
of the
instruction
line
to synchronize
is used
controlled
product-quotient
address
tion,
but must
The
be used
of the MP!I
The recursion
complement
Multiply.
for
are
The
through
channel
the
to prevent
program
initiates
memory
location
line.
The
multiplier
of the
accumulator.
is stored
in the
a multiply
delay
The
operates
as a counter
to stop
counter
operation
delay
is completed.
memory
times,
contains
counter
word
on any
and
subsequent
or divide
and
divide
has
the
opera-
operation.
instructions
The
with
two's
paragraphs.
in a two-phase
including
cycle,
instruction
the 24 high-order
by the operand
phase
the
in Figure
accumulator.
following
by placing
line
when
shown
instruction
multiply
multiply
in the
specified
of the
can be obtained
of another
15 phase
as
is used
as a residual
initiation
element
line
line
counter.
or quotient
explained
and requires
channel
or quotient
implementing
multiply
of a delay
delay
is addressable
operation
parallel,
the
by the
before
numbers
Another
product
formulas
channels
counter
the product
register
775.
three
operations.
automatically
octal
20-106
the
uses
or divide
product
control
element
the multiply
The
Although
elements,
of the results.
One channel
This
program
except
results
arithmetic
element.
cycle-time,
multiply-divide
20-30.
two independent
instructions,
cycle-time,
The
same
program
computer
processing
has
the multiply-divide
serviced
During
the
V computer
address
terminates
access
bits
into
the 24 high-order
serial-by-four
the
bits
a multiply
of the
time.
contents
multiplicand
of the
contents
instruction.
The
cff
delay
The
.....
instrumentation
Two
of the
nels
shift
channels
both
two-phase
cycle.
(fourth
and
be used
can
in latches
of multiples
for
new
and
line
the
the
multiply
during
every
four
places
partial
A 1
A2_
to the
The
in the
channels.
These
multiplicand.
other
phase
time
M_R3, MR4,
to condition
to the
line
chan-
right
every
accumulator
multiply
operation
operation.
(MR 1, MR2,
used
delay
multiplier.
is not involved
the
and are
multiplicand
and
three
multiplier
contains
multiplier
or txatches
thereafter,
and
addition
product.
The
the
MR5)
or
are
subtraction
following
algorithm
according
to the
multiply:
Pi = 1/16
P. is the
the
delay
with
r e_uires
product
and
channel
of this
of the
of the
is utilized
third
algorithm
partial
product
of a multiply
bits
_'_n_Yt
the
concurrently
low-order
placed
The
channel)
initiation
five
_ o.
multi
conta::n
the partial
portion
Upon
of the
[P(i-
partial
1)
product,
and
1 and
A 2 are
formed
rules:
MR 1
MR 2
MR 3
MR 3
MR 4
MR 5
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
M represents
the
MRlare
made
zero.
Divide.
The
llel,
and
The
program
ory
location
element.
gorithm
multiplicand.
and
phase
= Ris
times
a divide
(divisor)
the
counter
DVs
the
operates
27 phase
is instrumented
Qi
For
element
initiates
The
0
+2M
+2M
+4M
-4M
-2M
-2M
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
divide
requires
A2
first
multiplication
in a two-phase
per
divide,
+ Ris
26 bits
a divide
operation.
P(i
1) and
serial-by-two-para-
instructions
of the accumulator
terminates
to execute
the
cycle
cycle,
including
by transferring
26 bits
0
+8M
+8M
+16M
-16M
-8M
-8M
0
of the
(dividend)
The
access
time.
addressed
mem-
to the
divide
following
al-
divide:
" DV s
(1)
20-107
and
Ri+l
(2)
= 2R i + (1 - 2Qi) DV
where:
i
Qi
= The
i th quotient
R.1s
= The
sign
of the
ith remainder
The
sign
of the
divisor
The
i th remainder
The
dividend
DV
R.
1,
2,
3,
. 24
bit
R1
DV
The
divisor
Equation (i)states that the ith quotient bit is equal to a "I" ifthe sign of the ith
remainder
Qi as determined
by equation (1)is
The
instrumentation
line.
One channel
These
three
and
to the
phase
cycle.
In the
two's
sign
of the
possible
from
left
product
delay
complement
number
number.
memory.
Either,
= 1
Since
equations
However,
this
line
requires
one
during
two-phase
solutions.
20-108
used
each
to solve
Qi
are
of the
algorithm
the quotient,
the partial
channels
places
divide
contains
channels
multiplicand,
mainder
of the
cycle.
The
system,
the
is the
(1) or
equations
to contain
respectively.
been
last
(2) until
The
lengthened
divisor
(1) and
entire
(2) can
and
the
one
of a delay
the dividend.
multiplier,
quotient
by latches
circulates
high-order
bit read
the
channels
the divisor,
multiply
have
three
the
and the
to shift
once
each
bit determines
from
memory,
divisor
have
has
re-
the
it is imbeen
read
two
two-
Iw
to
_-"
and,
R(i+l)
2R i -
DV
2R i +
DV
or,
Qi
and,
R(i+l)
Both
the
borrow
dividend
and
ities
finally
for
are
the
first
to determine
carry
is
table
is
of 2R.
divisor
DV
and
the
are
loaded.
registers
entered
quotient
the
into
bit.
second
examined
solved
their
If this
quotient
to determine
the
DV are
sign
bit
second
quotient
the
bit
bit.
if the
bit
of these
quant-
(1) is
borrow
quotient
quotient
as
equation
is a one,
first
generated
bits
registers,
If the
second
When
quotient
the
the
of 2R.
respective
bit.
to determine
carry
is
is
the
solved
examined
a'zero,
the
The
following
truth
first
quotient
bit
is
a one.
R i
DV s
R(i+l)s
Where
R i
The
first remainder
bit to the
right of the
DV s
The
divisor
sign
The
borrow
sign bit
20-109
R(i+l)s
Q
The
The
R(i+l)s according
R i B + Ri B
equation
used
in generating
new
remainder,
Ri_2,
R(i+Z)
R(iZ)
4R i + Z (I - ZQi) DV
cores
in a unique
simplex
(for 8000
modules
can be electrically
The
self-correcting
with
and
self-correcting
for high
the
memory
correction.
extension
The
drive
carry
for
computer
lor
reliability.
The
but only
current
an odd-even
error
detection
Unlike
conventional
toroid
of the
basic
approach
duplex
of 1bur
operating
identical
program
circuitry
permits
is loaded
on the
of constants
for
access
and
program.
bit detection
random
cap-
memory
of the computer
parity
4096-
storage
of the
content
toroidal
reliability
increased
sectors
control
when
computer
information
under
conventional
a memory
for
basic
constants
the
uses
consists
in simplex
by gener-
2Ri+ 2 = DV.
memory
and
is started
achieving
be operated
uses
DV
of divide
or 0.958
Thereafter,
system
and
system
instruction
altered,
duplex
iteration
digital
operation
may
to launch.
data
conjunction
duplex
which
into
next
The
of memory).
pairs
speeds
prior
Section.
of duplex
words
or in duplex
just
by expand-
+ (I - ZQ(i+I)) DV
the borrow
self-correcting
at electronic
the
described,
Memory
of 0.990
memory
generated,
as already
Computer
is obtained
(2).
= ZR(i+I)+ (I - ZQ(i+I))DV
20-69.
20-110
the
R(i+z)
ating,
dication
DV s with
(2).
R i B (DV s + DV s) R i . B (DV s + DV s)
As R(i+2 ) is being
ground
to Equation
ing equation
ability
by comparing
The
word
remainder
scheme
malfunction
memories,
regeneration
in
inthe
of correct
address
register
outputs;
b.
Memory
transfer
register
input-output;
C.
Store
gate
command;
d.
Read
gate
command;
e.
Syllable
control
Computer
functions,
which
are
which
provide
a.
synchronizing
gates,
per
second.
These
for
storage
flexibility
profile
Each
for
gates
modules
modules
(0-6),
are
the
with
For
operation,
independent
Both
cycle
each
buffer
memories
Two memory
divided
group
cycles
operate
into
memory,
serial
data
of multiple
or total
duplex
independently
two groups,
one
is set
by the
selected
in Figure
when
both
rate
required
mission
mission
of even
(1-7).
times.
manner.
numbered
A buffer
each
memory
is under
are
operating
without
and updated
(13 bits
for reading
the
or in a duplex
consisting
modules
long
units
register
modules.
20-31,
instructions
memory
through
others
of the
of 512 kilobits
simplex
for
group
memories
read
consist
operation
of the
of odd numbered
simultaneously
are
of the
selection
partial
simplex
the mean-time-before-failure
as shown
for reading
each
conversion
consisting
registers
are
is required
can
other
associated
duplex
permit
units
for
provide
of extending
simplex
Memory
separate
also
and
purposes
of the
gates.
in parallel
plus
1 party
and updating
control
failure.
(14 bits).
bit per
data
of
A single
instruction
(26 bits
plus
word).
2 parity
bits).
The
parallel
rate
at the
outputs
memory
of the
transfer
memory
register
buffer
under
registers
control
are
of the
serialized
memory
at a 512-kilobit
select
logic.
20-111
ERROR
DETECTOR
OUTPUTS
A
MODULE
MEMORY
TO
MEMORY
inK'
MEMORY
MODULE
BUFFER
REGISTER
MEMORY
B
BUFFER
MEMORY
REGISTER
SELECT
LOGIC
INHIBIT
PARITY
CHECK
DRIVERS
11
MEMORY
INHIBIT
PARITY
CHECK
(TMR)
:
(TMR)
I
I
l
3-359
TO MEMORY
TRANSFER
REGISTER
Figure
Initially,
the
parity
ected
in
ory.
Both
ory,
the
eous
ory
the
under
Self-Correcting
outputs
of
one
buffer
being
performed
memory
being
used,
are
then
transient
parity-checking
has
been
control
erroneous
sequently,
instantaneous
terrupted
computer
memories
causes
its
own
memory
complete
are
both
operation
regenerated
error
being
register
Memory
used
by
register
buffer
System
simultaneous
When
transfers
the
with
outputs.
immediately
detection
circuits
operation
buffer
until
switching
operation
register
on
corrected,
of
Computer
to
of
an
par-
error
the
is
other
the
"good"
that
the
det-
memmem-
errors.
and
previously
20-112
only
Duplex-Toroid
checking
correcting
memory
is
20-31.
memories
thus
After
DRIVERS
(TMR)
r ' !,
allel
TO
"B e'
MEMORY
until
system
returns
register.
the
from
"good"
one
simultaneous
failure.
have
to
verified
the
condition
Operation
memory
memory
failures
is
not
develops
output
at
where
the
each
transferred
its
to
erron-
another
same
mem-
to
first
error.
Con-
permits
location
the
uninin
both
w@
Proper
operation
of the
bit word
containing
detecting
circuitry.
transferred
During
other
or store
during
cycles,
subsequent
circuitry
indicates
and
of these
parity
error
read
cycles
is indicated
a logical
"one"
conditions
are
by each
output
of the
violated,
14-
error
operation
is
system
checking
detection
cannot
be performed.
circuitry
only.
Failure
Parity
checking
is'
cycles.
of memory
producing
the
read
of "one's"
or both
by the
addressing
detecting
during
memory.
is accomplished
Intermittent
2_-32
If either
regenerate
performed
system
an odd number
to the
detection
memory
between
a logical
normal
"one"
connection
Output
of the
error
cycles
is detected
at the
improper
detector
by the
time.
circuits
for
error
Figure
a simplex
memory.
The
control
latch
computer.
the
The
error
"one"
circuits
output
detector
24
latch
output
at the improper
'_
are
LINES
packaged
is in a logical
is a logical
time,
with
the
buffer
"zero"
"zero"
output
24-X
the
register
state
at normal
latch
is set
CURRENT
SINKS
for
cycle
to the
circuitry
normal
operation.
times,
"one"
in the
If
or a logical
state
indicating
an
__I'-TCV
ED
STRO!
!1
TCV
OR PULSE
RESET
TO MEMORY
SELECT
LOGIC
AND DA
STROBE
ED
JI
16 LINES
LEGENDcRX
CURRENT
AND CRy=
CURRENT
SINKS
I--__'-TCV
REGULATOR
TCV = TEMPERATURE
CONTROLLED
VOLTAGE
ED = ERROR
DETECTOR
(2
PER
MEMORY
MODULE)
3-360
Figure
16-Y
20-32.
Error
Detection
Circuit
Connection
for
Simplex
Computer
Memory
20-113
error.
Conditions
which
will result
a.
Address
without
voltage
source
b.
Address
without
current
sink
C.
No address
d.
Dual
e.
Single
source-single
sink
source-dual
sink
20-70
Co__mmE_u_t_er
Inj2ut-Outi)ut
cterized
by the
process
input-output
out of the
type
and one-word
system.
The
operand
Discrete
inputs
and
pack
26 discrete
of the 26 discrete
reset
Interrupt
the
program
of input-output
is also
modes
The
main
a HOP operation
contents
stored
20-114
and
This
when
during
The
of a single
the
data
word
into or
accumulator
adapter
or mem-
or other
sub-
register.
instruction.
It is possible
instruction
from
and
a given
another
will
determine
to
if any
AND instruction
is used
to set
adapter.
signals
will
These
to a subprogram.
upon
The
the
HOP
is normally
The
rate
used
at which
can be adjusted
or
the
as dictated
location
constant
of the
sub-
stored
to process
timed
stop
in a
a block
interrupt
by the
oc-
various
mission.
after
specified
counter,
interrupt
the data
is dependent
basis.
can be resumed
the
XOR
The
subprogram
on a periodic
of the instruction
there
feature.
the desired
state.
a branch
program-controlled
program
its interrupt
in the
by this
The
within
cause
location.
of operation
is chara-
between
located
to select
changed
be generated
and
data
section
outputs.
program
memory
input-output
transferring
data
lines
word.
is program-controlled
specific
curs
can
and
transfers
can be processed
have
computer
for
is used
into one
discrete
signals
computer
outputs
as follows:
memory.
and delay
address
inputs
any of the
provides
instruction
signals
The
instructionused
or out of the
registers
are
address
Section.
instruction
input-output
output
address
of input-output
accumulator
The process
ory
in an error
sector
occurred.
completion
memory
register,
of the
subprogram
location.
This
and
syllable
location
latch,
by executing
contains
which
were
the
.'..:-
.o-
:--
20-7].
The
ST-124-M
V vehicle
tude
inertial
platform
guidance.
Ths
programming,
putation,
and
A block
diagram
system
steering
velocity
also
error
the
inertial
reference
mechanics
platform
computation
system
PLATFORM
the
furnishes
for
guidance
provides
signals,
information
of the
INERTIAL
system
for
II,
vector
atti-
for
attitude
of vehicle
position
and
velocity.
Figure
20-33.
is
in
com-
Figure
AC]
ELECTRONICS
PLATFORM
ASSEMBLY
POWER
SUPPLY
ACCELEROME
X
Y
TE R
Z
GYROS
Y
32:1
RESOLVERS
..T.[E
GUIDANCE
Saturn
positions
interconnection
RE SOLVER
thrust
the
gimbal
11
LADDER
STEERING
OUTPUTS
TO
CONTROL
COMPUTER
for
CHAIN
ADAPTOR
COMPUTER
COMMAND
t !
MOOULES
ACCELEROMETER
TELEMETRY
S/tAPING
DEMODULATORS
I-
SIMULATORS
BUFFERS
/,
INERTIAL
DATA
ALTERNATE
STEERING
ME THOO
II
>
BOX
ESE
3-361
Figure
*A general
RESOLVER
STEERING
OUTPUTS
TO CONTROL
COMPUTER
20-33.
Description
Guidance
of the
System
ST-124-M
Interconncction
Inertial
Platform
Block
System
Diagram
(Report
No.
M-ASTR-IN-63-27)
H.
E.
September
Thomason
23,
and
J.
G.
Rowell,
Gyro
and
Stability
Branch,
Astrionics
Division,
1963.
20-115
20-22
As
shows
two sets
of outputs
in guidance
operation
the
in the primary
guidance
method.
defined
adapter
chain
approach
with
plied
as inputs
to the
ertial
system
ial
data
The
box,
shaft
20-72.
for
a three
34,
is designated
the
while
The
location
of the
discussion
fixed
The
the ST-124-M
vehicle
are
listed
The
gas
frame
vehicle
major
platform
{unction
vehicle
and
Its data
are
integrating
information
listed
the
multi-speed
gimbal
additions
of
as
major
is designed
configuration,
The
middle
identical
20-
configand
so that
inner
only
change.
all three
inertial
about
its
in Figure
is used
gir_bal
outer,
is also
of each
Figure
three
is illustrated
accelerometer,
the
of the
platform
configurations
in Table
for
resolvers
of the
20-36,
inert-
A description
identical
about
which
to the guidance
are
in-
the
developed
by a configuration
characteristics
Figure
system
to i 45 degrees
dictates
sup-
the ST-124-M
assembly,
inertial
wiring
freedom
components
gyroscope,
pendulous
in Table
bearing
mission
comprise
data
paragraphs.
has
is affected
unlimited
box being
platform.
platform,
space.
acceleration
IV inertial
The
data
angles.
four
the
inertial
and
St-124-M
The
III inertia
gimbal.
stabilizing
AMAB-3K8
The
from
the resolver
systems
in the following
MOD
mounting
of the
in inertial
20-116
MOD
The
gimbal
configuration.
Mod IV offers
AB-5K8
platform
be used.
uses
ST-124-2
supply,
will
outputs
electronic
the
set
method
that
platform
ac power
Platform.
gimbal
blocks
between
is presented
the ST-124-M
at launch).
The
platform
in the
of the
differences
Inertial
vehicle
yaw
brief
the
but no redundant
ST-124-M
axes
major
ST-124-M
the platform
The
is a modifica_on
to measure
or four
gimbals,
supply.
system
ST-124-M
uration,
ac power
platform
The
one
receives
alternate
the demods
the
box,
of the
The
platform,
encoders
assemblies
from
Only
computer
inertial
The
data
control
computer.
system
inertial
computer.
control
the
I vehicle.
digital
the outputs
and the
ST-124-M
Saturn
the
are
to the control
reference
X axis
(vehicle
is required.
20-35.
follows.
to maintain
the
inner
gimbal
20-14.
FiguTe
computer.
20-37,
The
provides
accelerometer
the
data
20-15.
erection
pendulum,
Figure
20- 38,
is used
for
erection
of the
inertial
v
V
ee
.....
&
0
o_
I
&
20-117
OUTER
GIMBAL
+Z
INERTIAL
GIMBAL
VEHICLE
FRAME
MIDDLE
GIMBAL
+X
3-363
Figure
platform.
Two
are
grees
for
Three
used
to the
resolver
platform
and
series
with
forms
the
in the
form
fixed
three
erection
is used
of steering
M Gimbal
The
to the
to each
gimbal,
transformation
signals
data
mode.
which
control
is
to form
computations.
to the
platform
The
listed
guidance
resolvers
the
in other
are
a resolver
on
vertical.
platform
alternate
command
Configuvatior,
mounted
local
the
pendulum
in the
or
are
to erect
is used
program
coordinate
ST-124
pendulums
testing.
chain
has,
bearing
platform
others
accelerometer
The
20-118
for
gas
20-35.
computer.
The
inertial
third
is
than
normal
in Table
20-16.
The
a chain.
output
oriented
signals
90 de-
positions
ST-124-M
electrically
gimbal.
inertial
connected
in
The
per-
chain
are
furnished
.......
u.
_i
......
0
I-0
rr
\
_-_
rr
0
rY .....
b_
O0
.,=-_
.<
b_
O3
c_
I
20-119
Table
20-14.
AB-5K8
Stabilizing
Gyroscope
Item
Gyro
Data
Wheel
Type
Synch.
Angular
Gas
Data
momentum
hys.
2x106
Wheel
speed
24,000
Wheel
excitation
26 volt,
Wheel
bearing
Wheel
power
Wheel
life
2000
Wheel
mount
Sym.
Wheel
sync
preload
3.4
at sync
gcm
/s
rpm
3 phase,
400 Hz
kg operating
10 watts
hrs.
min.
90 sec.
time
Bearing
Gas
Pressure
1.03
bars
Gas
flow rate
2000
cc/min.
Air
gap
0015
Orifice
Signal
restrictors
diff.
cm to . 002 cm
Millipore
discs
Generator
Type
Shorted
Excitation
10 volts,
S ens itivity
420 millivolts/degree
Float
3 degrees
freedom
turn
reluctance
4.8
KHz
with
Torquer
Type
Shorted
Normal
Fixed
erection
coil
Maximum
Physical
6 degrees
excitation
variable
/min
26 volts
coil
excitation
30 volt
reluctance
400 Hz - 45 ma
400 Hz - 50 ma
Characteristics
Size
3 in.
Weight
900 gm
Mounting
Three
Temperature
Drift
dia.
by 4 in.
point
length
flange
Characteristics
Calibration
20-120
rate
turn
vs.
temperature
temperature
. oo8/h/C
10 K load
o
o
o
o
o
<
,-i
u)
<[
b_
C_
I
c_
20-121
Table
20-15.
AMAB-3K8
Pendulous
Integrating
Accelerometer
Item
Data
Wheel
Gyro
Type
Synch.
Angular
Gas
momentum
hys.
speed
12,000
Wheel
excitation
26 volts,
Wheel
sync
90 sec.
Wheel
power
Wheel
life
2000
Wheel
mount
Sym.
Wheel
bearing
time
at sync
preload
1 x 105 g cm
Wheel
4.5
/g
rpm
3 phase,
400 Hz
watts
hrs.
907.2
min.
gm.
Bearing
Gas
pressure
1.03
bars
Gas
flow
4800
cc/min.
Air
gap
Signal
Torque
rate
0015
Orifice
restrictors
diff.
cm to . 002 cm
Millipore
discs
Type
Four
shorted
Excitation
10 volts,
S ens itivity
285 millivolts/degree
Float
+ 3 degrees
Generator
freedom
pole
4.8
turn
reluctance
KHz
with
Motor
Type
Direct
Maximum
Incremental
torque
Digital
axis
1. 440kgcm
dc torquer
at 1.1A
Encoder
Type
Optical
Counts
6000
counts
Size
3.25
in.
Weight
90C gm
Mounting
Three
Physcial
grid
with
per
redundancy
revolution
Characteristics
Temperature
Calibration
20-122
Data
point
Characteristics
temperature
40C
dia.
amb.
by 5 in.
flange
length
mounting
10 K load
TabLe20-15.
AMAB-3K8
Ambient Item
temperature
for aeeuraeies
stated
Pendulous
range
Table 20-16.
wv
ew
..
......
Integrating
._
Aceelerometer
Gas
(Cont'd)
40C
Data + 5C
Item
Physical
Data
Bearing Data
Data
Characteristics
Size
2.25
Weight
92 gm
in.
by 1.5
in by 1.25
in.
Bearing
Gas
pressure
1.03
Gas
flow
100 cc/min
Air
Signal
bars
0016
Gap
diff.
cm
to . 0018
cm
Generator
Type
Inductive
Excitation
4 volts,400
Sensitivity
300 millivolts/degree
Hz
Performance
Leveling
The
+ 5 arc
accuracy
sec
Input
range
+ . 5 degree
Time
constant
10 sec.
command
computer
modules
and generate
The
analog
signals
into
a dc voltage
from
the desired
in the
inertial
analog
signals
generated
whose
polarity
are
data
box receives
through
conditioned
and
the
chain
by the
amplitude
(signal
commands
from
for vehicle
attitude
command
represent
saturation)
voltage
the vehicle
the
guidance
control.
demodulators
displacement
attitude.
The
gimbal
angle
multi-speed
resolvers,
one
on each
gimbal,
are
used
as start
20-123
(.9
Z
rr
b_
W
mW
(D
ILl
OOW
cd
(-9O0
cO
I
co
20-124
w
-
position
angle
puter
and
ment
actually
listed
encoders.
the
angles
closes
the guidance
20-18.
is shown
from
in Figure
Table
of each
launch
Ioop
A schematic
output
gimbal
in Table
connection
The
wv.
are
around
diagram
ww
....
..
resolver
is sent
measured
and
to the guidance
stored.
This
The
resolver
the platform.
of the mul_:i-speed
resolver
com-
measuredata
and
are
bridge
20-39.
20-17.
Resolvcr
Item
Chain
Data
Data
Excitation
fl
f2
Demodulator
26 volts,
1.6.
26 volts,
1.92
KHz
Outpu t
To control
Linear
3 volts
computer
To telemetry
+ 2.5
+_-2.5
(fine)
(coarse)
dc/degree
volts
volts
dc/+
3
de/+_- 15
+ 15 degrees
range
Table
20-18.
Resolver
Data
Item
Resolver
Data
Characteristics
32 Speed
Single
+ 5%
Speed
Excitation
voltage
26 volts
Excitation
frequency
1000 Hz
+ 0.01%
1000 Hz
+ 0.01%
Excitation
power
1.15
0.05
Mechanical
System
KHz
watts
+ 10 arc
accuracy
sec
26 volts
+ 5%
watts
+ 30 arc
min
Characteristics
System
hi-speed
64:1
System
lo-speed
1:1
Static
+ 30 arc
accuracy
Dynamic
accuracy
(error
proportional
to input rate)
Computer
clock
frequency
Temperature
range
optimum
accuracy.
for
is
20 arc
2x106
sec
sec
at 0.2
rad/sec
Hz + 0.01_
+ 30 C
20-125
0.
/\
/\
[.
>no
O
Z
0
U
W
"o
o
I
o
i
c_
cK
_--'1
WO
_c_
zn
0
I.L
t-
)Oc
>-
Q:
.-I
a.
I,U
Ill,
OG
20-126
.....
20-73.
Platform
tains
axis
the
electronics
w_
than
those
following
is a list
Three
gimbal
C.
One redundant
0.
One redundant
f.
Three
accelerometer
servo
g.
Three
accelerometer
torquer
h.
One 4.8
i.
One
automatic
j.
One
gyro
wheel
current
k.
One relay
card
assembly
1.
One
m.
Four
power
n.
Eight
electrical
o.
One
p.
One temperature
q.
Elapse
20-74.
convert
the
and
the
steering
of components
for
assembly
required
the
con-
for
ST-124-M
platform
Nod
IV
servo
amplifier
gimbal
torquer
card
power
stage
amplifier
cards
power
amplifier
checkout
time
stages
card
selector
switch
_ransformer
assembly
indicator
switching
main
cards
gimbal
relays
connectors
transformer
sensor
indicator
listed
are
(c) and
casting
panels
plug-in
deleted.
are
hermetically
and
of the
cooling
platform
system
ESE.
Its primary
of the
and
resolver
accelerometer
scheme
The
and the
chain
digital
sealed.
assembly
for
Internal
heat
by conduction
the
MOD
III
sources
into the
are
temperature-
unit.
inertial
data
remainder
functions
convert
The
realized
instrument
Box Assembly.
computer
modules.
(d) are
pressurization
the
output
electronics
in the platform,
stages
voltage
items
Data
guidance
platform
power
items
mounting
(3) condition
*Alternate
KHz
of the
Inertial
the
torquer
time
to the
telemetry
amplifier
400 Hz keying
requiring
between
servo
elapsed
except
controlled
assembly:
b.
heat-sinked
located
gyro
Modules
Do
The
Three
majority
from
a.
is identical
the
The
Assembly.
other
stabilization.
The
nals
Electronics
electronics,
platform
ar
of the
to:
it to analog
into
encoder
box is a conditioner
steering
outputs
*(1)
inputs
guidance
accept
signals
for
for
use
system
attitude
to the
for
by the
including
programming
resolver
the
sig-
chain,
control
guidance
*(2)
computer,
com-
only.
20-127
puter and ESE monitor, (4) accept commandfrom the ESEfor control system checkout, (5) condition the attitude and acceleration outputs for telemetry, and *(6) furnish the excitation voltages for the resolver chain.
The assembly is constructed similar to the platform electronic assembly and is hermetically sealed. The expectedweight of the assembly is 22.5 kilograms (50pounds).
The following is a list of modules located in this assembly:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
Temperature sensor
Elapse time indicator
20-75.
to run
Platform
the gyro
ac
wheels,
sources
for the
derived
from
similar
to the other
outputs
are
The
20-128
Power
excitation
resolver
chain
a crystal
and
generated
3 phase,
b.
20 volt,
4.8
KHz,
c.
20 volt,
1.6
KHz;
d.
20 volt,
1.92
ac power
assembly
fol" the
are
platform
and
accurate
ac power
400
and
supply:
ao
Electronic
modules
b.
Frequency
standard;
e.
Three
d.
Pressure
e.
Temperature
electrical
connectors;
sensor;
sensor;
the
carrier.
The
is hermetically
= .01Hz
contains
gimbal
servo
KHz.
supply
furnishes
to = . 01 Hz.
assemblies
in the
26 volt,
This
excitation
electronic
a.
platform
Supply.
following:
the
power
synchros,
required
and frequency
All frequencies
assembly
sealed.
are
is constructed
The
following
Elapsed
f,
20-76.
time
Platform
stabilized
Erection
platform
Platform
use
inertial
their
by applying
enables
the
equipment
laboratory
erected
erection
in the
eliminates
put and
any
loop
in the
its
derivative
are
etic
torquer
on the
output
sion
rate
by this
is null.
magnetic
torquer
the
loop,
servo
Azimuth
tial
tial
must
in the
gimbal
quired.
tial
gimbal
and
normal
rates
For
be held
per
area
to a close
are
of the platform
ated
on the
ground.
The
prism
ring
heading,
accomplished
an automatic,
is a motor
alignment,
tolerance.
with
relatively
regardless
gimbal
torquer.
in plus-
ground
support
pendulum
output
alignment
the
per
the
gyro.
On Saturn
large
of vehicle
containing
ring
long
gyro
electro-
can
into
be obtained.
class
of the
iner-
vehicles,
sway
alignment
heading,
mounted
a porro
the
signals
heading
range
preces-
until
vehicle
The
electromagnThe
biasing
minute
out-
gimbal
by the
azimuth
of a prism
integrator
to the
inertial
is limited
panel
integrator
The
stabilization
sway-compensating,
driven
to the
amplifier
compartment.
by use
The
By applying
up to 45 degrees
preflight
azimuth
minute.
of six
six positions
the
rotation.
torquer
rate
of the
electromechanical
positions
erection
gyro
and
transmitted
platform
torque
be accomplished
to any
These
of the
applied
slewing
must
alignment
axis
One
20-40.
by earth's
the
in any
automatically.
in Figure
The
to the
accelerometer
gimbals,
erection
parallel
and
platform
proper
of each
by
on the
is erected
field.
and
fed through
other
to the
check
equipment.
to six degrees
Alignment.
gimbal
present
The
signal
this
caused
of the
is accomplished
mounted
gimbal
platform
platform
error
are
gravitational
is shown
support
standing
pendulum
pendulum
of the
and alignment
gimbals
to each
inertial
to accomplish
servo
caused
normal
The
earth's
position
ground
platform
pendulums
axes
erection
paragraphs.
or prelaunch
in the
is preamplified
located
input
axes.
is designed
A typical
Three
the proper
orientations
is the normal
of the
pendulums.
with
The
following
erection
measurillg
positions
Alignment.
in the
The
bearing
accelerometer
signal
Azimuth
is described
gimbal
minus
and
Erection.
of gas
Tills
indicator.
and
twist
of the
iner-
is also
to the
theodolite
prism
this
and
re-
inerloc-
the
sta-
20-129
rr
o,., I
I-
.-J
._1
1L
I-
u.J
-
I
I
i:l
'_
L___J
o
>
%
oI
r_
o
o
0
Q.
]
0
I.0
c;
I
0
:D
a
Z
I..i.I
Q.
_D
cO
I
q'O
20-130
tor
,-
_.
of a multi-speed
determined
The
by
initial
to the
synchro.
the
pendulums
alignment
inertial
It is
in the
normal
is accomplished
gimbal
by
using
tae
capable
by
azimuth
of being
erected
electrically
pickup.
driven
about
platform
vertical
axis
position.
driving
(See
the
the
Figure
prism
ring
20-41)
This
VEHICLE
TWIST
{ PRISM"_
L_
X
AXIS}
J
MOUNTING
FRAME
OUTER
GIMBAL(Y)
bUNDANT
GIMBAL
INERTIAL
GIMBAL(Z}
MIDDLE
GIMBAL(X)
PLATFORM
COVER
TO Y GYRO
_Z
AUTOCOLLIMATOR
THEODO
AZIMUTH
PICKUP
OUTPUT
PRISM
OUTPUT
_
COMPLEX
ESE
ANALOG
COMPUTER
<_
3-370
Figure
20-41.
Automatic
Azimuth
Alignment
20-131
brings
the
next
step
accelerometer
is to acquire
azimuth
line
zation
gyro
based
digital
by means
gimbal
that
azimuth.
The
prism
is then
so that
required
The
digital
known
heading.
launch
azimuth
maintain
Figure
it directly
it on the
20-42
shows
the
with
the
and
launch
launch
the
ring
and
to the
iner-
is a reading
the
known
gimbal
its
can now
to rotate
of
on the
inertial
measure
computer
a ground-
gimbal
maintained
The
stabili-
to slave
line,
and
it and
signal
axis
is driven
azimuth
The
it on a known
the inertial
prism
track
prism.
vertical
is used
gimbal
control
supply
the
theodolite.
will
the
maintain
between
on a known
inertial
and
outlmt
the
the
with
feeding
angle
when
encoder
The
loop
synchro
maintained
from
alignment
theodolite
servo
reading,
released
into
the
it reads
digital
by controlling
the
with
multi-speed
the prism
now be rotated.
and
The
The
and
prism
axis
of a nulling
encoder
ring.
tial
from
the
torquer.
the prism
heading
measuring
may
deviation
compute
inertial
the
gimbal
to
azimuth.
the alternate
steering
scheme
used
to control
the
alignment
of the ST-124-M.
20-77.
The
CONTROL
control
computer
thrust
vector
quired
to attain
the
angular
acceleration
and
g2 are
of the
equation
of the
S-IC.
the
vehicle's
or drift
away
from
the S-II
instruments
- g2"/
vehicle
angular
the
that
in determining
and S-IVB
stages,
attitude
angle
flight
determine
the
value
the
solves
B is the
attitude
desired
functions
and
, where
commanded
the
dominant
that
(x - _) is the
at which
time-varying
are
For
device
attitude,
between
rate
20-43),
- _) + al_
angular
difference
lateral
al,
B = a0(x
a given
_ is the
(FIGURE
is an analog
equation
angle,
a0,
COMPUTER
thrust
error
and
aI
vehicle
vector
input,
re-
i.e.,
the present
is changing
vehicle
and
_ is the
path.
The
which
of the
three
terms
first
stage
flight
are
constant
of B during
a0and
the
coefficients
coefficients
and g2 is zero.
Since
the
vehicle
on the right
attitude
for
pitc];
movement
20-132
must
side
rate
and
of the
signals,
yaw.
away
be commanded
from
equation
one
The
for
are
each
latter
the desired
term
in three
made
axis
(pitch,
up of three
and
requires
flight
axes
path
two lateral
only
can
attitude
yaw
and
error
acceleration
two axes
be completely
of motion
roll),
the
three
imputs
and
three
inputs,
one
each
since
described
any
lateral
by a lateral
terms
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
c_
(9
-- I_
Lf2.
_q
I
c_
I
lJ
!_
-I
i
i_
I
,i
_-1_ __
Za,
, _
,_,;
20-133
m
_J
nn
-_- :E
OC
0
CO
--
_..
_4
I
a..
>-
_
L_
C_
I
20-134
motion
The
in the pitch
magnitude
timers
the
pressures
are
toward
maximum.
mum"
feedback
this
is consistent
a 0 (x-j),
period
and
same
the
experienced
in the
vehicle
the
area
by the
with
is required
attitude
control
first
value
of the
of maximum
is passing
when
changes,
this
a "minimum
load"
to maintain
adequate
these
dynamic
passing
The
program,
is decreased
pressures
is
the lateral
vector.
acceleraSince
through
will produce
system.
a "Q maxi-
dominant
decrease
although
low frequency
through
dynamic
a 0 coefficient
here
allows
the B thrust
vehicle
control
attenuation
stage
is at a maximum'when
time,
This
two.
by the
in which
due to angle-of-attack
of-attack
back,
of the
and maximizing
the g2 coefficient
to be dominant
factor
in determining
primarily
time
sum
is programmed
pressure
minimum.
accelerations
are
the
At the
a predetermined
lateral
20-44)
during
dynamic
called
"Q maximum,"
tion signals,
"y"
the
or by a vector
Fgure
to increase
of maximum
axes
of g2 (see
device
area
or yaw
angle-
of a 0 during
some
attitude
response
feed-
in the
control
system.
After
passing
a0
through
coefficient
Figure
"Q maximum"
is increased
20-44,
solution
the
the
and
g2 term
by opening
area,
a 0 increase
is completely
of a relay
the
g2 coefficient
in dominance.
eliminated
contact
in series
a 1, the
attitude
rate
timers
device
Eventually,
from
with
is decreased
this
entering
signal
as the
as shown
into the
in
equation
at 130 seconds
after
lift-off.
The
gain
program
the
control
for
attenuation
by relay
switching.
The
may
be issued
from
data
adapter.
Figure
seconds
larger
The
after
than
filters,
the
lift-off,
20-44
command
attenuation
shows
and reduces
is not
but is a discrete
time-based
control
coefficient,
the
the
value
attenuation
for controlling
timers
that
step
cam-programmed
the
discrete
step
change
of a 1 to a value
performed
relay,
or as a discrete
by
however,
output
from
in a 1 occurs
which
is only
the
at 95
slightly
a 0 at 125 seconds.
Figure
20-43,
are
undesirable
bending
mode,
elastic
deformation
transmitted
by the
sensors.
The
control
stations
in an attempt
location
cannot
used
to decouple
be optimum
for
to decouple
them
all
control
frequency
and propellant
control
from
bending
the
these
sensors
have
disturbances.
sloshing
been
from
the
frequencies
placed
However,
at vehicle
any
one
modes.
20-135
0
0
b_
0
u
u_
:3
o
,-g
I
0
o
. ,..-i
a_
...2
_.
_.
--
NIN
1..-I1_1{]
L'-.I
_b
20-136
'o
Thus
the
complete
attitude
the
error,
control
by the
Each
of these
control
computer
Engine
propulsion
control
ment
eight
identical
must
gimbal
ated
according
ough
the
channel.
ors,
and
power
First
type.
gain
co-efficients
the
case
and
CAT
the
lateral
each
three
The
acceleration
for
inputs
signals,
control
are
to
sup-
accclcrometers.
of the
control
control
physical
values
accelerometers
sections
for
all
stage
they
are
dis-
powered
computer
engine
performed
first
two types
of propulsion
flight
and auxiliary
flight.
uses
eight
gimballing.
be divided
are
through
during
control
may
being
(Figure
channels
The
into
four
sections
on the
input
signal
stage
side
attenuators
are
of g2"
value
For
g2"
all
of g2is
attenuators,
to imple-
channels
are
which
are
basicdesign-
as it proceeds
filters,
stages
thr-
scaling
resist-
arm
(CAT)
and
(2) the
attenuators
the S-IC
S-IVB
of a 0 and
al,
or their
after
first,
the
stage
of two
discrete
to provide
stages
the
are
relay-switched
and
to vary
and
and
yaw
channels.
cam
and
the
the
outputs
values
the
attenuators
are
unused
of a 0 and
channel.
function
appear
the gain
the
gain
The
g2 program
two ganged
appropriate
attentuator
is used
channels
drives
a time-varying
to the
stage
the S-H
that
and yaw
driven
to the
first
a 1 are
zero.
pitch
a rocker
The
only during
For
case
device
pitch
of a motor
inputs
used
as in the
error
thus
time
are
a 0, aland
connected
20-43}.
attenuation
acceleration,
_' signal
a0and
channel
control
program,
trically
eters
terms
is a mechanical
attitude
on one
terms,
acceleration.
analogs
and
S-IVB
control
bypassed,
as in the
of the
gyros
is required
The
process
The
either
The
lateral
are
attitude
during
Attenuators
(1) the
unity
lateral
eight
amplifiers.
step
are
and
which
exercise
Control.
These
Stage
types,
of B requires
and body-fixed
rate
control
each
to the
two for
gyros
signals
is required
in that
value
rate
rate
sections.
required
ally
and
error,
computer,
E_n_gine Gimbal
the
rate
supplies
in other
systems.
20-78.
attitude
computer,
digital
in detail
any given
attitude
devices
The
for
for
digital
represent.
The
three
computer,
plied
cussed
equation
of the
co-efficient,
upon
the
input
output
from
signal,
i.e.,
attenuator
output
a0,
g2'
a 0 program
potentiometers
The
at the
co-efficeint,
of
is inscribed
other
side.
which
are
the
the
For
elec-
modified
by
g2"
20-137
Therefore, the filters are introduced into the system to provide an operation
which "phase stabilizes" the first and secondbending modes, and "gain stabilizes" higher frequencies.
Gain stabilization rests on the ability of amplitude attentuation to keep the bending mode lobes small and adequatelyremoved, regardless of phase, from the
minus one (instability)
point on a Nyquist
plot.
Gain stabilization
is instrumented by low pass
cies
from
the
frequencies
Hz control
quency
which
filters
which
control
frequency.
of the first
and
frequency
bandwidth
in itself
quency
reduces
method
cannot
and
bending
first
and
and
other
decouples
that
and
poses
the
second
bending
low pass
the
filtering
response
modes
disturbances
with
the
system
the
0.15
fre-
gusts,
control
fre-
so that
this
control
frequency
by phase-stabilizing
the higher
greater
the
control
to wind
the
is solved
and gain-stabilizing
frequencies
the
Lowering
between
problem
near
constrain
control
frequen-
however
sufficiently
response
of the
further
The
disturbance)
vehicle,
would
problems.
to discriminate
bending
are
transient
structural
frequencies.
other
V launch
modes
systems
low frequency
be used
mode
this
serious
(and
In the Saturn
second
reduce
bending
than
the
the
bending
second
modes
bending
mode
frequency.
Phase
stabilization
ulting
phase
of the
bending
trol
from
the
minus
without
response.
which
permits
ed damping
Thus,
inducing
It also
the
with properly
can
be useful
of the
first
mode.
in Figure
computer
are
stabilization
first
stabilization
20-43,
filter
section
is necessary
modes,
elastic
deformation
vehicle
becomes
shorter
since
and
due
pressure
filters
the undesirable
propellant
to stage
sloshing
separation.
and wind
gusts,
eight
for
caused
change
tend
amplitude
in the
S-II
con-
and S-IVB
by bending
in frequency
In addition,
which
of the
the S-IC,
signals
provide
channels
tran-
damping,
placement
regardless
res-
in con-
system's
mode
and
Proper
of the
the
is independent
the
loop first
actuation.
that
an increase
oscillations
phase
such
plot
increases
closed
mode
into unique
lobes
allows
which
thrust
each
mode
on a Nyquist
in providing
This
20-138
one point
phase
to follow
sub-divided
of aerodynamic
bending
in increased
phased
stages.
forces
of the
instability,
results
system
gyros
trol
lobes
magnitude.
bandwidth
shown
the
margin
sient
As
shifts
the
as the
external
to aggravate
the
undesirable bending and deformation characteristics, are absent after the vehicle has departed the earth's atmosphere.
The filter required for each stage is selected by relay switching at the output
of the scaling resistor following each filter. In addition to the relay switching
used for filter selection during staging, there is also relay switching employed
at the input of the S-IVB power filter in the pitch andyaw attitude error channels.
This additional relay switching allows selection of the pitch andyaw attitude
rates from either the digital computer in the IU via the data adapter or from the
Apollo spacecraft. This provides a back-up capability for controlling the S-IVB
powered flight.
The filters are packagedin removable modules which facilitate changing of filtering network when different filtering characteristics are required for different
type missions.
Scaling
Resistors
(Fixture
voltage-divider
to some
from
S-IC,
S-II
Only
one
since
networks
which
predetermined
vary
20-43).
channel
and
to channel
S-IVB
scaling
these
scale
channels
resistors
the
signal
factor.
The
desired
and
within
also
are
relay
switched,
outputs
of the
filter
scale
factors
for
any given
channel
as
networks
the
signals
staging
of the
occurs.
is required
are
scaling
adjust
vehicles
network
The
operative
for
only
the
two lateral
during
the
acceleration
first
channels
130 seconds
of S-IC
flight.
The
attitude
sponding
rate
to each
Power
which
inputs
feed
and
provide
high
integrating
servo
error
(Figure
20-45).
receive,
sum
them
channels
dc gain
and
power
and amplify
have
a scaling
attenuation
to the
of the
torque
gimbaled
amplifiers
the
resistor
corre-
engines
magnetic
filtered,
integrating
of 800 Hz ripple.
motor
are
attenuated,
differential
is a low impedance
of current
actuator
The
to transistorized
amplifier
up to 50 ma
attitude
stage.
Amplifier
amplifiers
ulic
and
The
and
scaled
amplifiers
output
differential
driver
which
operated
control
valve
to provide
servo
the necessary
stage
which
of the
can provide
of each
hydra-
thrust
20-139
>,
>,
0
>
0
>
W
U_
W
U_
.3
w
IE_r_
WW-J
_o_
<
t
-J
<
Z
W
I,-Zl-_ZbJ
I-- b.I (3
Q-
Z_
m<
"w
0
W
,_
0
n
U.
t)
(9
t_
z_
>
_v
l-v
<[r,IrO
Q:O
IJ
>0
) 0
--qP
20-140
!llll
'_,
X
_-
>r
I
c_
vector
control.
A portion
proper
of this
closed
There
are
output
loop gain
eight
signal
eight
hydraulic
Since
each
axes,
the
plifiers
that
and
lateral
yaw
amplifiers.
nels
that
process
tude
rate
channel.
nels
any
are
and
from
amplifiers.
the
terms
current
roll
of the
B thrust
them
to gimbal
the
cause
engines
yaw
channels
are
for pitch
signals
roll
and
sent
pitch
solenoid
neutral.
proper
sum
of the
the
and
three
are
only
and
the
two chanroll
atti-
allows
networks
at the
various
the output
the
to
two roll
these
in-
pitch,
in the
the
chan-
currents
hydraulic
to obtain
four
pitch
the
to be actuated
direction
control
to each
Thus,
so that
This
am-
at the
and
summing
valves
pitch
it is necessary
axes.
equation
yaw
rate
channel
properly
and
attitude
There
maneuver,
The
vector
in the
error,
are
engines.
into four
channels
of the
there
the pitch
three
error
each
gimbaled
with
amplifiers.
must
the
to remain
the
it is not
because
divided
are
amplifiers
amplifiers
four
attitude
the yaw
servo
drivers
pitch
a given
power
of the
attitude
exists
four
in both
to all eight
there
of these
the
required
associated
(yaw
situation
signals,
engine
each
with
are
consequently
signals
To accomplish
or allow
tmi_rs
are
all three
roll
to provide
However,
associated
amplifiers
an actuator
of the
network
computer.
amplifier
Since
yaw
to each
magnetic
roll
diretion
process
given
sent
put of the
yaw
yaw
sent
control
two for
has
A similar
are
power
amplifiers
acceleration)
channels
in the
actuators,
engine
to a feedback
accuracy.
is one power
power
four
yaw
linearity
Eight
servo
which
gimbal
there
channels.
eight
is returned
amplifiers
gimbaled
computer
and
power
to be construed
eight
current
proper
servo
act-
desired
thrust
vector.
All
eight
S-II
power
stages.
As
power
amplifiers
to the
eight
gine
able,
that
three
yaw
tion.
The
are
redundancy
of the S-IC
stage
from
and S-IVB
into a triple
two power
amplifiers
vecor
occurs,
eight
S-IVB
Since
is used
stage
thrust
the
The
amplifiers
scheme
amplifiers
remaining
for
of S-II.
._wo power
of the S-II
required
relay-switched
actuators
requires
power
are
separation
gimbal
a triple
separation
amplifiers
for
occurs,
control
are
outputs
of the
gimbal
has
power
actuators
not used
and
eight
of S-IC
amplifiers
switch
and
S-IC
one gimballed
of the S-IVB
relays
redundancy
for
the
stage
eight
control
three
comparator
during
this
enare
stage.
pitch
availWhen
and
configuraphase.
20-141
20-79.
Auxiliary
Propulsion
the
control
signals
the
control
computer
auxiliary
for
attitude
control
for
Two
the
The
auxiliary
the
the
other
vector
six
on the
propulsion
which
The
provide
auxiliary
vehicle
when
S-IVB
of the
for pitch
system
used
(APS)
channels
control
engine,
The
(See
of the
control
and
phase,
consists
clusters.
yaw
Figure
provide
system
in two three-nozzle
roll
S-IVB
nozzles
or coast
phases.
only.
process
of the
system
powerless
for both
maneuvers
that
propulsion
on-off
in the
periphery
are
channels
propulsion
powered
cluster
eight
of the gimbaled
in S-IVB/Apollo
of each
is used
tc the
control
channels
nozzles.
when
nozzles
nozzle
In addition
S-IVB/Apollo
mounted
of the three
and
has
control
nozzles
thrust
system
and roll-attitude
of six
the
also
propulsion
Control.
maneuvers
20-46)
computer
implement
equations
APS
aO(x
_) + al_
a0(x
- _) _ alO
threshold
level,
threshold
level,
and
APS
where
APS
(x - _),
and APS
_,
a 0,
is a value
nels
that
ly explained,
there
are
equation
As shown
in Figure
for
The
for
attitude
attitude
signal
consist
amplifier.
channels
tem
channels
the S-IVB/Apollo
of three
since
within
of the
(x - _) and
three
_ terms,
1,
the
and the
attitude
control
one for
the
channels
required
for
channels
each.
The
second
group
signal
processing
summation
each
proper
of three
and
the
threshold
level
(x - _) chan-
computer.
requires
six
noxxles.
error
or APS
consist
sections,
are
no filters
bending
moments
coast
circuits
section
of five
(4) dc amplifier
There
in part
six APS
As previousaxis,
so that
the
of six terms.
auxiliary
propulsion
first
system
group
contains
contains
channels
processing.
(3) limiter,
tial
20-142
error
explained
of the
system
error
switching,
channels
divided
rate
attitude
20-47,
respectively,
by special
three
for APS
states,
as previously
propulsion
complete
channels
on-off
is determined
auxiliary
are
the
and a 1 are
of the
control
are
phases.
sections,
and
(5) spatial
(1) scaling
resistor,
associated
with
and
elastic
(1) attitude
deadband,
amplifier.
The
attitude
(2) dc amplifier
and
the
six
deformations
auxiliary
are
(2) relay
propulsion
negligible
rate
(3) spasysduring
....
:--
,.,
uJ
"I-
L_
(.3
z0
I
+
T
:.-
:.
>"
>J
I.I.
U..
.d_
E'EO
u..
lie
I,'W
I1,1
J
(.9
-IE
oz
o_
LL
_o
<[_
I--
_-
(_
+ ,o,rr
_. __ _.
_o
_o
_o_
Z
0
rr Z
0
_
o+o
Z
>- Z
>.-,
(./")
.J
J
E:
,,.._
_J
<
m
I
_4
I
I1.
Q.
,,t>.
I
>...
nr
nr
I
>-
+
>-
+
cr
TT
Tt
(.f)
I.i..J
ir
,-I,_ _ "_
TTT
J
1"IE --
O.
rr
Ir
(l)
TTT
c_
G.
,<
TTT
IE
0
1_
a13 a.
t_
c_
i
20-t43
._/
_o0
o_
hl
(D
z ...i _.)
OOW_[
I- (..) Og n
A
/
4
&
I
.,J
'
._1
'I
J' .[ _..
l?i.
_-_
0O'9
o.o.
TTTI
I'i"I Ii
--.t
,---t
<
.I
"5
I
.J
Ol
_.1 -+1
wo
C_Z
::},_
_mo
lb.
______J
I
I
i_
I"
i--
--
_ _'_0
OZl__l
_
o
>_w
T
(/)
> u
T_n
{/)
_-.q _1
nr
n
I
wa
c_z
og
_--nn'._ I
O-Wl
I.-
.,..._
r- _' I
q_
u_ t
_ I
F..- uj
I.- l._
!
|
|
I
A,
o
-/
.j
w
U
"@l
-_,
..@
.'@
I1:
"0!
x
I
20-144
The
auxiliary
tude
rate
sion
system
Apollo
processing
for use
require
The
either,
serve
process
threshold
so as to cause
threshold
vent
powered
rate
roll
of the
the
given
the
nozzles
attitude
The
error
the
limiters
until
with
band
is set
level.
Since
a predetermined
that
and no additional
scaling
is required.
The
effect
deadband
with
+_ 1 degree
the
by the
of the
This
auxiliary
composite
deadband
deadband
is discussed
Switching
for
in the
capsule.
for
selection
IU or from
When
20-47.)
one of the
relay
not
dead-
the
nozzles
error
are
signals
awaits
the
attitude
next
the
command.
prefrom
beyond
a pre-
arrives
threshold
level
of the
error
attitude
below
computer,
signal
vehicle
on
channels
error
to an attitude
the
turned
fall
error
IU digital
computer
exceeds
attitude
one part
at the deadattitude
dead-
of + 1 degree
is corrected
to
less
than
switches
error
signal
Apollo
fuel
expenditures
under
attitude
the
input
spatial
amof the
would
be re-
The
composite
Amplifiers.
of the
either
the digital
systems
within
position,
formed
comsumption
that
at the input
control
the
+ 1 degree.
Spatial
from
deadband
within
fuel
Relay
is in the
deadbands
reduces
errors
detail
three
of a composite
additional
greatly
attitude
of an attitude
the
and
in greater
(Figure
scaling
does
control
increased
the
and
to attitude
have
by eliminating
small
subject
signals
that
is only
limiter
system
filter
channel
summation
system
the
propul-
angle.
deadband,
to correct
Relay
deadband
propulsion
quired
is such
error
their
in the
corresponds
commanded
attitude
attitude
plifiers.
vide
of this
both
of the
of the
factor,
voltage
Actually,
to the
scale
the
atti-
of the S-IVB/
section
When
error
roll
auxiliary
phase
system
originate
and
Deadband.
and when
deadbands
these
only
the
requires
propulsion
which
are
is always
attitude
signals,
threshold
band
turned
error
attitude
system
equation
attitude
coast
Attitude
to be reduced.
are
and
roll
under
auxiliary
signal
these
signal
propulsion
appropriate
error
error
roll
channel
the
below
auxiliary
terms
determined
attitude
is detailed
Deadband.
reaching
both the
phases,
the
Attitude
during
powered
of the
level
in that
in S-IVB
This
level,
function
attitude
the
for
a dual
roll
since
six
used
the
channels
the
used
channels
Although
processing.
six
system
channels
vehicle.
resistor
band
propulsion
the
attitude
limiters
pro-
computer
the
Apollo
deadband
20-145
(Figure
maximum
rate
20-47.)
at which
ed by a manually
in the Apollo
to limit
tage
per
second.
When
channel
of the
auxiliary
error
rotational-control
corresponding
roll
function
the S-IVB
introduced
the amplitude
the
The
of any
error
to a voltage
from
the
rate
system
corresponding
degree
be command-
hand
control
are
and
yaw
per
second
to a correction
while
designed
channels
rate
mode,
the
may
The limitcrs
in the pitch
of 0.3
is to limit
astronaut's
of operation.
signal
to a correction
circuits
propulsion
signal
mode
limiter
to a vol-
and
to limit
of 1.1
degrees
ate auxiliary propulsion system nozzles, which remain on until the Apollo rate
gyro feedback signals null out the hand control voltage to a value within the spatialamplifier deadband.
The
limiters
cluding
ture
the
thus
serve
introduction
of excessive
DC Amplifiers.
amounts
is in a rate-controlled mode.
auxiliary
angular
rates
propulsion
which
system
would
require
fuel
by pre-
expendi-
of fuel.
channels contains
The dc amplifiers
amplifiers within
channels to scale the rate signals to values that allow proper summation
20-14_
of
v_
.....
of these
the
signals
with
dc amplifiers
pitch
from
powered
stages.
S-II
closed
Spatial
with
six
(Figure
for
remainder
parator
rate
spatial
signals,
level
the
threshold,
noid
valves
increased
and
damping
The
auxiliary
propulsion
ing on whether
to control
the
the
pitch
attitude
and yaw
attitude
and
and
yaw
attitude
rate.
and
yaw
maneuvers.
diametrically
same
side
of the
The
deadband
within
limiter
of the
shown
in Figure
roll
deadband
rate
of 1.1
condition
circuit
attitude
degrees
per
as would
during
S-IVB
S-IC
and
three
auxiliary
associated
amplifiers
propulsion
in a triple
need
system.
redundancy
and
com-
when
lines
attitude
to the
them
summation
which
negative
are
either
feedback
to
exceeds
operate
auxiliary
full-on
is on or off.
remaining
the
sole-
propulsion
to the
mag-amp
roll
spatial
the
are
for
the
is used
attitude
error
amplifiers
attitude
same
nozzles
required,
yaw
depend-
amplifier
pitch
and yaw
since
and
or full-off,
two spatial
receives
energized
One
as inputs
maneuvers
are
relays
and
compare
the amplified
provides
receiving
roll
error
system.
The
control
error,
are
roll
and
used
two nozzles
maneuvers,
and
roll
for
which
two nozzles
roll
are
on the
energized.
amplifier,
channels,
The
from
and
and
amplifiers
but only
used
supply
is necessary
error
spatial
energizes
nozzles
spatial
20-49.
differs
such
the
and
control
amplifier
line
S-II
is opened
amplifier,
network
are
in the yaw
S-IC,
in a magnetic
signals.
center
are
propellant
When
nine
of the
nozzles,
opposite
are
description
amplifier
This
channel
channels
amplifier
each
during
with
or coast.
There
system
rate
amplifiers
roll
in series
signals
them
to the
prevent
attitude
amplify
spatial
contacts
the preeessed
A feedback
additional
Relay
receive
switching
for
.....
reliability.
in the hypergolic
nozzles.
system
in a deadband
adc
amplifiers
amplifiers
sum
a threshold
system
for
in the
20-48).
spatial
channels
power
a functional
spatial
propulsion
of the
network
The three
contact
auxiliary
be considered
The
relay
S-IVB
_w
signals.
rate
the
during
error
reaching
The
Amplifiers
the
attitude
in the attitude
channels
and
the
wv
form
deadband
this
diagram
second.
Point
be present
along
the
a composite
is shown
in that
Po in the
at earth
with
orbit
for
it has
pitch
attitude
deadband
deadband
which
and
yaw
a maximum
diagram
insertion.
is
axes.
The
maneuver
represents
This
and
an initial
point
is shown
20-147
),d
W
.j_
0 _
U
Z
0
u
r_
nr
W
--
a,.
.,1._
0i
c_
nn
c.)
rl_
1
--
I,_
Ii,I.
z
_
_.__.__.._.
o
.,.,_
. ,-.-i
,-...i
e0
oJ
, l
),.J
&
O_
D
....
u
i
0
v
rr
_z
.,.-i
X
Z
ia.
)000
IZ
t--
o
u
_.1
o
O(
a.
z
Z
t"-
z
o
20-148
I
C_
OC
>-Q.<I_ (n IJ.
o=
td Z
__j_o
_ ).- I.J.I
.jOrr
"_-----(
oO
d
s/o) 31V_
c)
3OnJ.IJ.IV
_J
I
o,]
O0
20-149
outside
band
the
deadband,
thresholds;
propulsion
where
band
nozzles
are
on the proper
band
nozzles
is entered
limit-cycles
about
the
the
continues
once
vehicle
point
D as
would
turn
on the
again
vehicle
exceed
coasts
attitude
signals
have
to coast
the vehicle
the
signals
amplifiers
off {since
driving
and
error
correct
vehicle
signals
attitude
spatial
which
turned
The
the error
the
the
nozzles
thresholds).
B where
is,
therefore,
system
the
that
with
the
toward
which
point
At point
to point
one
A,
the
dead-
rate
thresholds
is within
point
below
a constant
rate
auxiliary
toward
fallen
C.
the dead-
proper
deadband
at a constant
shown,
exceed
to point
and
C the
D.
degree
turn
dead-
The
system
of the desired
attitude.
When
the
auxiliary
the Apollo
error
and
signals
control.
when
on until
the
in by the
to the
yaw,
and
to neutral,
1.1
attitude
at that
attitude
that
When
systems
these
+5 degrees
degree
attitude
control
by the
channels
The
nozzles
remain
the
manual
control
When
is,
the
by the
of the other
the Apollo
limit
voltage
cycle
vehicle
two attitude
reference
in the auxiliary
spatial
degree
per
hand
are
propulsion
control
amin pitch
is returned
the vehicle's
+ 1 degree
control.
This
systems
within
of either
inserted
of any
attitude
is
the Apollo.
0.5
degree
to replace
system
volt-
auxiliary
second
about
within
the
a new
to the
deadbands
systems
until
input
the
hand
below
the
operation
control
attitude
voltage
system,
maintains
astronaut's
employed,
input
at cut-off
in roll.
to the
hand
deadband.
of 0.3
second
astronaut's
nozzles
rate
per
attitude
control
established
In this
the
to
on the
reduces
at the rate
switched
turn
of a correction
That
deadband
is selected,
is set
are
channels
or
the +1
of the
computer.
2O-8O.
RATE
Attitude
rate
V vehicle,
within
feedback
reverts
are
mode
the
is commanded
by one
channels
circuit-limits
degrees
time.
error
amplifier
control.
limiter
system
maintained
spatial
coasts
hand
which
system
signal
equivalent
the
by a voltage
the
vehicle
system
command
propulsion
rate
age
and
20-150
attitude
attitude
rotational
exceeds
The
is sent
system
replaced
deadband.
plifiers
consists
manual
auxiliary
voltage
propulsion
angular
the
are
The
this
propulsion
GYROS
feedback,
is instrumented
velocity
of a high
of the
inertia
used
in all phases
by single
vehicle
about
gyroscopic
of powered
degree
the
of freedom
pitch,
torque
and
yaw,
wheel,
coast
rate
and
that
roll
flight
of the Saturn
gyros
which
axes.
The
is torqued
sense
rate
by a motor
the
gyro
stator
mounted
k
on the
to a torque
on the
A microsyn
which
input
output
full
scale
per
served
degree
perature
A built-in
polarity
and
are
used
than
-20
The use
of rate
differentiation
during
do permit
of angular
were
time
mean
degrees
rate
restraining
force
and
angular
the
the
the
wire
gyro
and
it uses
wire.
displacement
and
The
rate
in response
of a torsion
axis
into
of the
axis
angular
input
velocity.
rate
output
vehicle
S-II
angular
therefore
is fluid
each
provides
damped.
a scale
rate
gyro
factor
gyro
of
because
decreases
the
The
for
the
for
rate
tem-
was
that
render
platform
dynamics
redundancy
platform
outputs
detection
stabilized
elastic
rotational
gyro
modes
ST-124-M
The
motor
emergency
bending
functional
stabilized
spin
factor.
significant
flight.
for
for testing
rates
from
powered
of the
gyro
scaling
by the
differentiationbut
independent
about
to failure
displacement
and
torsion
is incorporated
within
is necessitated
this
by the
the
output
F.
exists
S-IC
at the
is 10 degrees/second
the
excessive
gyros
of the
undesirable
gyro
synchronization,
(EDS).
observed
to angular
A heater
to detect
torque
velocity
second.
capability
system
stage
per
that
test
angular
of the
senses
proportional
shows
less
is balanced
to the
response
data
also
axis
signal
precessional
transformer
is proportional
1-volt
of the
purposes
desired,
and
S-IVB
a source
rate
gyros
selected.
Multiple
rate
mented
S-II
gyro
to sense
powered
mined
rates
times
these
power
locations
bending
axes.
the
of orbital
and
translunar
rate
gyros
would
used
for use
fully
suffered
The
with
relatively
and
is deter-
defined.
A triple
to sense
angular
selected
for
of increased
the
instru-
S-IC
or four)
was
be ensured
are
during
three,
configuration
injection.
are
more
packages
IU is instrumented
redundant
degradation
axes
(two,
are
in the
system
reliability
S-II
gyros
yaw
used
characteristics
rate
Nonredundant
and
and number
control
and
V.
the pitch
A triple
attitude
for
the S-IC
about
of nine
S-IVB
to compensate
The
vehicle
all three
the
rates
The
arrangement
so that
which
angular
the
about
ting
packages
flight.
after
dundant
for
The
differential
a voltage
The
wheel.
the
IU
reliability
relatively
shorter
re-
long operatimes
a redundant
during
configuration
stages.
non_redundant
supply
for
rate
gyro
all three
packages,
rate
gyros.
consist
The
rate
of one
regulator
gyro
outputs
and
are
inverter
directed
and
one
to amplifier
20-151
ob-
wired
such
that
it requires
completed.
Referring
can be seen
that
circuit.
20-81.
between
axis
to be flown
drift
the
of-attack
powered
are
V vehicle,
20-152
in order
of the pitch
3,
prevented
vehicle.
Saturn
purpose
reducing
attuck
of the
to the
second
2 and
axis
or 1 and 3 are
from
angle
completing
relays
that
the
for
the
each
axis
EDS circuit
on Figure
required
V until
has
nominal
the
20-50,
to complete
circuit
by the
be
it
the
addition
is to minimize
and
feedback.
This
function
trajectory,
when
both
maximum
large
control
the bending
moments
dynamic
aerodynamic
aerodynamic
which
component
is critical
forces
pressure
is "drift
in the
typically
high
induced
structure.
is reached
in flight.
steady
state
control.
structure
dominant
dynamic
high wind
vehicle
the
vehicle
through
continue
proven
minimum"
on the
the
and
fully
ac-
to the
will
is to reduce
of thrust
during
pressure
are
of which
trajectory,
lateral
"_'y) normal
transducers
accelerometers
one
by two body-fixed
( _p and
angle-of-attack
two purposes,
vehicle
is instrumented
accelerations
Q-ball,
of attack
creating
vehicles
translational
control
normal
be energized
portion
in the launch
sense
in the
Angle-of-attack
of these
ACCELEROMETERS
that
longitudinal
are
contacts
contacts.
control
celerometers
1 and 2,
alone
its
CONTROL
Angle-of-attack
The
two relays
The
two relays
to the processor
K 3 contacts
of a diode
in roll.)
angle-
pressure
angles
In the
at lift-off
by
plus
of the
of atSaturn
77
(.9
Z
-vv
..
b/?
o_.
L._
I
0"4
o,-I
20-153
seconds,
corresponding
trajectory
lift-off
The
program
device
voltage
that
meter
cuit
per
per
volt
the
The
ation
of 1 meter
force
coil
the
of the
per
in the
last
celerometers
at known
the
is a block
Accelerometer
HORIZON
form
base
through
20-154
to the
plane
the pitch
and
infrared
tangential
output
of the
accelerometer
by a scale
time.
fluid-
is a 400-Hz
of 0.5
volts
vrms
and demodulated
by a cir-
producing
an output
to the
second
(or equivalently
per
also
this
is a linear,
factor
is amplified
after
contains
a static
voltage
2 volts
inverter
which
dc
con-
angles
such
by an amount
The
proposed
for
checking
an input
correct
are
fractions
angles
of the
gimbaled
in the
servo
actuators.
utilizing
are
direct
current
prelaunch
evaluated
engines
accelerometer
given
in Table
thrust
inputs.
and
associated
its
con-
control
axis,
ac-
and
from
offers
current
This
flights,
readouts
coil
acceler-
vector
the
sensitive
per-
different-
of 20 ma.
simulated
through
analog
to the
by tilting
force
which
is an apparent
in the
of lg on the
calibrated
of the
goal
The
coil
proportional
design
During
accuracies
force
polarities
launch.
to obtain
diagram
electromagnetic
the
potential
auto-
electronics.
20-19.
SENSOR
of the
of pitch
of four
The
mass
before
specifications
purpose
after
vehicle
signal
second
channel
capability,
20-51
per
minutes
resulting
checkout
20-82.
is not used
launch
second
coil.
for
potentiometers
Figure
The
force
primarily
accelerometer
matic
30 to 121 seconds
in the
an internal
seismic
second
control
feedback
A typical
use
package
contains
to the
is used
measuring
per
meters.
applied
system
control
package,
meter
for
acceleration
This
accelerometer
the displacement
trol
pickoff.
accelerometer
accelerometer
current
for
second.
of 1 vdc per
rms).
control
mits
per
within
28 volts
The
designated
to sensed
12,600
accelerometers
Angle-of-attack
an inductive
second
of approximately
control
flight.
is proportional
system
verts
ial
with
contained
control
stage
the
accelerometer
damped
per
employs
in the S-IC
control
to an altitude
horizon
roll
attitude
sensors
skin
tbat
sensor
data
mounted
of the
Each
an arc
reaching
for
sensor
from
the S-IVB
plane,
IU at position
lie
may
is to provide
in a base
vehicle
two sensors
axis.
system
scan
the base
along
the
roll
in a plane
plane
onboard
stage.
The
parallel
I.
sensor
to the
The
axis
information
sensors
and the
perpendicular
to 90 degrees
system
vehicle
are
consists
yaw
located
remaining
to the
away.
in the
base
plane
and
in the
two lie
plane
along
e
w
v9
_e
uo
_
-_
B
eu
_
w
_._
b
_
.
.....
_
.....
I
I
STATIC
INVERTER
28VDC
*4VDC
J
V: 115V, 400Hz
CONTROL
ACCELEROMETER
0.SVRMS/M/SEC
l ACCELEROMETER
I
]1
:1:2%
DEMODULATQ, R
IVDC/M/SEC';
2VDC/IVRMS
_'ANALOG
PACKAGE
3-380
Figure
The
instantaneous
0.5
degrees
and
the
rear
surface
of the
of the
hemispherical
vehicle.
mode
of operation.
Sensor
scanning
mirror
through
ation.
The
tracking
by a second
are
inherent
reflected
from
mirror
which
system
the
giving
the tracking
oscillates
in an air
an effective
which
to regulate
mirror
through
the
to the
degree
before
launch
"stand-by"
tracking
of 90 degrees.
of torquer
arc
The
to 45 degrees
into the
and
Centigrade.
aluminum
angle
lens
system.
to be in the
is limited
rate
in the
20 minutes
scanning
is reflected
a three
is cemented
spaced
of a gold plated
by
flake
of 60 degrees
power,
wide
thermistor
of immersion
is considered
rotation
of the
flake
temperature
by a dc torquer
is used
effect
of 28 vdc
3 degrees
shape
thermistor
which
by
feedback
The
and
the
is accomplished
is rotated
size
giving
the
mirror
by the
application
(Electronics)
is approximately
at a controlled
arc,
Diagram
lens
preheat,
a 45 degree
sensor
system.
losses
by the
During
Tachometer
image
optical
in an oven
is energized
of the
The
energy
Block
of each
is determined
length
operate
oven
Demodulator
of view
This
preventing
thermistors
The
field
long.
focal
thereby
20-51.
of rot-
drive.
objective
while
lens
"searching"
20-155
Data
Sensor
_+10M/sec/sec,
+12.5M/sec/sec
Range
Natural
Voltage
9Hz
Frequency
Cross
Axis
Scale
Factor
Force
Coil
and
Sensitivity
+lHz
0. 002 g per
0.5
Scale
stops
Factor
vrm/M/sec/sec
1M/sec/sec/20
ma
Power
28 vdc +4 vde
Voltage
Input
to Inverter
Voltage
Input
to Accelerometer
Heater
Power
Sensor
115 vrms,
50 watts
Accelerometer
400 Hz +2%
(cyclic)
10 watts
Inverter
Demodulator
Output
from
Scale
Accelerometer
Factor
1 vdc/M/sec/sec
Null
80 mv
Ripple
40 mv
Output
Physical
Impedance
500 ohms
Characteristics
Weight
Approx
Size
5 in.
Environmental
Operating
Storage
Temp.
Temp.
Shock
Constant
6 lbs.
x 5 in.
x4
in.
Specifications
Vibration
20-156
Package
Acceleration
-20 Fto160
-265 F to 185 F
20 ss (20 to 2000
g
50 for 10 msec
g
5O
g
Hz)
at
anda one degree arc while "tracking". The ocillating mirror is supported by flex
pivots which give the assembly a natural resonant frequency of approximately 40 Hz.
This assembly is driven electromagnetically by an oscillator which uses the mechanically resonant mirror assembly as its tuned element. A feedback coil provides a
signal to the oscillator to maintain a constant oscillation amplitude. Whena temperature gradient is present in the field of view it is swept back and forth across the
thermistor at the 40 Hz rate, generating an ac signal.
During ascent through the atmosphere, the sensor system is protected from aerodynamic heating by a laminated fiberglass hemispherical domeapproximately 14 inches
in diameter at the base with a wall thickness of 3/8 inch. This dome contains an
electrically heated artificial target which is used during ground checkout to test the
ability of the sensors to detect a temperature gradient and lock onto it. The angular
accuracy of this test is limited becauseof the possible variation in dome postion, and
particularly becauseof the close proximity of the target and the sensors and the resuiting poor focus of the optical system.
Approximately four to ten secondsafter separation of the first stage, the protective
dome is ejected to enable the sensors to receive radiant energy. At the same time
the sensors are causedto enter the "search" mode of operation by application of power to the horizon sensor system. During the "search" mode, the tracking mirror on
each sensor independently rotates at a rate of approximately five degrees per second,
causing each sensor to scan through the 90 degree field in approximately nine seconds.
The direction of scan is from space toward the earth to assure that the first appreciable gradient sensedwill be the horizon. If the tracking mirror completes its 45 degrees of travel without bringing a gradient of sufficient magnitudeinto the field of view,
the mirror is driven back to the initial position in approximately three seconds. During flyback, the sensor is prevented from backing on any temperature gTadient that
appear in the field of view. The "search" cycle of operation is continueduntil a gradient is detected. Whena gradient of at least 175degrees absolute remains in the oscillating field of view long enoughto generate two or three cycles of the 40 Hz signal
in the detector, the sensor switches to "track" mode and "locks" onto the temperature
gradient.
Normally, once a gradient is detected, the sensor will continue to track it as long as
the gradient remains within the 90 degree scanning arc. However, for the Saturn app20-157
lication, the sensor may be forced to recycle periodically regardless of whether or not
it is tracking the horizon. This is to prevent the possibility of a sensor continuously
tracking a false horizon and supplying incorrect data throughout the entire flight. The
recycle signal of approximately 0.5 secondduration is provided from the data adapter
and is applied to only one sensor at a time so that three sensors may continue to track
during this time.
The angle of the tracking mirror on each sensor must be transmitted accurately to the
data adapter. This is accomplished by the use of an eight pole resolver driven by the
mirror. Each resolver has a maximum electrical rotation of 180degrees, corresponding to 45 degrees of tracking mirror rotation. The electrical signals from each resolvet are carried by a calibrated cable, approximately 30 to 35 feet long, to the data
adapter, where they are combined so as to multiply each electrical degree of resolver
rotation by two. Thus, for each degree of mirror rotation there are eight degrees of
electrical phase shift in the signal used in the adapter. The electrical phase shift of
the signal from the resolver is converted in the data adapter to a digital number. This
digital number defines the mirror position as an angle. This angle is the angle between the base plane and the temperature gradient which the sensor is tracking. A
signal, indicating whether the sensor is in "search" or "track", also is sent to the
data adapter. Theoretical analysis has indicated that roll and pitch attitudes can be
computedwith an error of less than 0.1 degree if a minimum of three sensors is tracking the horizon.
The horizon sensor system is packagedin a hermetically sealed unit, pressurized
with dry nitrogen to an absolute pressure of approximately 25 psi. Four germanium
windows, 4mm thick, pass the energy into the optical system. These windows have
a transmission efficiency of approximately 80 per cent for energy in the 13 to 17 micron region. A special filter behind the objective lens limits the transmission of energy
to wavelengths longer than 13 microns.
Cooling of the horizon sensor is accomplished
20-83.
The
TRACKING
tracking
V launch
20-158
function
vehicle
from
provides
launch
accurate
until
position
injection
of the
and
velocity
Apollo
information
spacecraft
into
on the
its
Saturn
translunar
.......
trajectory.
from
The
the
S-IVB
Information
porting
mission
Abort
tracking
and
for
of mission
of alternate
C.
Updating
of the
d.
Over-riding
analysis
vehicle
During
systems
in flight.
purposes
launch
system
safety
mission
for
tracking
based
to aid him
in deciding
personnel
and property.
a.
prior
time
decisions
may
Data
position
safety
to translunar
(such
as S-IVB
into the
then
the
tracking
From
this
actual
the
Additionally,
engine
systems,
and
of the
future
missions.
is active
including
data
is
comparison,
function
reference
cut-off)
information
for
tracking
of tracking
injection
functioning
be determined
V mission,
status
sup-
mission.
prior
mission.
is gained
is required
on tracking
whether
Accurate
separation
for
both
each
for
earth-
tracking
to lift-off.
information
Presentations
its
real
crew
performance,
the planned
Saturn
equipment.
just
following
flight
sequencing
Corrections
of the
the
or
system
vehicle's
vehicle-borne
Continuous
guidance
event
operational
is obtained
for
for
of the
range
of determining
and
evaluation
either
an insight
phase
is required
include:
vehicle
data
differences,
spacecraft,
data
of the
of the
the
function
of vehicle
computed
the
tracking
for
evaluation
tor
postflight
requiring
Selection
with
continued
.-_-
unit.
b.
compared
trol
control
post-flight
based
by the
decisions
a.
is then
stage/instrument
derived
Real-time
For
function
.":.
during
data
are
to terminate
available
and
the
monitored
the vehicle
through
velocity
ascent
by the
flight
continuous
at stage
phase
engine
for
range
mission
safety
to eliminate
tracking
cutoffs
con-
officer
danger
to
are:
and
stage
separations.
b.
ment
Confirmation
of the
c.
tracking
In the
assigned
mission,
Prediction
assignment
orbital
iod after
that
phase
injection
of future
from
of the
into
one
continued
or that
positions
station
mission,
orbit,
vehicle
an alternate
performance
will
mission
must
of the vehicle
to aid
permit
accomplish-
be chosen.
in transferring
the
to another.
continuous
to verify
that
orbit
tracking
conditions
is required
have
for
been
a short
reached.
perThere-
20-159
after, periodic tracking observations are required to confirm or refine the predicted
positions and velocities.
During the translunar phase, position and velocity information is required for realtime andpost-flight evaluation of the vehicle trajectory. The real-time data is monitored by the Mission Control Center (MCC)to determine progress of the mission and
may be used as a basis for initiating trajectory corrections through the command
function.
To satisfy the tracking requirements, tracking stations have been established at
selected locations around the earth to ensure that Saturn V vehicles can be tracked
continuously from launch to orbital injection and that tracking data can be obtained
periodically during the vehicle's orbits. Additionally, tracking stations have been established at locations such that at least one maintains tracking of the vehicle and spacecraft during transfer from earth parking orbit to lunar trajectory.
20-84. OPERATION.
Operation of the Saturn V tracking function is similar to Saturn I for launch, ascent
and orbital phasesof the mission. (Refer to Paragraph 6-47) During the translunar
phase of the mission the tracking responsibility is transferred to deep space stations,
which track the vehicle with radio frequency systems associated with equipment on the
vehicle and spacecraft.
20-85. IMPLEMENTATION.
The tracking function is implemented with vehicle-borne equipment anda network of
tracking stations interconnected with the MCC through high andlow-speed communications systems. Radio frequency equipmentat the tracking stations operates with
vehicle-borne equipment to determine continuously the position and velocity of the
vehicle. This position and velocity information is converted to a data format compatible with communications and computing facilities and then transmitted to the MCC.
20-86. VEHICLE IMPLEMENTATION.
Vehicle-borne equipmenton the Saturn V is integrated with ground-basedfacilities to
implement the tracking function. Tracking systems used with the S-IC and S-II stages
and the instrument unit are:
20-160
a.
b.
ODOP
MISTRAM
c.
d.
e.
f.
S-IC
tracking
have
Stage
- ODOP
the S-IC
been
flown
stage
of Saturn
on the
instrument
a continuous-wave
the
vehicle
ceiving
sites.
performed
The
radio
and
frequency
three
20-88.
S-II
wave
(ODOP)
SA-504.
SA-501
through
of the
site
are
from
computed
(The
503. )
ODOP
a transmitter
is used
for
system
This
system,
transponder
and
aboard
at least
doppler
will
three
re-
measurements
V is similar
to that
I ODOP.
by the
System.
missile
comprises
MISTRAM
Refer
on Saturn
to 2400
me)
6-53
for
to paragraph
trajectory
transponder
(2200
Tracking
ground
used
of the
S-II
to determine
position
operating
than
a more
900des-
V vehicles
(MISTRAM).
in conjunction
and
the
detailed
of Saturn
system
operating
The
rather
stage
measurement
facilities
I.
velocity
This
with
the
of the vehicle
time.
description
of MISTRAM
Refer
S-IVB
other,
tracking
20-90.
Instrument
radar
for
to paragraph
Stage.
of the
are:
vehicle
consists
V is to be in the S-band
system
velocity
unit
Saturn
- MISTRAM
be accomplished
ing system.
each
for
on the Saturn
Stage
with
system
receivers.
Saturn
of ODOP.
20-89.
system,
and velocity
cription
The
frequency
doppler
of vehicles
position
used
in real
unit
Vehicle
on the
vehicle-borne
beginning
comprising
employed
continuous
V,
offset
facilities
mc band
will
The
ground
at the
system
System.
Since
systems
stage.
Saturn
I vehicles
is applicable
to the
S-II
stage
track-
6-54
the S-IVB
used
No tracking
Unit.
Tracking
altimeter,
C-Band
stage
with
the
and
instrument
instrument
equipment
is carried
systems
implemented
radar,
AZUSA/Glotrac
unit
unit
also
by the
do not separate
determine
S-IVB
position
and
stage.
on the Saturn
and
from
Minitrack.
V instrument
Addition-
20-161
ally, the ODOPsystem is being used in the instrument unit of developmental vehicles
SA 501, 502and 503. The instrument unit tracking systems are described below:
Radar
Altimeter
mines
distance
to travel
vide
of the
from
the
the altitude
when
Data
ground,
vehicle
station.
ing function
description
an SST-102A
To support
and
I.
is carried
C-Band
Refer
groun-based
radar
tracking
for
when
the
to Paragraph
on the
Saturn
radar.
is given
to pro-
vehicle
over
vehicle
orbit
ocean
to
is in sight
detail
in the
track-
6-56.
16 radar
tracking
V instrument
radar
a pulse
telemetering
in more
AN- FPS-
for
of the
passage
encoded
playback
(500 watt)
the
portions
is described
ground-based
a high-power
from
for
time
deter-
It is designed
as during
is digitally
system,
the
vehicle.
for
such
altimeter
Saturn
to the
information
altimeter
radar
by measuring
and back
stations,
radar
for
supplies
interrogations
ponder
The
a pulsed
earth
be tape-recorded
transponder
transponder
the
of tracking
by the
may
Radar
above
to tracking
obtained
and
altimeter,
to earth
element
of a ground
C-Band
high-altitude
vehicle
it is not visible
areas.
the
- The
return
systems,
unit.
This
in res_se
A further
description
in Paragraph
6-55.
to pulse
of the
(Saturn
transI track-
AZUSA/Glotrac
unit
aids
tracking
and AZUSA
ion.
20-91.
See
AZUSA
transponder
the AZUSA/Glotrac
tracking
systems
Paragraph
GLOTRAC
uous wave
- The
6-52.
Tracking System.
(AZUSA
MK
system.
is given
The
carried
Glotrac
to make
the Saturn
A description
in the discussion
application
of the
of Saturn
is described
V instrument
transponder
I tracking
below.
high-accuracy
of target velocity
rate measurements
are performed
is obtained by comparing
funct-
aboard
and derives
by a ground-
The transponder
receiving stations so
Tracking
20-162
begins
after
the
stations
receive
antenna-pointing
information
from
radars
located
on the
AZUSA
MK II measures
at Cherry
Cape,
Point,
San Salvador
ures
and
range,
are
also
is tracked
mitter
Bermuda
stations
have
measured
in acquiring
modified
down
by the
ity solution,
and
rate
while
range
measured
range
rate
at Bermuda,
yield
at Cape
Kennedy
Flight
Glotrac
include
the
AXUSA
as well
as the
Transmitter
The
a 5-foot
for
section.
The
rates,
the
veloc-
yield
for
plus
and pulse
the
of
is transmitted
to
and
instruments
radars
cw
integration
information,
The
(San Salvador).
of a 5-kw
on either
which
is also
computation.
range
Antigua,
stations
pointing
MK II trans-
three
information
the
Kennedy
and
a vehicle
San Salvador
AZUSA
Bermuda,
Turk
at all
in updating
Station
consists
can
frequency
frequency
measured
trajectory
Rate
operates
transmitter
use
at Grand
elevation
and
The
meas-
systems
and
Bermuda,
and
condition
radar
At launch,
the
The
to
used
for
at San Salvador
following:
Glotrac,
antenna,
Point,
Antigua,
initial
MK II at Cape
and Range
transmitter
information.
rate.
receiver
azimuth,
downrange,
measured
for
range,
stations
range
Pulse
is activated.
Turk,
information
Center
only with
radar
transmitter
the
Remote
measure
information.
moves
modified
and a Bermuda
tracking
at Grand
The
rate.
San Salvador
vehicle
The
and Antigua
Glotrac
ranges
and range
(cw) range
Bermuda
sources.
transmitters,
measure
radar
Space
and
As.the
the
Goddard
rate
MK II at Cherry
stations
the
external
AZUSA
information.
computer
used
wave
and Antigua
permits.
is shut
angle
Turk,
used
as line-of-sight
angle,
continuous
by the
or other
Grand
at San Salvador
which
trackers,
Bermuda,
non-ambigious
located
the
optical
range
for
rate
mc
to a local
is controlled
used
transmitter
5060.194
be slaved
This
equipment
and
tracking
in the
is identical
to that
mc
and feeds
The
reference.
range
is
receiver.
instrument.
frequency
reference
which
a doppler
or 5052.0833
by an atomic
a coherent
equipment,
rate
This
receiving
described
in the
next
Grand
Turk).
paragraph.
Range
The
Rate
Station
fed to a crystal
mixed
led
(Cherry
with
5040
by an atomic
uency
oscillator
mc variable
variable
composed
mixer
mc
Point_
frequency
of a mixer,
shift)
is received
signals
a parametric
from
to produce
is phase-locked
frequency
Carolina:
frequency
through
clock)
North
oscillator
osicillator
the
a 40 mc
is part
with
crystal
rate
and
signals
(frequency
A 34 mc
IF output.
correlator
antenna
These
synthesizer
the phase
of the
a 5 mc IF amplifier
on a 5-foot
IF output.
40 mc
contains
and
preamplifier.
frequency
to the
Antigua_
The
are
control-
variable
output
freq-
of the 35
information.
The
which
includes
filter,
and
a servo
a phase
20-163
Module
(Bermuda).
At the Bermuda
station a
range module is added to provide circuitry for detecting 98. 3569, 4 and 0. 160 kc
range modulation signals that measure
The
frequency-modulated
heterodyned
and
successively
applied
5 mc
output
Since
is the
phase-shift
in the
close
to the
antennas
off technique.
The
ulation
index
detects
the range
range
The
point
of energy
for
vehicle
with
cosines
20-164
of the
This
wave
signal.
earth-based
respect
beacon
This
into
to their
amplified
reference
is a
signal
transmission
phased,
the
is
through
the
the
demodulator
range
data
from
to detect
the
range
is achieved
5000
on the
data
as
signal
index
mc
is frequency
almost
carrier.
wipe-
equal
This
modto the
mod-
effectively
mixer.
Saturn
transmission
stations
antenna
various
by an autocorrelation
mixing
crystal
tracking
are
are
signal.
on the
microwave
transponder
to the demodulator
of the
at a modulation
kc signal
at the
input
properly
local-oscillator
minitrack
continuous
are
the
FM signals
from
it is desirable
synthesizer
data
arising
can be introduced
98 3569
The
The phase
modulation
channel,
from
The other
signals
microwave
of the
to 5 mc.
errors
as possible.
a low-power
source
input
kc range
in the frequency
Minitrack.
the
errors
components
ulated
20-92.
When
received
signal.
for phase
98. 3569
signals
demodulator.
reference
to compensate
5 mc amplifier.
mc
to 40 mc and
to a coherent
phase-adjustable
adjusted
5000
unambiguous
V instrument
from
which
baselines
unit
transmits
the vehicle
provides
determine
direction
as a function
of time.
Position
and
a sequence
GROUND
Station
and
part
network
STATION
of
tracking
launch,
located
The
radio
frequency
in Table
network
function
during
the
California;
by
these
aboard
Table
20-20.
Stations
East
track
to those
the
derived
from
with
Minitrack
station
The
South
Africa;
the
vehicle
Saturn
in line
tloint,
Md.
Forks,
Minn.
S.
Africa
Peru
of
Locsight
primarily
space
is
V Minitrack
shown
system
Stations
and
' 36.
838"E
23037
' 15.
212-09-47.
387E
64-52-18.
591N
282-54-48.
170E
38-25-49.
718N
262-59-21.556E
48-01-20.668N
027-42-27.931E
25-5258.862S
282-50-58.184E
11-46-36.492S
701N
St.
John's,
Nfld.
307-16-43.240E
47-44-29.
049N
Australia
136-46-59.52E
31-06-09.
49S
Ecuador
Santiago,
Winkfield,
Fort
Myers,
Goldstone
Chile
England
Fla.
Lake,
Calif.
with
993"S
32-34-47.
Quito,
and
Latitude
243-01-43.707E
BWI
Figure
Locations
Calif.
Island,
in
spacecraft.
Diego,
Antigua
are
Australia.
San
Woomera,
per-
stations
Woomera,
altitude
of
for
stations
deep-space
and
beacon.
used
deep
phase.
is
are
) A world-wide
Minitrack
stations,
of
I vehicles
6-57.
V mission,
a function
Apollo
one
ground
Saturn
interface
Saturn
vehicle
least
translunar
as
of the
the
at
289043
Alaska
Johannesburg,
Lima,
information
Longitude
Chile
Grand
time
to paragraph
Johannesburg,
stations,
stations
tracking
that
of the
equipment
Blossom
ensure
phases
deep-space
Fairbanks,
and
(Refer
20-20,
orbital
Antofagasta,
angle
for
V.
and
provided
20-52.
Saturn
In addition
Goldstone,
Coverage
used
orbit.
tracking
at
from
each
ascent
the
for
listed
in this
on
network
network
stations
vehicle
computed
IMPLEMENTATION
of the
of stations,
ations
is
stations.
facilities
of the
form
data
of tracking
20-93.
the
velocity
298-13-16.
536E
17-08-32.
586N
281-25-14.
770E
00-37-21.
751S
289-19-51.
283E
33-08-58.
106S
359-18-14.
615E
51-26-44.
122N
278-08-03.
887E
26-32-53.
516N
243-06-02.
776E
35-19-48.
525N
20-165
20-166
20-94.
The
CREW
crew
SAFETY
safety
function
function
of the Saturn
display
of performance
if an emergency
uence
for
(VEHICLE
EMERGENCY
ensures
safety
V/Apollo
space
The
to enable
It also
emergencies
spacecraft
vehicle.
parameters,
occurs.
of the
provides
not permitting
DETECTION
the
for
crew
function
crew
automatic
time
SYSTEM).
in the
provides
to initiate
initiation
initiation
event
for
sensing
an escape
of the
of the
of mal-
sequence
crew
escape
and
escape
seq-
sequence
by the
cr ew.
Safety
of the
crew
Apollo/Saturn
craft.
the Apollo
missions
It has
as well
been
recognized
may
arise
contingencies
of the
aboard
mission
spacecraft
as the design
in planning
requiring
in process.
is of major
for
either
The
choice
of both
the
concern
launch
earth-orbital
pursuit
of action
vehicle
and
of alternate
depends
in the planning
lunar
and
the
space-
missions
missions
or
on the
nature
been
examined
of
that
abandonment
of the
conting-
ency.
In planning
to their
for
effect
classified
contingencies,
on the
possible
vehicle
and
malfunctions
mission.
Failures
as
"catastrophic"
if they
would
result
first
indication
of failure)
insufficient
for
crew
ures
leading
breakup
to loss
permits
in vehicle
of the
crew
loss,
vehicle
initiation
but may
are
classified
of the
result
have
escape
leading
in vehicle
initiation
as "critical"
or delay
of the
breakup
of the
sequence.
in alteration
to loss
in relation
vehicle
in a time
escape
if the
Failures
are
(from
sequence.
Fail-
time-to-vehicle
which
of the mission
may
are
not result
classified
as
"non-critical".
Contingencies
which
craft/launch
vehicle
to provide
them
Catastrophic
survival
with
rate
adequate
moments
mit
crew
decision
on stages,
container
pressure
and
range
catastrophic
warning
require
pitch
or roll;
of flight.
for
manual
staging
(S-II
safety
initiation
and
necessary
of the
failure
and
which
information
of the
escape
sequence
digital
stages),
computer
spacecraft
status,
attitude
space-
to the
to abort
a mission.
escape
sequence
include:
multiple
for
in the
announced
to be catastrophic
structural
Parameters
malfunctions
as possible
initiation
considered
and S-IVB
critical
if it becomes
automatic
operation,
engine
or
as early
Malfunctions
in yaw,
early
either
be detected
malfunctions
the
rates,
must
of the crew.
turning
thrust
involve
engine
Status
angle-of-attack,
error
and
to ensure
excessive
failure
is displayed
are:
crew
in
to per-
of engine
fuel
angular
cutoff.
20-167
In this discussion "abort" is defined as the sequenceof separating the command module (CM) from the space vehicle and bringing it safely back to ground. Constraints
imposed
on the
20-53.
During
either
the
manually
ines
ure
abort
makes
will
abort
engine
of flight,
safety
ing range
safety,
(VEDS),
When
the
function
the first
will
be initiated
interwtl
of the
illustrated
at_ abort
the
10 seconds,
not initiate
as part
are
of flight,
time
at the option
ordnance
the
flight
in the
which
Paragraph
escape
sequence.
crew
and
They
aided
escape
failure
crew.
can
due
During
the
engine
shutdown.
abort
sequence.
of the
in Figure
be initiated
of two or more
an abort
crew
system
propellant
This
for
delay
in the
information,
in decision-making
spacecraft
and
the
range
containers
gives
to engine
first
engfail-
40 seconds
After
this
per-
the
and
by the displays
sufficient
vehicle
performance
functions
maintain
voice
communications
sys-
cutoff
warn-
(Refer
time
of the
whether
and
detection
to initiation
stages.
communications
monitor
and
prior
vehicle
crew
decides
includ-
an engine
seconds
on performance
CM and
emergency
purposes,
five
on the
functions,
crew.
safety
who continuously
mentation
of several
the
at least
information
displays
this
(LES),
compartment
continuous
assesses
by integxation
command,
is terminated
20 99. ).
through
monitors
earth,
ruptures
receives
the spacecraft
are
launch
vehicle
Safety,
is accomplished
communications,
ing is displayed
The
of flight
OPERATION.
crew
tem
After
an abort
will
stages
(approximately)
In this
or automatic
shutdown
various
10 seconds
mandatory.
be manual
20-95.
The
first
for
or automatically.
(approximately)
iod,
procedures
launch
t'rom
by operational
data
with
through
to Range
to initiate
the
vehicle
and
earth.
to abort
of
the
The
mission.
personnel
tracking
crew
on
and instru-
the crew.
In the event of an abort decision on the launch pad or during first stage boost the
launch escape system
Center.
trajectory.
20-168
on a safe escape
For abort decisions after jettisonof the LES, the abort maneuver
to place the CM
may
te
>
E2
o
0
I
o
20-169
An abort
sequence
By wir_
a.
The
by one
link prior
to liftoff
b.
By radio
e.
By the
crew
d.
By the
vehicle
crew
ment
is initiated
safety
link prior
and
assessment
ated
VEDS
by the
after
a certain
aboard
in the
detection
the space
malfunctions,
certain
countdown
system
vehicle
(VEDS)
consists
and displays
of contingencies.
for
methods:
liftoff
point
emergency
diagnose
reasonable
to and
after
system
to detect
of several
The
emergencies,
liftoff.
of sensors
and
to permit
escape
such
after
the
sequence
as those
test
crew
equip-
to make
is automatically
described
initi-
in Paragraph
20-94.
20-96.
The
IMPLEMENTATION
launch
vehicle
illustration
and
portion
the
discussion
The
VEDS
which
consists
transfers
distributor
and
provided
20-97.
sources
on the
in Figaare
20-54.
This
concept,
since
the des-
VEDS
to the
signals
VEDS,
and a distributor
information
signal
on each
Abort.
failure,
and
loss
of flight.
out the
based
is shown
to the
power
stage
to display
active
stage
when
the
for
instrument
instrument
equipment
CM if a catastrophic
requirements
and
in the
in the
malfunction
an abort
the
unit.
system
unit,
CM.
The
occurs,
is initiated.
To
are
from
Isolation
supplied
of sources
is
by diodes.
structural
ents
of the
Automatic
rate),
cutoff
reliability
are
system
sensors
performance
an abort
engine
two primary
following
of stage-mounted
delivers
enhance
safety
stages.
vehicle
transfers
of the crew
excessive
of thrust
These
vehicle,
Parameters
rate
for
vehicle
turning
of two or more
parameters
gyros
are
automatic
rate
engines
sensed
abort
in yaw,
on the
unit,
pitch
S-IC
by hot wire
in the instrument
of Saturn
or roll,
stage
structural
and thrust
V mission
are
(vehicle
in the
early
mom-
monitors
OK switches
over-
throughon the
S-IC
engines.
Structural
cuitry
monitoring
in the
SM to the
20-170
instrument
CM.
Three
is accomplished
unit
circuits
down
by installation
through
in each
the S-IC
of three
of "hot"
stage
separate
and
wires
from
up through
geographical
logic
the
paths
cir-
LEM
are
and
_e
To
To
Display
Panel
Automatic
Abort
u--
Engine
Cutoff
om
Two
or More
out Disable
Signal
System
Rate
Gyro
DisabLe
Engine-
COMMAND
INSTRUMENT
Vehicle
Emergency
Detection
System
Distributor
Signal
Status
K
Switch
approx.
is
closed
40 seconds
I
Digital
To
3-Axis
Computer
-System
_i
after
lift-
MODULE
UNIT
Gyro
Rate
off.
Package
<
-_, %::ui%Tf*
_ --
_2toay
_
___J
I Engine
Thrust
Container
Pressure
Sensor
[-_ cutoffSi_,al
_--
Destruct
Signal
?--ro.
3 see.
Time
Ordnance
System
Detector
["-L_icm_mv_e
rd_l
System
_"-
Cutoff
Star
ts
Ti mer
"_
S-IVB
STAGE
S-II
STAGE
S-IC
STAGE
Fuel
To
Container
Engine
Cutoff
Circuitry
Pressure
Sensor
Stage
II
Engines
___J
Ordnance
System
-I
Appr_l_.
a_
_-Engine
Thrust
Detectors
....
Cutoff
J----------.DD
Starts
Timer
Command
Receiver
s_"2m__J
1
Engine
To
Cutoff
Stage
IC
Engines
Circuitry
Engine
Thrust
Detectors
Ordnance
Time
_
____
Destruct
Signal
Approx.
I
Delay
3 sec.
System
Cutoff
Starts
Timer
Command
Receiver
System
3-381
Figure
20-54.
Vehicle
Emergency
Detection
System,
Saturn
20-171
monitored
for
electrical
of electrical
continuity
ally
an abort.
initiates
Vehicle
rates
plane
(pitch,
ing light
the
light
overrate
also
Outputs
indicating
lights
its associated
20-98.
Parameters
ator
the
iate
circuitry,
CM flight
abort
Thrust
ine
20-172
of the S-IC
thrust
OK switches
are
command
module.
A light
signal
abort
when
stage
provide
thrust
also
is lost
used
is energized
vehicle
circuits.
on any
when
automatic
The
inputs
to display
deact-
indicating
of the
automatic
and
to logic
cir-
two of the
five
engine
status
on
thrust
is lost
by
Abort
for
the
manual
sequence,
attitude,
rates,
and
when
in the command
this
indication
director
attitude
OK switches
on each
information
by an engine
ure.
engines
crew
the overrate
vehicle.
that
pitch
CM permits
V launch
of the
indicat-
indicate
second,
each
abort
decision
computer
range
they
safety
exceed
module.
and
status,
angle
engine
cutoff.
pre-set
After
the
are
vehicle
limits
spacecraft
fuel
in any plane,
of the
display
and
of attack,
deactivation
analog
indicator
are
of spacecraft
monitored
container
cause
overrate
pres-
an indic-
automatic
angular
to determine
rates,
rates
whether
on
to init-
manually.
status
manually
deactivation
for
overrate
Deactivation
Saturn
of the
staging
angular
to light
abort
five
the
abort
in the
spacecraft
Vehicle
for
which
abort.
an automatic
monitored
status,
sure,
within
in the
after
manual
per
Loss
automatic-
gyroscopes
in a plane
degrees
A switch
path
and the
gyros
five
signal,
for
rate
vehicle.
engine.
Manual
engine
on the
give
engines.
stimulus
three
initiated
are:
rate.
abort
as a basis
the
OK switches
which
roll
of the
in any geographical
is accomplished
provides
cuitry
second,
integrity
containing
settings
automatic
information
circuitry
Thrust
Limit
per
circuits
is automatically
when
exceeded.
structural
package
Abort
CM is energized
provides
computer
by a gyro
roll).
40 degrees
of the
abort
and
is being
yaw rates;
to indicate
sensed
yaw
in the
limit
ivation
are
continuity
causes
in accordance
which
the
engine
of the
is displayed
S-IC,
by lights
associated
light
with
established
rules
S-II
and
in the
to be energized.
for
the
S-IVB
stages,
provide
spacecraft.
The
mission
crew
Loss
initiates
in event
eng-
of thrust
an abort
of engine
fail-
- -
: : -
.o : :-
: :
Engine status lights also are used to provide information on the staging sequence.
Since engine starting of S-II and S-IV-B stages is interlocked with physical separation
of the previous stage, failure to separate gives the same endresult (enginestatus
lights on) as the engine out condition.
A status light in the spacecraft indicates improper
italcomputer.
control computer.
Angle
of attack
decision
is displayed
to abort
namic
in analog
depends
considerations
form
on magnitude
(e.g.
altitude,
as a parameter
of the
air
angle
for manual
of attack
and
abort.
other
The
existing
aerody-
speed).
When
engine
ivered
cutoff
to the
This
receivers
aboard
two command
_hrough
the
20-99.
RANGE
The
range
malfunction
distributor
vehicles.
function
of Saturn
and
(See
Implementation
for
signal
the
range
safety
is provided
S-IVB
instrument
stage
p_rposes,
by the
and
a warning
engine
cutoff
is transmitted
signal
channel
to the
is delof the
spacecraft
unit.
SAFETY.
safety
Requirements
in the
During S-IC
is commanded
spacecraft.
is
ensures
V vehicles
operation
Paragraph
safety
launched
of the
function
of the
launch
range
on the
range.
are
essentially
and
the
adjacent
same
areas
as for Saturn
against
6-58.)
20-173
and
Ascension
to the vehiele
A range
Island
prior
safety
to earth
command
to execute
range
vehicles
SA-501,
8A-502,
SA-504
6-64.
(Saturn
The
anized
propellant
mits
20-100.
three
ent
of each
whieh
stages
supplies
Saturn
Control
Switching
by stage
20-101.
The
systems
exception
20-174
can
on each
AN/DRW-13
command
of the digital
stage
provides
be transmitted
stage
system
of the
Saturn
is operational
system
is operational
system
is given
a 28-volt
is commanded.
until
spacecraft
controller)
seconds
prior
signal
on
on veh-
after
engine
to rupturing
time
emergency
delay
prevents
initiation
cutoff.
This
of propclhmt
(mechof
delay
per-
containers.
SYSTEM
for
V launeh
eleetrieal
power
systems
Station
supply
the
from
ground
power
networks
vehicle
power.
flight
of the
aetive
phase,
primary
just
instrument
unit
are
independ-
has
a complete
electrical
system
throughout
generators
power
to stage
prior
stage
the
requirements.
are
launch
Each
and
(28-volt
batteries
to lift-off
all
mission
located
During
at the Automatic
de) through
umbilical
is accomplished
(T minus
phases.
Ground
connections.
without
interruption
35 seconds).
OPERATION
are
that
of each
similar
there
ac power
has
in paragraph
to the
A five-second
destruct
five
crew
most
relay
digital
command
ordnance
all of its
and
operation
quiring
into the
V electrical
pre-launeh
The
cutoff
of the Saturn
other
commands
is carried
The
A description
engine
ELECTRICAL
The
6-29)
commands.
SA-503.
plugged
of the
safety
injeetion.
on the S-IVB
dispersion
escape
safety
when
by a unit
range
safety)
system
system
that
(Figure
subsequent.
I range
command
detection
The
and
orbit
system
vehicle
icles
to ensure
stage
also
and
instrument
to that
described
is no eentral
its own
supply
inverter.
unit
electrical
for Saturn
of alternating
system
I (see
current.
is similar.
paragraph
Any
6-65)
equipment
These
with
re-
the
Two buses in each stage distribute primary power (28 volt dc} to the individual equipment. The main power distribution is through the power distributor, which is directly controlled by the control distributor, which is in turn controlled by the switch selector. The switch selector exercises control of stage sequencingin response to sequencing commands from the vehicle guidance computer. Figure 20-55 illustrates the
Saturn V power distribution and sequencingscheme.
Current return for all power and signal circuits is through hardwire ground system.
Each return wire is selected such that the total voltage drop from source to equipment is not more than tvovolts. Ground side of power supplies are tied to the
vehicle frame. The on-pad grounding system is illustrated in Figure 20-56.
Separate, isolated power supplies are located in the instrument unit and in each stage
to provide 5 volts dc for instrumentation purposes. This voltage is used as a source
for some types of sensors. The outputs of the sensors then become 0-5V analogs of
the parameter being sensed and are used as input signals to the telemetry links with
ground stations.
20-102. IMPLEMENTATION Typical componentsof each stage and instrument unit are described below.
20-103.
Batteries
batteries.
The
electrodes.
taps
- Inflight
cells
Each
Measuring
dc-to-dc
converter.
Voltage
The
output
Selector
- The
vehicle
guidance
stage.
It is capable
in the
the
conditioners
Switch
apter
Supply.
5 volt
computer
unit.
application
and
stage
28 volt
dc power
as reference
selector
supplied
code,
by the
together
supply
by the
Each
with
zinc-silver
oxide
load
with
conditions.
is a solid
state
for
measurement
system.
interface
guidance
28-volt
a closely-controlled
voltage
is the
controlled
under
into
instrumentation
more)
and is provided
28-volts
voltage
in the
have
requirements
measuring
is used
by two(or
as electrolyte
112 operations.
This
is supplied
The
switch
of controlling
code
stage
to the nominal
and equipment
by an 8-bit
instrument
its
voltage
signal
20-105.
is commanded
for
It converts
5 volt dc output.
and
output
each
hydroxide
is sized
of its
20-104.
for
potassium
battery
for adjustment
transducers
use
power
device
guidance
output
computer
a stage
between
computer
of the
switch
through
select
signal
the
the
in each
selector
data
sets
adup
20-175
I"'_vc
1I
MEAS.
VOLTAGE
GUIDANCE
COMP.
DATA
ADAPTER
D,STR
POWER
SENSING
EQUIPMENT
SEQUENCING
COMMANDS
POWER
DISTR.
SWITCH
SELECTOR
I 28v 1
I CONTROL
ESE
i
I ,
CONTROL
DISTR.
EQUIPMENT
IU
! *svoc
I'--I ME^O
I
MEAS.
u.,o.
.._ EQUIPMENT
SENSING
I_{BATTERY
I
ESE]
CONTROL
1
SWITCH
SE LECTOR
TYPICAL
OF ALL
STAGES
I"i
POWER
DISTR.
DISTR.
I
CONTROL
Power
Distribution
TIE
OTHER
SWITCH
TO
STAGES
SELECTOR
3-382
Figure
20-176
20-55.
and
Sequencing
28v
ESE
I POWER
]
/
2-28
VDC [
POWER
\
SUPPLIES
]
TO 28V
BUSES
!Iu
2-28 V DC
POWER
SUPPLIES
TO 28V
BUSES
S-rVB
ELECTRICAL
SUPPORT
EQUIPMENT
/l
2-2B v oc ( I
TO 28V
BUSES
s-n
POWER
SUPPLIES
/
/
t
2-28V
DC __
POWER
SUPPLIES
]
/
[
COMM
TO 28V
BUSES
SIC
/
TO
FACILITY
GROUND
3-383
I"iRul'c
20-
5(i.
On
Pad
Grounding,
Saturn
20-177
relay
logic
ment
on the
20-106
vides
the
in the
Distributor.
control
butor,
which
the
through
the
carriers
and
sources
to the
two stage
to stage
batteries
control
contactors
in turn
controls
distributor
on the
the
power
stage.
in the
power
distribution
This
sequencing
which
of equip-
buses.
distributor
which
pro-
is controlled
by the
primary
Transfer
power
distributor
power
by the power
logic
control
by
distri-
distributor.
This
transfer
relay
controlled
of vehicle
distributor.
contactors,
contains
is indirectly
Distribution
is accomplished
distributor.
control
distribution
Distributor.
current
20-178
which
sequencing
Power
controls
Power
accomplished
of the
The
of equipment
selector.
20-107.
distributor,
stage.
Control
switch
control
from
contains
stage
of power
distributor
(28-volt
batteries
from
contactors
the
dc) is
heavy
on ground
ground
source
under
control
CHAPTER
SECTION
4
XXI
STRUCTURES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
21-1.
STRUCTURAL
REQUIREMENTS
21-11.
STRUCTURAL
DESIGN
21-16.
S-IC
21-26.
S-II
21-34.
S-IVB
21-42.
INSTRUMENT
CONFIGURATION
CONFIGURATION
21-3
...................
21-8
...................
21-11
...................
21-21
CONFIGURATION
UNIT
...............
..................
CONFIGURATION
21-26
............
21-31
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
21-1.
Saturn
V Loads
21-2.
S-IC
21-3.
Saturn
V Drag
21-4.
Saturn
V Acceleration
21-5.
Thrust
Structure,
21-6.
Engine
Fairing,
21-7.
Fin,
S-IC
21-8.
Fuel
Container,
21-9.
Intertank
Section,
21-10.
Oxidizer
Container,
21-11.
Forward
Skirt,
21-12.
S-II
21-13.
S-IVB
21-14.
Instrument
Thrust
......................
21-4
........................
21-6
.......................
21-6
...................
Fins,
S-IC
Engine
21-6
Fairings,
....................
Stage
Stage
................
...................
S-IC
..................
....................
Saturn
Saturn
21-16
21-17
21-18
21-20
.....................
Structure,
Unit,
S-IC
Structure
21-12
21-14
S-IC
........
21-14
........................
S-IC
S-IC
21-22
V ...............
V ..................
21-27
21-32
21-1
21-2
_v
......
..
w_
.
uB_
".
e_
SECTION
mw
ewe
-:
..w
--
......
....
XXI.
S TRU C TUR ES
21-1.
STRUCTURAL
The
Saturn
V launch
expected
The
for
to occur
structure
the
that
21-2.
during
contains
not impose
21-3.
during
and
fabrication,
any
handling,
PRELAUNCH
for
after
the
launch
stages.
a careful
all
and
The
loads
that
flight
be
operations.
design
analysis
can
requirements
of the
conditions
all operations.
CONDITIONS
equipment
transportation,
flight
to withstand
prelaunch,
determined
HANDLING
procedures
is designed
the propellant
are
be encountered
Handling
structure
ground
structure
GROUND
during
vehicle
also
vehicle
will
REQUIREMENTS
performance
are
designed
and
erection
so that
loads
imposed
do not exceed
flight
on the
loads
structure
and
thus
do
penalty.
CONDITIONS
of the year.
21-4.
LAUNCH
CONDITIONS
At launch
the
vehicle
structure
holddown
and
rebound.
The
engine
ignition
result
from
vehicle
inertia
but before
wind
(bending
(aft
axial
is capable
holddown
the
load)
condition
launcher
moments
of withstanding
releases
and
is imposed
the
shears),
and vibration
loads
on the
vehicle.
engine
transients
from
The
thrust
two conditions,
structure
after
holddown
loads
(forward
due to initial
axial
engine
load),
com-
bustion.
The
rebound
condition
occurs
when
the
engines
are
cut
off before
the
launcher
re-
21-3
Max
q_
(t--71
sec.
*_14 0
Prelaunch
{99.9%
wind)
Max
qo{ (t=71
sec.
Max
_
(t--146
sec.)
5-
<
_XX Max
q_( (t=71
02400
3600
I.
3-537
-_
_,
S-IVB-
S-II
Figure
21-4
Station
21-1.
(inches)
..........
.................
Saturn
V Loads
)
_A,
0
1200
Vehicle
U.
sec.
S-IC--
_B
leases
the
vehicle.
reverses
loads
the
are
21-5.
direction
wind
ing from
dynamic,
the
structure
inertia
and
as the
vehicle
gains
altitude
separation,
the
remainder
of the
second
The
first
and
circulation
a heat
stage
points.
shears)
to engine
Loads.
The
engines
After
Combined
and
which
with
suddenly
the
vibration
transients
thrust
and heat,
dynamic,
stage
thrust
first
a maximum
impose
second
thrust
moments
engines
on the
stage
load
axial
result-
aero-
the
vehicle.
The
The
thrust
third
and
increases
After
first
loads
on the
stage
thrust
moments
21-2)
cutoff.
constant
separation,
on the
(Figure
at engine
relatively
on the vehicle.
Dynamic
produce
engine
ignition
and
source
begins
with
vehicle
liftoff
liftoff).
The
vibrations,
engine
produces
shears
stage
im-
axial
are
loads,
a result
of
of time,
occur
dynamic
pressure,
are
during
vibration
container
by gust
relatively
field
loads,
ignition,
another
and
high
type
the
control
imed
and
from
The
stage
until
Mach
as
1 and
radiation
engines
acoustical
engine
impose
velocity
at maximum
dynamic
and present
liftoff,
Mach
internal
and
source
cutoff.
ignition.
the vehicle
vehicle
and
dis-
aerodybegins
The
at
acoustical
It is maximum
1 (approximately
in magnitude
stage
external
mechanical
at engine
after
begins
cutoff,
through
second
- mechanical,
generated
at Mach
engine
the
result
constant
negligible
relatively
loads
environment.
source
engine
sloshing,
the
of excitation
becomes
of the vehicle
stage.
sources
sound
base
separation
dynamic
remains
the
on the
After
second
transition
which
Propellant
main
load
Vehicle
aerodynamic
during
gases.
of the
the vehicle
and
a heat
exhaust
Loads.
Three
influential
impose
base
namic
caused
stage
of the
turbances.
between
and
of the vehicle
gimballing.
load
21-7.
.....
deceleration
holddown
and reaches
constant
bending
engines
loads.
Heat
vehicle.
a relatively
the
at the
moments
and propellant
Thrust
and
from
is subjected
Engine
shears
Ou
CONDITIONS
21-6.
poses
mo
result
load
(bending
cutoff.
FLIGHT
flight
loads
of the
loads
engine
During
Axial
at
61 seconds
increases
and
pressure.
only
1, region
for
after
is most
Transient
short
periods
of maximum
separation.
of dynamic
loading,
center
of gravity
modes
and vehicle
of the
results
fluid
bending
CONFIDENTIAL
from
mass
modes.
a relative
and
motion
is generally
Reaction
of the
21-5
CONFIDENTiA
9.0--
_.O
i i iii
_'5
8.0
7.5
Figure
__J
S-IC
21-2.
Thrust
.S
b_
Figure
21-3.
Saturn
V Drag
5.0
g
2.5
I
40
0
3-538
2i-6
Flight
Burning
Time
.........
____2_....................
80
(see.)
CONFIDENTIAL
Figure
A ...........
120
21-,1.
Saturn
160
V Acceleration
control
system
deflection
and
(gimballing
in the
compensation
mately
before
and
first
when
which
stage
vehicle
control
Aerodynamic
moving
region
vehicle
Vehicle
have
the greatest
temperature
due
at first
cutoff
separation
peak
surfaces
vehicle
which
loads
during
(Figure
and then
achieved
at first
Propellant
Loads.
increases
stage
21-4)
The
moments
on the
structure
and
shears
condition).
are
caused
When
minimized
until
by the
first
to the
vehicle
stage
burnout
vehicle
and
centerline
result
from
the vehicle
during
flight.
Peak
second
This
zero
of attack.
acceleration
during
cutoff.
bending
approxi-
flight.
ratio
g condition).
of attack
to nearly
moments
(qo( max
angle
system.
angle
load
liftoff
not parallel
in the thrust/weight
(max
an axial
increases
are
of dr_g,
decreases
of friction
heating
increase
Inertia
to an increase
stage
stage
the
Loads.
structural
is not damped,
by the control
in bending
after
not integral
to a maximum
then
imposes
are
sloshing
increases
and
bending
and propellant
is a result
results
the
considerable
be provided
21-3)
drag
The
produces
loading
is a result
the atmosphere.
......
must
drag,
on the
....
If the propellant
71 seconds
heating
_m
structure
resulta
of attack
reduces
Inertia
the
q condition)
which
loads
(max
of high
decreases.
ug
(Figure
an angle
then
tion
Since
system
through
21-9.
to gust
approximately
is in the
1,
BB
Aerodynamic
with
maximum
wo
to
drag
liftoff
burnout.
combined
are
by the
after
Aerodynamic
Aerodynamic
78 seconds
perturbations
Loads.
gusts.
sloshing
resulting
Aerodynamic
and wind
the
the
_,
wlw
structure.
together,
for
engines)
vehicle
do not deflect
21-8.
decreases
stage
is also
burning,
true
after
accelera-
acceleration
at first
and
but never
second
is
second
reaches
stage
sepa-
ration.
21-10.
due
to a combination
drostatic
of the
head,
fluid
during
container
by the pressurization
tude
of the
vehicle
time
during
flight
head
across
minus
increases
(at any
imposed
head,
flight,
and
is supplied
tial
loads
of hydrostatic
varying
in the
The
the
location
the
container
wall
the
ambient
pressure.
and
acceleration
in the
is equal
of the
density
ambient
container)
to the
ambient
is limited
the
ullage
by the propellant
and
of the
and
flight,
structure
ullage
is a function
system
during
on the
the
vehicle.
pressures.
The
of the
height
The
fluid,
ullage
by relief
valves.
pressure
decreases.
maximum
pressure
plus
are
the
pressure
As
pressure
hy-
the
alti-
At any
differen-
hydrostatic
21-7
21-11.
The
STRUCTURAL
Saturn
V launch
An instrument
unit
spacecraft.
times.
critical
max
g).
tainers,
critical
head
to obtain
Slosh
baffles
are
S-IVB
LOX
absorbed
occur
instrument
loads
slosh
forces
S-IVB
S-IC
baffles
g).
wind)
for
vehicle
occur
during
internal
at
structure
(q_ max
(ground
For
the
prelaunch
On the S-II
and flight
prelaunch
with the
wind)
and
and
flight
the propellant
gas
con-
pressure
and
hydro-
loads.
and
dampen
the
LOX containers
walls.
because
max
structures.
support
structure
(q_ max).
RP-1
container
LH 2 containers
during
of the
S-[C
(ground
combined
the
protions
on the
flight
by interstage
provides
design
in the
to the
occur
during
are
tlm structural
The
various
structure
unit
joined
stage
prelaunch
S-IVB
installed
for
and night
during
on the
stages
of the third
conditions
(rebound),
containers.
of three
conditions
critical
external
static
sh)shing
Slosh
of the
and in the
t, ropc[htnt
baffles
are
low density
and
S-II
transfer
not required
of the
and
in the
LH 2.
S-ICSTAGE
S-IC
tank
are
loading
occur
and on the
The
forward
conditions
(q_ max)
21-12.
mounted
launch
They
and
consists
The
wind),
the
S-II
vehicle
Critical
different
(ground
DESIGN
structure
section,
is an assembly
a LOX container
a base
heat
propellants
shield,
are
and
four
relatively
of a thrust
a forward
aerodynamic
dense
structure,
skirt.
fins
a separate
and
a RP-1
Attached
to the
four
engine
than
integral
rather
container,
an inter-
thrust
fairings.
structure
Since
container
both
configx_ration
is used.
Several
max
the
conditions
g conditions
cylindrical
condition
the
produce
produce
section
(engine
thrust
critical
the
structure
maximum
of the
thrust)
loads
thrust
is critical
is protected
on the
axial
thrust
loads,
structure.
for the
from
the
structure.
bending
Axial
center
load
engine
hot engine
The
moments
resulting
The
gases
and
and shears
from
supl,ort.
exhaust
rebound
the
in
max
aft end
by the _ase
of
heat
shield.
Four
aerodynamic
on the
The
fins
21-8
results
maximum
combination
fins
from
compressive
of bending
aid
the
in stabilizing
q_ max
buckling
moment
the
vehicle
during
flight.
Maximum
loading
condition.
load
and axial
in the RP-1
load
resulting
container
from
is produced
the prelaunch
by a
and q_
._
oi
....
max
conditions.
(container
The
full
load
on the
skirt,
the
lower
protion
of the
and unpressurized)
intertank
section
maximum
and
occurs
container
the upper
at q_ max.
compressive
buckling
load
is critical
during
portion
at q_ max.
For
LOX
the
is produced
prelaunch
The
critical
container
by the
and
max
forward
g condition.
In addition to the external loads carried by the container cylindrical sections, both
containers must withstand propellant and internal pressurization loads.
Each container
consists of a forward and aft bulkhead joined by a cylindrical section. The maximum
pressure differentialon the container forward bulkheads occurs when the vehicle
reaches the altitudewhere the ambient pressure
is zero.
The maximum
pressure
differentialon the cylindrical sections and aft bulkheads varies during flightbecause
the propellant level and ambient pressure decrease while the acceleration of the vehicle
increases.
21-13.
The
S-II
S-II
STAGE
structure
a heat
shield,
length
of the
is an assembly
an integral
vehicle
container.
separates
LH 2 from
which
the
weighs
five
propellant
and
in an integral
of an aft interstage,
thus
reduce
Located
the
times
container
external
within
LOX.
as much
and
the
a forward
loading,
the
container
To reduce
as
an aft skirt,
the
LH 2,
skirt.
the
is located
are
common
on the
structure,
To reduce
propellants
is the
loads
a thrust
the
contained
bulkhead
vehicle,
the
which
LOX,
aft.
The aft interstage, aft skirt, cylindrical section of the propellant container, and forward skirt withstand the loads encountered during all vehicle operations through first
stage burnout.
Following stage separation and until second stage burnout, the thrust
structure, aft skirt, cylindrical section of the LH 2 container, and forward skirt resist
all loads encountered as result of S-H engine operation.
The
critical
which
the
design
time
the
cylindrical
load
on the
occurs
produces
the
for
largest
compressive
section
of the
lower
during
condition
portion
prelaunch
most
critical
the
aft interstage
buckling
LH 2 container
of the
(container
loads
container
full
on the
load
at q_ max
unpressurized).
forward
skirt
is produced
two conditions
occurs
and
and aft
occurs
on the
govern.
and
The
at max
g at
structure.
The
for the
For
critical
upper
q_( max
portion
condition
skirt.
21-9
Engine
thrust,
loading
condition
to the
thrust
the principal
only
load
in the
structure,
during
thrust
S-II
engine
structure.
is designed
operation,
The
to protect
heat
the aft
produces
shield,
which
end of the
S-II
a critical
is attached
from
engine
heat.
In addition
to the
container
must
of a forward
head.
the
ambient
and
collapsing
tions
The
the
The
loads.
on the
the
vehicle
common
container
and
and
bulk-
bulkhead
occurs
is zero.
the
is designed
occurs
and the
to resist
are
The
aft bulkhead
is greatest
conditions
consists
a common
pressure
acceleration
critical
the propellant
forward
section
bulkhead
The
The
container
ambient
cylindrical
the
conditions.
structure
vehicle
both
based
bursting
on combina-
and temperature.
the
is an assembly
propellant
and
thus
container.
rates
time
section,
an aft bulkhead
where
on the
LOX pressures
an integral
tegral
cylindrical
S-IVB STAGE
S-IVB
ture,
altitude
At this
pressure
of LH 2 and
21-14.
the
is zero.
section,
differential
differential
cutoff.
by the
and pressurization
a cylindrical
reaches
pressure
carried
pressure
pressure
stage
loads
propellant
maximum
vehicle
maximum
at first
resist
bulkhead,
The
when
external
container,
reduce
the
and
external
Located
LH2from
of an aft interstage,
within
LOX.
a forward
loading,
the
the
container
To reduce
as the LH2,
the
an aft skirt,
skirt.
To reduce
propellants
is the
loads
are
common
on the
a thrust
length
contained
bulkhead
vehicle
the
the
strucof
in an inwhich
LOX,
sepa-
which
is located aft.
The aft interstage, aft skirt, cylindrical section of the propellant container, and forward skirt withstand the loads encountered during all vehicle operations through second
stage burnout.
Following separation from the second stage, the thrust structure, LOX
The
critical
at q_ max
design
and produces
the
cylindrical
load
on the
portion
21-10
condition
section
lower
during
portion
prelaunch
the
of the
for
largest
compressive
LH 2 container
of the
container
(container
engine operation.
aft skirt
buckling
two conditions
is produced
full and
and forward
load
occurs
on the structure.
govern.
at q0 max
unpressurized).
skirt
The
and for
Engine
For
critical
the
thrust,
upper
the
principal
only
load during
in the
thrust
S-IVB
must
of a forward
head.
maximum
pressure
mum
pressure
pressure
21-15.
instrument
tions
through
at q_max
a combination
The
an aft bulkhead
the ambient
container
consists
and a common
forward
pressure
bulk-
bulkhead
is zero.
acceleration
is designed
is greatest
occurs
The
are based
maxi-
occurs
at
critical conditions
the
The
load
on
the
loads
encountered
critical
of bending
and
on combinations
design
moment
and
during
condition
axial
all
vehicle
occurs
force
opera-
during
produces
flight
the
largest
structure.
CONFIGURATION
is 1492 inches
It has a 756-inch
includes:
a thrust structure,
tainer,
an intertank section,
21-17.
THRUST
(124.4
across
fairings,
a LOX
container,
21-5,
is designed
the fins.
fins, a base
The
(33.0 feet) in
stage structure
and a forward
con-
skirt.
STRUCTURE
thrust structure,
engines
The
separation.
stage structure
bulkhead
resists
diameter.
The
loads.
the propellant
and temperatures.
structure
buckling
S-IC
section,
UNIT
payload
compressive
S-IC
section,
the vehicle
conditions.
pressures
unit
when
21-16.
by the cylindrical
common
INSTRUMENT
The
The
The
pressure
LOX
At this time
is zero.
of LH 2 and
produces
cutoff.
collapsing
and pressurization
a cylindrical
when
first stage
operation,
loads carried
resist propellant
bulkhead,
The
engine
structure.
_o
Figure
during
The
thrust structure,
alloy, is approximately
supports
hold-down
230 inches
the base
constructed
long.
heat shield,
In
engine
The
outboard
engines
are
mounted
on
a 364-inch
diameter,
90 degrees
apart.
Clear-
21-11
Thrust
Holddown
Structure
Fwd
Intermediate
Rings
Ring
Station
Base
280
Heat
Shield
Ring
Station
116
Stringer
Skin
Thrust
Post
Engine
Center
Engine
Fairing
Support
3-513A
Fin
Figxtre
anee
between
Lateral
loads
the
gimbal
The
thrust
ments
and
Both
the
posts
are
also
transmit
The
center
21-12
beams
by
the
lateral
reacted
by
heavy
loads
from
thrust
engine
are
attached
thrust
which
support
two
End,me
a 7-degree
and
ring
at
MSFC
into
the
thrust
are
reacted
rings
are
l,'a_rmgs, S-IC
axial
station
square
loads
are
116
to the
structure
by
the
into
at
the
pattern.
transmitted
thrust
cylindrical
rings
sheared
gimbal
posts.
skin.
MSFC
thrust
from
Mo-
stations
116
structure
skin.
hold-down
posts.
sections.
the
load
The
loads
built-up
the
load
the
on
gimballing)
the
axial
Fills
is based
engine
through
the
posts,
in a cruciform.
the
joints
Structure,
structure
from
to supporting
hold-down
hold-down
and
shear
Loads
In addition
The
engines
bearing
rings
Thrust
(resulting
produced
280.
21-5.
are
posts,
the
equally
rings
spaced
between
launcher
to the
thrust
from
center
is
beams
to the
the
constructed
are
joined
hold-down
at
support
the
the
thrust
structure
skin.
engine
support
to the
of
80-inch
deep
the
posts.
four
center
by
four
a post.
posts,
The
transmit
hold-down
posts
skin.
built-up
The
beams
outboard
arranged
ends
of
Loads
are
sheared
distributed
adjacent
to the
transmitted
bolt
to the
280,
also
each
Aft
for
the
transmitted
rings
hold-down
are
container
being
greater
higher.
Loads
by fittings
at MSFC
posts
which
stations
116 and
rings.
These
rings
are
lines.
The
engine
fairings.
drain
into the
are
RP-1
the
two rings
natural
fre-
vehicle.
are
located
at the
hold-down
type
brackets
from
to limit
provided
which
thrust
thrust
and
posi-
attach
to
structure.
the pressure
in the
line,
the
For
actuator
of the
oval
drain
These
to prevent
supported
fill and
280.
engine
control
fairings
are
The
in the
built-up
engine
Cutouts
line,
116 and
transportation
are
points.
a stiffness
a problem
brackets
shield.
station
with
lines
in the
attachment
at MSFC
designed
located
The
differential
structure
for
drain
the
line.
FAIRINGS
loads
loads
and
to the
by the
7075
control
four
aluminum
actuators,
fairings,
alloy,
are
48 inches
through
aerodynamic
the
the outboard
engine
located
rings
the
in the
radius
aft end
transmit
Figure
conical
The
loads
and
to the
are
thrust
The
fairings,
with
conside
300 inches
Aerodynamic
loads
stringers.
The
external
structure.
protected
a 15-degree
approximately
plane.
longitudinal
are
21-6.
in shape
fairings
engines
Each
fairing
has
are
four
scoops.
21-19.
FINS
fins
stability.
and
rings
propellant
heat
of 2024
with the
loads
intermediate
are
two actuator
for
and a 100-inch
long
by four
actuators
ground
aerodynamic
slope
rings
stage
excessive
structed
to the
and
in thickness,
the
In addition
first
ENGINE
To prevent
where
fuel
supported
posts
varies
to the
becoming
RP-1
21-18.
from
to the
is vented
base
emergency
skin
stringers
from
RP-1
structure
across
are
supports
Supports
thrust
and
are
there
attached
LOX and
posts
gimballing
of the engines
tions.
Four
engine
engine
supports
and hold-down
thrust
sections.
actuator
quency
by the
The
skin
stringers
the
are
the
the
skin
stringers.
aft Y-ring.
and
outboard
and
structure
posts
container
for
supports
air
thrust
built-up
Supports
thrust
from
the skin
are
the
by longitudinal
are
the
into
are
75 square
(Figure
The
designed
foot
21-7),
fins
are
located
rigidly
to withstand
trapezoidal
outboard
attached
of the
to the
aerodynamic
planform.
The
engines,
thrust
heating
leading
augment
structure
vehicle
at each
aerodynamic
engine
and
pressure.
Each
edge
of each
fin is swept
fairing
fin has
back
a
3021-13
Skin
Fin
Attachment
Location
Stringer
Base
Heat
Shield
Ring
3-512
Fig_lr
e 21-6.
Engine
Fairing_
S-IC
Main
Leading
Edge
Rib
Skin
3-511
Figure
21-14
21-7.
Fin,
S-IC
Spar
.==
degrees
and
has
a 10-degree
7178
aluminum
2024
and
7079
skin
and
ribs
to the
BASE
HEAT
SHIELD
heat
shield
protects
21-20.
The
base
from
engine
such
that
alloy
wedge
flection
with
The
a maximum
consists
hot side
in the
curtains
mesh.
are
shields
in the
same
structure
each
shield
Fuel
container
with
Each
thrust
for
stage
(Figure
21-8).
to the
shield,
steel
cold
is
side
so that
faces
for
engine
the
the
as the
and
core,
heat
shield
support
to the
shield
and
lines.
de-
lines
and
between
to the
for each
base
is
aft frame.
open-
heat
shield.
an inconel
tail
wire
section.
engine
heat
covered
The
fairing.
shield
and are
engine
fairing
actuator
116.
Openings
are
station
within
to two inches.
access
by the
structure.
shield
the
is designed
sandwiched
is a heat
construction
F.
provide
at MSFC
heat
attached
cloth
is supported
ring
sides
of the
the fin
thrust
mounted
with
for
to the
degrees
center
are
shield
there
type
shield
located
support
provided
in
actuators.
is contained
The
bulkheads.
cylindrical
aft bulkhead,
are
which
in the heat
same
engine
shield
of fiberglass
structure
the S-IC
to acceleration,
which
the
heat
through
loads
Support
to the
of
CONTAINER
ellipsoidal
welded
The
plane.
is limited
of
fin is constructed
components
shield
insulation.
curtains
heat
of the
FUEL
for
base
are
and
21-21.
panels
to the
These
flexible
constructed
Removable
In addition
base
cold
panels
attached
the
heat
is constructed
transmitted
of 2000
The
sandwich
of ablative
are
The
temperature
loading
are
and
hot and
pressure
Openings
with
the
edge
of the
transmits
structure
F.
of beams
sealed
thrust
300 degrees
a layer
provided
in turn
between
by a complex
are
loads
the
provided
ings
Aerodynamic
of honeycomb
with
fin leading
remainder
hot side
than
The
The
which
Insulation
to differential
shield
on the
spar
angle.
tip.
alloy.
main
is less
due
a steel
aluminum
heat.
temperature
with
welded
container
The
bulkheads
long all-welded
is a cylindrical
are
section
welded
to Y-rings
2219
closed
which
aluminum-alloy
at both
are
ends
in turn
section.
designed
to withstand
is constructed
together.
in a 517-inch
of eight
The
bulkhead
flight
pressurization
45-degree
is attached
gores
and
propellant
and a circular
to the cylindrical
loads
due
center
piece
section
with
a Y-ring.
21-15
LOX
Cylindrical
Line
Tunnels
(5)
Section
Bulkhead
Slosh
Baffles
Bulkhead
Outlet
Fitting
(Fuel
(10
Line)
Y -Ring
Outlet
Fittings
LOX Line
(5)
,_
Fwd
Y-Ring
3-5O9
Figure
The
fuel
flight
container
cylindrical
pressurization,
flight
cylindrical
section
The
constructed
rings,
board
flanges
bending
skin
of the
moment
pad
even
Loads
are
transmitted
the
Y-ring.
aft
cylindrical
from
the
The
forward
the
aft
ization
21-16
bulkhead.
loads.
supported
gives
though
load,
the
container
from
the
loads
are
carried
Y-ring
section.
stiffener-skin
the
and
are
is
due
rings
alloy,
and
to
designed
acceleration.
internal
The
integral
mechanically
attached
combination,
structure
to withstand
designed
a free-standing
stiffeners.
to the
in-
to withstand
capability
on
the
is unpressurized.
thrust
A forward
long
loads
internal
aluminum
S-IC
inches
propellant
by
axial
intertank
forward
is
and
The
The
and
loads,
Container,
is 243
stiffeners.
section.
bulkhead
section
of 7178
and
launch
Fuel
21-8.
The
structure
to the
forward
joins
loads
to the
the
are
cylindrical
intertank
cylindrical
transmitted
section
section
section
through
through
to the
to the
intertank
the
forward
section
Y-ring.
bulkhead
The
of the
skin
RP-1
is
thinner
container
since
is similar
the
bulkhead
in construction
carries
only
and
flight
contour
pressur-
to
.........
: :---
The
forward
bulkhead
has
line
tunnels.
Outlet
fittings
pressurization
line.
The
aft bulkhead
fittings
for
the RP-1
and ten
RP-1
The
outlet
drain
five
line
rigidly
that
and RP-1
LOX lines
constructed
Ring-type
slosh
supported
at their
is located
consists
21-22.
tank
section
continuity
(Figure
has
lines.
drain
alloy
and
are
flanges
bottom
five
the
outlet
Outlets
RP-1
fittings
for
vent
line
and
fittings
for
the
LOX
also
provided
are
in the
stiffened
to the
rotational
the
LOX
the RP-1
for
tine
tunnels
emergency
with
container.
external
forward
of the
by longitudinal
of the RP-1
RP-1
The
rings,
bulkhead
are
tunnels,
attached
is with
a seal
joint
The
baffles
are
deflections.
to each
corrugation
outlet
line.
and
attached
and five
for
tunnels
Attachment
inboard
INTERTANK
provided
through
vertical
in the
manholes
also
and
routed
baffles
of a continuous
Structural
fill
aluminum
for
access
are
aft bulkhead.
compensates
bafl]e
are
of 2219
to the
four
internal
stringers.
container.
supported
rings.
A cruciform
Each
by a truss
panel
slosh
of tim baffle
structure.
SECTION
between
21-9).
the
The
LOX and
7075
RP-1
containers
aluminum-alloy
is provided
intertank
section
by the
inter-
is a cylinder
Corrugation
Ring
Fwd
3-508
Figure
21-9.
Intertank
Section,
S-IC
21-17
to the LOX
Two doors
provide
access
tank
section
for
the RP-1
drain
line.
The
cutout
to the
intertank
pressurization
for
the
section.
line,
Cutouts
RP-I
LOX emergency
drain
vent
line
are
line,
provided
and
is also
in the
LOX
used
emergency
as an access
door.
21-23.
OXIDIZER
Liquid
oxygen
aluminum-alloy
closed
which
S-IC
container
at both
rings
CONTAINER
for the
ends
are
is contained
(Figure
with
in turn
Stage
ellipsoidal
welded
21-10).
in a 769-inch
The
bulkheads.
to the
cylindrical
container
The
long
all-welded
are
section
welded
to Y-
section.
Cylindrical
Section
Bulkhead
2219
is a cylindrical
bulkheads
Bulkhead
Y-Ring
Fwd
Slosh
Line
Baffles
Y-Ring
3-510
Figure 21-10.
21-18
Oxidizer
Container,
S-IC
inter-
The aft bulkhead is designed to withstand flight pressurization and propellant loads
due to acceleration. The bulkhead is constructed of eight 45-degree gores and a
circular center piece welded together. The aft bulkhead is joined to the cylindrical
skin section with a Y-ring.
The cylindrical section is 489inches long. It is designedto withstand flight
pressurization, flight loads, andpropellant loads due to acceleration. The
cylindrical section has internal integral stiffeners. Rings are mechanically attached
to the inboard flanges of the longitudinal stiffeners. The stiffeners and rings give
the structure a free-standing capability on the launch pad eventhough the container
may be unpressurized. The stiffener skin combination is designed to withstand
bending moment and axial load.
Loads are transmitted from the intertank section to the cylindrical section through
the aft Y-ring. The loads are carried forward by the cylindrical section and are
transmitted to the forward skirt through the forward Y-ring. The forward Y-ring
also joins the cylindrical section to the forward bulkhead.
The forward bulkhead is similar in construction and contour to the aft bulkhead. The
skin is thinner since the bulkhead carries only flight pressurization loads.
The forward bulkhead of the LOX container has one access manholeand two vent
outlet fittings. The aft bulkhead has five LOX line outlet fittings and one outlet fitting
for the emergency LOX drain.
The cylindrical section has internal support brackets for mounting four helium
cylinders. The bracketry is supported by ring-type slosh baffles. The slosh
baffles, attached to eachof the internal.rings, are joined together at their inboard
flanges by longitudinal stringers. A cruciform slosh baffle is located in the bottom
of the LOX container. Each panel of the cruciform baffle consists of a continuous
corrugation supported by a truss structure.
21-24. FORWARDSKIRT
Structural continuity betweenthe S-IC and S-II is provided by the forward skirt
(Figure 21-11). The forward skirt, constructed of 7075aluminum alloy, is a
cylinder 120inches long. Axial loads and bending moment are carried by a
21-19
Skin
Str,ingers
Rings
Fwd
3-507
F_gure21-11.
combination
carried
bolt
the
of skin
by the
skin.
attachment
skin
and
to the S-II
A door
skirt
21-25.
vent
The
shaped
forward
for
maintenance
to the
command
ring
splice
forward
telemetry
exterior
surface
skin
and
Three
for
rings
is
a
support
attachment
1541).
are
antennas,
load
through
internal
face
station
Cutouts
shear
stringers
a mating
(at MSFC
and
stringers;
Y-ring.
provides
skirt.
S-IC
section
to the
forward
forward
Skirt,
hat
transmitted
in a field
access
SYSTEMS
the
21-20
stringers.
lines,
are
longitudinal
LOX container
aft interstage
Two tunnels
linear
external
Loads
to the
provides
for
and
Forward
provided
and
in the
the umbilical
forward
plate.
TUNNEL
mounted
charge
skirt.
on the
runs
The
and
between
tunnels
repair.
are
the
thrust
constructed
of the
stage
structure,
in sections
contain
the
cable,
intertank
to permit
tubing
section
easy
and
and
removal
21-26.
The
CON IGUR
S-II
S-II
Stage
(33 feet)
AFT
Loads
from
the
containers,
first
and
and
stringers
The
aft interstage
1541)
by a field
are
stringers.
(81.5
an aft skirt
and
a forward
and
skirt
feet)
long
thrust
and
396 inches
structure,
are
structurally
to the
face
to the S-II
Stage
through
interstage
is a cylinder
and
joined
a heat
to make
tension
straps
access
to the propulsion
fluid
of the
of work
carries
to the first
aft ring,
splice
shear
of the
aft
(S-IC/
219 inches
skin
load.
to the
stage
carry
The
interstage.
The
rings
forward
long.
the
axial
interstage
skin
ring
for
(at MSFC
station
the attachment,
support
of the
the
skin
interstage
and
which
aft skirt.
at MSFC
station
station
1760.
An aft interstage
Cutouts
connectors.
vehicle
face
is at MSFC
stringer.
umbilical
launch
a mating
to the
installation.
for
and
Intermediate
stages
each
platforms
stage
skin.
transmitted
S-II
the
providing
and
the
stringers
the
rings.
for attachment
from
section
also
of the S-IC/S-II
planes,
installation
then
plane
skin
stringers
are
hat
by internal
The
separates
exterior
The
splice.
separation
and
longitudinal
is attached
a mating
electrical
transmitted
aluminum-alloy
supported
Loads
interstage
7075
moment.
loads
provides
are
of external
bending
transmits
stage
The
A combination
the
is 978 inches
INTERSTAGE
interstage.
The
21-12
stage.
21-27.
load
Figure
An aft interstage,
two propellant
up the
S-II)
structure,
in diameter.
shield,
...............
are
Eight
interstage
provided
ullage
maintenance
the
At the
separation
in the
contains
while
The
door
motors
structure
1564.
stage
aft
provides
structure
are
mounted
provisions
for
on
for
is on the launch
pad.
21-28.
AFT
The
aft skirt
The
thrust
First
stage
container
The
conical
SKIRT
AND
and thrust
structure
THRUST
structure
transmits
loads
and
second
the
aft skirt.
thrust
are
second
through
frustum
STRUCTURE
stage
structure
an integral
stage
engine
engine
thrust
transmits
7075
thrust
loads
the
aluminum-alloy
are
engine
loads
to the
transmitted
thrust
loads
assembly.
aft skirt.
to the
LH 2
to the
aft
21-21
Forward
Manhole
Bulkhead
Cover
Forward
Skirt
LH 2 Container
Common
Bulkhead
Baffle
LOX
Aft
Bulkhead
LH 2 Line
Container
Bolting
(5)
Ring
Aft Skirt
Separation
Plane
Aft Interstage
Thrust
Structure
Ullage
Heat
Shield
3-541
Figure
21-22
21-12.
S-II
Stage
Structure
Motor
(8)
Separation
Plane
J-2
(5)
Engine
skirt.
of 396 inches
spaced
and
a length
on a 210-inch
outboard
engines
gimballing)
structure
engine
thrust
load
the
from
mounting
ring.
arranged
in cruciform
The
to the
ends
thrust
mounting
pairs
of thrust
longerons
The
thrust
longerons
shear
turn
distributes
them
the
load
skin
and
stringers
skin
and
stringers
to the
load
conical
the
path
from
into
directly
from
aft skirt
transmits
first
and
moment;
bending
which
from
the
skin
and
Five
LH 2 lines
skirt
to the
LOX
fill
are
and drain
rings.
frustum
to the
61 inches
Loads
forward
ring
to the
aft skirt
from
to the
the
skin
carries
rings.
The
the load
stringers
hat
The
to the
lines
through
through
is provided
and
supported
load.
the
The
axial
load
lateral
is trans-
the
carry
skirt
to the
aft skirt
the
interface,
LH 2 container.
skin
and
Loads
skirt
The
the
are
by the
are
transmitted
routed
by the thrust
load
through
a circumferential
and are
skirt
axial
stringers
aft interstage
stringers.
LH 2 container
for the
is routed
and
in
stringers
from
In addition,
stringers
is bolted
skin
externally
Support
shear.
aft skirt
to the
to the
attached
the
which
stringers.
to the
section
fittings.
is attached
a lateral
The
to
Supporting
which
rii_g.
ring
section
forward
LH 2 container.
aft interstage
longitudinal
assembly
transmitted
skirt
creating
fitting.
frustum
hat
ring
aft of the
to a cylinder
loads
are
beams
attachment
by the longerons.
forward
the
tine
skin
forward
loads
engines.
the
by the
External
transmits
into
engine
type
conical
Longitudinal
skin
thrust
by internal
aft skirt.
transmits
mounting
engine
into the
to the
the
support
engine
up the outboard
built-up
a cone
the
from
assembly
by a machined
from
the
joints
stiffens
the
equally
(resulting
sandwich
attach
aft skirt
the
stage
long.
supported
the
transmits
is 87 inches
a ring
internal
and
centerline
loads
loads
support
structure
fittings,
back
into
engine
diameter
are
bearing
honeycomb
stage
concentrated
attachment,
is sheared
thrust
transmitted
is sheared
of the
center
of four
which
This
mitted
The
which
The
at the
uniformly
are
load
gimbal
are
aft skirt.
changes
by the
machined
the
engines
transmitted
and joined
four
outboard
and lateral
consists
Loads
four
a forward
loads
to the
beams,
_1 _'fnelaes,
Longitudinal
engine
of the
The
ring.
assembly
structure.
distribute
are
center
The
outboard
of 111 inches.
diameter.
thrust
dia'r_et:erlof
splice.
through
the
structure.
aft skirt
and
The
thrust
structure.
21-29.
The
gases.
HEAT
heat
shield
The
SHIELD
protects
shield,
the
stage
210 inches
base
area
in diameter,
from
recirculation
is of lightweight
of engine
construction
exhaust
protected
21-23
to both the
LOX and
is of honeycomb
sandwich
Five
outlet
the
engine
line
aft bulkhead
LH 2 containers,
fittings
and
one
A cruciform
fill
formation
of vortices
at the engine
tainer
are
slosh
rings
series
of struts.
its center,
container
The
LIQUID
LH 2 for the
inches
long.
forward
end
(discussed
The
forward
of gores,
to the
21-24
are
at the
line
bottom
outlets.
tied
bulkhead
fitting
are
of the
LOX container
Installed
together
bottom
the pressurization
HYDROGEN
S-II
stage
container
The
inside
container
and
line
con-
by a
and
vent
in
the
and supported
of the
distributor
located
located
in the
CONTAINER
is contained
in a 2014
is composed
bulkhead
forward
aluminum
alloy
of a cylindrical
and
bulkhead
container
section
closed
by the
common
the common
bulkhead
are
671
at the
bulkhead
welded
section.
bulkhead,
container.
This
srmce.
above).
joined
in the
line
which
supported
by an ellipsoidal
to the cylindrical
The
A mast,
supports
ullage
21-31.
baffle
and drain
baffle
limits
near
ellipsoidal.
construction.
sump.
three
is also
designed
by welds.
to support
A manhole
flight
in the
pressurization
center
of the
loads,
bulkhead
is constructed
provides
access
The
cylindrical
flight
cal
sddtiCff,
loads,
and
segment
tudinal
long
side
gether
of the
stiffeners.
with
the
alloy
The
to the
aft 25 inches
from
The
21-32.
A 7075
S-IVB
provide
container
from
may
the
(bolting
and
LH 2 containers.
has
ring).
The
LH 2 container
skirt
are
is bolted
stiffeners
to an internal
boss
by
the
circum-
LH 2 container
load
transition
longitudinal
provide
a load
longitudinal
at the
to-
constructed
to the
by the
Loads
The
structure
tapered-integral
tapered
longi-
be unpressurized.
aft skirt
cylinder
section
the
carried
for
for
LH 2 engine
and
path
stiffeners
to the
forward
of
forward
end
of the
aluminum-alloy
The
bulkhead
fitting
joint
in the
the
of the
for fill
with the
forward
and drain
are
LOX container.
bulkhead.
container
propellant
operations,
of a glass-phenolic
with
provided
limits
launch
outlet
of the
A GH 2
container.
forward
which
and one
forward
are
top of the
during
externally
FORWARD
just
LH 2 venting
insulation
hour
lines,
section
at the
consists
stage.
rings
internal
section
per
covered
integral
to the
The
insulation
LOX
to the
cylinder
fittings
cent
transmitted
transition
rings
transition
cylindrical
cylindrical
6-per
the
carried
by internal
attached
and
are
the load
is located
externally.
are
load
These
fittings
Two outlet
welded
axial
integral
section.
in the
diffuser
are
and
are
panels
surface.
forward
outlet
located
The
exterior
LH 2 cylindrical
Five
pattern.
supported
though
LH 2 cylindrical
section.
The
grid
direction.
panel
of cylindri-
a rectangular
stiffeners
aft skirt,
of the
transition
skirt.
loads
It is constructed
form
moment
even
pressurization,
of each
which
are
flight
surface
mechanically
internal
long load
on the
are
capability
stage
stiffeners
and
The
is bolted
cylindrical
which
[_'c_[rry
to acceleration.
stiffeners
stiffeners
a 15-inch
1_ d_s_gne_i
inside
longitudinal
second
cylinder
on the
Bending
stiffeners.
through
due
cylinder.
aluminum
and
]o_,
is in the longitudinal
a free-standing
First
the
Located
grid
The
ferential
loads
circumferential
to form
of 2024
propellant
panels.
and
53Fff iflbhe's
a nylon-phenolic
boil-off
is bonded
honeycomb
core
skin
are
sealed
rate
to the
filled
insulated
to approximately
container
with
with
wails.
isocynate
The
foam
Tedlar.
SKIRT
forward
forward
skirt
skirt
transmits
is 137 inches
loads
long.
from
External
the
LH 2 container
longitudinal
to the
hat
21-25
section stringers carry axial load andbending moment, ann the SKincarries shear
load. Four internal rings support the skirt stringers and skin. The aft endof the
skirt bolts to the cylindrical section of the LH2 container. Loads, transmitted to
the stringers and skin, are carried forward to the forward ring which transmits the
loads to the S-IVB stage. The forward ring provides a mating face for attachment
of the S-IVB stage in a field splice at MSFCstation 2519.
A door is provided for access to the forward skirt. In addition, cutouts are provided for the umbilical plate andhydrogen vent. Antennas for the range safety and
telemetry sets are mountedon the exterior of the skirt. There are also provisions
for mounting a work platform.
Becauseof the decrease in diameter forward of the S-II stage, high aerodynamic
heating is experienced on the forward skirt. To protect the structure, the forward
130inches of the skirt is insulated with a bondedsandwich external insulation.
21-33. SYSTEMTUNNEL
The systems tunnel, located externally
shaped
from
charge
fiberglass,
traction
are
and to provide
S-IVB
S-IVB
inches
two propellant
aft skirt
easy
and
in sections
removal
for
to protect
for
stage,
the
forward
to allow
repair
the cables
electrical
contains
cabling
for
cable,
skirt.
The
thermal
from
The
extreme
and
tunnel
fabricated
expansion
and maintenance.
and tubing.
tubing
The
inner
linear
and con-
tunnel
surface
sidewalls
of the
temperatures.
CONFIGURATION.
stage
(21.7
the
by supports
is insulated
21-34.
The
between
is constructed
interconnected
tunnel
the
runs
on the
structure,
feet)
Figure
in diameter.
con.tainers,
21-13,
is 712 inches
An aft interstage,
and
a forward
skirt
are
(59.3
feet)
long
an aft skirt,
a thrust
structurally
joined
and
260
structure,
to make
up
stage.
21-35.
AFT
INTERSTAGE.
Loads from the first and second stages are transmitted to the S-IVB
the 7075 aluminum
stage through
frustum with an aft diameter of 396 inches, a forward diameter of 260 inches, and
a length of 227.5 inches.
21-26
ill
mo
<
>
0
0
0
o
rJ_
0
I
,,7
0
.,-,i
0r,.t
o
0
S
0
21-27
moment
are
supported
load.
The
mating
second
is attached
second
the loadpath
load is sheared
stringers
from
from
to a cylinder
a cone
are supported
AFT
from
from
aft skirt.
The
load
to the
7075
The
skirt
aluminum
carry
is bolted
skin
and
LH 2 container
There
are
three
to the
attxiliary
propulsion
7075
tangent
21-28
engine,
The
Loads
from
lateral
the forward
the
ring of the
the loadpath
to the propulsion
installation.
ring.
Retromotors
diameter
LOX
the
aft
plane.
to the LH 2 container
forward
aft
one
are
through
are
two
the
aft
located
the
transmitted
The
skirt;
through
External
the
longitudinal
the
ring.
ring.
for
long.
moment;
are supported
interstage
Loads
in the
modules
for
the
ring
from
forward
routing
the
transmits
stringers
bolts
line
Supports
of the
aft
the
and
to the
engine
plate.
exterior
which
the
ring
umbilical
on
aft
skin
container.
from
for
the
LH 2
the
skirt.
STRUCTURE
structure
to the
are transmitted
and
aluminum-alloy
a forward
stringers.
by
THRUST
thrust
The
This attachment
by changing
to the
cutouts
container
The
to the
21-37.
access
aft
to the
a lateral load.
of the interstage.
stringers
load.
The
is sheared
provides
for the
SKIRT
loads
hat section
door
surfaces
lateral component
aft interstage
shear
a cylinder
The
the mating
rings,
interstage.
21-36.
(at MSFC
directly from
An
vehicle
interstage
changes
The
the shear
interstage
ring.
of
transmits
engine
structure
is
168
container
thrust
a conical
inches,
bulkhead
and
loads
LOX
container.
The
with
an aft
diameter
of 34
frustum
a length
at
to the
the
of 63
attachment
inches.
point.
The
skin
Lateral
slope
loads
inches,
is
(resulting
from
bearing
joint
and
stringers.
The
skin
erigin6
to the
and
structure
longitudinal
Cutouts
engine
are
on the
are
mounted
LOX
The
hemispherically
The
welded
bulkheads,
section
pressurization
and
skin
intermediate
the
into the
aft ring
aft ring
ring.
The
gimbal
structure
two internal
the
though
rings,
thrust
external
forward
to accommodate
structure
ring
bolts
the
access.
LOX
Four
and
helium
LH 2
bottles
structure.
is contained
of nine
resulting
in a 2014
an aft and
compression
is constructed
The
the
CONTAINER
shaped
together.
for
thrust
stage
aft bulkhead
forward
structure
provided
S-IVB
two angle
the thrust
from
from
from
aft bulkhead.
on the
OXYGEN
the
transmitted
thrust
are
externally
LOX for
through
in the
through
sheared
to the
container
two doors
LIQUID
are
stringers
provided
lines;
21-38.
section
are
::::
are'tr'ansmitted
by an aft ring,
loads
loads
i_'loads::"
aft bulkhead
supported
Lateral
Axial
hat
container
are
ring.
skin.
to a ring
LOX
stringers
and a forward
:..and
gimbalii'ng)"
a common,
rings
to form
gores
and
hemisphere,
propellant
loads
due
aluminum-alloy
are
container.
welded
Two
together
the container.
a circular
designed
center
piece
to withstand
to acceleration,
has
fusion
flight
a spherical
radius
of
to both
the
130 inches.
The
other
LOX and
a radius
2014
bulkhead,
LH 2 containers,
aluminum
has
a 12 hour
alloy
sufficient
ground
A ring
attached
thrust
structure.
aft bulkhead,
oxygen
hold
to the
This
facing
then
sloshing
bulkhead
sheets
insulating
or a 4-1/2
bulkhead
into
thrust
the
segment
(less
it is common
than
is of honeycomb
a hemisphere)
sandwich
to a fiberglass
properties
to keep
the
core.
LOX
with
construction
The
from
with
common
freezing
during
orbit.
provides
loads
are
a mounting
transmitted
LH 2 container
is controlled
because
bonded
hour
aft bulkhead
Engine
and
a common
is a spherical
of 130 inches.
bulkhead
Liquid
termed
by internal
cylindrical
ring
surface
for the
engine
through
the ring
to the
section.
baffles
supported
by a sheet-
21-29
metal conical frustum attachedto the aft bulkhead. A screen, also attachedto
the aft bulkhead, provides vortex suppression. Container access is provided by
removal of the engineoutlet fitting.
21-39. LIQUID HYDROGENCONTAINER
The LH2 for the S-IVB stage is contained in a 2014aluminum-alloy container 513
inch long. The container is composedof a cylindrical section closed at the forward endby a hemispherical bulkhead, andclosed at the aft endby the LOX container
(discussed above). The forward bulkheadand LOX container aft bulkhead are fusion
weldedto the cylindrical section. The cylindrical section andforward bulkhead
are internally insulated with polyurethane foam bondedto the container walls.
insulation limits hydrogen boiloff during launch operations andflight.
The
The forward bulkhead, designedto withstand flight pressurization loads, is constructed of nine gores and a circular centerpiece welded together. The bulkhead
has a spherical radius of 130inches. Two openingsare provided in the bulkhead;
one for container access andthe other for the hydrogenflight vent line.
The LH2 cylindrical section, 268 inches long, is designedto carry flight pressurization, flight loading, andpropellant loads due to acceleration. The section is
composedof sevenpanels. Each panel is milled to a square waffle pattern with
a 45-degree skew angle. The panels are welded into a cylinder. The internal
waffle stiffeners provide sufficient buckling strength to give the structure a
free-standing capability when the container is unpressurized. An external ring
is welded to the cylindrical section at the tangentpoint of the aft bulkhead. First
and secondstage loads are transmitted through the ring to the LH2 container
cylindrical section by the aft skirt. The loads are then transmitted from the
cylindrical section to the forward skirt through a secondexternal ring. This
ring is weldedto the cylindrical section at the tangent point of the forward
bulkhead.
A LH2 line outlet is provided just below the weld that joins the cylindrical section
to the aft bulkhead of the LOX container. A box shapedscreen covers the outlet
in order to suppress the vortex created by LH2 flow.
21-30
21-40.
The
cylindrical
forward
unit.
Five
support
rings
aft ring,
The
three
aft ring
bolts
attachment
has
A door
in the
21-41.
SYSTEMS
systems
extends
instrument
The third
21-42.
The
stage
and
unit
AND
charge
has
for
The
It is constructed
the
LH 2 container
of 7075
ring
are
to the
splice
plate,
are
access
to the
EXTERNAL
station
skin.
unit
by the
face
for
the
3223).
platform.
and flight
forward
to
by the
In addition,
hydrogen
vents.
skirt.
FAIRINGS
on the
forward
an
transmitted
carried
mating
service
ground
stringers;
instrument
at MSFC
and
alloy.
ring.
loads
moment
to the
aluminum
longitudinal
this
a removable
fairings
loads.
the
skirt
which
third
and
in each
UNIT
are
An LH 2 engine
two auxiliary
cutouts
unit
stage
body.
accommodates
The
tunnel
cable,
tubing
runs.
several
thermal
--
an interchangeable
externally
to the
from
and stringers
provides
--
a forward
From
an umbilical
aft skirt
and have
payload.
field
The
the
shaped
instrument
long.
for
-v
......
and
(a field
for
is located
INSTRUMENT
to the
provision
and external
provides
unit
TUNNEL
Fairings
aft skirt
has
tunnel
linear
ring
is fabricated
and bending
skin
-.q
loads
rings,
load
the
forward
instrument
from
skin
intermediate
from
The
of the
skirt
LH 2 container.
cutouts
skirt.
long,
Axial
the
pressure
""
122 inches
to the
skirt
and
the
skin.
The forward
The
transmits
forward
transmitted
ring.
skirt
skirt,
the
and
are
forward
The
skirt
internal
stringers
Loads
FORWARD_KIR:r
instrument
the
gv
side
designed
line
propulsion
to carry
fairing
modules
aerodynamic
is located
are
attitude
also
on the
located
control
aft
on the
nozzles.
CONFIGURATION.
structure
(Figure
structure
is 260 inches
of three,
21-14)
120 degree
transmits
loads
(21.7
in diameter
feet)
cylindrical
panels
from
the
S-IVB
and
joined
stage
36 inches
with
longitudinal
splices.
instrument
mitted
to the
stage
in a field
unit
sandwich
splice
is of honeycomb
panels
at MSFC
through
station
sandwich
the
type
aft ring
3223.
The
construction.
Loads
which
is attached
loads
are
to the
transmitted
are
trans-
S-IVB
by the
21-31
21. 7 Ft.
D1a.
Cold
Plate
Access
3 Ft.
Door
Antennas
Vertical
Splice
(3)_
Umbilical
Horizon
120 Apart
Sensor
3-521
Figure
panels
to the
station
3259.
electrical
that
ment
are
21-32
clearance
forward
ring
Brackets
and
which
provided
for
carrying
the
to the
equipment
is provided
A load
Instrument
attaches
bonded
electronic
unit.
21-14.
umbilical
for
door
to the
sandwich
mounting
the
LEM
provides
plate
Unit,
and
Saturn
payload
provide
plates.
access
horizon
in a field
panels
landing
gear
The
which
to the
sensor.
splice
support
equipment
extends
instrument
at
for
is
into
unit
MSFC
the
grouped
the
and
so
instrucutouts
CHAPTER
SECTION
XXII
PROPULSION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
22-1.
REQUIREMENTS
22 -2.
OPERATION
22-7.
S-IC
22-33.
S-II
22-50.
S-IVB
........................
22-3
..........................
STAGE
PROPULSION
STAGE
SYSTEM
PROPULSION
STAGE
22 -4
SYSTEM
PROPULSION
..............
22-10
..............
22-24
SYSTEMS
............
22-38
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
22-1.
Engine
22 -2.
Propulsion
22-3.
F-1
Engine
22 -4.
F-1
Engine
Schematic
22-5.
F-1
Engine
Start
22-6.
F-1
Engine
Cutoff
Sequence
22-7.
Propellant
System,
S-IC
22-8.
J-2
Engine
22-9.
J-2
Engine
Component
Locations
...............
22-26
22-10.
J-2
Engine
Component
Locations
...............
22-27
22-11.
J-2
Engine
Schematic
22-12.
J-2
Fuel
22-13.
J-2
Oxidizer
22-14.
J-2
Engine
Starting
22-15.
J-2
Engine
Cutoff
22-16.
Propellant
22-17.
LH 2 Recirculation
Location
and
System
Gimbal
and
Pattern,
Gimbal
S-IC
Pattern,
..........
S-II
.........
...........................
Sequence
22-13
..................
22-16
..................
22-18
...................
22-20
...........................
22-25
....................
22-28
.....................
Turbopump
Feed
22-30
..................
Sequence
Sequence
System,
22-8
22-11
.....................
Turbopump
22-7
22-30
.................
22-32
..................
S-II
Chilldown
22-35
...............
System
S-II
22-36
...........
22-39
22-1
22-18.
LOX Recirculation
22-19.
Auxiliary
22-20.
Main
22-21.
Auxiliary
22 -22.
Attitude
Chilldown
Propulsion
Propellant
System,
Propulsion
Control
System
System,
Operation
S-IVB
Module
Engine
S-II
............
................
..................
Locations
..........
22-40
22-41
22-43
22-45
...............
22-46
LIST OF TABLES
22 -2
22-1.
Nominal
22 -2.
Propulsion
Sequence,
22 -3.
F-1
Engine
Performance
Parameters
.............
22-10
22 -4.
J-2
Engine
Performance
Parameters
.............
22-29
Saturn
V Staging
Parameters
Saturn
.............
V .................
22-3
22-5/22-6
..........
:':
.." .." : :
SECTION
XXII.
......
PROPULSION
22-1.
REQUIREMENTS.
The
Saturn
to launch
V propulsion
and
trajectory.
start
inject
The
S-IVB
trajectory.
ward
and payload
lunar
payload
instrument
unit.
launch
staging
net
by coast
for
including
the
provides
and
period
the
transfer
as:
suborbital
time
control
restart
transfer
launch
after
of spacecraft
then
of injection
of the
two hours
necessary
and
into lunar
at the
for
is required
lunar
orbit,
injection
attitude
orbit
72 hour
parking
of all weight
earth
mode,
V is defined
in earth
In addition,
vehicle
into the
of Saturn
required
consists
operational
payload
mode
velocity
during
trajectory,
A three-stage
pound
followed
the
is provided
in the normal
operational
net
transfer
the nominal
stage
to provide
The
of the
a 90,000
normal
of the S-IVB
of the
system,
forvehicle
insertion
into
reorientation.
Table
impulse.
22-1
contains
parameters.
Table 22-1.
Nominal
Staging Parameters
Stage
Altitude
Velocity
5300kts
S-IC
34.3
S-II
99 nm
13,200kts
100 nm
15,100kts
155 nm
21,200kts
Thrust-vector
angular
rates
An additional
stage
thrust
control
is required
as defined
series
operation.
to accelerate
by the
to maintain
control
of impulses
Both
are
vehicle
system
required
retro
thrust
to decelerate
forward
stages
and
attitude
during
main
to ensure
spacecraft
nm
the
and
stage.
successful
spent
are
orientation
stage,
necessary
staging
and
and
ullage
to aid
separation.
22-3
The
ullage
thrust
a sufficient
During
suction
the
systems
launch
due
LOX).
also
head
to the
or after
feed
highly
During
of storing
required
to the
operation
with
the
fill
and
purging
the
drain
of the
are
ascent,
orbit
propellants,
aft end
cavitation
of the
and
is required
minimizing
boiloff,
of the propellant
(LH 2 and
and feed
lines
of the propellant
injection
ensuring
propellants
containers
as part
lunar
containers
start.
cyrogenic
propellant
required
of the
at engine
capability
properties
operations
the
phases,
and
before
storage
the
system
delivering
must
them
as
engines.
of the
separation
propulsion
propulsion
of the
sequence
LAUNCH
PHASE.
During
the
down,
count
and conditioned;
engines
are
to lift
off,
five
the
The
center
The
engines
at lift
spacecraft
the
S-IC
engine
stage
started
with
the
launch
containers
spheres
engines
are
are
phase
The
purged,
loaded,
and
and concludes
events
of the
started
to a ground
pressurized
charged;
to starting.
and the
A few seconds
in a predetermined
by diametrically
in response
launch
vehicle.
purged
prior
are
followed
the
22-2.
and conditioned
is started
are
from
in Table
storage
purged
begins
propellant
pressure
stage
system
is presented
22-3.
opposite
command.
main
prior
sequence.
engines
The
in pairs.
launch
phase
ends
off.
22-4.
ASCENT
PHASE.
A total
nominal
thrust
thrust-weight
ratio
a result
increases
vector
and attitude
(Figure
off results
of 7,500,000
22-1)
a few seconds
ambient
to 8,635,000
control
the
provided
depletion
outboard
to center
by the
from
(level)
engines.
"'_ --_.* _
as the
prior
to commands
a propellant
before
is provided
pressure
pounds
are
in response
from
pounds
at lift
off resulting
in a
of 1.25:1.
of decreasing
thrust
22-4
pump
in the
OPERATION
The
As
propellants
volatile
for the
capable
22-2.
a rapid
draining
system.
the
to prevent
phase
Provisions
filling
settles
four
vehicle
ascends,
engine
outboard
the control
cut
the
off.
stage
Thrust
gimballed
systems.
signal
cutting
off the
Planned
cutoff
is utilized
engines
Engine
center
rather
cutengine
than
and
be
Event
Veh.
Separation
S-IC
I
I
S-IC
S-IC
S-II
Retromotor
Firing
S-IC
First
Separation
S-IC/S-II
Separation
S-II
Chamber
Chill
S-II
and
Line
Second
Plane
Thrust
Engine
Start
Feed
Command
Depletion
Separation
Command
Cutoff
Signal
S-II
S-H
Firing
Thrust
Chamber
Chill
Engine
and
Line
Feed
S-IVB
S-IVB
Chill
Command
S-IVB
S-IVB
Mainstage
APS
Ullage
APS
Roll
APS
Attitude
APS
GH 2 Venting
S-IVB
Engines
Control
Cutoff
Orbital
Parameters
S-IVB
Engines
Control
Engine
Separation
S-II/S-IVB
Separation
Retromotor
S-II
Propellant
Translunar
S-II
Mainstage
Start
Ill
S-II
Chill
!
I
S-IC
Separation Command
Ullage Motors Firing
Plane
Launch
S-IVB
Engines
Ullage
S-IVB
Engine_
S-IVB
Signal
Parameters
Command
IU/PL
Separation
Legend
: Event
;_
Operating
; _- -- -_ Intermi(
__
Orbital
Ascent
Command
_ommand
Separation
|
mmm_m
mmm_mm
mmm_
mmmmmnmnmmnm
m_mnmnmmum
__
ltent
Operation.
_,,,e__--
_i _, _."
._ _-._. _,
Sakui'h'
V _>ropulsion
Sequence
Translunar
22-5/22-6
......
burn
the
out to achieve-precl-ictable'cuioif
possiblity
of tumbling
impulses
and
chugging
---
---_
and thrust
vectors.
This
minimizes
at separation.
YAW
AXIS
Z
Fixed
Engine
PIT CH
AXIS
+ 5 9 Square
Pattern
3- 143
Figure
A chill
the
down
thrust
during
five
engines
plane
S-II
chambers.
first
started
of the
22-I.
stage
of the
in unison
separation.
Engine
stage
S-II
in response
Second
interstage,
occurs
about
provided
by gimballing
prior
which
provide
to a command
plane
four
separation
later.
outboard
Gimbal
before
from
the
and the
Thrust
the
first
thrust
plane
chill
and
22-2)
feed
roll
after
of
lines
The
pounds,
unit
of the
and
down
separation.
of 1,000,000
jettisoning
(Figure
the
pump
instrument
vector
S-IC
with
through
a total
engines
Pattern,
to liftoff
circulated
a few seconds
30 seconds
the
begins
are
until
stage
and
engines
Propellants
operation
Location
are
first
S-IC/S-II
control
in response
are
to com-
22-7
o
o
I
ul
-_
ffl
_a
_4
e_ _14
0
e_
t_
I
L.
....
__t
mands
of the
conf_ol
-sy-ste-rn.'"
(level)
signal
cutting
off the
The
S-IVB
engine
feedlines
after
The
prior
to staging.
separation
and prior
S-IVB
stage
to a start
the
engines
of the
system.
from
the
ered
by the
of zero
instrument
22-5.
ORBITAL
During
the
zation
and
attitude
....
a propellant
depletion
propellants
thrust
through
chamber
the
is
pumps
and
completed
engine.
of 200,000
unit.
pounds,
Thrust
vector
is provided
system
result
signal
is terminated
control
to the
of termination
signal
ascent
is provided
the
roll
that
ends
upon
by
control
commands
of the
the total
control
signal
impulse
in a velocity-to-go
phase
in response
of an electrical
such
results
is ignited
by firing
in response
as the
The
from
of the
control
to the
the
the
pump
Commands
from
the
proper
attitude
the
achievement
to the
deliv-
requirement
attainment
of proper
feed
control
before
restart
the
ullage
engine,
are
fired
to settle
chilldo_m
and
system
also
fire
the
main
the
of the
engines
main
line
attitude
during
attitude
engine.
the
stabili-
by firing
commands
of the
engine
restarting
provides
is provided
to the
by firing
ullage
system
stabilization
in response
is provided
main
propulsion
Attitude
engines
and
the
auxiliary
ullage.
Prior
and later
the
control
system,
in response
to a
GH 2 venting
ullage
the
propellants
during
restart.
control
The
engines
orbital
to provide
phase
ends
with
of mainstage.
22-6.
TRANSLUNAR
During
mainstage,
vector
control
PHASE.
in response
is provided
by firing
termination
separation
The
phase,
ullage
for
Until
occurs
control
circulation
Thrust
down
a thrust
propulsion
GH 2 venting
command.
provided
"
results
of the
roll
subsequent
orbital
GH 2 venting
engines
PHASE.
and roll
stage
simultaneously.
instrument
termination.
parameters,
chill
and
unit.
engine
orbital
and
engine
cutoff
at thrust
the
by circulating
providing
auxiliary
Engine
down
to ignition
from
main
engines
The
engine,
command
gimballing
five
is chilled
P.ngi-ne cutoff
the
roll
by gimballing
control
occurs
from
the
to the commands
upon
engines
main
of the
attainment
spacecraft,
the
of the
attitude
of the
engine,
auxiliary
72-hour
stabilization
control
system,
and roll
control
propulsion
lunar
thrust
transfer
is provided
is
system.
trajectory.
by firing
22-9
the attitude and roll control engines in response to the commandsof the control
system.
The translunar phase for the propulsion system ends with separation from the
spacecraft.
22-7.
S-IC
Three
stages,
STAGE
the
vehicle,
Figure
for the
propulsion
S-II
The
propellant
system.
SYSTEM.
and SIVB,
instrument
system.
system
The
S-IC,
19-1.
propulsion
22-8.
PROPULSION
(Refer
is composed
and
an instrument
unit provides
to Paragraph
of five
unit
initiation
20-1.
Rocketdyne
comprise
and control
Functionally,
F-1 liquid-rocket
launch
commands
the
S-IC
engines
and
ENGINE.
F-1
using
engine,
meter,
Figure
fluid.
are
and
Foul-
gimbal
+_ 5-degree,
RP-1
for
square
Nominal
performance
Table
flight
Stage,
control.
Figure
engine
parameters
22-3.
fixed
turbopump
S-IC
pattern,
stage.
start,
as fuel,
of the
mounted
of the
Engine
is a single
engines
9-minute
the centerline
pounds.
22-3,
LOX as oxidizer
working
Performance
The
bi-propellant
lubricant
equally
spaced
The
thrust
given
Parameters,
fifth
gimbal
angle
engine
is fixed
at sea
in Table
F-1
level
of thrust
Number
of turbopumps
Number
of gas
Thrust
Sea-level
chambers
generators
1,500,000
(total)
including
accessories
16,825
lbs.
lbs.
150 sec.
duration
specific
Oxygen
Number
impulse
265.4
on
is 1,500,000
Parameter
RP-1
weight
is a
Engine
Fuel
Dry
dia-
22-3.
Liquid
thrust
system
on a 364-inch
Oxidizer
Sea-level
system,
and control
maximum
22-1.
rated
are
thrust,
Item
22-10
the
sec.
,,.,.q
g
_,,t
22-11
Table
22-3.
Performance
Parameters,
F-1
Engine
(Cont'd)
Item
Total
propellant
flowrate
Thrust
Mixture
The
and gas
generator
5,685
2.77:1
Wo/W F
(thrust
lb./sec.
chamber
and
gas
generator)
Oxidizer
4064 lb./sec.
Fuel
1790 lb./sec.
Length
222 in.
components
propellant
system,
a gimballed
follows.
and
level)
148 in.
turbopump,
22-9.
(sea
Diameter
primary
trical
chamber
ratio,
Flowrates
Parameter
Each
joint.
In the
through
a nozzle.
A LOX dome
which
mounting
the
the
thrust
system,
engine
A brief
Chamber.
are
ignition
22-4.
bearing
expelled
engine
valves,
Figure
Thrust
of the
engine
is attached
description
thrust
The
chamber,
chamber
thrust
control
to the
of each
the
chamber
gas
generator,
system
thrust
major
and
structure
component
propellants
are
includes
elec-
the
with
of the
mixed,
engine
burned,
following
major
components:
a.
provides
b.
A fuel
c.
A propellant
into the
d.
circulated
e.
22-10.
22-12
the
manifold
A thrust
chamber
to provide
which
The generator
high pressure
gas
operates
side
meters
thrust
to the
and
chamber
generator
on LOX
injects
through
them
which
fuel
is
pre-heating.
extension.
produces
and fuel,
pump.
injector.
and
walls
and fuel
of the propellant
propellant
the propellants
of tubular
cooling
cooled
The
fuel
composed
regenerative
Generator.
injector
bearing.
body
exhaust
distributes
injector
area.
A turbine
gimbal
which
combustion
Cas
turbopump.
from
for
distributes
hot gases
which
The
to drive
are
assembly
the
bootstrap-fed
consists
of
,#
I
_.,I
W_8
22-13
the
following
components:
a.
generator
Gas
propellants
into the
An auto
c.
A combustion
ignitor
thrust
rated
control
The
chamber
thrust.
LOX pump
the
four
normally-closed
The
oxidizer
The
fuel
controls
the
are
are
on a common
are
opened
by fuel
for
and
flow
of
burning
LOX
the
and fuel
propellants.
to the
flow rates
to maintain
high-pressure
fuel
fuel
engine
to the
pump,
engine
centrifugal
shaft.
admitted
two in parallel
operated
space
of a centrifugal
Propellants
initially
propellants.
supplies
consists
valves,
of the
supplies
pressure
pump
mounted
Valves
valves
valves
which
provides
assembly
fuel
turbepump
a turbine
Propellant
valve
ignition
which
at the proper
The
and
to ensure
turbopump
In addition,
system.
22-12
used
chamber
Turbopump.
engine
control
generator.
b.
22-11.
propellant
to the
for LOX
by ground
pressure
thrust
and two
supplied
acting
chamber
through
in parallel
control
through
the
for fuel.
fluid
pressure.
ignition
monitor
valve.
22-13.
Ignition
hypergol
fuel
cartridge
pump
22-14.
fuel,
maintain
The
Engine
Control
System.
fluid
line
a.
main
approximately
this
prior
A four-way
intothe
system
and
shut
A ground
fuel
system,
fuel
pump
combustion
engine
tapped
from
discharge
operates
the
inboard
the
system
pressure.
the engine,
at cutoff.
through
control
the
diaphragm
to start
the
engine
from
chamber.
hydraulically
connected
to the
fuel
the burst
sequence
down
of the
when
ruptures
and
is high-pressure
of fuel
The
customer
for
open-
system
is
components:
solenoid
valve
actuators
valve.
which
in response
valves
80 percent
assembly,
control
consists
occurs
in the proper
flight
high-pressure
Two sequence
oxidizer
engine
system
Ignition
injector
valves
powered
to buildup
duction.
the
The
pump.
following
valve
through
system
fuel
provides
of the
proper
b.
for
ignition
manifold
generator
during
of the
panel,
composed
and gas
thrust
fuel
hypergol
fluid
discharge
of the
the
hypergol
oxidizer
thrust-chamber
ignition
the
working
to the
enters
rated
connect
The
and the
outlet
and forces
the
System.
which
The
open
are
sequence
and
closes
transfers
high-pressure
to an electrical
mechanically
valve
when
the
fuel
command.
actuated
opens
control
when
oxidizer
the
valve
by the position
oxidizer
valve
is
is 20 percent
closed.
22-14
Th_s
page
is not
classified
Filters,
CJ
22-15.
operating
22-16.
Gimbal
vehicle
thrust
from
Bearing
Joint.
vector
actuators.
The
engines
started
by the
the
manifold
ground
through
and
position,
22-18.
Engine
is actuated
to the
generator
from
the
the
gas
to the
opening
LOX and
chamber.
control
Start
Sequence.
actuation
links
engine
to the
outboard
engine
interface
to the
exists
hydraulic
instead
fluid
The
engines
control
thrust
of actuators.)
center
in pairs
pressure
to the
With
the
engine
is supplied
hydraulic
checkout
to the
is
as commanded
fluid
gimbal
is returned
vehicle
(Figure
22-5)
which
allows
position
and when
circuit,
actuator
Upon
signal
actuation
closing
ports
valve.
Control
ports
of the
from
supply
valve
in the
ground
main
fluid
head
linked
sequence
valves
LOX flows
generator
container
from
from
supply
fuel
through
allowing
control
Opening
pressure
thrust
fluid
of the
to enter
of the
the
turbopump
start
control
the
Opening
to the
fluid
the
solenoid
fluid
oxidizer
and
gas
generator
generator
to the
gas
four-
is vented
and
solenoid
to be admitted
gas
Of the
valves
four-way
chamber
gas
by a self-
oxidizer
of the
valve
to return
as determined
main
from
checkout
energizes
on the
valves,
the
pressure
ground
solenoid,
valves.
pressure
downstream
the
is directed
valve.
head
control
properly,
start
main
oxidizer
container
under
the
to start
is impressed
of the
of the
LOX under
of the gas
signal
Prior
it is operating
an electrical
valve.
fuel
each
each
attached
sequence.
valve.
pressure
ignitor
port
engine
engine
structural
fixed
coupling
solenoid
spark
mechanical
start-stop
coupling.
generator
admits
four-way
An electrical
opening
are
opposite
disconnect
inlet.
solenoid
and permits
employs
standby,
pump
monitoring
way
a quick
to the
fuel
chamber
for
attaches
An additional
engine
During
the
disconnect
joint
loads,
control.
for
system.
bearing
thrust
by diametrically
to the
a quick
power
distribution
A gimbal
required
and transmitting
Electrical
main
thrust
are
element,
in a predetermined
sequencer.
ground
the
center
started
followed
start
connections
heating
tubing.
OPERATION.
are
first
Electrical
on the
(The
interconnecting
vector
arms
ENGINE
and
absorbs
for thrust
outrigger
information.
is obtained
where
22-17.
control
structure,
to be moved
the turbopump
and
controls
valves
System.
instrumentation
and
check
Electrical
sequencing,
valve
valves
actuates
to the
valve
allows
combustion
generator
22-15
START
SIGNAL
IS ENERGIZED
MAIN
OXIDIZER
OXIDIZER
VALVES
FLOWS
IGNITER
GAS GENERATOR
E_]
OPEN
VALVE OPENS
SYSTEM OPERATES
MAIN FUEL
VALVES
OPEN
[ :FUELFLows
I
MAIN
PROPELLANT
IGNITES
0
THRUST
BUILDUP
MAI N STAGE,
3-175
Figure
combustion
chamber.
Fuel
22-5.
flows
from
generator
combfistion
chamber.
The
generator
combustion
chamber
by the
to the
turbine
discharged
they
ation,
rate
22-16
are
the
which
through
ignited
drives
propellant
propellant
spark
into the
by the
thrust
chamber
extension
to the
gas
generator
mixture
increase
and
turbopump
is ignited
and the
turbopump.
exchanger
pressures
Sequence
of the
ignitor
heat
outlet
Start
downstream
the
of propellants
the
Engine
The
thrust
expended
thrust
gas
directed
gases
are
turbopump
in an increased
chamber.
gas
are
extension
With
resulting
LOX to the
in the
hot gases
chamber
ignitors.
to the
where
accelerflow
The
gas
pump
generator
outlet
fuel
ball
combustion
around
valve
the
environment
of the
the
solenoid
four-way
solenoid
When
valve.
the
hypergol
to flow
to the
Rupturing
which
The
thrust
of the
allows
as sensed
directs
fuel
The
fuel
the
the
ring
from
seal.
pressure
Liquid
inlet
The
turbopump
pump
and
outlet
ing coolant
increase
The
The
single
which
helium
that
the
LOX
formed
routed
used
is used
supplied
of GOX from
through
line
the
the
flow
is from
four-way
fuel
pressure
and
ignition
hypergol
is established.
a mechanical
safety
chamber
of the
ignition
monitor
valve
to the
opening
ports
fuel
to enter
ignition
impeller
balancing
is controlled
chamber
ignition
is maintained
by leakage
by orifices
valve
of the
the thrust
to mainstage
and volute
device
pressure
Opening
primary
the
vehicle
circulates
to heat
containing
LOX container.
and
check
past
located
fuel
heat
exchanger
the
of the
individual
a GOX flow
H_lium
manifold
and
the
occurs.
at
volute
between
when
the
orifice,
the
to the
engines
valve
supplied
from
turbine
to the
exhaust
and expand
is routed
which
The
of
GOX
into a common
regulates
helium
individual
the
A portion
exchanger.
the
the
shutdown.
ullage.
heat
with
to an overboard
A bear-
opens
at engine
receives
the fuel
pressure.
bearing
control
assembly
fuel
decay
propellant
is diverted
head
the
pressure
and vaporize
operation
valve
through
with
the
begins
container
fuel
LOX dome
exchangers
valve
system
of a filter,
ceases
to the
duct
cold
to the
fuel
by thrust
permits
thrust
surge
to pressurize
heat
valve
permits
actuates
solenoid
lubrication
dual-medium
are
pressurization
impeller
and
lubrication
in the
for
consisting
pass,
gases
turbopump
turbo-
The
the
The
the burst
and primary
to be opened
from
from
and returning
This
valve.
fuel
the
exceeds
of pressure,
drain.
main
fuel
inlet.
assembly.
reaches
LOX,
four-way
turbopump
the
by an orifice.
diaphragms
checkout
from
is protected
valve,
rupture.
valve
fuel
the
turbopump
with
flowing
and outlets.
pressure
valve,
generator
of the
transition
oxygen
LOX turbopump
turbine
gas
through
is controlled
the
of the
between
controlled
fuel
mixing
the
LOX and
cavity
valve
monitor
through
Opening
with
generator
container
ignition
pressure
valves.
mixing
hypergol
the
gas
diaphragms
chamber
by fuel
to the
pressure
cartridge,
buildup
fuel
fuel
rate
returning
to the
flow
and
of the
valve
_anu
is cooled
LOX by circulating
discharge
in the
_g
chamber
chamber
mechanism
the
flow
cylinders
heat
is
exchangers
22-17
Engine
electrical
valve.
and
Stop
signal
The
directs
Sequence.
which
stop
energizes
solenoid
closing
(Figure
the
closes
pressure
22-6)
the
to the
stop
Engine
solenoid
on the
pressurizing
gas
cutoff
port
generator
is initiated
four-way
venting
valve,
the
by an
solenoid
the
entrapped
oxidizer
valves
fluid,
and
I
CUTOFF
SIGNAL
B GAS GENERATOR
VALVE
CLOSES
1MAIN OXIDIZER
VALVES
CLOSE
MAIN
FUEL
VALVES
CLOSE
THRUST DECAYS I
3-176
Figure 22-6.
the
fuel
first
valves.
The
LOX valves.
22-18
rate
To maintain
of closure
a fuel-rich
is determined
engine
cutoff
by orifices
the
main
in the vent
LOX valves
ports
of the
close
main
22-20.
The
PROPELLANT
propellant
flexible
mum
The
fuel
suction
lines,
sure,
and
nominal
two for
each
_-v
of the
containers,
to the
liftoff
engine
to cutoff
ducts,
valves,
turbopumps.
signal,
and
The
including
maxi-
propulsion
pounds.
to the
engine.
acceleration
flowrate
of 7800
joints
to allow
expansion
SYSTEM.
is connected
vehicle
""
consist
from
is 4,400,000
FEED
container
_-
propellants
capacity
reserve,
FUEL
....
22-7,
to deliver
propellant
performance
22-21.
Figure
required
usable
"':
SYSTEM.
systems,
joints
:.
engine
A combination
forces
gpm per
for
turbopumps
the
line.
fuel
of fluid
to the
Each
line
alignment
tolerances,
ball
is located
through
head,
ten,
12-inch
ullage
gas
engine
turbopump
is installed
with
thermal
expansion
pres-
inlets
gimbal
at a
and
and engine
gimballing.
A pneumatic
let
piston-operated
to function
stop
fuel
nitrogen
line
flow
in the
from
the
inlets
are
equipped
engine.
initiate
outboard
pellants
are
22-22.
fluid
to the
oxidizer
feed
lines
on the
ullage
gas
lines
to the
Each
line
container,
and the
balancing
During
level
this
the
interval,
most
750 psig
The
RP-1
inlets
movement
are
wMle
minimizes
fuel
sensors
a timer
to
using
turbopump
feature
When
later,
valve
line
out-
control
prevalves.
to allow
propellant
engine
cutoff.
ducts
seconds
container
depletes
will
or level
of the
pres-
shut
to a
down
sensor
the
will
remaining
pro-
used.
pass
outlet
devices,
assembly.
six
FEED
container
tunnel
these
A pressure
at the
solenoid
operates
compensating
turbopump
line
as an emergency
A single
system
Approximately
OXIDIZER
The
failure.
volume.
in each
serve
anti-vortexing
volume
level
inboard
of engine
with
transmitted
prevalves
pressure
equipped
pre-determined
ances,
control
constant
loads
The
event
with pressure
maintaining
sure
as a prevalve.
valve
line
pressure
engine
is installed
thermal
is mounted
through
the
SYSTEM.
the
size
fuel
container
is reduced
and vehicle
turbopump
with
expansion,
above
fuel
in separate
acceleration
gimbal
container.
to 17 inches.
inlets
and
the
and
engine
expansion
gimballing.
25-inch
20-inch
tunnels.
A combination
forces
at a nominal
Five
the
flow
joints
of 24,630
to allow
A pneumatic
At the
of fluid
LOX through
rate
LOX
for
the
gpm
head,
five
per
alignment
piston-operated
suction
line.
tolerball
22-19
%
\
LOX
Line
Feed
LOX
Container
-y<
\
\
\
/
RP-1
Line
RP-1
_ontaine r
Feed
3 -144
Figure
22-20
22-7.
Propellant
System,
S-IC
valve is located in each of the five lines at the point wi:ere they emerge from the
fuel container tunnels. These valves function as prevalves, serving as controls to
stop LOX flow to the engines in the event of engine failure. A single solenoid valve,
using 750psig nitrogen from the control pressure system, operates the three prevalves for eachengine (one LOX andtwo fuel prev_ves) simultaneously. The LOX
container is equippedwith a propellant level sensor which will initiate an inboard
enginecutoff signal. A level sensor or timer cuts off the outboard engines about
six seconds later. The LOX suction line inlets are equippedwith anti-vortexing
devices. The turbopump inlets havepressure-volume compensating ducts allowing
for engine movementwhile maintaining a constant fluid volume. This pressure
balancing feature prevents excessive pressure loads from being transferred to the
turbopump assembly.
22-23. PROPELLANT PRESSURIZATIONSYSTEM.
This system provides the pressurization to the propellants so that the net positive
suction head (NPSH)requirement at the inlet of the turbopumps is maintained.
22-24.
surize
Fuel
the
RP-1
located
in the
control
valves
ing the
heat
The
RP-I
Container
Pressurization
container.
The
LOX container.
to a heat
before
22-25.
Oxidizer
Container
sure
The
with
LOX from
container.
pressure
to prevent
mately
liftoff
of the
from
top of the
The
located
on each
with
gas
high
pressure
in four
from
and piped
helium
the
engine.
to the
helium
bottles
The
to pres-
bottles
through
top of the
from
is used
pressure
heated
helium
RP-1
container.
a ground
source
leav-
approxi-
liftoff.
Pressurization
gaseous
each
GOX is piped
a design
is piped
is prepressurized
90 seconds
Heated
is stored
Helium
is manifolded
mately
LOX container
helium
exchanger
exchangers
container
System.
the
The
flash
oxygen
System.
(GOX)
five
engines
five
heat
obtained
into
system
boiling
flow
and the
rates
are
located
a flow
is designed
sized
pressurizes
a flow
exchanger
through
pressurization
system
by bleeding
a heat
exchangers
This
of high-preson each
control
engine.
valve
to provide
with
the
to the
sufficient
zero
venting
as
objective.
LOX container
90 seconds
disconnect
is pre-pressurized
before
valve
liftoff.
in the
with
The
helium
GOX piping
helium
from
a ground
system.
Provision
source
container
is made
approxi-
through
for
supple22-21
menting and/or replacing the flight vehicle pressurant with GN2 during static firing
of either the flight vehicle or the static test vehicle.
A GOX flow control valve modulates the GOXflow betweenflow rates of 30 to 50
poundsper second in response to a pressure signal from the LOX container. The
valve is designedto maintain the LOX container pressure to 20.5 +2.5 psia.
22-26. PROPELLANT CONDITIONINGSYSTEM.
The propellant conditioning system provides fuel bubbling and LOX conditioning.
These operations are described below.
22-27.
Fuel
in the fuel
nitrogen
and
Bubbling.
container
and
is supplied
filter.
lines
The
geysering
suction
is accomplished
These
suction
insulated
lines
lines
are
and
ground
into the
source
bubbling
22-29.
maintains
the
PROPELLANT
propellant
to fill
and
22-30.
operated
Fuel
ball
working
the
fluid
to the
LOX
container
suction
system
vehicle
below
the
just
low temperature
must
the
which
prevalves.
Three
LOX flows
two uninsulated
of the
down
the
lines.
is supplied
suction
be
pumping,
the prevalves.
in the
branch
LOX from
valves.
helium
above
a coupling
lines
by thermal
tunnel.
Gaseous
through
to prevent
interconnect
be closed,
fuel.
lines
suction
lines
container
stratification
through
suction
countdown
through
lines
from
This
If
a
helium
line.
SYSTEM.
includes
all
propellants
Fuel
fuel
prevalves
required
Loading.
valve
in the
the
fuel
suction
the
source
is prevented
LOX
temperature
through
in the
normally-open
LOADING
loading
drain
the
insulated
that
to the
during
Geysering
contain
fuel
a ground
LOX temperature
lines.
returns
requires
22-22
valves.
temperature
lines
an emergency
The
and check
by interconnecting
interconnect
LOX
The
nitrogen
saturation
in the
from
the
The
extreme
GN 2 is bubbled
manifold
routes
an orifice
below
lines,
to a vehicle
LOX Conditioning.
maintained
to prevent
suction
manifold
containing
22-28.
In order
ducts,
during
is loaded
static
at 2000
is used
to close
off the
(750 psig
nitrogen
from
valves
gpm.
container
the
control
and
tests
flexible
or prior
A 6-inch
upon
joints
to launch.
pneumatic
completion
pressure
required
system)
piston-
of fuel
loading.
is passed
to
the
ball
valve
power
type
mounted
level,
closes
a signal
attached
the
inside
is generated
to the
ground
fuel
emergency
drain
is provided
consists
fuel
LOX
that
tie
line
contains
where
into the
the
inboard
line
Upon
engine
connects
solenoid
A loss
of pneumatic
pressure
to fall
in the
position.
mounted
signal
valve
inside
the
to close
The
fill
couplings.
During
loading
down
engine
main
to the
firings
and
to permit
prevalve
removed
a hold,
fill
drain
22-32.
the
line.
drain
rate.
the
line
An
drain
is removed
above
Each
valve
is controlled
from
the
causes
prevalves
open
An emergency
drain
drain
nozzle
and the
consists
on the
container
Each
point
control
pressure
system.
the
and
valve
fill
drain
permitting
with
the
quick
type
gage
level,
fill
permitting
LOX chill-
is provided
during
of a 17-inch
gimbal
is capped
lines
disconnect
LOX container.
nozzle
lines
by a
a predetermined
system
This
at the
by a capacitance
valves
ground
fill
prevalve.
located
and drain
rate.
the
valve
LOX reaches
the
drain
just
two 6-inch
This
off upon
static
joint
line
is
com-
LOX container
is continually
replenished
using
the
same
LOX
line.
closed
sensors
is
tests.
PROPELLANT
An active
level
flight
testing
is controlled
to the
LOX valves.
vehicle
During
and
attach
rapid
drain
ball
power
LOX fill
the
of static
nitrogen
operations,
a more
line.
When
to a special
pletion
suction
LOX loading
the
line
to a special
gpm through
line at a point
or electrical
attached
from
at 10,000
750 psig
lines
of static
and
a rapid
attached
fill
Any additional
fill
to permit
piston-operated
LOX container.
is generated
to be drained.
using
The
off.
to the
separate
closed
completion
valve.
same
or
a predetermined
coupling.
the
pressure
by a capacitance-
reaches
drain
and prevalve
suction
pneumatic
fuel
disconnect
firings
of pneumatic
is controlled
and
using
static
....
A loss
fill
is accomplished
joint
When
a quick
during
loading
fuel
LOX is loaded
a 6-inch
fill
Fuel
the
with
valve.
closing
is capped
Loading.
we
container.
gimbal
nozzle
._
fuel
container.
container
22-31.
level
of a 12-inch
on the
and the
valve.
systems
of the
nozzle
pilot
ball
the
adjustment
This
by a solenoid-actuated
electrical
gage
are
loop
UTILIZATION
propellant
installed
a continuous
propellant
as a function
of flight
utilization
in each
profile,
time.
SYSTEM.
propellant
permitting
The
total
main
system
is provided.
container.
sloshing
loading
These
Five
provide
and consumption
is controlled
continuous
data
for
to be determined
by propellant
22-23
S-II
S-IC
thrust
STAGE
staging,
which
stage
can
planned
engine
remaining
J-2
LOX
for
a coast
of the
velocity
Apollo
period
is composed
22-2,
provides
whereby
Spacecraft
into the
translunar
of a cluster
of five
the
the
S-IVB
into the
trajectory.
Rocketdyne
system.
long.
The
engine,
J-2
LH 2.
a narrowing
tudinal
brazed
cooling
the
into the
combustion
22-36,
Fuel
lubricated,
engine
and
thrust
in diameter
steel
are
200,000
with
engines
utilizing
and
116
pounds,
a single-tubular
direct
drive
propellants
components
426
as
follows.
turbopumps
the main
Table
characteristics
wall,
22-
for
thrust
4 lists
LOX
chamber.
the
A schematic
bell-
engine
diagram
of
22- 11.
thrust-chamber
tubes.
and
features
same
body
and an expansion
chamber
section.
An intake
converting
consists
the
The
manifold
fuel
body
of a cylindrical
section,
is constructed
of longi-
routes
to a gaseous
fuel
through
state
before
the
tubing,
injection
chamber.
Turbopump;
high-speed
outboard
is 80 inches
and weight
10,
mechanical
The
section
of seven
The
design
driven,
the
in Figure
stainless
apart.
axis
high-performance
envelope
impulse
and 22-
utilizes
Chamber.
throat
engine
independently
turbopump
Thrust
longitudinal
respectively.
and
is illustrated
90 degrees
stage
control.
specific
22-
parameters
roll
on the
is an advanced,
thrust,
of the
mounted
outboard
The
pounds,
description
engine
and
22- 8,
Figures
Each
engine
consisting
yaw,
chamber,
performance
22-35.
mounted
Figure
2190
thrust
A brief
engines
Nominal
and
shaped
of one
LH 2 as propellants.
seconds
22-24
and after
system
Figure
to a sufficient
injection
consists
pitch,
engine,
and
inches
the
orbit
vehicle
the
a propellant
cluster
gimballed
The
and
complete
system,
ENGINE.
the four
are
propulsion
space
the propulsion
and
SYSTEM.
stage
the
parking
engines
The
S-II
subsequently
earth
22-34.
the
accelerates
Functionally,
J-2
PROPULSION
The
stages
fuel
in addition
pump
driven
turbopump,
Figure
to an inducer.
by the
exhaust
22-12,
is an axial
It is a direct
gases
from
flow pump
turbine
the gas
drive,
generator.
selfThe
-.
..
o_
oa
.f--I
|
22 -25
1 Gimbal
2 Main
Oxidizer
Valve
3 Gas
Generator
Control
4 Fuel
Valve
3
Turbopump
4
5 Gas
Generator
6 Main
Fuel
7 Turbine
Duct
Duct
Bypass
6
8 Oxidizer
Bypass
9 Main
Turbine
Valve
Fuel
Valve
8
I0 Thrust
Chamber
9
ii Fuel
Manifold
12 Exhaust
Manifold
13 Container
Pre s s ur ization
Supply
14 Electrical
(Oxidize
r)
10
Control
Package
15 Helium
Regulator
3 -152
Figure
22-26
22-9.
J-2
Engine
Component
- _.
Locations
1 Gimbal
Z Oxidizer
Turbopump
3 Turbine
Exhaust
Duct
4 Heat
Exchanger
i(
5 Exhaust
Manifold
6 Fuel
Manifold
7 Oxidizer
Bypass
Turbine
Valve
8 Turbine
Duct
Bypass
4
8
9 Fuel
i0 Start
Turbopump
Tank
3 -153
Figure
22-10.
J-2
Engine
Component
Locations
22-27
O<
0
O_
o_
__<
I
2.-28
_9
Table 22-4.
Performance
Parameters
and
Mechanical
Characteristics,
Item
Liquid
Oxygen
Fuel
Liquid
Hydrogen
(Altitude)
Specific
Impulse
Mixture
Ratio
Rated
200,000
Fuel
pounds
426 seconds
5.00
O/F
250
Duration
Oxidizer
Engine
Characteristic
Oxidizer
Thrust
J-2
Flowrate
seconds
291.30
Flowrate
78.26
Chamber
Pressure,
Expansion
Ratio
pounds
pounds
per
second
per
second
682.5
psia
27.5:1
Diameter
80 inches
Length
116 inches
Weight,
Dry
3028pounds
Weight,
Wet
3188pounds
turbine shaft turns the inducer, forcing LH 2 through a series of seven stages.
22-37.
Oxidizer
Turbopump.
centrifugal
pump,
gases
the
from
22-38.
Gas
pump
fuel
and
22-39.
Propellant
utilization
engine
back
valve
operation,
position
into
provides
propellant
of the
valve.
the pump
inlet.
consists
The
Valve.
for
level
Oxidizer
with
supplies
direct
the
22-13
turbine
hot gases
of a combustor,
gas
turbopumps.
Utilization
Figure
, is a single
drive.
stage,
Exhaust
turbine.
generator
igniters.
oxidizer
turbopump,
self-cooled
the
generator
two spark
and
drive
A gas
gas
oxidizer
and
turbopump
The
the fuel
the
fuel
Generator.
operate
lant
self-lubricated
turbines.
poppets,
The
generator
(Together
they
sensing
devices
modulation
require
in the
of the
8500
motor
turbo-
oxidizer
and
energy
to
horsepower.
driven,
propellants.
propellant
is accomplished
the
sufficient
operated,
depletion
drive
an injector,
supplies
An electrically
simultaneous
that
containers
by bypassing
propelDuring
control
LOX
22-29
3-154
Figure
22-12.
J-2
Fuel
Turbopump
3-155
Figure
22-30
22-13.
J-2
Oxidizer
Turbopump
22-40.
Electrical
exciters
and
receives
28-volt
cutoff.
for
22-41.
tion.
J-2
The
22-42.
engines
the
control
chamber
phase
allowing
fuel
A sequence
valve
start
permits
tem.
The
start
tank
opens,
the
spark
package
engine
and
control
start
or
timing
package
functions
automatically
fuel
and
routed
fuel
ignition
turbine
to be bled
setting
valve
phase
drive
main
timer
timer
system
closes
the
regulator
and
the
if the
When
pressure
both
duct
valve.
along
when
with
turbopumps.
and
of
tank
start
the fuel
engine
to prechill
temperature
in the
The
start,
is energized.
temperature.
the
thrust
downstream
is opened
start
the
oxidizer.
chamber
hardware
fails.
(ASI) valve
controller
thrust
the
energized.
accelerating
with
sequence
initial
under
fuel
regulator
energized
igniter
assembly
the
check
is initially
spark
to
system
pressure
requirements,
(GH2) , stored
supply
Simultaneously,
expires
in the
and purges
valve
through
are
the gas
pneumatic
regulator
valve,
in the
upon
valve
generator
Simul-
in the
a check
after
sequence
chamber.
the helium
high-pressure
open.
in the
oxidizer
ignition
fuel
is initiated,
solenoids
that
augmented
ASI for
timer
meets
event
off the
separa-
in the gas
thrust
through
through
main
oxidizer
overboard
delay
flow
in the helium
depends
manifold
hydrogen
control
injection
delay
located
phase
90-percent
valve
plugs
in the
in the
plane
start
exciters
located
routed
first
spark
igniter
in the
to the
the
the
engine
to spark
is tapped
within
lines,
helium
after
below.
When
ignition
valve
the
in unison
energy
oxidizer
to open
Igniter
time
discharge
gaseous
series
The
sequencing
14).
feed
open
valve
solenoid
located
fuel
delay
the
until
discharge
chamber
and
valves
approximately
tank
delay
noid
dome
valve,
and
allowing
a check
helium
reaches
initiate
is described
is internally
propellant
valves.
the main
which
electrical
started
22-
and the
energized,
control
control
fuel
system.
necessary
The
are
spark
Helium
oxidizer
ignition
pumps
control
through
stage
(Figure
augmented
are
flows
engine
sequencer
system.
and provide
helium
holding
Helium
the
the
of an engine
Sequence
system.
to assure
thrust
the
package
control
the
S-II
operation
energized
and
taneously,
valve
of the
Start
are
stage
performs
engine
of the propellant
combustor,
main
controller
control
contains
capability.
typical
controller
the
cor}tx-ol- package
OPERATION.
Engine
chilldown
:T_le- eIeewica}
which
from
of the
restart
ENGINE
five
the
dc signals
operation
for
.Packa_._
controller
sequence
proper
The
a sequence
The
resets
Cq_._o.[
the
When
sensed
discharge
tank
start
The
This
the
in the
valve
discharge
tank,
flows
relationship
sys-
sole-
valve
through
of
22-31
H
l
__._
13
_N
_o
u_
i
.u
2.
_oo
_o
b-b.I
22 -32
the
fuel
turbopump
bypass
gas
valve,
which
to bypass
During
this
to_id.i:_er'_,_p,]_p.hdil_kl'p
the oxidizer
period,
monitor.
)
If ignition
solenoid
in the
the
Opening
valve
tank
and
duct
thrust
to the
value,
control
opening
valve.
of the
into
oxidizer
occurs
injection
pressure
check
of the
chamber.
ASI ignition
ignition
phase
mainstage
control
are
ignited
the
main
valve.
oxidizer
approximately
control
by the
dome,
valve.
spark
and
25-
plugs;
ignites
the
in the
outlet
pressure
has
main
oxidizer
valve
pressure
valve
to complete
the
is directed
(second
to the
valve
generator
is energized
closing
is ported
turbopump
pressure
controller
oxidizer
actuates
valve
sequence
the oxidizer
oxidizer
expiration
also
overcomes
by the
stage)
and
by GOX diverted
oxidizer
the
spark
of the
stage
from
turbine
this
fuel
control
to close
the
injection
steady
the
reached
oxidizer
turbine
dome
and
gas
Steady-state
operation
container.
GH 2 is tapped
The
high-pressure
stage
results
The
oxidizer
closing
spark
if
the
exciters
timer.
is maintained
off the
oxidizer
duct
pressure,
generator
speeds.
a mainstage-
(Cutoff
timer.
purge
state
level,
switch.
de-energize
de-energize
period
to steady
state
pressure
sparks
igniter
accelerate
sparks
the oxidizer
exhaust
toward
the oxidizer
Operation.
During
turbopumps
of the
augment
by expiration
is initiated.
oxidizer
before
The
as the
increases
by the
Steady-State
to pressurize
in the
the
is de-energized
main
generator
pressure
pressure
valve.
de-energized
signal
main
occurs
is generated
no signal
22-43.
energizes
of the gas
primes
oxidizer
mainstage
injection
OK signal
are
of the
solenoid
the
port
gas
Control
main
turbine
valve.
Transition
purge
the
oxidizer
thrust
at expiration
solenoid
opens
control
the
the
by the
in the
control
increases,
When
predetermined
bypass
flow
oxidizer
a percentage
detected
expiration
control
which
into
through
been
cutoff
timer
mainstage
opening
oxidizer
cause
timer
permitting
overboard
have
the
package.
valve
the
flowing
vent
de-energize
actuator
chamber.
actuated
control
from
propellants
main
As
the
first-position
The
the
is detected,
sparks
position,
should
would
discharge
pressure
percent,
and
of ignition
the
start
turbine
pneumatic
Simultaneously,
normally-open
ASI combustion
(Absence
timer.
and
is in the
_s:con_roi_eci-by
fuel
injection
container
through
until
a heat
a cutoff
manifold
is pressurized
exchanger
located
duct.
22-33
discharge
back
is positioned
by electrical
miner.
The
engine
22-44,
Cutoff
controller
valves
v_lve,
main
control
valve,
bleed
oxidizer
pass
valve.
chamber
valve
As
valve
opens,
allowing
dome.
PROPELLANT
SYSTEM.
propellant
foot
system
consists
LOX container
main
stage
The
feed
systems
operation
employing
main
valves.
each
of the five
possible
to permit
propellants
turbopumps,
the
rate
is measured
the
LOX container
are
on each
pass
cubic
The
valve
ducts
container,
are
for
fuel
21-30
valve,
oxidizer
purge
turbine
from
timer
flow
container
by
the
the
thrust
expires,
to subside.
and
21-31,
and
pressure,
oxidizer
and
bypass
a 11,108
respectively.
pounds.
propellants
valves,
utilization
fuel
de-energize
foot
in Paragraphs
shutoff
main
purge
gas
vented.
to the
and the
and
are
engine
mounted
is provided
both
on each
feed
insulated
similar
systems,
and
have
in design
and
turbopumps
and
LOX turbopump
mounted
on
in the
vacuum-jacketed
lowest
flexible
gimballing.
through
engine
a screen
main
by volumetric
provided.
of a 36,883
for both
engines.
engine
to vent,
22-16)
A propellant
l_osition
pressure
is 930,000
emergency
J-2
solenoid
control
turbine
are
th residual
solenoid
Opening
oxidizer
dome
sequence
phase
ASI valve
valve,
oxidizer
to purge
capacity
(Figure
to the
is routed
below
control
timer.
ASI valve,
pressure
gas
described
propellant
oxidizer
decays
helium
pressure
by the
and ignition
oxidizer
con-
units.
is received
de-energize
valve
propellant
ratio
mainstage
valve,
oxidizer
utilization
in each
signal
tank-discharge
to the
helium
The
the
control
pressure
cutoff
solenoid
control
control
The
22-34
opening
all valve-closing
22-45.
baffles
and
The
and start
is routed
chamber
oxidizer
causing
valves
pressure
+_0.4 mixture
oxidizer
and closing
propellant
be varied
de-energizes
fuel
main
The
devices
15).
to the
main
joints
22-
control
control
cubic
(Figure
inlet.
level-sensing
may
helium
Closing
The
ratio
simultaneously
propellant
check
from
the
generator
The
mixture
turbopump
and energizes
pressure
valve,
input
Sequence
wl_ich
to the
the
assures
shutoff
flow
a minimum
in each
valves
meters.
fuel
and
line
into
the
and
engine.
An exclusion
of residual
through
propellant.
riser
the
Each
engine
engine
in the
Anti-vortex
main
flow
bottom
and
of
slosh
_D
U_
O
b_
i
C'q
I
--L_I
l_[
q_
.)
N
O0
[-...
,--t
I
22-35
>
r_
>
E]!]
--/t
22-36
This
page
is not
classified
22-46.
PROPE
LLANT
Pressurization
suction
of the
head
to launch
engine
for
propellant
J-2
is obtained
start,
from
During
oxygen
obtained
the
system
hydrogen
system
and
the injector.
A 1.5
cubic
flight
spheres
the
foot
3000
engine.
psi
helium
for
The
on the forward
the
S-IC
provide
helium
and
maintain
in the
is pressurized
thrust
on the thrust
cone
two
6.0
the prestart
J-2
pressuri-
LOX turbine
by bleeding
chamber
cubic
flight
prior
by gaseous
located
the
and
positive
phase
is pressurized
between
LOX container
boost
supplies
LH 2 container
mounted
skirt
gaseous
exchanger
at a point
sphere
the
with
helium
the heat
engine
a net
LOX container
through
each
pressurization
mounted
stage-stored
LOX
from
During
the
to provide
pressurization
source.
phase,
of each
off gaseous
start
boost
is required
Initial
a ground
by passing
exhaust
containers
high-pressure
S-II
S.YST.E_I_ .....
T/._N
turbopumps.
separate
zation.
pump
the
21_ES_U]_ZA
cooling
provides
the pre-
foot
psi
3000
pressurization
helium
for
LH 2 container.
22-47.
PROPELLANT
MANAGEMENT
Operation
of the propellant
propellant
mass
in each
SYSTEM.
management
container.
system
Control,
is governed
monitoring
by the
and
amount
checkout
of
is provided
for:
The
a.
Propellant
loading
b.
Propellant
quantity
C.
Propellant
utilization
d.
Propellant
depletion
propellant
propellant
flow
and
quantity
indication
rates,
and
maintain
the
quantity
purposes.
The
mixture
propellant
Full
propellant
ratio
propellant
length
various
is measured
for
depletion
of either
and
utilization
minimizing
engine
cut
reaches
and vernier
combinations.
management
loading
Propellant
engine
indication
provide
mass
telemetered
system
for
control
ratio
monitor
closed-loop
a signal
the
in the
out and
at propellant
provides
and
remaining
check
provides
residuals
depletion
capacitance
These
proper
off system
the
systems
containers.
monitoring
control
of the
depletion.
The
to indicate
when
separately
and
the
level
point.
sensing
the
probes
data
are
necessary
used
for
the
in
propellant
system.
22-37
22-48. CONTROLPRESSURESYSTEM.
A stage mounted control pressure system provides regulated operating pressure
for the electro-pneumatic valves. Each engineis equippedwith a self contained
control pressure system.
22-49. RECIRCULATIONCHILLDOWNSYSTEM.
The enginepropellant pumps andgas generators must be chilled prior to start.
This
is accomplished during S-IC boost phase. LH2 is circulated, Figure 22-17, by means
of stage mountedpumps through the engine LH2 feed lines, engine LH2 pumps, and
gas generator LH2 bleed valves andthen returned to the container.
LOX is circulated, Figure 22-18, by meansof thermal convection through the engine
LOX feed lines, engine LOX pumps andgas generator LOX bleed valves andreturned
to the LOX container.
22-50.
The
S-IVB
S-IVB
stage
propulsion
sion
and
completes
a coast
jectory.
The
auxiliary
powered
flight,
and
22-51.
The
MAIN
main
associated
The
engine,
also
Engine
restart
hydrogen
from
the
seven
seconds
starts
is provided
and
thrust
22-38
used
space
space
system
vehicle
provides
coast
thrust
vehicle
S-II/S-IVB
the
the
into
into
thrust
of the
the
for
propul-
parking
orbit,
transfer
roll
tra-
control
orbit
Figure
main
earth
a lunar
separation,
periods,
and an auxiliary
coast,
during
and
engine
22-19.
SYSTEM.
is composed
on the
capability
engine
of mainstage
chamber.
S-II,
system
of a single
Rocketdyne
J-2
engine
and
system.
ENGINE.
22-35.
during
system
22-52.
J-2
the
during
PROPULSION
propellant
injects
propulsion
the
of the
propulsion
thrust
a main
from
injection
period
control
propulsion
both
separation
the
ullage
attitude
SYSTEMS.
with
After
after
start
PROPULSION
is provided
system.
system
later
STAGE
cycle
S-II
stage,
is described
in detail
is obtained
by refilling
the start
after
initially
is required
by an electrical
spark
starting
to recharge
system
the
the
located
engine.
start
within
in Paragraph
tank
with
gaseous
A minimum
tank.
the
Ignition
gas
of
for the
generator
i
w
- -
_ . "'"
._
ou
..w
_9
D
._..
D
h_
D
I
O0
D
i
0Q
O
o,.-_
9
_9
_D
_.._
_q
_9
_9
D
I
_,]
<]9
._
9
I
22-39
O
_9
>
"_
22-53.
MAIN
PROPELL_NT
SYSTEm!
(F!GJ, RE 22-2C).
_"
I
The
main
feed
systems,
22-54
and
propellant
system
and
recirculation
Propellant
LOX
have
which
volume
of 13,250
of 230,000
pounds
22-55.
F___u91Feed
System_
surized
from
ground
from
feet
source
pressure
is maintained
second
burns.
Pro-pressurization
with
with
fuel
engine
of the S-IVB
feed,
the
and oxidizer
GH 2 bled
from
second
the
stage
engine
LH 2
These
signal.
is initially
engine
ignition,
during
is provided
from
propellant
container
main
burn
SUl)plicd
structure.
to cut,)if
fuel
After
are
stage
main
of full thrust
helium.
for
J-2
a resultant
fuel
of cold
the
part
90 percent
To induce
tainer
for
an integral
cubic
containers,
system.
Propellants
form
capacity
of the propellant
chilldown
Containers.
containers
a total
consists
pres-
the
con-
the
first
and
by 3000
psia
helium
bottles.
The
single
container
vacuum
outlet
freedom
for
fuel
includes
line
pressures
located
experienced
by stage
stored
single
bellows
to ensure
structural
lines,
test
psia
for the
sufficient
bulkhead
fuel
joint.
and
line
to a fuel
To ensure
structural
is designed
sufficient
deflections,
to withstand
the
surge
and in-flight.
LOX feed,
the
located
in the
bottles
LOX turbine
line
is connected
exhaust
J-2
freedom
is pressurized
LH 2 container)
heated
by the
duct.
engine
for
LOX container
is vacuum
jacketed.
mJsalignments
due
Propellants
from
mounted
pumps
It includes
to tolerance
a flexible
buildup
and
deflections.
22-57.
lated
LOX feed
engine
buildup
The
To induce
(3000
J-2
to tolerance
bellows.
System.
in the
to the
of the common
due
during
helium
exchanger
line
forward
a flexible
LOX Feed
The
fuel
misalignments
22-56.
heat
jacketed
Recirculation
prior
engine
respective
to engine
pumps
containers.
Chilldown
start
and
System.
by means
of stage
gas
generator
bleed
This
system
is similar
valves
and
arc
to the S-II
each
container
through
then
the
returned
LH 2 reeirculation
arc
engine
circufeed
to their
system.
q,,)
o_,-4
ul
t _'_
-( )
_=
L/
u1
r_
o
,,-q
c,,1
22-39
_E7_
0
-F-I
L"-
0
0
>
ii
0
0
.o
oo
I
co
22 -40
d2
oq
o3
oo
,if
c',l
<3o
I
c_
22-41
of 230,000
pounds
22-55.
Fu_e ! Feed
System.
surized
froth
a grounu
from
90 percent
To induce
source
fuel
of cold
tainer
pressure
is maintained
with
second
burns.
Pre-prcssurization
of full
feed,
helium.
the
from
second
to cut(_i[
fuel
After
GH 2 bled
for
thrust
container
main
the
burn
signal.
is initially
engine
engine
ignition,
during
is provided
pres-
the
con-
the
first
and
by 3000
psia
helium
bottles.
The
single
container
vacuum
outlet
located
freedom
for
fuel
includes
line
pressures
by stage
stored
single
bellows.
The
and
To induce
(3000
psia
for the
sufficient
freedom
bulkhead
buildup
fuel
joint.
and
line
to a fuel
To ensure
structural
is designed
LOX feed,
the
located
in the
exhaust
J-2
is connected
sufficient
deflections,
to withstand
the
surge
in-flight.
botties
LOX turbine
line
common
to tolerance
test
engine
engine
LOX container
is pressurized
LH 2 container)
heated
by the
duct.
is vacuum
jacketed.
for misalignments
due
It includes
to tolerance
a flexible
buildup
and
deflections.
22-57.
Recirculation
prior
engine
respective
22-42
feed
to ensure
structural
lines,
LOX
due
System.
in the
to the J-2
of the
during
helium
exchanger
bellows
lated
Feed
line
forward
a flexible
experienced
LOX
The
fuel
misalignments
22-56.
heat
jacketed
to engine
Chilldown
start
System.
by means
pumps
and gas
containers.
This
Propellants
from
mounted
pumps
of stage
generator
bleed
system
is similar
valves
and
are
to the S-II
each
container
through
then
the
returned
LIt 2 reeireulation
are
engine
circufeed
to their
system.
Container
Pressurization
(Second
Filter
Burn)
and
Antivortex
Screen
LOX
Container
at.---LH Z Container
Pressurization
LH
2 Feed
\
LOX
LOX
Container
Pressurization
3 -171
j_Z
Figure
Feed
Engi
22-20.
Main
Propellant
System,
S-IV
22-43
22-58.
The
AUXILIARY
auxiliary
propulsion
180 degrees
ine,
one
apart
and
22-59.
feed
Two types
ullage
engine
pilot
fueled
module
three
attitude
22-21
and
contains
control
one
mounted
main
ullage
engines,
and
auxiliary
propulsion
eng-
a propellant
22-22).
engines
are
utilized
in the
system,
Ullage
is supplied
nozzle
acceleration
for S-H/S-IVB
by a 1750-pound
assembly
consists
thrust
of a thrust
separation
Marquardt
engine
chamber
and
and
the J-2
in each
module.
related
fuel
and
oxidizer
valves.
22-61.
Attitude
Company)
and,
Control
150-pound
during
consists
orbit
one for
22-62.
coast,
fuel
module
expulsion
system
Since
tion,
stores
the
propulsion
necessary
positive
container
system
The
collapsible
container,
The
propellants
are
and
control
system,
with
of hypergolic
fuel
and
system
a.
propellant
S-II/S-IVB
The
control,
engine
roll
nozzle
solenoid-operated
expulsion
the other
control,
assembly
poppet
in the
appropriate
instrument
is provided
separation
for:
thrust
without
inside
propellant,
oxidizer.
system
propellants
container
the
to the
function
in two identical
for
a pressure
of the
a collapsible
storing
propellants
must
system.
Sufficient
venting.
of redundant
containers,
delivered
located
attitude
Products
SYSTEM.
the
of these
dual
venting
for
auxiliary
for
Aeronautics
for oxidizer.
820 pounds
is comprised
(Thompson
thrust
for hydrogen
and two sets
one
one
TAPCO
provide
PROPELLANT
containers,
the
ullage
and
Four
engines
chamber
AUXILIARY
Each
Engines.
thrust
of a thrust
valves,
22-44
Each
modules
control.
Engines.
restart
engine
(Figures
of two 1630-pound
ENGINES.
of hypergolic
Ullage
aft skirt.
engine,
system
and attitude
22-60.
is comprised
stage
ullage
AUXILIARY
,SYSTEM
system
on the
GH 2 venting
container
The
PROOUiSION
unit,
aid
upon
or upon
accelera-
by utilizing
stainless
command
command
valves.
of ullage
a pressurized
wall
propellant
control
is provided
is a thin
engines
The
and
the
positive
container.
steel
bellows.
of the
guidance
of the
hydrogen
we
we
-
..
.w
.....
- ,_.....
u
-
"
"'e
el
I
o,1
22 -45
b.
The
Ullage
auxiliary
a
thrust
for
propulsion
Roll
Ullage
C.
Hydrogen
d.
Attitude
engine
system
control
b.
J-2
during
during
provides
stage
thrust
for:
mission
S-II/S-IVB
venting
_+.art_ng
separation
and
engine
start.
ullage
control
during
the
coast
periods.
(Refer
to
Figure
+Pitch
IIIp
-CCW
w'J
III II _:_
III IV
oll
+CW
-Yaw
View
Looking
+Yaw
Forward
I II _
I IV
Ip
- Pitch
3-174
22-46
Figure
22-22.
Attitude
Control
Engine
Locations
22-19.)
we
.....
CHAPTER
SECTION
XXIII
MECHANICAL
SYSTEMS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
23-1.
GENERAL
23-2.
ENVIRONMENTAL
23-8.
ENGINE
23-13.
SEPARATION
23-18.
ORDNANCE
SYSTEMS
23-34.
PLATFORM
GAS-BEARING
............................
23-3
CONTROL
GIMBALLING
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
............
23-3
................
23-12
....................
23-15
......................
23-19
SUPPLY
SYSTEM
........
23-26
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
23-1
Environmental
Control
System,
Air/GN
23-2
Aft
23-3
Interstage
Compartment
Environmental
23-4
Interstage
Compartment
Environmental
23-5
Thermoconditioning
System
23-6
Gimballing
F-1
23-7.
Retromotor
23-8.
MDF
Compartment
System,
Ignition
Installation,
Environmental
S-IVB
Control,
S-IC
23-5
23-7
Control,
S-IC/S-II
23-8
Control,
SII/S-IVB
23-10
23-11
................
...................
Separation
....
........
...................
Engine
System
2 Requirements
23-14
23-24
..............
23-25
LIST OF TABLES
23-1.
S-IC/S-II
and S-II/S-IVB
Staging
Sequence
23-18
23-1
23-2
.....
--S_'F_N
_CXII"I"" "
MECHANICAL
23-1.
GENERAL.
The
mechanical
systems
engine
gimballing,
23-2.
ENVIRONMENTAL
The
Saturn
an
separation,
of the
trolled
The
by ground
vision
unit
for
heat
the
forward
the
system
thermal
system
vehicle
gas-bearing
controls
the
payload.
control,
supply
environment
The
extremes,
system
controls
compartments.
allows
which
The
system.
in certain
protects
humidity
Operation
the use
otherwise
system
of instrumentation
corn-
electrical
and provides
of the
system
is con-
of "off the
could
not be used
is supplemented
located
shelf"
in the
electrical
without
com-
elaborate
pro-
by a thermoconditioning
instrument
unit
and
the
S-IVB
compartments.
Environmental
conditioning
of power
launch
at lift
platform
environmental
SYSTEM.
vehicle
dissipation.
cooling
include
equipment.
control
the
vehicle
and
and Apollo
from
based
on board
for
vehicle
for
environmental
ponents
ordnance,
control
equipment
atmosphere
V launch
CONTROL
launch
mechanical
inert
of the Saturn
V environmental
partments
and
SYSTEMS
to the
off.
The
conditioning
vehicle
mounted
the
and
during
ends
thermoeonditioning
instrumentation
the ascent,
begins
earth
ends
in the
orbital
when
unit
the prelaunch
when
vehicle
continues
instrument
and the
the
unit
translunar
the S-IVB/instrument
phase
upon
umbilicals
to provide
thermal
and the
S-IVB
forward
phases
of the
mission.
unit
is separated
from
the
are
application
disconnected
protection
stage
to
during
Thermothe Apollo
pay-
load.
23-3.
The
OPERATION.
following
controlled
vehicle
dry
air
or
and
payload
GN 2 supplied
areas
are
by ground
conditioned
by filtered
and
thermally
equipment:
23-3
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
The ground facilities also supply a thermally conditioned fluid to the thermoconditioning unit in the instrument unit throughout the prelaunch and launch phases of the mission.
At the start of the launch vehicle electrical equipment checkoutduring prelaunch, the
environmental control system supplies cool air to all compartments containing electrical equipment. The cool air maintains electrical componentsin these compartments
within design temperature limits. Whenloading of the hypergolic fuel for the auxiliary
propulsion system (APS)of the S-IVB stage begins conditionedair is supplied to the
S-II/S-IVB interstage. The temperature controlled air circulates through the APS
modules maintaining the temperature critical fuel in a liquid state.
Prior to loading LOX in the S-IVB stage, warm air is delivered to the S-II/S-IVB
interstage. Warm air is next delivered to the S-IC/S-II interstage and then to the
S-IC engine compartment prior to loading LOX in the S-II stage andS-IC stage respectively. The warm air flow continues until 30 minutes before the start of LH2
loading in the S-IVB stage.
The environmental control system medium is changedfrom air to GN2 for all compartments and instrument containers a minimum of 30 minutes before the start of
LH2 loading in the S-IVB stage. This prevents possible fire or explosion by maintaining the O2 content below the level which will support combustion and by preventing any significant accumulations of GH2. The flow rates and temperature remain
unchanged. (Figure 23-1.)
The Apollo payload is also conditioned by the environmental control system. The
media, flow rate, temperature, anddelivery schedules are determined by MSC.
23-4
wwu
ww
"1
.w
I
O
0
0
0
q I
o
o
0
r.C',l
, _
qr
(_
r..) o
o-._
r-_
i ,__
a_-
__
e_
O
d_=
00
:E
N m
0_
O
lZ
N
orM
<
<
Z
i-....i
r/l
,,-i
"0
.<
4_
ffl
r_
L)
_
O
I
,
o_.._
>
c_
o
-
I
O
O
I
O
O
I
O
O
I
O
C,
O
O
oo
O
O
I
0
0
r.O
_._
0
0
cO
._
I
0
O
i
0
0
I
0
0
I
0
0
a_N_
_N
23-5
The
vehicle
thermocondit_onLlg
mentation
mounted
Operation
of the
trical
S-IC
The
during
STAGE
and
The
devices
tainer
and
firewall,
grains
per
pound
two,
of dry
icals.
pound
of the
mental
nance
devices
cated
in the
grees
the
engine
the
payload.
launch
area
air
or
between
of the
the
one,
inertia
per
the
the
in the
4-inch
forward
by means
control
fuel
con0 to 43
minute
compartment
F.
above
through
mission.
F and
LOX container
GN 2 (70 to 90 degrees
control
Thermal
phase
within
temper-
components
of 150 pounds
temperature
humidity)
the necessary
is accomplished
the
and
component
0 to 43
diameter
umbil-
compartment
of the
during
F,
ascent
S-H
out-
stage
phase
environ-
of the
insulation
mission
maintain
ranges.
system
in the
launch
phases
to the
8-inch
for
gimbal
ute
through
Air
or GN 2 at a temperature
23-6
and
compartment
environmental
the design
is supplied
elec-
IMPLEMENTATION.
F) is supplied
minute
specific
means.
control
one,
instru-
vehicle
Apollo
electrical
at a rate
forward
Environmental
located
and
for
compartment.
launch
of the
maintains
F + 10 degrees
air,
environmental
for
80 degrees
containers
or
The
of dry
within
prelaunch
umbilicals.
launch
stage
humidity),
of conditioned
temperatures
ity control
specific
minute
by passive
The
air
system.
Stage
separation
comprises
air
per
instrument
S-II
which
in the
is provided
23-5.
forward
of the
of instruments,
conditioned
diameter
and
control
until
conditioning
stage
start
the prelaunch
located
Prelaunch
side
during
23-2,
receives
containers
per
at the
the S-IC
protection
stage
Figure
38 pounds
grains
tLermal
continues
for
the
at approximately
Instrument
receive
for
in the
7-inch
is maintained
and
system
levels
aft compartment,
through
unit
unit begins
prelaunch
control
humidity
and ordnance
instrument
additional
IMPLEMENTATION.
environmental
ature
lcr6_:ides
thermoconditioning
checkout
23-4.
in the
unit
hydraulic
S-IC/S-II
of the
stage
systems,
interstage
compartments.
2-1/4
inch
temperature
system
is operational
air
Figure
and ord-
containers
lo-
during
the
to 250-
de-
per
min-
of 25 pounds
per
23-3.
F and
by 8-3/16
rate
and humid-
components
instrument
at a flow
of 60 to 100 degrees
one,
for
Conditioned
interstage
umbilical,
provides
electrical
and
The
mission.
S-IC/S-II
by 17-inch
through
the S-II
a flow rate
inch
umbilical
to the
instrument
-- --
--
"
"
Conditioned Air/GN 2
from GSE
Aft Compartment
Base
RP-1
Heat
Shield
Container
I
I
I
Shroud
Compartment
3-223A
Figure
23-2.
Aft
Compartment
Environmental
Control,
S-IC
23-7
LH2 Container
_LOX
Cont
S-II
__..._
Conditioned
.
____=-"
Interstage
__
fAiorm/GS2
)/ I
_-_i__
S-IC
_'_""
Container
J
3-224A
Figure
23-8
23-3.
Interstage
Compartment
Environmental
Control,
S-IC/S-II
containers
in the
instrument
containers
in the
forward
humidity
in the
system
The
specific
air.
l>re-flight
strument
trol
vided
containers
by passive
S-IVB
The
environmental
midity
ordnance
sists
for
of the
area
cribed
in paragraph
23-7.
INSTRUMENT
F.
The
phase
on cold
of the
stage
and
pound
outside
of the
environmental
mission
incon-
is pro-
Figure
pound
of dry
for
the area
23-4.
one
8-inch
S-IVB
stage
electrical
provide
payload.
The
precon-
S-II/S-IVB
air
or GN 2
humidity)
is sup-
by ll-inch
umbilical
by the
of the
of the
equipment
electrical
the
is conditioned
phases
and
which
inside
control
hu-
during
Conditioned
through
trajectory
which
modules
aft compartment,
specific
critical
and
components
the APS
air
sensitive
Apollo
for
Environmental
translunar
temperature
electrical
includes
F.
of the
plates
provides
of the
minute
Temperature
equipment
S-IVB
instrustage
mission
is ac-
located
in the
in the forward
thermoconditioning
from
thermoconditioning
pre-
system
is des-
23-7.
UNIT
control
through
per
except
IMPLEMENTATION.
system
The
compartment
system,
system.
and
means
separation
environmental
minute.
grees
orbital,
is mounted
until
humidity)
of dry
of the
and
per
compartment
control
by passive
or
per
ascent
the S-IVB
LOX container
of 300 pounds
compartment.
ed air
at 0 to 43 grains
stage
temperature
0 to 43 grains
forward
launch
The
the
at 70+ 10 degrees
F,
earth
compartment
for
The
the
environmental
ascent,
forward
to the
of the S-IVB
aft compartment
operations.
rate
The
complished
during
gimbal-hydraulic
in the
is controlled
unit
during
engine
beneath
at a flow
ment
umbilical
forward
by means
system
located
launch
connection.
4-in_h:elmrneter
IMPLEMENTATION.
the
in the
control
control
and
interstage,
: -
means.
devices
launch
is maintained
is accomplished
STAGE
control
: :
compartment.
control
Environmental
23-6.
7--
aft _9inv_trt_n_._n_'_r,c_gi_,_n_
environmental
system.
-" "" :
one,
temperature
instrument
6-inch
F,
diameter
within
unit
for
the
instrument
0 to 43 grains
umbilical
the instrument
system
unit
provides
per
pound
at a flow
unit
is accomplished
of dry
rate
for
specific
of 150 pounds
is maintained
conditioning
air,
by condition-
per
at 40 to 70 dethe
S-IVB
forward
compartment.
23-9
S-IVB
interstage
S-II
Auxiliary
Propulsion
I
LOX
i
I
Container
I
II
]
i
I
LH 2 Container
t
t
I
Conditioned
Air/GN
2
from
3-225A
Figure
23-4.
Interstage
A thermoconditioning
and
sitive
the
unit
ST-124-M
located
from
is accomplished
by weight)
with
prelaunch
corrosion
sink
that
utilizes
water
loop
that
includes
the
stage,
23-10
are
in the
mounted,
until
a coolant
inhibitors,
solution
as an expendable
plates
Figure
on which
23-5.
payload
through
unit
instrument
compartment
Apollo
control
unit,
the
separation.
plates,
temperature
for
instrumentation
temperature
stage.
methanol/40
coolant
the ST-124-M
sensitive
sen-
The unit
Thermoconditioning
thermoconditioning
The
S-II/S-IVB
and for
of the S-IVB
(60-percent
evaporant.
cold
Control,
temperature
in the
forward
instrument
Environmental
additional
platform
by pumping
the thermoconditioning
Compartment
provides
stabilized
equipment
is operational
GSE
percent
system
circulates
inertial
components
water,
to a heat
in a closed
platform,
and
in the S-IVB
.......
......
l__l__l
Cold
Plate
Cold
Plate
Cold
Plate
'4F
S-IVB
INSTRUMENT
UNIT
Data
Adapter
Cold Plate
Plate
Cold
ST-124-M
Stabilized
Computer
Cold
PLate
Platform
Pump-
_
_'--Ps
es'ure
Assembly
Motor
--_
BilerBypass
Preflight
Sys tem
Fla_v%C"trl
]
|
Water
Boiler
team
Sp_.e
e
Pressure
Control
3-220A
Figure
23-5.
Thermoconditioning
System
23-11
The
thermoconditioning
a.
Heat
conduction.
The
or plate
sipating
b.
has
a square
the
cold
c.
The
is stored
is vented
surface
and the
water
boiler
where
plates,
components:
on which
plate
and
tubes
welded
30 inches
coolant
water
which
with
the
the
instrumentation
components
to the
by 30 inches
takes
place
cold
plates.
and
is capable
heat
transfer
by
Each
of dis-
through
which
acts
as the
medium
boiler.
acts
as
the system
by boiling
an expulsion
heat
water
valve
assembly
which
and
the
sink.
at reduced
diaphragm
a flow-control
Hot coolant
pressure.
pressurized
heat
enters
The
by nitrogen
exchanger,
the
water
gas.
water
vapor
to space.
A motor/pump
e.
A boiler
by-pass
control
through
the
by regulating
the
ture
of the
entering
the
and
launch
coolant
flow
flow
ture
the prelaunch
circulated
through
for
launch
pad
heat
sink
23-8.
area
it is cooled
d.
During
cold
through
mixture
in a reservoir
passing
cold
following
420 watts.
plates
exchanger
or
the
circulates
A methanol/water
between
After
between
coolant
of the
panels,
transfer
approximately
a heat
consists
Thermoconditioning
is mounted.
panel
system
until
the
the
ENGINE
system
water
reaches
GIMBALLING
heat
phases
The
vehicle
valve
the
which
coolant
controls
exchanger
in the
the
closed
coolant
dependent
upon
loop.
tempera-
the
tempera-
pump.
preflight
operation.
circulates
of the
mission
cooler
which
boiler
does
an altitude
ground
acts
conditioned
as the
not function
fluid
system
heat
as an active
of approximately
115,000
is
sink
system
feet.
SYSTEM.
The Saturn V engine gimballing system positions the gimballed engines of the active
stage to provide the thrust vectors required for vehicle control. In performing
function, the gimballing system
is controlled by commands
The
engine
gimballing
gine
thrust
vectors
system
is active
(throughout
ascends,
23-12
S-[C
system
for
pitch,
steers
yaw,
during
the
ascent
stage,
S-I[
stage,
in addition
to the
region
the
and
and
and
vehicle
roll
the
control
translunar
S-IVB
of high
along
stage
aerodynamic
this
20-35.)
its
(except
trajectory
for
trajectory
powered
pressure
by providing
the S-IVB
phase
flight).
stage).
of the
As the
(35,000
enThe
mission
vehicle
to 50,000
feet),
it may
The
encouhter
external
forces
by gimballing
vehicle
the
vehicle
S-II
stage
separates
system
the
from
translunar
23-9.
S-IVB
phase
after
vehicle
and
When
the S-IVB
stage
of the
trajectory
function
stage
mission.
The
during
payload
stage
payload
cut
off.
minimize
is separated
gimballed
at propellant
engine
The
obtained
system
second
engines
the
orbital
velocity,
is reactivated
The
the
gimballing
is inactive
burn.
from
depletion,
performs
system
stage
stage
to the
have
gimballing
S-IV-B
the
cutoff
and
are
which
on trajectory.
are
S-IVB
stage
engines
phase
Apollo
the
counteracted
vectors
is switched
engines
and winds.
are
thrust
propellants,
operation
the S-II
the
vehicle
useable
system
disturbance
providing
the
its
thrusi'misalignments
by such
stage
maintain
;rich"a;
vehicle
active
expended
When
the
orbital
and
gimballing
stage.
altitude,
on the
of the
has
functions.
earth
during
the
during
the
system
ceases
to
separation.
OPERATION.
The
gimballed
lar
servo
are
gimballed
engines
actuator
control,
through
provide
The
S-II
Figure
(Refer
The
of the
vectoring
for
engines
by means
pitch
Pitch,
bination
of the S-IC
flight
vectoring
during
the
stage
yaw
S-II
stage
and roll
of the
stage
S-II
burn.
square
area,
to provide
powered
auxiliary
S-IC
engines
is gimballed
S-IVB
of the
pitch,
in a _ 7-degree
stage
of simi-
of the
J-2
during
of moving
engines
for
gimballed
S-IVB
stage,
control
actuator
plane
and
one
in the
vehicle
yaw
and
roll
control
are
commands
illustrated
of pitch,
is accomplished
of a servo
of electrical
control
engines
pattern
vehicle
by means
pitch
flight
propulsion
is ac-
system
IMPLEMENTATION.
vehicle
Thrust
of the
control
F-1
square
outboard
of the
positioned
outboard
capable
Roll
are
22-58).
system
flight.
four
are
of the roll
STAGE
gimballing
four
control
engine
vehicle.
by means
S-IC
of the
the
engines
J-2
V stages
9-minute
and roll
single
to Paragraph
23-10.
Each
gimballed
control
complished
yaw
The
Saturn
Similarly,
pitch,
stage
three
a + 5-degree,
22-1.
22-2.
yaw
of the
systems.
Figure
stage
and
stage
and
of the
and
engines
loading
S-IC
"di's'tur'bffn_s
produced
structural
After
the
the
6the_
resolved
and
roll
plane,
by the
the actuators.
required
control
Fuel,
each
computer
(RP-1)
stage
outboard
actuators,
for
provides
first
the four
Two servo
are
23-6,
during
by positioning
system.
yaw
for
yaw
in Figure
one
outboard
into the
thrust
powered
gimballed
in the
vehicle
engine.
proper
com-
at approximately
23-13
Fuel
In
Fuel
In
GSE
Hydraulic
Supply
Pressure
Turbopump
Fuel
to Main
Fuel
Valve
No.
Filter
Rating
5_ Nominal
To GSE Pressure
Port
on Engine
Start/Stop
Control
Valve
Fuel
Fuel
to Main
Valve
No.
Checkout
Filter
Rating
lqu Nominal
25p Absolute
_P
Gimbal
Filter
Control
Manifold
Valve
A
_ervt
Calv(
Return
Va
to GSE
o-t
Engine
Actuator
]'-0
3-221A
Figvre
1800
psi
is
the
25-micron
The
valves
tuators.
pump
fuel
A separate
off
filter
direct
The
23-11.
23-14
tapped
inlet.
S-II
and
the
RP-1
the
engine
then
hydraulic
Gimballing
turbopump
into
the
high-pressure
from
the
Maximum
STAGE
23-6.
discharge
demand
discharge
high
fuel
System
side
for
line.
pressure
flow
RP-1
to
F-1
port
the
of the
Engine
The
of the
appropriate
actuator
in this
system
fuel
passes
servo
valve
pilots.
of the
engine
side
is
returned
is
235
through
to the
turbo-
each
of the
gpm.
IMPLEMENTAION.
system
is used
to provide
thrust
vector
control
on
ac-
w
w
ew
Q
......
four
outboard
loop
and
voir
manifold
includes
engine
and
the
other
S-I
stage
The
pitch
plies
STAGE
and
pump
pressure
pump
Both
engine
yaw
are
prise
the
I, S-I
Stage
(Refer
primary
tion
of the
ing the
ascent
planation
lunar
To lift
when
stage
payload
the Apollo
restricted
vehicle,
for
continued
on the
each
pitch
plane
Saturn
information.
J-2
receive
type
The
The
system
The
main
is used
to preclude
and
I,
) A typical
control
from
driven
engine
during
a high-pressure
supplies
is similar
vehicle
pressure
undesirable
accumulator
system
for
hydraulic
pad
an accumulator,
engine
- electrically
restart.
to that
pump
a
sup-
driven
hydrau-
engine
firing.
heat
generation
relief
valve,
com-
peak
system
de-
used
on the
Saturn
9-9).
V separation
stage,
mission.
(The
and
of the
is to provide
the S-I/stage
from
from
description
the Apollo
positive
the
S-IVB
does
payload
separastage
not include
during
the
duran ex-
trans-
mission).
into orbit,
it is desirable
of a minimum-weight
program
space
vehicle
to use
vehicle
necessitates
is expended
payload
system
following
of the S-IVB/IU
to present
as a stage
in the
used
additional
the
auxiliary-drive
the S-II
of the
a given
for
operating
to that
An auxiliary
to engine
Saturn
from
separation
design
move
9-4.
actuators
delivery
pumps,
of the
phase
The
for
actuators
SYSTEM.
trajectory
weight.
quired
variable
to Paragraph
phase
of the
prior
high pulsations.
function
S-IC
actuator
positions
system.
system.
SEPARATION
The
loop
servo
engine-LOX
high-pressure
dampens
in Figure
system
Two
system
The
and
thrust
planes.
of the
mands
23-13.
gimballing
on the
operation.
9-9
closed
an accumulator-reser-
servo
is similar
to Paragraph
is shown
in a closed
located
one
system
is a self-contained
IMPLEMENTATION.
to the
pumps
during
schematic
stage
hydraulic
lic
(Refer
The
pattern,
The
system
motor-pump,
actuators.
square
engines.
....
an auxiliary
two servo
plane.
system
S-IVB
and
....
Each hydraulic
pump,
in the yaw
S-IVB
in the
a hydraulic
w
v
engines.
in a + 7-degree
H-1
23-12.
J-2
assembly,
gimbal
hydraulic
_m
gimballed
le
w
......
the
capable
use
technology.
it is discarded
a launch
and
of lifting
of more
During
the next
vehicle
than
the
stage
the
one
of minumum
payload
re-
propulsion
flight
forward
stage
of a multistage
provides
the
boost.
23-15
23-14. OPERATION.
The Saturn V launch vehicle consists of three propulsion stages. The S-IC stage contains five F-1 engines, the S-II stage contains five J-2 engines, and the S-IVB stage
has one J-2 engine. During the ascent phase of the mission, after the S-IC stage has
expendedits useablepropellants it is separated from the launch vehicle and the S-II
stage enginesignite to resume powered flight. The S-II stage in turn is discarded
and the S-IVB stage ultimately achieves orbit along wfth the instrument unit andApollo
payload. Separationof the S-IVB stage/instrument unit
after
S-IVB
The
S-IC
with
a short
sta_c
stage
planes.
coast
stage
station
and
1564,
is little
stages
allowing
vents
thrust
23-[6
starting
engine
stage
of control
is at MSFC
of the
Station
separation
separation
in two
first
the
plane
plane.
and the
occurs
scheme
interstage
to detach
exit
depleted
is at MSFC
Consequently,
S-II
stage
clearance
is achieved
is initiated
J-2
(6 feet)
in a minimum
there
engines,
between
amount
as
the
of time
vehicle.
1760
center
S-IC
F-1
stage
engine
approximately
of the
occurs
about
S-IC
located
thrust
attitude
deviations
which
occur
cutoff
is important
between
S-IC
vehicle
coasts
S-IC
ignition
the
stage
when
thrust
buildup.
could
because
stage
engine
cutoff
the vehicle
required
Physical
for
cutoff
at the
forward
face
of
Cutoff
later
the S-IC
of the
four
unsymmetrical
separation
and S-II
liftoff
F-1
the
F-1
propelland
de-
engines
pre-
burnout.
is a period
engine
with
outboard
booster
there
stage
after
of the four
when
termination
from
seconds
of 3 to 5
mainstage,
during
flight.
an acceleration
acceleration
propellant
separation
stage.
during
in uncontrolled
engine
146.6
4 seconds
A controlled
the
first
Adequate
is given.
Following
provide
away.
signal
seconds,
motor
and
plane
sequence
of the
controlled
which
J-2
plane
S-IC/S-II
in order
payload
a dual
the
The
the S-IC
engines
using
planes
between
falls
trajectory
of severing
stage
the Apollo
intersta.ve.
of the
pletion
stage
interstage.
S-II
recovery
separation
separation
engines
S-IC/S-II
J-2
rapid
the S-II
consists
aft of the
stage
the
the S-IC/S-II
shutdown
the
tb_ '_ansJun_lr
at two separate
decelerates
for
second
which
of collision
S-II
duriag
from
occurs
located
stage
for
The
mode
then
danger
the S-IC
burn
is separated
Separation
S-IC
The
second
h'om
switch
decreases
positioning
of the S-IC
stage
triggers
to 0.5
for S-II
from
S-II
stage
g's.
The
stage
engine
the S-II
stage
ullage
ullage
motors
starting
begins
and
by
simultaneously severing the aft interstage and firing the S-IC stage retromotors.
retromotors
The
decelerate the S-IC stage providing rapid and complete physical separa-
When
clearance
is achieved,
mainstage
the
S-II
thrust
1.5
after
the J-2
S-II
interstage
the
axial
of 6 feet
stage
are
and
engines
seconds
stage
start
at full
due
and
the S-II
sequence
begins.
ignition.
occurs
interstage
stage
after
operating
the S-II
on the
the S-IC
J-2
to 3.8
engines
load
between
plume
J-2
exit
separation
stage
plane
engines
separation
of S-II
engines'
plane
Physical
as the result
engine
The
Second
thrust.
to J-2
stage
reach
occurs
of the
S-IC/
acceleration
and
impingement.
stage is initiatedapproximately
543.5
seconds after liftoffwhen propellant low level sensors initiateS-If stage engine cutoff. All five J-2 engines are cutoffat the same
part of the S-IVB auxiliary propulsion system
pellant positioning for S-IVB
The
S-IVB
and
retxomotors
remains
aft
with
Separation
forward
skirt
the
face
of the
S-IVB
are
no retromotors
cated
at MSFC
Station
to decelerate
stage
after
instrument
2747
the S-II
to achieve
stage.
The
physical
separation
S-II/S-IVB
interstage
separation.
stage/instrument
stage/instrument
(Refer to Paragraph
unit
unit
unit
at MSFC
from
Station
deceleration
on the S-IVB.
The
the
3259.
during
vehicle
Apollo
payload
There
separation
separation
occurs
at the
is no requirement
and
consequently
sequence
there
is tabulated
in
23-1.
23-15.
The
S-II
of the S-IVB
for
Table
fired
is severed
are
time.
S-IC
STAGE
separation
system
in pairs
7 degrees
in the
components
S-IC
30 minutes
tromotors
is equal
ines
time
at the
IMPLEMENTATION.
with
the
total
10 percent
of engine
the
plane
impulse
mainstage
fairings.
vehicle
to or greater
of first
or exceeds
engine
on the S-IC
than
The
the
of the four
net
are
New
thrust
The
outboard
to zero
include
motors
centerline.
separation.
thrust
stage
F-1
retromotors
mounted
forward
of the
total
eight
four
retromotor
engines
lo-
at an angle
of
thrust
of seven
re-
outboard
F-1
impulse
during
the
eng-
is equal
time
to
from
thrust.
23-17
"_
_._
_"4
o
o
0
00
._-.I
_
=
0
0
=
o
o
r/l
_1
o
o
,_
0
o
._ _
b_
c_
o_,4
o
o
o
0
t_
CO
I
c_
_"I
"0
.<
h--.I
0
I
0
I
0
o
o
q
o
,.Q
c_
_o o
_
F_
._
o
"_
rll
o
o
._
0r-I
_"I
r/l
.
m
,_
.a i
I,,-4
2
o
d
r/l
0
!
r,.)
I
I
_
23-18
_m
r_
r_
_m
2;
...
.o
23-16.
S-II STAGE
Components
x:w
.....
IMPLEMENTATION.
charges.
Eight
solid-propellant
interstage.
The
to reduce
the
deviations.
and
ullage
motor
nozzels
motor-out
Each
burns
for
are
moment
ullage
about
motors
mounted
canted
45 degrees
10 degrees
in the event
motor
four
are
produces
from
of ullage
a thrust
apart
the
motor
on the
S-IC/S-H
stage
centerline
S-H
malfunctions
of approximately
or thrust
22,800
pounds
seconds.
Linear shaped charges (LSC) are used to physically sever the S-IC stage from the
S-IC/S-II interstage during first plane separation, and the S-IC/S-II interstage from
the S-H stage during second plane separation.
23-17.
The
S-IVB
S-IVB
detonating
Four
STAGE
stage
fuse
separation
stage
system
components
include
four
retromotors
and
a mild
(MDF).
solid-propellant
S-II/S-IVB
IMPLEMENTATION.
retromotors
interstage
are
used
radially
mounted
to decelerate
at 90 degrees
the S-II
stage
intervals
during
S-II
on the
stage,
S-IVB
separation.
An MDF
aration.
Retromotors
tion
from
tural
are
not required
the Apollo
capability
for
on the S-IVB
payload.
However,
inclusion
of two
stage
for
the Saturn
TX=280
S-IVB/instrument
V vehicle
solid-propellant
unit
is designed
retromotors
separa-
with
a struc-
on the
S-IVB
stage.
23-18.
The
ORDNANCE
mechanical
short-time
operations
high-energy,
components.
out the
SYSTEMS.
High
performed
concentrated
reliability
during
a Saturn
forces
are
is achieved
V mission
performed
by providing
that
by the
redundant
require
ordnance
components
reliable,
system
through-
system.
23-19
23-20.
and
Ascent
S-II-S-IVB
of propellants
feed
rapid
Ullage
stage
to prevent
the
to ensure
successful
separation
separation
and
a mild
separation
of the
stages
detonating
fuse
dome-shaped
cover
sensor
aerodynamic
heating
from
jettisoned
4 to 10 seconds
pyrotechnic
Throughout
flight
23-20
the
functions
acceleration
admission
of these
stage
stages
J-2
into
the propellant
engines.
and the
during
S-IC/S-II
for positioning
of vapor
of the
S-IC
during
Retromotors
S-II
stage
S-IC/S-II
providing
and
S-II/SIVB
is accomplished
(MDF)
which
by means
sever
the
of a linear
launch
vehicle
shaped
charge
structure
at
planes.
A fibreglass
the
vehicle
ignition
to decelerate
physical
major
respectively.
Physical
ploys
perform
provide
required
complete
devices
motors
S-II
in order
separation,
the
staging.
the thrust
and
(LSC)
Ordnance
in the
system
provide
Phase.
the
any
after
actuated
ascent
time
the
vehicle
to protect
during
first
S-IC/S-II
cable
phase
is used
the
stage
stage
temperature-sensitive
burn.
separation.
The
horizon
protective
cover
jettison
system
can
terminate
The
is
em-
cutters.
of the
mission
becomes
the range
a hazard
safety
by means
officer
of the propellant
dispersion
system.
To attain
high reliability,
and
independent
dispersion
the
range
officer,
safety
minated.
The
propellant
containers.
safety
officer.
propellant
stage
The
first
between
allow
for
the
Translunar
from
after
vehicle
structure.
23-22.
S-IC
Ordnance
on the
propellant
23-23.
from
ators
in each
nected
the
control
reliability
bridge
wire
vehizte
is equipped
with
onators.
The
ty and arming
used
on the
range
initiates
is built
the
into
the
sys-
command
trajectory
cutting
to
phase
action
during
of
to sever
S-IC/S-II
detonating
during
fuse
the
staging
and
of the four
S-IC
installed
receipt
two
separation
train
in the
volts
detonators
which
detonator
dc pulse
of a triggering
EBW
of the S-IC
to two pyrogen
(CDF)
by 2300+100
upon
and
in each
is distributed
detonators,
units
bridge
detonators
stage
System
ordnance
are
(S&A) device.
S-I
the
of the S-IVB/instrument
the
stage
charge
is fired
units,
a propellant
system
electronic
The
the
are
used
is conblock,
from
signal
initi-
sepa-
from
the
to enhance
the
system.
Dispersion
independent
EBW
detonator
Two firing
Propellant
flight.
Two
firing
23-24.
during
is ter-
fired.
in pairs
S-IC
ignition
of a confined
block.
Each
of the
from
signal
translunar
used
located
of the
The
by means
train.
computer.
retromotors
retromotors,
vehicle.
motor
electronic
are
separation
A LSC provides
deceleration
launch
CDF
required
delay
from
to open
dispersion
LSC's
of the
vehicle
ignited
second
vehicle
ordnance.
Eight
provide
the
the
of the
are
are
has a separate
by the
the flight
propellant
Physical
burn.
signals
a time
the
end
and S-IVB)
LSC's
and
flights
at the
includes
system
to a detonator
ignite
rate
stage
dispersion
stage
and
system
LES before
occurs
and
two signals
of the
Phase.
.....
IMPLEMENTATION.
S-IC
fairings,
the
S-II
of coded
down
flights
execution
second
Retromotors.
engine
shut
On manned
the
payload
STAGE
actuated
are
CM by the
S-IVB
are
arms
Trajectory
the Apollo
the mission
and
of the
receipt
unmanned
sequence.
ejection
23-21.
engines
signal
receipt
.t
(S-IC,
Upon
systems
For
dispersion
tem
unit
active
system.
the
each stage
of the
wire
Ordnance.
dispersion
for
the
firing
to a CDF
The
firing
units
I launch
Saturn
system
S-IC
units
tied
Saturn
The
stage
which
(confined
and
vehicle.
V launch
to provide
consits
are
range
safety
of two separate
connected
detonating
Refer
for
to two
fuse)
are
to Paragraph
and
EBW
det-
through
a safe-
similar
to those
9-25.
Either
23-21
detonator is capable of
ear
shaped
the
fuel
runs
charges
(LSC)
container
which
igniting
which
on the
S-II
motors
and
STAGE
LSC's
CDF.
are
opposite
cut a "window"
23-25.
the
The
located
side.
opening
during
in turn
to cut
The
in each
the
LOX
detonation
container
LSC installation
Ordnance
S-IC/S-II
initiates
of lin-
on one
consists
side
and
of two parallel
container.
IMPLEMENTATION.
used
CDF
staging
on the
S-II
stage
and propellant
consists
dispersion
of ullage
system
ord-
nance.
23-26
Ullage
Motors.
Eight
S-II
stage
during
S-IC/S-II
The
firing
circuit
consists
onators,
the
a detonator
S-IC
firing
units
detonator
ullage
motor
causing
ed on the
the
S-IC/S-II
of each
ance
computer
into the
the
for
of the
firing
the
the firing
stage
during
in the
block
feet
of
of the
installed
to each
per
second
initiators
assemblies
(LSC)
during
first
mount-
from
second
plane
which
includes
discharge
initiate
are
used
plane
separate
to physically
separation,
separation.
Signals
Firing
of the
bridge
from
of a 2300+100-volt
detonation
and
two electronic
causing
System
is similar
V (Refer
connected
(S&A) device.
In the
detonators
receipt
triggering
22,000
charges
system
and
units
det-
the
guid-
capacitor
I_SC initiators
ends.
are
EBW
stage
detonators
Dispersion
Saturn
units
The
LSC at both
the S-II
S-II
detonators
detonators.
Propellant
arming
23 -22
the
EBW
Following
the detonator
fuse
starting.
ignition.
interstage
by an EBW
two EBW
trigger
ignite
ordnance
from
units,
EBW
23-28.
wire
from
two
Two pyrogen
by CDF
shaped
S-IC/S-II
units,
EBW detonators
from
to the
engine
initiates
at approximately
motor
J-2
(CDF).
computer
routed
fired
Linear
the
I_,SC is accomplished
firing
stages
from
interstage
wire
which
stage
Charges_.
fuses
acceleration
for
firing
simultaneously.
are
for
wire
to the
fuse
charge
motor
redundancy
Shaped
applied
to fire
ullage
to provide
the S-IC
firing
bridge
guidance
detonating
motors
of each
Linear
sever
ullage
the
to provide
positioning
detonating
dc are
the
used
propellant
confined
signal,
A confined
eight
head
manifolds
23-27.
and
depletion
propagates
the
for
are
of two electronic
and 2300+100-volts
block.
motors
staging
block
propellant
ullage
Ordnance.
to that
to Paragraph
armed
to the
position
confined
employed
23-24.
to two EBW
The
detonating
dispersion
on the S-IC
Two independent
detonators
the
propellant
on one
S&A device
fuse
side
and
the S-IVB
electronic
of the
transfers
(CDF)
system
initiators.
the
safety
shock
The
bridge
and
wave
CDF
initiators
foot
ignite
the
LSC which
23-29.
used
23-30.
STAGE
of each
CDF
fuse
which
ing unit
er.
ignition
The
each
ignition
Retromotors
the S-IVB
vehicle
and
stage
not required
7 grains
per
foot
A circumferential
interstage
plate
EBW
The
MDF
are
plate
ignite
each
cover
approximately
fired
end of the
MDF's.
0.020
to the
of the
MDF.
The
Each
on the
of the
EBW
eight
detonators
bridge
the
Saturn
the
Apollo
for
inclusion
is used
wire
guidance
V launch
Payload.
fir-
comput-
vehicle
However,
of two
for
the
TX-280
fastened
MDF's
and
plane.
thick.
MDF
solid-
enclosed
Installation
Ordnance.
trains
the
S-II/S-IVB
section
firing
a clear
are
plate
at each
units,
are
vinyl
shown
of the
directly
tension
block
of
plate.
is located
is fired,
details
to the
thinnest
thick,
with
the
compression
The
wire
sever
redundant
bolted
to a detonator
bridge
are
Two
aft skirt
aft skirt
the
electronic
Prol)ellantDispersion System
in the
is 0. 040 inches
When
are
to physically
staging.
separation
which
inches
stage
S-II/S-IVB
at the
by separate
S-II/S-IVB
mounted
two
on
23-7.
An MDF
riveted
of MDF
during
from
(MDF)
mounted
electronic
of a signal
in a groove
aluminum)
fuse
stage.
during
structures
two trains
containing
capability
installed
the
block
from
(MDF).
stage
containing
detonators,
23-32.
S-IVB
(7075-T6
the groove
severed.
Fuse
assemblies.
receipt
separation
on the S-IVB
these
per
ordnance.
initiators
A separate
in Figure
a structural
tension
joins
tension
with
the
upon
stage
fuse
assemblies.
on the S-IVB
unit
Detonating
from
fuse
detonating
retromotors,
to two CDF
to a detonator
is shown
instrument
Mild
to 600 grains
system
the S-II
of two CDF
detonator
retromotors
23-31.
over
EBW
is designed
propellant
the
a mild
dispersion
to decelerate
by means
system
are
charge
solid-propellant
is distributed
is routed
and
propellant
used
charge
to ignite
fires
firing
retromotors
TE-29-1B,
are
retromotor
used
the
containers.
and
Four,
assemblies
are
propogates
includes
staging,
interstage,
The
head
S-II
stage
Retromotors.
staging.
IMPLEMENTATION.
S-II/S-IVB
the S-II/S-IVB
which
the propellant
on the S-IVB
during
train
ruptures
S-IVB
Ordnance
CDF
end.
used
is
Two
to
plastic
in Figure
23-8.
system ordnance for the S-IVB stage is similar to that used on the S-IC and the S-If
stages.
(Refer to Paragraph
23-24).
23-23
_2
o
O
@
0
_-_
,q
l
23-24
.....
_._
m
w_w
el
ew
wm
_
....
- _
- ....
-(
----_
)-.....
f
| 3 ,J"-T"
,l
I,,,,.
/
/
i,!i
/*/
i
23-25
electronic bridge wire firingunits, two detonators, a safety and arming device, confined detonating fuse (CDF) assemblies
cated in the systems
23-33
INSTRUMENT
UNIT
container.
dome-shaped
cover
sensor
from
aerodynamic
heating
sensor
is located
Before
jettisoned.
18 inches
the
The
triple
redundancy,
skin,
and a length
the
clamping
the
cable
is released.
Sea
level
provides
23-34.
The
the
in three
sure,
form.
thrust
required
GN 2 is supplied
ing prelaunch,
at the
supply
and flow
comple_ion
until
SUPPLY
to the
the
clamp
open
the
dome
spring
if only
14.7
one
psia,
cable
cutter
in
fired,
the
dome
actuates.
the dome,
cover.
SYSTEM.
furnishes
filtered
GN 2 at a regulated
stabilized
from
platform
S-IVB/instrument
trajectory
for
latches
and
inside
be
vehicle
are
pressure
scaled
must
to the
cutter
Figure
cutters
to hold the
of the ST-124-M
translunar
dome
cable
in the cable
under
horizon
unit,
protective
to the gas-be_n_rings
of the
The
instrument
of the dome
charges
the
system
rate
separation
of the
base
at approximately
GAS-BEARING
gas-bearing
which
horizon
vehicle.
of the
satisfactorily
to jettison
launch
pyl"otechnic-actuated
the
latches
operate
pressure
temperature,
The
The
temperature-sensitive
operative
latches
the pyrotechnic
will
of the
three
encircles
places.
system
PLATFORM
platform
which
When
atmospheric
employs
the
interface
become
spring-loaded
of cable
The
ascent
forward
can
system
position.
is cut
to protect
during
sensor
three
is used
aft of the
horizon
jettison
LSC's lo-
IMPLEMENTATION.
A fiberglass
21-14.
phase
the
unit
of the
start
from
the
pres-
stabilized
of checkout
Apollo
platdur-
payload
mission.
The system is similar to the platform gas-bearing supply system used on the Saturn
I launch vehicle (Refer to Paragraph
23-26
9-33).
CHAPTER
SECTION
GROUND
XXIV
SUPPORT
EQUIPMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
24-1.
GENERAL
...........................
24-2.
ELECTRICAL
24-3.
GROUND
SUPPORT
EQUIPMENT,
S-IC
...........
24-5
24-4.
GROUND
SUPPORT
EQUIPMENT,
S-II
...........
24-21
24-5.
GROUND
SUPPORT
EQUIPMENT,
S-IVB
SUPPORT
24-3
EQUIPMENT,
SATURN
.....
24-3
..........
24-34
LIST OF TABLES
24-1
Electrical Support
24-2
Test,
24-3
Transportation,
24-4
Maintenance
24-5
Propellant
24-6
Test,
24-7
Transportation,
24-8.
Servicing
Equipment,
S-If
...................
24-30
24-9.
Auxiliary
Equipment,
S-II
...................
24-31
Checkout
Equipment,
and Monitoring
Protection
Equipment,
and Gas
Checkout,
Saturn
and Handling
Servicing
...........
Equipment,
S-IC
S-IC
24-4
.......
Equipment,
S-IC
24-5
.
.................
Equipment,
and Monitoring
Protection,
S-IC
Equipment,
and Handling
24-16
24-18
........
S-If
Equipment,
......
S-If .
24-19
24-21
24-26
24-1
24-2
w_
XXIV.
SECTION
GROUND
24-1.
The
SUPPORT
GENERAL.
Saturn
required
launch
V ground
operations
which
support
to support
instrument
related
unit.
The
is described
GSE
in Volum.e
configurations
vary
24-2.
Saturn
depending
is used
majority
at all locations
the GSE
involved
the major
in the
an operational
GSE
is
The
and
operations
to launch
operations,
Monitoring
b.
System
c.
Networks,
d.
Ground
e.
Recording
f.
Peripheral
g.
Overall
h.
Systems
MSFC
classifications,
V ESE
EQUIPMENT,
during
ESE
of each
descrip-
V.
static testing,
is located
and launching
at the Automatic
Ground
of the
Check-
is classified as follows:
and Control
Integration
Equipment
Equipment
Distribution
Equipment
Group
SATURN
the checkout,
of this equipment
This
a.
the exception
Saturn
of the vehicle
SUPPORT
V ESE
The
equipment,
as required
peculiar
the above
subsystem,
(S-IC,
GSE
equipment
described.
With
In supporting
system,
transportation,
in this document.
ELECTRICAL
vehicle.
I.
are employed
and development
may
checkout,
includes
various
configuration
(GSE)
to the vehicle
research
equipment
the fabrication,
formed
The
EQUIPMENT
and Control
Test
Equipment
Sets
Equipment
Equipment
Test
Equipment
Integration
Sets
of the monitoring
is responsible
MSFC
functions
and control
for fabrication
equipment,
and recording
responsibility.
For
summary
group
these
two
of the
24-1.
24-3
Table
24-1.
Electrical
Equipment
Support
Equipment,
Saturn
Function
a.
Provides
monitoring
and control
of
systems
under
tesk by means
of panel
meters,
switches,
light banks,
and
displays.
b.
Provides
control
and display
equipment for the following
systems:
network,
propulsion,
navigation,
measuring
and RF, ordnance,
emergency
detection,
mechanical,
computer
control
and display,
propellant
loading,
systems
integration,
test conductors
console,
and launch
conductors
console.
Systems
Networks,
Control
Integration Equipment
Distribution
Equipment
and
Ground
Equipment
Recording
Group
Peripheral
Equipment
Equipment
Provides
signals
for checking
out the
proper
operation
of the GSE prior
to
connecting
it to the integrated
vehicle
or stage simulators.
Records
all vehicle
discrete
outputs
and inputs during
the checkout
sequence.
a.
The peripheral
equipment
countdown
clock provides
the time base for countdown separation.
The clock,
synehronized
with WWV, has a real-time
readout
eapability and can supply
real-time
commands
to the instrument
unit g'uidanee
programmer
through
the RCA-110
computer.
b.
The signal conditioning
equipment
reduces
the inputs from 28-volt
de to a
standard
5-volt
de acceptable
to the
computer.
24-4
vo
Table
24-1.
Electrical
Support
......
Equipment,
Saturn
Equipment
Overall
Test
Systems
24-3.
Function
Equipment
Integration
GROUND
The S-IC
stage
(OAT)
Sets
SUPPORT
protection
servicing.
Simulates
functions
which actually
cannot
be performed
by the systems
under
test
because
of the resulting
hazardous
conditions.
Simulate
(SIS)
EQUIPMENT_
GSE equipments
transportation,
V (Cont'd)
Tables
24-2
and
are
through
24-
signals
between
stages.
S-IC.
classified
handling;
interface
as test,
checkout
maintenance;
5 list
the
and
equipments
and
monitoring;
propellant
and
and
gas
functions
of each
classification.
Table
24-2.
Test,
Checkout
and Monitoring
Equipment,
Equipment
Electrical
Function
Power
Control
Equipment
a.
Provides
ground
power
a central
Power
400-cps
AC Ground
Battery
Test
UDOP
AZUSA
Test
Test
Set
Set
Bench
Station
Power
Provides
and GSE.
Supply
28-volt
a.
Provides
ac power
for
source
for
all
control.
b. Provides-cisual
present
in the stage.
DC Ground
S-IC
indications
dc power
115-volt,
the stage
for
of voltages
the
stage
400-cps,
and GSE.
three-phase
batteries
deliver
Performs
a complete
evaluation
UDOP tracking
beacon.
of the
stage
Performs
a complete
evaluation
AZUSA tracking
beacon.
of the
stage
Verifies
that the stage
the required
outputs.
24-5
Table
24-2.
Test,
Checkout
and
Monitoring
Equipment,
Equipment
S-IC
(Cont'd)
Function
Antenna
Test Set
Used
for checking
voltage
standing
wave
ratio
(VSWR),
attenuation,
and load
characteristics
of the stage
antennas
and
associated
feed
lines.
Antenna
Couplers
Used
as RF links
antennas.
Limits
the test area.
Exploding
Bridge
Wire
Set
(EBW)
a.
Provides
the
EBW
between
spurious
stimuli
used
Test Set
Checks
detection
stimuli
then
and
Thrust
Vectoring
Stage
Electronic
Range
Safety
Test
Set
Weighing
Test
checkout
the subsystem
and
the compatibility
code with the
c.
The compatibility
or
results
in the generation
GO condition
respectively.
Detection
to
stage
in
subsystem.
b.
Sensors
monitor
the test
set evaluates
of the sensor
response
stimuli
output
code.
Malfunction
GSE and
radiation
incompatibility
of a GO or
the
operation
of the malfunction
system
by supplying
the proper
to simulate
a malfunction
and
checking
for
signal
output.
proper
reaction
time
Checks
the thrust
vectoring
control
system
by injecting
the appropriate
into the control
system
and monitoring
operation
of the control
system
and
ated
engine
displacement.
System
Set
NO-
Used
to weigh
of stage.
the
electronic
signals
the
associ-
complement
Monitors
the Saturn V launch vehicle to
ensure that the vehicle maintains the
programmed
liftoffand flight pattern
within the limits specified for range
safety.
Test
Plate and
Tool Kit
ElectricalPneumatic
Components
Test
24-6
Hydraulic
Stand
(GFE)
Used
to perform
leak
and functional
on the F-1 engine,
and to seal
the
for pressure
tests.
Used
in performing
tests
electrical,
and pneumatic
tests
engine
on hydraulic,
parts.
....
ee
Table
24-2.
Test,
Checkout
and
_o
Monitoring
Equipment
Hydraulic
Vibration
Cable
Power
Safety
Component
Pneumatic
and
Work
Mechanical
Engine
Test
Adapter
Stand
Hose
(Cont'd)
and
Set
Sequencing
Simulator
cryogenic
components
temperatures.
at
pneumatic
of the
Supplied
to preclude
the possibility
of
mismatched
pneumatic
end connectors
between
the stage
and ground
termination points.
Kit
Bench
Stage
Test
Provide
access
test connections
stage.
Command
Destruct
Test Set
Upper
S-IC
Used during
engine
static
firing
as a combustion
stability
monitor
and control.
Ensures
that the engine
is cut off before
engine
or stage
damage
is incurred
due to
extreme
vibration
levels.
Platforms
Firing
Set
Test
.....
Used in performing
F-1 engine
control
system functional
checks
and engine
gimballing
checks.
Unit
Hydraulic
Engine
and Propellant
Heatup
Test Set
RF
and
Cutoff
Cryogenic
Stage
Function
HydraulicPneumatic
Hose Cart
Ground
Equipment,
System
System
Used
down
during
F-1
sequences.
engine
startup
engine
and
and
shut-
propel-
Used to verify
the stage
command
destruct
system.
(The test set generates
coded
RF signals
(stimuli)
and monitors
the
command
destruct
system
responses.
)
Provides
a central
source
of equipment
and power
used to calibrate,
troubleshoot,
and repair
the RF equipment
of
the GSE.
Provides
the proper
loads
which normally
terminate
for circuits
an upper
stage.
24-_
Table
24-2.
Test,
Checkout
and Monitoring
Equipment,
Equipment
S-IC
Supply
Used
High- Pressure
Pressure
Readout
Pneumatic
to checkout
the
Used
to pressurize
pneumatic
systems
of stage
and engine
ponents
tests.
Low- Pressure
Set
Pneumatic
Set
(Cont'd)
Function
Simulator
Pneumatic
S-IC
Supply
Set
Used
stage
prior
leak
to pressurize
system
and engine
component
tests.
to performance
and pressure
actual
supply
high and low-pressure
the setting
valves.
evaluation
panel.
of
Tanking
Fuel
Density
Simulator
LOX
Tanking
Simulator
Supplies
signals
to the LOX tanking
trol panel
which
allow
the performance
of the control
panel
to be evaluated.
Simulates
Simulator
engine
GSE.
Pneumatic
Flow
Tester
Used
the
and
electrical
verifies
to measure
Portable
Detector
Gas
Set
Mixture
24-8
to the fuel
network
the
fuel
operation
con-
of the
of
the
rates in the
systems.
Used
gen
the
Electrical- Pneumatic
Checkout
Cart
to the
gas-flow
stage pneumatic
Leak
signals
pressure
Fuel
Engine
com-
high-pressure
prior
leak
a.
Used
to indicate
pressure
from
the
supply
sets.
Supplies
control
low-pressure
to performance
and pressure
stage
pneumatic
of stage
b.
Facilitates
switches
relief
Simulator
GSE.
for
gas
leak
mixing
the
with the
detecting
Used
to perform
and functional
pressurizing
tracer
gas
equipment.
used
electro-pneumatic
tests
on the F-1
nitrowith
leak
engine.
Table
24-2.
Test,
Checkout
and Monitoring
Equipment
and
S-IC
(Cont'd}
Function
System
Safety Monitor
Interface
Equipment
Control
Equipment,
Monitor
and
Console
Used
when
to monitor
the stage
a.
Used
and
servicing
all systems
is under
test.
to monitor
and
of the
control
stage
the
test
complex.
b.
Can be used to override
the computer
and electrical
launch
equipment
to stop
test and remove
power
from the stage in
the event of an emergency.
c.
Used
television
Closed-loop
Television
PCM/FM
Station
Telemetry
System
Ground
Telemetry
Ground
a.
Verifies
instrumentation
Telemetry
Ground
T/M
Bench
Inverter
Test
Test
Set
Station
the
closed-loop
visual
display
the stage
test
proper
system
PCM/FM
operation
transducers
airborne
the proper
system
of
operation
of
transducers.
airborne
proper
system
to test the
system.
a.
Verifies
instrumentation
b. Used
telemetry
the
to test the
system.
a.
Verifies
instrumentation
b. Used
telemetry
SS/FM
the
Provides
close range
critical
areas
during
and checkout.
b. Used
telemetry
FM/FM
Station
to control
system.
of
FM/FM
operation
of
transducers.
Used to perform
bench level
the components
and assemblies
various
telemetry
systems.
SS/FM
tests
on
of
a.
Controls
the 400-cps
primary
ac
power
that is applied
to the inverter.
b.
Performs
under
various
power
factor,
parameters.
24-9
Function
Power
Provides
28-volt
dc and ll5-volt,
60 cps,
three-phase
ac power
to critical
circuits
of stage
and GSE if the DC and AC Power
Stations
lose primary
power
during
test.
Station
Provide
equipment
flexibility,
tainability,
and accessibility
and GSE test: points.
Tape
Recorder
Direct
Stage
Writing
Wiring
Provides
a semi-permanent
visual
record
of a test.
The chart is available
for use upon completion
of test.
Recorder
Checkout
mainto stage
Set
a.
Verifies
of the stage
the functions
instrumentation
and
calibration
system.
b. Provides
switching
signals
for instrumentation
system
signal conditioners.
Instrumentation Components
Station
Digital
Data Acquisition
Ground
Station
Test
(DDAS)
Stage
DC Ground
GSE DC Power
24-10
Power
Supply
Supply
to detect
the presence
automatic
warning
level is reached.
of some
of
of dangerous
when
a con-
Provides
dc ground
power
to the stage
during
test and checkout
by means
of two
28-volt
de, 250 amp units,
one for each
major
stage bus.
Provides
dc power
required
by the test and
checkout
equipment
by means
of a single
28-volt
dc, 500 amp unit.
i
o
Table
ww
v
ww
:Tesl;'C-h'dc_Sfit:a_d'lCI'od_or]n'g
24-2.
Equipment
AC Ground
Power
Over-all
Test
Battery
(OAT)
Input/Output
Audio
Communication
Stage
Electronic
Count-
Input/Output
Equipment
Test
Step
Ec_urlSfildrit,
S-IC
(Cont'd)
and
Control
Provides
120/208
volt,
three phase,
60
cycle,
4 wire power
to the ground
computer.
Provides
ground
power
to the stage
battery
bus in lieu of the vehicle
battery
during
test and checkout.
Equipment
Computer
Clock
Supply
DC Power
Weighing
CRT Interface
Equipment
Ground
......
Function
60 Cycle
Computer
Supply
...
Provides
minus
28-volt
to operate
relays
in the
output distribution
rack.
dc power
computer
required
discrete
Provides
general
and local area paging,
and intercommunication
equipment.
System
Logic
The cathode
ray tube (CRT) interface
and control
logic equipment
contains
the interface
and control
logic between
the CRT display
equipment
and the
ground
computer.
System
Utilizes
a general
purpose
digital
computer
for control
testing,
data recording,
and data evaluation
and display
during
stage
testing.
System
Generates
standard
time,
count time,
programmable
time interval
signals,
and square
wave timing
signals.
Distribution
Insures
computer
interface
with other
test and checkout
Indicator
Accepts
programmed
computer
output,
decodes
the information,
transmits
it
to the appropriate
test station,
and displays the test step being accomplished
at the individual
test station.
Equipment
Audio Communication
DC Power
Supply
Equipment
Ordnance
compatibility
equipment.
Test
Provides
the audio
28-volt
dc, 100 amp power
communication
equipment.
to
24-11
Function
a.
Commands
outputs
on and
the
off,
computer
discrete
one at a time.
b.
Provides
the necessary
terminations
and control
signals
from the upper
stage,
when the upper
stage
is not available.
c.
Provides
the signals
to program
the
stage
switch
selector
and the computer
interface
to allow these
signals
to be
controlled
by the computer.
d. Simulates
electrical
signals
to permit
a complete
simulated
and launch of the S-IC stage.
e.
Checks
out the
system
of the S-IC
emergency
stage.
necessary
countdown
detection
f. Converts
the count-clock
system
count-time
signals
from parallel
form
serial
form.
to
Used to record
selected
stage
events
and analog
signals.
Provides
signals,
in the proper
sequence
and time relationships,
to control
the
launch
functions
required
during
countdown and firing and to control
the ignition
of the five engines
of the S-IC stage.
Controls
the Mechanical
Test Station
through
control
and display
equipment,
status
displays
and communications
equipment.
Controls
the helium
and either
nitrogen
or dry air pneumatic
facilities
for supplying
the facility
air supply,
valve control
pressure,
LOX dome and gas generator
LOX purge,
fuel gas generator
purge,
pneumatic
pressure
test module,
LOX
container
pre-pressurization,
fuel container
pre-pressurization,
stand-by
purge,
and helium
bottle fill.
24-12
pressures,
i
......
Table
24-2.
Test,"
ChecEoSi'and
Equipment
Pressure
Pneumatic
Flowmeters
Hydraulic
Power
Portable
Control
Electrical
Unit
Hydraulic
Power
Equipment
Test
Racks
Group
Supply
Unit
Hydraulic
Distribution
Provide
pneumatic
pressures
the S-IC stage during
testing
pulsion
system.
Measures
flow rates
subsystems
system.
Checkout
Instrumentation
Digital
Data Acquisition
Ground
Equipment
Integrated
Telemetry
Equipment
Terminal
Remote
Unit
System
Group
Equipment
Automatic
Calibration
and flows
of the pro-
to
pneumatic
leakage
rates
and
from various
components
and
of the S-IC stage propulsion
Supplies
RJ-1 fluid to
through
the hydraulic
equipment
to perform
bleeding,
engine
start
gimbal
tests.
Provides
electrical
of hydraulic
power
control
supplied
and monitoring
to the stage.
Routes
and distributes
hydraulic
fluid
from the hydraulic
supply unit to the
umbilical
substitute
connection
in the
stage
RF
S- IC (Cont'd)
Function
Pneumatic
Non-Flight
Equipment
.....
test
cells.
Used during
factory
test and checkout
to
drive
pressure
_lisplays
in the mechanical
test control
equipment
and to initiate
emergency
vent action upon overpressure
detection.
Performs
demodulation,
re- synchronization,
digital
data reconstruction,
channel
demultiplexing,
serial
to parallel
conversion,
buffering,
digital-to-analog
conversion,
and
provides
for analog
or digital
displays
for
manual
monitoring.
Receives,
demultiplexes,
telemetry
signals
from
factory
checkout.
the
and decodes
stage during
Serves
as a distribution
center
telemetry
RF and video signals
from the several
test cells.
for all
arriving
Provides
an automated
method
bration
and test for the vehicle
of calimeasure-
ment
subsystem.
24-13
Table
24-2.
Test,
Checkout
Equipment
Tape
Calibration
Unit
Recorder
Instrumentation
Equipment
Portable
bration
Equipment,
S-IC
(Cont'd)
Function
Remote
Automatic
Portable
Control
DDAS
and M0nit_0ring
Provides
channel
identification
of all
measurement
channels,
manual
calibration of measurement
signal
conditioners,
and manual
calibration
of the stage
telemetry
subcarrier
oscillators.
Used for recording
DDAS
DDAS/computer
testing.
Calibration
Instrumentation
Equipment
data
during
Provides
the controls,
power
supply,
and signal generator
to calibrate
the
measurement
and telemetry
system.
Cali-
Provides
for ac amplifier
calibration
and temperature,
pressure,
and acoustic
transducer
stimulation
and simulation.
Telemetry
Digitizing Equipment
Receives
the analog outputs
of the PAM/
FM/FM
and the FM/FM
discriminators
from the integrated
ground
station
for
digitizing
and programming
into the
stage
DDAS format.
Electrical
Distribution
Provides
electrical
interconnections
between
the test and checkout
equipment
and the stage
to facilitate
performance
of system
checkout
versatility.
Electrical
Interconnecting
Umbilical
Assembly
Hose
Adapter
and
Pneumatic
2 4-14
Equipment
Cabling
Simulators
Set
Distribution
and
for
electrical
testing
connections
and checkout.
Provides
transition
points
between
tubing runs and flexible
hose lines.
hard
Table
24-2.
Test,
Checkout
and
.,
Monitoring
Equipment
Pneumatic
Set
Antenna
System
Leak
Checkout
Weighing
Area
Contamination
Detector
Set
Equipment
Electrical
Special
Stage
nance Set
Mechanical
Fixture
Horizontal
Stage
Equipment
Engine
Engine
Component
Cooling
detecting
propulsion
pneumatic
system.
leaks
Mainte-
Set
in
Equipment
RJ-1,
and
weight
and
of the
Provides
special
instruments
and tools
required
to perform
maintenance
on installed
stage
electrical
and electronic
equipment.
Provides
required
installed
special
instruments
and tools
to perform
maintenance
on
stage
mechanical
equipment.
Actuator
Simulator
the dry
of gravity
Used to detect
RP-1,
chloroethylene
vapors,
the content
of oxygen.
Mainte-
Internal
Manual
Used for
the stage
Used in determining
longitudinal
center
S-IC stage.
Detection
Special
Stage
nance Set
Ground
(Cont'd)
Equipment
Test
S-IC
Function
Stage
Special
Equipment,
Provides
access
to the forward
intertank,
and thrust
structure
of the S-IC stage.
sections
past
skirt,
areas
Provides
for moving or holding
the outboard
F-1 engine
after
the engine
is
stage
mounted.
Set
Provides
exciter
turbine
Provides
electrical
forward
substitutes
for the spark
and monitor
hardware
and
exhaust
igniter
hardware.
the
a source
of air for cooling
equipment
installed
in the
skirt
section
of the S-IC stage.
24-15
Ground
(Cont'd)
Function
Equipment
Test
Set (GETS)
Provides
for
electrical
checkout
and
verification
of the integrated
test and
checkout
complex.
The GETS takes
the place of the stage
for this purpose.
Special
Test
Calibration
and Checkout
Electrical
and Maintenance
Set
Used to perform
calibration
nance of the electrical
test
out equipment.
Special
Test
Mechanical
Maintenance
and Checkout
Calibration
Set
Used
nance
Data
Processing
Forward
Stage
and
out
Station
Test
Intertank
Umbilical
Aft Stage
Test
Table
24-3.
to perform
calibration
and mainteof the mechanical
test and check-
equipment.
Platforms
Provide
personnel
and equipment
access
to various
locations
at the forward
end of
the stage white the stage
is in a horizontal position.
Platform
Provides
personnel
and equipment
access
to the umbilical
plate and to the access
door at the intertank
area while the stage
is in a horizontal
position.
Provide
access
stage
to support
operations.
Platforms
Transportation,
Protection
and Handling
Equipment
Equipment,
S-IC
Function
Dolly
24-16
Used
for
moving
the
S-IC
stage
overland.
Supports
the stage during
all phases
of
horizontal
assembly,
movement,
and
testing
in the factory
and field.
Table
24-3.
Transportation,
Protection
Equipment
Forward
o_
and
.....
Handling
Equipment,
S-IC
(Cont'd)
Function
Handling
Ring
Supports
the forward
during
transportation
Aft Support
Cradle
Supports
the aft end of the stage
and
provides
tiedown
fittings
for stage
tiedown to transporter
support
structure.
Top
Sling
Used to lift
erection.
Lifting
Bottom
Lifting
Lifting
Yoke
the
stage
Sling
Accessories
Kit
Blocking
Attach
Fittings
Kit
Shroud
Cradle
sling
installing
the stage
to supports
Fin Cradle
Shroud Installation
Equipment
for
a.
Used to prepare
the stage
for transportation,
protect
small parts
during
transportation,
and to tie down and
block and shore
the stage.
b.
Used to transfer
during
factory
tests.
and
and
stage
lifting
Used in lifting,
handling,
and
or removing
the stage
fins.
Transportation
Stage
handling
of the
Used to attach
the bottom
to hold down attachments,
Fin Sling
Shoring
for
Supports
and protects
the fins
transportation
and storage.
and
Removal
during
24-17
Function
ComponentContainers and
Covers Set
Event Recorder
Function
Vacuum-Pressure Calibration
Cart
24-18
Table
24-4.
Maintenance
ei
it
Equipment,
S-IC
Equipment
Function
General
Purpose
Equipment
HydraulicCart
Test
Pressure
Temperature
Cart
Used to support
GSE calibration,
shooting,
and repair.
Calibration
Used to calibrate
stage
ment hydraulic
pressure
gages.
Calibration
Small
Parts
Handling
Special
Tools Kit
Table
24-5.
and
RP-1
Fuel
System
and
Level
Filling
Preflight
System
support
temperature
Provides
the equipment
necessary
to
assemble,
disassemble,
maintain,
inspect,
and service
the S-IC stage
and GSE.
Propellant
and
Gas
Servicing
Equipment,
S-IC
Function
LOX Replenishing
LOX
trouble-
and support
equipswitches
and
Used to calibrate
stage and
equipment
thermo-switches,
gages,
and thermocouples.
Equipment
RP-1
Filling
Equipment
(Cont'd)
and
Ground
Draining
Adjustment
System
Draining
Used to maintain
LOX at a tankage
cent of the stage
System
Pressurization
a controlled
supply
of
level within
+0.25 perweight
tolerance.
Provides
preflight
zation
of the LOX
Preflight
a.
Provides
engine
pump
Purging
System
+0.25
b.
for
Charges
inflight
pressurization
containers.
ground
helium
container.
preflight
purging
shaft seals.
the
use.
stage
inert
pressuri-
of the
gas
F-1
supply
24-19
Function
StageCompartment
Conditioner
Uses GN2 to purge and condition the forward endof the stage andbetweenthe
propellant containers.
Provides
a helium
propellant
bubbling
measurement.
provides
a nitrogen
stage
valve actuation.
Water DelugeSystem
Supply water
to an interface
disconnect
fitting
and to a pad spray
system
for
fire or explosive
hazard
control.
provides
nitrogen
purging,
trichlorethene
flushing,
deionized
water
charging,
and
RP-1 pressurized
fluid for gimballing
and engine valve actuation
systems.
24-20
gas
supply
for
24-4.
SUPPORT
GROUND
"..
b_,P
--
EQUIPMENT,
_,o
S-II.
Table
24-6.
Test,
Checkout,
and
Monitoring
Equipment
Equipment,
S-II
Function
Used to test the cables which interconnect the stage component checkout
GSE.
Test
Conductor
Remote
Data
Power
Printout
Console
Distribution
Set
Destruct
Rack
Receiver
Computer
Program
Input
Memory
Command
Checkout
Auxiliary
Rack
Rack
(CDR)
Set
the permanent
printed
for the tests
performed
checkout
GSE.
Used to manually
destruct
receiver
systems.
record
by
command
antenna
Provides
the means
for inserting
new
programmed
material
into the computer,
thereby
enabling
the computer
complex
to perform
the desired
automatic
checkout procedures.
Used for data and program
storage.
Data
received
by the auxiliary
memory
from the
computer
will be stored
until the computer
requests
it for data printout
and for use
at the data processing
center.
The program
which the computer
receives
will be stored
in the auxiliary
memory.
The test conductor
will command
the computer
to search
for a
desired
test program.
The test program
is
then shifted
into the computer
memory
and
performed.
24-21
Table
24-6.
Test,
Checkout,
and
Monitoring
Equipment
Buffer
Local
Remote
Computer
Local
Rack
Driver
Digital
Link
Driver
Isolation
Static
S-II
(Cont'd)
Function
Equipment
Digital
Equipment,
Rack
Link
Rack
"A"
between
station.
Provides
between
remote
the digital
the computer
digital
drive
link
the
Provides
between
and the
the digital
communication
link
the local digital
drive
link rack
remote
located
checkout
stations.
communication
complex
and
link rack.
Provides
logic level conversion
for all
GSE buffer
equipment
input lines to the
computer,
and isolates
computer
frame
ground
from other
GSE grounding.
Rack
Firing
Used to isolate
and amplify
signals
the computer
and the GSE checkout
Provides
an interface
the electrical
checkout
Rack
for separation
of
station
at static
firing
sites.
Provides
for manual
control of a limited
number
of functions
required
for static
firing operations.
Hydraulic
Power
Used to provide
check out rocket
Console
Provides
displays
signals,
Pneumatic
Remote
Checkout
Console
Set
hydraulic
hydraulic
power
to
system.
vibration
safety
cutoff signals,
of actuation
of engine cutoff
and time code signals.
24-22
ground
engine
for separation
of
station
at static
Provides
equipment
necessary
coDtrol
hazardous
conditions.
_."
Checkout,
and
"t
Monitoring
Equipment,
Equipment
Central
Time
Ground
Buffer
System
Flow
Checkout
Automatic
Control
Signal
Control
Rack
Test
Automatic
Manual
S-II
(Cont'd)
Function
Equipment
Engine
and
Distribution
Used to receive,
translate,
and amplify
timing
signals
and apply these
signals
to computed
and visual
display
stations.
Set
Used to verify
the functional
readiness
of the stage
checkout
GSE and aid in
developing
automatic
checkout
programs.
Monitoring
Computer
Provides
monitoring
a means
engine
for measuring
system
bleed
and
flow.
Rack
Display
Unit
Provides
buffering
and decoding
functions
for automatic
control
of the station,
and
routing
of station
response
signals
to
the computer
or to displays.
Rack
Provides
the local control
capability
of the electrical
checkout
station,
and
displays
the stage response
signals
during
the checkout
of the stage.
Provides
Rack
the
electrical
checkout
station
Enables
the automatic
checkout
computer
to readily
scan S-II stage hardware
discrete
signals.
Special
Data
Used for
functions
facilitate
Station
Control
Local
Control
Rack
and
and
Display
Display
Rack
Rack
monitoring
critical
stage
and commercial
items to
calibration
and troubleshooting.
Provides
control
of station
power
supplies,
measuring
instruments,
limit detectors,
echo checks;
and displays
for station
status,
test data,
and stage
responses.
Provides facilitiesfor the local control
of engine stimuli and propellant fill,and
associated displays.
24-23
Function
StageSubstitutes Rack
Provides
necessary
stimuli
to verify
proper
functioning
of the stage flight
control,
engine actuation,
and separation
systems.
Displays
the discrete
responses
mechanical
station,
S-H stage
and the interlock
relay rack.
Provides
relay
interlock
of commands
to the S-II stage and responses
from
S-II stage.
Automatic
Manual
PCM
Control
Control
and
and
Display
Display
Rack
Rack
Rack
from the
systems,
the
Used to display
the responses
of the
digital
data acquisition
station,
accepts
digitally
encoded
logic control
signals
from the general
purpose
computer,
and decodes
program
commands
and
displays
stage
responses.
Provides
the local operation
of the
data acquisition
station
and display
bution.
digital
distri-
Demodulates
the 600 kc carrier
signal
from the DDAS system
on board
the
S-II stage.
Performs
data regeneration,
decommutation,
and series
to parallel
conversion.
Automatic
Rack
Control
and
Digitizing
System
Rack
Display
Displays
the responses
metry
station
and the
acquisition
station.
from
digital
the teledata
a.
Converts
PAM/FM/FM
and FM/FM
data to a PCM format
for comparison
in
the computer
complex
with the digital
data acquisition
station.
b.
Permits
computer
selection
of channels
to be digitized
for computer
entry.
Computer
24-24
Adapter
Rack
Provides
binary
to binary-coded
(BCD) conversion
and routes
the
displays
located
at other
stations
computer
complex.
decimal
BCD to
and the
vT
Table 24-6.
Test,
Checkout,
Equipment
Oscillograph
PCM
Time
EBW
Staging
Equipment,
S-II
(Cont'd)
Rack
Separates
the time shared
channels
the amplitude
modulated
commutated
pulse
train from the discriminator
of
links.
Decommutates
the signal from the DDAS
on board
the S-II stage and allocates
a
particular
signal
to the desired
display
device.
Code
Rack
Provides
a time
various
systems
timing
signal.
Checkout Program
Pulse
Area
Acceptance
Installation
w --
Provides
quick readout
or permanent
recording
of the outputs
from the single
sideband
rack,
discriminator
rack,
decommutation
rack,
and PCM rack.
Rack
Automatic
--
F unction
Rack
Decommutation
and Monitoring
--
Checker
Cable
Stand
Set
code signal
for the
requiring
a synchronous
Installation
No.
1 Cable
MTF
Firing Control Center
Cable" Installation
Used to connect
GSE in the
center
to the stage
through
firing
control
facility
wiring.
24-25
S-II
Stage
Function
Pallet
Transporter
Forward
Transporter
Aft
S-II
Stage
Truck
Converts
roadable
Truck
Interstage
Pallet
Transporter
Truck
Interstate
Transporter
Forward
Stage
Aft Stage
Support
Support
Converts
stage
the
pallet
chassis
forward
into
for
the
stage
end of the
an transporter
S-II
configuration.
Aft
Converts
the aft end of the S-II stage
pallet
into an transporter
configuration.
Ring
Supports
provides
hoisting
stage
attach
frame.
Supports
provides
frame.
stage
attach
Provides
illumination
Ring
and surrounding
way transportation.
Interstage and Static Firing
Skirt Sling
24-26
the
Interstate
Forward
into
Used
firing
on transporter
and
points
for forward
on transporter
and
points
for aft hoisting
areas
for
the
during
S-II
night
static
stage
high-
u
.
Table
24-7.
Transportation,
v
_
w.
Protection,
and
Equipment
Stage Front
Body Cover;
Aft Cover
Interstage
Stage
Fit-Up
Provides
interstage
cycle.
Cover
S-II
(Cont'd)
Lock
Engine
Actuator
Simulator
Segment
for the
snow,
etc.,
and
environmental
protection
of the
during
delivery
and storage
Provides
the facilities
required
for proof
loading
and testing
the compatibility
of
the mating
surfaces
and external
connections of the handling
and transportation
equipment
used in conjunction
with the
S-II stage.
Fixture
Actuator
Ring
Equipment,
Provides
environmental
protection
stage against
sand,
dust,
water,
during
handling,
transportation,
storage.
Stage
Engine
Support
Handling
Function
Cover;
Stage
Aft
No.
Sling
Used to immobilize
the engine
actuator
in its neutral
position
during
ground
handling
and maintenance.
Strut used to replace
engine
when the actuator
is removed
nance.
actuator
for mainte-
Used
Supports the S-II stage on the stage checkout dolly during checkout of the stage.
Static
Used in conjunction
with the aft stage
support
ring to provide
support
for the
aft end of the stage
during
transportation
and handling
operations.
In addition,
the
skirt provides
support
for the stage
during
static
firing.
Firing
Skirt
to hoist
and
install
ullage
Attaches
provide
Forward
Distributes
stage
hoisting
loads
forward
stage
support
ring.
Hoisting
Frame
rockets.
to the forward
hoisting
frame
to
a means
for hoisting
the S-II stage.
to the
24-27
Equipment
Aft Hoisting
Aft
Frame
Interstage
(Cont'd)
Dolly
Provides
support
and mobility
for the
aft interstage
when in a vertical
attitude.
Engine
Component
Manipulator
Used to handle
engine
and engine compartment components
to facilitate
installation
and removal.
Engine
Protective
Frame
Used in conjunction
with the aft stage
cover to provide
environmental
and
physical
protection
for the S-II stage
engine compartment
during
handling
and transportation.
Main
Bus Battery
Holder
Used in conjunction
with the
ponent
manipulator
to install
the main bus battery.
Engine
Protective
Attitude
Control
Frame
Sling
Supports
the engine protective
frame
during
hoisting
operations
for installation
on, or removal
from the S-II stage.
Engine
Sling
Frame
Protective
Segment
Supports
segments
Interstage
and Static
Firing
Skirt Segment
Sling
Used
stage
Forward
Hoisting
Holding
Fixture
Supports
the forward
during
assembly
and
24-28
Frame
engine
comand remove
to handle
segments
of the
and static-firing
skirt.
inter-
hoisting
frame
disassembly.
Equipment
Interstage Forward Support
Ring
Provides
a supporting
hoisting
of the forward
interstage.
Provides
a supporting
structure
for the
aft end of the S-II interstage
to support
and maintain
concentricity
of the aft
interstage
during
handling
and checkout
operations.
Immobilizes
the production
engine
actuator
to prevent
any relative
motion
between
the actuator
body and the rod
during
ground
handling
and maintenance.
StageStorageSupport Forward
Stand
Provides
support
the S-II-F
stage
zontal position.
StageStorage SupportAft
Stand
Provides
support
for the
S-II-F
stage when storing
position.
Supports
the aft hoisting
frame
access
ladder
during
hoisting
operations.
Provides
positive
control
and guidance
of the S-II stage during
the final phases
of lowering
the stage
on to the test stand.
Provides
are used
erection.
Transporter ComponentSling
Supports
transporter
hoisting
operations
disassembly
of the
Used in conjunction
with the engine
component
manipulator
to handle,
remove,
and install
the various
engine
components
as indicated
in the title of
the particular
handler.
structure
to enable
end of the S-II
attachment
for tag lines
to guide the stage during
components
for assembly
transporter.
which
during
and
24-29
Function
24-30
-.
Table
24-8.
-...'.
Servicing
............
Equipment,
S-II
Equipment
Electrical
Function
Container
Servicing
Electrical
Control
(Cont'd)
Air
Consists
Unit
of manual
control
blower
and
filter
unit,
used to supply
continuous
filtered
air to stage
disconnect.
Container
Unit
GN 2 Thermal
Engine
Compartment
Control
Unit
Controls,
and prior
on static
regulates,
to propellant
firing
site.
and heats
loading
GN2 during
operation
Environmental
Supplies
warm
GN 2 to the S-II stage
engine
compartment
purge
system
for
temperature
control
and inerting
purposes.
Precharge
Used to preeharge
the S-II stage
accumulator-reservoir
to the required
pressure
for hydraulic
operations.
Hydraulic
Accumulator
Servicing
Unit
Table
24-9.
Equipment
Auxiliary
Equipment,
S-II
Function
Umbilical
Disconnect
Carrier
Plate Assembly
Arm No. 3A
Provides
GSE/stage
Transport
Used to monitor
and record
environmental
conditions
and acceleration
loads
on the S-H stage
during
the different
modes
of transportation.
Instrumentation
Vertical
Engine
Platform
Thrust
Aligr_ment
LH 2 Container
Mechanism
Compartment
Set
Servicing
Unit
mounting
facilities
disconnects.
for
all
Provides
access
to engine
compartment
and serves
as a drop screen
to prevent
damage
to engines
when the stage
is in
the vertical
position.
Used to verify
the
engine
assemblies
alignment
of individual
during
engine installation.
instal-
24-31
Function
a.
t_oom
Provides uncontaminated
personnel, equipment,
during maintenance.
areas for
and LH2
container
b.
Provides
a clean atmosphere
over
the open LH 2 container
and access
into
the container
for servicing
equipment
and personnel.
Forward
Stage
Access
LH 2 Container
Conditioner
Provides
access
to the forward
hook,
for attaching
or detaching
the hook to
or from the stage
erecting
sling.
Platform
Servicing
Shield
Air
servicing
Engine
Auxiliary
Piston
Static
Compartment
Engine
Position
Firing
Light
Indicator
Heat
Fixture
No.
Shield
24-32
a clean
purge
atmosphere
and
during
interior
con-
of LH 2 container.
Provides
floodlighting
in the engine
compartment
to facilitate
maintenance.
Set
Alignment
air
and equipment
section.
Indicates
the position
of the piston
in the
production
hydraulic
servo
actuator
or
the angular
position
of a J-2 engine
in
terms
of the actuator
stroke.
Table 24-9.
Equipment
Function
Hydraulic SystemInstallation
Fixture
24-33
24-5.
The
the
GROUND
ground
S-IVB
24 -34
SUPPORT
support
stage
EQUIPMENT,
equipment
of Saturn
for the
IB (Refer
S-IVB.
S-IVB
stage
to Paragraph
of Saturn
17-4.
V is similar
to that
of
CHAPTER
SECTION
STAGE
XXV
CONFIGURATIONS,
SATURN
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Page
25-1.
S-IC
25-2.
S-II
25-3.
S-IVB
Inboard
Inboard
Inboard
Profile
Profile
Profile,
................
25-3/25-4
.................
Saturn
25-5/25-6
V
...........
25-7/25-8
25-1
25-2
Forward
Skirt
LOX Vent
Systems
Tunnel
LOX
396
Systems
Dia.
Tunnel
st!
1541.00
Ins trumentation
/Slosh
Baffles
3- 544
FOLDOUT FRAME /
QI
_1_
I_
o
I
to
Qo
eo_
o_o
_
oQ
Ba
o_
Overall
Length
138.04
FT.
Emergency
LOX Drain
_X Container
7 69.00
ontainer
//
,'L
//
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
\
\
Cruciform
Helium
Bottle
Ba
(4)
Intertank
Line:
Access
FO UT
Door
ir
_J
w
mo
mo
wo
I
w
_
o
_o.*
_o
i_
so
._
_
oo
o
,j
Umbilical
Fuel
Plate
Container
j
__
GOX
17.00
essure
Line
Holddown
Post
(4
396 Dia.
Fuel
Vent
Oxidizer
Line
Line
Emergency
Tunnels
(5)
Slosh
Baffles
Fuel
Drain
LOX Suction
Line
(5)
Retromotor
Thrust
(8)
Post
(4)
Li _
P6 _ 'j
..
oe
H-1
Engine
(5)
Center
Support
Fuel
Engine
Fill
& Drain
Fuel
Suction
Line
(10)
Base
Heat
Shield
Actuator
(8)
Sta 48.50
.
]
.
Sta 100.00
Gimbal
Sta -115.
494
Plane
Figure
25-1.
S-IC
Inboard
Profile
25-3/25-4
g
gel.
Sta.
2519.00
_ee
e_
Fwd
e#e
ee
oe
eoe
00ooe
Continuous
Skirt
Forward
LH 2 Container
LH 2 Level
LH 2 Diffuser
Manhole
LH 2 Container
:LH 2 Container
Work
Platform
LH 2 Vent
3-545
Fwd
Support
Connect
Ring
Rings
Cover
Press.
Press.
Co_
Receivers
Line
Fittings
(GSE)
oC ouT FRAME I
(2)
'_-,mm';,4
_"
_'
'
oo
........
o_
oo.
eoo
,,
_
_
_'
qo
''
"
oo
..:
aJ
oeo
ooo
oooo
oo
eo
eoe
4 oo
Sta.
LH 2 Feed
ITanking
Line
(5)
1760.0,
y
Separation
P
Aft
Probe
f
Th
Str
ommon
/
/
<
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
LOX
Container
396 Dia.
%
\
%
%
%.
x.
%
\
\
\
\
\
%,
\
%.
\
M
p
_..-=
Gas
LOX
Ltainer
Distributor
Vent
LOX
Line
Insulation
Level
Slosh Baffle
LH 2 Emergency
Propellant
Loading
LOX
Lines
Shut
Recirculation
Pressurization
LH2
Reeireulation
LH 2 Fill
Mast
Off Valve
& Drain
L(
(5)
System
LOX
Crucil
LOX
Fill
-.
...
}
iane
/Aft
Support
(GSE)
S_.
I Sta
Klr+
ust
.
_cmre
/
/
Ring
1664
Gimbal
I
I
_ [._
I
_i;i
00
Sta
1564.00
Plane
Separation
1
Plane
Sta
_1
'_'_
II
. _
1541.00
i
_Aft
Interstage
i__-!-_
Aft
Bulkhead
Center
Support
I/I
i'
Engine
Heat
Shield
LOX
Feed
Line
(5)
J-2 Engine
Interstage Access
Door
)X Container
Press.Receiver
Container
brm
Ullage
Motor
(5)
(8)
Sump
Baffle
& Drain
Line
Figure
25-2.
S-II
Inboard
Profile
25-5/25-6
av "
Auxiliary
Propulsion
Module
(2)
Common
Bulkhead
Forward
Skirt
LOX Container
Maintenance
Platform
......
Removable_
260 Dia.
Forward
Bulkhead
LH 2 Container
7. 851 -'_
Nominal
LH 2 Vent
Sta.
3222.555
3-546
8 Helium
Spheres
(4 per row)
as. shown
Systems
Tunnel
l
oo
.
ooo
_
oo
_.
oo
_,
eo_
oo
4._
9eo
oo
Helium
Bottles
Aft
Interstage
LOX
Transfer
Line
tI t
Aft
/
J-2
Engine
396 Dia.
, Thrust
Structure
Access
Separation Plane
Sta. 2746.50
Door
Gimbal
Plane
Sta. 2645. 853
Retromotor
(4)
Figure
25-3.
S-IVB
Inboard
Profile,
Saturn
25-7/25-8
fw
mw_
CHAPTER
SECTION
-w
XXVI
INTRODUCTION
26-1
26-2
..........
._
we
CHAPTER
This
chapter
contains
development,
and
Section
XXVI
contains
details
of each
Saturn
program.
The
launch
The
governmental
Mississippi
Kennedy,
The
tion
Rocketdyne
Division,
are
California;
testing
The
Boeing
operations
I, Saturn
XXVI.
INTRODU
C TION
on the
River
Center
in Volume
Pratt
Company
and
Michoud
Beach,
Aviation
the
Aircraft
Chrysler
Operations
plants
Systems
at Canoga
Corporation
and
the
at
and
the
Range,
American
Park
Avia-
Mississippi
the
and Santa
Palm
perform
at Santa
California;
West
Cape
Description.
plants
Downey,
Company,
of the
Mississippi.
the North
and
Center
Missile
Company
the
logistics
Louisiana;
at the Atlantic
Aircraft
relates
facilities.
Flight
County,
California;
and at Seal
& Whitney
Orleans,
design,
vehicles.
industrial
Space
the
XXVII
of the
Douglas
American
Section
and
in Hancock
and Sacramento,
Oklahoma,
at the
Pearl
New
with
V launch
a description
at the Marshall
Operations,
the
and
governmental
Operations
include
North
both
located
Michoud
Beach,
contains
involved
and Saturn
facilities
SECTION
are
described
and
XXVIII
facilities
IB,
to the
include
Launch
facilities
at Tulsa,
and
Section
the
Huntington
Florida.
of the
Facility
plants
Susana,
description
facilities
Florida,
Monica,
a general
an introduction
of the
industrial
FACILITIES
facilities
Test
facilities
VEHICLE
of the Saturn
Alabama;
5.
LAUNCH
facility.
vehicle
Huntsville,
(The
test
Beach,
manufacturing
Test
Facility.
26-3
26-4
_w
CHAPTER
SECTION
XXVII
FACILITIES
TABLE
27-1.
MARSHALL
SPACE
27-2.
MICHOUD
27-3.
MISSISSIPPI
27 -4.
DOUGLAS
27-5
SPACE
AND
AMERICAN
FLIGHT
OPERATIONS
TEST
ROCKETDYNE
27-7.
PRATT
............
27-3
27-3
FACILITY
.............
COMPANY
INFORMATION
AVIA !_ION
DIVISION,
& WHITNEY
CENTER
..................
AIRCRAFT
27 -6.
OF CONTENTS
.............
DIVISION,
..................
NORTH
AIRCRAFT
27-3
27-4
NORTH
AMERICAN
COMPANY
27-4
AVIATION
..........
27-4
27-4
27-1
27-2
.....
=.
_w
..w
-=-
.w
....
.....
,e
SECTION
--
....
XXVH.
FA CILITIES
27-1.
MARSHALL
SPACE
The
Marshall
Space
and
V launch
vehicles,
The
first
four
checkout
out stage,
design,
Flight
I Block
the
and
S-IC
the first
Test
facilities
dynamic
load
annex,
test
and
test
static
test
stands,
subassembly
test
facilities.
MICHOUD
The
Michoud
test
operations
and
by the
Chrysler
static
and
27-3.
test
Mississippi
S-IC
and S-H
The
facilities
and
control
gas
batteries,
also
test
stand
and S-IB
and
test
three
stage,
I, IB
vehicles.
and
facilities
static
check-
Instrument
unit
at MSFC.
test
facility,
subassembly
test
Saturn
stage
at MSFC.
blockhouse,
static
the
checkout
structural
and
for
dynamic
tested
conducted
and
stage
systems
built
a vertical
are
S-IC
used
by the
facilities
Corporation
Michoud
cleaning
MISSISSIPPI
The
are
first
of the
stand
component
acceptance
F-1
and
J-2
and
blockhouse,
test
facility,
engine
systems
and
other
OPERATIONS.
of the
at the
stage,
are
the design
the S-IB
components
S-I
Operations
Facilities
tests
for
of the
stages,
test
stage
facility,
S-IC
S-I
include
development
27-2.
fabrication
dynamic
at MSFC
facility,
is responsible
II,
flight
manufacture,
CENTER.
Center
and the
Saturn
stage,
FLIGHT
facility,
Company
for
checkout
stage
Chrysler
manufactured
Operations
TEST
Test
for
Boeing
include
Saturn
and
a vertical
dock,
and
other
manufacturing
subsequent
S-I
and
and
flight
stages,
S-IB
stages.
assembly
building,
support
complexes.
hydro-
FACILITY.
Facility
(MTF)
provides
acceptance
test
complexes
for
the
stages.
at MTF
center,
and
include
propellant
test
support
two stage-acceptance
ready
storage
and
test
handling
stands,
facility,
an instrumentation
high-pressure
buildings.
27 -3
27-4.
The
DOUGLAS
Douglas
AIRCRAFT
Aircraft
Company
qualification,
production,
The
include
facilities
ponents
test
stands
ties
at Huntington
tude
control
27-5.
The
North
facilities
the
S-II
The
and
static
assembly,
final
battleship
testing,
facilities
DIVISION,
Space
and
development,
S-IVB
California;
test
Aviation
and
and
and development,
stages.
manufacturing,
assembly
and
Information
qualification,
facili-
testing,
atti-
California.
AMERICAN
Systems
com-
checkout
all-systems
at Sacramento,
NORTH
and
AVIATION.
Division
production
maintains
and testing
of
stage.
facilities
cessing,
include
assembly,
fornia;
tioning,
and
systems
testing
at Tulsa,
research,
and
bulkhead
27-6.
Monica,
for research
S-IV
development,
INFORMATION
research
facilities
of the
California;
tests,
American
for
testing
research,
Beach,
AND
maintains
and
at Santa
motor
SPACE
COMPANY.
electromechanical
fabrication,
final
vertical
assembly
at Santa
development,
at Seal
Susana,
cryogenic
mock-up
assembly,
Beach,
antenna
facilities
hydro-static
California;
California;
test,
and
and
pro-
at Downey,
Cali-
test,
condi-
battleship
detail
test,
water
testing
subassembly
and
all-
operations
Oklahoma.
ROCKETDYNE
The Rocketdyne
DIVISION,
NORTH
AMERICAN
AVIATION.
rocket engines.
27-7.
The
PRATT
Pratt
at West
rocket
27-4
& WHITNEY
& Whitney
Palm
engine.
Beach,
Aircraft
Florida
AIRCRAFT
Company
for
COMPANY.
.maintains
the development
Park
manufacturing
and production
and test
facilities
of the RL10A-3
CHAPTER
SECTION
XXVIII
LOGISTICS
28-1
28-2
SECTION
XXVHI.
LOGISTICS
The
logistics
part
of the
between
the
program.
delays
first
The
launch
Block
of testing
stage
will
freighter
or special
The
dynamic
S-IB
and tested
S-I
and the
facilities
The
facilities
and
at Michoud,
shipped
to Cape
S-IVB
stage
will
freighter
or special
The
dynamic
S-IC
first
flight
checkout
stage
Louisiana,
The
stage
S-II
tested
stage
be manufactured
test
and
will
to Cape
stage,
systems
be manufactured
subsequent
flight
at Mississippi
Test
be manufactured
to the
Mississippi
Test
pletion
of the
phase
test
Louisiana,
distances
planning
in order
tested
to the
stage
to the
facility.
tested
also
Upon
Kennedy
Louisiana
Cape.
and
shipped
will
be manufactured
stage
will
Cape
at Michoud,
in California
checkout
at MSFC.
be utilized
Subsequent
at Mississippi
S-IB
Test
by
at the
stages
will
Facility,
and
Kennedy.
aircraft
will
at the launch
and
by barge
tested
checkout
the long
thorough
by barge
be transported
Kennedy.
stage
and
be manufactured
to Cape
be manufactured
The
will
is an important
to a minimum.
be transported
stages
will
stages
be manufactured
aircraft
Facility
by barge
will
vehicles
demand
transportation
and
test
Test
facilities
will
stages
launch
individual
be manufactured
at MSFC.
Mississippi
and
of testing,
of the
launch
II stages
the
of the Saturn
size
and
Subsequent
and at completion
S-IV
large
to handling
S-I
facility.
stages
test,
due
four
completion
The
various
fabrication,
to keep
The
for
Facilitiy
the S-II
and
tested
in California
stage
shipped
by
Kennedy.
checkout
and
tested
stages
will
Facility,
stage,
test
test
The
and
shipped
and
by barge
be transported
static
and
the
facilities
at Michoud,
transported
and
stage,
S-IC
be manufactured
preparation
will
static
at MS:FC.
in California
for
and
to the
Cape.
by special
ship
firing.
by ship
Upon
to Cape
com-
Kennedy.
28-3
28-4
BIBLIOGRAPHY
A-1
A-2
BIBLIOGRAPHY
A General
Description
ASTR-IN-63-27.
Apollo Integrated
30-13-2,
MSFC;
of the
ST-124
Checkout
Implementation
dated 25 July 1963.
Apollo
OMSF;
System
dated
Description;
24 September
Volumes
1962.
Apollo
System
Specification;
Report
C-5 Launch
Vehicle
System
dated
1 November
1962.
Data
C-5
Launch
Design
Fact
Sheet
Design
Whitney
Report
for RL10A-3
Rocket
Aircraft;
dated 28 February
for
Vehicle;
SA-111
Report
No.
F-1
Engine
Data
Report
No.
Equipment
II; Launch
M-DM
Reference
Operations
System
Specification
dated 31 May 1963.
Instrument
Unit
MSFC-CD-505;
System
Specification
dated 25 February
J-2 Rocket
Engine
dated 6 December
Model Specification
D5-11201,
Boeing;
Model Specification
dated
8 June 1962.
Data
1963.
Manual;
R-2823-1,
Model Specification
for
Aviation;
dated 27 July
Saturn
1963.
dated
No.
dated
No.
M-
NASw-410-
dated
2 May
1963.
MSFC-CD-501;
18 December
1962.
MSFC.
PWA
Rocketdyne;
R-3896-1;
FR
324B,
dated
29 October
Pratt
and
23 August
1961.
1963.
Manual
for Saturn
C-l,
Block II Vehicles,
Directorate,
MSFC;
dated
16 May 1962.
Space
Saturn
Report
S-IC
Stage;
Stage
S-II;
Flight
IB Launch
Saturn
1963.
V Launch
No.
for Saturn
S-IC Ground
dated
15 May 1962.
for Saturn
No.
No.
NASw-410-61-14-01,
OMSF;
I; M-P&VE,
Report
Report
Report
No.
8000.001,
Revision
Origins
of the George
C. MarsheJl
No, 1; dated
December
1960.
Instrument
Unit
MSFC-CD-204;
III,
Report
MSFC;
Engine;
1963.
Information;
III,
Specification
Vehicle,
System;
Volume
and
M-P&VE-V,
Design
Ground
Support
Volumes
I and
I, II,
No.
F-1
Manual;
Platform
Plan;
Specification;
Design
Historical
Monograph
M Inertial
Report
No.
Historical
Specification
No.
Specification
No.
Rocketdyne;
Equipment;
Document
MSFC
Vehicle;
Vehicle;
R 3825-1,
Support
Center;
No.
Document
D5-11200-1,
SID 61-361,
No.
Boeing;
North
American
A-3
Model Specification for Saturn StageS-II GroundSupport Equipment (CheckoutEquipment); Report No. SID61-362, North American Aviation; dated 21 May 1962.
Model Specification for Saturn S-IVB Stage; Report No. DS-2163, Douglas; dated
15 February 1963.
Model Specification for Saturn S-IV StageGroundSupport Equipment; Report No.
DS-2131, Douglas; dated 29 December 1961.
Model Specification for Saturn S-IVB StageGroundSupport Equipment; Report No.
DS-2164, Douglas; dated 15 February 1963.
Model Specification 1,500,000-Pound Thrust Liquid OxygenRP-1 Liquid-Propellant
Rocket Engine, RocketdyneModel F-l; Report No. R-1420cS, Rocketdyne;
dated 8 October 1962.
Model Specification 188,000-PoundThrust Liquid-Propellant Rocket Engine Models
H-1A andt[-1B; Report No. R-1141cS, Rocketdyne; dated 5 November 1962.
Propulsion System SchematicS-IC Stage; Dwg. No. 20M97000,MSFC.
S-IB StageSystem Specification Saturn IB Launch Vehicle; Specification No.
MSFC-CD-202; dated 31 May 1963.
S-IC SystemSpecification C-5 Launch Vehicle; Specification No. MSFC-CD-502;
dated 1 November 1962.
S-II SystemSpecification Saturn V Launch Vehicle; Specification No. MSFC-CD-503;
dated 25 February 1963.
S-IVB StageSystem Specification Saturn IB Launch Vehicle; Specification No.
MSFC-CD-203; dated 31 May 1963.
S-IVB SystemSpecification C-5 Launch Vehicle; Specification No. MSFC-CD-504;
dated 1 November 1962.
SA-5 RL10A-3 Engine and Hydraulic System Functional Description, Index of Finding
Numbers and Mechanical Schematic; Dwg. No. 10M30019,M-P&VE, MSFC;
dated 7 June 1963.
Saturn C-5 Project Development Plan; Report No. C-5 PDP, M-SAT, MSFC;
dated 1 November 1962.
Saturn S-IB GroundSupport Equipment Model Specification; Specification No.
CCSD-MS-102, Chrysler; dated 28 September 1962.
Saturn S-IC StageElectrical andGround SupportEquipment Design Criteria Statement;
DocumentNo. D5-11229, Boeing; dated 8 October 1962.
Saturn S-IC StageSystems Description; Report No. IN-P&VE-V-62-5, Revision A,
MSFC; dated 1 November 1962.
Saturn S-II General Manual;
dated 1 August 1963.
A-4
North American
Aviation;
Saturn
Design
Criteria
Saturn
Switch Selector,
Division;
dated
26 July
- Saturn
I, Block
Mod I;
1963.
Airborne
Saturn
MSFC;
Technical
Information
dated
15 March
1963.
Saturn
Vehicle
Data
Book,
SA-5;
Saturn
I Technical
Information
dated 4 April 1963.
Saturn
I, IB,
Memorandum
Saturn
Report
Handbook,
Saturn
IB, Launch
Vehicle
dated
31 May 1963.
Saturn
Report
V Launch
Vehicle
No. MPD-SAT-63-1,
I, II,
MSFC;
Report
No.
Specification
MSFC;
dated
10 June
and IV,
SA-5;
15 February
M-P&VE,
1963.
M-P&VE-VA-64-63,
MSFC;
Trajectories;
Mission
Plan and Technical
Information
MSFC;
dated 1 August
1963.
Checklist,
System
MSFC-CD-201;
Rules;
Specification;
Saturn
S-II
Specification
Logistics
No.
Training,
Memorandum
M-P&VE-VA-102-63,
Mission
Plan and
MSFC;
dated
Technical
Information
1 July 1963.
Technical
R-3620-1,
1963.
Astrionics
Weights
and Compatible
13 May 1963.
Manual,
Saturn
North
American
MSFC;
Checklist,
Volume
I;
Illustrated
Parts Breakdown,
Booster
Assembly
Part
No.
System,
Block II Vehicle,
MSFC;
dated 18 October
1962.
Motors
Subsystem
American
Aviation;
Astrionic
Astrionics
dated
Section,
III,
dated
Structural
10M10002,
Ullage
North
MSFC;
Integration
Volumes
Checklist;
Saturn
II Systems
Familiarization,
Aviation;
dated
1 March
1963.
Saturn
V Design
Ground
dated 20 May 1963.
M-P&VE-V,
Systems
M-P&VE,
and V Launch
Vehicle
No. M-P&VE-V-33,
IB, Launch
Vehicle
No. MPD-SAT-63-2,
II;
Report
dated
on Saturn Stage
23 March
1962.
H-1A
S-II;
and H-1B;
Report
System
Handbook,
Saturn Launch Vehicle;
Systems
Laboratory,
MSFC; dated 2 January
1964.
No.
Report
No.
SID 62-143,
Engineering
Office,
A-5
A-6
ma
_w
oe
_o
w..
.....
_-
w
w
ALPHABETICAL
INDEX
13-i
B-2
.....
ALPHABETICAL
Subject
INDEX
Paragraph
Page
A
Accelerometers,
Altimeter,
AN/FPS-16
Apollo
Control
Vehicle
Radar
Radar
System
Program,
Management
Missions
Reliability
Schedules
Test Plan
See
Apollo
Spacecraft
Adapter
Command
Launch
Lunar
Service
Altitude
also
Saturn
Tracking
of Saturn
20-i52
..........
6-62
..........
6-82
6-61
..........
6-79
4-2
3-1
4-6
4-1
4-7
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
4-3
3-3
4-9
4-3
4-10
3-7
3-7
3-7
3-7
3-7
3-7
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
3-7
3-11
3-10
3-10
3-11
3-10
Saturn
Launch
13-19
..........
13-8
15-9
22-58
..........
..........
15-6
22-44
3-6
..........
3-7
.........
Program,
History
System
Module
............
........
.......
of
and Stabilization
System
Auxiliary
Propulsion
S-IVB Stage,
S-IVB Stage,
Axes
..........
..............
........
. ........
Module
...........
See Astrionics,
AROD
20-81
Saturn
Plan
...........
...............
...............
...............
...............
Escape
Excursion
Module
Control
..........
under
appropriate
...........
Systems
Saturn
IB
........
Saturn
V .........
Launch
Vehicles
......
Vehicle
B-3
Subject
Paragraph
AZUSA
Tracking
System
..........
6-57
..........
Saturn
launch
8-68
..........
6-69
-CCheckout
See
Astrionics,
Chill-Down
Purge
Command
Function
See
under
System
..........
Astrionics,
Communications
appropriate
vehicle
8-50
under
appropriate
Saturn
launch
vehicle
under
appropriate
Saturn
launch
vehicle
6-48
..........
6-64
Function
See
Astrionics,
Computer,
Analog
Computer,
Control
.............
20-77
..........
20-132
Computer,
Digital
.............
20-64
..........
20-92
Computer,
Digital,
6-46
..........
6-41
Computer,
RCA-110
..........
20-11
Configurations
Saturn
Saturn
Saturn
Flight
Control
ASC-15
........
............
of Saturn
I
IB
V
......
Launch
20-5
Vehicles
................
...............
................
3-2
..........
3-4
3-3
3-4
3-5
..........
..........
..........
3-4
3-7
3-7
8-27
22-48
8-66
..........
..........
..........
(vehicle
emergency
detection
system)
See Astrionics,
under
appropriate
Saturn
launch
20-45
..........
20-74
20-22
..........
20-37
20-24
..........
20-40
Control
Pressurization
Systems
S-I Stage
...............
S-II Stage
...............
Crew
Safety
......
8-27
22-38
8-49
vehicle
-DData
B-4
Adapter
................
Digital
Data
Acquistion
Digital
Telemetry
System
System
..........
......
.....
2-:
....
"-
....
:.-
Paragraph
E
Electrical
Support
See
Electricai
under
under
Gimballing
See
Engines,
Engines
appropriate
Saturn
launch
vehicle.
appropriate
Saturn
launch
vehicle
Systems
See
Engine
Equipment
mechanical
systems,
under
appropriate
.............
(Main Propulsion),
Saturn
Launch
Saturn
I First
Stage (H-l)
......
Saturn
I Second
Stage (RL10A-3)
.
Saturn
IB First
Stage (H-l)
.....
Saturn
IB Second
Stage (J-2) .....
Saturn
V First
Stage (F-l)
......
Saturn
V Second
Stage (J-2)
.....
Saturn
V Third Stage (J-2) ......
Control
See
stage
Systems
Auxiliary
Environmental
or numbered
Saturn
launch
vehicle
22-59
..........
22-44
Vehicles.
8-4
8-40
15-6
15-7
22-8
22-34
22-52
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
8-8
8-3
15-6
15-6
22-10
22-24
22-38
Systems
mechanical
systems,
under
appropriate
Saturn
launch
vehicle
F
F-1
Engine
Facilities,
Frangible
Fuel
.................
Launch
Nuts
22-8
Vehicle
..........
22-10
........................
27-3
...............
Storage
and Feed Systems
S-I Stage
...............
S-IV Stage
..............
9-29
..........
9-37
8-14
8-61
..........
..........
8-21
8-47
20-91
..........
20-162
G
Glotrack
Ground
Tracking
Support
See
System
.........
Equipment
under
appropriate
Saturn
launch
vehicle
or numbered
stage.
B-5
Guidance
Seeunder appropriate Saturn launch vehicle.
GuidanceSignal Processor, GSP-24 ....
6-47 ..........
6-62
8-4 ..........
20-82 .........
8-8
20-154
H
H-1 Engine .................
Horizon Sensor ...............
I
Inertial Platform System, ST-124-M
Instrument Unit, Saturn I
Configuration .............
Electrical System ...........
Platform Gas-Bearing
Supply System .............
Profile
..............................
Structural Design ..........
Instrument unit, Saturn IB
Configuration .............
Electrical System ...........
Platform Gas-Bearing
Supply System .............
Profile ................................
Structural Design ..........................
Instrument unit, Saturn V
Configuration .............
Electrical System ...........
Platform Gas-Bearing
Supply System ............
Profile ...............................
Structural Design ............
20-71 ..........
20-115
7-32 ..........
6-71 ..........
7-29
6-97
9-33 ..........
7-14 ..........
9-43
117-10
14-17 ..........
13-32 ..........
14-12
13-15
16-24 ..........
16-14
1816-3
21-42 ..........
20-100 ..........
21-31
20-174
23-24 ..........
23-26
2521-11
21-15 ..........
Instrumentation
SeeAstrionics, under appropriate Saturn launch vehicle
Insulation
SeeStructures, under appropriate Saturn launch vehicle
B-6
Subject
.u
....
Paragraph
J
J-2
Engine
15-7
.................
15-6
..........
L
Launch
Vehicles
See
Logistics,
Linear
Saturn
Saturn
Shaped
I launch
Launch
Charges
vehicle,
Vehicles
Saturn
IB launch
vehicle.
28-3
.....................
..........
9-26
23-27
9-37
23-22
..........
-MManagement
Manned
Flight Program
....
.,,oo,o
..........
.,o**,
Mechanical
Systems
2_2
under
appropriate
Saturn
launch
20-25
16-21
23-31
..........
..........
16-13
23-23
6-60
..........
6-78
6-59
..........
6-75
20-20
..........
20-31
vehicle
Objectives
See
Mission
2-4
..........
20-18
............
.o
Systems
See
Mission
....
under
appropriate
Saturn
launch
vehicle
under
appropriate
Saturn
launch
vehicle
Profiles
See
MISTRAM
Multiplexing,
Tracking
Types
System
of
........
..........
B-7
Paragraph
Subject
N
NPSH
Pressurization
S-I Stage
S-IV Stage
Systems
8-24
8-63
...............
..............
........
.........
8-26
8-49
O
ODOP
Tracking
Optical
System
Systems
Ordnance
.........
..............
6-58
..........
6-73
20-27
.........
20-43
Systems
See
Oxidizer
Storage
S-I Stage
S-IV Stage
Mechanical
and
Systems,
Feed
under
appropriate
Saturn
launch
vehicle
Systems
..............
.............
8-19
8-62
..........
.........
8-25
8-47
4-2
4-6
4-1
4-7
..........
.........
.........
........
4-3
4-9
4-3
4-10
8-28
22-26
..........
..........
8-27
22-22
9-26
23-24
23-28
9-32
23-32
..........
.........
..........
..........
..........
9-33
23-21
23-22
9-43
23-23
8-31
22-29
.........
.........
8-29
22-22
22-47
.........
22-37
-pProgram
Plan,
Saturn
Management
Plan
.........
Reliability
..............
Schedules
..............
Test Plans
.............
Propellant
Conditioning
Systems
S-I Stage
..............
S-IC Stage ..............
Propellant
Dispersion
System
S-I Stage
..............
S-IC Stage ..............
S-II Stage
..............
S-IV Stage ..............
S-IVB Stage
.............
Propellant
Loading
Systems
S-I Stage
..............
S-IC Stage .........
Propellant
S-II
B-8
Management
Stage
..............
Ordnance
.....
System
Page
Paragraph
Subject
Propellant
Pressurization
S-IC Stage
.............
S-II Stage
.............
Propellant
S-IV
Sensing
System
Stage ..............
Systems
(Propellant
22-23
22-46
..........
..........
22-21
22-37
8-66
..........
8-49
8-13
22-20
22 -45
8-60
22-53
22-62
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
8-21
22-19
22-34
8-47
22-42
22-44
20-32
8-59
..........
..........
20-23
8-46
8-32
..........
8-29
20-80
..........
20-150
Saturn
launch
Loading)
Propellant Systems
S-I Stage
.............
S-IC Stage .............
S-II Stage
.............
S-IV Stage
.............
S-IVB Stage, Main .........
S-IVB Stage, Auxiliary .......
Propellant UtilizationSystems
S-IC Stage .............
S-IV Stage
.............
Propulsion
Systems
See
Purging
under
Systems
appropriate
numbered
.............
stage
R-
Rate
Range
Gyros
Safety
See
RCA-110
Astrionics,
Computer
under
............
Retromotors
S-I Stage ...............
S-IB Stage
..............
S-IC Stage ..............
S-IV Stage ..............
S-IVB Stage
.............
S-IVB Stage
.............
appropriate
vehicle
20-5
..........
20-11
4-5
..........
4-9
9-25
16-11
23-23
9-30
16-20
23-20
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
9-31
16-7
23-21
9-41
16-13
23-23
B-9
Subject
Paragraph
RL10A-3
Engine
8-40
.............
Page
..........
8-35
-SS-I
S-IB
S-IC
Stage (First
Stage,
Saturn
I)
Electrical
System
.........
Ground
Support
Equipment
.....
Profile
.................................
Propulsion
System
.........
Structural
Configuration
......
Structural
Design
..........
Stage (First
Stage,
Saturn
IB)
Electrical
System
.........
Ground
Support
Equipment
....
Profile
.................................
Propulsion
System
.........
Structural
Configuration
......
Structural
Design
..........
Stage (First
Stage,
Saturn
Electrical
System
.........
Ground
Support
Equipment
Profile
.................................
Propulsion
Structural
Structural
S-II
S-IV
B-10
System
........
Configuration
Design
..........
............
............
6-97
10-3
8-3
7-15
7-12
............
............
............
8-4
7-10
7-8
13-32
17-3
............
............
13-15
17-5
15-6
14-15
14-12
............
............
............
15-6
14-10
14-7
V)
.....
......
Stage
(Second Stage,
Saturn
Electrical
System
.........
Ground
Support
Equipment
Profile
................................
Propulsion
System
........
Structural
Configuration
Structural
Design
.........
6-71
10-2
20-100
24-3
...........
...........
20-174
24-5
22-7
21-16
21-12
...........
...........
...........
22-10
21-11
21-8
20-100
24-4
...........
...........
20-174
24-21
22-33
21-26
21-13
...........
...........
...........
22-24
21-21
21-9
6-71
10-3
...........
...........
6-97
10-7
8-39
7-23
7-13
...........
...........
...........
8-35
7-24
7-9
I)
.....
.....
Subject
S-IVB
S-IVB
Saturn
Paragraph
Stage (Second
Stage,
Saturn
IB)
Electrical
System
.........
Ground
Support
Equipment
.....
Profile
................................
Propulsion
System,
main
.....
Propulsion
System,
Auxiliary
....
Structural
Configuration
.......
Structural
Design
...........
Page
13-32
17-4
...........
...........
13-15
17-9
15-7
15-9
14-16
14-13
...........
...........
...........
...........
15-6
15-6
14-10
14-8
20-100
24-5
...........
...........
20-174
24-34
22-51
22-58
21-34
21-14
...........
...........
...........
...........
22-38
22-44
21-26
21-10
5-1
..........
5-3
Astrionic
s ...........
Attitude
Control
and
Stabilization
........
Checkout
........
Command
Function
.....
Communication
Function
Electrical
System
.....
Guidance
.........
Instrumentation
......
Range Safety
.......
Tracking
.........
6-1
..........
6-3
6-35
6-18
6-2
6-5
6-71
6-38
6-11
6-64
6-51
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
6-49
6-32
6-5
6-11
6-97
6-54
6-18
6-87
6-65
Configuration
3-3
..........
3-4
10-1
..........
10-3
Stage
(Third Stage,
Saturn
V)
Electrical
System
..........
Ground
Support
Equipment
.....
Profile
...............................
Propulsion
System,
Main
......
Propulsion
System,
Auxiliary
.....
Structural
Configuration
.......
Structural
Design
...........
I Launch
Ground
Vehicle
........
..........
Support
Equipment
....
Instrument
Unit .......................
Configuration
.......
Structural
Design
.....
Mechanical
Systems
.......
Engine
Gimballing
System
Environmental
Control
System
..........
Ordnance
Systems
.....
Platform
Gas- Bearing
Supply System
.......
Separation
System
.....
Mission
Objectives
Mission
Profile
.......
.........
7-32
7-14
..........
..........
7-29
7-10
9-1
9-7
..........
..........
9-3
9-10
9-2
9-18
..........
..........
9-3
9-23
9-33
9-14
..........
..........
9-43
9-14
5-2
..........
5-,3
5-3
..........
5-6
B-II
Subject
Paragraph
Numbering
...........
3-3
...........
3-4
8-1
...........
8-3
5-4
...........
5-10
7-11
...........
7-7
7-1
...........
7-3
12-1
...........
12-3
13-1
...........
13-3
13-8
13-7
13-2
13-3
...........
...........
...........
...........
13 -6
13-6
13-4
13 -4
13-20
13-32
13-9
13-4
13-31
13-10
...........
............
............
............
............
.............
13-11
13-15
13-6
13-4
13-15
13-6
3-4
............
3-7
17-2
............
17-3
17-1
............
17-3
14-17
14-14
............
............
14-12
14-9
Mechanical
Systems
.......
Engine
Gimballing
System
Environmental
Control
System
..........
Ordnance
Systems
Platform
Gas- Bearing
Supply Sy st em
Separation
System
.....
16-1
16-6
............
............
16-3
16-5
16-2
16-3
............
16-3
16 - 11
16- 24
16-9
............
16 - 14
16-6
Mission
Objectives
12-2
............
12-3
Mission
Profile
12-3
............
12-6
3-4
............
15-1
............
Propulsion
Requirements
Propulsion
See
....
System
......................
under
appropriate
numbered
Requirements
Saturn
..........
Structural
Design
Structural
Requirements
IB Launch
........
Vehicle
.....
.......
Astrionics
...........
Attitude
Control
and
Stabilization
.......
Checkout
.........
Command
Function
....
Communication
Function
Crew Safety (vehicle
emergency
detection
system)
Electrical
System
....
Guidance
.........
Instrumentation
......
Range Safety
.......
Tracking
.........
Configuration
Electrical
Ground
..........
Support
Support
Equipment.
Equipment
....
Instrument
Unit ........................
Configuration
.......
Structural
Design
.....
Numbering
Propulsion
.......
.........
...........
Requirements
....
Propulsion
System
......................
See under
appropriate
numbered
B-12
Page
stage.
stage.
3- 7
15-3
.u
....
u
_e
Subject
Requirements
Saturn
_.w
Paragraph
..........
Structural
Design
Structural
Requirements
V Launch
........
Vehicle
.....
.......
Astrionics
...........
Attitude
Control
and
Stabilization
.......
Checkout
.........
Command
Function
....
Communication
Function
Crew Safety (vehicle
emergency
detection
system)
.....
Electrical
System
.....
Guidance
.........
Instrumentation
......
Range Safety
.......
Tracking
.........
Configuration
............
12-11
14-11
............
14-7
14-1
............
14-3
19-1
............
19-3
20-1
............
20-3
20-35
20-29
20-2
20-11
............
............
............
............
20-53
20-48
20-5
20-19
20-94
20-100
20-41
20-16
20-99
20-83
............
............
............
............
............
............
20-167
20-174
20-61
20-21
20-173
20-158
3-5
..........
3-7
24-2
...........
24-3
20-1
............
20-3
21-42
21-15
............
............
21-31
21-11
Mechanical
Systems
.......
Engine
Gimballing
System.
Environmental
Control
System
..........
Ordnance
Systems
.....
Platform
Gas- Bearing
Supply System
.......
Separation
System
.....
23-1
23-8
...........
............
23-3
23-12
23-2
23-18
...........
...........
23-3
23-19
23-34
23-13
............
..........
23-26
23-15
Mission
Objectives
19-2
...........
19-3
Mission
Profile
19-3
............
19-7
3-5
............
3-7
22-1
............
22-3
19-4
............
19-14
21-11
............
21-8
21-1
............
21-3
Electrical
Ground
..........
12-4
Support
Support
Equipment
Equipment
.
....
Instrument
Unit ........................
Configuration
.......
Structural
Design
.....
Numbering
Propulsion
.......
.........
...........
Requirements
.....
Propulsion
System
......................
See under
appropriate
numbered
Requirements
..........
Structural
Design
........
Structural
Requirements
.....
stage.
B-13
Su___jg_t
Paragraph
Saturn
Program,
History
of
.........
Manned
Flight
Program
.....
Marshall
Space
Flight
Center
Development
..........
Planned
Development
......
Saturn
I-Apollo
Saturn
IB-Apollo
Saturn
V-Apollo
Saturn-Apollo
Missions
Saturn
Saturn
Saturn
Stabilized
Switch
Mission
Mission
Objectives
Objectives
Space
Vehicles
............
I .............
IB
............
V .............
Selector
tloqo
2-2
2-3
,l0-
2-1
2-4
2-4
.o.
5-2
Objectives
Mission
Platform,
,oooo,o.
2-1
............
5-3
12-2
............
12-3
19-2
............
19-3
.....................
ST-124
......
.............
3-1
3-3
3-4
3-5
............
............
............
............
3-3
3-3
3-4
3-7
3-7
6-45
............
6-57
20-10
............
20-13
-TTape
Recorder,
Telemetry
Systems
PAM/FM/FM
Tracking
B-14
..........
.............
.............
20-26
.........
2u-43
6-14
.........
6-24
20-19
.........
20-31
6-14
.........
6-25
PCM/FM/FM
............
6-14
.........
6-27
PDM/FM/FM
............
6-14
.........
6-25
6-1 _
20-23
.........
.........
6-27
20-38
20-93
.........
20-165
.........
6-82
SS/FM/FM
Tracking,
Airborne
Ground
Network
.............
Stations
..............
.........
6-63
o.
Subject
oo
....
Paragraph
Tracking
Systems
Altimeter,
Radar
...........
AN/FPS-16
Radar
System
ASUSA
.................
Glotrack
...............
Minitrack
...............
MISTRAM
...............
ODOP
.................
UDOP
.................
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
6-62
6-61
6-57
20-91
6-60
6-59
6-58
6-58
......
6-82
6-79
6-69
20-162
6-78
6-75
6-73
6-73
-UUllage
Ullage
UDOP
Engines
S--IVB Stage
22-60
Motors
S-II Stage
...............
S-IV Stage ...............
S-IVB Stage,
Saturn
23-26
9-28
16-19
.........
.........
.........
23-22
9-37
16-13
6-58
.........
6--"3
IB
.......
.....................
22-40
-VVehicle
Emergency
See
Detection
Astrionics,
System
under
appropriate
Saturn
launch
vehicle
-WWater
Quench
System
..........
8-38
.............
8-33
B-15
B-16
.
.
_.
.
_.
ouo
_--
--
.
o
DISTRIBUTION
LIST
C-1
C-2
DISTRIBUTION
LIST
NASAHeadquarters
National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Washington, D.C.
20546
Code ATSS-IO,
NASA
Attn:
J. M. Hetrick
Code ATSS-6,
Attn:
J. M.
Hqts
NASA Hqts
Hetrick
NASA Hqts
B. Taylor
(3)
Code _,
NASA Hqts
Attn: Major T. C. Evans
Code
M (A),
Attn:
BGen.
NASA Hqts
Samuel
Phillips
Code MD,
Attn:
G.
NASA
Low
Code MB,
Attn:
B.
NASA Hqts
A. Denicke
Hqts
(3)
(8)
Attn:
MT,
D.
NASA
R.
(4)
Hqts
Lord
(5)
Code R, NASA
Attn:
Dr. R.
Hqts
I. Bisplinghoff
Hqts
(2)
Code
Code TD,
Attn:
G.
NASA Hqts
M. Truszynski
Code TA,
Attn:
W.
NASA Hqts
L. Folsom
Hqts
Freitag
Attn:
MC,
P.
Code MT,
Attn: S.
NASA
(8)
Hqts
Selvaggi
(2)
NASA Hqts
Fordyce
c-3
DISTRIBUTION
NASA
Headquarters
Hqts
Code MC,
Attn: W.
Code MG,
Attn: W.
Holcomb
(2)
P.
NASA Hqt s
E. Lilly
Facility
O. Box
NASA Hqts
Conversano
C-4
Office
and
Technical
Information
5700
Maryland
Lebow (2)
Massachusetts
Institute
of Technology
Cambridge_
Massachusetts
Attn: Saundra
Lamer,
Librarian
FOR: M. Trageser,
Program
Manager
Resident,
APO (15)
General
Electric
Company
Apollo
Support
Department
P. O. Box 2500
Daytona
Beach,
Florida
Attn: Dave Hovis
FOR:
R.
J. Booser
Bellcomm,
Inc.
ii00 17th Street,
Washington,
D.C.
Attn: D. A. Venor
Attn:
Code MS,
Attn:
A.
Liaison
(Acting)
Code MP,
Attn: W.
Ness
NASA Hqt s
Schneider
Scientific
Bethesda,
Attn: I.
NASA Hqts
Nolan
Van
NASA
Hqts
H. E.
Daytona
Beach,
Florida
Attn: L. Sprott
NASA Hqts
H. Hall
Code MT,
Attn:
J.
NASA Hqts
Miller
(3)
Code MS,
Attn:
W.
(CONT.)
(Cont.)
Code MAR,
Attn:
Dr.
LIST
32015
(5)
W.
Security
Coordinator
W. Strack
(2)
NASA Pacific
Launch
P. O. Box 425
Lompoc,
N.
- ATIS
California
(ii)
Operations
93438
Office
go
DIs UnON
NASA
Headquarters
(Cont.)
NASA Western
Operations
150 Pico Boulevard
Santa Monica,
California
NASA
Ames
Research
Office
90406
Center
Moffett
Field,
California
Attn:
Dr. Dale Smith
Attn:
Dr. Smith J. DeFrance
to
LIST
Code
KN-FE6
Code
KN-FA
Code
KN-FM
Code
KN-FP
NASA Flight
Research
P. 0. Box 273
Edwards,
California
NASA
Lewis
Research
Code LO-TA
Attn: Dr. Knothe
93523
Center
Code MSC-FO
Attn: Mr. J.
Cocoa
F.
Beach;
Kennedy
Florida
Space
32_1
Cape
Kennedy;
LO-Dir
Code
Code
Moses
Florida
AMR Resident
Apollo
Project
Office
Attn: J. F. Valek
32920
Spacecraft
Center
NASA
- Project
Operations
Code
C.
Code K-VT
Attn: E. Moser
NASA Goddard
Space Flight
Center
Greenbelt,
Maryland
20771
Attn:
Mr. J. Mengel
Attn:
N. Keller
Attn:
Librarian
- John
KN-V
Center
21000 Brookpark
Road
Cleveland,
Ohio
44135
Attn:
Dr. A. Silverstein
NASA
(21
94035
Mercury
Field
Office
(2)
(20)
KN-DE
NASA - Manned
Spacecraft
Center
Atlantic
Missile
Range Operations
Attn: G. M. Preston
(2)
CodeLO-GT(2)
Reliability
and
Atlantic
Missile
Attn:
Code
L0-GT-3
(30)
Code
LO-LSOD
(3)
Code
LO-P
Code
K-VE3
Code
LV0-VM
Code
KN-FE
Code
KN-FE2
F. J.
Preflight
Atlantic
Attn: G.
Flight
Range
Safety
Office
Operations
Bailey
Operations
Division
Missile
Range Operations
M. Preston
(i0)
(6)
MSC Operations
Support
Atlantic
Missile
Range
Attn: B. P. Brown
Office
Operations
(4)
C-5
DISTRIBUTION
NASA - Manned
Spacecraft
Houston_
Texas
77001
Office
of Director,
Office
of
Deputy
Deputy
Director
for
and Programs,
DP
(COi_l. )
Manager,
Attn: 0.
Center
Director,
LIST
CSM Engineering
G. Morris
Office,
ASP0
Manager,
LEM Engineering
Attn:
O. Maynard
Office,
ASPO
DO
Manager,
Attn: K.
Development
Technical
Technical
Library,
AATL
Technical
Information
Assistant
Director
Services
Project
E and
Office,
Gemini
Project
Apollo
Spacecraft
Reliability
Office,
RFS
Public
and
Affairs
Office,
Office,
Project
Integration
Attn:
J. T. Markley
D,
Data
Reduction
Instrumentation
and
Electronics
Program
Office,
G
Office,
Crew
Office,
ASPO
c-6
Systems
Enviror_nent
Office,
Flight
Operations
Flight
Crew
ECS
and
Astronaut
Research
Office,
D. Mardel
Requirements
RAA
ESE
ASPO
Division,
Activities
Langley
Development
Division,
Operations
Resident
Office,
Attn: A. Mattson
(2)
Evaluation
Division,
Systems
Evaluation
Division,
ESD
NASA
Integration
Systems
and Mission
Branch,
ASPO
Attn:
R. V. Battey
Systems
and
CSM Engineering
Office,
Attn: W. W. Petynia
and Control
W. Gilbert
Systems
Analysis
PAE
PAO
Deputy
Manager,
ASPO
Spacecraft
Attn:
D. M. Hammock
Manager,
ASPO
Attn:
A.
IIE
Spacecraft
Technology
Division,
EST, ESTW
Attn: G. C. Miller
(ESTW)
(2)
Safety
Space
Spacecraft
ACT
Computation
and
Division,
ICR
Deputy
Manager_
ASPO
Lunar Excursion
Module
Attn:
J. L. Decker
Manager,
ASPO
Guidance
Attn:
D.
Division,
ASP0
Project
Flight
Office,
AATC
Division,
Mercury
Test
(30)
Division,
for
CSM Systems
Turner
0FO
Division,
Office,
Center
OFC
gW
.
.....
:.:
ww_
".
. . .
DIS IB ION
NASA
- Manned
Florida
Box MS
Spacecraft
Center
(Cont.)
Operations
(COn.)
Lockheed
Missiles
and Space Company
P. O. Box 504
Sunnyvale,
California
94086
Attn: A. J. Steele
(Bldg.
537)
(2)
Cocoa
Beach,
Attn:
Attn:
Attn:
HO/Office
of the Manager
HA/Assistant
Manager
for Apollo
HE/Assistant
Manager
for
Engineering
HS/Operations
Support,
Plans and Programs
Office
Douglas
Aircraft,
Incorporated
3000 Ocean Park Boulevard
Santa Monica,
California
90400
Attn: A-2 Library
(lO)
North
American
Attn:
HM/Reliability
Office
Space
12214
and Information
Systems
Lakewood
Boulevard
Attn:
HP/Resident
Apollo
Program
Office
White
Sands_
Attn:
NASA-MSC
White
P. O.
Florida
......
New
and
Resident
White
Attn:
Sands
E. F.
Safety
88268
General
Dynamics/Convair
Little
Joe II Project
Mail Zone 6-135,
P. O.
Range
Spacecraft
Missile
Harris
Chrysler
Corporation
P. O. Box 26018
Project
Ohio
(ASZR)
Boeing
Company
Saturn
Systems
Branch
P. 0. Box 26088
New Orleans,
Louisiana
45433
Chrysler
Corporation
P. O. Box 857
Resident
(2)
Division
70100
70100
Space
(i0)
Division
(30)
Electric
Company
NASA Support
Operations
P. O. Box 294
Huntsville,
Alabama
35804
Attn: R. J. Hassett
(30)
Spacecraft
Manager
Laboratories
Drive
Pasadena,
California
Attn:
C. W. Cole
Chief
1950
Huntsville,
Alabama
35804
Attn: Technical
Library
(5)
Module
General
NASA Resident
Apollo
Project
Office
Attn:
J. W. Small
Box
Space
New Orleans,
Louisiana
Attn: R. L. Wiltse
(lO)
Range
Lunar Excursion
R. S. Mullaney
Program
Manager
Jet Propulsion
4800 Oak Grove
Division
San Diego,
California
92100
Attn:
J. B. Hurt, Program
Manager
Grumman
Aircraft
Engineering
Corp.
Bethpage,
Long Island,
New York
11714
Acting
Incorporated
Downey,
California
90240
Attn: W. D. Smith
(i0)
Attn: R. Ridnour,
Resident
M_r.-ASP0
Attn: E. E. Sack, Manager
Contracts
and Proposals
(30)
Spacecraft
Range
Apollo
Attn:
Aviation,
Office
Commanding
General
White
Sands Missile
Apollo
Flight
Mexico
Sands Missile
Drawer
"D"
Resident
Office
32931
Engineering
91103
Mechanics
Div.
C-7
DISTRIBUTION-LIST
NASA
- Marshall
Huntsville_
DEP-T,
Dr.
AST-S_
Dr.
EX-R_
Mr.
EX-R, Mr.
MS-IS,
Mr.
R-DE,
Dr.
R-FP, Mr.
R-SA, Mr.
R-SA, Mr.
R-SA_ Mr.
R-SA,
Dr.
R-SA, Mr.
R-Ski,
Mr.
R-SAS,
Mr.
R-AER0-DIR_
R-AER0-DIR,
R-AER0-A,
R-AER0-A,
R-AER0-A,
R-AERO-A,
R-AER0-D,
R-AER0-D,
R-AER0-D,
R-AER0-D,
R-AER0-D,
R-AER0-F_
R-AER0-F_
R-AER0-G,
R-AERO-G_
R-AERO-P_
R-AERO-P_
R-AER0-P,
Space
Alabama
Flight
39812
Rees
Lange
Abbott
Sparks
Stewart
McCall
Carter
Barraza
Butler
Dannenberg
Kuettner
Massey
King
Wiley
Dr. Geissler
Mr. Jean
Mr. Dahm
Mr. Holderer
Mr. Linsley
Mr. May
Mr. Douglas
Mr. Golmon
Mr. Ryan
Thomae
Mr
Winch
Mr
Fulmer
Mr
Mr
Dr
Mr
Mr
Mr
Mr.
Lindberg
Hoelker
Lisle
McNair
McQueen
Thionnet
R-AERO-S,
R-AERO-SP,
R-AERO-Y,
R-AERO-Y_
R-AERO-Y;
R-ASTR-DIR,
R-ASTR-A,
R-ASTR-E_
R-ASTR-EA_
R-ASTR-ES_
R-ASTR-F,
Mr. deFries
Mr. Shafer
Mr. Danlels
Mr. Susko
Mr. Vaughan
Dr. Kaeussermann
Mr. Digesu
Mr. Fichtner
Mr. Smith
Mr. Aden
Mr. Hosenthien
R-ASTR-G;
R-ASTR-I,
R-ASTR-IM_
R-ASTR-IP,
Mr. Mandel
Mr. Koberg
Mr. Paludan
Mr. Kampmeier
c-8
Center
(CONf.)
R-ASTR-M_
Mr. Boehm
R-ASTR-N,
Mr. Moore
R-ASTR-NG,
Mr. Blanton
R-ASTR-NG,
Mr. Drawe
R-ASTR-NG,
Mr. Carlile
R-ASTR-P_
Mr. &ngele
R-ASTR-R,
Mr. Taylor
R-ASTR-S,
Mr. Richard
R-ASTR-TJ,
Mr. Brandner
R-COMP-DIR,
Dr. Hoelzer
R-COMP-R_
Mr. Cochran
R-ME-A,
Mr. Nowak
R-ME-TPV,
Mr. Robinson
R-ME-D,
Mr. Eisenhardt
R-ME-MM_
Mr. Wilson
R-ME-P_
Mr. Potter
R-ME-T_
Mr. Franklin
R-ME-I,
Mr. Swanson
R-ME-A,
Mr. Crumpton
R-ME-TPV,
Mr. Kozlowicz
R-RP-DIR,
Dr. Stuhlinger
R-RP-T,
Mr. Snoddy
R-P&VE-DIR,
Dr. Mrazek
R-P&VE-A,
Mr. Goerner
R-P&VE-A,
Mr. Stein
R-P&VE-AA_
R-P&VE-AL,
R-P&VE-AV,
R-P&VE-M,
R-P&VE-ME_
R-P&VE-MM,
R-P&VE-N,
R-P&VE-P_
R-P&VE-PA_
R-P&VE-PA,
Mr. Galzerano
Mr. Johns
Mr. Neighbors
Dr. Lucas
Mr. Kingsbury
Mr. Cataldo
Col. Fellows
Mr. Paul
Mr. Reed
Mr. Richmond
R-P&VE-PA_
Mr. Thompson
R-P&VE-PE,
Mr. Bergeler
R-P&VE-PM,
Mr. Fuhrmann
R-P&VE-PM,
Mr. Voss
R-P&VE-PP,
Mr. Askew
R-P&VE-PPS,
Mr. Eilerman
R-P&VE-PT,
Mr. Connell
R-P&VE-PT,
Mr. Wood
R-P&VE-S,
Mr. Sterett
R-P&VE-S,
Mr. Verble
R-P&VE-SE,
Mr. Sawyer
R-P&VE-SJ,
Mr. Furman
R-P&VE-SL,
Mr. Bullock
R-P&VE-SV,
Mr. Farrow
R-P&VE-SV,
Mr. Gassaway
(3)
w.
NASA
- Marshall
---
Space
Flight
(cozt.
1
R-P&VE-T,
R-P&VE-T,
R-P&VE-V,
R-P&VE-VA,
R-P&VE-VAW,
R-P&VE-VC,
R-P&VE-VF,
R-P&VE-VG,
R-P&VE-VI,
R-P&VE-VJ,
R- P&VE-VK_
R-P&VE-VM,
R-P&VE-VN,
R-P&VE-VO,
R-P&VE-VP,
R-P&VE-VS,
R-P&VE-VSA,
R-P&VE-VSI,
R-P&VE-VSP,
R-QUAL-DIR,
R-QUAL-A,
R-QUAL-J,
R-QUAL-P,
R-QUAL-PFA,
R-QUAL-Q,
R-QUAL-R,
R-QUAL-R,
R-QUAL-R,
R-QUAL-T,
R-QUAL-T,
R-TEST-DIR,
R-TEST-DIR,
R-TEST-I,
R-TEST-M,
R-TEST-S,
R-TEST-V,
Mr. Burrows
Mr. Finzel
Mr. Aberg
Mr. Glover
(20)
Mr. Henry
Mr. Lawson
Mr. Rothe
Mr. McCullough
Mr. Faulkner
Griner
Mr
Boone
Mr
Beck
Mr
Thrower
Mr
Kistler
Mr
Haire
Mr
Mr. Schulze
Mr. Prasthofer
Mr. Kraus
Mr. Akins
Mr. Grau
Mr. Urbansko
Mr. Klauss
Mr. Brooks
Mr. Foster
Mr. Brien
Mr. Peigler
Mr. Smith
Mr. Trapalis
Mr. Smith
Mr. Wittman
Mr. Keimburg
Mr. Marsalis
Dr. Sieber
Mr. Edwards
Mr. Driscoll
Mr. Hamilton
Center
L0-PC,
Mr. Body
LVO-AD,
Mr. Zeiler
LVO-L,
Mrs. Bellomy
K-D, Mr. Hamilton
K-DE, Mr. Moore
K-DE4,
Mr. Downs
K-DF, Mr. Yon Tiesenhausen
K-DL,
Mr. Buchanan
K-DP,
Mr. Wasileski
K-DT,
Mr.
NASA-Langley,
Hunter
1964
C-9